Tap any paragraph to write a margin note. Your notes collect in the Desk below the text and file under cases with @. The side-by-side margin rail opens on a larger screen.

§
Marginalia
Code · STATUTES-AT-LARGE · Vol. 50 STAT. · January 13, 1919 · Private Law 407

Private Law 407.

335,342 words·~1524 min read·/statutes-at-large/vol-50/private-law-407·

A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.

(/us/bill/75/pvtl/406)] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, Elva T. Shuey.Dual employment, release of liability by reason of. That Elva T. Shuey, an employee of the Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior, is hereby released from any liability to the United States by reason of being employed in two positions, that of teacher in the District of Columbia schools and as clerk in the executive branch of the Government during the period January 13, 1919, to March 15, 1919, and on September 16, 1920, and June 30, 1924.
The Acting Comptroller General of the United States has certified that the sum of $192.50 is due the United States from the said Elva T. Shuey under the statute relating to the receiving more than one salary. Approved, August 31, 1937. For the relief of the Merchants National Bank and Trust Company, the First National Bank and Trust Company, and the Vicksburg Infirmary, all of Vicksburg, Mississippi. 1937-08-31 894 Chapter 50 Stat. 1104 75 1 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain.
Digitization Vendor 2024-11-23 private [CHAPTER 894] AN ACT For the relief of the Merchants National Bank and Trust Company, the First National Bank and Trust Company, and the Vicksburg Infirmary, all of Vicksburg, Mississippi. August 31, 1937[[H. R. 6682](/us/bill/75/hr/6682)][[Private, No. 407](/us/bill/75/pvtl/407)] *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*, Merchants National Bank and Trust Company, Vicksburg, Miss., and others.Payment to.
That the Secretary of the Treasury be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed to pay, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to the Merchants National Bank and Trust Company, of Vicksburg, Mississippi, the sum of $500, to the First National Bank and Trust Company, of Vicksburg, Mississippi, the sum of $500, and to the Vicksburg Infirmary, of Vicksburg, Mississippi, the sum of $275, in full satisfaction of their claims against the United States for a refund of the value of thirteen invalid postal money orders fraudulently issued from December 9, 1932 to January 13, 1933, by Harry G.
Peek, former postmaster at Sondheimer, Louisiana, which sums have *Proviso*.Limitation on attorney’s, etc., fees.heretofore been paid to the United States: *Provided*, That no part of the amount appropriated in this Act in excess of 10 per centum thereof shall be paid or delivered to or received by any agent or attorney on account of services rendered in connection with these claims, and the same shall be unlawful, any contract to the contrary Penalty for violation.notwithstanding.
Any person violating the provisions of this Act shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be fined in any sum not exceeding $1,000. Sec. 2. Recovery of embezzled funds. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prevent the recovery by the United States of funds embezzled by the said Harry G. Peek, or on money orders unlawfully issued by him, except those which are the subject of these claims. Approved, August 31, 1937. CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS FIRST SESSION, SEVENTY-FIFTH CONGRESS S.
Con. Res., No. 1: JOINT MEETING Senate Concurrent Resolution 1 January 5, 1937 joint meeting January 5, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 1](/us/bill/75/sconres/1)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the two Houses of Congress assemble in the Hall of the HouseJoint meeting of the two Houses to receive communications from the President. of Representatives on Wednesday, the 6th day of January, 1937, at 2 o’clock in the afternoon, for the purpose of receiving such communications as the President of the United States shall be pleased to make to them.
Passed, January 5, 1937. S. Con. Res., No. 2: COUNTING ELECTORAL VOTES Senate Concurrent Resolution 2 January 5, 1937 counting electoral votes January 5, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 2](/us/bill/75/sconres/2)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the two Houses of Congress shall meet in the Hall of the HouseCounting electoral votes.Proceedings for, in the Hall of the House of Representatives. of Representatives on Wednesday, the 6th day of January 1937, at 1 o’clock postmeridian, pursuant to the requirements of the Constitution and laws relating to the election of President and Vice President of the United States, and the President of the Senate shall be their presiding officer; that two tellers shall be previously appointed by the President of the Senate on the part of the Senate and two by the Speaker on the part of the House of Representatives, to whom shall be handed, as they are opened by the President of the Senate, all the certificates and papers purporting to be certificates of the electoral votes, which certificates and papers shall be opened, presented, and acted upon in the alphabetical order of the States, beginning with the letter A; and said tellers, having then read the same in the presence and hearing of the two Houses, shall make a list of the votes as they shall appear from the said certificates; and the votes having been ascertained and counted in the manner and according to the rules by law provided, the result of the same shall be delivered to the President of the Senate, who shall thereupon announce the state of the vote, which announcement shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of the persons, if any, elected President and Vice President of the United States, and, together with a list of the votes, be entered on the Journals of the two Houses. 1107 Passed, January 5, 1937.
S. Con. Res., No. 3: REVENUE ACT OF 1936 Senate Concurrent Resolution 3 January 29, 1937 1108 revenue act of 1936 January 29, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 3](/us/bill/75/sconres/3)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Revenue Act of 1936.Additional copies of, ordered printed.[49 Stat. 1648](/us/stat/49/1648). That there be printed twenty-eight thousand additional copies of the Act entitled “An Act to provide revenue, equalize taxation, and for other purposes” (Public, Numbered 740, Seventy-fourth Congress), Distribution.approved June 22, 1936, of which fifteen thousand copies shall be for the use of the House document room, five thousand copies shall be for the Senate document room, two thousand copies for the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, one thousand for the Committee on Finance of the Senate, and five thousand for the Joint Committee on Printing.
Passed, January 29, 1937. S. Con. Res., No. 5: ARMY DAY Senate Concurrent Resolution 5 March 16, 1937 army day March 16, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 5](/us/bill/75/sconres/5)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Army Day.April 6 of each year recognized as. That April 6 of each year be recognized by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America as Army Day, and that the President of the United States be requested, as Commander in Chief, to order military units throughout the United States to assist civic bodies in appropriate celebration to such extent as Proclamation.*Post*, p. 1824.he may deem advisable; to issue a proclamation each year declaring April 6 as Army Day, and in such proclamations to invite the Governors of the various States to issue Army Day *Proviso*.Observance, when falling on Sunday.proclamations: *Provided*, That in the event April 6 falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as Army Day.
Passed, March 16, 1937. H. Con. Res., No. 7: THE TAXING POWER OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE GOVERNMENTS House Concurrent Resolution 7 April 1, 1937 “the taxing power of the federal and state governments” April 1, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 7](/us/bill/75/hconres/7)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), “The Taxing Power of the Federal and State Governments.”Additional copies of, ordered printed.[34 Stat. 1012](/us/stat/34/1012).[44 U. S. C. § 133](/us/usc/t44/s133).
That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing Act approved March 1, 1907, the Joint Committee on Internal Revenue Taxation be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed for its use five thousand additional copies of its report entitled “The Taxing Power of the Federal and State Governments.” Passed, April 1, 1937. H. Con. Res., No. 8: CHARLES M. PERKINS House Concurrent Resolution 8 April 7, 1937 charles m. perkins April 7, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 8](/us/bill/75/hconres/8)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Charles M.
Perkins.Return of bill concerning, requested.*Ante*, p. 947. That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, requested to return to the House of Representatives the enrolled bill (H. R. 1089) entitled “An Act for the relief of Charles M. Perkins.” Passed, April 7, 1937. H. Con. Res., No. 9: CHARLES M. PERKINS House Concurrent Resolution 9 April 9, 1937 1109 charles m. perkins April 9, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 9](/us/bill/75/hconres/9)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the action of the Speaker of the House of Representatives andCharles M.
Perkins.Cancelation of signatures and correction in re-enrollment of bill for relief of, directed.*Ante*, p. 947. of the President of the Senate in signing the enrolled bill (H. R. 1089) entitled “An Act for the relief of Charles M. Perkins”, be rescinded, and that in the re-enrollment of the said bill the Clerk of the House of Representatives be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed to make the following correction, to wit: Strike out the figures “$14,987.66” and insert in lieu thereof the figures “$14,897.66.
” Passed, April 9, 1937. S. Con. Res., No. 8: FOREIGN DECORATIONS, ETC. Senate Concurrent Resolution 8 April 12, 1937 foreign decorations, etc. April 12, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 8](/us/bill/75/sconres/8)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby,Foreign decorations.Return of bill (S. 1455) respecting, requested.*Ante*, p. 948. requested to return to the Senate the enrolled bill (S. 1455) to authorize certain officers of the United States Navy, officers, enlisted men, and civilian employees of the United States Army and officers and enlisted men of the Marine Corps to accept such medals, orders, and decorations as have been tendered them by foreign governments in appreciation of services rendered; that if and when the said billCancelation of signatures of Speaker end President pro tempore of the Senate. is returned by the President, the action of the Speaker of the House of Representatives and of the President pro tempore of the Senate in signing the said bill be deemed to be rescinded; and that the Secretary of the Senate be, and is hereby, authorized and directed, in the reenrollment of the said bill, to make the following correction, viz:
In the language inserted by the engrossed House amendment No. 4Correction in re-enrollment. on page 2, at the end of line 11 of the engrossed bill, strike out the word “Lieutenant” and insert the words “Lieutenant Colonel.” Passed, April 12, 1937. H. Con. Res., No. 10: BITUMINOUS COAL ACT OF 1937 House Concurrent Resolution 10 April 15, 1937 bituminous coal act of 1937 April 15, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 10](/us/bill/75/hconres/10)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That in the enrollment of the bill (H.
R. 4985) to regulate interstateBituminous Coal Act of 1937.Correction in enrollment of bill. directed.*Ante*, p. 72. commerce in bituminous coal, and for other purposes, the Clerk of the House is authorized and directed to strike out in section 4–A the following: “and interstate commerce on the one hand”. Passed, April 15, 1937. S. Con Res., No. 13: REORGANIZATION OF THE JUDICIAL BRANCH OF THE GOVERNMENT Senate Concurrent Resolution 13 May 12, 1937 reorganization of the judicial branch of the government May 12, 1937[[S.
Con Res., No. 13](/us/bill/75/sconres/13)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 2 of the Printing ActReorganization of the judicial branch of the Government.Printing of additional copies of hearings on bill (S. 1392). approved March 1, 1907, the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate be, and is hereby, empowered to have printed for its use five thousand additional copies of part 2 and each subsequent part of the hearings held before the said committee during the current session on the bill (S. 1392), “To reorganize the judicial branch of the Government.
” Passed, May 12, 1937. S. Con. Res., No. 14: STATUES OF WILLIAM JENNINGS BRYAN AND J. STERLING MORTON Senate Concurrent Resolution 14 May 21, 1937 1110 statues of william jennings bryan and j. sterling morton May 21, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 14](/us/bill/75/sconres/14)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Statues of William Jennings Bryan and J. Sterling Morton.Proceedings upon acceptance of, ordered printed.Distribution. That there be printed with illustrations and bound five thousand copies of the proceedings in Congress, together with the proceedings held at the unveiling in Statuary Hall, upon the acceptance of the statutes 11So in original. of William Jennings Bryan and J.
Sterling Morton, presented by the State of Nebraska, of which one thousand shall be for the use of the Senate and two thousand five hundred for the use of the House of Representatives, and the remaining one thousand five hundred copies shall be for the use and distribution of the Senators and Representatives in Congress from the State of Nebraska. Illustrations.The Joint Committee on Printing is hereby authorized to have the copy prepared for the Public Printer and shall procure suitable illustrations to be published with these proceedings.
Passed, May 21, 1937. H. Con. Res., No. 14: INDEPENDENT OFFICES APPROPRIATION BILL, 1938 House Concurrent Resolution 14 May 28, 1937 independent offices appropriation bill, 1938 May 28, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 14](/us/bill/75/hconres/14)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), Independent OfficesAppropriation bill, Correction in enrollment, directed.*Ante*, p. 344. That, in the enrollment of the bill (H. R. 4064) making appropriations for the Executive Office and sundry independent executive bureaus, boards, commissions, and offices, for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1938, and for other purposes, the Clerk of the House of Representatives is hereby authorized and directed to change the amount of “$150,000,000” in the third paragraph under the heading “Social Security Board” to the sum of “$132,000,000” and to change the total accordingly.
Passed, May 28, 1937. S. Con. Res., No. 12: STATUES OF WILLIAM JENNINGS BRYAN AND J. STERLING MORTON Senate Concurrent Resolution 12 June 7, 1937 statues of william jennings bryan and j. sterling morton June 7, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 12](/us/bill/75/sconres/12)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Statues of William Jennings Bryan and J. Sterling Morton.Thanks of Congress presented to Nebraska for. That the thanks of this Congress be presented to the Governor and through him to the people of the State of Nebraska for the statues of William Jennings Bryan and J.
Sterling Morton, whose names are so honorably identified with the history of our country; that these works of art are accepted in the name of the Nation and assigned to places in the Capitol of the United States already set aside by Copy of resolution to Governor.Congress for the statues of eminent citizens; and that a copy of this resolution, signed by the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, be transmitted to the Governor of Nebraska. Passed, June 7, 1937.
H. Con. Res. 17: BIRTH OF VIRGINIA DARE, ETC. House Concurrent Resolution 17 June 16, 1937 1111 birth of virginia dare, etc. June 16, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 17](/us/bill/75/hconres/17)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That a joint committee consisting of five Members of the Senate, to be Birth of Virginia Dare, etc.Joint committee appointed to represent Congress at 350th anniversary celebration.appointed by the President of the Senate, and five Members of the House of Representatives, to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, shall represent the Congress of the United States at the celebration of the three hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the birth of Virginia Dare (the first child of English parentage to be born on the American Continent), and the three hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the disappearance of Sir Walter Raleigh’s Colony (known in history as “The Lost Colony”), to be held at Roanoke Island, North Carolina, on August 18, 1937.
The joint committee shall select a chairman from among its members. Sec. 2. The necessary expenses of the joint committee herein Division of expenses.authorized not exceeding $1,000 shall be paid one-half out of the contingent fund of the Senate and one-half out of the contingent fund of the House of Representatives on vouchers authorized by the joint committee and signed by the chairman thereof. Passed, June 16, 1937. S. Con. Res. 16: STAR-ROUTE CONTRACTS, POSTAL SERVICE Senate Concurrent Resolution 16 June 18, 1937 star-route contracts, postal service June 18, 1937[[S.
Con. Res., No. 16](/us/bill/75/sconres/16)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That in the enrollment of the bill (H. R. 4408) to provide for the renewal Star-route contracts, Postal Service.Correction in enrollment of bill (H. R. 4408) concerning, directed.of star-route contracts at four-year intervals, and for other purposes, the Clerk of the House is authorized and directed to strike out in section 2 “stated in” and insert in lieu thereof “required under”, and to strike out in section 4 the word “contract” where it appears immediately preceding the word “legally” and insert in lieu thereof the word “contractor”.
Passed, June 18, 1937. H. Con. Res. 18: INDEPENDENT OFFICES APPROPRIATION ACT, 1938 House Concurrent Resolution 18 June 18, 1937 independent offices appropriation act, 1938 June 18, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 18](/us/bill/75/hconres/18)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That in the enrollment of the bill (H. R. 4064) entitled “An Act Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1938.Correction in enrollment of bill (H. R. 4064) directed.*Ante*, p. 345making appropriations for the Executive Office and sundry independent executive bureaus, boards, commissions, and offices, for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1938, and for other purposes”, the Clerk of the House of Representatives is authorized and directed to insert in the fourth paragraph under the caption “Veterans’ Administration” after the word “Administration,” the following additional matter:
“accruing during the fiscal year 1938 or in prior fiscal years,”. Passed, June 18, 1937. S. Con. Res. 17: REORGANIZATION OF THE JUDICIAL BRANCH OF THE GOVERNMENT Senate Concurrent Resolution 17 June 30, 1937 reorganization of the judicial branch of the government June 30, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 17](/us/bill/75/sconres/17)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That there shall be printed thirty thousand additional copies of Reorganization of the judicial branch of the Government.Additional copies of report on, ordered printed.Distribution.Senate Report Numbered 711, current session, on the bill (S. 1392) to reorganize the judicial branch of the Government, of which seven thousand copies shall be for the use of the Senate Document Room and twenty-three thousand copies for the use of the House Document Room.
Passed, June 30, 1937. S. Con. Res. 10: STATUE OF GENERAL WILLIAM HENRY HARRISON BEADLE Senate Concurrent Resolution 10 July 19, 1937 1112 statue of general william henry harrison beadle July 19, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 10](/us/bill/75/sconres/10)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Statue of General William Henry Harrison Beadle.Acceptance and thanks of Congress to South Dakota. That the statue of General William Henry Harrison Beadle, presented by the State of South Dakota, to be placed in Statuary Hall, is accepted in the name of the United States, and that the thanks of the Congress be tendered said State for the contribution of the statue of one of its most eminent citizens, illustrious for his valor as a soldier and his distinguished service as an educator; and be it further Copy of resolutions to Governor. *Resolved*, That a copy of these resolutions, suitably engrossed and duly authenticated, be transmitted to the Governor of South Dakota.
Passed, July 19, 1937. H. Con. Res. 21: TECHNOLOGICAL TRENDS AND NATIONAL POLICY, ETC. House Concurrent Resolution 21 August 6, 1937 technological trends and national policy, etc. August 6, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 21](/us/bill/75/hconres/21)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), “Technological Trends and National Policy, Including the Social Implications of the New Inventions.”Additional copies ordered printed.Distribution. That the Report of the Subcommittee on Technology, submitted to the National Resources Committee, entitled “Technological Trends and National Policy, Including the Social Implications of the New Inventions”, be printed as a House document; and that ten thousand additional copies shall be printed, of which two thousand nine hundred copies shall be for the use of the Senate and seven thousand one hundred copies shall be for the use of the House.
Passed, August 6, 1937. S. Con. Res. 18: JOINT COMMITTEE ON HAWAII Senate Concurrent Resolution 18 August 21, 1937 joint committee on hawaii August 21, 1937[[S. Con. Res., No. 18](/us/bill/75/sconres/18)] Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), Joint Committee on Hawaii.Establishment, composition.That there is hereby created a joint congressional committee to be known as the Joint Committee on Hawaii, which shall be composed of not to exceed twelve Members of the Senate, to be appointed by the President of the Senate, and not to exceed twelve Members of the House of Representatives and the Delegate from Hawaii, to be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
The committee shall select a chairman from among its members. The committee shall cease to exist upon making its report to Congress pursuant to this resolution. Sec. 2. Investigation and study of subject of statehood, etc. The committee is authorized and directed to conduct a comprehensive investigation and study of the subject of statehood and of other subjects relating to the welfare of the Territory of Report to Senate and House of Representatives Powers.Hawaii. The committee shall report to the Senate and to the House of Representatives not later than January 15, 1938, the results of its investigation and study, together with its recommendations for such legislation as it deems necessary or desirable.
Sec. 3. Powers For the purposes of this resolution, the committee is authorized to sit and act, as a whole or by subcommittee, at such times and places as it deems advisable, to hold such hearings, to administer such oaths and affirmations, to take such testimony, and to have such printing and binding done as it deems necessary. Passed, August 21, 1937. H. Con. Res. 24: DEVELOPMENT OF RESOURCES OF ALASKA House Concurrent Resolution 24 August 21, 1937 1113 development of resources of alaska August 21, 1937[[H.
Con. Res., No. 24](/us/bill/75/hconres/24)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the President is requested to prepare or cause to be prepared Resources of Alaska.Preparation of plan for development of. by the present departments and agencies of the Government, and within the regular appropriations of such departments and agencies heretofore made for the fiscal year 1938, and to report to the Congress Report to Congress.within thirty days after commencement of the second session of the Seventy-fifth Congress, a comprehensive plan for the development of the resources of the Territory of Alaska, and the expansion and development of the facilities of commerce between the United States and Alaska, and within the Territory.
The plan so prepared and reported to Congress, may, in the discretion of the President, embrace a statement of such works and facilities to be established in Alaska as may be desirable for national defense. Said report to contain such information as will aid the Congress in conducting investigations to determine what is to be done with the resources of Alaska. Passed, August 21, 1937. H. Con. Res. 25: ADJOURNMENT House Concurrent Resolution 25 August 21, 1937 adjournment August 21, 1937[[H.
Con. Res., No. 25](/us/bill/75/hconres/25)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the two Houses of Congress shall adjourn on Saturday the 21st Adjournment of Congress, August 21, 1937.day of August 1937, and that when they adjourn on said day they stand adjourned sine die. Passed, August 21, 1937. H. Con. Res. 26: SIGNING ENROLLED BILLS, ETC. House Concurrent Resolution 26 August 21, 1937 signing enrolled bills, etc. August 21, 1937[[H. Con. Res., No. 26](/us/bill/75/hconres/26)] Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That notwithstanding the adjournment of the first session of the Enrolled bills or Joint resolutions.Signing of, after adjournment authorized.Seventy-fifth Congress, the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives be, and they are hereby, authorized to sign any enrolled bills or joint resolutions duly passed by the two Houses and which have been examined by the Committee on Enrolled Bills of each House and found truly enrolled.
Passed, August 21, 1937. TREATIES NOTICE In this section are included all instruments, whether called treaties, conventions, protocols, or otherwise, entered into on the part of the United States by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. TREATIES April 23, 1936 Convention 50 Stat. 1117 TREATIES FRANCE—EXTRADITION—APRIL 23, 1936 *Supplementary extradition convention between the United States ofApril 23, 1936[T. S. No. 909] America and France. Signed at Paris, April 23, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, June 16, 1936; ratified by the President, June 20, 1936; ratified by France, July 30, 1936; ratifications exchanged at Paris, August 25, 1936; proclaimed, September 11, 1936.* By the President of the United States of America.
A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a supplementary extradition convention between theSupplementary extradition convention with France.Preamble. United States of America and the Republic of France was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Paris on the twenty-third day of April, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which supplementary convention, being in the English and French languages, is word for word as follows: The United States of America Contracting powers.[37 Stat. 1526](/us/stat/37/1526).and the Republic of France being desirous of completing the list of crimes and offenses on account of which extradition may be granted under the Convention concluded between the United States and France January 6, 1909, have resolved to conclude an additional Convention for this purpose and to that end have appointedPlenipotentiaries. the following plenipotentiaries, to wit:
The President of the United States of America: His Excellency Mr. Jesse Isidor Straus, Ambassador extraordinary and plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the French Republic; And the President of the French Republic: His Excellency Mr, Pierre-Etienne Flandin, Deputy, Minister for Foreign Affairs, Who are m agreement on the following articles: 1117 1118 Article I. Addition to extraditable crimes.[37 Stat. 1529](/us/stat/37/1529); [46 Stat. 2276](/us/stat/46/2276).
The following stipulation, forming a paragraph 17, is added to the list of crimes and offenses appearing in Article II of the aforementioned Convention of January 6, 1909, completed by the additional Convention of January 15, 1929:" Crimes, etc., against bankruptcy laws. “Acts classified under the heading of bankruptcy, or punished with the penalties of bankruptcy, by French law, if they constitute a crime or an offense in accordance with the laws of the United States”. " Article II.
Considered part of former convention. The present Convention shall be considered as an integral part of the aforementioned extradition Convention of January 6, 1909. The second article thereof shall be read as if the list of crimes and offenses contained therein had originally comprised the criminal acts under the heading of bankruptcy by French law and provided for in Article I of the present Convention. Exchange of ratifications. The present Convention shall be ratified and the ratifications exchanged at Paris as soon as possible.
It will come into force thirty days after the exchange of ratifications. It will continue in force and will terminate in the same manner as the said Convention of January 6, 1909. Signatures. By virtue of which the present plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention in duplicate and have thereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate at Paris, on the 23rd of April, 1936. Jesse Isidor Straus [seal] P. E. Flandin [seal] Les Etats-Unis d’Amérique etContracting powers.[37 Stat. 1526](/us/stat/37/1526). la Republique Francaise désirant compléter la liste des crimes et délits pour lesquels l’extradition peut être accordée en vertu de la Convention conclue entre les Etats-Unis et la France, le 6 Janvier 1909, ont résolu de conclure une Convention additionnelle à cet effet et ont désigné, pour ce faire, les Plénipotentiaires ci-après,Plenipotentiaries. savoir:
Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique: Son Excellente M. Jesse Isidor Straus, Ambassadeur Extraordinaire et Plénipotentiaire des Etats-Unis d’Amérique près le Gouvernement de la République Française et le Président de la République française: Son Excellence M. Pierre-Etienne Flandin, Député, Ministre des Affaires Etrangères; Lesquels se sont mis d’accord sur les articles ci-après: 1117 1118 Article Ier– Addition to extraditable crimes.[37 Stat. 1529](/us/stat/37/1529); [46 Stat. 2276](/us/stat/46/2276).
La disposition suivante constituant un paragraphe 17 est ajoutée à la liste des crimes et délits figurant à l’article II de ladite Convention du 6 Janvier 1909, complétée par la Convention additionnelle du 15 Janvier 1929:" Crimes, etc., against bankruptcy laws. “Faits incriminés sous la qualification de banqueroute ou punis des peines de la banqueroute par la législation française, s’ils constituent un crime ou un délit, d’après la législation des Etats-Unis”. " Article II. Considered part of former convention.
La présente Convention doit être considérée comme partie intégrante de ladite Convention d’extradition du 6 Janvier 1909. Le nouvel article II de cette dernière doit être interprété comme si la liste des crimes et délits qui y sont énumérés avait compris dès l’origine les faits incriminés sous la qualification de banqueroute par la législation française et prévus à l’Article 1er de la présente Convention. Exchange of ratifications. La présente Convention sera ratifiée et les ratifications seront échangées à Paris le plus tôt possible.
Elle entrera en vigueur trente jours après l’échange des ratifications. Elle restera en vigueur et prendra fin dans les mêmes conditions que la Convention du 6 Janvier 1909. Signatures. En Foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé la présente Convention en double exemplaire et y ont apposé leurs sceaux. Fait en double à Paris le 23 Avril 1936. [seal] Jesse Isidor Straus [seal] P. E. Flandin Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said supplementary convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Paris on the twenty-fifth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six;
Effective date. And whereas the said supplementary convention, in accordance with Article II thereof, will come into force thirty days after the exchange of ratifications, that is to say, on September 24, 1936; 1119 Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said supplementary convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after the twenty-fourth day of September, 1936.
In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eleventh day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-six, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. May 31, 1929 Convention 50 Stat. 1121 1121 TREATIES MULTILATERAL—SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA—MAY 31, 1929 *International Convention and Regulations for Promoting Safety of Life at Sea.
Signed at London, May 31, 1929; ratification advised by the Senate, subject to understandings, June 19, 1936; ratified by the President, subject to said understandings, July 7, 1936; ratification of the United States deposited at London, August 7, 1936; proclaimed, September 30, 1936.* May 31, 1929[T. S. No. 910] By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention for Promoting Safety of Life at Sea, with International Convention, etc., for Promoting Safety of Life at Sea.Preamble.regulations annexed, was signed at London on May 31, 1929, by the respective plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, Germany, the Commonwealth of Australia, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Spain, the Irish Free State, Finland, France, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, Norway, the Netherlands, Sweden and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the original of which Convention and regulations in the English and French languages, is word for word as follows: 1122 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA.
PREAMBLE. Contracting Powers.The Governments of Germany, the Commonwealth of Australia, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Spain, the Irish Free State, the United States of America, Finland, France, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, India, Italy, Japan, Norway, the Netherlands, Sweden, the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics; being desirous of promoting safety of Efe at sea by establishing in common agreement uniform principles and rules directed thereto; Considering that this end may best be achieved by the conclusion of a Convention;
Plenipotentiaries.Have appointed their Plenipotentiaries, namely: *The Government of Germany:* Dr. Friedrich Sthamer, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the German Reich in London. Mr. Gustav Koenigs, Ministerialdirigent in the Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Berlin. Mr. Arthur Werner, Oberregierungsrat in the Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Justizrat, Berlin. Mr. Walter Laas, Professor, Director of the “Germanischer Lloyd” Classification Society, Berlin.
Dr. Otto Riess, Director ret. of the Reichsschiffsvermessungsamt, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Neubrandenburg. Mr. Hermann Giess, Ministerialrat in the Reichspostministerium, Berlin. Vice-Admiral Hugo Dominik, President of the “Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg.” *The Government of the Commonwealth of Australia:* Captain Henry James Feakes, Royal Australian Navy, Commonwealth Naval Representative in London. Lieut.-Commander Thomas Free, Royal Naval Reserve (Retired). Captain J. K. Davis, Commonwealth Director of Navigation. *The Government of Belgium:* Baron de Gerlac he de Gomery, Director-General of the Marine Department.
Mr. Gustave de Winne, Ingénieur en Chef, Director of the Marine Department. Mr. Georges Goor, Adviser to the Marine Department. 1123 CONVENTION INTERNATIONALE POUR LA SAUVEGARDE DE LA VIE HUMAINE EN MER. PRÉAMBULE. Les Gouvernements de l’Allemagne, du Commonwealth d’Australie, de la Belgique, du Canada, du Danemark, de l’Espagne, de l’État Libre d’lrlande, des États-Unis d’Amérique, de la Finlande, de la France, du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, de l’Inde, de l’Italie, du Japon, de la Norvège, des Pays-Bas, de la Suède, de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes, étant désireux d’établir d’un commun accord des principes et des règlements à l’effet de sauvegarder la vie humaine en mer, Considérant que le meilleur moyen d’atteindre ce but est la conclusion d’une Convention, Ont désigné les plénipotentiaires suivants: *Le Gouvernement de l’Allemagne:* M. le Docteur Friedrich Sthamer, Ambassadeur extraordinaire et plénipotentiaire de l’Allemagne à Londres.
M. Gustav Koenigs, Ministerialdirigent au Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Berlin. M. Arthur Werner, Oberregierungsrat au Reichsverkehrsministerium, Geheimer Justizrat, Berlin. M. Walter Laas, Professeur, Directeur de la Société de Classification “Germanischer Lloyd,” Berlin. M. le Docteur Otto Riess, Directeur en retraite du Reichsschiffsvermessungsamt, Geheimer Regierungsrat, Neubrandenburg. M. Hermann Giess, Ministerialrat au Reichspostministerium, Berlin.
M. le Vice-Amiral Hugo Dominik, Président de la “Deutsche Seewarte,” Hamburg. *Le Gouvernement du Commonwealth d’Australie:* M. le Capitaine de vaisseau Henry James Feakes, Royal Australian Navy, Attaché Naval du Commonwealth à Londres. M. le Capitaine de corvette en retraite Thomas Free, Royal Naval Reserve. M. le Capitaine de vaisseau J. K. Davis, Directeur de la Navigation. *Le Gouvernement de la Belgique:* M. le Baron de Gerlache de Gomery, Directeur Général à l’Administration de la Marine.
M. Gustave de Winne, Ingénieur en chef, Directeur du Service à l’Administration de la Marine. M. Georges Goor, Conseiller à l’Administration de la Marine. 1124 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. *The Government of Canada:* Mr. Alexander Johnston, Deputy Minister of Marine. Mr. Lucien Pacaud, Secretary in the Office of the Canadian High Commissioner in London. *The Government of Denmark:* Mr. Emil Krogh, Assistant-Secretary in the Marine Department, Ministry of Industry, Commerce and Shipping.
Mr. V. Topsöe-Jensen, Judge of the Supreme Court of Appeal. Captain V. Lorck, Chief Examiner of Masters and Mates. Mr. J. A. Körbing, Technical Managing Director of the United Steam Ship Company, Copenhagen. Mr. Aage H. Larsen, Engineer in Chief of the Ministry of Industry, Commerce and Shipping. Mr. Arnold Poulsen, Engineer Commissioner to the Ministry of Industry, Commerce and Shipping. *The Government of Spain:* Rear-Admiral Don Francisco Javier de Salas y Gonzalez, Head of the Naval Commission in Europe. *The Government of the Irish Free State:* Mr.
J. W. Dulanty, Commissioner for Trade for the Irish Free State in Great Britain. Mr. E. C. Foster, Chief Surveyor in the Marine Branch, Department of Industry and Commerce. *The Government of the United States of America:* The Honourable Wallace H. White, Junior, Member of Congress, Chairman of the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries. Mr. Arthur J. Tyrer, Commissioner of Navigation, Department of Commerce. Mr. Charles M. Barnes, Chief of the Treaty Division, Department of State.
Rear-Admiral George H. Rock, Construction Corps, United States Navy, Assistant Chief of the Bureau of Construction and Repair, Navy Department. Captain Clarence S. Kempff, United States Navy, Hydrographer, Navy Department. Mr. Dickerson N. Hoover, Supervising Inspector-General of the Steamboat Inspection Service, Department of Commerce. Mr. William D. Terrell, Chief of the Radio Division, Department of Commerce. Rear-Admiral John G. Tawresey, Construction Corps, United States Navy (Retired), United States Shipping Board.
Mr. Herbert B. Walker, President of the American Steamship Owners’ Association. Mr. Henry G. Smith, President of the National Council of American Shipbuilders. Captain Charles A. McAllister, President of the American Bureau of Shipping. *The Government of Finland:* Baron Gustaf Wrede, President of the Shipping Board. Captain Väinö Bergman, Inspector of Shipping. Consul Karl Kurten, Manager of the Finnish Shipowners’ Association. 1125 *Le Gouvernement du Canada:* M. Alexander Johnston, Sous-Ministre de la Marine.
M. Lucien Pacaud, Secrétaire de Haut Commissariat à Londres. *Le Gouvernement du Danemark:* M. Emil Krogh, Chef de Bureau au Ministère de I’Industrie, du Commerce et de la Navigation. M. V. Topsöe-Jensen, Juge à la Cour Supreme. M. le Capitaine V. Lorck, Directeur de la Navigation. M. J. A. Körbing, Directeur à la Compagnie d’armement “Det Forenede Dampskibsselskab.” M. Aage H. Larsen, Ingénieur-constructeur au Ministère de l’Industrie, du Commerce et de la Navigation. M. Arnold Poulsen, Ingénieur au Ministère de l’Industrie, du Commerce et de la Navigation. *Le Gouvernement de l’Espagne:* M. le Contre-Amiral Don Francisco Javier de Salas y Gonzalez, Chef de la Commission Navale en Europe. *Le Gouvernement de l’État Libre d’Irlande:* M.
J. W. Dulanty, Commissaire pour le Commerce de l’État Libre d’Irlande en Grande Bretagne. M. E. C. Foster, Inspecteur en Chef au Service Maritime, Ministère de l’Industrie et du Commerce. *Le Gouvernement des États-Unis d’Amérique:* L’Honorable M. Wallace H. White, Junior, Membre du Congrès, Président de la Commission de la Marine Marchande et des Pêches. M. Arthur J. Tyrer, Commissaire pour la Navigation, Département du Commerce. M. Charles M. Barnes, Chef de la Direction des Traités, Département d’État.
M. le Contre-Amiral George H. Rock, Corps des Constructions Navales, Chef adjoint du Service de la Construction et des Réparations, Département de la Marine. M. le Capitaine de vaisseau Clarence S. Kempff, United States Navy, Hydrographe, Département de la Marine. M. Dickerson N. Hoover, Inspecteur Général Contrôleur du Service de l’Inspection des Navires à Vapeur du Département du Commerce. M. William D. Terrell, Chef du Service de la Radioélectricité, Département du Commerce.
M. le Contre-Amiral en retraite John G. Tawresey, Corps des Constructions Navales, United States Shipping Board. M. Herbert B. Walker, Président de l’Association Américaine des Armateurs de N avires à V apeur. M. Henry G. Smith, President du Conseil National Américain des Constructeurs de Navires. M. le Capitaine Charles A. McAllister, Président du American Bureau of Shipping. *Le Gouvernement de la Finlande:* M. le Baron Gustaf Wrede, Président du Shipping Board. M. le Capitaine Väinö Bergman, Inspecteur de la Navigation.
M. le Consul Karl Kurten, Directeur de l’Association Finlandaise des Armateurs. 1126 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. *The Government of France:* Mr. Rio, Senator and former Minister. Captain Haarbleicher, Naval Construction Corps, Director of Mercantile Shipping Service, Department of Public Works. Commander Marie, Naval Construction Corps, Direction of Mercantile Shipping. Captain Thouroude, Naval Attache to the French Embassy in London. *The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland:* Sir Herbert W.
Richmond, Vice-Admiral, Royal Navy. Sir Westcott Abell, Professor of Naval Architecture, Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. Mr. A. L. Ayre, Vice-President of the Shipbuilding Employers’ Federation. Captain F. W. Bate, Professional Officer, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. Mr. C. H. Boyd, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. Sir William C. Currie, President of the Chamber of Shipping of the United Kingdom. Mr. A. J. Daniel, Principal Ship Surveyor, Board of Trade.
Sir Norman Hill, Chairman of the Merchant Shipping Advisory Committee. Sir Charles Hipwood, Principal Assistant Secretary, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. Captain A. R. H. Morrell, Trinity House. *The Government of India:* Sir Geoffrey L. Corbett, Commerce Department, Government of India. Captain E. V. Whish, Port Officer, Bombay. Mr. M. A. Master, General Manager of the Scindia Steam Navigation Company. *The Government of Italy:* Lieut.-General of Port G. Ingianni, General Director of the Mercantile Marine.
Vice-Admiral A. Alessio, Chief of the Technical Inspectorate of the Mercantile Marine. Count D. Rogeri di Villanova, Counsellor to the Italian Embassy in London. Dr. T. C. Giannini, Counsellor of Emigration. Major-General of Port F. Marena, Vice-Inspector of Harbour Master Offices. Engineer-General E. Ferretti, Chief of the Technical Office of the Italian Naval and Aeronautical Register. Mr. G. Gneme, Chief of the Telegraph Service of the General Direction of Postal and Telegraphic Services.
Commander L. Biancheri, Royal Italian Navy. *The Government of Japan:* Mr. Yukio Yamamoto, Inspector-General of the Mercantile Marine Bureau, Expert in the Department of Communications. Captain Shichihei Ota, Imperial Japanese Navy. Mr. Itaro Ishii, First Class Secretary of Embassy. 1127 *Le Gouvernement de la France:* M. Rio, Sénateur, Ancien Ministre. M. l’Ingénieur en Chef de la Marine Haarbleicher, Directeur des Services de la Flotte de Commerce et du Matériel Naval, Ministère des Travaux Publics.
M. l’Ingénieur Principal de la Marine Marie, Direction des Services de la Flotte de Commerce et du Matériel Naval. M. le Capitaine de Vaisseau Thouroude, Attaché Naval à l’Ambassade de France à Londres. *Le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’lrlande du Nord:* M. le Vice-Amiral Sir Herbert W. Richmond, Royal Navy. Sir Westcott Abell, Professeur de Construction Navale, Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. M. A. L. Ayre, Vice-Président de la Fédération des Constructeurs de Na vires.
M. le Capitaine F. W. Bate, Conseiller Nautique, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. M. C. H. Boyd, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. Sir William C. Currie, Président de la Chamber of Shipping of the United Kingdom. M. A. J. Daniel, Principal Ship Surveyor, Board of Trade. Sir Norman Hill, President du Merchant Shipping Advisory Committee. Sir Charles Hipwood, Principal Assistant Secretary, Mercantile Marine Department, Board of Trade. M. le Capitaine A.
R. H. Morrell, Trinity House. *Le Gouvernement de l’Inde:* Sir Geoffrey L. Corbett, Département de Commerce, Gouvernement de l’Inde. M. le Capitaine E. V. Whish, Officier de Port, Bombay. M. M. A. Master, Directeur Général de la Scindia Steam Navigation Company. *Le Gouvernement de l’Italie:* M. le Lieutenant Général de Port G. Ingianni, Directeur Général de la Marine Marchande. M. le Vice-Amiral A. Alessio, Chef de l’Inspection Technique de la Marine Marchande. Count D. Rogeri di Villanova, Conseiller de Légation à l’Ambassade à Londres.
M. le Docteur T. C. Giannini, Conseiller d’Émigration. M. le Major-Général deport F. Marena, Vice-Inspecteur des Capitaineries de port. M. l’Ingénieur-Général E. Ferretti, Chef du Bureau Technique du Régistre Naval et Aéronautique Italien. M. G. Gneme, Chef de Service aux Télégraphes, Direction Générale des Postes et des Télégraphes. M. le Capitaine de frégate L. Biancheri, Royal Italian Navy. *Le Gouvernement du Japon:* M. Yukio Yamamoto, Inspecteur Général au Bureau de la Marine Marchande, Expert au Département des Communications.
M. le Capitaine de vaisseau Shichihei Ota, Imperial Japanese Navy. M. Itaro Ishii, Secrétaire d’Ambassade de première classe. 1128 Plenipotentiaries—Continued. *The Government of Norway:* Mr. B. Vogt, Norwegian Minister in London. Mr. L. T. Hansen, Director of the Department of Shipping, Ministry of Commerce and Navigation. Mr. J. Schönheyder, Surveyor-in-Chief of the Ship and Engineer Division, Ministry of Commerce and Navigation. Mr. Arth H. Mathiesen, Vice-President of the Norwegian Shipowners’ Association.
Captain N. Marstrander, Chairman of the Board of the Norwegian Masters’ Association. Mr. A. Birkeland, Manager of the Norwegian Seamen’s and Firemen’s Union. *The Government of the Netherlands:* Vice-Admiral C. Fock, Inspector-General of Navigation. Mr. C. H. de Goeje, Ex-Inspector-General of Navigation, Netherland East Indies. Mr. A. van Dried, Adviser on Naval Architecture, Shipping Inspection Service. Mr. J. A. Bland van den Berg, Inspector of Coastal and Ships’ Radiotelegraphy.
Mr. Phs. van Ommeren, Junior, Chairman of Phs. van Ommeren, Ltd. Mr. H. G. J. Uilkens, Ex-Commodore of the Netherland Steamship Company. *The Government of Sweden:* Baron Palmstierna, Swedish Minister in London. Mr. Nils Gustaf Nilsson, Assistant Under-Secretary in the Board of Trade. Captain. Erik Axel Fredrik Eggert, Maritime Expert to the Social Board. *The Government of the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics:* Mr. Jan Lvovitch Arens, Counsellor to the U. S. S. R. Embassy in Paris.
Captain Karl Pavlovitch Eggi, Commander of the Icebreaker “Lenin,” Soviet Merchant Fleet (Sovtorgflot). Who, having communicated their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed as follows:— CHAPTER I.—PRELIMINARY. Chapter I.—Preliminary. Article 1. Purpose. The Contracting Governments undertake to give effect to the provisions of the present Convention for the purpose of promoting safety of life at sea, to promulgate all regulations and to take all other steps which may be necessary to give the present Convention full and complete effect.
Regulations. *Post,* p. 1188. The provisions of the present Convention are completed by Regulations contained in Annex I, which have the same force and take References. effect at the same time as the present Convention. Every reference to the present Convention implies at the same time a reference to the Regulations annexed thereto. 1129 *Le Gouvernement de la Norvège:* M. B. Vogt, Envoys Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire à Londres. M. L. T. Hansen, Directeur du Département de la Marine, Ministère du Commerce et de la Navigation.
M. J. Schönheyder, Contrôleur en chef de la Ship and Engineer Division, Ministère du Commerce et de la Navigation. M. Arth H. Mathiesen, Vice-Président de l’Association Norvégienne des Armateurs. M. le Capitaine N. Marstrander, Président du Bureau de l’Association Norvégienne des Capitaines de Navire. M. A. Birkeland, Directeur de l’Union Norvégienne des Marins et des Chauffeurs. *Le Gouvernement des Pays-Bas:* M. le Vice-Amiral C. Fock, Inspecteur-Général de la Navigation. M.
C. H. de Goeje, Ex-Inspecteur-Général de la Navigation, Indes Néerlandaises. M. A. van Driel, Conseiller de Construction Navale, Service de l’Inspection Maritime. M. J. A. Bland van den Berg, Inspecteur de la Radiotélégraphie Cotière et Maritime. M. Phs. van Ommeren, Junior, Président de la Phs. van Ommeren, Ltd. M. H. G. J. Uilkens, Ex-Commodore de la Netherland Steamship Company. *Le Gouvernement de la Suède:* M. le Baron Palmstierna, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire à Londres.
M. Nils Gustaf Nilsson, Chef de Section à l’Administration Centrale du Commerce. M. le Capitaine Erik Axel Fredrik Eggert, Expert pour les Affaires Maritimes de l’Administration Centrale du Travail et de la Prévoyance Sociale. *Le Gouvernement de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes:* M. Jan Lvovitch Arens, Conseiller de l’Ambassade de l’U. R. S. S. à Paris. M. le Capitaine Karl Pavlovitch Eggi, Commandant du Briseglace “Lenin,” Soviet Merchant Fleet (Sovtorgflot). qui, aprés s’etre communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes:
CHAPITRE I.—PRÉLIMINAIRES. Article 1. Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à appliquer les dispositions de la présente Convention, en vue d’encourager la sauvegarde de la vie humaine en mer, à édicter tous règlements et à prendre toutes autres mesures propres à lui faire produire son plein et entier effet. Les dispositions de la présente Convention sont complétées par un Règlement contenu dans l’annexe I qui a la même valeur et entre en vigueur en même temps que la présente Convention.
Toute reference à la présente Convention implique référence simultanée au Règlement y annexé. 1130 Article 2. Applications and Definitions. Applications and definitions. 1. The provisions of the present Convention shall apply to ships belonging to countries the Governments of which are Contracting Governments, and to ships belonging to territories to which the *Post,* p. 1182.present Convention is applied under Article 62, as follows:— Chapter II.—Construction; *post,* p. 1132.(*Construction*) to passenger ships (mechanically propelled) on international voyages.
Chapter III.—Life-saving appliances; *post,* p. 1138.(*Life-saving Appliances*) to passenger ships (mechanically propelled) on international voyages. Chapter IV.—Radiotelegraphy; *post,* p. 1146.(*Radiotelegraphy*) to all ships engaged on international voyages except cargo ships of less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage. Chapter V.—Safety of navigation; *post,* p. 1160.(*Safety of Navigation*) to all ships on all voyages. Chapter VI.—Certificates; *post,* p. 1172.(*Certificates*) to all the ships to which Chapters II, III and IV apply.
Classes of ships, etc. 2. The classes of ships to which each Chapter applies are more precisely defined, and the extent of the application is shown, in each Chapter. 3. In the present Convention, unless expressly provided otherwise— Ship nationality. (*a*) a ship is regarded as belonging to a country if it is registered at a port of that country; Administration. (*b*) the expression “Administration” means the Government of the country in which the ship is registered; International voyage.
(*c*) an international voyage is a voyage from a country to which the present Convention applies to a port outside such country, or conversely; and for this purpose every colony, overseas territory, protectorate or territory under suzerainty or mandate is regarded as a separate country; Passenger ship. (*d*) a ship is a passenger ship if it carries more than 12 passengers; Regulations. *Post,* p. 1188. (*e*) the expression “Regulations” means the Regulations contained in Annex I.
Ships of war. 4. The present Convention, unless expressly provided otherwise, does not apply to ships of war. Article 3. Cases of “Force Majeure”. Cases of *force majeure*.No ship, which is not subject to the provisions of the present Convention at the time of its departure on any voyage, shall become subject to the provisions of the present Convention on account of any deviation from its intended voyage due to stress of weather or any other cause of *force majeure*. 1131 Article 2.
Applications et definitions. 1. Les dispositions de la présente Convention s’appliquent dans les conditions suivantes aux navires appartenant à un pays dont le Gouvernement est un Gouvernement contractant et aux navires appartenant aux contrées auxquelles la présente Convention s’applique en vertu de l’Article 62: Chapitre II.—*Construction*): aux navires à passagers (à propulsion mécanique) lorsqu’ils effectuent des voyages internationaux. Chapitre III.—(*Engins de Sauvetage*): aux navires à passagers (à propulsion mécanique) lorsqu’ils effectuent des voyages internationaux.
Chapitre IV.—*Radiotelegraphie*): à tous les navires qui effectuent des voyages intemationaux à l’exception des navires de charge de moins de 1,600 tonneaux de jauge brute. Chapitre V.—(*Sécurité de la Navigation*): à tous les navires quell que soit le genre de voyages. Chapitre VI.—(*Certificats*): à tous les navires auxquels s’appliquent les chapitres II, III et IV. 2. Chacun des Chapitres définit avec plus de précision les categories de navires auxquels il s’applique ainsi que le champ des dispositions qui leur sont applicables. 3.
Dans la présente Convention, à moins d’indications expresses contraires: (*a*) un navire est considéré comme appartenant à un pays lorsqu’il est immatriculé dans un port de ce pays; (*b*) l’expression “Administration” désigne le Gouvernement du pays où le navire est immatriculé; (*c*) un voyage international est un voyage entre un pays auquel la présente Convention s’applique et un port situé en dehors de ce pays, ou inversement; toute colonie, territoire d’outre-mer, protectorat ou territoire placé sous suzeraineté ou mandat est considéré à cet égard comme un pays distinct.
(*d*) un navire est considéré comme un navire à passagers s’il transpose plus de 12 passagers; (*e*) l’expression “Ragles” désigne les Règles contenues dans l’Annexe I. 4. La présente Convention, à moins d’indication expresse contraire, ne s’applique pas aux navires de guerre. Article 3. Cas deforce majeure. S’il n’est pas soumis au moment de son depart pour un voyage quelconque, aux prescriptions de la présente Convention, aucun navire ne doit être astreint à ces prescriptions à raison d’un déroutement quelconque au cours de son voyage si ce déroutement est occasionné par le mauvais temps ou par toute autre cause de force majeure. 1132 Persons who are on board a ship by reason of *force majeure* or in consequence of the obligation laid upon the master to carry shipwrecked or other persons shall not be taken into account for the purpose of ascertaining the application to a ship of any provisions of the present Convention.
CHAPTER II.—CONSTRUCTION. Chapter II—Construction. Article 4.Application. *Application.* New passenger ships on international voyages. 1. This Chapter, except where it is otherwise expressly provided, applies to new passenger ships engaged on international voyages. Definition. 2. A new passenger ship is a ship the keel of which is laid on or after the 1st July, 1931, or a ship which is converted to passenger service on or after that date, all other passenger ships being described as existing passenger ships.
Exemptions in certain cases. 3. Each Administration may, if it considers that the route and the conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of the requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from the requirements of this Chapter individual ships or classes of ships belonging to its country which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land. Relaxations. *Post,* p. 1204. 4. In the case of a passenger ship which, in the course of its voyage, does not proceed more than 200 miles from the nearest land, the Administration of the country to which the ship belongs may allow relaxations from such of the requirements of Regulations IX, X, XV and XIX as may be proved to the satisfaction of the Administration to be neither reasonable nor practicable.
Modification of existing ships. 5. In the case of existing passenger ships engaged on international voyages which do not already comply with the provisions of this Chapter relating to new passenger ships, the arrangements on each ship shall be considered by the Administration of the country to which the ship belongs, with a view to improvements being made to provide increased safety where practicable and reasonable. Pilgrim, etc., trades. 6. In the case of passenger ships engaged on international voyages which are employed in the carriage of large numbers of unberthed passengers in special trades, such, for example, as the pilgrim trade, an Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements on the following conditions:— 1133 Les personnes qui se trouvent à bord d’un navire par raison de force majeure ou qui s’y trouvent par suite de l’obligation imposée au capitaine de transporter soit des naufragés, soit d’autres personnes, ne doivent pas entrer en ligne de compte lorsqu’il s’agit de verifier l’application au navire d’une prescription quelconque de la présente Convention.
CHAPITRE II.—CONSTRUCTION. Article 4. Navires auxquels s’applique ce Chapitre. 1. Le présent Chapitre s’applique, sauf dans les cas où il en est autrement disposé, aux navires à passagers neufs, affectés a des voyages internationaux. 2. Un navire à passagers neuf est un navire dont la quille a été posée le 1er juillet 1931 ou postérieurement ou qui est transformé pour être affecté à un service de passagers à cette date ou postérieurement. Tous les autres navires à passagers sont considérés comme navires à passagers existants. 3.
Toute Administration d’un pays peut, si elle juge que la route suivie et les conditions du voyage sont de nature à ne rendre l’application des prescriptions du présent Chapitre ni raisonnable ni nécessaire, dispenser de ces prescriptions des navires ou des catégories de navires, appartenant à ce pays, qui, au cours de leur voyage, ne s’éloignent pas de plus de 20 milles marins de la terre la plus proche. 4. Dans le cas où un navire à passagers ne s’éloigne pas, au cours de son voyage, de plus de 200 milles marins de la terre la plus proche, l’Administration à laquelle appartient le navire peut accorder des atténuations aux prescriptions des Régles IX, X, XV et XIX si la preuve peut être faite à la satisfaction de l’Administration que l’application de ces prescriptions n’est ni raisonnable ni pratiquement réalisable. 5.
Dans le cas de navires à passagers existants effectuant des voyages internationaux et ne satisfaisant pas déjà aux prescriptions du présent Chapitre relatives aux navires à passagers neufs, les mesures à prendre pour chaque navire seront determinées par l’Administration du pays auquel il appartient, de manière à obtenir une sécurité plus grande sur les points où cela sera pratiquement réalisable et raisonnable. 6. Dans le cas de navires à passagers effectuant des voyages internationaux, qui sont utilisés à des transports spéciaux d’un grand nombre de passagers sans installation de couchettes, comme par exemple, le transport de pélerins, toute Administration d’un pays peut, si elle juge qu’il est pratiquement impossible d’appliquer les prescriptions du présent Chapitre, dispenser ceux de ces navires qui appartiennent à ce pays des prescriptions en question, sous les conditions suivantes: 1134 (*a.*) That the fullest provision which the circumstances of the trade will permit shall be made in the matter of construction.
(*b.*) That steps shall be taken to formulate general rules which shall be applicable to the particular circumstances of these trades. Such rules shall be formulated in concert with such other Contracting Governments, if any, as may be directly interested in the carriage of such passengers. Ships not included. 7. This Chapter does not apply to ships which are not mechanically propelled or to wooden ships of primitive build, such as dhows, junks, &c. Article 5. *Watertight Subdivision of Ships.* Watertight subdivision of ships. 1.
Ships shall be as efficiently subdivided as is possible having regard to the nature of the service for which they are intended. The requirements respecting subdivision are given in the following Articles and in the Regulations. Degree. 2. The degree of subdivision provided for by these requirements varies with the length of the ship and with the service, in such manner that the highest degree of subdivision corresponds with the ships of greatest length primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.
Method of determination. *Post,* p. 1188. 3. Regulations I to V indicate the method to be followed in order to determine the degree of subdivision applicable to a ship. Subdivision loadlines. 4. In order that the required degree of subdivision shall be maintained, a loadline corresponding to the approved subdivision draft shall be assigned and marked on the ship’s sides. A ship having spaces which are specially adapted for the accommodation of passengers and the carriage of cargo alternatively may, if the owners desire, have one or more additional loadlines assigned and marked to correspond with the subdivision drafts which the Administration may approve for the alternative service conditions.
The freeboard corresponding to each approved subdivision loadline, and the conditions of service for which it is approved, shall be clearly indicated on the Safety *Post,* p. 1200.Certificate. Subdivision loadlines shall be marked and recorded in the manner provided in Regulation VII. Article 6. *Peak and Machinery Space Bulkheads, Shaft Tunnels, &c.* Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc. *Post,* p. 1200. All ships shall be fitted with watertight forward and after peak bulkheads and with watertight bulkheads at the extremities of the machinery space, and, in screw ships, with watertight shaft tunnels or equivalent subdivision in accordance with the provisions of Regulation VI. 1135 (*a.*) On doit appliquer dans la plus large mesure compatible avec les circonstances du trafic, les prescriptions relatives à la construction.
(*b.*) Des mesures doivent être prises pour formuler des prescriptions générales qui devront s’appliquer au cas particulier de ce genre de trafic. Ces prescriptions doivent être formulées d’accord avec ceux des autres Gouvernements contractants, s’il y en a, qui pourraient être directement intéressés au transport de ces passagers. 7. Le présent Chapitre ne s’applique pas aux navires dépourvus de propulsion mécanique, ni aux navires en bois de construction primitive tels que dhows, jonques, &c.
Article 5. *Compartimentage étanche des Navires.* 1. Les navires doivent être compartimentés aussi efficacement que possible, eu égard à la nature du service auquel ils sont destinés. Les prescriptions relatives au compartimentage sont fixées par les Articles et par les Règles qui suivent. 2. Le degré de compartimentage assuré par l’application de ces Règles varie avec la longueur du navire et le service auquel il est destiné, de telle manière que le degré de compartimentage le plus élevé corresponde aux plus longs navires essentiellement affectés au transport des passagers. 3.
Les Règles I à V indiquent la méthode à suivre pour determiner le degré de compartimentage applicable à un navire. 4. Pour que le degré de compartimentage requis soit respecté, une ligne de charge, correspondant au tirant d’eau qui aura été approuvé comme répondant au compartimentage, sera assignée au navire et marquée sur le bordé extérieur. S’il existe sur le navire des espaces spécialement disposés pour servir à volonté, soit d’emménagements pour passagers, soit de locaux à marchandises, on pourra, à la demande de l’armateur, lui assignor et tracer sur le bordé extérieur, une ou plusieurs lignes de charge additionnelles, correspondant aux divers tirants d’eau de compartimentage que l’Administration jugera répondre aux différentes conditions de service.
Le franc-bord correspondant à chacune de ces lignes de charge et les conditions de service pour lesquelles il est accepté seront indiqués d’une façon précise sur le certificat de sécurité. Les lignes de charge de compartimentage doivent être marquées et inscrites suivant la méthode prescrite par la Règle VII. Article 6. *Cloisons des Extrémités, Cloisons de la Tranche des Machines, Tunnels des Lignes d’arbres, &c.* Il doit exister dans tous les navires des cloisons étanches aux extrémités avant et arrière, et aux extrémités de la tranche des machines et dans les navires à hélice il doit y avoir des tunnels étanches pour les lignes d’arbres, ou un compartimentage équivalent, le tout conformément aux prescriptions de la Règle VI. 1136 Article 7. *Construction, Testing, &c.* Construction, testing, etc.*Post,* pp. 1202–1214, 1216–1240.
Regulations VIII to XIII and XV to XXI prescribe rules for— (*a*) the construction and testing of subdivision bulkheads, inner bottoms, watertight decks, trunks, ventilators, fire-resisting bulkheads, &c.; (*b*) the conditions governing openings in bulkheads, in the ship’s sides and in the weather deck, and the character and use of means which shall be provided for closing these openings; (*c*) the tests and the periodical inspections and operation of the means of closing openings in bulkheads and in the ship’s side;
(*d*) exits from watertight compartments; (*e*) pumping arrangements; and (*f*) power for going astern and auxiliary steering apparatus. Article 8. *Stability Test.* Stability Test. Every new passenger ship shall be inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability determined. The operating personnel shall be supplied with such information on this subject as is necessary to permit efficient handling of the ship. Article 9. *Entries in the Official Log Book.* Official log book.
Entries. A record of the closing and opening of watertight doors, &c., and of all inspections and drills, shall be entered in the official log book *Post,* p. 1216.as required by Regulation XIV. Article 10. *Initial and Subsequent Surveys of Ships.* Initial and subsequent surveys of ships. The general principles which shall govern the survey of ships, whether new or existing, as regards hull, main and auxiliary boilers *Post,* p. 1224.and machinery, and equipments, are stated in Regulation XXII.
Each Contracting Government undertakes—
(1)to draw up detailed regulations in accordance with these general principles, or to bring its existing regulations into agreement with these principles;
(2)to secure that these regulations shall be enforced. The detailed regulations referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be in all respects such as to secure that, from the point of view of safety of life, the ship is fit for the service for which it is intended. 1137 Article 7. *Construction, Épreuves, &c.* Les Règles VIII à XIII incluses et les Règles XV à XXI incluses contiennent les prescriptions relatives:— (*a*) à la construction et aux épreuves des cloisons de compartimentage, double-fonds, ponts étanches, panneaux de descente, conduits de ventilation, cloisons d’incendie, &c.; (*b*) aux ouvertures dans les cloisons, dans la muraille des navires et dans le pont exposé à la mer, le type des moyens de fermetures qui doit être employé pour les clore et l’emploi qui doit en être fait; (*c*) aux épreuves, aux inspections périodiques et aux manœuvres périodiques des moyens de fermeture des ouvertures dans les cloisons étanches et dans la muraille du navire; (*d*) aux moyens de sortie des compartiments étanches; (*e*) aux dispositifs de pompage; et (*f*) à la puissance disponible pour la marche arrière et à l’appareil à gouverner auxiliaire. Article 8. *Essai de Stabilité.* Sur tout navire à passagers neuf, il sera fait, à son achèvement, un essai de stabilité et on déterminera les éléments de cette stabilité. Le personnel chargé d’utiliser le navire recevra, à ce sujet, tous les renseignements qui peuvent lui servir pour le manœuvrer convenablement. Article 9. *Mentions au Journal de bord.* Mention doit être faite au journal de bord de la fermeture et de l’ouverture des portes étanches, &c., ainsi que de tous les exercices et inspections, dans la mesure spécifiée à la Règle XIV. Article 10. *Inspections initiates et subséquentes des Navires.* Les principes généraux qui doivent régir l’inspection des navires neufs ou existants en ce qui concerne la coque, les chaudières et machines principales et auxiliaires, et l’équipement, sont établis par la Règle XXII. Chaque Gouvernement contractant s’engage:
(1)à édicter des règlements détaillés en conformité de ces principes généraux, ou à modifier sa réglementation existante de façon à la mettre d’accord avec ces principes;
(2)à assurer l’application de ces règlements. D’une façon générale, les règlements de détail visés au paragraphe précédent doivent être établis de manière qu’au point de vue de la sauvegarde de la vie humaine, le navire soit approprié au service auquel il est destiné. 1138 CHAPTER III.—LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCES, &c. Chapter III.—Lifesaving appliances, etc. Article 11. *Interpretation.* Interpretation. For the purposes of this Chapter— “New ship.” (*a*) the expression “new ship” means a ship the keel of which is laid on or after the 1st July, 1931, all other ships being described as existing ships; “Short international voyage.” (*b*) the expression “short international voyage” means an international voyage in the course of which a ship is not more than 200 miles from the nearest land; “Buoyant apparatus.” (*c*) the expression “buoyant apparatus” means buoyant deck seats, or buoyant deck chairs, or any other buoyant apparatus excepting boats, life-buoys and life-jackets. Article 12. *Application.* Application. New mechanically-propelled passenger ships on international voyages. 1. This Chapter, except where it is otherwise expressly provided, applies to new passenger ships which are mechanically propelled and engaged on international voyages. Short international voyages. 2. Special provisions are laid down in Articles 13, 14, 19 and 25 with regard to new passenger ships engaged on short international voyages. Exemptions. 3. Each Administration, if it considers that the route and the conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of the full requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, may to that extent exempt from the requirements of this Chapter individual ships or classes of ships belonging to its country which, in the course of their voyage, do not go more than 20 miles from the nearest land. Provisions for securing compliance with requirements. 4. In the case of existing passenger ships which are mechanically propelled and engaged on international voyages and which do not already comply with the provisions of this Chapter relating to new passenger ships, the arrangements on each ship shall be considered by the Administration of the country to which the ship belongs, with a view to securing, so far as this is practicable and reasonable, compliance with the general principles set out in Article 13 not later than the 1st July, 1931, and substantial compliance with the other requirements of this Chapter. Exemptions. 5. In the case of passenger ships which are mechanically propelled and engaged on international voyages and which are employed in the carriage of large numbers of unberthed passengers in special trades, such, for example, as the pilgrim trade, an Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements on the following conditions:— (*a.*) That the fullest provision which the circumstances of the trade will permit shall be made in the matter of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances and fire protection. 1139 CHAPITRE III.—ENGINS DE SAUVETAGE, &c. Article 11. *Définitions.* Dans ce chapitre: (*a*) l’expression “navire neuf” désigne un navire dont la quille a été posée le 1er juillet 1931 ou après cette date; tons les autres navires sont qualifiés “navires existants”; (*b*) l’expression “voyage international court” désigne un voyage international au cours duquel le navire ne s’éloigne pas de plus de 200 milles de la terre la plus proche; (*c*) l’expression “engin flottant” désigne les sièges de pont flottants, chaises de pont flottantes ou tout autre engin flottant à l’exception des embarcations, brassières de sauvetage et bousées de sauvetage. Article 12. *Application.* 1. Le présent Chapitre s’applique, sauf dans les cas où il en est autrement disposé, aux navires à passagers neufs à propulsion mécanique effectuant des voyages internationaux. 2. Des prescriptions spéciales sont énoncées dans les Articles 13, 14, 19 et 25 pour les navires à passagers neufs effectuant des voyages internationaux courts. 3. Toute Administration d’un pays peut, si elle juge que la route suivie et les conditions du voyage sont de nature à ne rendre l’application de la totalité des prescriptions du présent Chapitre ni raisonnable ni nécessaire, dispenser de ces prescriptions dans la mesure correspondante des navires déterminés ou des catégories de navires appartenant à ce pays et qui, au cours de leur voyage, ne s’éloignent pas de plus de 20 milles de la terre la plus proche. 4. Dans le cas de navires à passagers existants à propulsion mécanique effectuant des voyages internationaux et ne satisfaisant pas, actuellement, aux prescriptions du présent Chapitre relatives aux navires à passagers neufs, les mesures à prendre pour chaque navire doivent être déterminées par l’Administration du pays auquel il appartient, de manière à obtenir, autant que cela sera pratiquement possible et raisonnable, l’application, au plus tard pour le 1er juillet 1931, des principes généraux posés dans l’Article 13, et une application convenable des autres prescriptions du présent Chapitre. 5. Pour les navires à passagers à propulsion mécanique effectuant des voyages internationaux, qui sont utilisés à des transports spéciaux d’un grand nombre de passagers sans installation de couchettes, comme, par exemple, le transport de pèlerins, une Administration peut, si elle juge qu’il est pratiquement impossible d’appliquer les prescriptions du présent Chapitre, dispenser ces navires des prescriptions en question, sous les conditions suivantes: (*a.*) On doit appliquer, dans la plus large mesure compatible avec les circonstances du trafic, les prescriptions relatives aux embarcations de sauvetage et aux autres engins de sauvetage ainsi qu’à la protection contre l’incendie. 1140 (*b.*) That all such boats and apparatus shall be readily available within the meaning of Article 13. (*c.*) That a life-jacket shall be provided for every person on board. (*d.*) That steps shall be taken to formulate general rules which shall be applicable to the particular circumstances of these trades. Such rules shall be formulated in concert with such other Contracting Governments, if any, as may be directly interested in the carriage of such passengers. Article 13. *Lifeboats and Buoyant Apparatus.* Lifeboats and buoyant apparatus. The general principles governing the provision of lifeboats and buoyant apparatus in a ship to which this Chapter applies are that they shall be readily available in case of emergency and shall be adequate. 1. To be readily available, the lifeboats and buoyant apparatus must comply with the following conditions:— (*a.*) They must be capable of being got into the water safely and rapidly even under unfavourable conditions of list and trim. (*b.*) It must be possible to embark the passengers in the boats rapidly and in good order. (*c.*) The arrangement of each boat and article of buoyant apparatus must be such that it will not interfere with the operation of other boats and buoyant apparatus. 2. To be adequate, the provision of lifeboats and buoyant apparatus must satisfy the following conditions:— (*a.*) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph
(6)of this paragraph there must be accommodation in boats for all persons on board, and there must, in addition, be buoyant apparatus for 25 per cent, of the persons on board. (*b.*) In the case of passenger ships engaged on short international voyages, the boats must be provided in accordance with the requirements *Post,* p. 1252.set out in the table in Regulation XXXIX, and there must be, in addition, buoyant apparatus so that the boats and buoyant apparatus together provide accommodation for all on board as set out in Regulation XXXVIII. There must, in addition, be buoyant apparatus for 10 per cent, of the persons on board. (*c.*) No more boats shall be required on any passenger ship than are sufficient to accommodate all persons on board. Article 14. *Ready Availability and Adequacy.* Ready availability and adequacy. Arrangements for securing. The arrangements for securing the principles of ready availability and adequacy mentioned in Article 13 shall be in accordance with the *Post,* p. 1246.provisions of Regulations XXXVII, XXXVIII and XXXIX. 1141 (*b.*) Toutes ces embarcations et tons ces engins de sauvetage doivent être rapidement disponibles dans le sens de l’Article 13. (*c.*) Il doit y avoir une brassière de sauvetage pour chaque personne présente à bord. (*d.*) Des dispositions doivent être prises, pour formuler des prescriptions générales qui doivent s’appliquer au cas particulier de ce genre de trade. Ces prescriptions doivent être formulees d’accord avec ceux des autres Gouvemements contractants, s’il y en a, qui peuvent être directement intdréssés au transport de ces passagers. Article 13. *Embarcations de Sauvetage et Engins flottants.* Les principes géné qui règlent l’armement en embarcations de sauvetage et en engins flottants d’un navire régi par le présent Chapitre sont qu’ils doivent être promptement disponibles en cas d’urgence et qu’ils doivent être adéquats. 1. Pour être promptement disponibles, les embarcations de sauvetage et engins flottants doivent remplir les conditions suivantes: (*a.*) On doit pouvoir les mettre à l’eau sûrement et rapidement, même dans des conditions défavorables de bande et d’assiette. (*b.*) Il doit être possible d’embarquer les passagers dans les embarcations rapidement et en bon ordre. (*c.*) L’installation de chaque embarcation et de chaque engin flottant doit être telle qu’elle ne gêne pas la manoeuvre des autres embarcations ou engins flottants. 2. Pour être adéquat, l’armement du navire en embarcations de sauvetage et engins flottants doit réaliser les conditions suivantes: (*a.*) Sous réserve des prescriptions de l’alinéa (*b*) du présent paragraphe, il doit y avoir dans les embarcations une place pour chaque personne présente à bord, et, en outre, des engins flottants pour 25 pour cent des personnes présentes à bord. (*b.*) Dans le cas de navires à passagers effectuant des voyages internationaux courts, des embarcations doivent être installées de façon à satisfaire aux prescriptions insérées au tableau qui figure à la Règle XXXIX; en outre, il doit y avoir des engins flottants en quantité telle que l’ensemble des embarcations et des engins flottants puisse recevoir le total des personnes présentes à bord, ainsi qu’il est dit à la Règle XXXVIII. Enfin, il doit y avoir, en plus, des engins flottants pour 10 pour cent des personnes présentes à bord. (*c.*) Sur aucun navire à passagers, il ne peut être exigé plus d’embarcations qu’il n’est nécessaire pour recevoir toutes les personnes présentes à bord. Article 14. *Conditions pour que les Engins de Sauvetage soient promptement disponibles et adéquats.* Afin de réaliser les principes établis à l’Article 13 pour que les engins de sauvetage soient promptement disponibles et adéquats, ceux-ci doivent satisfaire aux prescriptions des Règles XXXVII, XXXVIII et XXXIX. 1142 Article 15. Lifeboats, rafts, and buoyant apparatus. Standard types of Boats. Life Rafts. Buoyant Apparatus. Standard types. *Post,* p. 1228. All the lifeboats, life rafts and buoyant apparatus shall comply with the conditions fixed by this Convention and Regulations XXIV to XXIX. Article 16. *Construction of Boats.* Construction of boats. All boats must be properly constructed, and shall be of such form and proportion that they shall have ample stability in a seaway, and sufficient freeboard when loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment. Each boat must be of sufficient strength to enable it to be safely lowered into the water when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment. Article 17. Embarkation of the Passengers in the Boats. Passenger embarkation. Suitable arrangements shall be made for embarking the passengers in the boats at an embarkation deck. There shall also be a suitable ladder provided at each set of davits. Article 18. Capacity of Boats and Life Rafts. Capacity of boats and life rafts. The number of persons that a boat of one of the standard types or an approved life raft or buoyant apparatus can accommodate and the conditions of approval of life rafts and buoyant apparatus shall *Post,* p. 1236.be ascertained in accordance with the provisions of Regulations XXX to XXXV inclusive. Article 19. Equipment of Boats and Life Rafts. Equipment.*Post,* p. 1244. Regulation XXXVI prescribes the equipment for boats and life rafts. Article 20. Life-jackets and Life-buoys. 1. Every ship to which this Chapter applies shall carry for every person on board a life-jacket of a type approved by the Administration, and in addition, unless these life-jackets can be adapted for use by children, a sufficient number of life-jackets suitable for children. Type. *Post,* p. 1254. 2. Every such ship shall also carry life-buoys of a type approved as aforesaid to the number required by Regulation XL. 1143 Article 15. Types réglementaires d’Embarcations. Radeaux de Sauvetage. Engins flottants. Toutes les embarcations de sauvetage, les radeaux de sauvetage et les engins fiottants doivent satisfaire aux conditions fixées par la présente Convention, ainsi que par les Règles XXIV à XXIX inclus. Article 16. Construction des Embarcations. Toutes les embarcations doivent être bien construites et avoir des formes et des proportions qui leur assurent une large stabilité à la mer et un franc bord suffisant, lorsqu’elles sont en charge avec toutes les personnes qu’elles doivent recevoir et tout leur armement. Chaque embarcation doit présenter une solidité suffisante pour pouvoir sans danger être mise à l’eau avec son plein chargement en personnes et en armement. Article 17. Accès des Passagers aux Embarcations. Des dispositions convenables doivent être prises pour permettre l’accès des passagers, d’un pont d’embarquement, dans les embarcations. Il doit y avoir en outre une échelle convenable à chaque paire de bossoirs. Article 18. Capacité des Embarcations et Radeaux de Sauvetage. Le nombre de personnes qu’une embarcation d’un des types réglementaires ou un radeau de sauvetage approuvé ou un engin flotant peut recevoir et les conditions auxquelles un radeau de sauvetage ou un engin flottant peut être approuvé sont déterminés conformément aux prescriptions des Règles XXX à XXXV inclus. Article 19. Armement des embarcations et radeaux de sauvetage. La Règle XXXVI fixe l’armement des embarcations et des radeaux de sauvetage. Article 20. Brassières de Sauvetage et Bouées de Sauvetage. 1. Tous les navites auxquels s’applique le présent chapitre doivent avoir, pour chaque personne présente à bord, une brassière de sauvetage d’un type approuvé par l’Administration et, en outre, un nombre convenable de brassières spéciales pour enfants à moins que les brassières précédentes ne puissent être ajustables à la taille des enfants. 2. Tous ces navires doivent également avoir des bouées de sauvetage d’un type approuvé comme ci-dessus, et dont le nombre est fixé par la Règle XL. 1144 3. A life-jacket or life-buoy shall not be approved by an Administration *Post,* p. 1254.unless it satisfies the requirements of Regulation XL applicable to life-jackets and life-buoys respectively. 4. In this Article the expression “life-jacket” includes any appliance capable of being fitted on the body, having the same buoyancy as a life-jacket. Article 21. Means of Ingress and Egress. Emergency Lighting. Ingress and egress. 1. Proper arrangements shall be made for ingress to and egress from the different compartments, decks, &c. Emergency lighting. 2. Provision shall be made for an electric or other system of lighting, sufficient for all requirements of safety, in the different parts of the ship, and particularly upon the decks on which the lifeboats are stowed. On ships in which the boat deck is more than 9·15 metres (30 feet) above the waterline at the lightest seagoing draught, provision shall be made for the illumination from the ship of the lifeboats when alongside and in process of or immediately after being launched. There must be a self-contained source capable of supplying, when necessary, this safety lighting system, and placed in the upper parts of the ship above the bulkhead deck. Lighting exits, etc. 3. The exit from every main compartment occupied by passengers or crew shall be continuously lighted by an emergency lamp. The power for these emergency lamps shall be so arranged that they will be supplied from the independent installation referred to in the preceding paragraph in the event of failure of the main generating plant. Article 22. Certificated Lifeboatmen. Manning of the Boats. Certificated lifeboatmen. 1. In every ship to which this Chapter applies there must be, for any boat or life raft carried in order to comply with this Chapter, *Post,* p. 1256.such number of certificated lifeboatmen as is required by Regulation XLI for that boat. Allocation to boats and life rafts. 2. The allocation of the certificated lifeboatmen to each boat and life raft remains within the discretion of the master, according to the circumstances. Term defined. 3. By “certificated lifeboatman” is meant any member of the crew who holds a certificate of efficiency issued under the authority of the Administration in accordance with the conditions laid down in the afore-mentioned Regulation. Manning of the boats. *Post,* p. 1256. 4. The manning of the boats shall be as prescribed in Regulation XLII. Article 23. Line-Throwing Appliances. Line-throwing appliances. Every ship to which this Chapter applies shall carry a line-throwing appliance of a type approved by the Administration. 1145 3. Une brassière de sauvetage ou une bouée de sauvetage ne peut être approuvée par une Administration si elle ne satisfait aux prescriptions de la Règle XL applicables aux brassières de sauvetage ou aux bouées de sauvetage suivant le cas. 4. Dans le présent article I’expression “brassière de sauvetage” s’entend de tout dispositif capable de s’appliquer au corps et ayant la flottabilité d’une brassière de sauvetage réglementaire. Article 21. Circulation des Personnes. Eclairage de Secours. 1. Des dispositions appropriées doivent être prises pour l’entrée et pour la sortie des différents compartiments, entreponts, &c. 2. Un éclairage électrique ou autre, suffisant pour satisfaire à toutes les exigences de la sécurité, doit être prévu dans les diverses parties du navire et particulièrement sur les ponts où se trouvent les embarcations de sauvetage. Sur les navires où le pont des embarcations est à plus de 9 mètres 15 (30 pieds) de la flottaison correspondant au tirant d’eau minimum à la mer, des dispositions doivent être prises pour éclairer les embarcations, depuis le navire et le long du bord, pendant la manœuvre de mise à l’eau et immédiatement après cette manœuvre. Il doit exister une source autonome capable d’aliment er, le cas échéant, les appareils de cet éclairage de sécurité et placée dans les régions supérieures du navire, au dessus du pont de cloisonnement. 3. La sortie de chaque compartiment occupé par les passagers ou l’équipage doit être éclairée en permanence par un fanal de secours. Ces fanaux de secours doivent pouvoir être alimentés par la source autonome visée au précédent paragraphe, en cas d’arrêt de la source normale d’éclairage du navire. Article 22. Canotiers brevetés. Personnel des Embarcations. 1. Sur tout navire auquel s’applique le présent chapitre il doit y avoir, pour chaque embarcation ou radeau de sauvetage installé en exécution des prescriptions du dit chapitre, un nombre de canotiers brevetés déterminé par les prescriptions de la Règle XLI qui concernent cette embarcation ou ce radeau de sauvetage. 2. Le capitaine du navire reste maître, suivant les circonstances, de l’affectation numérique des canotiers brevetés à chaque embarcation et radeau de sauvetage. 3. On entend par “canotier breveté” tout homme de l’équipage muni d’un brevet d’aptitude délivré au nom de l’Administration dans les conditions prévues à la dite Règle. 4. L’organisation du personnel des embarcations doit être conforme à la Règle XLII. Article 23. Appareil porte-amarre. Chaque navire auquel s’applique ce Chapitre doit être muni d’un appareil porte-amarre d’un modèle approuvé par l’Administration. 1146 Article 24. Dangerous Goods. Fire Protection. Carriage of dangerous goods. 1. The carriage, either as cargo or ballast, of goods which by reason of their nature, quantity, or mode of stowage, are, either singly or collectively, Hable to endanger the lives of the passengers or the safety of the ship, is forbidden. Exceptions. This provision does not apply to the ship’s distress signals, nor to the carriage of naval or military stores for the public service of the State under conditions authorised by the Administration. Precautions to be taken. Each Administration shall, from time to time by official notice, determine what goods are to be considered dangerous goods, and shall indicate the precautions which must be taken in the packing and stowage thereof. *Post,* p. 1256. 2. The arrangements to be made for the detection and extinction of fire shall be as prescribed in Regulation XLIII. Article 25. Muster Roll and Drills. Muster roll and drills. Special duties for the event of an emergency shall be allotted to each member of the crew. The muster list shall show all these special duties and shall indicate, in particular, the station to which each man must go, and the duties that he has to perform. Before the vessel sails, the muster list shall be drawn up and exhibited, and the proper authority shall be satisfied that the muster list has been prepared for the ship. It shall be posted in several parts of the ship, and in particular in the crew’s quarters. *Post,* p. 1262. Regulations XLIV and XLV prescribe the conditions under which musters of the crew and drills shall take place. CHAPTER IV.—RADIOTELEGRAPHY. Chapter IV.—Badiofelegraphy. Article 26. *Application and Definition.* Application. 1. This Chapter applies to all ships engaged on international voyages except cargo ships of less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage. Definition. 2. For the purposes of this Chapter a cargo ship means any ship not being a passenger ship. Article 27. *Fitting of Radio Installation.* Radio installation. *Post,* p. 1154. 1. All ships to which this Chapter applies shall, unless exempted under Article 28, be fitted with a radiotelegraph installation complying with the provisions of Article 31, as follows:— (*a.*) All passenger ships, irrespective of size. (*b.*) All cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards. 1147 Article 24. Marchandises dangereuses. Mesures contre l’Incendie. 1. Il est interdit d’embarquer, comme lest ou comme cargaison, des matières susceptibles, isolément ou dans leur ensemble, de mettre en danger la vie des passagers ou la sécurité du navire, par leur nature, leur quantité ou leur mode d’arrimage. Cette prohibition ne s’applique ni au matériel destiné aux signaux de détresse du navire lui-même, ni aux approvisionnements navals ou militaires pour le service de l’État dans les conditions où le transport de ces approvisionnements est autorisé par l’Administration. La détermination des matières à considérer comme dangereuses et l’indication des précautions obligatoires à prendre dans leur emballage et leur arrimage feront l’objet d’instructions officielles et périodiques de la part de chaque Administration. 2. La Règle XLIII indique les dispositions à prendre pour la découverte et l’extinction de l’incendie. Article 25. Rôle d’Alarme et Exercices. Une consigne particulière d’alarme sera donnée à chaque homme de l’équipage. Le rôle d’appel en cas d’alarme reproduit toutes les consignes particulières; il indique, notamment, le poste auquel chaque homme doit se rendre et les fonctions qu’il a à remplir. Avant l’appareillage, le rôle d’appel est établi et mis à jour, et l’autorite qualifiées doit être mise à même d’en constater l’existence. Il est affiché bien en vue dans plusieurs endroits du bâtiment, notamment dans les locaux affectés à I’équipage. Les conditions dans lesquelles on doit procéder aux appels et aux exercices de I’équipage sont prescrites par les Règles XLIV et XLV. CHAPITRE IV.—RADIOTÉLÉGRAPHIE. Article 26. Application et Définition. 1. Le présent Chapitre s’applique à tous les navires qui effectuent des voyages internationaux, à l’exception des navires de charge de moins de 1,600 tonneaux de jauge brute. 2. Pour l’application du présent Chapitre, tout navire qui n’est pas un navire à passagers est un navire de charge. Article 27. *Installation d’Appareils radiotélégraphiques.* 1. Tous les navires auxquels s’applique le présent Chapitre devront, s’ils n’en sont pas dispensés en vertu de l’Article 28, être munis d’une installation radiotélégraphique conforme aux dispositions de l’Article 31, ainsi qu’il est dit ci-après: (*a.*) Tous les navires à passagers, quelles que soient leurs dimensions. (*b.*) Tous les navires de charge de 1,600 tonneaux de jauge brute et au-dessus. 1148 2. Each Administration may delay the application of the provisions of paragraph 1 (*b*) to cargo ships belonging to its country of less than 2,000 tons gross tonnage for a period not exceeding five years from the date of the coming into force of the present Convention. Article 28. *Exemptions from the Requirements of Article 27.* Exemptions. 1. Each Administration may, if it considers that the route and the conditions of the voyage are such as to render a radiotelegraph installation unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt ships belonging to its country from the requirements of Article 27 as follows:— I.—Passenger ships. Passenger ships. (*a.*) Individual passenger ships or classes of passenger ships which, in the course of their voyage, do not go more than—
(i)20 miles from the nearest land; or
(ii)200 miles in the open sea between two consecutive ports. (*b.*) Passenger ships which make voyages entirely within the restricted areas specified in the Annex to this Article. II.—Cargo Ships. Cargo ships, etc. Individual cargo ships or classes of cargo ships which, in the course of their voyage, do not go more than 150 miles from the nearest land. 2. Each Administration may, in addition, exempt ships belonging to its country of the following classes:— I.—Barges in tow and existing sailing ships. An existing sailing ship is one the keel of which is laid before the 1st July, 1931. II.— Ships of primitive build, such as dhows, junks, &c., if it is practically impossible to fit them with a radiotelegraph installation. III.— Ships which are not normally engaged on international voyages, but which in exceptional circumstances are required to undertake a single voyage of that kind. annex to article 28. Routes and voyages. 1. The Baltic Sea and approaches thereto East of a line drawn from Utsire (Norway) in the North to Texel (Netherlands) in the South, outside the territorial jurisdiction of the Union of Socialist Soviet Republics. 2. The portions of the Gulf of Tartary and the Sea of Okhotsk covered in voyages between ports in Hokkaido and ports in Japanese Sakhalin. 3. The Chosen (Tyosen) Strait between a line in the North drawn from Kawajiri Misaki (Cape Natsungu) to Fusan, and a line in the South drawn from Nagasaki to Giffard Island (off the South-West point of Quelpart Island) and thence to Tin To (Amherst Island). 1149 2. Toute Administration d’un pays a la faculté de différer l’application des dispositions du paragraphe 1 (*b*) précédent, aux navires de charge de moins de 2,000 tonneaux de jauge brute appartenant à ce pays, pendant une période ne dépassant pas cinq ans à partir de la date de mise en vigueur de la présente Convention. Article 28. *Dispenses aux Prescriptions de l’Article 27.* 1. Toute Administration d’un pays peut, si elle juge que la route suivie et les conditions du voyage sont telles qu’une installation radiotélégraphique n’est ni raisonnable ni nécessaire, dispenser des prescriptions de l’Article 27 les navires appartenant à ce pays: I. Navires à passagers. (*a*) certains navires à passagers individuellement ou par catégorie lorsqu’au cours de leur voyage:
(i)ils ne s’éloignent pas de plus de 20 milles de la terre la plus proche, ou
(ii)ils n’effectuent pas une traversée de plus de 200 milles en pleine mer, entre deux ports consécutifs. (*b*) certains navires à passagers qui naviguent exclusivement en deçà des zones dont les limites sont déterminées a l’Annexe du présent Article. II. Navires de charge. Certains navires de charge, individuellement ou par catégorie, qui, au cours de leur voyage, ne s’éloignent pas de plus de 150 milles de la terre la plus proche. 2. Toute Administration d’un pays peut, en outre, dispenser les navires appartenant à ce pays et compris dans les catégories suivantes: I.—Les chalands remorqués et les navires à voiles existants. Par navire à voiles existant, il faut entendre un navire à voiles dont la quille a été posée avant la date du 1er juillet 1931. II.— Les navires de construction primitive, tels que les dhows, les jonques, &c., s’il est pratiquement impossible de les munir d’une installation radiotélégraphique. III.— Les navires qui n’effectuent pas normalement des voyages intemationaux, mais qui, dans des circonstances exceptionnelles, sont obligés d’entreprendre un seul voyage de cette nature. annexe à l’article 28. 1. La Baltique et ses abords à l’est d’une ligne tracée d’Utsire (Norvège) au Nord, jusqu’au Texel (Pays-Bas) au sud, en dehors de la juridiction territoriale de l’Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes. 2. La partie du Golfe de Tartaric et de la Mer d’Okhotsk intéressant les voyages effectués entre des ports de Hokkaido et des ports dans le Sakhalin Japonais. 3. Le détroit de Chosen (Tyosen) délimité au Nord par une ligne tracée du Cap Natsungu (Kawajiri Misaki) jusqu’à Fusan et au sud par une ligne allant de Nagasaki à l’Ile Giffard (à hauteur de la pointe sud-ouest de l’île Quelpart) et de là, à Tin To (île Amherst). 1150 4. The Yellow Sea North of Parallel 37° North. 5. The Formosa Strait between a line in the North drawn from Fuki Kaku (Syauki Point) to Foochow and a line in the South drawn from South Cape (the South point of Formosa) to Hong Kong. 6. The area within the following limits:— Parallel 10° N. from long. 94° E. to the coast of Asia, coast of Asia to Saigon (Cape Tiwan), straight lines between Cape Tiwan, lat. 4° 30ʹ N. long. 110° E., south point of Palawan Island, Palmas (Miangas) Island, lat. 0° long. 140° E., lat. 0° long. 148° E., lat. 10° S. long. 148° E., Cape York, north coast of Australia from Cape York to Port Darwin (Cape Charles), straight lines between Cape Charles, Ashmore Reef (East Island), lat. 10° S. long. 109° E., Christmas Island, lat. 2° N. long. 94° E., lat. 10° N. long. 94° E., outside the territorial jurisdiction of Australia and of the United States of America. 7. The Caribbean Sea, outside the territorial jurisdiction of the United States of America, in relation to voyages made by sailing ships only. 8. The area of the South Pacific Ocean bounded by the Equator, Meridian 130° W., Parallel 34° S., and the coast of Australia, outside the territorial jurisdiction of Australia. 9. The Tong King Gulf and portions of the China Sea lying to the West of a line drawn from Hong Kong to Lat. 17° N. Long. 110° E., thence due South to Latitude 10° N., and thence West to Saigon. 10. The portions of the Indian Ocean covered in voyages between ports in Madagascar, Reunion and the Mauritius Islands. 11. The portions of the North Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea covered in voyages between Casablanca (Morocco) and Oran (Algeria) and intermediate ports. Article 29. *Watches.* Watches. 1. Passenger Ships. Passenger ships. Radio operator, etc. *Ante,* p. 1146. Each passenger ship which, in accordance with Article 27, is required to be fitted with a radiotelegraph installation, shall, for safety purposes, carry a qualified operator, and, if not fitted with an auto-alarm, shall, whilst at sea, keep watches by means of a qualified operator or a certified watcher, as under:— (*a.*) All passenger ships under 3,000 tons gross tonnage, as determined by the Administration concerned; (*b.*) All passenger ships of 3,000 tons gross tonnage and over, continuous watch. 1151 4. La Mer Jaune au nord du 37ème degré de latitude nord. 5. Le détroit de Formose délimité au Nord par une ligne tracée de la pointe Syauki (Fuki Kaku) jusqu’à Fou Tcheou et au Sud par une ligne tracée de South Cape (la pointe sud de Formose) jusqu’à Hong-Kong. 6. La zone comprise dans les limites suivantes: Le parallèle du 10ème degré Nord à partir du 94ème degré de longitude Est jusqu’à la Côte d’Asie, la côte d’Asie jusqu’à Saïgon (Cap Tiwan), les lignes droites tracées entre le Cap Tiwan, 4ème degré 30 minutes de latitude Nord, 110ème degré de longitude Est, pointe sud de l’île Palawan, île Palmas (Miangas) l’équateur entre le 140ème et le 148ème degré de longitude Est, 10ème degré de latitude Sud, 148ème degré de longitude Est, le Cap York, la côte nord de l’Australie du Cap York jusqu’à Port Darwin (Cap Charles), les lignes droites tracées entre le Cap Charles, Ashmore Reef (East Island), 10ème degré de latitude Sud, 109ème degré de longitude Est, Christmas Island, 2ème degré de latitude Nord, 94ème degré de longitude Est, 10ème degré de latitude Nord, 94ème degré de longitude Est en dehors de la juridiction territoriale de l’Australie et des États Unis d’Amérique. 7. La Mer des Caraïbes, en dehors de la juridiction territoriale des États-Unis d’Amérique, en ce qui concerne les voyages effectués par les navires à voiles seulement. 8. La zone de l’Océan Pacifique sud limitée par l’équateur, le méridien du 130ème degré Quest, le parallèle du 34ème degré Sud, et la côte d’Australie, en dehors de la juridiction territoriale deFAustralie. 9. Le golfe du Tonkin et la partie de la Mer de Chine qui se trouve à l’Ouest d’une ligne tracée de Hong-Kong jusqu’au point situé par 17 degrés de latitude Nord et 110 degrés de longitude Est, puis de là au Sud jusqu’à la recontre du 10ème degré de latitude Nord, et de là, à l’Ouest jusqu’à Saïgon. 10. La partie de l’Océan Indien intéressant les voyages effectués entre les ports de Madagascar, la Réunion et les îles Maurice. 11. La partie de l’Atlantique Nord et celle de la Méditerranée intéressant les voyages effectués entre Casablanca (Maroc) et Oran (Algérie) et les ports intermédiaires. Article 29. *Services d’Écoute.* 1. Navires à passagers. Tout navire à passagers obligatoirement muni d’une installation radiotélégraphique, en vertu de l’Article 27, est tenu, au point de vue de la securité, d’avoir à bord un opérateur qualifié, et, s’il n’est pas pourvu d’un auto-alarme, d’assurer, lorsqu’il est à la mer, un service d’ecoute au moyen d’un opérateur qualifié ou d’un écouteur breveté, dans les conditions suivantes: (*a.*) A bord de tons les navires à passagers d’une jauge brute inférieure à 3000 tonneaux, ce service d’écoute sera déterminé par l’Administration intéressée; (*b.*) A bord de tous les navires à passagers d’une jauge brute de 3000 tonneaux et au-dessus, ce service d’écoute sera permanent. 1152 Each Administration is authorised to exempt passenger ships belonging to its country from 3,000 tons to 5,500 tons gross tonnage, both included, from the requirement of a continuous watch for a period not exceeding one year from the date of the coming into force of the present Convention, provided that during the period of such exemption they shall maintain a watch of at least 8 hours per day. 2. Cargo Ships. Cargo ships. Each cargo ship which, in accordance with Article 27, is required to be fitted with a radiotelegraph installation, shall, for safety purposes, carry a qualified operator, and, if not fitted with an auto-alarm, shall, whilst at sea, keep watches by means of a qualified operator or a certified watcher, as under:— (*a.*) All cargo ships under 3,000 tons gross tonnage, as determined by the Administration concerned; (*b.*) Cargo ships from 3,000 to 5,500 tons gross tonnage, both included, at least 8 hours’ watch per day; (*c.*) Cargo ships over 5,500 tons gross tonnage, continuous watch. Each Administration is authorised to exempt ships belonging to its country included in
(c)above from the requirement of a continuous watch for a period not exceeding one year from the date of the coming into force of the present Convention, provided that during the period of such exemption they shall maintain a watch of at least 8 hours per day. Each Administration is also authorised to exempt ships belonging to its country from 5,500 tons to 8,000 tons gross tonnage from the requirement of a continuous watch for a further period of one year, provided that during this further period of exemption they shall maintain a watch of at least 16 hours per day. Auto-alarm. 3. On all ships fitted with an auto-alarm this auto-alarm shall, whilst the ship is at sea, always be in operation when the operator or watcher is not on watch. On ships for which the hours of watch are to be determined by the Administration concerned, such watch should be maintained preferably at hours prescribed for radiotelegraph service by the International Radiotelegraph Convention in force. On ships which are required to keep 8 hours’ or 16 hours’ watch per day, such watch shall be maintained at the hours prescribed for radiotelegraph service by the International Radiotelegraph Convention in force. 1153 Toute Administration d’un pays est autorisée à exempter de l’obligation de l’écoute permanente tous les navires à passagers appartenant à ce pays dont la jauge brute est comprise entre 3,000 tonneaux inclus et 5,500 tonneaux inclus, pendant une période ne dépassant pas un an à partir de la date de mise en vigueur de la présente Convention, sous réserve que, pendant cette période de dispense, ils effectueront une écoute d’au moins 8 heures par jour. 2. Navires de charge. Tout navire de charge obligatoirement muni d’une installation radiotélégraphique en vertu de l’Article 27, est tenu, au point de vue de la sécurite, d’avoir à bord un opérateur qualifié et, s’il n’est pas pourvu d’un auto-alarme, d’assurer, lorsqu’il est à la mer, un service d’écoute au moyen d’un opérateur qualifié ou d’un écouteur breveté, dans les conditions suivantes: (*a.*) A bord des navires de charge d’une jauge brute de moins de 3000 tonneaux, ce service d’écoute sera détermine par l’Administration intéressée; (*b.*) A bord des navires de charge d’une jauge brute de 3000s à 5500 tonneaux inclus, ce service d’écoute sera d’au moins huit heures par jour; (*c.*) Pour les navires de charge d’une jauge brute de plus de 5500 tonneaux, ce service d’écoute sera permanent. Toute Administration d’un pays est autorisée à dispenser les navires appartenant à ce pays et visés à l’alinéa (*c*) de l’obligation de l’écoute permanente pendant une période ne dépassant pas un an à partir de la date de mise en vigueur de la présente Convention, sous réserve que, pendant cette période de dispense, ils assureront une écoute d’au moins huit heures par jour. Toute Administration d’un pays est également autorisée à dispenser de l’obligation de l’écoute permanente, les navires appartenant à ce pays dont la jauge brute est supérieure à 5500 tonneaux et égale ou inférieure à 8000 tonneaux, pendant une autre période d’un an, sous réserve que pendant cette nouvelle période de dispense, ils assureront une écoute d’au moins 16 heures par jour. 3. A bord de tous les navires pourvus d’un auto-alarme, cet appareil devra, tant que le navire sera à la mer, être toujours en service lorsque l’opérateur ou l’écouteur ne fera pas l’écoute. A bord des navires dont les heures d’écoute sont déterminées par l’Administration intéressée, cette écoute devra être assurée de preference à des heures prescrites pour le service radiotélégraphique par la Convention Radiotelegraphique Internationale en vigueur. A bord des navires tenus d’effectuer une écoute de huit heures ou de seize heures par jour, cette écoute sera assurée aux heures prescrites pour le service radiotélégraphique par la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale en vigueur. 1154 4. Definitions. [45 Stat. 2871](/us/stat/45/2871). By *auto-alarm* is meant an automatic alarm receiver which complies with the requirements of Article 19, § 21, of the General Regulations annexed to the International Radiotelegraph Convention, 1927. 5. By *qualified operator* is meant a person holding a certificate complying with the provisions of the General Regulations annexed to the International Radiotelegraph Convention in force. 6. By *certified watcher* is meant any person holding a watcher’s certificate issued under the authority of the Administration. Article 30. *Watchers.* Watchers. 1. A watcher’s certificate shall not be granted by a Contracting Government unless the applicant proves that he is capable— (*a*) of receiving and understanding the alarm, distress, safety and urgency signals when these signals occur among a series of other signals; (*b*) of correct reception by ear of code groups (mixed letters, figures and punctuation marks) at a speed of sixteen groups per minute, each group being composed of five characters and each figure or punctuation mark counting as two characters; (*c*) of regulating the receivers used in the ship’s radiotelegraph installation. 2. The Contracting Governments undertake to take steps to ensure that certified watchers observe the secrecy of correspondence. Article 31. *Technical Requirements.* Technical requirements. *Ante,* p. 1146. *Post,* p. 1170. The radiotelegraph installations required by Article 27 above and the direction-finding apparatus required by Article 47 shall comply with the following requirements:— 1. The ship’s station must be placed in accordance with the detailed Regulations of the Government of the country to which the ship belongs, in the upper part of the ship in a position of the greatest possible safety, as high as practicable above the deepest load water line. 2. There shall be provided, between the bridge of the ship and the wireless telegraph room, means of communication either by voice pipe or by telephone or in some other manner equally efficient. 3. A reliable clock with a seconds hand must be provided in the wireless telegraph room. 4. A reliable emergency light must be provided in the wireless telegraph room. 5. The installation shall comprise a main installation and an emergency (reserve) installation. If, however, the main installation complies with all the requirements of an emergency (reserve) installation the latter is not then obligatory. 1155 4. Par *auto-alarme*, on entend un appareil récepteur automatique d’alarme remplissant les conditions prescrites à l’Article 19, paragraphe 21, du Règlement Général annexé à la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale de 1927. 5. Par *opérateur qualifié*, on entend toute personne possédant un certificat répondant aux dispositions du Règlement Général annexé à la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale en vigueur. 6. Par *écouteur breveté,* on entend toute personne possédant un brevet d’écouteur délivré par les soins de l’Administration. Article 30. *Écouteurs.* 1. Tout Gouvemement contractant ne délivrera le brevet d’écouteur qu’après avoir constaté que le candidat est capable: (*a*) de recevoir et de comprendre les signaux d’alarme, de détresse, de sécurité et d’urgence lorsque ces signaux sont transmis au milieu de séries d’autres signaux; (*b*) d’assurer la réception auditive correcte de groupes de code (mélange de lettres, de chiffres et de signes de ponctuation) à la vitesse de 16 groupes par minute. Chaque groupe de code doit comprendre cinq caractères, chaque chiffre ou signe de ponctuation comptant pour deux caractères; (*c*) de régler les récepteurs utilisés dans l’installation radiotélégraphique du navire. 2. Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à prendre des mesures pour que les écouteurs brevetés observent le secret de la correspondance. Article 31. *Conditions techniques requises.* Les installations radiotélégraphiques prescrites par l’Article 27 et les appareils radiogoniométriques rendus obligatoires par l’Article 47, doivent satisfaire aux conditions suivantes: 1. La station de bord doit être située, conformément aux règlements détaillés du Gouvernement du pays dont relève le navire, dans la partie supérieure du navire, de manière à se trouver dans les meilleures conditions de sécurité et aussi haut que possible au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum. 2. La passerelle de navigation et la cabine de radiotélégraphie doivent être reliées soit par tube acoustique, soit par téléphone, soit par tout autre moyen de communication aussi efficace. 3. La cabine de radiotélégraphie devra être pourvue d’une montre ou d’une pendule à secondes fonctionnant convenablement. 4. Un éclairage de secours efficace doit être installé dans la cabine de radiotélégraphie. 5. L’installation doit comprendre une installation principale et une installation de secours (réserve). Toutefois, si l’installation principale remplit toutes les conditions d’une installation de secours (réserve), cette dernière n’est pas dans ce cas obligatoire. 1156 6. The main and emergency (reserve) installations must be capable of transmitting and receiving on the frequencies (wave lengths) and types of waves assigned by the International Radiotelegraph Convention in force for the purpose of distress and safety of navigation to ships compulsorily fitted with radiotelegraph installations in accordance with the present Convention. 7. The main and emergency (reserve) transmitters shall have a note frequency of at least 100. 8. The main transmitter shall have a *normal range* of 100 nautical miles, that is to say, it must be capable of transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship over a range of at least 100 nautical miles by day under normal conditions and circumstances, the receiver being assumed to be one employing a rectifier of the crystal type without amplification.** Unless a more precise and practical method is available to determine the range of transmitters it is recommended that, as a guide, the following relations between the range in nautical miles (from ship to ship under normal conditions in daytime) and the power of the ship transmitter in metre ampères for 500 kilocycles per second (600 m) be used:— *M* being the actual height in metres of the aerial from its highest point to the load line. *A* being the current in amperes measured at the base of the aerial in case of B, or fully modulated A 2, transmitters. [Footnote in the original.] 100 nautical miles 60 M A 80 nautical miles 45 M A 50 nautical miles 25 M A 9. Sufficient power must be available in a ship station at all times to operate the main radiotelegraph installation efficiently under normal conditions over the above range. 10. All parts of the emergency (reserve) installation shall be placed in the upper part of the ship, in a position of the greatest possible safety, as high above the deepest load water line as practicable. The emergency (reserve) installation must be provided with a source of energy independent of the propelling power of the ship and of the main electricity system and must be capable of being put into operation rapidly and of working for at least six continuous hours. For the emergency (reserve) installation, the normal range as defined in paragraph 8 above must be at least 80 nautical miles for ships required to maintain a continuous watch and at least 50 nautical miles for all other ships.** Unless a more precise and practical method is available to determine the range of transmitters it is recommended that, as a guide, the following relations between the range in nautical miles (from ship to ship under normal conditions in daytime) and the power of the ship transmitter in metre ampères for 500 kilocycles per second (600 m) be used:— *M* being the actual height in metres of the aerial from its highest point to the load line. *A* being the current in amperes measured at the base of the aerial in case of B, or fully modulated A 2, transmitters. [Footnote in the original.] 100 nautical miles 60 M A 80 nautical miles 45 M A 50 nautical miles 25 M A 11. The receiving installation must permit of the reception of such of the waves used for the transmission of time signals and meteorological messages as may be considered necessary by the Administration. 12. The receiver must be so arranged as to be capable of maintaining reception by means of a rectifier of the crystal type. 1157 6. Les installations principals et de secours (réserve) doivent pouvoir transmettre et recevoir avec les fréquences (longueurs d’ondes) et sur les types d’ondes presents pour le trade de détresse et la sécurité de la navigation par la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale en vigueur pour les navires obligatoirement pourvus d’une installation radiotélégraphique en vertu de la présente Convention. 7. L’émetteur principal et l’émetteur de secours (réserve) doit avoir une fréquence musicale d’au moins 100. 8. L’émetteur principal doit avoir une *portée normale* de 100 milles marins, c’est-à-dire qu’il doit être capable de transmettre des signaux clairement perceptibles de navire à navire, à une distance d’au moins 100 milles, de jour, dans des conditions et circonstances normales, le récepteur étant supposé pourvu d’un détecteur à cristal sans dispositif d’amplification.**Jusqu’à ce que 1’on dispose d’une méthode plus exacte ou plus pratique pour déterminer la portée des transmetteurs, il est recommandé de prendre comme guide les relations suivantes entre la portée en milles marins (de navire à navire dans des conditions normales et de jour) et la puissance du transmetteur du navire en mètres-ampères pour 500 kilocycles à la seconde (600 mètres). M étant la hauteur réelle en mètres de l’antenne à son point le plus élevé, audessus de la ligne de charge, A étant le courant en ampères mesuré à la base de l’antenne dans le cas de transmetteurs B ou A2 modulés. [Footnote in the original.] 100 milles marins 60 M.A. 80 milles marins 45 M.A. 50 milles marins 25 M.A. 9. La station de bord doit pouvoir disposer, en tout temps, d’une source d’énergie suffisante pour faire fonctionner edicacement le poste radiotélégraphique principal dans des conditions normales, à la distance indiquée ci-dessus. 10. Tous les organes de l’installation de secours (réserve) doivent être placés dans la partie supérieure du navire de manière à se trouver dans les meilleures conditions de sécurité et aussi haut que possible au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum. L’installation de secours (réserve) doit disposer d’une source d’énergie indépendante de celle qui est utilisée pour la propulsion du navire et pour le réseau principal d’électricité; elle doit pouvoir être rapidement mise en service et être utilisée pendant six heures consécutives au moins. La portée normale de l’installation de secours (réserve), telle qu’elle est définie au paragraphs 8 ci-dessus, doit être d’au moins 80 milles marins pour les navires tenus d’assurer une écoute permanente et d’au moins 50 milles marins pour tous les autres navires.**Jusqu’à ce que 1’on dispose d’une méthode plus exacte ou plus pratique pour déterminer la portée des transmetteurs, il est recommandé de prendre comme guide les relations suivantes entre la portée en milles marins (de navire à navire dans des conditions normales et de jour) et la puissance du transmetteur du navire en mètres-ampères pour 500 kilocycles à la seconde (600 mètres). M étant la hauteur réelle en mètres de l’antenne à son point le plus élevé, audessus de la ligne de charge, A étant le courant en ampères mesuré à la base de l’antenne dans le cas de transmetteurs B ou A2 modulés. [Footnote in the original.] 100 milles marins 60 M.A. 80 milles marins 45 M.A. 50 milles marins 25 M.A. 11. L’installation de réception doit permettre de recevoir, sur celles des longueurs d’onde utilisées pour la transmission des signaux horaires et des messages météorologiques, qui serai ent jugés nécessaires par l’Administration. 12. Le récepteur doit être disposé de façon à assurer la reception au moyen d’un détecteur à cristal. 1158 13. In ships in which watch is kept by means of an automatic alarm receiver a means of giving audible warning shall be provided in the wireless telegraph room, in the wireless operator’s cabin, and on the bridge, which shall operate continuously after the receiver has been operated by the alarm signal or distress call until stopped. Only one switch for stopping the warning shall be provided and this shall be situated in the wireless telegraph room. 14. In such ships the wireless operator, when going off watch, shall connect the automatic alarm receiver to the aerial and test its efficiency. He shall report to the master or the officer on watch on the bridge whether it is in working order. 15. Whilst the ship is at sea the emergency source of power shall be maintained at its full efficiency and the automatic alarm receiver shall be tested at least once every 24 hours. A statement that both these requirements have been fulfilled must be inserted in the ship’s official log daily. 16. A wireless log shall be carried by every ship compulsorily equipped with wireless transmitting apparatus. This document shall be kept in the wireless telegraph room, and in it shall be inserted the names of the operators and watchers as well as all incidents and occurrences connected with the wireless service which may appear to be of importance to safety of life at sea, and in particular all distress messages and distress traffic in full. *Post,* p. 1170. 17. The direction-finding apparatus required by Article 47 shall be efficient and capable of receiving clearly perceptible signals and of taking bearings from which the true bearing and direction may be determined. It shall be capable of receiving signals on the frequencies prescribed for distress, direction finding and wireless telegraph beacons by the International Radiotelegraph Convention in force. Efficient communication shall be provided between the apparatus and the bridge. Article 32. *Competence.* Competence. [45 Stat. 2760](/us/stat/45/2760). The matters governed by the International Radiotelegraph Convention, Washington, 1927, and the Regulations annexed thereto remain, and will continue, subject to the provisions:— (1.) Of that Convention and of the Regulations annexed thereto, and of any Convention and Regulations which may in the future be substituted therefor; (2.) Of the present Convention in regard to all the points in which it supplements the aforementioned documents. 1159 13. A bord des navires où l’écoute est assurée au moyen d’un récepteur automatique d’alarme, on doit installer des avertisseurs sonores dans la cabine de radiotélégraphic, dans la cabine de l’opérateur radiotélégraphiste et sur la passerelle de navigation. Ces avertisseurs doivent fonctionner continuellement après que le récepteur a été actionné par le signal d’alarme ou de détresse, et jusqu’à ce qu’il soit arrêté. Pour arrêter les avertisseurs, il ne doit exister qu’un seul interrupteur, placé dans la cabine de radiotélégraphie. 14. A bord des navires visés au paragraphe précédent, l’opérateur, en quittant l’écoute, doit reconnecter le récepteur automatique d’alarme à l’antenne et éprouver son efficacité. II doit rendre compte de son bon état de fonctionnement au capitaine ou à l’officier de quart sur la passerelle de navigation. 15. Lorsque le navire est à la mer, la source d’énergie de secours doit être maintenue dans un parfait état d’efficacité et le récepteur automatique d’alarme doit être vérifié au moins une fois par 24 heures. Mention que ces deux obligations ont été remplies sera portée, chaque jour, au Journal du bord. 16. A bord de tout navire obligatoirement pourvu d’une installation émettrice radioélectrique, il doit être tenu un journal radioélectrique. Sur ce document, qui doit se trouver dans la cabine de radiotélégraphie, seront inscrits les noms des opérateurs et des écouteurs, ainsi que tous les incidents et événements concernant le service radioélectrique et pouvant offrir un intérêt quelconque pour la sauvegarde de la vie humaine en mer; en particulier, tous les messages et tout le trafic de détresse doivent y être reproduits dans leur intégralité. 17. L’appareil radiogoniomètre, rendu obligatoire en vertu de l’Article 47, doit être d’un fonctionnement efficace, susceptible de recevoir des signaux clairement perceptibles et de prendre des relèvements dont il sera possible de déterminer le sens et de déduire le gisement vrai. Il doit pouvoir recevoir des signaux sur les fréquences prescrites, pour les cas de détresse, pour les radiogoniomètres et pour les radiophares, par la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale en vigueur. Un moyen de communication efficace doit exister entre l’appareil et la passerelle de navigation. Article 32. *Compétence.* Les questions qui sont réglées par la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale de Washington de 1927 et par les Règlements y annexés, restent et continueront à être soumises aux dispositions:
(1)de cette Convention et des Règlements y annexés et des autres Conventions et Règlements qui pourraient y être substitutés dans l’avenir;
(2)de la présente Convention en ce qui concerne tous les points où elle complète les documents susvisés. 1160 CHAPTER V.—SAFETY OF NAVIGATION. Chapter V.—Safety of navigation. Article 33. *Application.* Application. The provisions of this Chapter referring to ships, unless otherwise expressly provided, apply to all ships on all voyages. Article 34. *Danger Messages.* Danger messages. The master of every ship which meets with dangerous ice, a dangerous derelict, a dangerous tropical storm or any other direct danger to navigation is bound to communicate the information, by all the means of communication at his disposal, to the ships in the vicinity, and also to the competent authorities at the first point of the coast *Post,* p. 1264.with which he can communicate. It is desirable that the said information be sent in the manner set out in Regulation XLVI. Each Administration will take all steps which it thinks necessary to ensure that when intelligence of any of the dangers specified in the previous paragraph is received, it will be promptly brought to the knowledge of those concerned and communicated to other Administrations interested. The transmission of messages respecting the dangers specified is free of cost to the ships concerned. Article 35. *Meteorological Services.* Meteorological services. The Contracting Governments undertake to encourage the collection of meteorological data by ships at sea, and to arrange for their examination, dissemination and exchange in the manner most suitable for the purpose of aiding navigation. In particular, the Contracting Governments undertake to co-operate in carrying out, as far as practicable, the following meteorological arrangements:— (*a*) to warn ships of gales, storms and tropical storms, both by the issue of wireless messages and by the display of appropriate signals at coastal points; (*b*) to issue daily, by radio, weather bulletins suitable for shipping, containing data of existing weather conditions and forecasts; (*c*) to arrange for certain selected ships to take meteorological observations at specified hours, and to transmit such observations by wireless telegraphy for the benefit of other ships and of the various official meteorological services; and to provide coast stations for the reception of the messages transmitted; (*d*) to encourage all ship-masters to inform surrounding ships whenever they experience wind force of 10 or above on the Beaufort scale (force 8 or above on the decimal scale). 1161 CHAPITRE V.—SÉCURITÉ DE LA NAVIGATION. Article 33. *Application.* Les prescriptions du présent Chapitre, visant des navires, s’appliquent, à moms qu’il n’en soit expressément spécifé autrement, à tous les navires pour tons les voyages. Article 34. *Avis de dangers.* Le capitaine de tout navire, se trouvant en présence de glaces ou d’une épave dangereuses ou d’une tempête tropicale dangereuse, ou de tout autre danger immédiat pour la navigation, est tenu d’en informer par tous les moyens de communication dont il dispose les navires dans le voisinage ainsi que les autorités compétentes au premier point de la côte avec lequel il peut communiquer. Il est souhaitable que cette information soit transmise de la manière exposée à la Règle XLVI. Chaque Administration prendra toutes les mesures qu’elle jugera nécessaires pour s’assurer que l’information des dangers définis au paragraphe précédent soit rapidement portée à la connaissance de ceux que cela concerne et transmise aux autres Administrations intéressées. La transmission de messages concernant les dangers en question est gratuite pour les navires intéressés. Article 35. *Services météorologiques.* Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à encourager la centralization de renseignements d’ordre météorologique par les navires en mer, de les faire examiner, propager et de se les communiquer de la manière la plus efficace dans le but de venir en aide à la navigation. En particulier, les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à collaborer à l’application, dans la plus grande mesure possible, des dispositions météorologiques suivantes: (*a*) avertir les navires des coups de vents, tempêtes et tempêtes tropicales, tant par la transmission de messages radioélectriques que par l’usage de signaux appropriés sur des points de la côte; (*b*) transmettre joumellement par sans fil des bulletins sur l’état du temps pouvant intéresser la navigation, et donnant des renseignements sur les conditions actuelles du temps ainsi que des prévisions; (*c*) établir des mesures pour que certains navires spécialement désignés prennent des observations météorologiques à des heures déterminées et transmettent ces observations par télégraphie sans fil dans l’intérêt des autres navires et des divers services météorologiques officiels, et pourvoir certaines stations côtières pour la reception de ces messages; (*d*) encourager tous les capitaines de navires à prévenir les navires dans le voisinage lorsqu’ils rencontrent une force de vent de 10 ou au-dessus—échelle Beaufort (force 8 ou au-dessus, échelle décimale). 1162 The information provided for in paragraphs (*a*) and (*b*) of this article will be furnished in form for transmission in accordance with [45 Stat. 2878, 2872](/us/stat/45/2878/2872).Article 31, §§ 1, 3 and 5, and Article 19, § 25, of the General Regulations annexed to the International Radiotelegraph Convention, Washington, 1927, and during transmission “to all stations” of meteorological information, forecasts and warnings, all ship stations must conform to the provisions of Article 31, § 2, of those General Regulations. Weather observations from ships addressed to national meteorological services will be transmitted with the priority specified in Article 3, Additional Regulations, International Radiotelegraph Convention, Washington, 1927. Forecasts, warnings, synoptic and other meteorological reports intended for ships shall be issued and disseminated by the national service in the best position to serve various zones and areas, in accordance with mutual arrangements made by the countries concerned. Uniformity of procedure. Every endeavour will be made to obtain a uniform procedure in regard to the international meteorological services specified in this Article, and, as far as is practicable, to conform to the recommendations made by the International Meteorological Organization, to which organization the Contracting Governments may refer for study and advice any meteorological questions which may arise in carrying out the present Convention. Article 36. *Ice Patrol. Derelicts.* Ice patrol. The Contracting Governments undertake to continue a service of ice patrol and a service for study and observation of ice conditions Derelicts in North Atlantic. Ocean.in the North Atlantic. Further, they undertake to take all practicable steps to ensure the destruction or removal of derelicts in the northern part of the Atlantic Ocean east of the line drawn from Cape Sable to a point in latitude 34° N. longitude 70° W. if this destruction or removal is considered necessary at the time. The Contracting Governments undertake to provide not more than three vessels for these three services. During the whole of the ice season they shall be employed in guarding the south-eastern, southern and south-western limits of the regions of icebergs in the vicinity of the Great Bank of Newfoundland for the purpose of informing trans-Atlantic and other passing vessels of the extent of this dangerous region; for the observation and study of ice conditions in general; for the destruction or removal of derelicts; and for the purpose of affording assistance to vessels and crews requiring aid within the limits of operation of the patrol vessels. During the rest of the year the study and observation of ice conditions shall be maintained as advisable, and one vessel shall always be available for the search for, and destruction or removal of derelicts. 1163 Les informations prévues aux paragraphes (*a*) et (*b*) du present Article seront transmises dans la forme indiquée aux Articles 31 (paragraphes 1, 3 et 5) et l’Article 19 (paragraphs 25) du Règlement général annexé à la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale de Washington, 1927, et pendant la durée des transmissions de renseignements météorologiques, avertissements et prévisions “à tous,” toutes les stations de bord doivent se conformer aux dispositions de l’Article 31 (paragraphe 2) de ce Règlement. Les observations sur le temps adressées par les navires aux services météorologiques nationaux bénéficieront de la priorité de transmission spécifiée a l’Article 3, Règlements additionnels, Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale de Washington, 1927. Les prévisions, avertissements, rapports synoptiques et autres rapports météorologiques à l’usage des navires doivent être transmis et propagés par le service national dans la position la plus favorable pour desservir les différentes zones et régions suivant des accords mutuels entre les pays intéressés. Tous les efforts tendront à obtenir une procédure internationale uniforme en ce qui concerne les services météorologiques internationaux spécifiés au présent Article et à se conformer, dans la mesure du possible aux recommandations de l’Institution météorologique internationale, à qui les Gouvernements contractants pourront se référer pour étude et avis sur tous les sujets d’ordre météorologique pouvant se présenter dans l’application de la présente Convention. Article 36. *Recherche des glaces. Epaves.* Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à maintenir un service de recherche des glaces et un service d’étude et d’observation du régime des glaces dans l’Atlantique Nord. De plus, ils s’engagent à prendre toutes les mesures possibles pour assurer la destruction ou ’enlèvement des épaves dans la partie nord de l’Océan Atlantique, à l’est d’une ligne tracée du Cap Sable jusqu’à un point situé par 34 degrés de latitude Nord et 70 degrés de longitude Ouest si l’utilité de ces destructions ou de ces enlèvements est reconnue. Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à fournir trois navires au plus pour le fonctionnement de ces trois services. Pendant toute la saison des glaces, ces navires doivent être affectés à la surveillance des limites sud-est, sud et sud-ouest des régions des icebergs dans le voisinage du grand banc de Terre-Neuve, pour informer de l’étendue de la région dangereuse les navires transatlantiques et autres qui passent; pour étudier et observer le régime des glaces; pour détruire et enlever les épaves; et pour prêter assistance aux navires et équipages qui out besoin d’aide dans la zone d’action des navires patrouilleurs. Pendant le reste de l’année, l’étude et l’observation du régime des glaces doivent être poursuivies, suivant les nécessités, et un navire doit toujours être disponible pour la recherche, la destruction ou l’enlèvement des épaves. 1164 Article 37. *Ice Patrol. Management and Cost.* Ice patrol. Management by United States. The Government of the United States is invited to continue the management of these services of ice patrol, study and observation of ice conditions, and derelict destruction and removal. The Contracting Governments specially interested in these services, whose names Cost contributions.are given below, undertake to contribute to the expense of maintaining and operating these services in the following proportions:— Per cent. Belgium 2 Canada 3 Denmark 2 France 6 Germany 10 Great Britain and Northern Ireland 40 Italy 6 Japan 1 Netherlands 5 Norway 3 Spain 1 Sweden 2 Union of Socialist Soviet Republics 1 United States of America 18 Right to discontinue. Each of the Contracting Governments has the right to discontinue its contribution to the expense of maintaining and operating these services after the 1st September, 1932. Nevertheless, the Contracting Government which avails itself of this right will continue responsible for the expense of working up to the 1st September following the date of giving notice of intention to discontinue its contribution. To take advantage of the said right it must give notice to the other Contracting Governments at least six months before the said 1st September; so that, to be free from this obligation on the 1st September, 1932, it must give notice on the 1st March, 1932, at the latest, and similarly for each subsequent year. If, at any time, the United States Government should not desire to continue these services, or if one of the Contracting Governments should express a wish to relinquish responsibility for the pecuniary contribution defined above, or to have its percentage of obligation altered, the Contracting Governments shall settle the question in accordance with their mutual interests. Alteration of provisions. The Contracting Governments which contribute to the cost of the three above-mentioned services shall have the right by common consent to make from time to time such alterations in the provisions of this Article and of Article 36 as appear desirable. Article 38. *Speed near Ice.* Speed near ice. When ice is reported on, or near, his course, the master of every ship at night is bound to proceed at a moderate speed or to alter his course so as to go well clear of the danger zone. 1165 Article 37. *Recherche des glaces. Gestion et Dépenses.* Le Gouvernement des États-Unis est invité à continuer la gestion de ces trois services; recherche des glaces; étude et observation du régime des glaces; destruction et enlèvement des épaves. Les Gouvernements contractants qui sont spécialement intdréssés à ces services et dont les noms suivent s’engagent à contribuer aux dépenses d’entretien et de fonctionnement de ces services dans les proportions suivantes: Pour Cent. Allemagne 10 Belgique 2 Canada 3 Danemark 2 Espagne 1 États-Unis d’Amerique 18 France 6 Grande-Bretagne et Irlande du Nord 40 Italie 6 Japon 1 Norvège 3 Pays-Bays 5 Suède 2 Union des Républiques Soviétistes Socialistes 1 Chacun des Gouvernements contractants a la faculté de cesser de contribuer aux dépenses d’entretien et de fonctionnement de ces services après le 1er septembre 1932. Toutefois, le Gouvernement contractant qui usera de cette faculté restera tenu des dépenses cidessus jusqu’au 1er septembre qui suivra la date de notification de son intention de cesser sa contribution. Pour user de ladite faculté, il devra notifier son intention aux autres Gouvernements contractants six mois au moins avant ledit 1er septembre, de sorte que, pour être dégagé de ces obligations au 1er septembre 1932, il devra notifier son intention au plus tard le 1er mars 1932, et de même chaque année qui suivra. Au cas où, à un moment quelconque, le Gouvernement des États-Unis ne désirerait plus gérer ces services ou que l’un des Gouvernements contractants exprimerait le désir de ne plus assumer la charge de la contribution pécuniaire ci-dessus définie ou de voir modifier son pourcentage, les Gouvernements contractants régleront la question au mieux de leurs intérêts réciproques. Les Gouvernements contractants qui contribuent aux frais des trois services susmentionnés ont le droit d’apporter au présent Article et à l’Article 36 d’un commun accord et en tout temps, les changements qui seraient jugés désirables. Article 38. *Vitesse dans le voisinage des Glaces.* Lorsque des glaces sont signalées sur la route ou près de la route à suivre, le capitaine de tout navire est tenu de modérer pendant la nuit la vitesse de son navire ou de changer de route, de manière à bien s’écarter de la zone dangereuse. 1166 Article 39. *North Atlantic Routes.* North Atlantic routes. The practice of following recognised routes across the North Atlantic in both directions has contributed to safety of life at sea, but the working of these routes should be further investigated and studied with a view to the introduction of such variations as experience may show to be necessary. The selection of the routes and the initiation of action with regard to them is left to the responsibility of the steamship companies concerned. The Contracting Governments will assist the companies, when requested to do so, by placing at their disposal any information bearing on the routes which may be in the possession of the Governments. The Contracting Governments undertake to impose on the companies the obligation to give public notice of the regular routes which they propose their vessels should follow, and of any changes made in these routes; they will also use their influence to induce the owners of all vessels crossing the Atlantic to follow, so far as circumstances will permit, the recognised routes, and to induce the owners of all vessels crossing the Atlantic bound to or from ports of the United States via the vicinity of the Great Bank of Newfoundland to avoid, as far as practicable, the fishing banks of Newfoundland north of latitude 43° N. during the fishing season, and to pass outside regions known or believed to be endangered by ice. The Administration managing the ice patrol service is requested to report to the Administration concerned any ship which is observed not to be on any regular, recognised or advertised route, or which crosses the above-mentioned fishing banks during the fishing season, or which, when proceding to or from ports of the United States, passes through regions known or believed to be endangered by ice. Article 40. *Collision Regulations.* Collision regulations. The Contracting Governments agree that the alterations in the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea shown in Annex II are desirable and ought to be made. The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland is requested to forward full particulars of the alterations to the other Governments who have accepted the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, and ascertain whether they will adopt these alterations; to report the result to the Governments represented at this Conference, and to endeavour to arrange that the revised regulations shall come in force on the 1st July, 1931. 1167 Article 39. *Routes de l’Atlantigue Nord.* La pratique consistant à suivre des routes définies pour la traverse de l’Atlantique du Nord, dans l’un et l’autre sens, a contribué à la sauvegarde de la vie humaine en mer; mais les résultats de l’utilisation de ces routes devraient faire l’objet d’enquêtes et d’etudes plus approfondies permettant d’apporter à la pratique actuelle les modifications dont l’expérience montrerait la nécessité. Le choix des routes et l’initiative des mesures à prendre à leur égard sont laissés à la charge des compagnies de navigation intéressées. Les Gouvernements contractants prêteront leurs concours à ces compagnies, lorsqu’ils en seront sollicités, en mettant à leur disposition tous les renseignements sur les routes qui peuvent être en la possession des Gouvernements. Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à imposer aux compagnies l’obligation de publier les routes régulieres qu’elles se proposent de faire suivre à leurs navires ainsi que tous changements qui peuvent leur être apportés. Ils useront également de leur influence pour inciter les armateurs de tous les navires traversant l’Atlantique à suivre, autant que les circonstances le permettent, les routes définies et pour inciter les armateurs de tous les navires traversant l’Atlantique à destination ou en provenance des ports des États-Unis, en passant au voisinage du grand banc de Terre-Neuve, à éviter, autant qu’il est possible, pendant la saison de pêche, les lieux de pêche de Terre-Neuve au nord du 43ème degré de latitude Nord et à faire route en dehors des régions où des glaces dangereuses existent ou sont supposées exister. L’Administration qui dirige le service de surveillance des glaces est invitée à signaler à l’Administration intéressée tout navire dont on constate la présence en dehors d’une route régulière reconnue ou annoncée, ou qui traverse les bancs de pêche susmentionnés pendant la saison de pêche, ou qui, faisant route à destination ou en provenance d’un port des États-Unis, traverse des régions où des glaces dangereuses existent ou sont supposées exister. Article 40. *Règles d’abordage.* Les Gouvernements contractants conviennent que les modifications à apporter au règlement international pour prévenir les abordages en mer, telles qu’elles figurent à l’Annexe II sont désirables et devraient y être apportées. Le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord est prié de transmettre les details complets de ces modifications aux autres Gouvernements qui ont accepté le Règlement international pour prévenir les Abordages en Mer, de s’assurer qu’ils les adoptent, d’informer les Gouvernements représentes à la Conférence de la suite donnée et, enfin, de s’efforcer de faire mettre en vigueur le règlement modifié à la date du 1er Juillet 1931. 1168 Article 41. *Helm Orders.* Helm orders. The Contracting Governments agree that after midnight on the 30th June, 1931, helm or steering orders, *i. e.*, orders to the steersman, shall on all their ships be given in the direct sense, *e. g.*, when the ship is going ahead an order containing the word “starboard” or “right” or any equivalent of “starboard” or “right” shall only be used when it is intended, on ships as at present generally constructed and arranged, that the wheel, the rudder-blade and the head of the ship, shall all move to the right. Article 42. *Misuse of Distress Signals.* Misuse of distress signals. The use of an international distress signal, except for the purpose of indicating that a vessel is in distress, and the use of any signal which may be confused with an international distress signal, are prohibited on every ship. Article 43. *Alarm, Distress and Urgency Signals.* Alarm, distress, and urgency signals. The alarm signal and the distress signal may only be used by ships in serious and imminent danger which require immediate assistance. In all other cases in which assistance is required, or in which a vessel desires to issue a warning that it may become necessary to send out the alarm signal or the distress signal at a later stage, use must be [45 Stat. 2871](/us/stat/45/2871).made of the urgency signal
(XXX)established by the International Radiotelegraph Convention, Washington, 1927. If a ship has sent out the alarm or distress signal and subsequently finds that assistance is no longer required such ship shall immediately notify all stations concerned as provided for by the Radiotelegraph Convention in force. Article 44. *Speed of Distress Messages.* Distress, etc., messages. Speed of transmission. The speed of transmission of messages in connection with cases of distress, urgency or safety, shall not exceed 16 words per minute. Article 45. *Distress Messages. Procedure.* Procedure. 1. The master of a ship on receiving on his ship a wireless distress signal from any other ship, is bound to proceed with all speed to the assistance of the persons in distress, unless he is unable, or in the special 1169 Article 41. *Commandements à la Barre.* Les Gouvernements contractants conviennent qu’à la date du 30 juin 1931 à partir de minuit les commandements à la barre, c’est-à-dire les commandements donnés à l’homme de barre, doivent être donnés, sur tous leurs navires, sous la forme de commandements directs, c’est-à-dire que, le navire allant de l’avant, le mot “tribord” ou “droite” ou tout mot équivalent à “tribord” ou à “droite” ne doit être donné à bord des navires—tels qu’ils sont généralement construits et aménagés de nos jours—que lorsque l’intention est de manœuvrer à droite, et tout à la fois, la roue, le safran du gouvernail et l’avant du navire. Article 42. *Emploi injustifié des signaux de détresse.* L’emploi d’un signal international de détresse, sauf s’il s’agit de signaler qu’un navire est en détresse, ainsi que l’emploi d’un signal pouvant être confondu avec un signal international de détresse sont interdits sur tous les navires. Article 43. *Signaux d’alarme, de détresse et d’urgence.* Les signaux d’alarme et de détresse peuvent seulement être employés par les navires en danger sérieux et imminent qui ont besoin d’une assistance immédiate. Dans tous les autres cas où on a besoin d’assistance ou dans lesquels un navire désire émettre un avertissement indiquant qu’il pourra être nécessaire de faire ultérieurement le signal d’alarme ou de détresse, il doit être fait usage du signal urgent
(XXX)prévu par la Convention Radiotélégraphique Internationale de Washington, 1927. Si un navire a émis le signal d’alarme ou de détresse et s’il estime ultérieurement que l’assistance n’est plus nécessaire, ce navire doit immédiatement le faire savoir à toutes les stations intéressées conformément à la Convention Radiotélégraphique en vigueur. Article 44. *Vitesse de transmission des messages de détresse.* La vitesse de transmission des messages relatifs aux cas de détresse, d’urgence ou de sécurité, ne doit pas dépasser 16 mots par minute. Article 45. *Messages de détresse. Procédure.* 1. Le Capitaine d’un navire, qui reçoit d’un autre navire un signal de détresse, est tenu de se porter à toute vitesse au secours des personnes en détresse, sauf en cas d’impossibilité ou si, dans des circonstances 1170 circumstances of the case, considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to do so, or unless he is released under the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Article. 2. The master of a ship in distress, after consultation, so far as may be possible, with the masters of the ships which answer his call for assistance, has the right to requisition such one or more of those ships as he considers best able to render assistance, and it shall be the duty of the master or masters of the ship or ships requisitioned to comply with the requisition by continuing to proceed with all speed to the assistance of the persons in distress. 3. A master shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph 1 of this Article as soon as he is informed by the master of the ship requisitioned, or, where more ships than one are requisitioned, all the masters of the ships requisitioned, that he or they are complying with the requisition. 4. A master shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph 1 of this Article, and, if his ship has been requisitioned, from the obligation imposed by paragraph 2 of this Article, if he is informed by a ship which has reached the persons in distress, that assistance is no longer necessary. 5. If a master of a ship, on receiving a wireless distress call from another ship, is unable, or in the special circumstances of the case considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to go to the assistance of that other ship, he must immediately inform the master of that other ship accordingly, and enter in his log-book his reasons for failing to proceed to the assistance of the persons in distress. Certain designated rules not affected. [37 Stat. 1664](/us/stat/37/1664). 6. The provisions of this Article do not prejudice the International Convention for the unification of certain rules with respect to Assistance and Salvage at Sea, signed at Brussels on the 23rd September, 1910, particularly the obligation to render assistance imposed by Article 11 of that Convention. Article 46. *Signalling Lamp.* Signalling lamp. All ships of over 150 tons gross tonnage, when engaged on international voyages, shall have on board an efficient signalling lamp. Article 47. *Direction-Finding Apparatus.* Direction-finding apparatus. *Ante,* p. 1156. Every passenger ship of 5,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall, within two years from the date on which the present Convention comes in force, be provided with an approved direction-finding apparatus (radio compass), complying with the provisions of Article 31
(17)of the present Convention. 1171 spéciales où il se trouve, il n’estime ni raisonnable, ni utile de le faire, ou s’il est dégagé de cette obligation conformément aux dispositions des paragraphes 3 et 4 du présent article. 2. Le capitaine d’un navire en détresse, après avoir consultè, autant que cela peut être possible, les capitaines des navires qui ont répondu à son appel de secours, a le droit de réquisitionner tel ou tels de ces navires qu’il considère les plus capables de porter secours, et le capitaine ou les capitaines réquisitionnés ont l’obligation de se soumettre à la réquisition en continuant à se rendre à toute vitesse au secours des personnes en détresse. 3. Un capitaine est libéré de l’obligation imposée par le paragraphe 1 du pré article aussitôt dès qu’il sera informé par le capitaine du navire réquisitionné, ou, si plusieurs navires sont réquisitionnés, par les capitaines des navires réquisitionnés, que le capitaine ou les capitaines réquisitionnés se soumettent à la réquisition. 4. Un capitaine est libéré de l’obligation imposée par le paragraphe 1 du présent article et, si son navire a été réquisitionné, de l’obligation imposée par le paragraphe 2 du présent article, s’il est informé par un navire qui est arrivé auprès des personnes en détresse, que le secours n’est plus nécessaire. 5. Si le capitaine d’un navire, au moment où il reçoit un appel de détresse d’un autre navire, est dans l’impossibilité, ou, dans les circonstances spéciales où il se trouve, n’estime ni raisonnable ni utile d’aller au secours de l’autre navire, il doit, immédiatement informer de ce fait le capitaine de l’autre navire et indiquer sur son journal de bord les raisons pour lesquelles il s’est abstenu de se rendre au secours des personnes en détresse. 6. Il n’est pas dérogé par les prescriptions du présent article aux dispositions de la Convention Internationale, pour l’unification de certaines règles en matière d’Assistance et de Sauvetage en mer, signee à Bruxelles le 23 septembre 1910, particulièrement en ce qui concerne l’obligation de porter secours imposée par l’article 11 de ladite Convention. Article 46. *Fanal à Signaux.* Tons les navires d’une jauge brute de plus de 150 tonneaux effectuant des voyages internationaux doivent avoir à bord un fanal à signaux efficace. Article 47. *Radiogoniomètre.* Tout navire à passagers de 5,000 tonneaux de jauge brute et audessus doit, dans les deux ans qui suivront la date de mise en vigueur de la présente Convention, être muni d’un radiogoniomètre (radiocompas) d’un type approuvé conformément aux dispositions de l’Article 31 de la présente Convention. 1172 Article 48. *Manning.* Manning. The Contracting Governments undertake, each for its national ships, to maintain, or, if it is necessary, to adopt, measures for the purpose of ensuring that, from the point of view of safety of life at sea, all ships shall be sufficiently and efficiently manned. CHAPTER VI.—CERTIFICATES. Chapter VI.—Certificates. Article 49. Issue of. *Issue of Certificates.* Safety Certificate. A certificate called a *Safety Certificate* shall be issued, after inspection and survey, to every passenger ship which complies in an efficient *Ante,* pp. 1132, 1138, 1146.manner with the requirements of Chapters II, III and IV of the Convention. Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate. A certificate called a *Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate* shall be issued after inspection to every ship other than a passenger ship which complies in an efficient manner with the requirements of Chapter IV of the present Convention. Exemption Certificate. A certificate called an *Exemption Certificate* shall be issued to every ship to which exemption is granted by a Contracting Government under, and in accordance with, the provisions of Chapters II, III and IV of the present Convention. Inspection and survey of ships. The inspection and survey of ships, so far as regards the enforcement of the provisions of the present Convention and the annexed Regulations applicable to such ships and the granting of exemptions therefrom, shall be carried out by officers of the country in which the ship is registered, provided that the Government of each country may entrust the inspection and survey of its ships either to Surveyors nominated for this purpose or to organisations recognised by it. In every case the Government concerned fully guarantees the completeness and efficiency of the inspection and survey. A Safety Certificate, Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate, and Exemption Certificate shall be issued either by the Government of the country in which the ship is registered or by any person or organization duly authorised by that Government. In every case that Government assumes full responsibility for the certificate. Article 50. *Issue of Certificate by Another Government.* Issue by another Government. A Contracting Government may, at the request of the Government of a country in which a ship coming under the present Convention is registered, cause that ship to be surveyed, and, if satisfied that the requirements of the present Convention are complied with, issue a Safety Certificate or Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate to such 1173 Article 48. *Equipage.* Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent, en ce qui concerne leurs navires nationaux, à conserver, ou, si c’est nécessaire, à adopter, toutes mesures ayant pour objet de s’assurer qu’au point de vue de la sécurité en mer, tous les navires aient à bord un équipage suffisant en nombre et qualité. CHAPITRE VI.—CERTIFICATS. Article 49. *Délivrance des Certificats.* Un certificat dit *Certificat de Sécurite,* doit être délivré, après inspection et visite à tout navire à passagers qui aura satisfait d’une manière effective aux prescriptions des chapitres II, III et IV de la présente Convention. Un certificat dit *Certificat de Sécurite radiotélégraphique* doit être délivré après inspection à tout navire autre qu’un navire à passagers qui satisfait d’une manière effective aux prescriptions du Chapitre IV de la présente Convention. Un certificat dit *Certificat de Dispense*, doit être délivré à tout navire auquel une dispense est accordée par un Gouvernement Contractant pour l’application et en conformité des prescriptions des Chapitres II, III et IV de la présente Convention. L’inspection et la visite des navires, en ce qui concerne la mise en vigueur de celles des prescriptions de la présente Convention et des Règles annexées auxquelles ils sont soumis et l’octroi des dispenses qui peuvent leur être accordées, sont effectuées par des agents du pays où le navire est immatriculé. Toutefois le Gouvernement de chaque pays peut confier l’inspection et la visite des navires de ce pays soit à des experts désignés à cet effet, soit à des organismes reconnus par lui. Dans tous les cas, le Gouvernement intéressé garantit complètement l’intégrité et l’efficacité de l’inspection et de la visite. Le certificat de sécurite, le certificat de sécurite radiotélégraphique, et le certificat de dispense sont délivres par le Gouvernement du pays où le navire est immatriculé ou par toute autre personne ou organisme dûment autorisé par ce Gouvernement. Dans tous les cas, ce dernier assume la pleine responsabilité du certificat. Article 50. *Délivrance d’un Certificat par un autre Gouvernement.* Tout Gouvernement contractant peut, à la requête du Gouvernement d’un pays dans lequel est immatriculé un navire qui tombe sous le coup de la présente Convention, faire inspecter ce navire et, s’il a constaté que les exigences de la présente Convention sont satisfaites, lui délivrer, sous sa propre responsabilité, un certificat de sécurité ou 1174 ship, under its own responsibility. Any certificate so issued must contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the Government of the country in which the ship is registered, and it shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as a certificate issued under Article 49 of the present Convention. Article 51. *Form of Certificates.* Form. All certificates shall be drawn up in the official language or languages of the country by which they are issued. *Post,* p. 1268. The form of the certificates shall be that of the models given in Regulation XLVII. The arrangement of the printed part of the standard certificates shall be exactly reproduced in the certificates issued, or in certified copies thereof, and the particulars inserted by hand shall in the certificates issued, or in certified copies thereof, be inserted in Roman characters and Arabic figures. The Contracting Governments undertake to communicate one to another a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates for the information of their officers. This exchange shall be made, so far as possible, before the 1st January, 1932. Article 52. *Duration of Certificates.* Duration. Certificates shall not be issued for a period of more than twelve months. If a ship at the time when its certificate expires is not in a port of the country in which it is registered the certificate may be extended by a duly authorised officer of the country to which the ship belongs; but such extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its return voyage to its own country, and then only in cases in which it appears proper and reasonable so to do. No certificate shall be extended for a longer period than five months, and a ship to which such extension is granted shall not, on returning to its own country, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that country again without having obtained a new certificate. Article 53. *Acceptance of Certificates.* Acceptance. Certificates issued under the authority of a Contracting Government shall be accepted by the other Contracting Governments for all purposes covered by the present Convention. They shall be regarded by the other Contracting Governments as having the same force as the certificates issued by them to their own ships. 1175 un certificat de sécurité radiotélégraphique. Tout certificat délivré dans ces conditions doit porter une déclaration établissant qu’il a été delivré a la requête du Gouvernement du pays où le navire est immatriculé. Ce certificat a la même valeur que le certificat délivré conformément à l’Article 49 de la présente Convention et doit être accepté de la même façon. Article 51. *Type des Certificats.* Tous les certificats doivent être rédigés dans la langue ou les langues officielles du pays dans lequel ils sont délivrés. Le type des certificats doit être conforme aux modèles donnés par la Règle XLVII. Les dispositions typographiques de ces modèles réglementaires doivent être exactement reproduites et les indications portées à la main sur les certificats délivrés ou sur les copies certifies conformes doivent être écrites en caractères romains et en chiffres arabes. Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à se communiquer mutuellement un nombre suffisant d’exemplaires de leurs certificats pour renseigner leurs fonctionnaires. Cet échange devra se faire, autant que possible, avant le 1er janvier 1932. Article 52. *Durée de la validite des Certificats.* Les certificats ne doivent pas être délivrés pour une durée de plus de douze mois. Si, à la date d’expiration de son certificat, un navire ne se trouve pas dans un port du pays où il est immatriculé, la validité du certificate pent être prorogée par un fonctionnaire dûment autorisé du pays dont relève le navire. Une telle prorogation ne doit toutefois être accordée que pour permettre au navire d’achever son voyage de retour à destination de son propre pays et seulement dans le cas où cette mesure apparaîtra comme opportune et raisonnable. Aucun certificat ne doit être prorogé pour une période de plus de cinq mois et le navire auquel cette prorogation aura été accordée ne sera pas en droit, en vertu de cette prorogation, à son retour dans son pays, de quitter à nouveau ce pays sans avoir renouvelé son certificat. Article 53. *Acceptation des Certificate.* Les certificats délivrés au nom d’un Gouvernement contractant doivent être accepts par les autres Gouvernements contractants pour tout ce qui fait l’objet de la présente Convention. Ils doivent être considérés par les autres Gouvernements contractants comme ayant la même valeur que les certificats délivrés par ceux-ci à leurs propres navires. 1176 Article 54. *Control.* Control. Every ship holding a certificate issued under Article 49 or Article 50 is subject, in the ports of the other Contracting Governments, to control by officers duly authorised by such Governments in so far as this control is directed towards verifying that there is on board a valid certificate, and if necessary, that the conditions of the vessel’s sea-worthiness correspond substantially with the particulars of that certificate; that is to say, so that the ship can proceed to sea without danger to the passengers and the crew. In the event of this control giving rise to intervention of any kind, the officer carrying out the control shall forthwith inform the Consul of the country in which the ship is registered of all the circumstances in which intervention is deemed to be necessary. Article 55. *Privileges.* Privileges. The privileges of the present Convention may not be claimed in favour of any ship unless it holds a proper valid certificate. Article 56. *Qualification of Certificate.* Qualification of certificate. If in the course of a particular voyage the ship has on board a number of crew and passengers less than the maximum number which the ship is licensed to carry, and is in consequence, in accordance with the provisions of the present Convention, free to carry a smaller number of life-boats and other life-saving appliances than that stated in the certificate, a memorandum may be issued by the officers or other, *Ante,* pp. 1172,1174.authorised persons referred to in Articles 49 and 52 above. This memorandum shall state that in the circumstances there is no infringement of the provisions of the present Convention. It shall be annexed to the certificate and shall be substituted for it in so far as the life-saving appliances are concerned. It shall be valid only for the particular voyage in regard to which it is issued. CHAPTER VII.—GENERAL PROVISIONS. Chapter VII.—General Provisions. Article 57. *Equivalents.* Equivalents. Where in the present Convention it is provided that a particular fitting, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a ship, or that any particular arrangement shall be adopted, 1177 Article 54. *Contrôle.* Tout navire possédant un certificat délivré en vertu de l’Article 49 ou de l’Article 50 est sujet, dans les ports des autres États contractants, au contrôle de fonctionnaires dûment autorisés par ces Gouvernements, dans la limite où ce contrôle a pour objet de verifier qu’il existe à bord un certificat valable et, s’il le faut, de s’assurer que le navire est dans un état de navigabilité correspondant en substance aux indications de ce certificat, c’est-à-dire qu’il se trouve dans un état tel qu’il peut prendre la mer sans danger pour les passages et l’équipage. Dans le cas où ce contrôle donne lieu à une intervention quelconque, le fonctionnaire exerçant ce contrôle doit informer immédiatement le Consul du pays où le navire est immatriculé de toutes les circonstances qui ont fait considérer cette intervention comme nécessaire. Article 55. *Benefice de la Convention.* On ne peut réclamer le bénéfice de la présente Convention au profit d’un navire s’il ne possède un certificat régulier et non périmé. Article 56. *Avenant au Certificat.* Si, au cours d’un voyage particulier, le nombre des personnes (équipage et passagers) présentes à bord est inférieur au nombre maximum que le navire est autorisé à transporter et si, par suite, ce navire a la faculté, conformément aux prescriptions de la présente Convention, d’avoir à bord un nombre d’embarcations de sauvetage ou d’autres engins de sauvetage inférieur à celui qui est inscrit sur le certificat, un avenant peut être délivré par les fonctionnaires ou les autres personnes mandatées et mentionnées aux Articles 49 et 52 ci-dessus. Cet avenant doit mentionner que, dans les circonstances existantes, il n’est dérogé à aucune des dispositions de la présente Convention. Il est annexé au certificat et lui est substitué mais seulement pour tout ce qui concerne les engins de sauvetage. Il n’est valable que pour le voyage particulier en vue duquel il est délivré. CHAPITRE VII.—DISPOSITIONS GÉNÉRALES. Article 57. *Équivalence.* Lorsque dans la présente Convention il est prévu que l’on doit placer ou avoir à bord une installation, un dispositif ou un appareil particulier quelconque ou un certain type d’installation, de dispositif, 1178 any Administration may accept in substitution therefor any other fitting, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or any other arrangement, provided that such Administration shall have been satisfied by suitable trials that the fitting, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or the arrangement substituted is at least as effective as that specified in the present Convention. Any Administration which so accepts a new fitting, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or new arrangement, shall communicate the fact to the other Administrations, and, upon request, the particulars thereof, together with a report on the trials made. Article 58. *Laws, Regulations, Reports.* Laws, regulations, reports. The Contracting Governments undertake to communicate to each other—
(1)the text of laws, decrees and regulations which shall have been promulgated on the various matters within the scope of the present Convention;
(2)all available official reports or official summaries of reports in so far as they show the results of the provisions of the present Convention, provided always that such reports or summaries are not of a confidential nature. The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland is invited to serve as an intermediary for collecting all this information and for bringing it to the knowledge of the other Contracting Governments. Article 59. *Measures taken after Agreement.* Measures taken after agreement. Where the present Convention provides that a measure may be taken after agreement between all or some of the Contracting Governments, the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland is invited to approach the other Contracting Governments with a view to ascertaining whether they accept such proposals as may be made by any Contracting Government for effecting such a measure, and to inform the other Contracting Governments of the results of the enquiries thus made. 1179 ou d’appareil, ou encore lorsqu’il est prévu qu’une disposition particulière doit être adoptée, toute Administration pent accepter, en remplacement, tout autre installation, dispositif ou appareil, ou un certain type d’installation, de dispositif ou d’appareil, ou tout autre arrangement, à la condition que l’Administration en question se soit assurée, par des essais convenables, que l’installation, le dispositif, ou l’appareil, ou le type d’installation, de dispositif ou d’appareil, ou la disposition substituée a une efficacité au moins égale à celle qui est spécifiée dans la présente Convention. Toute Administration qui accepte dans ces conditions une installation, un dispositif ou un appareil nouveau, ou un type nouveau d’installation, de dispositif ou d’appareil, ou une nouvelle disposition doit en donner connaissance aux autres Administrations et leur en communiquer, sur demande, la description détaillée en même temps qu’un rapport sur les essais effectués. Article 58. *Lois, Règlements, Rapports.* Les Gouvernements contractants s’engagent à se communiquer les uns aux autres:
(1)le texte des lois, décrets et règlements qui auront été promulgués sur les différentes matières qui rentrent dans le champ de la présente Convention.
(2)tous les rapports ofiiciels ou résumés officiels de rapports dont ils pourraient disposer, dans la mesure où ces documents montrent les résultats des dispositions de la présente Convention et à la condition, bien entendu, que ces rapports ou résumés de rapports n’aient pas un caractère confidentiel. Le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord est invité à servir d’intermédiaire pour rassembler tous ces renseignements et les porter à la connaissance des autres Gouvernements contractants. Article 59. *Mesures prises après accords.* Dans le cas où la présente Convention prévoit qu’une mesure peut être prise après un accord entre tous les Gouvernements contractants, ou seulement quelques-uns d’entre eux, le Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord est invité à se mettre en rapport avec les autres Gouvernements contractants dans le but de savoir s’ils acceptent les propositions qui pourraient être faites par un quelconque des Gouvernements contractants, en vue de la réalisation de semblables mesures et, en outre, d’informer les autres Gouvernements contractants du résultat de la consultation à laquelle il sera ainsi procédé. 1180 Article 60. *Prior Treaties and Conventions.* Prior treaties and conventions. 1. The present Convention replaces and abrogates the Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, which was signed at London on the 20th January, 1914. 2. All other treaties, conventions and arrangements relating to safety of life at sea, or matters appertaining thereto, at present in force between Governments parties to the present Convention, shall continue to have full and complete effect during the terms thereof as regards— (*a*) ships to which the present Convention does not apply; (*b*) ships to which the present Convention applies, in respect of subjects for which it has not expressly provided. To the extent, however, that such treaties, conventions or arrangements conflict with the provisions of the present Convention, the provisions of the present Convention shall prevail. 3. All subjects which are not expressly provided for in the present Convention remain subject to the legislation of the Contracting Governments. Article 61. *Modifications. Future Conferences.* Modifications. 1. Modifications of the present Convention which may be deemed useful or necessary improvements may be at any time proposed by any Contracting Government to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and such proposals shall be communicated by the latter to all the other Contracting Governments, and if any such modifications are accepted by all the Contracting Governments (including Governments which have deposited ratifications or accessions which have not yet become effective) the present Convention shall be modified accordingly. Conferences. 2. Conferences for the purpose of revising the present Convention shall be held at such times and places as may be agreed upon by the Contracting Governments. A Conference for this purpose shall be convoked by the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland whenever, after the present Convention has been in force for five years, one-third of the Contracting Governments express a desire to that effect. 1181 Article 60. *Traités et Conventions antérieurs.* 1. La présente Convention remplace et annule la Convention pour la Sauvegarde de la Vie Humaine en Mer signée à Londres le 20 janvier 1914. 2. Tons les autres traités, conventions ou accords qui concernent la sauvegarde de la vie humaine en mer ou les questions qui s’y rapportent et qui sont actuellement en vigueur entre les Gouvernements parties à la présente Convention, conservent leur plein et complet effet pendant la durée qui leur est assignée en ce qui concerne: (*a*) les navires auxquels la présente Convention ne s’applique pas; (*b*) les navires auxquels la présente Convention s’applique en ce qui concerne les points qui ne font pas l’objet de prescriptions expresses dans la présente Convention. Au cas où, cependant, de tels traités, conventions, ou accords seraient en en opposition avec les dispositions de la présente Convention, les dispositions de cette dernière doivent prévaloir. 3. Tous les points qui ne font pas l’objet de prescriptions expresses dans la présente Convention restent soumis à la législation des Gouvernements contractants. Article 61. *Modifications, Conférences futures.* 1. Les modifications à la présente Convention qui pourraient être considérées comme des améliorations utiles ou nécessaires peuvent en tout temps être proposées par un Gouvernement contractant au Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. Ces propositions doivent être communiquées par ce dernier à tous les autres Gouvernements contractants et si l’une quelconque de ces modifications est acceptée par tous les Gouvernements contractants (y compris les Gouvernements ayant déposé des ratifications ou adhésions qui ne sont pas encore devenues effectives) la présente Convention doit être modifiée en conséquence. 2. Des conférences ayant pour objet la révision de la présente Convention se tiendront aux dates et lieux dont pourront convenir les Gouvernements contractants. Une telle Conférence doit être convoquée par le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord chaque fois que, la présente Convention ayant été en vigueur pendant cinq ans, un tiers des Gouvernements contractants en exprime le désir. 1182 CHAPTER VIII.—FINAL PROVISIONS. Chapter VIII.—Final Provisions. Article 62. *Application to Colonies, &c.* Application to colonies, etc. 1. A Contracting Government may, at the time of signature, ratification, accession or thereafter, by a declaration in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, declare its desire that the present Convention shall apply to all or any of its colonies, overseas territories, protectorates or territories under suzerainty or mandate, and the present Convention shall apply to all the territories named in such declaration, two months after the date of the receipt thereof, but failing such declaration, the present Convention will not apply to any such territories. 2. A Contracting Government may at any time by a notification in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland express its desire that the present Convention shall cease to apply to all or any of its colonies, overseas territories, protectorates or territories under suzerainty or mandate to which the present Convention shall have, under the provisions of the preceding paragraph, been applicable for a period of not less than five years, and in such case the present Convention shall cease to apply one year after the date of the receipt of such notification by the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland to all territories mentioned therein. 3. The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland shall inform all the other Contracting Governments of the application of the present Convention to any colony, overseas territory, protectorate or territory under suzerainty or mandate under the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article, and of the cessation of any such application under the provisions of paragraph 2, stating in each case the date from which the present Convention has become or will cease to be applicable. Article 63. *Authentic Texts. Ratification.* Authentic texts. The present Convention of which both the English and French texts shall be authentic shall bear this day’s date. Ratification. The present Convention shall be ratified. Deposit of. The instruments of ratification shall be deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland which will notify all the other signatory or acceding Governments of all ratifications deposited and the date of their deposit. Article 64. *Accession.* Accession. A Government (other than the Government of a territory to which Article 62 applies) on behalf of which the present Convention has not 1183 CHAPITRE VIII.—DISPOSITIONS FINALES. Article 62. *Application aux Colonies, &c.* 1. Un Gouvernement contractant pent, au moment de la signature, de la ratification ou de l’adhésion, ou ultérieurement, notifier par une déclaration écrite adressée au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord son intention d’appliquer la présente Convention dans toutes ses colonies, territoires d’outre-mer, protectorats ou pays sous suzeraineté ou mandat, ou dans certains d’entre eux. La présente Convention doit s’appliquer dans tous les territoires désignés dans une telle déclaration deux mois après la date à laquelle elle aura été reçue, mais à défaut d’une telle déclaration, la présente Convention ne s’appliquera dans aucun de ces territoires. 2. Un Gouvernement contractant peut, à toute époque, par déclaration écrite, adressée au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord, faire connaître son intention de faire cesser l’application de la présente Convention dans toutes ses colonies, territoires d’outre-mer, protectorats ou territoires sous suzeraineté ou mandat, ou dans certains d’entre eux, auxquels la présente Convention aura dû être appliquée pour une période de cinq ans au moins conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe précédent. Dans ce cas, la présente Convention doit cesser de s’appliquer dans tous les territoires mentionnés un an après la date de la réception de cette déclaration par le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. 3. Le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord doit informer tous les autres Gouvernements contractants de l’application de la présente Convention dans toute colonie, territoire d’outre-mer, protectorat ou territoire sous suzeraineté ou mandat conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe
(1)du présent article et de la cessation de cette application, conformément aux dispositions du paragraphe (2), en spécifiant dans chaque cas, la date à partir de laquelle la présente Convention est devenue ou cessera d’être applicable. Article 63. *Textes authentiques. Ratification.* La présente Convention dont les textes en anglais et en français sont l’un et l’autre authentiques porte la date de ce jour. La présente Convention doit être ratifiée. Les actes de ratification doivent etre déposés dans les archives du Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne, et de l’Irlande du Nord, qui notifiera à tous les autres Gouvernements signataires ou adhérents, toutes les ratifications déposées, ainsi que la date de leur dépôt. Article 64. *Adhésion.* Un Gouvernement (autre que le Gouvernement d’un territoire auquel l’Article 62 s’applique), au nom duquel la présente Convention 1184 been signed shall be allowed to accede thereto at any time after the Convention has come into force. Accessions may be effected by means of notifications in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and shall take effect three months after their receipt. The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland shall inform all signatory and acceding Governments of all accessions received and of the date of their receipt. A Government which intends to accede to the present Convention but desires to add an area to those specified in the Annex to Article 28 shall, before notifying its accession, inform the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland of its desire for communication to all the other Contracting Governments. If all the Contracting Governments signify their assent thereto, the area shall be added to those mentioned in the aforesaid Annex when such Government notifies its accession. Article 65. *Date of coming in Force.* Date of coming into force. The present Convention shall come into force on the 1st July, 1931, as between the Governments which have deposited their ratifications by that date, and provided that at least five ratifications have been deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Should five ratifications not have been deposited on that date, the present Convention shall come into force three months after the date on which the fifth ratification is deposited. Ratifications deposited after the date on which the present Convention has come into force shall take effect three months after the date of their deposit. Article 66. *Denunciation.* Denunciation. The present Convention may be denounced on behalf of any Contracting Government at any time after the expiration of five years from the date on which the Convention comes into force in so far as that Government is concerned. Denunciation shall be effected by a notification in writing addressed to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, which will notify all the other Contracting Governments of all denunciations received and of the date of their receipt. A denunciation shall take effect twelve months after the date on which notification thereof is received by the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 1185 n’a pas été signée, est admis à y adhérer à toute époque après l’entrée en vigueur de ladite Convention. Les adhésions peuvent se faire par des notifications écrites adressées an Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. Ces adhésions doivent prendre effet trois mois après la date de leur réception. Le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord doit informer tous les Gouvernements signataires et adhérents de toutes les adhésions regues et de la date de leur réception. Un Gouvernement qui se propose d’adhérer à la présente Convention mais qui désire ajouter une zone à celles spécifiées à l’Annexe de l’Article 28, doit, avant de notifier son adhésion, informer de ce désir le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne ou de l’Irlande du Nord afin que celui-ci la communique à tous les Gouvernements Contractants. Si tous les Gouvernements Contractants signifient leur accord sur cette demande, ladite zone doit être ajoutée à celles qui sont mentionnées à l’annexe précitée lorsque le Gouvernement en question notifiera son adhésion. Article 65. *Date d’entrée en vigueur.* La présente Convention entrera en vigueur le 1er juillet 1931, entre les Gouvernements qui auront, à cette date, déposé leur ratification et à la condition qu’au moins cinq ratifications aient été déposées au Gouvernement du Royaume-Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. Au cas où cinq ratifications n’auraient pas été déposées à cette date, la présente Convention entrera en vigueur trois mois après la date à laquelle la cinquième ratification aura été déposée. Les ratifications déposées postérieurement à la date à laquelle la présente Convention sera entrée en vigueur prendront effet trois mois après la date de leur dépôt. Article 66. *Dénonciation.* La présente Convention pent être dénoncée au nom de l’un quelconque des Gouvernements contractants à tout moment après l’expiration d’une période de cinq ans, comptée à partir de la date à laquelle la Convention est entrée en vigueur pour le Gouvernement en question. La dénonciation sera effectuée par une notification écrite adressée au Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord; celui-ci notifiera à tous les autres Gouvernements contractants toutes les dénonciations reçues et la date de leur réception. Une dénonciation prendra effet douze mois après la date à laquelle cette notification aura été reçue par le Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord. 1186 In faith whereof, the Plenipotentiaries have signed hereafter. Signatures of Plenipotentiaries. Done at London this thirty-first day of May, 1929, in a single copy, which shall remain deposited in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, which shall transmit certified true copies thereof to all signatory Governments. 1186 En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires ont apposé ci-dessous leur signature. Signatures of Plenipotentiaries. Fait à Londres ce trente et unième jour du mois de mai, 1929, en un seul exemplaire qui doit être déposé dans les Archives du Gouvernement du Royaume Uni de la Grande-Bretagne et de l’Irlande du Nord, lequel doit en transmettre des copies certifies conformes à tous les Gouvernements signataires. Sthamer. Gustav Koenigs. Arthur Werner. Walter Laas. Otto Riess. Hermann Giess. Hugo Dominik. Henry James Feakes. Thomas Free. A. de Gerlache de Gomery. G. De Winne. A. Johnston. Lucien Pacaud. Emil Krogh. V. Lorck. Javier de Salas. John Whelan Dulanty. E. C. Foster. Wallace H. White. Arthur J. Tyrer. Charles M. Barnes. Geo. H. Rock. Clarence S. Kempff. Dickerson N. Hoover. W. D. Terrell. John G. Tawresey. Herbert B. Walker. Charles A. McAllister. Gustaf Wrede. V. Bergman. Karl Kurten.1187 Rio.Signatures—Contd. A. Haarbleicher. Jean Marie. F. Thouroude. H. W. Richmond. Westcott Abell. A. L. Ayre. F. W. Bate. C. H. Boyd. William C. Currie. A. J. Daniel. Norman Hill. C. Hipwood. A. Morrell. G. L. Corbett. E. V. Whish. Mansukhlal Atmaram Master. Giulio Ingianni. Alberto Alessio. Delfino Rogeri di Villanova . Torquato C. Giannini. Francesco Marena. Ernesto Ferretti. G. Gneme. Luigi Biancheri. Yukio Yamamoto. Shichihei Ota. Itaro Ishii. B. Vogt. L. T. Hansen. Arth H. Mathiesen. C. Fock. C. H. de Goeje. A. van Driel. J. A. Bland-v.-d.-Berg. Phs. van Ommeren. H. G. J. Uilkens. Erik Palmstierna. Nils Gustaf Nilsson. J. Arens. K. Eggi. 1188 ANNEX I.Annex I. REGULATIONS.Regulations. CONSTRUCTION.Construction. Regulation I. Definitions.Definitions. (1.) Subdivision loadline. The *subdivision loadline* is the waterline used in determining the subdivision of the ship. Deepest subdivision loadline.The *deepest subdivision loadline* is that which corresponds to the greatest draught. (2.) Length of the ship. The *length of the ship* is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision loadline. (3.) Breadth of the ship. The *breadth of the ship* is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision loadline. (4.) Bulkhead deck. The *bulkhead deck* is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried. (5.) Margin line. The *margin line* is a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and 3 inches (76 millimetres) below the upper surface of that deck at side. (6.) Draught. The *draught* is the vertical distance from the top of keel amidships to the subdivision loadline in question. (7.) Permeability. The *permeability* of a space is the percentage of that space which can be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line. (8.) Machinery space. The *machinery space* is to be taken as extending from the top of keel to the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads bounding the spaces devoted to the main and auxiliary propelling machinery, boilers when installed, and all permanent coal bunkers. (9.) Passenger spaces. *Passenger spaces* are those which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms. *Post*, pp. 1190,1192.For the purposes of Regulations III and IV, spaces provided below the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be regarded as passenger spaces. (10.) Volumes. In all cases *volumes* shall be calculated to moulded lines. 1189 ANNEXE I. RÈGLEMENT. CONSTRUCTION. Règle I. Définitions. (1.) La *ligne de charge de compartimentage* est la flottaison considérée dans la détermination du compartimentage du navire. La ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage est celle qui correspond au tirant d’eau le plus élevé. (2.) La *longueur du navire* est la longueur mesurée entre les perpendiculaires menées aux extrémités de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage. (3.) La *largeur du navire* est la largeur extrême hors membres mesurée à la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage ou au-dessous de cette ligne de charge. (4.) Le *pont de cloisonnement* est le pont le plus élevé jusqu’auquel s’élèvent les cloisons étanches transversales. (5.) La *ligne de surimmersion* est une ligne tracée sur le bordé, à 76 millimètres (3 pouces), au-dessous de l’intersection de la surface extérieure du bordé avec la surface supérieure du pont de cloisonnement, en abord, parallèlement à ce pont. (6.) Le *tirant d’eau* est la distance verticale du dessus de la quille au milieu, à la ligne de charge de compartimentage considérée. (7.) La *perméabilité* d’un espace s’exprime par le pourcentage du volume de cet espace que l’eau peut occuper. Le volume d’un espace qui s’étend au-dessus de la ligne de surimmersion sera mesuré seulement jusqu’à la hauteur de cette ligne. (8.) La *tranche des machines* s’étend entre le dessus de la quille et la ligne de surimmersion, d’une part, et, d’autre part, entre les cloisons étanches transversales principales qui limitent l’espace occupé par les machines principales, les machines auxiliaires relatives à la propulsion, les chaudières, s’il y en a, et toutes les soutes à charbon permanentes. (9.) Les *espaces à passagers* sont ceux qui sont prévus pour le logement et l’usage des passagers à l’exclusion des soutes à bagages, des magasins, des soutes à provisions, et à colis postaux et à dépêches. Pour l’application des prescriptions des Règles III et IV, les espaces prévus en dessous de la ligne de surimmersion pour le logement et l’usage de l’équipage, seront considérés comme espaces à passagers. (10.) Dans tous les cas, les *volumes* doivent être les volumes hors membres. 1190 Regulation II. Floodable Length. (1.) The floodable length at any point of the length of a ship shall be determined by a method of calculation which takes into consideration the form, draught and other characteristics of the ship in question. (2.) In a ship with a continuous bulkhead deck, the floodable length at a given point is the maximum portion of the length of the ship, having its centre at the point in question, which can be flooded under the definite assumptions hereafter set forth in Regulation III without the ship being submerged beyond the margin line. (3.) In the case of a ship not having a continuous bulkhead deck, the floodable length at any point may be determined to an assumed continuous margin fine, up to which, having regard to sinkage and trim after damage, the sides of the ship and the bulkheads concerned are carried watertight. Regulation III. Permeability. (1.) Permeability. The definite assumptions referred to in Regulation II relate to the permeabilities of the spaces below the margin line. In determining the floodable length, a uniform average permeability shall be used throughout the whole length of each of the following portions of the ship below the margin line:— (*a*) the machinery space as defined in Regulation I (8); (*b*) the portion forward of the machinery space; and (*c*) the portion abaft the machinery space. (2.)— (a.) For steamships the uniform average permeability throughout the machinery space shall be determined from the formula— 80 + 12 ⋅ 5 ( a − c v ) , w h e r e a=volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation I (9), which are situated below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space. c=volume of between deck spaces below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space which are appropriated to cargo, coal or stores. v=whole volume of the machinery space below the margin line. (*b.*) For ships propelled by internal combustion engines, the uniform average permeability shall be taken as 5 greater than that given by the above formula. 1191 Règle II. Longueur envahissable. (1.) Pour chaque point de la longueur du navire la longueur envahissable doit être déterminée par une méthode de calcul tenant compte des formes, du tirant d’eau et des autres caractéristiques du navire considéré. (2.) Pour un navire dont les cloisons transversales étanches sont limitées par un pont de cloisonnement continu, la longueur envahissable en un point donné est la portion maximum de la longueur du navire, ayant pour centre le point considéré et qui peut être envahie par l’eau dans les conditions hypothétiques définies par la Règle III, sans que le navire s’immerge au delà de la ligne de surimmersion. (3.) Pour un navire n’ayant pas de pont de cloisonnement continu, la longueur envahissable en chaque point peut être déterminée en considérant une ligne de surimmersion continue, jusqu’à laquelle, compte tenu de l’immersion et du changement d’assiette qui peuvent résulter d’une avarie, la muraille du navire et les cloisons correspondantes sont maintenues étanches. Règle III. Perméabilité. (1.) Les hypothèses visées à la Règle II sont relatives aux perméabilités des volumes, limités supérieurement à la ligne de surimmersion. Dans la détermination des longueurs envahissables, on adopte une perméabilité moyenne uniforme pour l’ensemble de chacune des trois parties suivantes du navire, limitées supérieurement à la ligne de surimmersion: (*a*) la tranche des machines, comme définie par la Règle I (8); (*b*) la partie du navire à l’avant de la tranche des machines, et (*c*) la partie du navire à l’arrière de la tranche des machines. (2.)— (a.) Pour les navires à vapeur, la perméabilité uniforme moyenne de la tranche des machines sera calculée par la formule 80 + 12 , 5 ( a − c v ) dans laquelle: a=volume des espaces à passagers suivant la définition de la Règle I (9), qui sont situés au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion et compris dans la tranche des machines; c=volume des entreponts, affectés aux marchandises, au charbon ou aux provisions de bord, qui sont situés au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion et compris dans la tranche des machines; v=volume total de la tranche des machines au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion. (*b.*) Pour les navires qui ont des moteurs à combustion interne, la perméabilité moyenne uniforme sera égale à la valeur donnée par la formule précédente augmentée de 5. 1192 (*c.*) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the average permeability, as determined by detail calculation, is less than that given by the formula, the calculated value may be substituted. For the purposes of such calculation, the permeabilities of passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation I (9), shall be taken as 95, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such values as may be approved in each case by the Administration. (3.) The uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship before (or abaft) the machinery space shall be determined from the formula— 63 + 35 a v , w h e r e a=volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation I (9), which are situated below the margin line, before (or abaft) the machinery space, and v=whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line before (or abaft) the machinery space. (4.) If a between deck compartment between two watertight transverse bulkheads contains any passenger or crew space, the whole of that compartment, less any space completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads and appropriated to other purposes, shall be regarded as passenger space. If, however, the passenger or crew space in question is completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads, only the space so enclosed need be considered as passenger space. Regulation IV. Permissible Length of Compartments.Permissible length of compartments. (1.) Factor of subdivision. Factor of Subdivision.— The maximum permissible length of a compartment having its centre at any point in the ship’s length is obtained from the floodable length by multiplying the latter by an appropriate factor called the *factor of subdivision*. The factor of subdivision shall depend on the length of the ship, and for a given length shall vary according to the nature of the service for which the ship is intended. It shall decrease in a regular and continuous manner— (*a*) as the length of the ship increases, and (*b*) from a factor A, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of cargo, to a factor B, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers. 1193 (*c.*) Lorsqu’on pourra établir, à la satisfaction de l’Administration que la perméabilité moyenne déterminée par un calcul direct est moindre que celle qui résulte de la formule, on pourra substituer à cette dernière la perméabilité calculée directement. Pour ce calcul direct, la perméabilité des espaces affectés aux passagers définis par la Régie I
(9)sera prise égale à 95, celle des espaces affectés aux marchandises, au charbon et aux provisions de bord, égale à 60, et celle du double-fond, des soutes à combustible liquide et autres réservoirs sera fixée aux valeurs approuvées dans chaque cas par l’Administration. (3.) La perméabilité moyenne uniforme sur toute la longueur du navire en avant (ou en arrière) de la tranche des machines, sera déterminée par la formule 63 + 35 a v dans laquelle: a=volume des espaces à passagers, suivant la définition de la Règle I (9), qui sont situés sous la ligne de surimmersion, en avant (ou en arrière) de la tranche des machines, et v=volume total de la partie du navire au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion et en avant (ou en arrière) de la tranche des machines. (4.) Si un compartiment, dans un entrepont, entre deux cloisons étanches transversales, renferme un espace affecté aux passagers ou à l’équipage, on considérera comme espace à passagers l’ensemble de ce compartiment, en déduisant, toutefois, tout espace affecté à un autre service qui serait complètement entouré de cloisons métalliques permanentes. Si, cependant, l’espace en question affecté aux passagers ou à l’équipage est lui-même complètement entouré de cloisons métalliques permanentes, on ne comptera que cet espace comme espace à passagers. Règle IV. Longueur admissible des Compartiments. (1.) Facteur de cloisonnement.— La longueur maximum admissible pour le compartiment ayant son centre en un point quelconque de la longueur d’un navire, se déduit de la longueur envahissable en multipliant celle-ci par un facteur approprié dit facteur de cloisonnement. Le facteur de cloisonnement doit dépendre de la longueur du navire et, pour une longueur donnée, varie selon la nature du service pour lequel le navire est prévu. Ce facteur doit décroître d’une façon régulière et continue: (*a*) à mesure que la longueur du navire augmente, et (*b*) depuis un facteur A applicable aux navires essentiellement affectés au transport des marchandises, iusqu’à un facteur B applicable aux navires essentiellement affectés au transport des passagers. 1194 The variations of the factors A and B shall be expressed by the following formulae
(i)and
(ii)where L is the length of the ship as defined in Regulation I (2):— L in feet. A = 190 L − 198 + ⋅ 18 (L=430 and upwards). B = 100 L − 138 + ⋅ 18 (L=260 and upwards). L in metres. A = 58 ⋅ 2 L − 60 + ⋅ 18 (L=131 and upwards). . . . .
(i)B = 30 ⋅ 3 L − 42 + ⋅ 18 (L=79 and upwards). . . . .
(ii)(2.) Criterion of service. Criterion of Service.— For a ship of given length the appropriate factor of subdivision shall be determined by the Criterion of Service Numeral (hereinafter called the Criterion Numeral) as given by the following formulae
(iii)and
(iv)where:— Cs = the Criterion Numeral; L = length of the ship, as defined in Regulation I (2); M = the volume of the machinery space, as defined in Regulation I (8); with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and before or abaft the machinery space; P = the whole volume of the passenger spaces below the margin line, as defined in Regulation I (9); V = the whole volume of the ship below the margin line; P1 = KN where:— N = number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified, and K has the following values:— Length in feet and volumes in cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . Length in metres and volumes in cubic metres . . . . . . . . . Value of K. .6 L. .056 L. Where the value of KN is greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the actual passenger spaces above the margin line the lower figure may be taken provided that the value of P1 used is not less than ⅔ KN. When P1 is greater than P C s = 72 M + 2 P 1 V + P 1 − P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(iii)and in other cases C s = 72 M + 2 P V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(iv)For ships not having a continuous bulkhead deck the volumes are to be taken up to the actual margin lines used in determining the floodable lengths. (3.) Rules for subdivision. Rules for Subdivision.— (a.) The subdivision abaft the fore peak of ships 430 feet (131 metres) in length and upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by the factor A given by formula (i); of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the 1195 Les variations des facteurs A et B sont données par les formules
(i)et
(ii)suivantes, dans lesquelles L est la longueur du navire définie par la Règle I (2). L en mètres. A = 58 , 2 L − 60 + 0 , 18 (L=131 et au-dessus). B = 30 , 3 L − 42 + 0 , 18 (L=79 et au-dessus). L en pieds. A = 190 L − 198 + 0 , 18 (L=430 et au-dessus). . . . .
(i)B = 100 L − 138 + 0 , 18 (L=260 et au-dessus). . . . .
(ii)(2.) Critérium de Service.— Pour un navire de longueur donnée, le facteur de cloisonnement approprié est déterminé à l’aide de la valeur du Critérium de Service (appelé ci-après Critérium) donné par les formules
(iii)et
(iv)ci-après, dans lesquelles: Cs = le Critérium: L = la longueur du navire, définie par la Règle I (2); M = le volume de la tranche des machines, défini par la Règle I (8), mais en y ajoutant le volume de toutes les soutes permanentes à combustible liquide, situées hors du double-fond et en avant ou en arrière de la tranche des machines; P = le volume total des espaces à passagers au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion d’après la définition de la Règle I (9); V = le volume total du navire au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion; P1 = le produit KN; N = le nombre de passagers pour lequel le navire est destiné à être autorisé; et K = 0,056 L, si L et V sont mesurés en mètres et mètres cubes respectivement (0.6 L, si L et V sont mesurés en pieds et pieds cubes respectivement). Si la valeur du produit KN est plus grande que la valuer de la somme de P et du volume total réel affecté aux passagers, au-dessus de la ligne de surimmersion, on peut prendre pour P1 la valeur la plus faible des deux, sous réserve que cette valeur ne soit pas inférieure aux deux tiers de KN. Si P1 est plus grand que P on aura C s = 72 M + 2 P 1 V + P 1 − P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(iii)et dans les autres cas C s = 72 M + 2 P V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(iv)Dans le cas des navires n’ayant pas de pont de cloisonnement continu, on calculera les volumes jusqu’à la ligne de surimmersion effectivement considérée dans le calcul de la longueur envahissable. (3.) Prescriptions pour le Compartimentage.— (a.) Le cloisonnement en arrière de la cloison d’abordage des navires ayant une longueur de 131 mètres (430 pieds) et au-dessus et dont le critérium est au plus égal à 23, doit être déterminé par le facteur A donné par la formule (i); 1196 factor B given by formula (ii); and of those having a criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between the factors A and B, using the formula:— F = A ( A − B ) ( C 5 − 23 ) 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(v)Where the factor F is less than .40 and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with the factor F in a machinery compartment of the ship, the subdivision of such compartment may be governed by an increased factor, which, however, shall not exceed .40. (*b*.) The subdivision abaft the fore peak of ships less than 430 feet (131 metres) but not less than 260 feet (79 metres) in length having a critenon numeral equal to S, where S = 9382 − 20 L 34 ( L i n f e e t ) = 374 − 25 L 13 (L in metres) shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor B given by the formula (ii); of those having a criterion numeral between S and 123 by the factor F obtained by Enear interpolation between unity and the factor B, using the formula:— F = 1 − ( 1 − B ) ( C s − S ) 123 − S . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(vi)(*c*.) *The subdivision abaft the fore peak* of ships less than 430 feet (131 metres) but not less than 260 feet (79 metres) in length and having a criterion numeral less than S, and of all ships less than 260 feet (79 metres) in length shall be governed by the factor unity, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with this factor in any part of the ship, in which case, the Administration may allow such relaxation as may appear to be justified, having regard to all the circumstances. (*d*.) The provisions of sub-paragraph
(c)shall apply also to ships of whatever length, which are to be certified to carry a number of passengers exceeding 12 but not exceeding L 2 ( i n f e e t ) 7000 ( L 2 ( i n m e t r e s ) 650 ) or 50, whichever is the less. Regulation V. Special Rules concerning Subdivision. (1.) Special rules concerning subdivision. A compartment may exceed the permissible length determined by the rules of Regulation IV provided the combined length of each pair of adjacent compartments to which the compartment in question is common does not exceed either the floodable length or twice the permissible length, whichever is the less. 1197 de ceux qui ont un critérium au moins égal à 123, par le facteur B donné par la formule (ii); enfin, de ceux qui ont un critérium compris entre 23 et 123, par un facteur F obtenu par interpolation linéaire, à l’aide de la formule: F = A − ( A − B ) ( C s − 23 ) 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(v) Si le facteur F est inférieur à 0.40 et s’il est établi, à la satisfaction de l’Administration, qu’il est pratiquement impossible d’adopter ce facteur pour un compartiment de la tranche des machines du navire considéré, le cloisonnement de ce compartiment peut être déterminé avec un facteur plus élevé, pourvu, toutefois, que ce facteur ne soit pas supérieur à 0·40. (*b*.) Le cloisonnement en arrière de la cloison d’abordage des navires ayant moins de 131 mètres (430 pieds), mais pas moins de 79 mètres (260 pieds) de longueur, dont le critérium aura la valeur S donnée par la formule: S = 3574 − 25 L 13 ( L e n m è t r e s ) = 9382 − 20 L 34 ( L e n p i e d s ) doit être déterminé par un facteur égal à l’unité, de ceux dont le critérium est égal ou supérieur à 123, par le facteur B donné par la formule (ii), enfin, de ceux dont le critérium est compris entre S et 123, par un facteur obtenu par interpolation linéaire entre l’unité et le facteur B, au moyen de la formule: F = 1 − ( 1 − B ) ( C s − S ) 123 − S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(iv)(*c*.) Le cloisonnement en arrière de la cloison d’abordage des navires ayant moins de 131 mètres (430 pieds) de longueur, mais pas moins de 79 mètres (260 pieds) dont le critérium est moindre que S, et de tous les navires ayant moins de 79 mètres (260 pieds) de longueur, doit être déterminé par un facteur égal à l’unité, à moins qu’il ne soit établi à la satisfaction de l’Administration qu’il est pratiquement impossible de maintenir ce facteur dans tout ou partie du navire; dans ce cas, l’Administration pourra accorder des tolérances dans la mesure qui lui paraîtra justifiée par les circonstances. (d.) Les prescriptions de l’alinéa
(c)s’appliqueront également, quelle qu’en soit la longueur, aux navires qui seront prévus pour porter un nombre de passagers dépassant douze (12), mais ne dépassant pas le plus petit des deux nombres L 2 ( L e n m è t r e s ) 650 ( L 2 ( L e n p i e d s ) 7000 ) ou 50. Règle V. Prescriptions spéciales relatives au Compartimentage. (1.) Un compartiment peut dépasser la longueur admissible fixée par les prescriptions de la Règle IV, pourvu que la longueur de chacune des deux paires de compartiments adjacents, comprenant chacune le compartiment en question ne dépasse ni la longueur envahissable, ni deux fois la longueur admissible. 1198 If one of the two adjacent compartments is situated inside the machinery space, and the second is situated outside the machinery space, and the average permeability of the portion of the ship in which the second is situated differs from that of the machinery space, the combined length of the two compartments shall be adjusted to the mean average permeability of the two portions of the ship in which the compartments are situated. Where the two adjacent compartments have different factors of subdivision, the combined length of the two compartments shall be determined proportionately. (2.) In ships 430 feet (131 metres) in length and upwards, one of the main transverse bulkheads abaft the fore peak shall be fitted at a distance from the forward perpendicular which is not greater than the permissible length. (3.) A main transverse bulkhead may be recessed provided that all parts of the recess lie inboard of vertical surfaces on both sides of the ship, situated at a distance from the shell plating equal to one-fifth the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation I (3), and measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision loadline. Any part of a recess which lies outside these limits shall be dealt with as a step in accordance with the following paragraph. (4.) A main transverse bulkhead may be stepped provided that— (*a*) the combined length of the two compartments, separated by the bulkhead in question, does not exceed 90 per cent, of the floodable length, or (*b*) additional subdivision is provided in way of the step to maintain the same measure of safety as that secured by a plane bulkhead. (5.) Where a main transverse bulkhead is recessed or stepped, an equivalent plane bulkhead shall be used in determining the subdivision. (6.) If the distance between two adjacent main transverse bulkheads, or their equivalent plane bulkheads, or the distance between the transverse planes passing through the nearest stepped portions of the bulkheads, is less than 10 feet (3.05 metres) plus 2 per cent, of the length of the ship, only one of these bulkheads shall be regarded as forming part of the subdivision of the ship in accordance with the provisions of Regulation IV. (7.) Where a main transverse watertight compartment contains local subdivision and it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that, after any assumed side damage extending over a length of 10 feet (3 . 05 metres) plus 2 per cent, of the length of the ship, the whole volume of the main compartment will not be flooded, a proportionate allowance may be made in the permissible length otherwise required for such compartment. 1199 Si l’un des deux compartiments adjacents est situé dans la tranche des machines et le second en dehors de la tranche des machines, et si la perméabilitémoyennedela portion du navire oùle second est situén’est pas la même que celle de la tranche des machines, la longueur combinée des deux compartiments doit être corrigée en prenant pour base la moyenne des perméabilités des deux portions du navire auquel les compartiments en question appartiennent. Lorsque les deux compartiments adjacents ont des facteurs de cloisonnement différents, la longueur combinée de ces deux compartiments doit être déterminée proportionnellement. (2.) Pour les navires d’au moins 131 mètres (430 pieds) de longueur, une des cloisons principales transversales en arrière de la cloison d’abordage doit être placée à une distance de la perpendiculaire avant au plus égale à la longueur admissible. (3.) Une cloison transversale principale peut présenter une niche, pourvu qu’aucun point de la niche ne dépasse vers l’extérieur du navire deux surfaces verticales menées de chaque bord à une distance du bordé égale à ⅕ de la largeur du navire définie par la Règle I (3), cette distance étant mesurée normalement au plan diamétral du navire et dans le plan de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage. Si une partie d’une niche dépasse les limites ainsi fixées, cette partie sera considérée comme une baïonnette et ou lui appliquera les règles du paragraphe suivant. (4.) Une cloison transversale principale peut être à baïonnette, pourvu: (*a*) que la longueur combinée des deux compartiments séparés par la cloison en question n’excède pas 90 pour cent de la longueur envahissable; ou bien (*b*) que par le travers de la baïonnette, un compartimentage supplémentaire soit prévu pour maintenir le même degré de sécurité que si la cloison était plane. (5.) Lorsqu’une cloison transversale principale présente une niche ou une baïonnette, on la remplacera dans la détermination du cloisonnement par une cloison plane équivalente. (6.) Si la distance entre deux cloisons transversales principales adjacentes, ou entre les cloisons planes équivalentes, ou enfin la distance entre deux plans verticaux passant par les points les plus rapprochés des baïonnettes, s’il y en a, est inférieure à 3 mètres 05 (10 pieds) plus 2 pour cent de la longueur du navire, une seule de ces cloisons sera acceptée comme faisant partie du cloisonnement du navire tel qu’il est prescrit par la Règle IV. (7.) Lorsqu’un compartiment principal étanche transversal est lui-même compartimenté, s’il peut être établi à la satisfaction de l’Administration que, dans l’hypothèse d’une avarie s’étendant sur une longueur de 3m. 050 (10 pieds) plus 2 pour cent de la longueur du navire, le volume total du compartiment principal ne peut être rempli, une augmentation proportionnée peut être accordée sur la longueur admissible déterminée sans tenir compte de ce compartimentage supplémentaire. 1200 In such a case the volume of effective buoyancy assumed on the undamaged side shall not be greater than that assumed on the damaged side. (8.) Where it is proposed to fit watertight decks, inner skins or longitudinal bulkheads, watertight or non-watertight, the Administration shall be satisfied that the safety of the ship will not be diminished in any respect, particularly having in view the possible listing effect of flooding in way of such structural arrangements. Regulation VI. Peak and Machinery Space Bulkheads, Shaft Tunnels, &c. (1.) Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc. Every ship shall have a forepeak or collision bulkhead, which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck. This bulkhead shall be fitted not less than 5 per cent, of the length of the ship, and not more than 10 feet (3 . 05 metres) plus 5 per cent, of the length of the ship from the forward perpendicular. If the ship has a long forward superstructure, the forepeak bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the bulkhead deck. The extension need not be fitted directly over the bulkhead below, provided it is at least 5 per cent, of the length of the ship from the forward perpendicular, and the part of the bulkhead deck which forms the step is made effectively weathertight. (2.) *Ante*, p. 1188. An afterpeak bulkhead, and bulkheads dividing the machinery space, as defined in Regulation I (8), from the cargo and passenger spaces forward and aft, shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck. The afterpeak bulkhead may, however, be stopped below the bulkhead deck, provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision is not thereby diminished. (3.) In all cases stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces. The stern gland shall be situated within a watertight shaft tunnel or other space of such volume that if flooded by leakage through the stern gland the margin line will not be submerged. Regulation VII. Assigning, Marking and Recording of Subdivision Loadlines.Subdivision loadlines. (1.) Assigning, marking, and recording.*Ante*, p. 1134. The subdivision loadlines assigned and marked under the provisions of Article 5 of the Convention shall be recorded in the Safety Certificate, and shall be distinguished by the notation C.1 for the principal passenger condition, and C.2, C.3, &c., for the alternative conditions. 1201 Dans ce cas, le volume de la réserve de flottabilité supposé intact du côté opposé à l’avarie ne devra pas être supérieur à celui qui est supposé intact du côté de l’avarie. (8.) Lorsqu’on proposera de construire des ponts étanches, des double-coques ou des cloisons longitudinales étanches ou non, l’Administration s’assurera que la sécurité du nature n’est diminuée sous aucun rapport, en tenant spécialement compte de la bande qui peut se produire en cas d’envahissement de ces parties de la coque. Règle VI. Cloisons d’extrémité, Cloisons limitant la Tranche des Machines, Tunnels des Lignes d’arbres, &c. (1.) Tout navire doit être pourvu d’une cloison de coqueron avant ou d’abordage qui doit être étanche jusqu’au pont de cloisonnement. Cette cloison doit être placée à une distance de la perpendiculaire avant égale au moins à 5 pour cent de la longueur du navire et au plus à 3m. 05 (10 pieds) plus 5 pour cent de la longueur du navire. S’il existe à l’avant une longue superstructure, une cloison étanche aux intempéries doit être établie au-dessus de la cloison d’abordage entre le pont de cloisonnement et le pont situé immédiatement au-dessus. Le prolongement de la cloison d’abordage peut ne pas être placé directement au-dessus de celle-ci, pourvu que ce prolongement soit à une distance de la perpendiculaire avant au moins égale à 5 pour cent de la longueur du navire et que la partie du pont de cloisonnement qui forme baïonnette soit effectivement étanche aux embruns. (2.) Il y aura également une cloison de coqueron arrière et des cloisons séparant la tranche des machines, telle qu’elle est définie par la Règle I (8), des espaces à passagers et marchandises situés à l’avant et à l’arrière; ces cloisons doivent être étanches jusqu’au pont de cloisonnement. Toutefois, la cloison du coqueron arrière peut être arrêtée au-dessous de ce pont, pourvu que le dégré de sécurité du navire en ce qui concerne le compartimentage ne soit pas diminué de ce fait. (3.) Dans tous les cas, les tubes de sortie d’arbres arrière doivent être enfermés dans des espaces étanches. Le presse étoupe arrière doit être placé à l’intérieur d’un tunnel étanche ou dans un autre espace d’un volume assez réduit pour qu’il puisse être rempli par une fuite du presse-étoupe sans que la ligne de surimmersion soit immergée. Règle VII. Détermination, Marquage et Inscription des Lignes de charge de Compartimentage. (1.) Les lignes de charge de compartimentage déterminées et tracées conformément aux prescriptions de l’Article 5 de la Convention doivent être mentionnées sur le Certificat de Sécurité en désignant par la notation C.1 celle qui se rapporte au cas où le navire est employé principalement au service des passagers, et par les notations C.2, C.3, &c., celles qui se rapportent aux autres cas d’utilisation de navire. 1202 (2.) The freeboard corresponding to each of these loadlines inserted in the Safety Certificate shall be measured at the same position and from the same deck fine as the freeboards determined by recognised national Freeboard Regulations. (3.) In no case shall any subdivision loadline mark be placed above the deepest loadline in salt water as determined by the strength of the ship and/or recognised national Freeboard Regulations. (4.) Whatever may be the position of the subdivision loadline marks, a ship shall in no case be loaded so as to submerge the loadline mark appropriate to the season and locality as determined by the recognised national Freeboard Regulations. Regulation VIII. Construction and Initial Testing of Watertight Bulkheads, &c.Watertight bulkheads, etc. (1.) Construction and initial testing of. Watertight subdivision bulkheads, whether transverse or longitudinal, shall be constructed in such a manner that they shall be capable of supporting with a proper margin of resistance, the pressure due to a head of water up to the margin line in way of each bulkhead. The construction of these bulkheads shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. (2.) Steps and recesses in bulkheads shall be watertight and as strong as the bulkhead at the place where each occurs. Where frames or beams pass through a watertight deck or bulkhead, such deck or bulkhead shall be made structurally watertight without the use of wood or cement. (3.) Testing main compartments by filling them with water is not compulsory. A complete examination of the bulkheads shall be made by a surveyor; and, in addition, a hose test shall be made in all cases. (4.) The forepeak shall be tested with water to a head up to the deepest subdivision loadline. (5.) Double bottoms, including duct keels, and inner skins are to be subjected to a head of water up to the margin line. (6.) Tanks which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of the subdivision of the ship, shall be tested for tightness with water to a head up to the deepest subdivision loadline or to a head corresponding to two-thirds of the depth from the top of keel to the margin line in way of the tanks, whichever is the greater; provided that in no case shall the test head be less than 3 feet (.92 metre) above the top of the tank. 1203 (2.) Le franc-bord correspondant à chacune de ces lignes de charge, inscrit au Certificat de Sécurité doit être mesuré au même emplacement et à partir de la même ligne de pont que les francs-bords déterminés conformément aux Règles nationales de franc-bord reconnues. (3.) Dans aucun cas, une marque de ligne de charge de compartimentage ne peut être placée au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum en eau salée déterminée par la solidité du navire et ou par les tables nationales de franc-bord reconnues. (4.) Quelle que soit la position des marques de lignes de charge de compartimentage, un navire ne doit jamais être chargé de façon à immerger la ligne de charge correspondant à la saison et à la région du globe, tracée conformément aux Règles nationales de franc-bord reconnues. Règle VIII. Construction et Épreuves initiales des Cloisons étanches, Doubles-fonds, &c. (1.) Les cloisons étanches de compartimentage, qu’elles soient transversales ou longitudinales,, doivent être construites de manière à pouvoir supporter, avec une marge de résistance convenable, la pression due à une colonne d’eau s’élevant, jusqu’à la ligne de surimmersion par le travers de chacune d’elles. La construction de ces cloisons doit donner satisfaction à l’Administration. (2.) Les baïonnettes et niches pratiquées dans les cloisons doivent être étanches et présenter la même résistance que les parties avoisinantes de la cloison. Quand des membrures ou des barrots traversent un pont étanche ou une cloison étanche, ce pont et cette cloison doivent être rendus étanches par leur construction même, sans l’emploi de bois ou de ciment. (3.) L’essai par remplissage des compartiments principaux n’est pas obligatoire. Un examen complet des cloisons doit être fait par un inspecteur agréé; cet examen doit être complété dans tous les cas par un essai à la lance. (4.) Le coqueron avant doit être soumis à un essai par remplissage, le niveau de l’eau s’élevant jusqu’à la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage. (5.) Les doubles-fonds y compris les quilles tubulaires et les parois internes des doubles coques doivent être essayés sous une charge d’eau montant jusqu’à la ligne de surimmersion. (6.) Les citernes qui doivent contenir des liquides et qui forment une partie du compartimentage du navire doivent être éprouvées pour vérification de l’étanchéité sous une charge d’eau correspondant soit à la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage, soit aux deux tiers du creux mesuré depuis le dessus de la quille jusqu’à la ligne de surimmersion, par le travers de la citerne en prenant la plus grande de ces charges, toutefois la hauteur de charge au-dessus du plafond ne doit être en aucun cas inférieure à 0m. 92 (3 pieds). 1204 Regulation IX. Openings in Watertight Bulkheads. (1.) The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings. (2.)— (*a*.) Where pipes, scuppers, electric-light cables, &c., are carried through watertight subdivision bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure the integrity of the watertightness of the bulkheads. (*b*.) Sluice valves shall not be permitted in the watertight subdivision bulkheads. (3.)— (*a*.) No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted—
(i)in the collision bulkhead below the margin line;
(ii)in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adjoining cargo space or from a permanent or reserve bunker, except as provided in paragraph (7). (*b*.) The collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by not more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the fore peak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screwdown valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valve chest being secured inside the fore peak to the collision bulkhead. (4.)— (*a*.) Watertight doors fitted in bulkheads between permanent and reserve bunkers, shall be always accessible, except as provided in sub-paragraph 9 (*b*) for between deck bunker doors. (*b*.) Satisfactory arrangements shall be made by means of screens or otherwise, to prevent the coal from interfering with the closing of watertight bunker doors. (5.) Within the machinery space and apart from bunker and shaft tunnel doors, not more than one door may be fitted in each main transverse bulkhead for inter-communication. These doors shall be located so as to have the sills as high as practicable. (6.)— (*a*.) The only types of watertight doors permissible are hinged doors, sliding doors, and doors of other equivalent patterns, excluding plate doors secured only by bolts. (*b*.) A hinged door shall be fitted with catches workable from each side of the bulkhead. (*c*.) A sliding door may have a horizontal or vertical motion. If required to be hand operated only, the gearing shall be capable of being worked at the door itself and also at an accessible position above the bulkhead deck. 1205 Règle IX. Ouvertures dans les Cloisons étanches. (1.) Le nombre des ouvertures pratiquées dans les cloisons étanches doit être réduit au minimum compatible avec les dispositions générales et la bonne exploitation du navire; ces ouvertures doivent être pourvues de dispositifs de fermeture satisfaisants. (2.)— (*a*.) Si des tuyautages, dalots, câbles électriques, &c., traversent des cloisons étanches de compartimentage, des dispositions doivent être prises pour maintenir l’intégrité de l’étanchéité de ces cloisons. (*b*.) Il n’est pas permis de munir les cloisons étanches de compartimentage de vannes à glissières. (3.)— (*a*.) Il ne peut exister ni porte, ni trou d’homme, ni aucun orifice d’accès:
(i)dans la cloison étanche d’abordage, au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion;
(ii)dans les cloisons transversales étanches séparant un local à marchandises d’un local à marchandises contigu ou d’une soute à charbon permanente ou de réserve, sauf exceptions spécifiées au paragraphe
(7)ci-après. (*b*.) On peut faire traverser la cloison d’abordage au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion par un tuyau au plus pour le service du liquide contenu dans le coqueron avant, pourvu que ce tuyau soit muni d’une vanne à fermeture à vis, commandée d’un point au-dessus du pont de compartimentage et dont le corps sera fixé à la cloison d’abordage à l’intérieur du coqueron avant. (4.)— (*a*.) Les portes étanches dans les cloisons séparant les soutes permanentes des soutes de réserve doivent être toujours accessibles, sauf toutefois l’exception prévue à l’alinea 9 (ô) pour les portes des soutes d’entrepont. (*b*.) Des dispositions satisfaisantes, au moyen d’écrans ou autrement, doivent être prises pour éviter que le charbon n’empêche la fermeture des portes étanches des soutes à charbon. (5.) Dans la tranche des machines, exclusion faite des portes des soutes à charbon et des tunnels de lignes d’arbres, il ne peut exister qu’une porte de communication dans chaque cloison transversale principale. Ces portes doivent être placées de manière que leurs seuils soient pratiquement aussi hauts que possible. (6.)— (*a*.) Ne sont admises comme portes étanches que les portes à charnières et les portes à glissières ou toutes autres d’un type équivalent, à l’exclusion des portes montées simplement sur boulons. (*b*.) Les portes à charnières doivent être pourvues de loquets commandés par des leviers manoeuvrables de chaque côté de la cloison. (*c*.) Les portes à glissières peuvent être à déplacement vertical ou horizontal. Si elles doivent être seulement commandées à bras, le mécanisme doit pouvoir être actionné sur place et en outre d’un point accessible situé au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement. 1206 (*d*.) If a door is required to be closed by dropping or by the action of a dropping weight, it shall be fitted with a suitable arrangement to regulate the closing movement, and the gearing shall be so arranged that the door can be released both at the door itself and at an accessible position above the bulkhead deck. Hand gear shall also be provided, so arranged as to operate at the door itself and above the bulkhead deck, and also, so that after being disengaged for dropping, it can be quickly re-engaged from either the upper or the lower position. (*e*.) If a door is required to be power operated from a central control, the gearing shall be so arranged that the door can be operated by power also at the door itself. The arrangements shall be such that the door will close automatically if opened by the local control after being closed from the central control, and also such that any door can be kept closed by local arrangements, which will prevent that door from being opened from the central control. Such power operated doors shall be provided with hand gear, workable both at the door itself and from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck. (*f*.) In all classes of doors indicators shall be fitted at all operating stations other than at the door itself, showing whether the door is opened or closed. (7.)— (*a*.) Hinged watertight doors in passenger, crew, and working spaces are only permitted above a deck, the underside of which, at its lowest point at side, is at least 7 feet (2·13 metres) above the deepest subdivision loadline, and they are not permitted in those spaces below such deck. (*b*.) Hinged watertight doors of satisfactory construction may be fitted in bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces, in levels in which side cargo doors would be permitted under the provisions of Regulation X (11). These doors shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during the voyage, and the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the official log book. Where it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and arrangements shall receive the special consideration of the Administration, and a statement shall be required from the owners certifying as to the absolute necessity of such doors. (8.) All other watertight doors shall be sliding doors. (9.)— (a.) When any watertight doors which may be sometimes opened at sea, excluding those at the entrances of tunnels, are fitted in the main transverse watertight bulkheads at such a height that 1207 (*d*.) Les portes, qui doivent être fermées par leur poids ou par la chute d’un poids, doivent être pourvues d’un dispositif convenable pour régulariser leur fermeture; le mécanisme doit permettre de libérer la porte sur place et en outre d’un point accessible situé au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement. Une commande à main doit être également installée pour permettre de manoeuvrer la porte sur place et d’un point situé au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement; enfin, le mécanisme de la porte doit, quand il a été débrayé pour libérer cette porte, pouvoir être embrayé rapidement de l’un ou de l’autre des postes de manoeuvre. (*e*.) Lorsqu’il est prévu qu’une porte doit être fermée au moyen d’une source d’énergie, d’un poste central de manoeuvre, le mécanisme doit être disposé de manière à permettre la commande de la porte sur place au moyen de la même source d’énergie. La porte devra se refermer automatiquement si, après avoir été fermée du poste de commande central, elle est ouverte sur place. De même, il doit exister sur place un moyen de la maintenir fermée sans qu’elle puisse être ouverte par le poste de commande central. Enfin, toute porte manoeuvrée au moyen d’une source d’énergie doit être pourvue d’une commande à main, manoeuvrable sur place et d’un point accessible au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement. (*f*.) Les portes de toutes catégories doivent être munies d’indicateurs d’ouverture, permettant de vérifier de tous les postes de commande, autres que sur place, si la porte est ouverte ou fermée. (7.)— (*a*.) Des portes étanches à charnières peuvent être admises dans les parties du navire affectées aux passagers et à l’équipage, ainsi que dans les locaux de service, à condition qu’elles soient établies au-dessus d’un pont dont la surface inférieure a son point le plus bas en abord, se trouve au moins à 2·13 mètres (7 pieds) au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage; ces portes ne sont pas autorisées dans ces parties et locaux du navire au-dessous d’un tel pont. (*b*.) Des portes étanches à charnières de construction satisfaisante peuvent être admises dans les cloisons d’entrepont séparant deux locaux à marchandises, à la hauteur qui est permise pour les portes de charge sur le bordé conformément aux prescriptions de la Règle X (11). Ces portes doivent être fermées avant le départ et tenues fermées pendant tout le voyage; l’heure de leur ouverture à l’arrivée au port et de leur fermeture avant le départ du port doivent être inscrites dans le journal de bord réglementaire. Lorsqu’il est proposé d’installer des portes de cette nature, leur nombre et le détail de leurs dispositions font l’objet d’un examen spécial par l’Administration. Celle-ci exige des armateurs une attestation que cotte installation est une nécessité de service absolue. (8.) Toutes les autres portes étanches doivent être à glissières. (9.)— (*a*.) Lorsqu’il existe des portes étanches devant être à certains moments ouvertes à la mer, exception faite de celles des entrées des tunnels et que ces portes sont placées dans les cloisons étanches 1208 their sills are below the deepest subdivision loadline, the following rules shall apply:— (I.) When the number of such doors exceeds 5 all the watertight sliding doors shall be power operated and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed from a station situated on the bridge, simultaneous closing of these doors being preceded by a warning sound signal. (II.) When the number of such doors does not exceed 5—
(i)if the criterion numeral does not exceed 30, all the watertight sliding doors may be operated by hand only;
(ii)if the criterion numeral exceeds 30, but does not exceed 60, all the watertight sliding doors may be either dropping doors fitted with releasing and hand gear operated at the door and from above the bulkhead deck or doors operated by power.
(iii)if the criterion numeral exceeds 60, all the watertight sliding doors shall be operated by power. (*b*.) If watertight doors which have sometimes to be open at sea for the purpose of trimming coal are fitted between bunkers in the between-decks below the bulkhead deck, these doors shall be operated by power. The opening and closing of these doors shall be recorded in the official log book. (*c*.) When trunkways in connection with refrigerated cargo are carried through more than one main transverse watertight bulkhead, and the sills of the openings are less than 7 feet (2.13 metres) above the deepest subdivision loadline, the watertight doors at such openings shall be operated by power. (10.) Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except in machinery spaces. Such plates shall always be in place before the ship leaves port, and shall not be removed at sea except in case of urgent necessity. The necessary precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure that the joints shall be watertight. (11.) All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except when necessarily opened for the working of the ship, and shall always be ready to be immediately closed. (12.) Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew’s accommodation to the stokehold, for piping, or for any other purpose are carried through main transverse watertight bulkheads, they shall be *Post*, p. 1214.watertight and in accordance with the requirements of Regulation XII. The access to at least one end of each such tunnel or trunkway, if used as a passage at sea, shall be through a trunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above the margin line. The access to the other end of the trunkway or tunnel may be through 1209 transversales principales de façon que leur seuil soit au-dessous de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage, les règles suivantes sont appliquées: (I.) Si le nombre de ces portes excède 5, toutes les portes étanches à glissières doivent être manoeuvrées au moyen d’une source d’énergie et pouvoir être fermées simultanément d’un poste de manoeuvre situé sur la passerelle, la fermeture simultanée de ces portes étant précédée d’un signal sonore. (II.) Si le nombre de ces portes n’excède pas 5:
(i)si le critérium n’excède pas 30, toutes les portes étanches à glissières peuvent être manoeuvres à la main seulement;
(ii)si le critérium excède 30, sans dépasser 60, toutes les portes étanches à glissières peuvent être soit des portes se fermant par gravité munies d’un déclic et d’une manoeuvre à bras pouvant être actionnées aussi bien sur place que d’un point au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement, soit des portes manoeuvrées au moyen d’une source d’énergie;
(iii)si le critérium numérique excède 60, toutes les portes étanches à glissières doivent être manoeuvrées au moyen d’une source d’énergie. (*b*.) S’il existe, entre des soutes à charbon dans les entreponts au-dessous du pont de cloisonnement des portes étanches qui doivent, à la mer, être occasionnellement ouvertes pour la manipulation du charbon, l’emploi d’une source d’énergie est exigé pour la manoeuvre de ces portes. L’ouverture et la fermeture doivent être mentionnées au journal de bord. (*c*.) L’emploi d’une source d’énergie est également exigé pour la manoeuvre des portes établies au passage des conduits des cales frigorifiques, si ces conduits traversent plus d’une cloison transversale principale étanche, et si les seuils de ces portes sont situés à moins de 2,13 mètres (7 pieds) au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage. (10.) L’emploi de panneaux démontables en tôle n’est toléré que dans la tranche des machines. Ces panneaux doivent toujours être en place avant l’appareillage; ils ne peuvent être enlevés à la mer, si ce n’est en cas d’impérieuse nécessité. Les précautions nécessaires doivent être prises au remontage pour rétablir la parfaite étanchéité du joint. (11.) Toutes les portes étanches doivent être fermées en cours de navigation ou n’être ouvertes que lorsque le service du navire l’exige. Dans ce cas, elles doivent toujours être prêtes à être immédiatement fermées. (12.) Si des tambours ou tunnels reliant les logements du personnel aux chaufferies ou disposés pour renfermer des tuyautages ou pour tout autre but sont ménagés à travers les cloisons transversales étanches principales, ces tambours ou tunnels doivent être étanches et satisfaire aux prescriptions de la Règle XII. L’accès à l’une au moins des extrémités de ces tunnels ou tambours, si on s’en sert comme passage à la mer, doit être réalisé par un puits étanche d’une hauteur suffisante pour que son débouché soit au-dessus de la ligne 1210 a watertight door of the type required by its location in the ship. Such trunkways or tunnels shall not extend through the first subdivision bulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead. Where it is proposed to fit tunnels or trunkways for forced draft, piercing main transverse watertight bulkheads, these shall receive the special consideration of the Administration. Regulation X. Openings in Ship’s Sides below the Margin Line. (1.) Openings in ship’s sides below margin line. The arrangement and efficiency of the means for closing any opening in the ship’s sides shall be consistent with its intended purpose and the position in which it is fitted and generally to the satisfaction of the Administration. (2.)— (*a*.) If in a between decks, the sills of any sidescuttles are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 2½ per cent, of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision loadline, all sidescuttles in that between deck shall be of a non-opening type. (*b*.) If in a between decks, the sills of any sidescuttles other than those required to be of a non-opening type by sub-paragraph
(a)are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point at a height of 12 feet (3.66 metres) plus 2½ per cent, of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision loadline, all sidescuttles in that between decks shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them without the consent of the master of the ship. (*c*.) Other sidescuttles may be of an ordinary opening type. (*d*.) If in a between decks, the sills of any of the sidescuttles referred to in sub-paragraph (*b*) are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 4½ feet (1 . 37 metres), plus 2½ per cent, of the breadth of the ship above the loadline at which the ship is floating on her departure from any port, all the sidescuttles in that between decks shall be closed watertight and locked before the ship leaves port and they shall not be opened during navigation. The time of opening such sidescuttles in port and of closing and locking them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the official log book. The Administration may indicate the limiting mean draught at which these sidescuttles will have their sills above the line defined in this paragraph and at which it will be permissible to open them at sea on the responsibility of the master. In tropical waters in fair weather this limiting draught may be increased by 1 foot (.305 metres). 1211 de surimmersion. L’accès à l’autre extrémité peut se faire par une porte étanche du type exigé par son emplacement dans le navire. Aucun de ces tunnels ou tambours ne doit traverser la cloison de compartimentage immédiatement en arrière de la cloison d’abordage. Lorsqu’il est prévu des tunnels ou tambours pour tirage forcé, traversant les cloisons étanches transversales principales, le cas doit être spécialement examiné par l’Administration. Règle X. Ouverture dans la Muraille extérieure au-dessous de la Ligne de surimmersion. (1.) La disposition et l’efficacité des moyens de fermeture de toutes les ouvertures pratiquées dans la muraille extérieure du navire doivent correspondre au but à réaliser et à l’emplacement où ils sont fixés; ils doivent d’une manière générale être à la satisfaction de l’Administration. (2.)— (*a*.) Si, dans un entrepont, le bord inférieur de l’ouverture d’un hublot quelconque est au-dessous d’une ligne tracée sur la muraille parallèlement au livet du pont de cloisonnement et ayant son point le plus bas à 2½ pour cent de la largeur du navire au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage, tous les hublots de cet entrepont doivent être des hublots fixes. (*b*.) Si, dans un entrepont, le bord inférieur de l’ouverture d’un hublot quelconque autre que ceux qui doivent être fixes, aux termes de l’alinéa (*a*) ci-dessus, est au-dessous d’une ligne tracée parallèlement au livet du pont de cloisonnement et ayant son point le plus bas à 3 mètres 66 (12 pieds) plus 2½ pour cent de la largeur du navire, au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage, tous les hublots de cet entrepont seront construits de telle sorte que personne ne puisse les ouvrir sans l’autorisation du Capitaine du navire. (*c*.) Tous les autres hublots peuvent être du type ouvrant ordinaire. (*d*.) Si, dans un entrepont, le bord inférieur de l’ouverture d’un quelconque des hublots visés au alinéa
(6)ci-dessus, est au-dessous d’une ligne tracée parallèlement au livet du pont de cloisonnement et ayant son point le plus bas à 1 mètre 37 (4½ pieds) plus 2M pour cent de la largeur du navire au-dessus de la flottaison du navire, à son départ du port, tous les hublots de cet entrepont sont fermés d’une façon étanche et à clef avant que le navire ne sorte du port, et ne doivent pas être ouverts en cours de navigation. Les heures d’ouverture de ces hublots dans le port et de leur fermeture à clef avant le départ seront inscrites au journal de bord règlementaire. L’Administration peut préciser le tirant d’eau milieu maximum auquel les hublots en question ont le bord inférieur de leur ouverture au-dessus de la ligne définie dans le présent paragraphe et auquel, par suite, il sera permis de les ouvrir à la mer sous la responsabilité du Capitaine. Dans les mers tropicales, par beau temps, ce tirant d’eau peut être augmenté de 305 millimètres (1 pied). 1212 (3.) Efficient hinged inside deadlights arranged so that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight shall be fitted to all sidescuttles— (*a*) which are required to be of a non-opening type; (*b*) which are to be fitted within one-eighth of the ship’s length of the forward perpendicular; (*c*) which are to be fitted in positions defined in sub-paragraph
(2)(*b*) which will not be accessible during navigation; (*e*) which are to be fitted in spaces intended for the accommodation of sailors and firemen; (*f*) which are to be fitted in spaces intended for the accommodation of steerage passengers. (4.) Sidescuttles fitted below the bulkhead deck, other than those referred to in the preceding paragraph, shall be fitted with efficient inside deadlights which may be portable and stowed adjacent to the sidescuttles. (5.) Sidescuttles and their deadlights, which will not be accessible during navigation, shall be closed and secured before the ship proceeds to sea. (6.) No sidescuttles shall be fitted in any spaces which are appropriated exclusively to the carriage of cargo or coal. (7.) Automatic ventilating sidescuttles shall not be fitted in the ship’s sides below the margin line without the special sanction of the Administration. (8.) All machinery and other inlets and discharges in the ship’s sides shall be arranged so as to prevent the accidental admission of water into the ship. (9.) The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges and other similar openings in the ship’s sides shall be reduced to the minimum either by making each discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and other pipes, or in any other satisfactory manner. (10.) Discharges led through the ship’s sides from spaces below the margin line shall be fitted with efficient and accessible means for preventing water from passing inboard. It is permissible to have for each separate discharge either one automatic non-return valve fitted with a positive means of closing it from above the bulkhead deck, or, alternatively, two automatic non-return valves without such means, the upper of which valves is so situated above the deepest subdivision loadline as to be always accessible for examination under service conditions. Where a positive action valve is fitted, the operating position above the bulkhead deck shall always be readily accessible and means shall be provided for indicating whether the valve is open or closed. (11.) Gangway, cargo and coaling ports fitted below the margin line shall be of sufficient strength. They shall be effectively closed 1213 (3.) Des tapes à charnières, d’un modèle efficace et disposées de manière à pouvoir être réellement fermées et rendues étanches, doivent être installées sur tous les hublots: (*a*) qui doivent réglementairement être fixes; (*b*) qui sont situés sur un huitième de la longueur du navire à partir de la perpendiculaire avant; (*c*) qui occupent les positions définies à l’alinéa
(2)(*b*) ci-dessus; (*d*) qui ne sont pas accessibles en cours de navigation; (*e*) qui sont situés dans des locaux destinés au logement des matelots ou des chauffeurs; (*f*) qui sont situés dans des espaces destinés au logement des passagers d’entrepont. (4.) Les hublots placés sous le pont de cloisonnement, autres que ceux visés au paragraphe précédent, doivent être pourvus de tapes intérieures efficaces; celles-ci peuvent être amovibles et être déposées à proximité des hublots. (5.) Les hublots et leurs tapes qui ne sont pas accessibles en cours de navigation doivent être fermés et condamnés avant l’appareillage. (6.) Aucun hublot ne peut être établi dans les locaux affectés exclusivement au transport de marchandises ou de charbon. (7.) Aucun hublot à ventilation automatique ne peut être établi dans la muraille du navire au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion, sans une autorisation spéciale de l’Administration. (8.) Toutes les prises d’eau et décharges dans la muraille doivent être disposées de façon à empêcher toute introduction accidentelle d’eau dans le navire. (9.) Le nombre des dalots, tuyaux de décharge sanitaires et autres ouvertures similaires dans la muraille, doit être réduit au minimum, soit en utilisant chaque orifice de décharge, pour le plus grand nombre possible de tuyaux sanitaires ou autres, soit de toute autre manière satisfaisante. (10.) Les décharges à la coque, dont l’orifice inférieur se trouve au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion, doivent être munies de dispositifs efficaces et accessibles empêchant l’eau de s’introduire dans le navire. On peut, pour chaque décharge séparée, employer soit une soupape automatique de non-retour, pourvu d’un moyen de fermeture direct, manoeuvrable d’un point situé au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement, soit, à volonté, deux soupapes automatiques de non-retour sans moyen de fermeture direct, pourvu que la plus élevée soit placée de telle sorte au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage qu’elle soit toujours accessible pour être visitée dans les circonstances normales du service. Lorsqu’on emploie des valves à commande de fermeture directe, les postes de manoeuvre au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement doivent toujours être facilement accessibles et ils doivent comporter des indicateurs d’ouverture et de fermeture. (11.) Les coupées, portes de chargement et sabords à charbon situés au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion doivent être de résis- 1214 and secured watertight before the ship leaves port, and shall be kept closed during navigation. Cargo and coaling ports which are to be fitted partly or entirely below the deepest subdivision loadline shall receive the special consideration of the Administration. (12.) The inboard opening of each ash-shoot, rubbish-shoot, &c., shall be fitted with an efficient cover. If the inboard opening is situated below the margin line, the cover shall be watertight, and in addition an automatic non-retum valve shall be fitted in the shoot in an easily accessible position above the deepest subdivision loadline. When the shoot is not in use both the cover and the valve shall be kept closed and secured. Regulation XI. Construction and Initial Tests of Watertight Doors, Sidescuttles, &c.Watertight doors, sidescuttles, etc. (1.) Construction and initial tests. The design, materials and construction of all watertight doors, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports, valves, pipes, ashshoots and rubbish-shoots referred to in these Regulations shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. (2.) Each watertight door shall be tested by water pressure to a head up to the margin line. The test shall be made before the ship is put in service, either before or after the door is fitted. Regulation XII. Construction and Initial Tests of Watertight Decks, Trunks, &c.Watertight decks, trunks, etc. (1.) Construction and initial tests. Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators shall be of the same strength as watertight bulkheads at corresponding levels. The means used for making them watertight, and the arrangements adopted for closing openings in them, shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Watertight ventilators and trunks shall be carried at least up to the margin line. (2.) After completion a hose or flooding test shall be applied to watertight decks and a hose test to watertight trunks, tunnels and ventilators. Regulation XIII. Periodical Operation and Inspection of Watertight Doors, &c.Watertight doors, etc. Periodical operation and inspection.In all new and existing ships drills for the operating of watertight doors, sidescuttles, valves, and closing mechanisms of scuppers, ashshoots and rubbish-shoots, shall take place weekly. In ships in which the voyage exceeds one week in duration a complete drill 1215 tance suffisante. Ils doivent être efficacement fermés et assujettis avant l’appareillage et rester fermés pendant la navigation. Les portes de chargement et sabords à charbon qui sont situés partiellement ou entièrement au-dessous de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage doivent faire l’objet d’un examen spécial de l’Administration. (12.) Les ouvertures intérieures des manches à escarbilles, manches à saletés, &c., doivent être pourvues d’un couvercle efficace. Si ces ouvertures sont situées au-dessous de la ligne de surimmersion, le couvercle doit être étanche et on doit, en outre, installer dans la manche un clapet de non-retour, placé dans un endroit accessible, au-dessus de la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage. Quand on ne se servira pas de la manche, le couvercle et le clapet doivent être fermés et assujettis en place. Règle XI. Construction et Epreuves initiales des Portes étanches, Hublots, &c. (1.) Le tracé, les matériaux utilisés et la construction des portes étanches, hublots, coupées, sabords à charbon, portes de chargement, soupapes, tuyaux, manches à escarbilles et à saletés visés dans le présent Règlement doivent être à la satisfaction de l’Administration. (2.) Toute porte étanche doit être soumise à un essai à l’eau sous une pression correspondant à la hauteur d’eau jusqu’à la ligne de surimmersion. Cet essai doit être fait avant l’entrée en service du navire, soit avant, soit après mise en place de la porte à bord. Règle XII. Construction et Épreuves initiales des Ponts étanches, Tambours, &c. (1.) Lorsqu’ils sont étanches, les ponts, tambours, tunnels, quilles tubulaires, et conduits d’air doivent présenter une résistance égale à celle des parties correspondantes des cloisons étanches. Les procédés employés pour assurer l’étanchéité de ces éléments, ainsi que les dispositifs adoptés pour la fermeture des ouvertures, doivent être à la satisfaction de l’Administration. Les conduits d’air et les tambours étanches doivent s’élever au moins jusqu’au niveau de la ligne de surimmersion. (2.) Lorsqu’ils sont étanches, les ponts, tambours, tunnels et conduits d’air doivent être soumis à une épreuve d’étanchéité à la lance après leur construction; l’essai des ponts peut être effectué en les couvrant d’eau. Règle XIII. Manoeuvres et Inspections périodiques des Portes étanches, &c. Sur tout navire neuf ou existant, il doit être procédé hebdomadairement, à des exercices de manoeuvre des organes de fermeture étanche des portes, hublots, dalots, soupapes, manches à escarbilles et à saletés. Sur les navires effectuant des voyages dont la durée excède 1216 shall be held before leaving port, and others thereafter at least once a week during the voyage, provided that all watertight power doors and hinged doors, in main transverse bulkheads, in use at sea shall be operated daily. The watertight doors and all mechanisms and indicators connected therewith, and all valves the closing of which is necessary to make a compartment watertight, shall be periodically inspected at sea, at least once a week. Regulation XIV. Entries in the Official Log Book.Official log book. Entries to be made.In all new and existing ships hinged doors, portable plates, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports and other openings, which are required by these Regulations to be kept closed during navigation, shall be closed before the ship leaves port. The time of closing, and the time of opening (if permissible under these Regulations), shall be recorded in the official log book. Drills and inspections.A record of all drills and inspections required by Regulation XIII shall be entered in the official log book with an explicit record of any defects which may be disclosed. Regulation XV. Double Bottoms. (1.) Double bottoms. In ships 200 feet (61 metres) and under 249 feet (76 metres) in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least from the machinery space to the fore peak bulkhead, or as near thereto as practicable. (2.) In ships 249 feet (76 metres) and under 330 feet (100 metres) in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least outside the machinery space, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable. (3.) In ships 330 feet (100 metres) in length and upwards a double bottom shall be fitted amidships, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable. (4.) Where a double bottom is required to be fitted the inner bottom shall be continued out to the ship’s sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turn of bilge. Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the line of intersection of the outer edge of the margin plate with the bilge plating is not lower 1217 une semaine, un exercice complet doit avoir lieu avant l’appareillage, et d’autres ensuite pendant la navigation, à raison d’un au moins par semaine; toutefois, les portes dont la manoeuvre comporte l’emploi d’une source d’énergie et les portes à charnières des cloisons transversales principales doivent être manoeuvrées quotidiennement, lorsqu’elles sont utilisées à la mer. Les portes étanches, y compris les mécanismes et les indicateurs qui s’y rapportent, ainsi que les soupapes dont la fermeture est nécessaire pour assurer l’étanchéité d’un compartiment, doivent être périodiquement inspectées à la mer, à raison d’une fois au moins par semaine. Règle XIV. Mentions au Journal de bord réglementaire. Sur tout navire neuf ou existant, les portes à charnières, panneaux démontables, hublots, coupées, portes de chargement, sabords à charbon et autres ouvertures, qui doivent rester fermées pendant la navigation, en application des prescriptions précédentes, doivent être fermés avant l’appareillage. Mention doit être faite au journal de bord réglementaire des heures de fermeture de tous ces organes et des heures auxquelles auront été ouverts ceux dont le présent Règlement permet l’ouverture. Mention de tous les exercices et toutes les inspections prescrits par la Règle XIII ci-dessus doit être faite au journal de bord réglementaire; toute défectuosité constatée y est explicitement notée. Règle XV. Doubles-fonds. (1.) Les navires dont la longueur est au moins égale à 61 mètres (200 pieds) et inférieure à 76 mètres (249 pieds) doivent être pourvus d’un double-fond s’étendant au moins depuis l’avant de la tranche des machines jusqu’à la cloison du coqueron avant ou aussi près que possible pratiquement de cette cloison. (2.) Les navires dont la longueur est au moins égale à 76 mètres (249 pieds) et inférieure à 100 mètres (330 pieds) doivent être pourvus de doubles-fonds au moins en dehors de la tranche des machines. Ces doubles-fonds doivent s’étendre jusqu’aux cloisons des coquerons avant et arrière ou aussi près que possible pratiquement de ces cloisons. (3.) Les navires dont la longueur est égale ou supérieure à 100 mètres (330 pieds) doivent être pourvus au milieu d’un double-fond s’étendant jusqu’aux cloisons des coquerons avant et arrière ou aussi près que possible pratiquement de ces cloisons. (4.) Là où un double-fond est exigé, il doit se prolonger en abord vers la muraille de manière à protéger efficacement les bouchains. Cette protection sera considérée comme satisfaisante si aucun point de la ligne d’intersection de l’arête extérieure de la tôle de côté avec 1218 at any part than a horizontal plane passing through the point of intersection with the frame line amidships of a transverse diagonal line inclined at 25 degrees to the base line and cutting it at a point onehalf the ship’s moulded breadth from the middle line. (5.) Wells constructed in the double bottom in connection with the drainage arrangements shall not extend downwards more than necessary, nor shall they be less than 18 inches (457 millimetres) from the outer bottom or from the inner edge of the margin plate. A well extending to the outer bottom is, however, permitted at the after end of the shaft tunnel of screw ships. Regulation XVI. Fire-resisting Bulkheads. Ships shall be fitted above the bulkhead deck with fire-resisting bulkheads which shall be continuous from side to side of the ship and arranged to the satisfaction of the Administration. They shall be constructed of metal or other fire-resisting material, effective to prevent for one hour, under the conditions for which the bulkheads are to be fitted in the ship, the spread of fire generating a temperature of 1,500° F. (815° C.) at the bulkhead. Steps and recesses and the means for closing all openings in these bulkheads shall be fire-resisting and flametight. The mean distance between any two adjacent fire-resisting bulkheads in any superstructure shall in general not exceed 131 feet (40 metres). Regulation XVII. Side and other Openings, &c., above the Margin Line. (1.) Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports, and other means for closing openings in the ship’s sides above the margin line shall be of efficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard to the spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision loadline. (2.) The bulkhead deck or a deck above it shall be weathertight in the sense that in ordinary sea conditions water will not penetrate in a downward direction. All openings in the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strength, and shall be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight. (3.) Freeing ports and/or scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for rapidly clearing the weather deck of water under all weather conditions. 1219 le borde extérieur ne vient au-dessous d’un plan horizontal passant par le point du tracé hors membres où le couple milieu est coupé par une diagonale inclinée à 25° sur l’horizontale et menée par le sommet inférieur externe du rectangle circonscrit à la maîtresse section. (5.) Les puisards établis dans les doubles-fonds pour recevoir les aspirations des pompes ne doivent pas être plus profonds qu’il n’est nécessaire et, en tous les cas, ils ne doivent pas être à moins de 457 millimètres (18 pouces) du bordé extérieur ou du bord intérieur de la tôle de côté. Des puisards allant jusqu’au bordé peuvent cependant être admis à l’extrémité arrière des tunnels d’arbres des navires à hélice. Règle XVI. Cloisons contre l’incendie. Les navires doivent avoir, au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement, des cloisons contre l’incendie, s’étendant sans discontinuité d’un bord à l’autre et disposées à la satisfaction de l’Administration. Elles doivent être construites en métal ou toute autre substance résistant au feu, et efficaces pour empêcher pendant une heure, dans les conditions pour lesquelles l’installation de ces cloisons est prévue, la propagation d’un incendie développant au voisinage de la cloison une température de 815° C. (1500° F.). Les niches, baïonnettes et tous les dispositifs fermant les ouvertures pratiquées dans ces cloisons seront à l’épreuve du feu et étanches aux flammes. La distance moyenne de deux cloisons contre l’incendie adjacentes, dans une superstructure quelconque, doit être en général au plus égale à 40 mètres (131 pieds). Règle XVII. Hublots et autres Ouvertures, &c., au-dessus de la Ligne de surimmersion. (1.) Les hublots, les portes des coupées, les portes de chargement, les sabords à charbon, et autres dispositifs fermant les ouvertures pratiquées dans la muraille du navire au-dessus de la ligne de surimmersion doivent être convenablement dessinés et construits et présenter une résistance suffisante, eu égard au compartiment dans lequel elles sont placées et à leur position par rapport à la ligne de charge maximum de compartimentage. (2.) Le pont de cloisonnement ou un autre pont situé au-dessus doit être étanche en ce sens que, dans des circonstances de mer ordinaires, il ne laisse pas l’eau pénétrer de haut en bas. Toutes les ouvertures pratiquées dans le pont exposé à la mer doivent être pourvues d’hiloires de hauteur et de résistance suffisantes et munies de moyens de fermeture efficaces permettant de les fermer rapidement et de les rendre étanches à la mer. (3.) Des sabords de décharge à la mer et
(ou)des dalots doivent être installés pour évacuer rapidement l’eau des ponts exposés à la mer en toutes circonstances de mer. 1220 Regulation XVIII. Exits from Watertight Compartments. (1.) Watertight compartment exits. In passenger and crew spaces, practicable means of exit to the open deck shall be provided for the occupants from each watertight compartment. (2.) Practicable means of escape for the crew shall be provided from each engine room, shaft tunnel, stokehold compartment, and other working spaces, independent of watertight doors. Regulation XIX. Pumping Arrangements.Pumping arrangements. *Steamships.* (1.) Steamships. Ships shall be provided with an efficient pumping plant capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions will generally be necessary except in narrow compartments at the ends of the ship. Where close ceiling is fitted over the bilges, arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from insulated holds. (2.) In addition to the ordinary bilge pump, worked by the main engines, or its equivalent engine room pump, two independent power bilge pumps shall be provided, except that in ships less than 300 feet (91.5 metres) in length, having a criterion numeral less than 30, either two efficient hand pumps of the crank type fitted one forward and one aft, or a portable power pump, may be substituted for one of the additional independent power bilge pumps. Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system. (3.) Where two or more independent power pumps are required, the arrangement shall be such that at least one power pump will be available for use in all ordinary circumstances in which a vessel may be flooded at sea. One of the power pumps shall, therefore, be an emergency pump of a reliable submersible type. A source of power situated above the bulkhead deck shall be available for this pump in any case of emergency. (4.) Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments so arranged or situated that these compartments will not readily be flooded by the same damage. If the engines and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, 1221 Règle XVIII. Évacuation des Compartiments étanches. (1.) Dans les parties du navire affectées aux passagers et à l’équipage, tout compartiment étanche doit être pourvu d’une échappée praticable offrant aux personnes qui l’occupent un moyen de gagner le pont découvert. (2.) Toute chambre de machine, tout tunnel d’arbre, toute chaufferie et tout autre local de service doit être pourvu d’une échappée praticable offrant au personnel un moyen de retraite qui n’exige pas la traversée de portes étanches. Règle XIX. Moyens de Pompage. *Navires à vapeur.* (1.) Tout navire doit être pourvu d’une installation de pompage efficace permettant d’épuiser et d’assécher, dans la mesure pratiquement possible, à la suite d’une avarie, un compartiment étanche quelconque, que le navire soit droit ou incliné. A cet effet des aspirations latérales sont en général nécessaires, sauf dans les parties resserrées aux extrémités du navire. Lorsque le vaigrage aux bouchains est jointif, on doit ménager un accès de l’eau aux tuyaux d’aspiration. Des moyens efficaces doivent être prévus pour l’épuisement de l’eau des cales frigorifiques. (2.) En plus de la pompe de cale ordinaire conduite par la machine principale ou de la pompe indépendante qui la remplace, il y aura deux pompes de cale indépendantes actionnées par une source d’énergie. Toutefois, dans les navires de moins de 91m. 50 (300 pieds) de longueur ayant un critérium numérique inférieur à 30, une des pompes indépendantes peut être remplacée soit par deux pompes à bras efficaces, placées une à l’avant, l’autre à l’arrière, soit par une pompe transportable actionnée par une source d’énergie. Les pompes sanitaires, les pompes de ballast ou de service peuvent être considérées comme des pompes de cale indépendantes si elles sont disposées pour être reliées au réseau de tuyautage de cale. (3.) Lorsqu’il est exigé deux pompes indépendantes au moins actionnées par une source d’énergie, leur disposition doit être telle qu’une au moins puisse servir, dans les circonstances ordinaires où le navire peut être envahi à la mer. Une de ces pompes indépendantes doit en conséquence être une pompe de secours d’un type submersible éprouvé. Une source d’énergie située au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement doit être disponible pour actionner cette pompe en toute éventualité. (4.) Si possible, les pompes de cale actionnées par une source d’énergie doivent être placées dans des compartiments étanches séparés et situés de telle sorte que la même avarie ne puisse vraisemblablement pas en amener l’envahissement rapide. Si les machines 1222 the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed through these compartments as far as is possible. (5.) With the exception of pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each bilge pump, whether operated by hand or by power, shall be arranged to draw water from any hold or machinery compartment in the ship. (6.) Each independent power bilge pump shall be capable of giving a speed of water through the main bilge pipe of not less than 400 feet (122 metres) per minute, and it shall have a separate direct suction, to the compartment in which it is situated, of a diameter not less than that of the bilge main. The direct suctions from each independent power bilge pump shall be arranged to pump from either side of the ship. (7.) Main circulating pumps shall have direct suction connections, provided with non-return valves, to the lowest drainage level in the machinery space, and of a diameter at least two-thirds that of the main sea inlet. Where the fuel is, or may be, coal, and there is no watertight bulkhead between the engines and boilers, a direct discharge overboard shall be fitted from at least one circulating pump, or, alternatively, a bye-pass may be fitted to the circulating discharge. (8.)— (*a*.) All pipes from the pumps which are required for draining cargo or machinery spaces shall be entirely distinct from pipes which may be used for filling or emptying spaces where water or oil is carried. (*b*.) Lead pipes shall not be used under coal bunkers or oil fuel storage tanks, nor in boiler or machinery spaces, including motor rooms in which oil settling tanks or oil fuel pump units are situated. (9.) The Administration shall make rules relating to the diameters of the bilge main and branch pipes which shall be proportioned respectively in relation to the size of the ship and the sizes of the compartments to be drained. (10.) The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another. Special provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast connections being inadvertently run up from the sea when containing cargo, or pumped out through a bilge pipe when containing water ballast. (11.) Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded, in the event of the pipe being severed or otherwise damaged, by collision or grounding, in any 1223 et les chaudières sont dans deux ou plus de deux compartiments étanches les pompes utilisables comme pompes de cale doivent être réparties autant que possible dans ces divers compartiments. (5.) Chaque pompe de cale, à bras ou mécanique, à l’exception de celles qui sont prévues pour les coquerons seulement, doit être disposée pour aspirer dans une cale quelconque ou un compartiment quelconque de la tranche des machines. (6.) Chaque pompe de cale indépendante mécanique doit être capable d’imprimer à l’eau dans le collecteur principal d’aspiration une vitesse d’au moins 122 mètres (400 pieds) par minute, elle doit avoir une aspiration directe séparée dans le compartiment où elle est située et d’un diamètre au moins égal à celui de ce collecteur. Les aspirations directes de chaque pompe indépendante mécanique doivent être disposées pour aspirer de chaque bord du navire. (7.) Les pompes de circulation principales doivent avoir une aspiration directe munie de clapet de non-retour, au point le plus bas de la chambre des machines et d’un diamètre au moins égal aux deux tiers de la prise principale d’eau de circulation. Si le combustible est, ou peut être du charbon, et s’il n’y a pas de cloison étanche entre les machines et les chaudières, une pompe de circulation au moins doit pouvoir refouler directement à la mer ou bien un tuyautage direct doit être installé allant à la décharge principale muni de vanne d’isolement. (8.)— (*a*.) Le tuyautage desservant les pompes exigées pour l’épuisement des compartiments des machines ou des cales à marchandises doit être entièrement distinct du tuyautage employé pour le remplissage ou l’épuisement des compartiments à eau ou à combustible liquide. (*b*.) L’emploi de tuyaux en plomb est interdit dans les soutes à charbon ou dans les soutes à combustible liquide, ou dans les chambres de machines ou de chaudières, y compris les chambres des moteurs renfermant des pompes à combustible liquide ou des caisses de décantation. (9.) L’Administration doit établir des règles pour le calcul du diamètre des collecteurs et branchements du tuyautage des cales en tenant compte des dimensions du navire et de celles des compartiments à épuiser. (10.) La disposition du tuyautage des cales et du tuyautage des ballasts doit être telle que l’eau ne puisse passer de la mer ou des ballasts dans les compartiments des machines ou les cales à marchandises, ni d’un compartiment dans l’autre. On doit prendre en particulier des mesures pour éviter qu’une cale à eau ayant des aspirations sur le tuyautage de cale et sur celui des ballasts ne puisse, par inadvertence, être remplie d’eau de mer quand elle est utilisée comme cale à marchandises ou vidée par le tuyau de cale quand elle contient du lest liquide. (11.) Des mesures doivent être prises pour que, si un compartiment desservi par un tuyau d’aspiration de cale vient à être rempli, il ne se déverse dans un autre compartiment, dans le cas où le tuyau 1224 other compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated near the side of the ship or in a duct keel, there shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment containing the open end either a non-return valve, or a screw-down valve which can be operated from a position above the bulkhead deck. (12.) All distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connection with the bilge pumping arrangement shall be in positions which are accessible at all times under ordinary circumstances. They shall be so arranged that in the event of flooding the emergency bilge pump may be operative on any compartment. If there is only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, the necessary cocks or valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be workable from above the bulkhead deck. If in addition to the main bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that the emergency pump is capable of operating on any compartment under flooding conditions. *Motor Ships.* (13.) Motor ships. The bilge pumping arrangements in motor ships shall, so far as practicable, be equivalent to those required for steamships of similar size, except as regards main circulating pumps. Regulation XX. Power for Going Astern. Power for going astern.Ships shall have sufficient power for going astern to secure proper control of the ship in all circumstances. Regulation XXI. Auxiliary Steering Apparatus. Auxiliary steering apparatus.Ships shall be provided with an auxiliary steering apparatus which, however, may be of less power than the main apparatus, and need not be worked by steam or other mechanical power, provided adequate arrangements for manual operation are practicable. A duplicate main steering power plant shall be considered as an auxiliary steering apparatus within the meaning of this Regulation. Regulation XXII. Initial and Subsequent Surveys of Ships. (1.) Initial and subsequent surveys of ships. Every new or existing ship shall be subjected to the surveys specified below:— (*a*.) A survey before the ship is put in service. (*b*.) A periodical survey once every twelve months. (*c*.) Additional surveys, as occasion arises. 1225 d’aspiration en question serait lui-même brisé ou avarié par collision ou échouage. Pour cela, si en un point de son tracé, le tuyau est situé près du bordé extérieur ou dans une quille tubulaire, on doit placer sur le tuyau dans le compartiment qui contient l’extrémité libre du tuyau soit un clapet de non-retour, soit une vanne à tige filetée qui puisse être manoeuvrée d’un point au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement. (12.) Toutes les boîtes de distribution, vannes, robinets, faisant partie du système d’épuisement des cales doivent être placés dans des endroits où ils soient toujours accessibles dans les circonstances normales. Us doivent être disposés de telle sorte qu’en cas de remplissage d’un compartiment, on puisse mettre en marche la pompe de secours sur un compartiment quelconque. S’il n’y a qu’un réseau de tuyaux commun à toutes les pompes, les vannes et robinets qu’il est nécessaire de manoeuvrer pour régler les aspirations de cale doivent pouvoir être commandées d’un point au-dessus du pont de cloisonnement. Si, en plus du réseau normal de tuyautage de cale il y a un réseau de secours, il doit être indépendant du réseau principal et disposé de telle sorte que la pompe de secours puisse aspirer dans un compartiment quelconque en cas d’envahissement d’un compartiment. Navires à moteurs. (13.) Le système de pompage à la cale des navires à moteurs doit, autant que cela est pratiquement possible, et à l’exception de ce qui est relatif aux pompes de circulation, être équivalent à celui que serait exigé pour un navire à vapeur de même dimension. Règle XX. Marche arrière. La puissance de marche arrière doit être suffisante pour assurer au navire des aptitudes de manoeuvre convenables en toutes circonstances. Règle XXI. Appareil à gouverner auxiliaire. Les navires doivent être munis d’un appareil à gouverner auxiliaire, qui peut être d’une puissance inférieure à celle de l’appareil principal; il n’est pas exigé que cet appareil auxiliaire soit actionné par la vapeur ou toute autre source d’énergie, pourvu que des dispositifs appropriés pour une commande à la main soient réalisables. Un moteur identique au moteur de la machine à gouverner principale sera considéré comme un appareil à gouverner auxiliaire dans le sens de la présente Règle. Règle XXII. Inspections initiales et subséquentes de Navires. (1.) Tout navire neuf ou existant doit être soumis aux inspections spécifiées ci-après: (*a*) une inspection préalable à la mise en service; (*b*) une inspection périodique tous les douze mois; (*c*) des inspections supplémentaires occasionnelles. 1226 (2.) The surveys referred to above shall be carried out as follows:— (*a*.) *The survey before the ship is put in service* shall include a complete inspection of the hull, machinery and equipments, including the outside of the ship’s bottom and the inside and outside of the boilers This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, material, and scantlings of the hull, boilers, and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, life-saving appliances, and other equipments, fully comply with the requirements of the present Convention and of the detailed regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Government of the country to which the ship belongs for ships of the service for which it is intended. The survey shall also be such as to ensure that the workmanship of all parts of the ship and its equipments is in all respects satisfactory. (*b*.) *The periodical survey* shall include an inspection of the whole of the hull, boilers, machinery, and equipments, including the outside of the ship’s bottom. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the ship, as regards the hull, boilers, and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, life-saving appliances, and other equipments, is in satisfactory condition and fit for the service for which it is intended, and that it complies with the requirements of the present Convention, and of the detailed regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Government of the country to which the ship belongs. (*c*.) *A survey, either general or partial*, according to the circumstances, shall be made every time an accident occurs or a defect is discovered which affects the safety of the ship or the efficiency or completeness of its fife-saving appliances or other equipments, or whenever any important repairs or renewals are made. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have been effectively made, that the material and workmanship of such repairs or renewals are in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship complies in all respects with the provisions of the present Convention and of the detailed regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Government of the country to which the ship belongs. (3.) The detailed regulations referred to in sub-paragraph
(2)shall prescribe the requirements to be observed as to the initial and subsequent hydraulic tests to which the main and auxiliary boilers, connections, steam-pipes, high-pressure receivers, and fuel tanks for oil motors are to be submitted, including the test pressure to be applied, and the intervals between two consecutive tests. Main and auxiliary boilers, connections, tanks and receivers, also steam-piping of more than 3 inches (76 millimetres) internal diameter shall be satisfactorily tested by hydraulic pressure when new. Steam pipes of more than 3 inches (76 millimetres) internal diameter shall be tested by hydraulic pressure periodically. 1227 (2.) Les inspections visées dans l’Article précédent doivent s’effectuer dans les conditions suivantes: (*a*.) *L’inspection préalable à la mise en service* comporte un examen complet de la coque, des appareils mécaniques et de l’armement, notamment une visite à sec de la carène ainsi qu’une visite extérieure et intérieure des chaudières. Cette inspection doit permettre de se rendre compte que le navire répond complètement, au point de vue des dispositions générales, des matériaux et échantillons de la coque, des chaudières et de leurs accessoires, des machines principales et auxiliaires, des engins de sauvetage et de l’armement, aux prescriptions de la présente Convention ainsi qu’à celles des règlements de détail édictés pour l’application par le Gouvernement de l’État dont il dépend, pour les navires affectés au service auquel le navire est destiné. L’inspection doit également permettre de se rendre compte que le navire et son armement sont a’une exécution satisfaisante à tous égards. (*b*.) *L’inspection périodique* comporte un examen d’ensemble de la coque, des chaudières, de la machinerie et de l’armement, notamment une visite à sec de la carène. Cette inspection doit permettre de se rendre compte que le navire est, au point de vue de la coque, des chaudières et accessoires, des machines principales et auxiliaires ainsi que des engins de sauvetage et de l’armement, dans un état satisfaisant et approprié au service auquel il est destiné, et qu’il répond, en outre, aux prescriptions de la présente Convention et à celles des règlements de détail édictés pour l’application par le Gouvernement de l’État dont relève le navire. (*c*.) *Une inspection générale ou partielle*, suivant le cas, doit être faite chaque fois qu’il se produit un accident ou qu’il se révèle un défaut affectant soit la sécurité du navire, soit l’intégrité ou l’efficacité des engins de sauvetage ou des autres apparaux. Il en est de même chaque fois que le navire a subi une réparation ou que des parties importantes en ont été renouvelées. L’inspection doit permettre de se rendre compte que les réparations nécessaires ou les renouvellements ont été effectués dans de bonnes conditions, que les matériaux utilisés, ainsi que les procédés d’exécution employés, donnent toute satisfaction, et que le navire répond à tous égards aux prescriptions de la présente Convention et à celles des règlements de détail édictées pour l’application par le Gouvernement dont relève le navire. (3.) Les règlements de détail, visés au paragraphe
(2)ci-dessus, fixent les règles à observer pour les essais hydrostatiques avant et après la mise en service applicables aux chaudières principales et auxiliaires, à leurs accessoires, aux tuyautages de vapeur, réservoirs à haute pression, réservoirs à combustible liquide pour moteurs à combustion interne. Ils doivent indiquer les pressions d’épreuve et l’intervalle entre deux essais consécutifs. Les chaudières principales et auxiliaires, leurs accessoires, les réservoirs divers et les tuyautages de vapeur de plus de 76 millimètres (3 pouces) de diamètre intérieur doivent subir avec succès une épreuve hydraulique avant leur mise en service. Les tuyaux de vapeur de plus de 76 millimètres (3 pouces) de diamètre intérieur, subiront des épreuves hydrauliques périodiques. 1228 Regulation XXIII. Maintenance of Conditions after Survey. Maintenance of conditions after survey.After the survey of the ship as provided in Regulation XXII has been completed no change shall be made in the structural arrangements, machinery, equipments, &c., covered by the survey, without the sanction of the Administration. LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES, &c.Life saving appliances, etc. Regulation XXIV. Standard Types of Boats. Standard types of boats.The standard types of boats are classified as follows:— Class I.—Open boats with rigid sides having either (*a*) internal buoyancy only, or (*b*) internal and external buoyancy. Class II.—(*a*) Open boats with internal and external buoyancy—upper parts of sides collapsible, and (*b*) decked boats with either fixed or collapsible watertight bulwarks. No boat may be approved the buoyancy of which depends upon the previous adjustment of one of the principal parts of the hull, or which has not a cubic capacity of at least 3 . 5 cubic metres (equivalent to 125 cubic feet). No boat may be approved the weight of which when fully laden with persons and equipment exceeds 20,300 kilogrammes (equivalent to 20 tons). Regulation XXV. Lifeboats of Class I. Lifeboats of Class ILifeboats of Class I must have a mean sheer at least equal to four per cent, of their length. The air cases of lifeboats of Class I shall be so placed as to secure stability when fully laden under adverse weather conditions. In boats certified to carry 100 or more persons the volume of the buoyancy shall be increased to the satisfaction of the Administration. Conditions.Lifeboats of Class I must also satisfy the following conditions:— (a.) *Lifeboats with Internal Buoyancy only.* Internal buoyancy only.The buoyancy of a wooden boat of this type shall be provided by watertight air-cases, the total volume of which shall be at least equal to one-tenth of the cubic capacity of the boat. 1229 Règle XXIII. Prescriptions concernant les Modifications faites au Navire dans l’intervalle des Visites. Après achèvement de l’inspection du navire prévue à la Règle XXII, aucune modification ne devra être apportée sans l’autorisation de l’Administration aux dispositions de la coque, de l’appareil moteur, de l’armement, &c., soumis à la surveillance. ENGINS DE SAUVETAGE, &c. Règle XXIV. Types réglementaires d’Embarcations. Les types réglementaires d’embarcations sont classés comme suit: Classe I—Embarcations ouvertes, à bordé rigide avec (*a*) flotteurs intérieurs seulement, (*b*) flotteurs intérieurs et extérieurs. Classe II.—(*a*) Embarcations ouvertes, avec flotteurs intérieurs et extérieurs avec la partie, supérieure du bordé repliable; (*b*) embarcations pontées, avec fargues étanches fixes ou repliables. Une embarcation ne peut être admise si sa flottabilité dépend de l’ajustement préalable d’une des principales parties de la coque, ou si sa capacité cubique est inférieure à 3 me. 500 (125 pieds cubes). Une embarcation ne peut être admise si son poids, en pleine charge avec les personnes qu’elle peut recevoir et son armement dépasse 20300 kilogr. (20 tonnes anglaises). Règle XXV. Embarcations de Sauvetage de la Classe I. Les embarcations de sauvetage de la Classe I doivent avoir une tonture moyenne au moins égale à quatre pour cent de leur longueur. Les caissons à air des embarcations de sauvetage de la Classe I doivent être disposés de manière à assurer la stabilité de l’embarcation complètement chargée dans des circonstances de temps défavorables. Dans les embarcations admises à porter 100 personnes ou plus, le volume des flotteurs doit être augmenté à la satisfaction de l’Administration. Les embarcations de sauvetage de la Classe I doivent aussi satisfaire aux conditions suivantes: (*a*.) *Embarcations de Sauvetage avec Flotteurs intérieurs seulement.* La flottabilité d’une embarcation en bois de ce type doit être assurée par des caissons à air étanches ayant un volume total au moins égal au dixième de la capacité cubique de l’embarcation. 1230 The buoyancy of a metal boat of this type shall not be less than that required above for a wooden boat of the same cubic capacity, the volume of watertight air-cases being increased accordingly. (*b*.) *Lifeboats with Internal and External Buoyancy.* Internal and external buoyancy.The internal buoyancy of a wooden boat of this type shall be provided by watertight air-cases, the total volume of which is at least equal to seven and a half per cent, of the cubic capacity of the boat. The external buoyancy may be of cork or of any other equally efficient material, but such buoyancy shall not be obtained by the use of rushes, cork shavings, loose granulated cork or any other loose granulated substance, or by any means dependent upon inflation by air. If the buoyancy is of cork, its volume, for a wooden boat, shall not be less than thirty-three thousandths of the cubic capacity of the boat; if of any material other than cork, its volume and distribution shall be such that the buoyancy and stability of the boat are not less than that of a similar boat provided with buoyancy of cork. The buoyancy of a metal boat shall be not less than that required above for a wooden boat of the same cubic capacity, the volume of the watertight air-cases and that of the external buoyancy being increased accordingly. Regulation XXVI. Boats of Class II.Boats of Class II. Conditions.Boats of Class II must satisfy the following conditions:— (a.) *Open Boats with Internal and External Buoyancy—Upper Part of Sides collapsible.* Open boats, etc.A boat of this type shall be fitted both with watertight air-cases and with external buoyancy the aggregate volume of which, for each person which the boat is able to accommodate, shall be at least equal to the following amounts:— Cubic Decimetres. Cubic. Feet. Air-cases 43 1.5 External buoyancy (if of cork) 6 0.2 The external buoyancy may be of cork or of any other equally efficient material, but such buoyancy shall not be obtained by the use of rushes, cork shavings, loose granulated cork, or any other loose granulated substance, or by any means dependent upon inflation by air. 1231 La flottabilité d’une embarcation métallique de ce type ne doit pas être inférieure à celle qui est exigée ci-dessus pour l’embarcation en bois de même capacité cubique; le volume des caissons à air étanches doit être augmenté en conséquence. (*b*) *Embarcations de Sauvetage avec Flotteurs intérieurs et extérieurs.* La flottabilité intérieure d’une embarcation en bois de ce type doit être assurée par des caissons à air étanches ayant un volume total au moins égal à sept et demi pour cent de la capacité cubique de l’embarcation. Les flotteurs extérieurs peuvent être constitués par du liège ou par toute autre matière au moins équivalente. Ne sont pas admis les flotteurs dont le remplissage est constitué par du jonc, du liège en copeaux ou en grains, ou par toute autre substance à l’état de déchets et sans cohésion propre, non plus que les flotteurs nécessitant une insufflation d’air. Lorsque les flotteurs sont en liège, leur volume, pour une embarcation en bois, ne doit pas être inférieur aux trente-trois millièmes de la capacité cubique de l’embarcation; s’ils sont en une autre matière que le liège, leur volume et leur installation doivent être tels que la flottabilité et la stabilité de l’embarcation ne soient pas inférieures à celles d’une embarcation similaire pourvue de flotteurs en liège. La flottabilité d’une embarcation métallique ne doit pas être inférieure à celle qui est exigée ci-dessus pour une embarcation en bois de même capacité cubique; le volume des caissons et celui des flotteurs extérieurs doivent être augmentés en conséquence. Règle XXVI. Embarcations de la Classe II. Les embarcations de la Classe II doivent satisfaire aux conditions suivantes: (*a*.) *Embarcations ouvertes ayant la partie supérieure du bordé repliable, avec des flotteurs intérieurs et extérieurs.* Une embarcation de ce type doit comporter à la fois des caissons à air étanches et des flotteurs extérieurs. Leur volume total, pour chacune des personnes que l’embarcation est apte à recevoir, doit avoir au moins les valeurs suivantes: Décimètres cubes. Pieds cubes anglais. Caissons étanches 43 1, 5 Flotteurs extérieure (s’ils sont en liège 6 0, 2 Les flotteurs extérieurs peuvent être constitués par du liège ou par toute autre matière au moins équivalente. Ne sont pas admis les flotteurs dont le remplissage est constitué par du jonc, du liège en copeaux ou en grains, ou par toute autre substance à l’état de déchets et sans cohésion propre, non plus que les flotteurs nécessitant une insufflation d’air. 1232 If of any material other than cork, its volume and distribution shall be such that the buoyancy and stability of the boat are not less than that of a similar boat provided with buoyancy of cork. A metal boat of this type shall be provided with internal and external buoyancy to ensure that the buoyancy of the boat shall be at least equal to that of a wooden boat. The minimum freeboard of boats of this type shall be fixed in relation to their length; and it shall be measured vertically to the top of the solid hull at the side amidships, from the water-level, when the boat is loaded. The freeboard in fresh water shall not be less than the following amounts:— Length of Lifeboat. Minimum Freeboard. Metres. Equivalent in Feet to— Millimetres. Equivalent in Inches to— 7.9 26 200 8 8.5 28 225 9 9.15 30 250 10 The freeboard of boats of intermediate lengths is to be found by interpolation. The collapsible sides must be watertight. (*b*.) Decked boats, etc. *Decked Boats with either Fixed or Collapsible Watertight Bulwarks.* (i.) *Decked Boats having a Well Deck.—* The area of the well deck of a boat of this type shall be at least 30 per cent, of the total deck area. The height of the well deck above the water-line at all points shall be at least equal to one-half per cent, of the length of the boat, this height being increased to one-and-a-half per cent, of the length of the boat at the ends of the well. The freeboard of a boat of this type shall be such as to provide for a reserve buoyancy of at least 35 per cent. (ii.) *Decked Boats having a Flush Deck.—* The minimum freeboard of boats of this type is independent of their lengths and depends only upon their depths. The depth of the boat is to be measured vertically from the underside of the garboard strake to the top of the deck at the side amidships and the freeboard is to be measured from the top of the deck at the side amidships to the water-level when the boat is loaded. The freeboard in fresh water shall not be less than the following amounts, which are applicable without correction to boats having a mean sheer equal to three per cent, of their length:— Depth of Lifeboat. Minimum Freeboard. Millimetres. Equivalent in Inches to— Millimetres. Equivalent in Inches to— 310 12 70 2¾ 460 18 95 3¾ 610 24 130 5⅛ 760 30 165 6½ For intermediate depths the freeboard is obtained by interpolation. 1233 Lorsque les flotteurs ne sont pas en liège, leur volume et leur installation doivent être tels que la flottabilité et la stabilité de l’embarcation ne soient pas inférieures à celles d’une embarcation similaire pourvue de flotteurs en liège. Une embarcation métallique de ce type doit être munie de flotteurs intérieurs et extérieurs qui lui assurent une flottabilité au moins égale à celle d’une embarcation en bois. Le franc-bord minimum des embarcations de ce type doit être fixé suivant leur longueur; il se mesure à mi-longueur de l’embarcation, et verticalement sur les flancs, depuis le sommet de la partie fixe de ceux-ci jusqu’à la flottaison en charge. Le franc-bord en eau douce ne doit pas être inférieur aux valeurs ci-après: Longueur de l’embarcation de sauvetage. Franc-bord minimum. Mètres. Pieds anglais. Millimètres. Pouces anglais. 7, 90 26 200 8 8, 50 28 225 9 9, 15 30 250 10 Le franc-bord des embarcations de longueur intermédiaire s’obtient par interpolation. Les fargues repliables doivent être étanches. (*b*.) *Embarcations pontées avec Fargues étanches fixes ou repliables.* (i.) *Embarcations pontées avec pont surélevé en abord.—* La partie non surélevée du pont d’une embarcation de ce type doit présenter une surface non inférieure à 30 pour cent de la surface totale du pont. Cette partie non surélevée doit être, au-dessus de la flottaison en charge, d’une hauteur au moins égale en tous points à un demi pour cent de la longueur de l’embarcation; cette limite est portée à un et demi pour cent aux extrémités de cette partie. Le franc-bord d’une embarcation de ce type doit être tel qu’il lui assure une réserve de flottabilité au moins égale à 35 pour cent. (ii.) *Embarcations pontées à pont non surélevé.—* Le franc-bord minimum des embarcations de ce type est indépendant de leur longueur et est uniquement fixé d’après leur creux. Les mesures sont prises à mi-longueur de l’embarcation et verticalement, depuis le sommet du pont en abord jusqu’au-dessous du galbord pour le creux et jusqu’à la flottaison en charge pour le franc-bord. Le franc-bord en eau douce ne doit pas être inférieur aux valeurs ci-après, qui sont applicables sans correction aux embarcations dont la tonture moyenne est égale aux trois centièmes de leur longueur: Creux de l’embarcation de sauvetage. Franc-bord minimum. Millimètres. Pouces anglais. Millimètres. Pouces anglais. 310 12 70 2¾ 460 18 95 3¾ 610 24 130 5⅛ 760 30 165 6½ Le franc-bord des embarcations de creux intermédiaire s’obtient par interpolation. 1234 If the sheer is less than the standard sheer defined above, the minimum freeboard is obtained by adding to the figures in the table one-seventh of the difference between the standard sheer and the actual mean sheer measured at the stem and stern post; no deduction is to be made from the freeboard on account of the sheer being greater than the standard sheer or on account of the camber of the deck. (iii.) All decked lifeboats shall be fitted with efficient means for clearing the deck of water. Regulation XXVII. Motor Boats. Motor boats.*Post*, p. 1246.A motor boat carried as part of the lifesaving appliances of a vessel, whether required by Regulation XXXVI
(2)or not, shall comply with the following conditions:— (*a*.) It shall comply with the requirements for a lifeboat of Class I, and proper appliances shall be provided for putting it into the water speedily. (*b*.) It shall be adequately provided with fuel, and kept so as to be at all times ready for use. (*c*.) The motor and its accessories shall be suitably enclosed to ensure operation under adverse weather conditions, and provision shall be made for going astern. (*d*.) The speed shall be at least six knots when fully loaded in smooth water. The volume of the internal buoyancy and, where fitted, the external buoyancy shall be increased in sufficient proportion to compensate for the difference between the weight of the motor, the searchlight, and the wireless telegraph installation and their accessories, and the weight of the additional persons which the boat could accommodate if the motor, the searchlight and the wireless telegraph installation and their accessories were removed. Regulation XXVIII. Life Rafts. Life rafts.No type of life raft may be approved unless it satisfies the following conditions:— (*a*.) It shall be of approved material and construction; (*b*.) It shall be effective and stable when floating either way up; (*c*.) It shall be fitted with fixed or collapsible bulwarks of wood, canvas or other suitable material on both sides; (*d*.) It shall have a line securely becketed round the outside; (*e*.) It shall be of such strength that it can be launched or thrown from the vessel’s deck without being damaged, and if to be thrown it shall be of such size and weight that it can be easily handled; (*f*.) It shall have not less than 85 cubic decimetres (equivalent to three cubic feet) of air-cases or equivalent buoyancy for each person to be carried thereon; 1235 Si la tenture est moindre que la tenture normale définie précédemment, le franc-bord minimum s’obtient en ajoutant aux nombres du tableau la septième partie de la différence entre la tenture normale et la moyenne des tentures réelles à l’étrave et à l’étambot; aucune réduction du franc-bord n’est accordée pour une tenture supérieure à la tenture normale ni pour le bouge du pont. (iii.) Toutes les embarcations de sauvetage pontées doivent être pourvues de dispositifs efficaces pour assurer l’évacuation de l’eau du pont. Règle XXVII. Embarcations à moteur. Pour qu’une embarcation à moteur puisse être admise comme faisant partie des engins de sauvetage d’un navire, que ce soit à titre obligatoire en vertu de la Règle XXXVI,
(2)ou non, elle doit remplir les conditions ci-après: (*a*.) Elle doit satisfaire aux prescriptions formulées pour une embarcation de sauvetage de la Classe I et des dispositifs convenables doivent être prévus pour la mettre à l’eau rapidement. (*b*.) Elle doit contenir un approvisionnement suffisant de combustible et être tenue constamment en état de marche. (*c*.) Le moteur et ses accessoires doivent être enfermés convenablement pour en assurer le fonctionnement dans des conditions de temps défavorables, et on devra pouvoir faire marche arrière dans les mêmes conditions. (*d*.) La vitesse doit être d’au moins six noeuds en pleine charge et en eau calme. Le volume des flotteurs intérieurs et, le cas échéant, des flotteurs extérieurs, doit être augmenté dans une mesure convenable pour tenir compte de la différence entre le poids du moteur, du projecteur, de l’installation radiotélégraphique et de leurs accessoires et le poids des personnes supplémentaires que l’embarcation pourrait recevoir si le volume occupé par le moteur, le projecteur, l’installation radiotélégraphique et leurs accessoires était rendu disponible. Règle XXVIII. Radeaux de Sauvetage. Un type de radeau de sauvetage ne peut être approuvé s’il ne satisfait aux conditions suivantes: (*a*.) Il doit être de matière et de construction approuvées. (*b*.) Il doit être utilisable et stable, quelle que soit la face sur laquelle il flotte. (*c*.) Il doit être pourvu sur les deux faces de fargues fixes ou repliables en bois, en toile ou en toute autre matière convenable. (*d*.) Il doit avoir une filière en guirlande solidement attachée tout autour des parois extérieures. (*e*.) Il doit avoir résistance suffisante pour pouvoir être lancé ou jeté sans avaries du pont du navire et, s’il est disposé pour être jeté, il doit être de dimensions et de poids tels qu’on puisse le manoeuvrer facilement. (*f*.) Il ne doit pas avoir moins de 85 décimètres cubes (trois pieds cubes) de caissons à air ou de flotteurs équivalents, pour chaque personne qu’il peut porter. 1236 (*g*.) It shall have a deck area of not less than 3,720 square centimetres (equivalent to four square feet) for each person to be carried thereon, and it shall effectively support the occupants out of the water; (*h*.) The air-cases or equivalent buoyancy shall be placed as near as possible to the sides of the life raft, and such buoyancy shall not be by any means dependent on inflation by air. Regulation XXIX. Buoyant Apparatus. Buoyant apparatus.Buoyant apparatus, whether buoyant deck seats, buoyant deck chairs or other buoyant apparatus, shall be deemed sufficient, so far as buoyancy is concerned, for a person or number of persons to be ascertained by dividing the number of kilogrammes of iron which it is capable of supporting in fresh water by 14.5 (equivalent to the number of pounds divided by 32), and if the apparatus depends for its buoyancy on air it shall not require to be inflated before use in an emergency. The number of persons for whom the apparatus is deemed suitable shall be determined by the least of the numbers ascertained either as above or by the number of 30.5 centimetres (equivalent to one foot) in the perimeter. Such approved buoyant apparatus shall comply with the following conditions:— 1. It shall be constructed with proper workmanship and materials. 2. It shall be effective and stable when floating either way up. 3. It shall be of such size, strength and weight that it can be handled without mechanical appliances and, if necessary, thrown without damage from the vessel’s deck on which it is stowed. 4. The air-cases or equivalent buoyancy shall be placed as near as possible to the sides of the apparatus. 5. It shall have a line securely becketed round the outside of the apparatus. Regulation XXX. Cubic Capacity of Lifeboats of Class I. 1. Cubic capacity of lifeboats of Class I. The cubic capacity of a lifeboat of Class I shall be determined by Stirling’s (Simpson’s) Rule or by any other method giving the same degree of accuracy. The capacity of a square-sterned boat shall be calculated as if the boat had a pointed stern. 2. For example, the capacity in cubic metres (or cubic feet) of a boat, calculated by the aid of Stirling’s Rule, may be considered as given by the following formula:— C a p a c i t y = l 12 ( 4 A + 2 B + 4 C ) *l* being the length of the boat in metres (or feet) from the inside of the planking or plating at the stem to the corresponding point at the stern post; in the case of a boat with a square stern, the length is measured to the inside of the transom. 1237 (*g*.) Il doit avoir une surface de pont d’au moins 3720 centimètres carrés (quatre pieds carrés) pour chaque personne qu’il peut porter et les personnes qu’il porte doivent être effectivement hors de l’eau. (*h*.) Les caissons à air ou les flotteurs équivalents doivent être disposés le plus possible en abord; aucun flotteur ne peut d’ailleurs être admis qui nécessiterait une insufflation d’air. Règle XXIX. Engins flottants. Un engin flottant, que ce soit un banc de pont flottant, une chaise de pont flottante ou tout autre engin flottant, doit être considéré, pour ce qui concerne la flottabilité, comme correspondant au nombre de personnes obtenu en divisant le nombre de kilogrammes de fer qu’il peut supporter en eau douce par 14,5 (équivalant au poids en livres divisé par 32). Si l’air est employé pour obtenir la flottabilité de l’appareil, il ne doit pas être nécessaire de procéder à une insufflation avant d’utiliser cet engin en cas d’urgence. Le nombre de personnes pour lequel l’engin est considéré comme utilisable est le plus petit des deux nombres obtenus soit par la flottabilité comme il est dit ci-dessus, soit en divisant le périmètre, exprimé en centimètres par 30,5 (1 pied). Chacun des engins flottants approuvés doit réaliser les conditions suivantes:— 1. Il doit être de matière et de construction approuvées; 2. Il doit être utilisable et stable, quelle que soit la face sur laquelle il flotte; 3. Il doit avoir des dimensions, une résistance et un poids tels qu’il puisse être manoeuvré sans l’aide d’appareils mécaniques et, si cela est nécessaire, jeté à la mer sans avarie, depuis le pont du navire où il est placé; 4. Les caissons à air ou les flotteurs équivalents doivent être placés aussi près que possible des côtés de l’engin; 5. Il doit avoir une filière en guirlande solidement attachée tout autour des parois extérieures. Règle XXX. Capacité cubique des Embarcations de Sauvetage de la Classe I. 1. La capacité cubique d’une embarcation de sauvetage de la Classe I doit être déterminée par la règle de Simpson (Stirling), ou par toute autre méthode donnant une précision du même ordre. La capacité d’une embarcation à arrière carré doit être calculée comme si l’embarcation était à arrière pointu. 2. A titre d’indication, la capacité, en mètres (ou pieds anglais) cubes, d’une embarcation, calculée à l’aide de la Règle de Simpson, peut être considérée comme donnée par la formule: C a p a c i t é = l 12 × ( 4 A + 2 B + 4 C ) *l* désigne la longueur de l’embarcation mesurée en mètres (ou pieds anglais) à l’intérieur du bordé en bois ou tôle, de l’étrave à l’étambot; dans le cas d’une embarcation à arrière carré, la longueur doit être mesurée jusqu’à la face intérieure du tableau. 1238 A, B, C denote respectively the areas of the cross-sections at the quarter length forward, amidships, and the quarter length aft, which correspond to the three points obtained by dividing I into four equal parts (the areas corresponding to the two ends of the boat are considered negligible). The areas A, B, C shall be deemed to be given in square metres (or square feet) by the successive application of the following formula to each of the three cross-sections:— A r e a = h 12 ( a + 4 b + 2 c + 4 d + e ) *h* being the depth measured in metres (or in feet) inside the planking or plating from the keel to the level of the gunwale, or, in certain cases, to a lower level, as determined hereafter. a, b, c, d, e denote the horizontal breadths of the boat measured in metres (or in feet) at the upper and lower points of the depth and at the three points obtained by dividing *h* into four equal parts (a and e being the breadths at the extreme points, and c at the middle point, of *h*). 3. If the sheer of the gunwale, measured at the two points situated at a quarter of the length of the boat from the ends, exceeds 1 per cent, of the length of the boat, the depth employed in calculating the area of the cross-sections A or C shall be deemed to be the depth amidships plus 1 per cent, of the length of the boat. 4. If the depth of the boat amidships exceeds 45 per cent, of the breadth, the depth employed in calculating the area of the midship cross-section B shall be deemed to be equal to 45 per cent, of the breadth, and the depth employed in calculating the areas of the quarter length sections A and C is obtained by increasing this last figure by an amount equal to 1 per cent, of the length of the boat, provided that in no case shall the depths employed in the calculation exceed the actual depths at these points. 5. If the depth of the boat is greater than 122 centimetres (equivalent to 4 feet) the number of persons given by the application of this rule shall be reduced in proportion to the ratio of 122 centimetres to the actual depth, until the boat has been satisfactorily tested afloat with that number of persons on board, all wearing lifejackets. 6. Each Administration shall impose, by suitable formulae, a limit for the number of persons allowed in boats with very fine ends and in boats very full in form. 7. Each Administration reserves the right to assign to a boat a capacity equal to the product of the length, the breadth and the depth multiplied by 0 × 6 if it is evident that this formula does not give a greater capacity than that obtained by the above method. The dimensions shall then be measured in the following manner:— *Length*.—From the intersection of the outside of the planking with the stem to the corresponding point at the stern post or, in the case of a square sterned boat, to the after side of the transom. 1239 A, B, C désignent respectivement les aires des sections transversales, milieu avant, milieu et milieu arrière, qui correspondent aux trois points obtenus en divisant 1 en 4 parties égales. (Les aires correspondant aux deux extrémités de l’embarcation sont considérées comme négligeables.) Les aires A, B, C doivent être considérées comme données en mètres (ou en pieds anglais) carrés par l’application successive, à chacune des trois sections transversale^, de la formule suivante: A i r e = h 12 × ( a + 4 b + 2 c + 4 d + e ) *h* désigne le creux mesuré en mètres (ou en pieds anglais), à l’intérieur du bordé en bois ou tôle, depuis la quille jusqu’au niveau du plat-bord, ou, le cas échéant, jusqu’à un niveau inférieur déterminé comme il est dit ci-après. a, b, c, d, e désignent les largeurs horizontales de l’embarcation mesurées en mètres (ou en pieds anglais) aux deux points extrêmes du creux ainsi qu’aux trois points obtenus en divisant *h* en quatre parties égales (a et e correspondent aux deux points extrêmes et c au milieu de *h*). 3. Si la tonture du plat-bord, mesurée en deux points situés au quart de la longueur à partir des extrémités, dépasse un centième de la longueur de l’embarcation, le creux à employer pour le calcul de la section transversale correspondante A ou C doit être pris au plus égal au creux au milieu, augmenté du centième de la longueur de l’embarcation. 4. Si le creux de l’embarcation au milieu dépasse les 45 centièmes de la largeur, le creux à employer pour le calcul de la section transversale milieu B doit être pris égal aux 45 centièmes de la largeur et les creux à employer pour le calcul des sections transversales A et C situées aux quarts avant et arrière s’en déduisent en augmentant le creux employé pour le calcul de la section B d’un centième de la longueur de l’embarcation, sans pouvoir dépasser toutefois les creux réels en ces points. 5. Si le creux de l’embarcation est supérieur à 122 centimètres (4 pieds), le nombre de personnes que l’application des règles conduit à admettre doit être réduit dans la proportion de cette limite ou creux réel, jusqu’à ce qu’une expérience à flot avec à bord ledit nombre de personnes, toutes munies de leurs brassières de sauvetage, ait permis d’arrêter définitivement ce nombre. 6. Chaque Administration doit fixer par des formules convenables une limitation du nombre des personnes dans les embarcations à extrémités très fines et dans celles qui présentent des formes très pleines. 7. Chaque Administration conserve le droit d’attribuer à une embarcation une capacité égale au produit par 0,6 des trois dimensions, s’il est reconnu que ce mode de calcul ne donne pas un résultat approché par excès; les dimensions s’entendent alors mesurées dans les conditions suivantes: *Longueur:* hors bordé, entre intersections de celui-ci avec l’étrave et l’étambot; dans le cas d’une embarcation à arrière carré, jusqu’à la face extérieure du tableau; 1240 *Breadth*.—From the outside of the planking at the point where the breadth of the boat is greatest. *Depth*.—Amidships inside the planking from the keel to the level of the gunwale, but the depth used in calculating the cubic capacitymay not in any case exceed 45 per cent, of the breadth. In all cases the shipowner has the right to require that the cubic capacity of the boat shall be determined by exact measurement. 8. The cubic capacity of a motorboat is obtained from the gross capacity by deducting a volume equal to that occupied by the motor and its accessories, and, when carried, the wireless telegraphy installation and the searchlight with their accessories. Regulation XXXI. Deck Area of Boats of Class II. 1. Deck area of boats of Class II. The area of the deck of a decked boat shall be determined by the method indicated below or by any other method giving the same degree of accuracy. The same rule is to be applied in determining the area within the fixed bulwarks of a boat of Class II (*a*). 2. For example, the surface in square metres (or square feet) of a boat may be deemed to be given by the following formula:— A r e a = l 12 ( 2 a + 1.5 b + 4 c + 1.5 d + 2 e ) *l* being the length in metres (or in feet) from the intersection of the outside of the planking with the stem to the corresponding point at the stern post. a, b, c, d, e denote the horizontal breadths in metres (or in feet) outside the planking at the points obtained by dividing *l* into four equal parts and sub-dividing the foremost and aftermost parts into two equal parts (a and e being the breadths at the extreme sub-divisions, c at the middle point of the length, and b and d at the intermediate points). Regulation XXXII. Marking of Boats, Life Rafts and Buoyant Apparatus. Marking boats, life rafts, and buoyant apparatus.The dimensions of the boat and the number of persons which it is authorised to carry, shall be marked on it in clear permanent characters. These marks shall be specifically approved by the officers appointed to inspect the ship. Life rafts and buoyant apparatus shall be marked with the number of persons in the same manner. Regulation XXXIII. Carrying Capacity of Boats. 1. Carrying capacity of boats. The number of persons which a boat of one of the standard types can accommodate is equal to the greatest whole number ob- 1241 *Largeur:* hors bordé, au fort de la section milieu; *Creux:* au milieu, à l’intérieur du bordé, depuis la quille jusqu’au niveau du plat-bord. Mais le creux à faire intervenir dans le calcul de la capacité cubique ne peut, en aucun cas, dépasser les 45 centièmes de la largeur. Dans tous les cas, l’armateur est en droit d’exiger que le cubage de l’embarcation soit effectué exactement. 8. La capacité cubique d’une embarcation à moteur se déduit de la capacité brute en retranchant de celle-ci un volume égal à celui qui est occupé par le moteur et ses accessoires, et, le cas échéant, par l’installation radiotélégraphique et le projecteur avec leurs accessoires. Règle XXXI. Surface des Embarcations de la Classe II. 1. La surface du pont d’une embarcation pontée doit être déterminée comme il est dit ci-après, ou par toute autre méthode donnant une précision du même ordre; la même règle est applicable à la détermination de la surface comprise à l’intérieur du bordé rigide d’une embarcation de la Classe II (*a*). 2. A titre d’indication, la surface, en mètres (ou en pieds anglais) carrés d’une embarcation peut être considérée comme donnée par la formule: S u r f a c e = l 12 ( 2 a + 1 , 5 b + 4 c + 1 , 5 d + 2 e ) *l* désigne la longueur, mesurée en mètres (ou en pieds anglais) hors bordé entre intersections de celui-ci avec l’étrave et l’étambot. a, b, c, d, e désignent les largeurs horizontales, mesurées en mètres (ou en pieds anglais), hors bordé aux points obtenus en divisant l en quatre parties égales et en marquant les milieux des quarts extrêmes (a et e correspondent aux subdivisions extrêmes, c au milieu de la longueur, b et d aux points intermédiaires). Règle XXXII. Inscriptions sur les Embarcations, les Radeaux de Sauvetage et les Engins Flottants. Les dimensions de l’embarcation, ainsi que le nombre de personnes qu’elle est reconnue apte à recevoir, doivent être inscrits sur l’embarcation en caractères indélébiles et faciles à lire. Ces inscriptions doivent être spécialement approuvées par les fonctionnaires préposés à l’inspection du navire. L’inscription du nombre de personnes sur les radeaux de sauvetage et les engins flottants doit être faite dans les mêmes conditions. Règle XXXIII. Capacité de Transport des Embarcations. 1. Le nombre de personnes qu’une embarcation de l’un des types réglementaires est apte à recevoir est égal au plus grand nombre 1242 tained by dividing the capacity in cubic metres (or cubic feet), or the surface in square metres (or square feet), of the boat by the standard unit of capacity, or unit of surface (according to circumstances), defined below for each type. 2. The standard units of capacity and surface for determining the number of persons are as follows:— Unit of Capacity. Cubic Metres. Equivalent in Cubic Feet. Open boats, Class I (*a*) 0.283 10 Open boats, Class I (*b*) 0.255 9 Unit of Capacity. Cubic Metres. Equivalent in Cubic Feet. Class II 0.325 3½ 3. The Administration may accept, in place of 0.325 or 3½, as the case may be, a smaller divisor, if it is satisfied after trial that the number of persons for whom there is seating accommodation in the decked boat in question is greater than the number obtained by applying the above divisor, provided always that the divisor adopted in place of 0.325 or 3½, as the case may be, may never be less than 0.280 or 3, as the case may be. The Administration which accepts a lower divisor in this way shall communicate to the other Administrations particulars of the trial and drawings of the decked boat in question. Regulation XXXIV. Capacity Limits. Capacity limits.No boat shall be marked for a greater number of persons than that obtained in the manner specified in these Regulations. This number shall be reduced—
(1)when it is greater than the number of persons for which there is proper seating accommodation; the latter number shall be determined in such a way that the persons when seated do not interfere in any way with the use of the oars;
(2)when, in the case of boats other than those of Class I, the freeboard when the boat is fully loaded is less than the freeboard laid down for each type respectively; the number shall be reduced until the freeboard when the boat is fully loaded is at least equal to the standard freeboard laid down above. In boats of Class II (*b*) (i), the raised part of the deck at the sides may be regarded as affording seating accommodation. Regulation XXXV. Equivalents for and Weight of the Persons. Equivalents for and weight of the persons.In the tests for determining the number of persons which a boat or life raft can accommodate, each person shall be assumed to be an adult person wearing a life-jacket. 1243 entier contenu dans le quotient de la capacité en mètres (ou pieds) cubes, ou de la surface en mètres (ou pieds) carrés de l’embarcation, par la valeur réglementaire de la capacité unitaire, ou de la surface unitaire (suivant le cas) qui est défini ci-après pour chaque type. 2. Les valeurs réglementaires des capacités et surfaces unitaires sont les suivantes: Capacités unitaires. En mètres cubes. En pieds cubes anglais. Embarcations ouvertes, Classe I (*a*) 0, 283 10 Embarcations ouvertes, Classe I (*b*) 0, 255 9 Surfaces unitaires. En mètres carrés. En pieds carrés anglais. Class II 0, 325 3½ 3. L’Administration a la faculté d’accepter, au lieu de 0·325 ou 3½ suivant le cas, un diviseur plus faible, si un essai lui a fait reconnaître que le nombre de places assises dans l’embarcation pontée en question est plus élevé que celui qui résulte de l’application du premier diviseur; toutefois, la valeur adoptée, en remplacement de 0·325 ou 3½ suivant le cas, ne peut être inférieure à 0·280 ou 3 suivant le cas. L’Administration qui aura usé de cette faculté doit communiquer aux autres Administrations le compte rendu de l’essai effectué, accompagné des plans de l’embarcation pontée en question. Règle XXXIV. Limites de la Capacité. On ne doit pas inscrire sur une embarcation un nombre de personnes supérieur à celui qu’on obtient par les méthodes indiquées au présent Règlement. Ce nombre doit être réduit:
(1)lorsqu’il est supérieur au nombre des personnes qui ont une place assise convenable, ce dernier étant déterminé de telle façon que les personnes assises ne gênent en rien le maniement des avirons;
(2)lorsque, dans le cas d’embarcations autres que celles de la Classe I, le franc-bord en pleine charge est inférieur aux francs-bords indiqués respectivement pour les divers types. Dans ce cas, le nombre dont il sagit doit être réduit dans toute la mesure nécessaire pour que le franc-bord en pleine charge soit au moins égal aux susdits francs-bords réglementaires. Dans les embarcations de la Classe II (*b*) (i), la partie surélevée du pont en abord peut être considérée comme offrant des places assises. Règle XXXV. Emplacement et poids des personnes. Dans les expériences ayant pour but d’évaluer le nombre de personnes qu’une embarcation ou qu’un radeau de sauvetage est apte à recevoir, chaque unité correspond à une personne adulte, munie d’une brassière de sauvetage. 1244 In verifications of freeboard the decked boats shall be loaded with a weight of at least 75 kilogrammes (165 lbs.) for each adult person that the decked boat is authorised to carry. In all cases two children under 12 years of age shall be reckoned as one person. Regulation XXXVI. Equipment of Boats and Life Rafts. 1. Equipment of boats and life rafts.The normal equipment of every boat shall consist of:— (*a*.) A single banked complement of oars, two spare oars and a steering oar; one set and a half of thole pins or crutches; a boat hook. (*b*.) Two plugs for each plug hole (plugs are not required when proper automatic valves are fitted); a bailer and a galvanised iron bucket. (*c*.) A rudder and a tiller or yoke and yoke lines. (*d*.) Two hatchets. (*e*.) A lamp filled with oil and trimmed. (*f*.) A mast or masts with one good sail at least, and proper gear for each. (*g*.) An efficient compass. (*h*.) A life-fine becketed round the outside. (*i*.) A sea-anchor. (*j*.) A painter. (*k*.) A vessel containing four and a half litres (equivalent to one gallon) of vegetable or animal oil. The vessel shall be so constructed that the oil can be easily distributed on the water, and so arranged that it can be attached to the sea-anchor. (*l*.) An airtight receptacle containing one kilogramme (equivalent to two pounds) of provisions for each person. (*m*.) A watertight receptacle provided with a dipper with lanyard containing one litre (equivalent to one quart) of fresh water for each person (*n*.) At least one dozen self-igniting “red lights” and a box of matches in watertight containers. (*o*.) Half a kilogramme (equivalent to one pound) of condensed milk for each person. (*p*.) A suitable locker for the stowage of the small items of the equipment. (*q*.) Any boat which is certified to carry 100 or more persons shall be fitted with a motor and shall comply with the *Ante*, p. 1234.requirements of Regulation XXVII. A motor lifeboat need not carry a mast or sails or more than half the complement of oars, but it shall carry two boathooks. Decked lifeboats shall have no plug-hole, but shall be provided with at least two bilge-pumps. In the case of a ship which carries passengers in the North Atlantic north of 35° North Latitude, only a proportion of the boats, to be fixed by the Administration, need be equipped with masts and sails, and only one-half the quantity of condensed milk need be carried. 1245 Dans les vérifications du franc-bord, les embarcations pontées doivent être chargées d’un poids de 75 kilogrammes (165 livres anglaises) au moins pour chaque personne adulte que l’embarcation pontée est reconnue apte à recevoir. D’une façon générale, deux enfants âgés de moins de 12 ans sont comptés pour une personne. Règle XXXVI. Armement des Embarcations et des Radeaux de Sauvetage. 1. L’armement normal de chaque embarcation est le suivant: (*a*) un nombre suffisant d’avirons pour la nage eu pointe, plus deux avirons de rechange, et un aviron de queue; un jeu et demi de dames de nage ou de tolets; une gaffe; (*b*) deux tampons pour chaque nable (il n’est pas exigé do tampons pour les nables munis de soupapes automatiques convenables); une écope; un seau en fer galvanisé; (*c*) un gouvernail muni d’une barre franche ou à tire-veilles; (*d*) deux hachettes; (*e*) un fanal garni; (*f*) un ou plusieurs mâts, avec, au moins, une voile solide, et le gréement correspondant; (*g*) un compas efficace; (*h*) une filière extérieure en guirlande; (*i*) une ancre flottante; (*j*) une bosse; (*k*) un récipient contenant quatre litres et demi (un gallon anglais) d’huile végétale ou animale. Le récipient doit être disposé de façon à permettre de répandre aisément l’huile sur l’eau et construit de manière à pouvoir être amarré à l’ancre flottante; (*l*) un récipient étanche à l’air contenant des vivres à raison’d’un kilogramme (2 livres anglaises) par personne; (*m*) un récipient étanche, avec un gobelet fixé par une aiguillette, contenant un litre (un quart anglais) d’eau douce par personne; (*n*) au moins une douzaine de signaux rouges automatiques et une boite d’allumettes, le tout dans des récipients étanches; (*o*) 500 grammes (une livre anglaise) de lait condensé par personne; (*p*) un coffre convenable pour recevoir le petit matériel d’armement; (*q*) une embarcation admise à recevoir cent personnes ou plus doit être pourvue d’un moteur et satisfaire aux prescriptions de la Règle XXVII. Les embarcations de sauvetage à moteur sont dispensées de porter un mât et des voiles et n’ont besoin que de la moitié de l’armement normal d’avirons, mais elles doivent avoir deux gaffes. Les embarcations de sauvetage pontées ne doivent pas avoir de nable, mais elles doivent avoir au moins deux pompes de cale. Dans le cas d’un navire à passagers affecté à l’Atlantique Nord (au nord du parallèle 35 degrés de latitude Nord), une partie seulement des embarcations doit être pourvue de mâts et voiles et la quantité de lait condensé doit être réduite de moitié. 1246 2. Where the number of lifeboats carried on a ship is more than 13, one shall be a motor boat, and where the number is more than 19, two shall be motor boats. These motor lifeboats shall be fitted with a wireless telegraph installation and a searchlight. The wireless telegraph installation shall comply with conditions as to range and efficiency to be decided by each Administration. The searchlight shall include a lamp of at least 80 watts, an efficient reflector and a source of power which will give effective illumination of a light coloured object over a width of about 18 metres (60 feet) at a distance of 180 metres (200 yards) for a total period of six hours, and it shall be capable of working for three hours continuously. Where the power for the wireless equipment and the searchlight are derived from the same source, this shall be sufficient to provide for the adequate working of both appliances. 3. The normal equipment of every approved life raft shall consist of— (*a*.) Four oars. (*b*.) Five rowlocks. (*c*.) A self-igniting lifebuoy light. (*d*.) A sea-anchor. (*e*.) A painter. (*f*.) A vessel containing four and a half litres (equivalent to one gallon) of vegetable or animal oil. The vessel shall be so constructed that the oil can be easily distributed on the water, and so arranged that it can be attached to the sea-anchor. (*g*.) An airtight receptacle containing one kilogramme (equivalent to two pounds) of provisions for each person. (*h*.) A watertight receptacle provided with a dipper with lanyard containing one litre (equivalent to one quart) of fresh water for each person. (*i*.) At least one dozen self-igniting red lights and a box of matches in watertight containers. 4. In the case of a ship which is engaged in short international voyages, the Administration may exempt the boats from carrying the equipment specified under sub-paragraphs (*f*), (*l*) and (*o*) of paragraph 1 and from the requirements of paragraph 2, and may also exempt the life rafts from carrying the equipment specified in paragraph 3 (*g*). Regulation XXXVII. Stowage and Handling of Boats and Life Rafts. 1. Stowage and handling of boats and life rafts. Subject to the conditions of Regulation XXXVIII, the lifeboats may be stowed one above the other, or they may, subject to such conditions as the Administration may impose, be fitted one within another, but where boats so fitted require lifting before being launched they shall only be permitted if mechanical power appliances for lifting are provided. 1247 2. Lorsque le nombre d’embarcations est supérieur à 13, une d’elles sera à routeur, et si le nombre est supérieur à 19 il doit y avoir deux embarcations à moteur. Ces embarcations à moteur doivent être munies d’une installation radiotélégraphique et d’un projecteur. Les conditions de portée et de puissance auxquelles doit satisfaire l’installation radiotélégraphique doivent être déterminées par chaque Administration. Le projecteur doit être constitué par une lampe d’au moins 80 watts, un réflecteur efficace et une source d’électricité permettant d’éclairer effectivement un objet de couleur claire sur une zone d’environ 18 mètres (60 pieds) de largeur, à une distance de 180 mètres (200 yards) pendant une durée totale de six heures, et en fonctionnant sans interruption pendant au moins trois heures. Lorsque l’installation radiotélégraphique et le projecteur sont alimentés par la même source, celle-ci doit être assez puissante pour assurer le fonctionnement simultané des deux appareils. 3. L’armement normal de tout radeau de sauvetage approuvé contient: (*a*) quatre avirons; (*b*) cinq tolets; (*c*) un signal pyrotechnique de bouée de sauvetage; (*d*) une ancre flottante; (*e*) une bosse; (*f*) un récipient contenant: quatre litres et demi (1 gallon anglais) d’huile végétale ou animale; le récipient doit être disposé de façon à permettre de répandre aisément l’huile sur l’eau et construit de manière à pouvoir être amarré à l’ancre flottante; (*g*) un récipient étanche à l’air contenant des vivres à raison d’un kilogramme (2 livres anglaises) de vivres par personne; (*h*) un récipient étanche, avec un gobelet fixé par une aiguillette, contenant un litre (un quart anglais) d’eau douce par personne; (*i*) au moins une douzaine de signaux rouges automatiques et une boîte d’allumettes, le tout dans des récipients étanches. 4. Dans le cas d’un navire affecté à des voyages internationaux courts, l’Administration peut dispenser les embarcations de porter l’armement prescrit par les alinéas (*f*), (*l*) et (*o*) du paragraphe 1 et de satisfaire aux prescriptions du paragraphe 2; elle peut aussi dispenser les radeaux de sauvetage de porter l’armement prescrit par l’alinéa (*g*) du paragraphe 3. Règle XXXVII. Installation, et Manoeuvre des Embarmtimïs et des Radeaux de Sauvetage. 1. Sous réserve des prescriptions de la Règle XXXVIII, les embarcations de sauvetage peuvent être placées l’une au-dessus de l’autre ou elles peuvent, sous certaines conditions que pourra imposer l’Administration, être placées l’une dans l’autre; toutefois, quand des embarcations ainsi disposées doivent être soulevées avant d’être mises à l’eau, on ne les admettra que s’il est prévu un appareil mécanique à moteur pour les soulever. 1248 2. The lifeboats and life rafts additional to boats stowed under boats attached to davits may be stowed across a deck, bridge or poop and so secured that they will have the best chance of floating free of the ship if there is no time to launch them. 3. As large a number as possible of the additional boats referred to in paragraph 2 shall be capable of being launched on either side of the ship by means of approved appliances for transferring them from one side of the deck to the other. 4. Boats may only be stowed on more than one deck on condition that proper measures are taken to prevent boats on a lower deck being fouled by those stowed on a deck above. 5. Boats shall not be placed in the bows of the ship or in any positions in which they would be brought into dangerous proximity to the propellers at the time of launching. 6. Davits shall be of approved form and so disposed on one or more decks that the boats placed under them can be safely lowered without interference from the operation of any other davits. 7. The davits, blocks, falls and all other gear shall be of such strength that the boats can be safely lowered with the full complement of persons and equipment, with the ship listed to 15 degrees either way. The falls shall be long enough to reach the water with the vessel at her lightest seagoing draught and with a list of 15 degrees. 8. The davits shall be fitted with gear of sufficient power to ensure that the boats, fully equipped and manned, but not otherwise loaded with passengers, can be turned out against the maximum list at which the lowering of the boats is possible. 9. The boats attached to the davits shall have the falls ready for service, and means shall be provided for speedily, but not necessarily simultaneously, detaching the boats from the falls. 10. Where more than one boat is served by the same set of davits, if the falls are of rope, separate falls shall be provided to serve each boat, but where wire falls are used with mechanical appliances for recovering them, separate falls need not be provided. The appliances used must be such as to ensure lowering the boats in turn and rapidly. Where mechanical appliances are fitted for the recovery of the falls efficient hand gear shall also be provided. 11. On short international voyages where the height of the boat deck above the water line when the vessel is at her lightest sea-going draught does not exceed 4·5 metres (15 feet), the requirements as to strength of davits and turning-out gear in sub-paragraphs 7, 8 and 10 shall not apply. 1249 2. Les embarcations de sauvetage et les radeaux de sauvetage mis en complément des embarcations placées sous bossoirs peuvent être arrimés par le travers d’un pont, d’un château ou d’une dunette et assujettis de telle sorte qu’ils aient toute chance de flotter en se libérant du navire, si on n’a pas le temps de les mettre à l’eau. 3. Le plus grand nombre possible des embarcations complémentaires auxquelles s’applique le paragraphe 2 doit pouvoir être mis à l’eau d’un bord quelconque du navire, au moyen de dispositifs approuvés permettant de les transporter d’un bord à l’autre du pont. 4. Les embarcations ne peuvent être placées sur plus d’un pont que si des mesures sont prises pour éviter que les embarcations d’un pont inférieur ne soient avariées par les embarcations placées sur le pont au-dessus. 5. On ne doit pas mettre d’embarcations à l’extrême avant ni dans un emplacement où elles viendraient à une distance dangereuse des propulseurs, au moment de leur mise à l’eau. 6. Les bossoirs doivent être de forme approuvée et disposés sur un ou plusieurs ponts, de telle manière que les embarcations placées au-dessous de chacun d’eux puissent être mises à l’eau avec sécurité sans gêner la manoeuvre des autres bossoirs. 7. Les bossoirs, poulies, garants et autres accessoires doivent avoir une résistance suffisante pour permettre de mettre à l’eau, avec sécurité, les embarcations contenant leur complet chargement de personnes et de matériel, même si le navire à une bande de 15 degrés d’un bord quelconque. Les garants doivent être assez longs pour permettre d’atteindre l’eau, le navire étant à son tirant d’eau minimum à la mer et ayant une bande de 15 degrés. 8. Les bossoirs doivent être pourvus d’apparaux d’une force suffisante pour permettre de mettre dehors les embarcations, avec leur équipage et leur armement au complet, mais sans passagers, avec la bande contraire la plus forte pour laquelle il sera ensuite possible d’amener l’embarcation à l’eau. 9. Les embarcations attachées aux bossoirs doivent avoir leurs palans prêts à être utilisés et des dispositions doivent être prises pour que les embarcations soient rapidement libérées des palans, sans qu’il soit nécessaire que cette manoeuvre soit simultanée pour les deux palans. 10. Lorsque le même jeu de bossoirs sert pour plus d’une embarcation, il doit y avoir des palans distincts pour chaque embarcation si les garants sont en cordage; mais des palans distincts ne sont pas exigés si on emploie des garants métalliques avec un dispositif mécanique pour les rentrer. Les appareils employés doivent permettre de mettre à l’eau lés embarcations avec ordre et rapidité. Lorsqu’un dispositif mécanique est employé pour rentrer les garants, il doit être complété par une commande à main efficace. 11. Dans les voyages internationaux courts, si la hauteur du pont des embarcations au-dessus de la flottaison correspondant au plus faible tirant d’eau du navire à la mer ne dépasse pas quatre mètres cinquante (15 pieds), on n’appliquera pas les prescriptions des paragraphes 7, 8 et 10 ci-dessus. 1250 Regulation XXXVIII. Number and Capacity of Boats, Life Rafts, &c., and Davits.Boats, life rafts, etc., and davits. 1. Number and capacity. A ship shall be provided with sets of davits in accordance with its length as provided in Column A of the Table in Regulation XXXIX, provided that a number of sets of davits greater than the number of boats necessary for the accommodation of all the persons on board shall not be required. Each set of davits shall have a boat of Class I attached to it. If the lifeboats attached to davits do not provide sufficient accommodation for all the persons on board, additional lifeboats of one of the standard types shall be provided. One additional lifeboat shall, in the first place, be stowed under each of the boats attached to davits. After these have been fitted other boats shall be carried inboard, but an Administration may, if it is of opinion that life rafts will be more readily available and otherwise more satisfactory than these lifeboats in a case of emergency, allow life rafts to be carried provided that the total capacity of the boats on the ship will be at least up to the minimum capacity required by Column C of the Table in Regulation XXXIX. When in the opinion of the Administration it is neither practicable nor reasonable to place on a ship the number of sets of davits required by Column A of the Table in Regulation XXXIX, the Administration may authorise, under exceptional conditions, a smaller number of sets of davits, provided always that this number shall never be less than the minimum number fixed by Column B of the Table and that the total capacity of the boats on the ship will be at least up to the minimum capacity required by Column C. 2. A ship engaged on short international voyages shall be provided with sets of davits in accordance with its length as provided in Column A of the Table in Regulation XXXIX. Each set of davits shall have a boat of Class I attached to it. If the lifeboats attached to davits do not provide the minimum cubic capacity specified in Column D of the Table in Regulation XXXIX or provide accommodation for all persons on board, additional lifeboats of one of the standard types, approved life rafts or other approved buoyant apparatus shall be provided, and the accommodation thus provided shall be sufficient for all on board. When in the opinion of the Administration it is neither practicable nor reasonable to place on a ship engaged in short international voyages, the number of sets of davits required by Column A of the Table in Regulation XXXIX, the Administration may authorise, under exceptional conditions, a smaller number of sets of davits, provided always that this number shall never be less than the minimum number fixed by Column B of the Table, and that the total capacity of the boats on the ship will be at least up to the minimum capacity required by Column D. 1251 Règle XXXVIII. Nombre et Capacité des Embarcations et des Radeaux de Sauvetage, &c. . . . Bossoirs. 1. Tout navire doit avoir un nombre de jeux de bossoirs déterminé d’après sa longueur, par la Colonne A du tableau inséré à la Règle XXXIX, sous réserve qu’il ne sera pas exigé un nombre de jeux de bossoirs supérieur à celui des embarcations nécessaires pour recevoir toutes les personnes présentes à bord. Sous chaque jeu de bossoirs doit être attachée une embarcation de la Classe I. Si les embarcations de sauvetage attachées aux bossoirs ne fournissent pas une place suffisante pour recevoir toutes les personnes présentes à bord, on doit installer des embarcations additionnelles de l’un des types réglementaires. Tout d’abord une embarcation additionnelle doit être placée sous chacune des embarcations attachées aux bossoirs. Lorsque celles-ci auront été installées, le reste des embarcations sera placé en retrait. Toutefois les diverses Administrations, si elles estiment que les radeaux de sauvetage sont plus rapidement utilisables et par ailleurs plus efficaces que les embarcations de sauvetage, en cas d’urgence, peuvent permettre d’installer des radeaux de sauvetage, pourvu que la capacité totale des embarcations du navire soit au moins égale au minimum fixé par la Colonne C du tableau inséré à la Règle XXXIX. Lorsque, dans l’opinion d’une Administration, il n’est ni pratiquement possible, ni raisonnable de mettre sur un navire le nombre de jeux de bossoirs exigé par la Colonne A du tableau inséré à la Règle XXXIX, cette Administration peut, dans certains cas exceptionnels, autoriser une réduction du nombre de jeux de bossoirs, pourvu, toutefois, que ce nombre ne soit pas inférieur au nombre réduit fixé par la Colonne B et aussi que la capacité totale des embarcations du navire soit au moins égale au minimum exigé par la Colonne C. 2. Un navire affecté à des voyages internationaux courts doit avoir un nombre de jeux de bossoirs d’après sa longueur, fixé par Colonne A du tableau inséré à la Règle XXXIX. Sous chaque jeu de bossoirs doit être attachée une embarcation de la Classe I. Si les embarcations de sauvetage attachées aux bossoirs n’ont pas la capacité minimum exigée par la Colonne D du tableau de la Règle XXXIX, et si elles ne contiennent pas une place pour chaque personne présente à bord, on installera des embarcations de sauvetage complémentaires d’un des types réglementaires, des radeaux de sauvetage approuvés ou d’autres engins flottants approuvés, de façon à ce qu’il y ait ainsi une place suffisante pour toutes les personnes présentes à bord. Lorsque, dans l’opinion d’une Administration, il n’est ni pratiquement possible, ni raisonnable de mettre sur un navire effectuant des voyages internationaux courts, le nombre de jeux de bossoirs exigé par la Colonne A du tableau inséré à la Règle XXXIX, l’Administration peut, dans certains cas exceptionnels, autoriser une réduction dans le nombre de jeux de bossoirs, pourvu, toutefois, que ce nombre ne soit pas inférieur au nombre réduit exigé par la Colonne B et aussi que la capacité totale des embarcations du navire soit au moins égale au minimum exigé par la Colonne D. 1252 Regulation XXXIX. Table relating to davits and lifeboat capacity. Table relating to davits and lifeboat capacity.The following table fixes, according to the length of the ship— (A.) The minimum number of sets of davits to be provided to each of which must be attached a boat of Class I in accordance with Regulation XXXVIII above. (B.) The smaller number of sets of davits which may be authorised exceptionally under Regulation XXXVIII. (C.) The minimum life-boat capacity required, including the lifeboats attached to davits and the additional boats, in accordance with Regulation XXXVIII. (D.) The minimum life-boat capacity required for a ship engaged in short international voyages. Registered Length of the Ship. (A.) Minimum Number of Sets of Davits. (B.) Smaller Number of Sets of Davits authorised exceptionally. (C.) Minimum Capacity of Lifeboats. (D.) Minimum Capacity of Lifeboats. Metres. Feet. Cubic Metres. Cubic Feet. Cubic Metres. Cubic Feet. Note on
(A)and (B).—When the length of the ship exceeds 314 metres (equivalent to 1,030 feet) the Administration shall determine the minimum number of sets of davits for that ship; full particulars of its decision shall be communicated to the other Administrations. Note on
(C)and (D).—For the purposes of this table the capacity of a boat of Class II is obtained by multiplying the number of persons for which the boat is certified by 0.283 to obtain the capacity in cubic metres and by 10 to obtain the capacity in cubic feet. Note on (D).—When the length of a ship is under 31 metres (equivalent to 100 feet) or over 168 metres (equivalent to 550 feet) the cubic capacity of the lifeboats shall be prescribed by the Administration. 31 and under 37 100 and under 120 2 2 28 980 11 400 37 “ 43 120 “ 140 2 2 35 1,220 17 600 43 “ 49 140 “ 160 2 2 44 1,550 24 850 49 “ 53 160 “ 175 3 3 53 1,880 33 1,150 53 “ 58 175 “ 190 3 3 68 2,390 37 1,300 58 “ 63 190 “ 205 4 4 78 2,740 41 1,450 63 “ 67 205 “ 220 4 4 94 3,330 45 1,600 67 “ 70 220 “ 230 5 4 110 3,900 48 1,700 70 “ 75 230 “ 245 5 4 129 4, 560 52 1,850 75 “ 78 245 “ 255 6 5 144 5,100 60 2,100 78 “ 82 255 “ 270 6 5 160 5,640 68 2,400 82 “ 87 270 “ 285 7 5 175 6,190 76 2,700 87 “ 91 285 “ 300 7 5 196 6,930 85 3,000 91 “ 96 300 “ 315 8 6 214 7,550 94 3,300 96 “ 101 315 “ 330 8 6 235 8,290 105 3,700 101 “ 107 330 “ 350 9 7 255 9,000 116 4,100 107 “ 113 350 “ 370 9 7 273 9, 630 125 4,400 113 “ 119 370 “ 380 10 7 301 10,650 133 4,700 119 “ 125 390 “ 410 10 7 331 11,700 144 5,100 125 “ 133 410 “ 435 12 9 370 13,060 156 5,500 133 “ 140 435 “ 460 12 9 408 14,430 170 6,000 140 “ 149 460 “ 490 14 10 451 15,920 185 6,550 149 “ 159 490 “ 520 14 10 490 17,310 201 7,100 159 “ 168 520 “ 550 16 12 530 18,720 217 7,650 168 “ 177 550 “ 580 16 12 576 20,350 177 “ 186 580 “ 610 18 13 620 21,900 186 “ 195 610 “ 640 18 13 671 23,700 195 “ 204 640 “ 670 20 14 717 25,350 204 “ 213 670 “ 700 20 14 766 27,050 213 “ 223 700 “ 730 22 15 808 28,560 223 “ 232 730 “ 760 22 15 854 30,180 232 “ 241 760 “ 790 24 17 908 32,100 241 “ 250 790 “ 820 24 17 972 34,350 250 “ 261 820 “ 855 26 18 1,031 36,450 261 “ 271 855 “ 890 26 18 1,097 38,750 271 “ 282 890 “ 925 28 19 1,160 41,000 282 “ 293 925 “ 960 28 19 1,242 43,880 293 “ 303 960 “ 995 30 20 1,312 46,350 303 “ 314 995 “ 1,030 30 20 1,380 48,750 1253 Règle XXXIX. Tableau relatif aux Bossoirs et à la Capacité des Embarcations de sauvetage. La Tableau ci-après fixe, d’après la longueur du navire: (A.) le nombre minimum de jeux de bossoirs à installer et sous chacun desquels doit être attachée une embarcation de la Classe I conformément à la Règle XXXVIII ci-dessus; (B.) le nombre réduit de jeux de bossoirs qui peut être admis exceptionnellement, conformément à la Règle XXXVIII; (C.) la capacité minimum requise pour les embarcations de sauvetage comprenant les embarcations sous bossoirs et les embarcations additionnelles, conformément à la Règle XXXVIII; (D.) la capacité minimum requise pour les embarcations de sauvetage sur un navire effectuant des voyagea internationaux courts. Longueur enregistrée du Navire. (A.) Nombre minimum de Jeux de Bossoirs. (B.) Nombre réduit de Jeux de Bossoirs qui peut être admis exceptionnellement. (C.) Capacité minimum des Embarcations de Sauvetage. (D.) Capacité minimum des Embarcations de Sauvetage. Mètres. Pieds anglais. Mètres Cubes. Pieds cubes anglais. Mètres Cubes. Pieds cubes anglais. Note sur
(A)et (B).—Lorsque [a longueur du navire dépasse 314 mètres (équivalant à 1,030 pieds anglais) l’Administration doit déterminer !e nombre de jeux de bossoirs que ledit navire doit recevoir. Copie de la décision doit être donnée aux autres Administrations. Note sur
(C)et (D)—Pour l’application de co Tableau la capacité d’une embarcation de la Classe II s’obtient en multipliant le nombre de personnes pour lequel l’embarcation est certifiée par 0,283 pour obtenir la capacité en mètres cubes et par 10 pour obtenir la capacité en pieds cubes. Note sur (D).—Lorsque la longueur du navire est amieasous de 31 mètres (équivalant â 100 pieds) ou qu’elle dépasse 1B8 mètres (équivalant â CM pieds) la capacité cubique des embarcations de sauvetage doit être déterminée par V Administrât Son. 31 {et au-defisous de} 37 100 {et au-dessous de} 120 2 2 28 980 11 400 37 “ 43 120 “ 140 2 2 35 1,220 17 600 43 “ 49 140 “ 160 2 2 44 1,550 24 850 49 “ 53 160 “ 175 3 3 53 1,880 33 1,150 53 “ 58 175 “ 190 3 3 68 2,390 37 1,300 58 “ 63 190 “ 205 4 4 78 2,740 41 1,450 63 “ 67 205 “ 220 4 4 94 3,330 45 1,600 67 “ 70 220 “ 230 5 4 110 3,900 48 1,700 70 “ 75 230 “ 245 5 4 129 4, 560 52 1,850 75 “ 78 245 “ 255 6 5 144 5,100 60 2,100 78 “ 82 255 “ 270 6 5 160 5,640 68 2,400 82 “ 87 270 “ 285 7 5 175 6,190 76 2,700 87 “ 91 285 “ 300 7 5 196 6,930 85 3,000 91 “ 96 300 “ 315 8 6 214 7,550 94 3,300 96 “ 101 315 “ 330 8 6 235 8,290 105 3,700 101 “ 107 330 “ 350 9 7 255 9,000 116 4,100 107 “ 113 350 “ 370 9 7 273 9, 630 125 4,400 113 “ 119 370 “ 3S0 10 7 301 10,650 133 4,700 119 “ 125 390 “ 410 10 7 331 11,700 144 5,100 125 “ 133 410 “ 435 12 9 370 13,060 156 5,500 133 “ 140 435 “ 460 12 9 408 14,430 170 6,000 140 “ 149 460 “ 490 14 10 451 15,920 185 6,550 149 “ 159 490 “ 520 14 10 490 17,310 201 7,100 159 “ 168 520 “ 550 16 12 530 18,720 217 7,650 168 “ 177 550 “ 580 16 12 576 20,350 177 “ 186 580 “ 610 18 13 620 21,900 186 “ 195 610 “ 640 18 13 671 23,700 195 “ 204 640 “ 670 20 14 717 25,350 204 “ 213 670 “ 700 20 14 766 27,050 213 “ 223 700 “ 730 22 15 808 28,560 223 “ 232 730 “ 760 22 15 854 30,180 232 “ 241 760 “ 790 24 17 908 32,100 241 “ 250 790 “ 820 24 17 972 34,350 250 “ 261 820 “ 855 26 18 1,031 36,450 261 “ 271 855 “ 890 26 18 1,097 38,750 271 “ 282 890 “ 925 28 19 1,160 41,000 282 “ 293 925 “ 960 28 19 1,242 43,880 293 “ 303 960 “ 995 30 20 1,312 46,350 303 “ 314 995 “ 1,030 30 20 1,380 48,750 1254 Regulation XL. Life-Jackets and Life-Buoys. 1. Life-jackets and lifebuoys. A life-jacket shall satisfy the following requirements:— (*a*.) It shall be constructed with proper workmanship and materials. (*b*.) It shall be capable of supporting in fresh water for 24 hours 7.5 kilogrammes of iron (equivalent to 16½ pounds); (*c*.) It shall be reversible. Life-jackets the buoyancy of which depends on air compartments are prohibited. 2. A lifebuoy shall satisfy the following requirements:— (*a*.) It shall be of solid cork or any other equivalent material; (*b*.) It shall be capable of supporting in fresh water for 24 hours at least 14.5 kilogrammes (equivalent to 32 pounds) of iron. Life-buoys filled with rushes, cork shavings or granulated cork, or any other loose granulated material, or whose buoyancy depends upon air compartments which require to be inflated, are prohibited. 3. The minimum number of life-buoys with which ships are to be provided is fixed by the following table:— Length of the Ship. Minimun Number of Buoys. Metres. Equivalent in Feet. Under 61 Under 200 8 61 and under 122 200 and under 400 12 122 and under 183 400 and under 600 18 183 and under 244 600 and under 800 24 244 and over 800 and over 30 4. All the buoys shall be fitted with beckets securely seized. At least one buoy on each side shall be fitted with a life-line of at least 27.5 metres (15 fathoms) in length. Not less than one-half of the total number of life-buoys, and in no case less than six, shall be provided with efficient self-igniting fights which cannot be extinguished in water, and these shall be kept near the buoys to which they belong, with the necessary means of attachment. 5. All the life-buoys and life-jackets shall be so placed as to be readily accessible to the persons on board; their position shall be plainly indicated so as to be known to the persons concerned. The life-buoys shall always be capable of being rapidly cast loose and shall not be permanently secured in any way. 1255 Règle XL. Brassières de Sauvetage et Bouées de Sauvetage. 1. Une brassière de sauvetage doit remplir les conditions suivantes: (*a*) être de matière et de construction approuvées; (*b*) être capable de soutenir en eau douce, pendant vingt-quatre heures, sans couler, un poids de fer de 7 kilogrammes 500 (16,5 livres anglaises); (*c*) être réversible. Sont prohibées les brassières dont la flottabilité est assurée au moyen de compartiments à air. 2. Une bouée de sauvetage doit remplir les conditions suivantes: (*a*) être, soit en liège massif, soit en toute autre matière équivalente; (*b*) être capable de soutenir en eau douce, pendant vingt-quatre heures, sans couler, un poids de fer d’au moins 14,5 kilogrammes (32 livres anglaises). Sont prohibées les bouées de sauvetage dont le remplissage est constitué par du jonc, du liège en copeaux ou en grains, ou par toute autre substance à l’état de déchets et sans cohésion propre ainsi que les bouées dont la flottabilité est assurée au moyen de compartiments à air nécessitant une insufflation préalable. 3. Le nombre minimum de bouées de sauvetage dont doivent être munis les navires est fixé par le tableau suivant: Longueur du navire. Nombre minimum de bouées. Mètres. Pieds anglais. Au-dessous de 61 Au-dessous de 200 8 61 et au-dessous de 122 200 et au-dessous de 400 12 122 et au-dessous de 183 400 et au-dessous de 600 18 183 et au-dessous de 244 600 et au-dessous de 800 24 244 et au-dessus 800 et au-dessus 30 4. Toutes les bouées doivent être pourvues de guirlandes solidement amarrées. Il doit y avoir une bouée au moins, de chaque bord, qui soit pourvue d’une ligne de sauvetage longue de 27 m. 50 (15 brasses) au moins. Le nombre des bouées de sauvetage lumineuses ne doit pas être inférieur à la moitié du nombre total des bouées de sauvetage et ne doit en aucun cas descendre au-dessous de six. Les fusées correspondantes doivent être automatiques, efficaces, et ne doivent pas s’éteindre dans l’eau; elles doivent être disposées au voisinage de leurs bouées, avec les organes de fixation nécessaires. 5. Toutes les brasâères et bouées de sauvetage doivent être installées à bord de façon à être à portée immédiate de toutes les personnes embarquées; leur position doit être nettement indiquée de manière à être connue des intéressés. Les bouées de sauvetage doivent pouvoir toujours être larguées instantanément et ne comporter aucun dispositif de fixation permanente. 1256 Regulation XLI. Certificated Lifeboatmen. Certificated lifeboatmen.*Ante*, p. 1144.In order to obtain the special lifeboatman’s certificate provided for in Article 22 of the present Convention, the applicant must prove that he has been trained in all the operations connected with launching lifeboats and the use of oars; that he is acquainted with the practical handling of the boats themselves; and, further, that he is capable of understanding and answering the orders relative to lifeboat service. There shall be for each boat or life-raft a number of lifeboatmen at least equal to that specified in the following table:— If the Prescribed Complement is— The Minimum Number of Certificated Lifeboatmen shall be— Less than 41 persons 2 From 41 to 61 persons 3 From 62 to 85 persons 4 Above 85 persons 5 Regulation XLII. Manning of Boats. Manning of boats.A deck officer or certificated lifeboatman shall be placed in charge of each boat or life-raft and a second in command shall also be nominated. The person in charge shall have a list of its crew, and shall see that the men placed under his orders are acquainted with their several duties. A man capable of working the motor shall be assigned to each motor boat. A man capable of working the wireless and searchlight installations shall be assigned to boats carrying this equipment. The duty of seeing that the boats, life-rafts and buoyant apparatus and other lifesaving apparatus are at all times ready for use shall be assigned to one or more officers. Regulation XLIII. Fire Detection and Extinction. 1. Fire detection and extinction. An efficient patrol system shall be maintained, so that any outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. In addition, a fire alarm or fire detecting system shall be provided, which will automatically indicate or register at one or more points or stations, where it can be most quickly observed by officers and crew, the presence or indication of fire in any part of the ship not accessible to the patrol system. 1257 Règle XLI. Canotiers brevetés. Pour obtenir le brevet spécial de canotier prévu à l’Article 22 de la présente Convention, le postulant doit justifier qu’il est exercé dans la manoeuvre complète de mise à l’eau des embarcations de sauvetage et dans le maniement des avirons; qu’il possède la connaissance et la pratique de la manoeuvre des embarcations elles-mêmes; et qu’il est, en outre, capable de comprendre les ordres relatifs au service de ces divers engins et de répondre à ces ordres. Il doit y avoir pour chaque embarcation ou radeau de sauvetage un nombre de canotiers au moins égal à celui qui est prévu au tableau ci-dessous: Si le nombre de personnes est: Le nombre minimum de canotiers brevetés doit être de: Moins de 41 personnes 2 De 41 à 61 personnes 3 De 62 à 85 personnes 4 Au-dessus de 85 personnes 5 Règle XLII. Personnel des Embarcations de Sauvetage. Un officier de pont ou un canotier breveté doit être chargé de chaque embarcation ou radeau de sauvetage et il lui sera également désigné un suppléant. Celui qui est chargé d’une embarcation doit avoir la liste de son personnel et s’assurer que les hommes placés sous ses ordres connaissent respectivement leurs postes et leurs fonctions. A toute embarcation à moteur doit être affecté un homme sachant conduire le moteur. Un homme sachant se servir d’une installation radiotélégraphique et d’un projecteur doit être affecté à chaque embarcation comportant ces appareils. Un ou plusieurs officiers doivent être chargés de veiller à ce que les embarcations, radeaux de sauvetage, engins flottants et autres engins de sauvetage soient toujours prêts à être utilisés. Règle XLIII. Découverte et Extinction de l’incendie. 1. Un service effecif de ronde doit être organisé de telle manière que tout commencement d’incendie soit promptement découvert. En outre, un système d’avertisseurs d’incendie ou de détecteurs d’incendie doit être installé, pour indiquer ou enregistrer automatiquement dans un ou plusieurs points ou stations où ces indications peuvent être rapidement observéespar les officiers et l’équipage, l’existence ou l’indication d’un incendie dans toutes les parties du navire inaccessibles au service de ronde. 1258 2. Every ship shall be provided with powerful pumps, operated by steam or other means. On ships of less than 4,000 tons gross there shall be two, and on larger ships three of these pumps. Each of the pumps shall be capable of delivering a sufficient quantity of water in two powerful jets simultaneously in any given part of the ship, and shall be available for immediate use before the ship leaves port. 3. The service pipes shall permit of two powerful jets of water being simultaneously directed on any given part of a deck occupied by passengers and crew, when the watertight and fire-resisting doors are closed. The service pipes and hoses shall be of ample size and made of suitable material. The branches of the pipes shall be so placed on each deck that the fire hose can be easily coupled to them. 4. Provision shall be made whereby at least two powerful jets of water can be rapidly and simultaneously directed into any space containing cargo. In addition, arrangements shall be made whereby smothering gas sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 30 per cent, of the gross volume of the largest hold in the ship can be promptly conveyed by a permanent piping system into each compartment in which cargo is carried. Steam in adequately equivalent proportion may be accepted in place of smothering gas on steamdriven ships. Provision for the supply of smothering gas or steam need not be required in ships of less than 1,000 tons gross. 5. A sufficient number of portable fluid fire extinguishers shall be provided, at least two being carried in each machinery space. 6. Two equipments, consisting of a smoke helmet or breathing apparatus and a safety lamp, shall be carried on board, and kept in two widely separated places. 7. In steamships in which the main boilers are oil fired, there shall be provided in addition to means whereby two powerful jets of water may be rapidly and simultaneously directed into any part of the machinery spaces— (*a*.) Suitable conductors for spraying water on oil without undue disturbance of the surface. (*b*.) In each firing space, a receptacle containing 283 cubic decimetres (10 cubic feet) of sand, sawdust impregnated with soda, or other approved dry materials, and scoops for distributing the same. (*c*.) In each boiler room, and in each of the machinery spaces in which a part of the oil fuel installation is situated, two approved portable extinguishers of a type discharging froth or other approved medium suitable for quenching oil fires. 1259 2. Chaque navire doit disposer de pompes à incendie puissantes mues par la vapeur ou par toute autre énergie. Ces pompes sont au nombre de deux pour les navires de moins de quatre mille tonneaux de jauge brute, et de trois pour les navires plus grands. Elles doivent être assez puissantes pour débiter chacune une quantité d’eau suffisante par deux jets énergiques simultanés en un point quelconque du navire. Elles doivent être mises, avant l’appareillage, en état de fonctionner sans délai. 3. Les tuyautages d’incendie doivent permettre de diriger rapidement deux jets d’eau énergiques simultanés dans une région quelconque d’un entrepont habité dont les portes étanches et les portes contre l’incendie sont fermées. Les manches à incendie et les tuyautages doivent être largement proportionnés et faits de matières convenables. Les raccords de tuyautages doivent être dans chaque entrepont installés de telle manière que les manches puissent s’y adapter facilement. 4. Dans tout espace occupé par le chargement, on doit pouvoir diriger rapidement et simultanément au moins deux jets d’eau puissants. En outre, des dispositions doivent être prises pour amener rapidement par un tuyautage fixe, dans chaque compartiment occupé par des marchandises, un gaz extincteur en quantité telle que le volume de gaz libre soit au moins égal à trente pour cent du volume de la plus grande cale du navire. Sur les navires à vapeur, on peut accepter de la vapeur en quantité équivalente. L’installation pour l’extinction par le gaz ou la vapeur n’est pas obligatoire sur les navires de moins de 1,000 tonneaux de jauge brute. 5. Des extincteurs d’incendie portatifs d’un type à fluide doivent être prévus en nombre convenable. Chaque compartiment de la tranche des machines doit en recevoir au moins deux. 6. Il doit y avoir à bord deux équipements composés chacun d’un casque ou d’un appareil respiratoire et d’un fanal de sûreté. Ils doivent être déposés en deux endroits différents. 7. Sur les navires à vapeur dans lesquels les chaudières principales sont chauffées au combustible liquide, en outre de dispositifs permettant d’amener rapidement et simultanément deux jets d’eau puissants en tout point de la tranche des machines, on doit installer: (*a*) des distributeurs convenables pour projeter de l’eau en pluie sur le combustible liquide sans agitation anormale de la surface; (*b*) dans chaque rue de chauffe, un récipient contenant 283 décimètres cubes (10 pieds cubes) de sable, de sciure de bois imprégnée de soude, de toute autre matière sèche approuvée et des écopes pour la répandre; (*c*) dans chaque chaufferie et dans tout local de machines où se trouve une partie de l’installation de combustible liquide, deux extincteurs portatifs d’un type distributeur de mousse ou d’un autre agent approuvé efficace pour éteindre un incendie de combustible liquide; 1260 (*d*.) Means whereby froth may be rapidly discharged and distributed over the whole of the lower part of the boiler room or of any one boiler room, if there are more than one, or of any machinery space in which oil fuel units or settling tanks are situated. The quantity of froth which can be discharged shall be ample to cover to a depth of 15·24 centimetres (6 inches) the whole area of the plating formed in any one compartment by the inner bottom plating, or by the shell plating of the vessel, if there is no double-bottom tank. If the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separate, and fuel can. drain from the boiler room bilges into the engine room, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered as one compartment. The apparatus shall be operated and controlled from outside the compartment in which the fire may occur. (*e*.) In addition to the foregoing, one extinguisher of the froth type of at least 136 litres (30 gallons) capacity in steamships having one boiler room and two such extinguishers in steamships with more than one boiler room. These extinguishers shall be provided with hoses on reels suitable for reaching any part of the boiler rooms and spaces containing oil-fuel pumping units. Equally efficient apparatus may be accepted in place of the 136 litres (30-gallons) extinguishers. (*f*.) All containers and valves by which they are operated shall be easily accessible and so placed that they will not readily be cut off from use by an outbreak of fire. 8. In vessels propelled by internal combustion engines there shall be provided in each of the machinery spaces, in addition to means whereby two powerful jets of water may be rapidly and simultaneously directed into any part of the machinery spaces, together with suitable spraying conductors, froth extinguishers as follows:— (*a*.) At least one approved 45 litres (10-gallons) extinguisher with an addition of one approved 9 litres (2-gallons) extinguisher for each 1,000 B.H.P. of the engines, but the total number of 9 litres (2-gallons) extinguishers so supplied shall be not less than two and need not exceed six. (*b*.) When a donkey boiler is situated in the machinery space there shall be provided, in place of the 45 litres (10-gallons) extinguisher mentioned above, one of 136 litres (30 gallons) capacity, fitted with suitable hose attachments or other approved methods for distributing the froth. 9. In steamships using oil fuel, if the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separated by a steel bulkhead, and if fuel oil can drain from the boiler-room bilges into the engine room, one of the fire pumps shall be situated in the tunnel or other space outside the machinery compartment. When more than two pumps are required they shall not all be fitted in the same space. 1261 (*d*) des dispositifs pour produire et distribuer rapidement de la mousse sur toute la surface inférieure de la chaufferie ou de chacune des chaufferies, s’il y en a plusieurs et de toute partie des machines qui renferme des pompes à combustible ou des caisses de décantation. ia quantité de mousse à produire doit être suffisante pour couvrir sur une épaisseur de 15,24 centimètres (6 pouces) la surface totale des tôles formant dans un compartiment quelconque le plafond du waterballast, ou de celles du bordé extérieur là où il n’y a pas de waterballast. Si le compartiment des machines et celui des chaudières ne sont pas complètement séparés et si le combustible liquide peut passer de la cale de la chaufferie dans celle des machines, le compartiment des machines et la chaufferie seront considérés comme formant un seul compartiment. L’appareil doit pouvoir être mis en marche et contrôlé de l’extérieur du compartiment où l’incendie peut éclater; (*e*) en outre de ce qui précède, il doit y avoir sur les navires à vapeur n’ayant qu’une chaufferie, un extincteur à mousse et sur les navires ayant plus d’une chaufferie, deux extincteurs à mousse d’au moins 136 litres (30 gallons) de capacité. Ces extincteurs doivent être pourvus de tuyaux sur dévidoirs permettant d’atteindre toutes les parties des chaufferies et des locaux contenant les pompes à combustible. Des appareils d’une efficacité équivalente peuvent être acceptés au lieu d’extincteurs de 136 litres (30 gallons); (*f*) tous les récipients et les valves qui servent à les mettre en oeuvre doivent être aisément accessibles et placés de telle sorte qu’ils ne soient pas facilement rendus inutilisables par un commencement d’incendie. 8. Dans les navires à moteurs à combustion interne, en outre des dispositifs permettant d’amener rapidement et simultanément deux jets d’eau puissants sur tous les points de la tranche des machines et également des distributeurs d’eau en pluie, on doit installer, dans chaque local des machines, les extincteurs à mousse suivants: (*a*) au moins un extincteur approuvé de 45 litres (10 gallons), et, en outre, par 1,000 CV de puissance au frein des machines, un extincteur approuvé de 9 litres (2 gallons), sans que le nombre total d’extincteurs de 9 litres puisse être inférieur à deux, ni qu’il en soit exigé plus de six; (*b*) lorsqu’il y a dans la tranche des machines, une chaudière auxiliaire au lieu de l’extincteur de 45 litres (10 gallons) mentionné ci-dessus, il doit en être installé un de 136 litres (30 gallons) avec son tuyautage approprié ou tout autre dispositif approuvé de distribution de mousse. 9. Sur les navires à vapeur utilisant le combustible liquide, si la chambre des machines et la chaufferie ne sont pas complètement séparées par une cloison métallique et si le combustible liquide peut passer de la cale de la chaufferie dans celle de la machine, une des pompes à incendie doit être placée dans le tunnel ou dans un autre espace hors de la tranche des machines. S’il est exigé plus de deux pompes à incendie, elles ne doivent pas être placées toutes dans le même local. 1262 10. Where any special type of appliance, extinguishing medium or arrangement is specified, any other type of appliance, &c., may be allowed, provided that it is not less effective than the specified one. For example—a Carbon Dioxide system may be accepted in place of a froth installation (paragraph (7), sub-paragraphs
(d)and (e)), provided that the quantity of carbon dioxide carried is sufficient to give a gas saturation of about 25 per cent, for the gross volume of the stokehold to about the top of the boilers. 11. All the fire-extinguishing appliances shall be thoroughly examined at least once each year by a surveyor appointed by the Administration. Regulation XLIV. Muster List. Muster list.The muster list shall assign duties to the different members of the crew in connexion with— (*a*.) The closing of the watertight doors, valves, &c. (*b*.) The equipment of the boats, life rafts and buoyant apparatus generally. (*c*.) The launching of the boats attached to davits. (*d*.) The general preparation of the other boats, the life rafts, and buoyant apparatus. (*e*.) The muster of the passengers. (*f*.) The extinction of fire. The muster list shall assign to the members of the stewards’ department their several duties in relation to the passengers at a time of emergency. These duties shall include:— (*a*.) Warning the passengers. (*b*.) Seeing that they are dressed and have put on their lifejackets in a proper manner. (*c*.) Assembling the passengers at muster stations. (*d*.) Keeping order in the passages and on the stairways, and, generally, controlling the movements of the passengers. The muster list shall specify definite signals for calling all the crew to their boat and fire stations, and shall give full particulars of these signals. Regulation XLV. Musters and Drills. Musters and drills.Musters of the crew for boat drill shall take place weekly when practicable, and in vessels in which the voyage exceeds one week, before leaving port. The dates upon which musters are held shall be recorded in the Official Log Book and, if in any week a muster is not held, an entry shall be made stating why a muster was not practicable. 1263 10. Lorqu’il est spécifié un type spécial d’appareil, d’agent extincteur ou d’installation, tout autre type peut être accepté s’il n’est pas moins efficace que le type spécifié. Par exemple, un appareil à acide carbonique peut être admis au lieu d’une installation à mousse (paragraphe 7, alinéas
(d)et (e)), pourvu que la quantité d’acide carbonique transportée soit suffisante pour fournir une saturation de 25 pour cent de gaz pour le volume brut de la chaufferie mesuré jusqu’au sommet des chaudières environ. 11. Toutes les installations pour l’extinction de l’incendie doivent être entièrement visitées une fois par an par un inspecteur désigné par l’Administration. Règle XLIV. Rôle d’Appel. Le rôle d’appel fixe les fonctions des divers membres de l’équipage en ce qui concerne: (*a*) la fermeture des portes étanches, vannes, &c.; (*b*) l’armement des embarcations, des radeaux de sauvetage et des engins flottants en général; (*c*) la mise à l’eau des embarcations sous bossoirs; (*d*) la préparation générale des autres embarcations, des radeaux de sauvetage et des engins flottants; (*e*) le rassemblement des passagers; (*f*) l’extinction de l’incendie. Le rôle d’appel fixe les fonctions que les agents du service général ont à remplir au regard des passagers, en cas d’alarme. Ces fonctions comprennent notamment: (*a*) l’alerte à donner aux passagers; (*b*) le soin de leur faire revêtir et ajuster convenablement les brassières de sauvetage; (*c*) leur rassemblement aux postes d’appel; (*d*) le service d’ordre aux passages et aux échelles et, d’une façon générale, tout ce qui concerne la circulation des passagers. Le rôle d’appel prévoit les signaux spéciaux pour l’appel de tout l’équipage aux postes d’embarcations ou d’incendie. H doit, en outre, contenir une description complète de ces signaux. Règle XLV. Appels et Exercices. Un appel de l’équipage pour exercice d’embarcations doit être fait, autant que possible, chaque semaine et, sur les navires où le voyage dure plus d’une semaine, avant de prendre la mer. Les dates où auront lieu ces exercices seront inscrites au journal de bord réglementaire et si, au cours d’une semaine, aucun exercice n’a eu lieu, les raisons pour lesquelles cet exercice n’était pas possible devront être mentionnées dans ce journal. 1264 In ships in which the voyage exceeds one week practice musters of passengers should be held at an early period of each voyage. Different groups of boats shall be used in turn at successive boat drills. The drills and inspections shall be so arranged that the crew thoroughly understand and are practised in the duties they have to perform, and that all lifesaving appliances with the gear appertaining to them are always ready for immediate use. The emergency signal for summoning passengers to muster stations shall be a succession of more than six short blasts followed by one long blast on the whistle or syren. This shall be supplemented on all ships except those engaged in short international voyages by other electrically operated signals throughout the ship controlled from the bridge. The meaning of all signals affecting passengers shall be clearly stated in different languages on cards posted in their cabins and in other passenger quarters. SAFETY OF NAVIGATION.Safety of Navigation. Regulation XLVI. Transmission of Information. Transmission of information.The transmission of information regarding ice, derelicts, tropical storms or any other direct danger to navigation is obligatory. The form in which the information is sent is not obligatory. It may be transmitted either in plain language (preferably English) or by means of the International Code of Signals (Wireless Telegraphy Section). It should be issued CQ to all ships, and should also be sent to the first point of the coast to which communication can be made with a request that it be transmitted to the appropriate authority. *Ante*, p. 1160.All messages issued under Article 34 of the present Convention will be preceded by the safety signal TTT followed by an indication of the nature of the danger, thus: TTT Ice; TTT Derelict; TTT Storm; TTT Navigation. Information Required. Information required.The following information is desired, the time in all cases being Greenwich Mean Time:— (*a*.) *Ice, Derelicts and other Direct Dangers to Navigation.*
(1)the kind of ice, derelict or danger observed;
(2)the position of the ice, derelict or danger when last observed;
(3)the time and date when the observation was made. 1265 Lorsque le voyage doit durer plus d’une semaine, il devrait être fait un exercice pratique par les passagers, au début du voyage. Les exercices d’embarcations doivent se faire en employant à tour de rôle les différents groupes d’embarcations. Les inspections et exercices doivent être conduits de manière que l’équipage possède la connaissance complète et la pratique des fonctions qu’il a à remplir et que toutes les embarcations et tous les engins de sauvetage du navire, ainsi que leurs apparaux, soient toujours prêts à être utilisés ’mmédiatemeut. Le signal d’appel pour appeler les passagers aux postes d’appel consistera en une succession d’au moins six coups courts, suivis d’un coup long, de la sirène ou du sifflet. En outre, sur tous les navires autres que ceux qui effectuent des voyages internationaux courts, on doit faire dans tout le navire des signaux commandés électriquement de la passerelle. La signification de tous les signaux intéressant les passagers doit être clairement indiquée en plusieurs langues sur des pancartes affichées dans les cabines et autres locaux pour passagers. SÉCURITÉ DE LA NAVIGATION. Règle XLVI. Transmission de Renseignements. La transmission de renseignements concernant les glaces, épaves, tempêtes tropicales ou tout autre danger immédiat pour la navigation est obligatoire. Aucune forme spéciale de transmission n’est imposée. L’information peut être transmise soit en langage clair (de préférence en anglais), soit au moyen du Code international de Signaux (signaux radiotélégraphiques). Elle devrait être transmise, précédée de CQ à tous des navires et devrait être également envoyée au premier point de la côté où la communicatio/n peut se faire avec prière de transmettre à l’autorité compétente. Tous les messages transmis en vertu ue l’Article 34 de la présente Convention seront précédés du signal de sécurité TTT suivi d’une indication sur la nature du danger, par exemple: TTT Glace; TTT Épaves; TTT Tempête; TTT Navigation. Information reguise. Les renseignements à fournir sont les suivante, l’heure, étant, dans tous les cas, l’heure moyenne de Greenwich: (*a*.) *Glaces, Épaves et autres Dangers immédiats pour la Navigalion.*
(1)la nature de la glace, de l’épave ou du danger observés;
(2)la position de la glace, de l’épave ou du danger observés en dernier lieu;
(3)la date et l’heure où l’observation a été faite. 1266 (*b*.) *Tropical Storms.—* (Hurricanes in the West Indies, Typhoons in the China Seas, Cyclones in Indian waters, and storms of a similar nature in other regions.) (1.) *A Statement that a Tropical Storm has been Encountered.—* This obligation should be interpreted in a broad spirit, and information transmitted whenever the master has good reason to believe that a tropical storm exists in his neighbourhood. (2.) *Meteorological Information.—* In view of the great assistance given by accurate meteorological data in fixing the position and movement of storm centres, each shipmaster should add to his warning message as much of the following meteorological information as he finds practicable:— (*a*) barometric pressure (millibars, inches or millimetres); (*b*) change in barometric pressure (the change during the previous two to four hours); (*c*) wind direction (true not magnetic); (*d*) wind force (Beaufort or decimal scale); (*e*) state of the sea (smooth, moderate, rough, high) (*f*) swell (slight, medium, heavy) and the direction from which it comes. When barometric pressure is given the word “millibars,” “inches” or “millimetres,” as the case may be, should be added to the reading, and *it should always be stated whether the reading is corrected or uncorrected*. When changes of the barometer are reported the course and speed of the ship should also be given. All directions should be true, not magnetic. (3.) *Time and Date and Position of the Ship.—* These should be for the time and position when the meteorological observations reported were made and not when the message was prepared or despatched. The time used in all cases should be Greenwich Mean Time. (4.) *Subsequent Observations.—* When a master has reported a tropical storm it is desirable, but not obligatory, that other observations be made and transmitted at intervals of three hours, so long as the ship remains under the influence of the storm. Examples.Examples. *Ice.* Ice.TTT Ice. Large berg sighted in 4605 N., 4410 W., at 0800 GMT. May 15. 1267 (*b*.) *Tempêtes tropicales.—* (Ouragans aux Antilles, typhons dans les mers de Chine, cyclones dans l’O^éan Indien et tempêtes de même nature dans les autres régions.) (1.) *Messages signalant qu’une tempête tropicale a été rencontrée.—* Cette obligation doit être comprise dans un esprit large et l’information devrait être transmise toutes les fois que le capitaine a lieu de croire qu’une tempête tropicale sévît dans son voisinage. (2.) *Renseignements météorologiques.—* Vu l’aide précieuse qu’assurent les renseignements météorologiques exacts en déterminant la position et le mouvement des centres de tempêta, tout capitain" de navire devrait ajouter à son message d’avertissement le plus de renseignements météorologiques qu’il lui sera possible parmi les suivants: (*a*) pression barométrique (millibars, pouces anglais ou millimètres); (*b*) changement dans la pression barométrique (le changement survenu pendant la période de deux à quatre heures qui précède); (*c*) direction du vent (vraie et non magnétique); (*d*) force du vent (échelle Beaufort, ou échelle décimale); (*e*) état de la mer (calme, modérée, forte, démontée); (*f*) houle (modérée, moyenne, forte) et la direction d’où elle vient. Lorsque la pression barométrique est indiquée, les mots “millibars, pouces anglais, ou millimètres,” suivant le cas, devraient être ajoutés à la lecture faite et il y aurait lieu de toujours indiquer si la lecture est corrigée ou non. Lorsque des variations barométriques sont signalées, la route et la vitesse du navire devraient toujours être indiquées. Tous les caps indiqués doivent être vrais et non magnétiques. (3.) *Heure, date et position du navire.—* Ces renseignements doivent s’appliquer à l’heure et à la position où les observations météorologiques ont été prises et non à celle où le message a été préparé ou expédié. Dans tous les cas, l’heure doit être l’heure moyenne de Greenwich. (4.) *Observations ultérieures.—* Lorsqu’un capitaine a signalé une tempête tropicale, il est souhaitable mais non obligatoire de relever d’autres observations et de les transmettre à des intervalles de trois heures tant que le navire reste sous l’influence de la tempête. Exemples. *Glace.* TTT Glace. Grand iceberg aperçu à 4605 N., 4410 W., à 0800 GMT. 15 mai. 1268 *Derelict.* Derelict.TTT Derelict. Observed derelict almost submerged in 4006 N., 1243 W., at 1630 GMT. April 21. *Danger to Navigation.* Danger to navigation.TTT Navigation. Alpha lightship not on station. 1800 GMT. January 3. *Tropical Storm.* Tropical storm.TTT Storm. Experiencing tropical storm. Barometer corrected 994 millibars, falling rapidly. Wind NW., force 9, heavy squalls. Swell E. Course ENE., 5 knots. 2204 N., 11354 E. 0030 GMT. August 18. TTT Storm. Appearances indicate approach of hurricane. Barometer corrected 29·64 inches falling. Wind NE., force 8. Swell medium from NE. Frequent rain squalls. Course 35°, 9 knots. 2200 N., 7236 W. 1300 GMT. September 14. TTT Storm. Conditions indicate intense cyclone has formed. Wind S. by W. force 5. Barometer uncorrected 753 millimetres, fell 5 millimetres last three hours. Course N. 60 W., 8 knots. 1620 N., 9302 E. 0200 GMT. May 4. TTT Storm. Typhoon to south-east. Wind increasing from N. and barometer falling rapidly. Position 1812 N., 12605 E. 0300 GMT. June 12. CERTIFICATES.Certificates. Regulation XLVII. Form of Safety Certificate for Passenger Ships.Safety certificate for passenger ships. **SAFETY CERTIFICATE.** Form. (*Official Seal*.) (*Country*.) for a n a s h o r t international voyage. Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1929. Name of Ship. Distinctive Number or Letters. Port of Registry. Gross Tonnage. The I, the undersigned, (*Name*) Government certifies (*Name*) certify I. That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provisions of the International Convention referred to above. 1269 *Épave.* TTT Épave. Epave observée presque W., à 1630 GMT. 21 avril. submergée à 4006 N., 1243 *Danger pour la Navigation.* TTT Navigation. Bateau phare Alpha pas à son poste 1800 GMT. 3 janvier. *Tempête tropicale.* TTT Tempête. Subissons tempête tropicale. Baromètre corrigé 994 millibars, baisse rapidement. Vent NW, force 9 Beaufort, forts grains. Houle E. Boute ENE., 5 noeuds, 2204 N., 11354 E., 0030 GMT. 18 août. TTT Tempête. Les apparences indiquent l’approche d’un ouragan. Baromètre corrigé; 29·64 pouces en baisse. Vent NE., force 8 Beaufort. Houle moyenne du NE. Grains de pluie fréquents. Route 35 degrés, 9 noeuds. 2200 N., 7236 W. 1300 GMT. 14 septembre. TTT Tempête. Les conditions indiquent la formation d’un cyclone intense. Vent S. ¼ SW., force 5 Beaufort, Baromètre non corrigé 753 m/m a baissé de 5 m/m pendant les trois dernières heures. Route N. 60 W., 8 noeuds. 1620 N., 9302 E. 0200 GMT. 4 mai. TTT Tempête. Typhon dans le SE. Le vent augmente du nord et le baromètre baisse rapidement. Position 1812 N., 12605 E., 0300 GMT. 12 juin. CERTIFICATS. Règle XLVII. Modèle de Certificat de Sécurité pour Navire à Passagers. **CERTIFICAT DE SÉCURITÉ.** (*Cachet officiel.*) (*Nationalité*.) pour u n u n c o u r t voyage international. Délivré en vertu des dispositions de la CONVENTION INTERNATIONALE POUR LA SAUVEGARDE DE LA VIE HUMAINE EN MER, 1929. Nom du Navire. Numéro on Lettres distincdfs du Navire. Port d’immatriculation. Tonnage brut. Le Gouvernement Je, soussigné, (*Nom*) certifie (*Nom*) certifie I. Que le navire susvisé a été dûment visité conformément aux dispositions de la Convention internationale précitée. 1270 II. That the survey showed that the ship complied with the requirements of the said Convention as regards—
(1)the hull, main and auxiliary boilers and machinery;
(2)the watertight subdivision arrangements and details;
(3)the following subdivision loadlines:— Subdivision loadlines assigned and marked on the ship’s side at amidships (Convention Article 5). Freeboard. To apply when the spaces in which passengers are carried include the following alternative spaces. C. 1 C. 2 C. 3
(4)the boats, life-rafts and life-saving appliances which provide for a total number (crew and passengers) of . . . . . . . persons, and no more, viz:— . . . . . . . boats capable of accommodating. . . . . . . persons. . . . . . . . life-rafts “ “. . . . . . . “ . . . . . . . buoyant apparatus capable of supporting persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . life-buoys. . . . . . . . life-jackets. . . . . . . . certificated lifeboatmen.
(5)the radioteleeranh installations:— ——— Requirements of Articles . . . . . . . . . of the said Convention. Actual provision. Hours of watch Whether approved auto-alarm fitted Whether separate emergency installation fitted Minimum number of operators Additional operators or watchers Whether direction-finding apparatus fitted III. That in all other respects the ship complies with the requirements of the said Convention, so far as those requirements apply thereto. This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government. It will remain in force until Issued at the day of *Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue this certificate.* (Seal.) *If signed, the following paragraph is to be added:—* The undersigned declares that he is duly authorised by the said Government to issue this certificate. (Signature.) 1271 II. Qu’à la suite de cette visite, il a été constaté que le navire satisfait aux prescriptions de ladite Convention en ce qui concerne:
(1)la coque, les machines et les chaudières principales et auxiliaires;
(2)les dispositions et les détails relatifs au compartimentage étanche;
(3)les lignes de charge de compartimentage. Lignes de Charges de Compartimentage déterminées et marquées sur la Muraille au milieu du Navire. (Article 5 de la Convention.) Franc-bord. A utiliser quand les Espaces affecté Eaux Passagers comprennent les Volumes suivants pouvant être occupéssoitpar des Passagers soit par des Marchandises. C. 1 C. 2 C. 3 (4.) les embarcations, radeaux de sauvetage et engins de sauvetage qui sont suffisants pour un nombre total maximum de . . . . . . . . personnes (équipage et passagers), à savoir: . . . . . . embarcations susceptibles de recevoir . . . . . personnes. . . . . . . radeaux de sauvetage susceptibles de recevoir . . . . . . personnes. . . . . . . engins flottants susceptibles de supporter . . . . personnes. . . . . . . bouées de sauvetage. . . . . . . brassières de sauvetage. . . . . . . canotiers brevetés. (5.) Les installations radiotélégraphiques: ——— Prescriptions des Articles . . . . . de ladite Convention. Dispositions réalisées à bord. Heures d’écoute Y a-t-il un appareil auto-alarme approuvé? Y a-t-il une installation de secours indépendante? Nombre minimum d’opérateurs Opérateurs supplémentaires ou écouteurs Y a-t-il un radîogoniomètre? III. Que le navire répond à toutes les autres prescriptions de ladite convention dans la mesure où elles lui sont applicables. Ce certificat est délivré au nom du Gouvernement . . . . . . U est valable jusqu’au 19 . Délivré à le 19 . (*Placer ici le cachet ou la signature de l’autorité chargée de la délivrance de ce certificat*.) (Cachet.) *Si ce document est signé, le paragraphe suivant est ajouté:*— Le soussigné déclare qu’il est dûment autorisé par ledit Gouvernement à délivrer le présent certificat. (Signature.) 1272 Form of Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate.Safety radiotelegraphy certificate. **SAFETY RADIOTELEGRAPHY CERTIFICATE.** (*Official Seal*.) (*Country*.)Form. Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1929. Name of Ship. Distinctive Number or Letters. Port of Registry. Gross Tonnage. The I, the undersigned, (*Name*) Government certify (*Name*) certify That the above-mentioned ship complies with the provisions of the International Convention referred to above as regards Radiotelegraphy:— ———— Requirements of Articles . . . . . . . . of the said Convention. Actual Provision. Hours of watch Whether approved auto-alarm fitted Whether separate emergency installation fitted Minimum number of operators Additional operators or watchers Whether direction-finding apparatus fitted This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government. It will remain in force until Issued at the day of *Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue this certificate.* (Seal.) *If signed, the following paragraph is to be added:*— The undersigned declares that he is duly authorised by the said Government to issue this certificate. (Signature.) 1273 Modèle de Certificat de Sécurité radiotélégraphique. **CERTIFICAT DE SÉCURITÉ RADIOTÉLÉGRAPHIQUE.** (*Cachet officiel*.) (*Nationalité*.) Délivré en vertu des dispositions de la CONVENTION INTERNATIONALE POUR LA SAUVEGARDE DE LA VIE HUMAINE EN MER, 1929. Nom du Navire. Numéro ou Lettres distinctifs du Navire. Port d’immatriculation. Tonnage brut. Le Gouvernement Je, soussigné, (*Nom*) certifie (*Nom*) certifie ———— Prescriptions des Articles . . . . . . . . . . dû ladite Convention. Dispositions réalisées à bord. Heures de veille Y a-t-il un appareil auto-alarme approuvé Y a-t-il une installation de secours indépendante? Nombre minimum d’opérateurs Opérateurs supplémentaires ou écouteurs Y a-t-il un radiogoniomètre? Ce certificat est délivré au nom du Gouvernement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Il est valable jusqu’au Délivré à le 19 (*Placer ici le cachet ou la signature de l’autorité chargée de délivrer ce certificat*.) (Cachet.) *Si le document est signé, le paragraphe suivant est ajouté:* Le soussigné déclare qu’il est dûment autorisé par ledit Gouvernement à délivrer ce certificat. (Signature.) 1274 Form of Exemption Certificate.Exemption certificate. **EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE.** (*Official Seal*.) (*Country*.)Form. Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1929. Name of Ship. Distinctive Number or Letters. Port of Registry. Gross Tonnage. The I, the undersigned, (*Name*) Government certify (*Name*) certify That the above-mentioned ship is under the authority conferred by Article . . . . of the International Convention referred to above exempted from the requirements of†† Insert here references to Articles and Regulations, specifying particular paragraphs. [Footnote in the original.] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . of the Convention on the voyages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * Insert here }* the conditions, if any, on which the exemption certificate is granted. This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government. It will remain in force until Issued at the day of *Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue this certificate.* (Seal.) *If signed, the following paragraph is to be added:—* The undersigned declares that he is duly authorised by the said Government to issue this certificate. (Signature.) 1275 Modèle de Certificat de Dispense. **CERTIFICAT DE DISPENSE.** (*Cachet officiel*.) (*Nationalité*.) Délivré en vertu des dispositions prévues par la CONVENTION INTERNATIONALE POUR LA SAUVEGARDE DE LA VIE HUMAINE EN MER, 1929. Nom du Navire. Numéro ou Lettres distinctifs du Navire. Port d’Immatricalation. Tonnage brut. Le Gouvernement Je, soussigné, (*Nom*) certifie (*Nom*) certifie Que le navire susvisé est dispensé, en vertu de l’article . . . . . . . . . . . . de la Convention internationale précitée, des prescriptions da†† Insérer ici la référence aux Articles et aux Règles en spécifiant les paragraphes. [Footnotes In the original.] . . . . . . . . . . . . delà Convention pour les voyages de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . à . . . . . . . . . . . . * Insérer ici }* les conditions, s’il en existe, sous lesquelles le certificat de dispense est accordé. Ce certificat est délivré au nom du Gouvernement . . . . . . . . . . . . . Il est valable jusqu’au Délivré à , le 19 (*Placer ici le cachet ou la signature de l’autorité chargée de délivrer ce certificat*.) (Cachet.) *Si ce document est signé, le paragraphe suivant est ajouté*: Le soussigné déclare qu’il est dûment autorisé par ledit Gouvernement à délivrer ce certificat. (Signature.) 1276 ANNEX II.Annex II. INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA.International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea. PRELIMINARY. Preliminary.These Rules shall be followed by all vessels upon the high seas and in all waters connected therewith, navigable by sea-going vessels. In the following Rules every steam vessel which is under sail and not under steam is to be considered a sailing vessel, and every vessel under steam, whether under sail or not, is to be considered a steam vessel. The words “steam vessel” shall include any vessel propelled by machinery. *The term “under steam” shall mean under any mechanical power.* A vessel is “under way” within the meaning of these Rules when she is not at anchor or made fast to the shore or aground. *The length of a vessel shall be deemed to be the length appearing in her certificate of registry*. RULES CONCERNING LIGHTS, &c.Rules concerning lights, etc. The word “visible” in these Rules, when applied to lights, shall mean visible on a dark night with a clear atmosphere. Article 1. The Rules concerning lights shall be complied with in all weathers from sunset to sunrise, and during such time no other lights which may be mistaken for the prescribed lights or impair their visibility shall be exhibited. Article 2. A steam vessel when under way shall carry:— (a.) On or in front of the foremast, or if a vessel without a foremast, then in the fore part of the vessel, at a height above the hull of net less than 20 feet, and if the breadth of the vessel exceeds 20 feet. then at a height above the hull not less than such breadth, so, how, every that the light need net he carried at a greater height above the hull than 40 feet, a bright white light, so constructed as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 20 points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light 10 points on each side of the vessel, viz., 1277 ANNEXE II. RÈGLEMENT INTERNATIONAL POUR PRÉVENIR LES ABORDAGES EN MER. PRÉLIMINAIRES. Le présent Règlement devra être suivi par tous les navires dans les hautes mers et dans toutes les eaux attenantes accessibles aux bâtiments de mer. Dana les Règles ci-après, tout navire à vapeur qui marche à la voile et non à la vapeur doit être considéré comme un navire à voiles, et tout navire qui marche à la vapeur, qu’il porte ou non des voiles, doit être considéré comme un navire à vapeur. L’expression “navire à vapeur” doit comprendre tout navire mû par une machine. *L’expression “marchant à la vapeur” doit signifier marchant par un moyen mécanique quelconque.* Un navire “fait route” ou “est en marche,” dans le sens de ces Règles, lorsqu’il n’est ni à l’ancre, ni amarré à terre, ni échoué. *La longueur d’un navire est celle gui est donnée par son certificat d’inscription ou d’immatriculation.* RÈGLES CONCERNANT LES FEUX, &c. Le mot “visible,” dans ces Règles, lorsqu’il s’applique à des feux, veut dire visible par une nuit noire, avec une atmosphère pure. Article 1er. Les Règles concernant les feux doivent être observées par tous les temps, du coucher au lever du soleil, et pendant cet intervalle, on ne doit montrer aucun autre feu pouvant être pris pour un des feux prescrits ou contrariant la visibilité de ces derniers. Article 2. Un navire à vapeur faisant route doit porter: (a.) Au mât de misaine ou en avant de ce mât, ou bien, si le navire n’a pas de mât de misaine, sur la partie avant du navire, à une hauteur au desouo du plat-bord qui ae soit pas inférieure è 6 m. 19, et, ei la largeur du navire dépasse 6 m. 19, à une hauteur au dosons du plat-bord au mains égale à eette largeur, sans qu’il eeit néanmoins nécessaire que eette hauteur au dceauo du plat-bord dépasse 12 m. set 19, un feu blanc brillant, disposé de manière à montrer une lumière ininterrompue sur tout le parcours d’un arc de l’horizon de 20 quarts ou 1278 from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on either side, and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least 5 miles. (*b*.) *Either forward or aft of the white light mentioned in sub-division
(a)a second white light similar in construction and character to that light.* *Vessels of less than 150 feet in length shall not be reguired to carry this second white light, but may do so.* (*c*.) *These two white lights shall be so placed in a line with the keel that one shall be at least 15feet higher than the other and in such a position that the lower light shall be forward of the upper one, and higher than the lights mentioned in Article 2
(d)and (e). The vertical distance between the two white lights shall be less than the horizontal distance. The lower of these two white lights, or if only one is carried, then that light, shall be placed at a height above the hull of not less than 20 feet, and, if the breadth of the vessel exceeds 20 feet, then at a height above the hull not less than such breadth, so, however, that the light need not be carried at a greater height above the hull than 40 feet.* (b.) (*d*.) On the starboard side a green light so constructed as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on the starboard side, and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least 2 miles. (c.) (*e*.) On the port side a red light so constructed as to show an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 10 points of the compass, so fixed as to throw the light from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on the port side, and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least 2 miles. (d.) (*f*.) The said green and red side lights shall be fitted with inboard screens projecting at least 3 feet forward from the fight, so as to prevent these lights from being seen across the bow. (e.) A steam vessel when under way may carry an additional white light similar in construction to the light mentioned in sub-division (a). Those two lights shall be so placed in fee with the keel that erne shall be at least 15 feet higher than the either, and fit such a position with reference to eaeh ether that the lower light shall be forward of the upper one. The vertical distance between these fights shall be less than the herleentftl distance. *In naval vessels of special construction in which it is not possible to comply fully with the provisions of this Article as to the position of lights or their range of visibility, those provisions shall be followed as closely as circumstances will permit.* 1279 rumbs du compas, soit 10 quarts ou rumbs de chaque côté du navire, c’est-à-dire depuis l’avant jusqu’à 2 quarts sur l’arrière du travers de chaque bord. Ce feu doit être visible d’une distance d’au moins 5 milles. (*b*.) *Soit à l’avant, soit à l’arrière du feu blanc prévu au paragraphe (a), un deuxième feu blanc de construction et de caractère semblables.* *Le deuxième jeu blanc n’est pas obligatoire pour les navires d’une longueur injérieure à 45m. 75, mais ils peuvent le porter.* (*c*.) *Ces deux jeux blancs devront être placés dans le plan longitudinal ou parallèlement à ce plan, de manière que l’un d’eux soit plus élevé que l’autre d’au moins 4m. 57 et dans une position telle eue le jeu injêrieur se trouve sur l’avant du jeu supérieur et au-dessus des jeux prévus aux paragraphes
(d)et
(e)du présent Article. La distance verticale entre ces deux jeux devra être moindre que leur distance horizontale. Le jeu blanc prévu au paragraphe (a), lorsqu’il n’y a qu’un seul jeu, ou le jeu injêrieur lorsque le navire porte deux jeux, devra se trouver à une hauteur au-dessus du plat-bord qui ne sera pas injérieure à 6m. 10 et, si la largeur dépasse 6 m. 10, à une hauteur au-dessus du plat-bord au moins égale d cette largeur, sans qu’il soit néanmoins nécessaire que cette hauteur dépasse 18 m. 19.* (b.) (*d*.) A tribord, un feu vert établi de manière à projeter une lumière ininterrompue but tout le parcours d’un arc de l’horizon de 10 quarts ou rumbs de compas, c’est-à-dire depuis l’avant jusqu’à deux quarts sur l’arrière du travers à tribord. Ce feu doit être visible d’une distance d’au moins 2 milles. (c.) (*e*.) A bâbord, un feu rouge établi de manière à projeter une lumière ininterrompue sur tout le parcours d’un arc de l’horizon de 10 quarts ou rumbs de compas, c’est-à-dire depuis l’avant jusqu’à 2 quarts but l’arrière du travers à bâbord. Ce feu doit être visible d’une distance d’au moins 2 milles. (d.) (*f*.) Lesdits feux de côté vert et rouge doivent être munis, du côté du bâtiment, d’écrans s’avançant au moins de 0m. 91 en avant du feu, de telle sorte que leur lumière ne puisse pas être aperçue de tribord devant pour le feu rouge et de bâbord devant pour le feu vert. (e.) Un navire à vapeur faisant rente peut porter un feu blane additionnel de même construction que le fea mentionné au paragraphe (a). Ces deus feux devront être placés dans le plan longitudinal, de manière que l’un soit plus élevé que l’autre d’au moins 4m. 57, et dans une position telle, l’un par rapport à l’autre, que le feu inférieur soit ser l’avant de feu supérieur. La distance verticale entre eee feas devra être moindre que leur distance horizontale. Sur les navires de guerre d’une construction spéciale, à bord desquels il n’est pas possible de se conjormer exactement à toutes les prescriptions du présent Article en ce qui concerne l’emplacement des jeux ou la distance à laquelle ils doivent être visibles, on appliquera les présentes Règles aussi exactement qu’il sera possible de lejaire. 1280 Article 3. A steam vessel when towing another vessel shall, in addition to her side lights, carry two bright white lights in a vertical line one over the other, not less than 6 feet apart, and when towing more than one vessel shall carry an additional bright white light 6 feet above or below such lights, if the length of the tow, measuring from the stern of the towing vessel to the stern of the last vessel towed, exceeds 600 feet. Each of these lights shall be of the same construction and character, and *one of them* shall be carried in the same position as the white light mentioned in Article 2 (*a*), except the additional light which may *and the lowest light shall* be carried at a height of not less than 14 feet above the hull. Such steam vessel *The vessel towing and the vessels towed, except the last vessel of the tow, may carry in lieu of the light required in Article 10*, a small white light abaft the funnel or aftermast, for the vessel towed tow to steer by, but such light shall not be visible forward of the beam. Article 4. (*a*.) A vessel which from any accident is not under command shall carry at the same height as the white light mentioned in Article 2 (a), where they can best be seen, and, if a steam vessel, in lieu of that light *the lights required in Article 2* (*a*) *and* (*b*), two red lights, in a vertical line one over the other, not less than 6 feet apart, *so placed that the lower light shall not be less than 14feet above the hull*, and of such a character as to be visible all round the horizon at a distance of at least 2 miles; and shall by day carry in a vertical line, one over the other not less than 6 feet apart, where they can best be seen, two black balls or shapes each 2 feet in diameter. (*b*.) A vessel employed in laying or in picking up a telegraph *submarine* cable shall carry in the same position as the white light mentioned m Article 2 (a), and if a steam vessel, in lieu of that light *the lights required in Article 2* (*a*) *and* (*b*), three lights in a vertical line, one over the other, not less than 6 feet apart, *so placed that the lowest of these lights shall be not less than 14 feet above the hull*. The highest and lowest of these lights shall be red, and the middle light shall be white, and they shall be of such a character as to be visible all round the horizon, at a distance of at least 2 miles. By day she shall carry in a vertical line, one over the other, not less than 6 feet apart, where they can best be seen, three shapes not less than 2 feet in diameter, of which the highest and lowest shall be globular in shape and red in colour, and the middle one diamond in shape and white. 1281 Article 3. Tout navire à vapeur remorquant un autre navire doit porter, outre ses feux de côté, deux feux blancs brillants placés verticalement à 1m. 83 au moins l’un de l’autre et, lorsqu’il remorque plus d’un navire, il doit porter un feu blanc brillant additionnel à 1m. 83 audessus ou au-dessous des deux feux précédents, si la longueur de la remorque, mesurée entre l’arrière du remorqueur et l’arrière du dernier navire remorqué, dépasse 183m. Chacun de ces feux doit être de même construction et de même caractère que le feu blanc mentionné à l’Article 2 (a), à l’exception du feu additionnel qui peut être *l’un d’eux sera placé dans la même position que ce dernier feu et le feu inférieur devra se trouver* à une hauteur d’au moins 4m. 57 au-dessus du plat-bord. Article 4. (*a*.) Un navire qui, pour une cause accidentelle n’est pas maître de sa manoeuvre, doit pendant la nuit porter à la même hauteur que le feu blane mentionné à l’article 2 (a), à l’endroit où ils seront le plus apparents, et, si ce navire est à vapeur, *au lieu des feux prescrits à l’Article 2,* (*a*) *et* (*b*), deux feux rouges disposés verticalement à une distance l’un de l’autre d’au moins 1m. 83 *et placés de telle sorte que le feu inférieur ne se trouve pas à moins de 4m. 57 au-dessus du plat-bord*. Ils devront être d’une intensité suffisante pour être visibles d’une distance d’au moins 2 milles; pendant le jour, ce même navire devra porter, sur une linge verticale et à 1m. 83 au moins de distance l’un de l’autre, dans l’endroit où ils seront le plus apparents, deux ballons ou marques noirs de Om. 61 de diamètre chacun. (*b*.) Un navire employé à poser ou à relever un câble télégraphique *sous-marin* doit porter, dans la même position que le feu blane mentionné à l’article 2
(a)et; si e’est un navire è vapeur à la plaee assignée è ce feu, *au lieu des feux prescrits à l’Article 2* (*a*) *et* (*b*), trois feux placés sur une ligne verticale à 1m. 83 au moins l’un de l’autre, *de telle sorte que le plus bas de ces trois feux ne soit pas situé à moins de Jim. 57 au-dessus du plat-bord*. Le feu supérieur et le feu inférieur seront rouges, le feu du milieu blanc. Ils auront une intensité suffisante pour être visibles sur tout l’horizon d’une distance d’au moins 2 milles. De jour, il devra porter, sur une même ligne verticale, à 1m. 83 au moins l’une de l’autre, et placées dans l’endroit le plus apparent, trois marques de Om. 61 au moins de diamètre chacune, dont la plus haute et la plus basse seront de forme sphérique et de couleur rouge, celle du milieu de forme biconique et de couleur blanche. 1282 (c.) The vessels referred to in this Article, when not making way through the water, shall not carry the side-lights, but when making way shall carry them. (d.) The lights and shapes required to be shown by this Article are to be taken by other vessels as signals that the vessel showing them is not under command and cannot therefore get out of the way. These signals are not signals of vessels in distress and requiring assistance. Such signals are contained in Article 31. Article 5. A sailing vessel under way, and any vessel being towed, shall carry the same lights as are prescribed by Article 2 for a steam vessel under way, with the exception of the white lights mentioned therein, which they shall never carry. Article 6. Whenever, as in the case of small vessels under way during bad weather, the green and red side lights cannot be fixed, these lights shall be kept at hand lighted and ready for use; and shall, on the approach of or to other vessels, be exhibited on their respective sides in sufficient time to prevent collision, in such manner as to make them most visible, and so that the green light shall not be seen on the port side nor the red light on the starboard side, nor, if practicable, more than 2 points abaft the beam on their respective sides. To make the use of these portable lights more certain and easy, the lanterns containing them shall each be painted outside with the colour of the light they respectively contain, and shall be provided with proper screens. Article 7. Steam vessels of less than 40, and vessels under oars or sails of less than 20, tons gross tonnage, respectively, and rowing boats, when under way, shall not be obliged *required* to carry the lights mentioned in Article 2 (a),
(b)and (e), but if they do not carry them they shall be provided with the following lights:— 1. Steam vessels of less than 40 tons shall carry: (*a*.) In the fore part of the vessel, or on or in front of the funnel, where it can best be seen, and at a height above the gunwale of not less than 9 feet, a bright white light constructed and fixed as prescribed in Article 2 (*a*), and of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least 2 3 miles. (*b*.) Green and red side-lights constructed and fixed as prescribed in Article 2
(b)and (e), (*d*) and (*e*), and of such a character as to be 1283 (*c*.) Les navires dont il est question dans le présent Article ne porteront pas de feux de côté quand ils n’ont aucun sillage, mais ils devront en avoir s’ils ont de l’erre. (*d*.) Les feux et les marques de jour prescrits par le présent Article doivent être regardés par les autres navires comme des signaux indiquant que le bâtiment qui les montre n’est pas maître de sa manoeuvre et ne peut, par conséquent, s’écarter de la route. Ces signaux ne sont pas des signaux de navire en détresse et demandant assistance. Ces derniers signaux sont spécifiés à l’Article 31. Article 5. Tout navire à voile qui fait route et tout navire remorqué doivent porter les feux prescrits à l’Article 2 pour un navire à vapeur faisant route à l’exception des feux blancs mentionnés dans ledit Article, qu’ils ne doivent jamais porter. Article 6. Toutes les fois que les feux de côté, vert et rouge, ne peuvent être fixés à leur poste, comme cela a lieu à bord des petits bâtiments faisant route par mauvais temps, ces feux doivent être tenus sous la main, allumés et prêts à être montrés; si l’on s’approche d’un autre bâtiment ou si l’on en voit un qui s’approche, on doit montrer ces feux à leur bord respectif suffisamment à temps pour prévenir la collision, de telle sorte qu’ils soient bien apparents et que le feu vert ne puisse pas être aperçu de bâbord, ni le feu rouge de tribord, et, s’il est possible, de telle sorte qu’ils ne puissent être vus au delà de 2 quarts sur l’arrière du travers de leur bord respectif. Afin de rendre plus facile et plus sûr l’emploi de ces feux portatifs, les fanaux doivent être peints extérieurement de la couleur du feu qu’ils contiennent respectivement et doivent être munis d’écrans convenables. Article 7. Les navires à vapeur de moins de 40 tonneaux de jauge brute et les navires marchant à l’aviron ou à la voile de moins de 20 tonneaux de jauge brute, ainsi, que les embarcations à l’aviron, lorsqu’ils font route, ne sont pas astreints à porter les feux mentionnés à l’Article 2 (a),
(b)et (c); mais, s’ils ne les portent pas, ils doivent être pourvus des feux suivants: 1. Les navires à vapeur de moins de 40 tonneaux doivent porter: (*a*.) Sur la partie avant du navire, soit sur la cheminée, soit en avant de celle-ci, à l’endroit où il sera le plus apparent et à 2m. 75 au moins au-dessus du plat-bord, un feu blanc brillant construit et fixé comme il est prescrit à l’Article 2
(a)et d’une intensité suffisante pour être visible d’une distance d’au moins 2 *3* milles. (*b*.) Des feux de côté, vert et rouge, construits et fixés comme il est prescrit à l’Article 2
(b)et
(c)(*d*) *et* (*e*), et d’une intensité suffisante 1284 visible at a distance of at least 1 mile, or a combined lantern showing a green light and a red light from right ahead to 2 points abaft the beam on their respective sides. Such lantern shall be carried not less than 3 feet below the white light. 2. Small steamboats, such as are carried by sea-going vessels, may carry the white light at a less height than 9 feet above the gunwale, but it shall be carried above *the side-lights or* the combined lantern, mentioned in sub-division 1 (*b*). 3. Vessels under oars or sails, of less than 20 tons, shall have ready at hand *if they do not carry the side-lights, carry, where it can best be seen*, a lantern with *showing* a green glass *light* on one side and a red glass *light* on the other, which, on the approach of or to other vessels, shah be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision, *of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least 1 mile* so that the green light shall not be seen on the port side nor the red light on the starboard side; *provided that, where it is not possible to fix this light, it shall be kept lighted and ready for use, and shall be exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision*. 4. *Small* rowing boats, whether under oars or sail, shall *only be required* to have ready at hand a *lighted* lantern showing a white light, which shall be temporarily exhibited in sufficient time to prevent collision. The vessels referred to in this Article shall not be obliged to carry the lights prescribed by Article 4 (*a*), and Article 11, last paragraph. Article 8. *Sailing* pilot-vessels, when engaged on their station on pilotage duty, *and not at anchor*, shall not show the lights required for other vessels, but shall carry a white light at the masthead, visible all round the horizon, *at a distance of at least 3 miles*, and shall also exhibit a flare-up light or flare-up lights at short intervals, which shall never exceed fifteen *ten* minutes. On the near approach of or to other vessels they shall have their side-lights lighted, ready for use, and shall flash or show them at short intervals, to indicate the direction in which they are heading, but the green light shall not be shown on the port side, nor the red light on the starboard side, A *sailing* pilot-vessel of such a class as to be obliged to go alongside of a vessel to put a pilot on board may show the white light instead of carrying it at the masthead, and may, instead of the coloured *side*-lights above mentioned, have at hand, ready for use, a lantern with a green glass on the one side and a red glass on the other, to be used as prescribed above. 1285 pour être visibles d’une distance d’au moins 1 mille, ou un fanal combiné pour montrer un feu vert et un feu rouge depuis l’avant jusqu’à 2 quarts sur l’arrière du travers de leur bord respectif. Ce fanal ne doit pas être placé à moins de Om. 91 au-dessus du feu blanc. 2. Les petits navires à vapeur, tels que les embarcations que portent les bâtiments de mer, peuvent placer le feu blanc à moins de 2m. 74 au-dessus du plat-bord, mais ce feu doit être au-dessus *des feux de côté* ou du fanal combiné mentionné au paragraphe 1 (*b*). 3. Les petits navires à l’aviron ou à la voile, de moins de 20 tonneaux, s’il ne portent pas les feux de côté doivent avoir prêt sur la main *porter, à l’endroit où il sera le plus apparent*, un fanal muni d’une glace verte d’un côté et d’une glace rouge de l’autre côté, et s’ils s’approchent d’un autre navire ou s’ils en voient uu s’approchent, ils doivent montrer ce fanal assez à temps peur prévenir une collision *montrant un feu vert d’un côté et un jeu rouge de l’autre côté d’une intensité suffisante pour être visibles d’une distance d’au moins 1 mille* et de telle sorte que le feu vert ne puisse être aperçu de bâbord ni le feu rouge de tribord. *Toutefois, s’il n’est pas possible dejixer ce janal il devra être maintenu allumé, tenu prêt, sous la main, et montré assez à temps pour prévenir une collision*. 4. Les *petites* embarcations à rames, lorsqu’elles marchent à l’aviron ou à la voile, doivent *ne sont soumises qu’à l’obligation d’avoir*, prêt, sous la main, un fanal blanc, qui sera montré temporairement assez à temps pour prévenir une collision. Les navires dont il est question dans cet Article ne sont pas obligés de porter les feux prescrits par l’Artîcle 4 (*a*) et par l’Article 11, dernier paragraphe. Article 8. Les bateaux-pilotes *à voiles*, quand ils sont à leurs stations en service de pilotage *et lorsqu’ils ne sont pas mouillés*, ne doivent pas montrer les feux exigés des autres navires; ils doivent porter en tête de mât un feu blanc visible tout autour de l’horizon, *à une distance de 3 milles au moins*, et montrer aussi un ou plusieurs feux provisoires d’une nature quelconque (flare-up light) à de courts intervalles, ne dépassant jamais 15 *10* minutes. S’ils s’approchent d’un autre navire ou s’ils en voient un s’approcher, ils doivent avoir leurs feux de côté allumés, prêts à servir et les démasquer et remasquer à de courts intervalles, pour indiquer la direction de leur cap; mais le feu vert ne doit pas paraître du côté de bâbord, ni le feu rouge du côté de tribord. Un bateau-pilote *à voile*, de la catégorie de ceux qui sont obligés d’accoster un navire pour mettre un pilote à bord, peut montrer le feu blanc au lieu de le porter en tête de mât et peut, au lieu des feux de coulours *côté* susmentionnés, avoir sous la main, prêt à servir, un fanal muni d’une glace verte d’un côté, et d’une glace rouge de l’autre côté, pour l’employer comme il est dit plus haut. 1286 steam pilot-vessel exclusively employed for the service of pilots licensed or certified by any pilotage authority or the Committee of any pilotage district, when engaged on her station on pilotage duty and not at anchor, shall, in addition to the lights *and flares* required for all pilot boats *sailing pilot-vessels*, carry at a distance of eight feet below her white mast head light, a red light, visible all round the horizon and of such a character as to be visible on a dark eight with a dear atmosphere at a distance of at least two *three* miles, and also the coloured side-lights required to be carried by vessels when under way. *All pilot-vessels, when engaged on their stations on pilotage duty and at anchor, shall carry the lights and show the flares prescribed above, except that the side-lights shall not be shown.* *When not engaged on their stations on pilotage duty, they shall carry the same lights as other vessels of their class and tonnage.* When engaged on her station on pilotage duty and at anchor she shad carry, in addition to the lights required for all pilot boats, the red light above mentioned, but not the coloured side lights. Pilot vessels, when not engaged on their station on pilotage duty, shall carry lights similar to these of other vessels of their tonnage. Article 9.** This article does not apply to Chinese or Siamese vessels. [Footnote in the original.]†† The expression “Mediterranean Sea” contained in sub-sections
(b)and
(c)of this Article includes the Black Sea and the other adjacent inland seas in communication with it. [Footnote in the original.] Fishing-vessels and fishing-boats, when under way and when not required by this Article to carry or show the lights hereinafter specified, shall carry or show the lights prescribed for vessels of their tonnage under way. (*a*.) Open boats, by which it is to be understood boats not protected from the entry of sea water by means of a continuous deck, when engaged in any fishing at night with outlying tackle extending not more than 150 feet horizontally from the boat into the seaway, shall carry one all-round white light. Open boats, when fishing at night, with outlying tackle extending more than 150 feet horizontally from the boat into the seaway, shall carry one all-round white light, and, in addition, on approaching or being approached by other vessels, shall show a second white light at least 3 feet below the first light and at a horizontal distance of at least 5 feet away from it in the direction in which the outlying tackle is attached. *The lights mentioned in this sub-division shall be of such a character as to be visible at a distance of at least 2 miles.* 1287 Un bateau-pilote à vapeur exclusivement employé au service des pilotes patentés ou autorisés par toute autorité de pilotage ou comité d’un district de pilotage, doit, lorsqu’il est à sa station en service de pilotage, mais non au mouillage, porter, en plus des feux *et des “flare-up lights”* exiges pour tous les bateaux-pilotes *à voiles*, à 2m. 40 au-dessous du feu blanc de tête de mât, un feu rouge visible tout autour de l’horizon d’une distance d’au moins 2 *3* milles par nuit noire mais atmouphère claire, il doit aussi porter les feux de côté exigés pour les navires en marche. *Tous les bateaux-pilotes en service à leurs stations de pilotage et lorsqu’ils sont mouillés doivent porter les feux et montrer les “flare-up lights” ci-dessus prescrits à l’exception des feux de côté qu’ils ne doivent pas montrer.* *Les bateaux-pilotes, lorsqu’ils ne sont pas à leurs stations en service de pilotage doivent porter des feux semblables à ceux des autres navires de leur catégorie et de leur tonnage.* Lorsqu’il est à sa station en service de pilotage, mais au mouillage il doit porter en plus des feux exigés peur tous les bateaux-pilotes, le feu rouge mentionné ei-dessus; mais non les feux de couleur de côté. Les bateaux pilotes, lorsqui’ls ne sont pas à leur station en service de pilotage, doivent porter des feux semblables à ceux des autres navires de leur tonnage. Article 9.**Cet article ne s’applique pas aux navires chinois ou siamois. [Footnote in the original.]††L’expression “mer Méditerannée” employée dans les paragraphes
(b)et
(c)de cet article comprend la mer Noire et les mers intérieures adjacentes communiquant avec elle. [Footnote in the original.] Les bateaux et embarcations de pêche sauf dans les cas visés ci-dessus sont tenus de porter ou de montrer lorsqu’ils sont en marche les feux réglementaires pour les navires de leur tonnage en marche. (*a*.) Les bateaux découverts (c’est-à-dire ceux qu’un pont continu ne protège pas de la mer) qui, pendant la durée de la pêche de nuit, portent un appareil immergé ne s’étendant pas à plus de 45m. 72, distance horizontale comptée à partir du bateau sont tenus de porter un feu blanc visible sur tout l’horizon. Les bateaux découverts, lorsqu’ils pêchent de nuit, avec un appareil immergé qui déborde et s’étend à plus de 45m. 72, comptés à partir du bateau et horizontalement, doivent porter un feu blanc visible sur tout l’horizon et, de plus, lorsqu’ils s’approchent d’un bâtiment ou lorsqu’ils sont rejoints par un navire, doivent montrer un deuxième feu blanc à au moins 0m. 91 au-dessous du premier feu et à une distance horizontale d’au moins 1m. 50 en dehors de ce feu et dans la direction où l’appareil qui déborde est amarré à bord. *Les feux indiqués au présent paragraphe doivent avoir une intensité suffisante pour être visibles d’une distance de 2 milles au moins.* 1288 ‡‡Dutch vessels and boats when engaged in the “koi,” or hand-line, fishing will carry the lights prescribed for vessels fishing with drift-nets. [Footnote in the original.] (*b*.) Vessels and boats, except open boats as defined in sub-division (*a*), when fishing with drift-nets, shall, so long as the nets are wholly or partly in the water, carry two white lights where they can best be seen. Such lights shall be placed so that the vertical distance between them shall be not less than 6 feet and not more than 15 feet, and so that the horizontal distance between them, measured in a line with the keel, shall be not less than 5 feet and not more than 10 feet. The lower of these two lights shall be in the direction of the nets, and both of them shall be of such a character as to show all round the horizon, and to be visible at a distance of not less than 3 miles. Within the Mediterranean Sea and in the seas bordering the coasts of Japan and Korea, §§ Also, as regards Russian vessels, in the seas (excluding the Baltic) bordering the coasts of Russia. [Footnote in the original.] sailing fishing-vessels of less than 20 tons gross tonnage shall not be obliged to carry the lower of these two fights; should they, however, not carry it, they shall show in the same position (in the direction of the net or gear) a white light visible at a distance of not less than one sea mile on the approach of or to other vessels. (*c*.) Vessels and boats, except open boats as defined in sub-division (*a*), when line-fishing with their lines out and attached to or hauling their lines, and when not at anchor or stationary within the meaning of sub-division (*h*), shall carry the same lights as vessels fishing with drift-nets. When shooting lines, or fishing with towing lines, they shall carry the lights prescribed for a steam or sailing vessel under way respectively. Within the Mediterranean Sea and in the seas bordering the coasts of Japan and Korea, §§ Also, as regards Russian vessels, in the seas (excluding the Baltic) bordering the coasts of Russia. [Footnote in the original.] sailing fishing vessels of less than 20 tons gross tonnage shall not be obliged to carry the lower of these two lights; should they, however, not carry it, they shall show in the same position (in the direction of the lines) a white light, visible at a distance of not less than one sea mile on the approach of or to other vessels. (*d*.) Vessels, when engaged in trawling, by which is meant the dragging of an apparatus along the bottom of the sea— 1. If steam vessels, shall carry in the same position as the white light mentioned in Article 2 (*a*), a tri-coloured lantern so constructed and fixed as to show a white light from right ahead to two points on each bow, and a green light and a red light over an arc of the horizon from two points on each bow to two points abaft the beam on the starboard and port sides respectively; and not less than 6 nor more than 12 feet below the tri-coloured lantern a white light in a lantern, so constructed as to show a clear, uniform and unbroken light all round the horizon. 2. If sailing vessels, shall carry a white fight in a lantern, so constructed as to show a clear, uniform and unbroken light all round the horizon, and shall also, on the approach of or to other vessels, show where it can best be seen a white flare-up light or torch in sufficient time to prevent collision. 1289 ** Les navires et embarcations des Pays-Bas pêchant à la ligne à main (“Kol”) montreront les feux prescrits pour les navires pêchant avec les filets dérivants. [Footnote in the original.](*b*.) Les bateaux et embarcations, à l’exception des bateaux découverts définis dans le paragraphe (*a*), lorsqu’ils pêchent avec des filets dérivants, doivent, tant que les filets sont dans l’eau totalement ou en partie, porter deux feux blancs aux endroits où ils peuvent être le plus visibles. Ces feux doivent être placés à une distance verticale l’un de l’autre de 1m. 80 au moins, et de 4m. 50 au plus et à une distance horizontale, dans le sens de la longueur du bateau, de 1m. 50 au moins et de 3 mètres au plus. Le feu inférieur devra être dans la direction des filets et l’ensemble des deux feux devra être visible sur tout l’horizon d’une distance d’au moins 3 milles. Dans la Méditerranée et dans les mers bordant les côtes du Japon et de la Corée,†† De même en ce qui concerne les navires russes dans les mers baignant les côtes russes à l’exception de la Baltique. [Footnote in the original.] les voiliers de pêche de moins de 20 tonneaux de jauge brute ne seront pas tenus de porter le dernier des feux ci-dessus (feu inférieur) ; mais s’ils ne le portent pas, ils seront tenus de montrer dans la même position (dans la direction du filet ou de l’appareil) un feu blanc visible d’au moins 1 mille à l’approche d’un autre bâtiment. (*c*.) Les bateaux et embarcations, à l’exception des bateaux découverts tels qu’ils sont définis dans le paragraphe (*a*), lorsqu’ils pêchent à la ligne avec leurs lignes dehors et amarrées, ou lorsqu’ils halent leurs lignes et lorsqu’ils ne sont pas au mouillage ou stationnaires (voir paragraphe (*h*)), doivent porter les mêmes feux que les bateaux qui pêchent avec des filets dérivants. Lorsqu’ils élongent leurs lignes ou s’ils pêchent avec des lignes traînantes, ils sont tenus de porter les feux prescrits, suivant le cas, pour les vapeurs ou les voiliers en marche. Dans la Méditerranée et dans les mers bordant les côtes du Japon et de la Corée,f les voiliers de moins de 20 tonneaux de jauge brute ne sont pas tenus de porter le dernier des feux ci-dessus (feu inférieur), mais s’ils ne le portent pas, ils doivent montrer dans la même position (dans la direction des lignes) un feu blanc visible d’au moins 1 mille, à l’approche d’un autre navire. (*d*.) Les bateaux occupés à chaluter, c’est-à-dire à draguer le fond avec un appareil, doivent: 1. S’ils sont à vapeur, porter, dans la même position que le feu blanc mentionné dans l’Article 2(*a*), un fanal tricolore disposé de manière à montrer un feu blanc depuis l’avant jusqu’à deux quarts de chaque bord, et un feu vert par tribord ainsi qu’un feu rouge par bâbord, visibles l’un et l’autre à partir de deux quarts de l’avant jusqu’à deux quarts sur l’arrière du travers. Ils doivent porter de plus, à 1m. 80 au moins et à 3m. 60 au plus, au-dessous du fanal tricolore, un feu blanc, montrant une lumière claire, uniforme et ininterrompue sur tout l’horizon. 2. S’ils sont à voiles, porter un fanal disposé de manière à montrer une lumière blanche, claire, uniforme et ininterrompue sur tout l’horizon. Ils doivent aussi, à l’approche d’un autre bâtiment, montrer dans l’endroit où elle sera le mieux visible une flamme (“flare-up light”), ou une torche, assez à temps pour éviter un abordage. 1290 All lights mentioned in sub-division (*d*), 1 and 2, shall be visible at a distance of at least 2 miles. (*e*.) Oyster dredgers and other vessels fishing with dredge-nets shall carry and show the same lights as trawlers. (*f*.) Fishing-vessels and fishing-boats may at any time use a flareup fight in addition to the lights which they are by this Article required to carry and show, and they may also use working lights. (*g*.) Every fishing-vessel and every fishing-boat under 150 feet in length, when at anchor, shall exhibit a white light visible all round the horizon at a distance of at least one 2 miles. Every fishing-vessel of 150 feet in length or upwards, when at anchor, shall exhibit a white light visible all round the horizon at a distance of at least one *2* miles and shall exhibit a second light as provided for vessels of such length by Article 11. Should any such vessel, whether imder 150 feet in length, or of 150 feet in length or upwards, be attached to a net or other fishing gear, she shall, on the approach of other vessels, show an additional white light at least 3 feet below the anchor light, and at a horizontal distance of at least 5 feet away from it in the direction of the net or gear. (*h*.) If a vessel or boat when fishing becomes stationary in consequence of her gear getting fast to a rock or other obstruction, she shall in day-time haul down the day-signal required by sub-division (*k*); at night show the light or lights prescribed for a vessel at anchor; and, during fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rain-storms, make the signal prescribed for a vessel at anchor. (See sub-division (*d*), and the last paragraph of Article 15.) (*i*.) In fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rain-storms, drift-net vessels attached to their nets, and vessels when trawling, dredging, or fishing with any kind of drag-net, and vessels line fishing with their lines out, shall, if of 20 tons gross tonnage or upwards, respectively, at intervals of not more than one minute, make a blast; if steam vessels, with the whistle or siren, and, if sailing vessels, with the foghorn; each blast to be followed by ringing the bell. Fishing vessels and boats of less than 20 tons gross tonnage shall not be obliged to give the above-mentioned signals; but, if they do not, they shall make some other efficient sound signal at intervals of not more than one minute. (*k*.) All vessels or boats fishing with nets or lines or trawls, when under way, shall in daytime indicate their occupation to an approaching vessel by displaying a basket or other efficient signal where it can best be seen. If vessels or boats at anchor have their gear out, they shall, on the approach of other vessels, show the same signal on the side on which those vessels can pass. 1291 Tous les feux mentionnés dans le paragraphe (*d*), 1 et 2, doivent être visibles d’au moins 2 milles. (*e*.) Les dragueurs d’huîtres et autres bateaux pêchant avec des filets de drague doivent porter et montrer les mêmes feux que les chalutiers. (*f*.) Les bateaux et embarcations de pêche peuvent, en tout temps, montrer une flamme (“flare-up”) en plus des feux que le présent Article les oblige à porter ou à montrer; ils peuvent aussi employer des feux de travail (“working lights”). (*g*.) Tout bateau de pêche et toute embarcation de pêche de moins de 45m. 72 de longueur doit porter, au mouillage, un feu blanc visible d’au moins 1 mille *2 milles* sur tout l’horizon. Tout bateau de pêche de 45m. 72 de longueur ou au-dessus doit montrer au mouillage, un feu blanc, visible d’au moins 1 mille *2 milles* sur tout l’horizon, et montrer un second feu comme l’Article 11 le prévoit pour les bâtiments de cette longueur. Si le bâtiment, qu’il ait moins de 45m. 72 de longueur ou de 45m. 72 de longueur et au-dessus, est attaché à un filet ou à tout autre engin de pêche, il doit à l’approche d’un autre bâtiment, montrer un feu blanc supplémentaire à Oui. 90 au moins au-dessous du feu de mouillage et à une distance horizontale d’au moins 1m. 50 en dehors de ce dernier feu, dans la direction du filet ou de l’engin de pêche. (*h*.) Si un bateau ou une embarcation de pêche devient stationnaire, ses engins s’étant trouvés engagés par une roche ou un autre obstacle, il doit, le jour, hisser le signal prévu par le paragraphe (*k*); de nuit, il doit montrer le feu ou les feux prescrits pour un navire au mouillage, et en temps de brouillard, de brume, de neige ou par tempêtes de pluie, faire le signal de brume des bâtiments au mouillage. (Voir paragraphe (*d*) et l’Article 15, dernier paragraphe.) (*i*.) Par brouillard, brume, neige ou tempêtes de pluie, les bateaux à filets dérivants attachés à leurs filets et les bateaux chalutant, draguant ou pêchant avec toute espèce de filets à draguer, les bâtiments pêchant à la ligne avec leurs lignes dehors, doivent, si leur tonnage brut est de 20 tonneaux ou au-dessus, faire entendre, à des intervalles de une minute au plus, un son de leur sifflet ou de leur sirène, si ce sont des vapeurs, et de leur cornet de brume si ce sont des voiliers; chaque son doit être suivi d’une sonnerie de cloche. Les bateaux de pêche et embarcations de moins de 20 tonneaux de jauge brute ne sont pas tenus de faire les signaux ci-dessus; mais s’ils ne les font pas, ils doivent faire entendre quelque autre signal sonore efficace, à des intervalles ne dépassant pas une minute. (*k*.) Tous les bateaux ou embarcations de pêche en marche se servant de filets, de lignes ou de chaluts, doivent l’indiquer, de jour, à tous bâtiments qui approchent en hissant un panier ou un autre signal efficace à l’endroit où il peut être le plus visible. S’ils sont au mouillage avec leurs engins dehors, ils doivent, à l’approche d’un autre bâtiment, montrer ce même signal du côté où ce bâtiment peut passer. 1292 The vessels required by this Article to carry or show the lights hereinbefore specified shall not be obliged to carry the lights prescribed by Article 4 (*a*) and the last paragraph of Article 11. Article 10. A vessel which is being overtaken by another shall show from her stern to such last mentioned vessel a white light or a flare-up light. The white light required to be shown by this Article may be fixed and carried in a lantern, but in such case the lantern shall be *A vessel when under way shall carry at her stern, a white light* so constructed, fitted, and screened, that it shall throw an unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 12 points of the compass, viz., for 6 points from right aft on each side of the vessel, and of such a character so as to be visible at a distance of at least 1 mile *2 miles*. Such light shall be carried as nearly as practicable on the same level as the side lights. *In small vessels, if it is not possible on account of bad weather or other sufficient cause for this light to be fixed, a light shall be kept at hand lighted and ready for use, and shall, on the approach of an overtaking vessel, be shown in sufficient time to prevent collision.* *For vessels engaged in towing, see Article 8, last paragraph.* Article 11. A vessel under 150 feet in length, when at anchor, shall carry forward, where it can best be seen, but at a height not exceeding 20 feet above the hull, a white light in a lantern so constructed as to show a clear, uniform, and unbroken light visible all round the horizon at a distance of at least 1 *2* miles. A vessel of 150 feet or upwards in length, when at anchor, shall carry in the forward part of the vessel, at a height of not less than 20, and not exceeding 40, feet above the hull, one such light, and at or near the stern of the vessel, and at such a height that it shall be not less than 15 feet lower than the forward light, another such light. *Between sunrise and sunset all vessels when at anchor in or near a iairway shall carry, forward, where it can best be seen, one black ball, 2 feet in diameter.* The length of a vessel shall be deemed to be the length appearing in her certificate of registry. A vessel aground in or near a fairway shall carry *by night* the above light or lights and the two red lights prescribed by Article 4 (*a*), *and by day, where they can best be seen, 3 black balls, each 2 feet in diameter, placed in a vertical line one over the other*. 1293 Les bâtiments visés, par cet Article, ne sont pas obligés, de porter les feux prescrits par l’Article 4, paragraphe (a), et par le dernier paragraphe de l’Article 11. Article 10. Un navire quie est rattrapé par un autre doit montrer à celui-ei, de la partie arrière du navire, un feu blane ou un feu provisoire d’une nature quelconque (flare up). Le feu blane mentienné dans cet article peut être fixé et placé dans un fanal, mais, dans ce eas, le fanal doit être. *Un navire faisant route doit porter à son arrière un feu de poupe blanc construit, fixé et* muni d’écrans *de manière à projeter* une lumière ininterrompue sur un arc d’horizon de 12 rumbs ou quarts du compas, soit 6 quarts de chaque bord à partir de l’arrière. Ce feu doit être visible d’au moins *2* milles et placé autant que possible à la même hauteur que les feux de côté. *A bord des petits bâtiments, lorsqu’il n’est pas possible, à cause dv mauvais temps ou pour toute autre raison suffisante, de maintenir ce feu en place, on devra avoir sous la main et tout prêt un fanal allumé qui sera montré suffisamment à temps pour éviter un abordage à l’approche de tout navire qui le rattrape.* *En ce qui concerne les navires remorquant et remorqués, se rapporter au dernier paragraphe de l’Article 3.* Article 11. Un navire de moins de 45m. 72 de longueur, lorsqu’il est au mouillage, doit porter à l’avant, dans l’endroit où il peut être le plus apparent, mais à une hauteur n’excédant pas 6m. 10 au-dessus du plat-bord, un feu blanc dans un fanal disposé de manière à projeter tout autour de l’horizon une lumière claire, uniforme et non interrompue à une distance d’au moins 1 *2* milles. Un navire de 45m. 72 ou plus de longueur, lorsqu’il est au mouillage, doit porter à la partie avant, à une hauteur au-dessus du plat-bord de 6m. 10 au moins et de 12m. 19 au plus, un feu blanc semblable à celui mentionné au paragraphe précédent et, à l’arrière ou près de l’amère, un second feu pareil qui doit être à une hauteur telle qu’il ne se trouve pas à moins de 4m. 57 plus bas que le feu de l’avant. *Entre le lever et le coucher du soleil, tous les bâtiments au mouillage dans un chenal ou près d’un chenal porteront à l’avant à l’endroit le plus apparent une boule noire de 9m. 61 de diamètre.* On prendra pour la longueur dn navire celle qui est donnée par son certificat d’inscription ou d’immatriculation. Tout navire échoué dans un chenal ou près d’un chenal doit porter, *de nuit*, le ou les feux mentionnés ci-dessus, ainsi que les deux feux rouges prescrits par l’Article 4 (*a*) *et, de jour, à l’endroit le plus apparent, trois boules noires d’un diamètre de 0m. 61 chacune, placées l’une au-dessus de l’autre sur une même ligne verticale*. 1294 Article 12. Every vessel may, if necessary, in order to attract attention, in addition to the lights which she is by these Rules required to carry, show a flare-up light or use any detonating *or other efficient sound* signal that cannot be mistaken for *a prescribed* distress *or fog* signal. Article 13. Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the operation of any special rules made by the Government of any nation with respect to additional station and signal lights for two or more ships of war or for vessels sailing under convoy, or with the exhibition of recognition signals adopted by shipowners, which have been authorised by their respective Governments and duly registered and published. Article 14. A steam vessel proceeding under sail only, but having her funnel up, *when also under steam or other mechanical power* shall carry in the daytime, forward, where it can best be seen, one black ball *black cone, point upwards*, 2 feet in diameter *at its base*. SOUND SIGNALS FOR FOG, &c.Sound signals for fog, etc. Article 15. Rules concerning.All signals prescribed by this Article for vessels under way shall be given— 1. By “steam vessels” on the whistle or siren. 2. By “sailing vessels and vessels towed” on the fog horn. The words “prolonged blast” used in this Article, shall mean a blast of from 4 to 6 seconds’ duration. A steam vessel shall be provided with an efficient whistle or siren, sounded by steam or some substitute for steam, so placed that the sound may not be intercepted by any obstruction, and with an efficient fog-horn, to be sounded by mechanical means, and also with an efficient bell.** In all cases where the rules require a bell to be used a drum may be substituted on board Turkish vessels, or a gong where such articles are used on board small sea-going vessels. [Footnote in the original.] A sailing vessel of 20 tons gross tonnage or upwards shall be provided with a similar fog-horn and bell. 1295 Article 12. Tout navire peut, s’il le juge nécessaire pour appeler l’attention, montrer, en plus des feux prescrits par les présentes règles, un feu provisoire d’une nature quelconque (flare-up light) ou faire usage de tout signal détonant *ou tout autre signal sonore efficace* ne pouvant être pris pour un des signaux prévus comme signal de détresse *ou de brume*. Article 13. Les présentes Règles ne doivent en rien gêner la mise à exécution des prescriptions spéciales édictées par un Gouvernement quelconque, quant à un plus grand nombre de feux de position ou de signaux à mettre à bord des bâtiments de guerre au nombre de deux ou davantage, ainsi qu’à bord de bâtiments naviguant en convoi; non plus que l’emploi de signaux de reconnaissance adoptés par les armateurs avec autorisation de leurs Gouvernements respectifs et dûment enregistrés et publiés. Article 14. Tout navire à vapeur faisant route à la voile seulement mais ayant sa abominée droosée *et au même temps au moyen de la vapeur ou de toute autre propulsion mécanique* doit porter, de jour, à l’avant à l’endroit où il sera le plus apparent un ballon noir eu une marque noire, *un cône noir, de* 0 m. 61 de diamètre *à la base, la pointe en haut*. SIGNAUX PHONIQUES PAR TEMPS DE BRUME, &c. Article 15. Tous les signaux prescrits par le présent Article pour les navires faisant route devront être produits: 1. A bord des “navires à vapeur” au moyen du sifflet ou de la sirène; 2. A bord des “navires à voiles” et des navires remorqués au moyen du cornet de brume. Les mots “son prolongé” employés dans cet Article signifient un son de 4 à 6 secondes de durée. Tout navire à vapeur doit être pourvu d’un sifflet ou d’une sirène d’une sonorité suffisante, actionné par la vapeur ou tout autre moteur pouvant la remplacer, et placé de telle sorte que le son ne puisse être arrêté par aucun obstacle; il doit aussi être pourvu d’un cornet de brume actionné mécaniquement ainsi que d’une cloche,** Dans tous les cas où ce règlement prescrit l’emploi de la cloche, un tambour ou un gong peuvent la remplacer sur les navires turcs, ou sur les petits navires de mer qui utilisent ces instrumente. [Footnote in the original.] l’un et l’autre suffisamment puissants. Tout navire à voiles d’un tonnage brut de 20 tonneaux et au-dessus doit avoir un cornet de brume et une cloche semblables. 1296 In fog, mist, falling snow or heavy rain-storms, whether by day or night, the signals described in this Article shall be used as follows, viz.:— (*a*.) A steam vessel having way upon her, shall sound, at intervals of not more than 2 minutes, a prolonged blast. (*b*.) A steam vessel under way, but stopped and having no way upon her, shall sound, at intervals of not more than 2 minutes, 2 prolonged blasts, with an interval of about 1 second between them. (*c*.) A sailing vessel under way shall sound, at intervals of not more than 1 minute, when on the starboard tack, 1 blast, when on the port tack, 2 blasts in succession, and when with the wind abaft the beam, 3 blasts in succession. (*d*.) A vessel, when at anchor, shall, at intervals of not more than 1 minute, ring the bell rapidly for about 5 seconds. *In vessels of more than 350 feet in length the bell shall be sounded in the forepart of the vessel, and, in addition, there shall be sounded in the after-part of the vessel, at intervals of not more than 1 minute, a gong or other instrument, the tone of which cannot be confused with the ringing of the bell.* (*e*.) A vessel, when towing, a vessel employed in laying or in picking up a telegraph *submarine* cable, and a vessel under way, which is unable to get out of the way of an approaching vessel through being not under command, or unable to manoeuvre as required by these Rules shall, instead of the signals prescribed in subdivisions (*a*), (*b*) and (*c*) of this Article, at intervals of not more than 2 minutes, sound 3 blasts in succession, viz., 1 prolonged blast followed by 2 short blasts. A vessel tewed may give this signal and she shall set give any other. *A vessel towed, or if more than one vessel is towed, the last vessel of the tow, shall, at intervals of not more than 2 minutes, sound 4 blasts in succession, viz., 1 prolonged blast followed by 3 short blasts, provided that this signal is not required when it is impossible to keep the vessel manned.* *When practicable, the vessel towed shall make this signal immediately after the signal made by the towing vessel.* (*f*.) *A vessel aground in or near a fairway shall give the signal prescribed in paragraph (d), and shall, in addition, give 3 separate and distinct strokes on the bell immediately preceding and following each such signal.* Sailing vessels and boats of less than 20 tons gross tonnage shall not be obliged to give the above-mentioned signals, but, if they do not, they shall make some other efficient sound-signal at intervals of not more than 1 minute.††Dutch steam pilot-vessels, when engaged on their station on pilotage duty in fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rain-storms are required to make at intervals of 2 minutes at most one long blast with the siren, followed after 1 second by a long blast with the steam whistle and again after 1 second by a long blast on the siren. When not engaged on their station on pilotage duty, they make the same signals as other steamships. [Footnote in the original.] 1297 Par temps de brume, de brouillard, de bruine, de neige ou pendant les forts grains de pluie, tant de jour que de nuit, les signaux décrits dans le présent Article seront employés comme il suit: (*a*.) Tout navire à vapeur ayant de l’erre doit faire entendre un son prolongé à des intervalles de deux minutes au plus; (*b*.) Tout navire à vapeur en route, mais stoppé et n’ayant pas d’erre, doit faire entendre, à des intervalles ne dépassant pas deux minutes, deux sons prolongés séparés par un intervalle d’une seconde environ. (*c*.) Tout navire à. voiles faisant route doit faire entendre à des intervalles n’excédant pas une minute, un son quand il est tribord amures, deux sons consécutifs quand il est bâbord amures et trois sons consécutifs quand il a le vent de l’arrière du travers. (*d*.) Tout navire au mouillage doit sonner la cloche rapidement pendant 5 secondes environ à des intervalles n’excédant pas une minute. *Sur les navires d’une longueur supérieure à 106m. 75, on devra sonner la cloche sur la partie avant du navire et de plus, sur la partie arrière, à des intervalles ne dépassant pas une minute, faire entendre un gong ou tout autre instrument dont le son ne peut être confondu avec celui de la cloche.* (*e*.) Tout navire qui remorque, tout navire employé à poser ou à lever un câble télégraphique *sous-marin*, tout navire faisant route et ne pouvant se déranger de la route d’un navire qui s’approche parce qu’il n’est pas maître de sa manoeuvre et qui ne peut manoeuvrer comme l’exige ce Règlement, devra, au lieu des signaux prescrits aux paragraphes (*a*), (*b*) et (*c*) du présent Article, faire entendre, à des intervalles ne dépassant pas deux minutes, trois sons consécutifs, savoir: un son prolongé suivi de deux sons brefs. Un navire remerque peut faire ce signal, mais il n’en fera pas d’autre. *Un navire remorqué, ou s’il en est remorqué plus d’un, le dernier navire du convoi devra, à des intervalles ne déliassant pas deux minutes, faire entendre quatre sons consécutifs, c’est-à-dire un son prolongé, suivi de trois sons brefs; ce signal n’est pas obligatoire dans le cas où il ne serait pas possible d’embarquer du personnel à bord du navire remorqué.* *Quand il sera possible, le navire remorqué devra faire entendre ce signal immédiatement après le signal fait par le navire remorqueur.* (*f*.) *Tout navire échoué dans un chenal ou à proximité d’un chenal émettra le signal prescrit au paragraphe {d) et, de plus, devra faire entendre trois sons de cloche séparés et distincts immédiatement avant et après chaque signal.* Les navires à voiles et embarcations d’un tonnage brut de moins de 20 tonneaux ne sont pas astreints à faire les signaux mentionnés ci-dessus; mais s’ils ne les font pas, ils doivent faire tout autre signal phonique d’une intensité suffisante à des intervalles ne dépassant pas une minute.**Les bateaux-pilotes à vapeur des Pays-Bas quand ils sont à leur station en service de pilotage, par temps de brume, de brouillard, de neige ou pendant les forts grains de pluie, sont astreinte à intervalles de deux minutes au plus à faire entendre un son prolongé de la sirène suivi à une seconde d’intervalle par un son prolongé du sifflet à vapeur, suivi de nouveau à une seconde d’intervalle d’un son prolongé de la sirène. Quand ils ne sont pas à leur station en service de pilotage ils font entendre les mêmes signaux que les autres navires à vapeur. [Footnote in the original.] 1298 SPEED OF SHIPS TO BE MODERATE IN FOG, &c.Fog, etc. Article 16. Speed limitations, etc.Every vessel shall, in a fog, mist, falling snow, or heavy rain-storms, go at a moderate speed, having careful regard to the existing circumstances and conditions. A steam vessel hearing, apparently forward of her beam, the fogsignal of a vessel the position of which is not ascertained, shall, so far as the circumstances of the case admit, stop her engines, and then navigate with caution until danger of collision is over. Steering and sailing rules.*Steering and Sailing Huies.* *Preliminary—Risk of Collision.* Risk of collision can, when circumstances permit, be ascertained by carefully watching the compass bearing of an approaching vessel. If the bearing does not appreciably change, such risk should be deemed to exist. Article 17. When two sailing vessels are approaching one another, so as to involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep out of the way of the other, as follows, viz.:— (*a*.) A vessel which is running free shall keep out of the way of a vessel which is close-hauled. (*b*.) A vessel which is close-hauled on the port tack shall keep out of the way of a vessel which is close-hauled on the starboard tack. (*c*.) When both are running free, with the wind on different sides, the vessel which has the wind on the port side shall keep out of the way of the other. (*d*.) When both are running free, with the wind on the same side, the vessel which is to windward shall keep out of the way of the vessel which is to leeward. (*e*.) A vessel which has the wind aft shall keep out of the way of the other vessel. Article 18. When two steam vessels are meeting end on, or nearly end on, so as to involve risk of collision, each shall alter her course to starboard, so that each may pass on the port side of the other. This Article only applies to cases where vessels are meeting end on, or nearly end on, in such a manner as to involve risk of collision, and does not apply to two vessels which must, if both keep on their respective courses, pass clear of each other. 1299 LA VITESSE DES NAVIRES DOIT ÊTRE MODÉRÉE PAR TEMPS DE BRUME, &c. Article 16. Tout navire, par temps de brume, de brouillard, de bruine, de neige, ou pendant les forts grains de pluie, doit aller à une vitesse modérée, en tenant attentivement compte des circonstances et des conditions existantes. Tout navire à vapeur, en entendant, dans une direction qui lui parait être sur l’avant de son travers, le signal de brume d’un navire dont la position est incertaine, doit, autant que les circonstances du cas le comportent, stopper sa machine et ensuite naviguer avec précaution jusqu’à ce que le danger de collision soit passé. Règles de Barres et de Ravie. Préliminaires—Risque de Collision. Le risque de collision peut, quand les circonstances le permettent, être constaté par l’observation attentive du relèvement au compas d’un navire qui s’approche. Si ce relèvement ne change pas d’une façon appréciable, on doit en conclure que ce risque existe. Article 17. Lorsque deux navires à voiles s’approchent l’un de l’autre, de manière à faire craindre une collision, l’un d’eux doit s’écarter de la route de l’autre comme il suit, savoir: (*a*.) Tout navire courant largue doit s’écarter de la route d’un navire qui est au plus près. (*b*.) Tout navire qui court au plus près bâbord armures doit s’écarter de la route d’un navire qui est au plus près tribord amures. (*c*.) Lorsque deux navires courent largue avec le vent de bords opposés, celui qui reçoit le vent de bâbord doit s’écarter de la route de l’autre. (*d*.) Lorsque deux navires courent largue avec le vent du même bord, celui qui est au vent doit s’écarter de la route de celui qui est sous le vent. (*e*.) Tout navire vent arrière doit s’écarter de la route d’un autre navire. Article 18. Lorsque deux navires marchant à la vapeur font des routes directement opposées ou à peu près opposées, de manière à faire craindre une collision, chacun d’eux doit venir sur tribord de manière à passer par bâbord l’un ae l’autre. Cet article ne s’applique qu’aux cas où les navires ont le cap l’un sur l’autre ou presque l’un sur l’autre; en suivant des directions opposées, de telle sorte que la collision soit à craindre ; il ne s’applique pas à deux navires qui, s’ils continuent leurs routes respectives, se croisent sûrement sans se toucher. 1300 The only cases to which it does apply are when each of the two vessels is end on, or nearly end on, to the other; in other words, to cases in which, by day, each vessel sees the masts of the other in a line, or nearly in a line, with her own; and, by night, to cases in which each vessel is in such a position as to see both the side-lights of the other. It does not apply, by day, to cases in which a vessel sees another ahead crossing her own course; or by night, to cases where the red light of one vessel is opposed to the red light of the other, or where the green light of one vessel is opposed to the green light of the other, or where a red light without a green light, or a green light without a red light, is seen ahead, or where both green and red lights are seen anywhere but ahead. Article 19. When two steam vessels are crossing, so as to involve risk of collision, the vessel which has the other on her own starboard side shall keep out of the way of the other. Article 20. When a steam vessel and a sailing vessel are proceeding in such directions as to involve risk of collision, the steam vessel shall keep out of the way of the sailing vessel. Article 21. Where by way of these Rules one of two vessels is to keep out of the way, the other shall keep her course and speed. Note.—When, in consequence of thick weather or other causes, such vessel finds herself so close that collision cannot be avoided by the action of the giving-way vessel alone, she also shall take such action*Post*, pp. 1302, 1303. as will best aid to avert collision. (See Articles 27 and 29.) Article 22. Every vessel which is directed by these Rules to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, if the circumstances of the case admit, avoid crossing ahead of the other. Article 23. Every steam vessel which is directed by these Rules to keep out of the way of another vessel shall, on approaching her, if necessary, slacken her speed or stop or reverse. Article 24. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Rules, every vessel, overtaking any other, shall keep out of the way of the overtaken vessel. 1301 Les seuls cas que vise cet article sont ceux dans lesquels chacun des deux bâtiments a le cap sur l’autre; eu d’autres termes, les cas dans lesquels, pendant le jour, chaque bâtiment voit les mâts de l’autre navire l’un par l’autre ou à très peu près l’un par l’autre et tout à fait ou à très peu près dans le prolongement de son cap; et, pendant la nuit, le cas où chaque bâtiment est placé de manière à voir à la fois les deux feux de côté de l’autre. Il ne s’applique pas au cas où, pendant le jour, un bâtiment en aperçoit un autre droit devant lui et coupant sa route, ni au cas où, pendant la nuit, chaque bâtiment présentant son feu rouge voit le feu de même couleur de l’autre, où chaque bâtiment présentant son feu vert voit le feu de même couleur de l’autre; ni aux cas où un bâtiment aperçoit droit devant lui un feu rouge sans voir de feu vert, ou aperçoit droit devant lui un feu vert sans voir de feu rouge; enfin, ni au cas où un bâtiment aperçoit à la fois un feu vert et un feu rouge dans toute autre direction que droit devant ou à peu près. Article 19. Lorsque deux navires marchant à la vapeur font des routes qui se croisent, de manière à faire craindre une collision, le bâtiment qui voit l’autre par tribord doit s’écarter de la route de cet autre navire. Article 20. Lorsque deux navires, l’un à vapeur, l’autre à voiles, courent de manière a risquer de se rencontrer, le navire sous vapeur doit s’écarter de la route de celui qui est à voiles. Article 21. Quand, d’après les règles tracées ci-dessus, l’un des navires doit changer ea route, l’autre bâtiment doit conserver la sienne et maintenir sa vitesse. Nota.—Il peut se faire, par suite de temps couvert ou pour d’autres causes, que deux navires viennent à se trouver tellement rapprochés l’un de l’autre que la collision ne puisse être évitée par la manoeuvre seide de celui qui doit laisser la route libre; dans ce cas, l’autre doit faire, de son côté, telle manoeuvre qu’il jugera la meilleure pour empêcher l’abordage. (Voir Articles 27 et 29.) Article 22. Tout navire qui est tenu, d’après ces règles, de s’écarter de la route d’un autre navire doit, si les circonstances de la rencontre le permettent, éviter de couper la route de l’autre navire sur l’avant de celui-ci. Article 23. Tout navire à vapeur qui est tenu, d’après ces règles, de s’écarter de la route d’un autre navire, doit, s’il s’approche de celui-ci, ralentir au besoin sa vitesse, ou même stopper ou marcher en arrière, si les circonstances le rendent nécessaire. Article 24. Quelles que soient les prescriptions des articles qui précèdent, tout bâtiment qui en rattrape un autre doit s’écarter de la route de dernier. 1302 Every vessel coming up with another vessel from any direction more than two points abaft her beam, i. e., in such a position, with reference to the vessel which she is overtaking, that at night she would be unable to see either of that vessel’s side-lights, shall be deemed to be an overtaking vessel; and no subsequent alteration of the bearing between the two vessels shall make the overtaking vessel a crossing vessel within the meaning of these Rules, or relieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel until she is finally past and clear. As by day the overtaking vessel cannot always know with certainty whether she is forward or abaft this direction from the other vessel, she should, if in doubt, assume that she is an overtaking vessel and keep out of the way. Article 25. In narrow channels every steam vessel shall, when it is safe and practicable, keep to that side of the fairway or mid-channel which lies on the starboard side of such vessel. Article 26. Sailing vessels under way shall keep out of the way of sailing vessels or boats fishing with nets, or lines, or trawls. This Rule shall not give to any vessel or boat engaged in fishing the right of obstructing a fair-way used by vessels other than fishing-vessels or boats. Article 27. In obeying and construing these Rules, due regard shall be had to all dangers of navigation and collision, and to any special circumstances which may render a departure from the above Rules necessary in order to avoid immediate danger. SOUND-SIGNALS FOR VESSELS IN SIGHT OF ONE ANOTHER.Vessels in sight of one another. Article 28. Sound-signals.The words “short blast” used in this Article shall mean a blast of about one second’s duration. When vessels are in sight of one another, a steam vessel under way, in taking any course authorized or required by these Rules, shall indicate that course by the following signals on her whistle or siren, viz.:— One short blast to mean, “I am directing my course to starboard.” Two short blasts to mean, “I am directing my course to port.” Three short blasts to mean, “My engines are going full speed astern.” 1303 Tout navire qui se rapproche d’un autre en venant d’une direction de plus de 2 quarts sur l’arrière du travers de ce dernier, c’est-à-dire qui se trouve dans une position telle, par rapport au navire qui est rattrapé, qu’il ne pourrait, perdant la nuit, apercevoir aucun des deux feux de côté de celui-ci, doit être considéré comme un navire qui en rattrape un autre; et aucun changement ultérieur dans le relèvement entre les deux bâtiments ne pourra faire considérer le navire qui rattrape l’autre comme croisant la route de ce dernier au sens propre de ces règles, et ne pourra l’affranchir de l’obligation de s’écarter de la route du navire rattrapé jusqu’à ce qu’il l’ait tout a fait dépassé et paré. Pendant le jour, un bâtiment qui rattrape un autre bâtiment ne pouvant pas toujours reconnaître avec certitude s’il est sur l’avant ou sur l’arrière de cette direction par rapport à ce dernier, doit, s’il y a doute, se considérer comme un navire qui en rattrape un autre et s’écarter de la route de celui-ci. Article 25. Dans les passes étroites, tout navire à vapeur doit, quand la prescription est d’une exécution possible et sans danger pour lui prendre la droite du chenal ou du milieu du passage. Article 26. Tout navire à voiles faisant route doit s’écarter de la route des navires à voiles ou embarcations pêchant avec des filets, des lignes ou des chaluts. Cette prescription ne donne pas aux navires ou embarcations, qui sont occupés à une opération de pêche, le droit d’obstruer un chenal fréquenté par des navires autres que des navires ou embarcations de pêche. Article 27. En suivant et en interprétant les prescriptions qui précèdent, on doit tenir compte de tous les dangers de navigation et de collision, ainsi que des circonstances particulières qui peuvent forcer de s’écarter de ces règles pour éviter un danger immédiat. SIGNAUX PHONIQUES POUR LES NAVIRES QUI S’APERÇOIVENT L’UN L’AUTRE. Article 28. Les mots “son bref” employés dans cet article signifient un son d’environ une seconde de durée. Lorsque des navires sont en vue l’un de l’autre, un navire à vapeur qui est en marche doit, en changeant sa route conformément à l’autorisation ou aux prescriptions de ce règlement, indiquer ce changement par les signaux suivants faits au moyen de son sifflet ou de sirène, savoir: Un son bref pour dire: “Je viens sur tribord.” Deux sons brefs pour dire: “Je viens sur bâbord.” Trois sons brefs pour dire: “Je marche en arrière à toute vitesse.” 1304 NO VESSEL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES TO NEGLECT PROPER PRECAUTIONS. Article 29. No vessel to neglect proper precautions.Nothing in these Rules shall exonerate any vessel, or the owner, or master, or crew thereof, from the consequences of any neglect to carry lights or signals, or of any neglect to keep a proper look-out, or of the neglect of any precaution which may be required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special circumstances of the case. RESERVATION OF RULES FOR HARBOURS AND INLAND NAVIGATION. Article 30. Reservation of rules for harbors and inland navigation.Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the operation of a special rule, duly made by local authority, relative to the navigation of any harbour, river, or inland waters. DISTRESS SIGNALS. Article 31. Distress signals.When a vessel is in distress and requires assistance from other vessels or from the shore, the following shall be the signals to be used or displayed by her, either together or separately, viz.:— In the daytime— 1. A gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a minute; 2. The International Code signal of distress; indicated by N. C. 3. The distant *distance* signal, consisting of a square flag, having either above or below it a ball or anything resembling a ball; 4. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus; 5. *The international distress signal made by radiotelegraphy or radiotelephony, or by any other distance signalling method.* At night— 1. A gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a minute; 2. Flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar-barrel, oil-barrel, &c.); 3. Rockets or shells, throwing stars of any colour or description, fired one at a time, at short intervals; 4. A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus; 5. *The international distress signal made by radiotelegraphy or radiotelephony, or by any other distance signalling method.* *The use of any of the above signals, except for the purpose of indicating that a vessel is in distress, and the use of any signals which may be confused with any of the above signals, is prohibited.* 1305 OBSERVATION ABSOLUE, EN TOUTES CIRCONSTANCES, DES PRÉCAUTIONS ÉLÉMENTAIRES. Article 29. Rien de ce qui est prescrit dans ces règles ne doit exonérer un navire ou son propriétaire, ou son capitaine, ou son équipage, des conséquences d’une négligence quelconque, soit au sujet des feux ou des signaux, soit de la part des hommes de veille, soit enfin au sujet de toute précaution que commandent l’expérience ordinaire du marin et les circonstances particulières dans lesquelles se trouve le bâtiment. RÉSERVE RELATIVE AUX RÈGLES DE NAVIGATION DANS LES PORTS ET À L’INTÉRIEUR DES TERRES. Article 30. Rien dans cesrèglesne doit entraver l’application des règles spéciales, dûment édictées par l’autorité locale, relativement à la navigation dans une rade, dans une rivière ou dans une étendue d’eau intérieure quelconque. SIGNAUX DE DÉTRESSE. Article 31. Lorsqu’un bâtiment est en détresse et demande des secours à d’autres navires ou à la terre, il doit faire usage des signaux suivants, ensemble ou séparément, savoir: Pendant le jour: 1. Coups de canon ou autres signaux explosifs tirés à des intervalles d’une minute environ. 2. Le s’gnal de détresse du Code international, indiqué par les signes N. C. 3. Le signal de grande distance consistant en un pavillon carré, ayant au-dessus un ballon ou quelque chose ressemblant à un ballon. 4. Un son continu produit par un appareil quelconque pour signaux de brume. 5. *Le signal international de détresse radiotélégraphique ou radio-téléphonique ou autre système de signalisation à grande distance.* Pendant la nuit: 1. Coups de canon ou autres signaux explosifs tirés à intervalles d’une minute environ. 2. Flammes sur le navire, telles qu’on peut en produire en brûlant un baril de goudron, à huile, &c. 3. Fusées ou bombes projetant des étoiles de toutes couleurs et de tous genres, ces fusées et bombes lancées une â une à de courts intervalles. 4. Un son continu produit par un appareil quelconque pour signaux de brame. 5. *Le signal international de détresse radiotêlégraphique ou radio-téléphonique ou tout autre système de signalisation à grande distance.* *Est interdit, l’usage de l’un quelconque des signaux ci-dessus sauf dans le but d’indiquer qu’un navire est en détresse et l’usage de tout signal susceptible d’être confondu avec un des signaux ci-dessus.* 1306*Ante*, p. 1184.And whereas the said Convention, in accordance with a provision of Article 65 thereof, came into force on January 1, 1933, three months after the date of deposit with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on October 1, 1932, of the fifth ratification thereof; And whereas the said Article 65 further provides that ratifications deposited after the date on which the Convention has come into force shall take effect three months after the date of their deposit; Ratification by United States subject to certain understandings.And whereas the ratification of the said Convention by the Government of the United States of America was deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on August 7, 1936,11 Before Aug. 7, 1936, ratifications had been deposited with the British Foreign Office by all the other signatory countries, namely: Australia, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, India, Irish Free State, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Before Aug. 7, 1936, notices of adherence had been received by the British Foreign Office from the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Danzig, Egypt, Estonia, Hungary, Iceland, Italian Colonies of Libya, Eritrea and Somaliland and Italian Islands of the Aegean, Japan for Chosen, Taiwan, and Leased Territory of Kwantung, Netherlands Indies, New Zealand, Panama, Poland, Portugal, and the United Kingdom for Hong Kong and the Straits Settlements.—Editor. subject to three understandings as follows: " “(1) That nothing in this convention shall be so construed as to authorize any person to hold any seaman, whether a citizen of the United States of America or an alien, on board any merchant vessel, domestic or foreign, against his will in a safe harbor within the jurisdiction of the United States of America, when such seaman has been officially admitted thereto as a member of the crew of such vessel or to compel such seaman to proceed to sea on such vessel against his will; “(2) That nothing in this convention shall be so construed as to [38 Stat. 1165](/us/stat/38/1165).[46 U. S. C. § 597](/us/usc/t46/s597).nullify or modify Section 4 of the Seaman’s Act approved March 4, 1915, 38 Stat. 1164, as interpreted by the Supreme Court of the United States in Strathearn vs. Dillon, 252 U. S. 348, and “(3) That nothing in this convention shall be so construed as to prevent the officers of the United States of America who exercise the *Ante*, p. 1176.control over vessels provided for in Article 54 from making such inspection of any vessel within the jurisdiction of the United States as may be necessary to determine that the condition of the vessel’s seaworthiness corresponds substantially with the particulars set forth in its certificate, that the vessel is sufficiently and efficiently manned, and that it may proceed to sea without danger to either passengers or crew, or to prevent such officers from withholding clearance to any vessel which they find may not proceed to sea with safety, until such time as any such vessel shall be put in condition so that it can proceed to sea without danger to the passengers or crew.” " 1307 Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that, subject to the understandings aforesaid, the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after November 7, 1936,Effective date. the day on which the Convention shall take effect with respect to the United States of America. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this thirtieth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-six, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* May 6, 1936 Convention 50 Stat. 1308 1308 TREATIES DENMARK—EXTRADITION—MAY 6, 1936 *May 6, 1936[T. S. No. 911]Supplementary extradition convention between the United States of America and Denmark. Signed at Washington, May 6, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, June 16, 1936; ratified by the President, June 30, 1936; ratified by Denmark, July 6, 1936; ratifications exchanged at Washington, September 30, 1936; proclaimed, October 7, 1936.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas Supplementary extradition convention with Denmark.Preamble.a supplementary extradition convention between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Denmark was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington, on the sixth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which supplementary extradition convention, being in the English and Danish languages, is word for word as follows: Contracting Powers.The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Denmark and Iceland, agreeing to add to the list of extraditable crimes mentioned [32 Stat. 1908](/us/stat/32/1908).in Article II of the treaty for the extradition of criminals, signed at Washington on January 6, 1902, [34 Stat. 2888](/us/stat/34/2888).and in Article II of the additional convention, signed November 6, 1905, by means of an additional convention, have to that end appointed as their plenipotentiaries: Plenipotentiaries.The President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and His Majesty the King of Denmark and Iceland: Mr. Otto Wadsted, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at Washington; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in due and good form, have agreed upon the following articles: 1309 Article I In addition to the crimes andAddition to extraditable crimes.[32 Stat. 1908](/us/stat/32/1908). offenses mentioned in Article II of the treaty between the United States of America and Denmark for the extradition of criminals, signed at Washington on January[34 Stat. 2888](/us/stat/34/2888). 6, 1902, and in Article II of the additional convention, signed on November 6, 1905, extradition shall be granted also for: Crimes and offenses againstCrimes and offenses against bankruptcy laws. the bankruptcy laws, provided the act in the United States of America is punishable as a felony and in Denmark may involve punishment of imprisonment for one year or a more severe penalty. Article II The present convention shall beConsidered part of former treaty. considered as an integral part of the said extradition treaty of January 6, 1902, and shall be ratifiedRatification. according to the respective laws of the two contracting parties. The ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. In Testimony Whereof, theSignatures. respective plenipotentiaries have signed the present convention both in the English and Danish languages and have affixed their seals to it. Done in duplicate, at the City of Washington, this sixth day of May, nineteen hundred and thirty-six. Contracting Powers.Amerikas Forenede Staters Præsident og Hans Majestæt Kongen af Danmark og Island, der er enige om ved en Tillægskonvention at gøre en Tilføjelse til [32 Stat. 1908](/us/stat/32/1908).Fortegnelsen over de Forbrydelser, for hvilke Udlevering skal tilstaas, og hvilke er anført i [34 Stat. 2888](/us/stat/34/2888).Artikel II i Traktaten angaaende Udlevering af Forbrydere, undertegnet i Washington den 6’ Januar 1902 og i Artikel II i Tillægskonventionen, undertegnet den 6’ November 1905, har i dette Øjemed udnævnt til deres Befuldmægtigede: Plenipotentiaries.Amerikas Forenede Staters Præsident: Cordell Hull, Amerikas Forenede Staters Statssekretær; og Hans Majestæt Kongen af Danmark og Island: Sin Overordentlige Gesandt og Befuldmægtigede Minister i Washington, Hr. Otto Wadsted; Hvilke, efter at have meddelt hinanden deres respektive Fuldmagter, som fandtes i god og behørig Form, er kommet overens om følgende Artikler: 1309 Artikel I Foruden de Forbrydelser ogAddition to extraditable crimes.[32 Stat. 1908](/us/stat/32/1908). Forseelser, der er opregnet i Artikel II i Traktaten mellem Amerikas Forenede Stater og Danmark angaaende Udlevering af Forbrydere, undertegnet i Washington[34 Stat. 2888](/us/stat/34/2888). den 6’ Januar 1902, og i Artikel II i Tillægskonventionen, undertegnet den 6’ November 1905, skal Udlevering tilstaas ogsaa for: Konkursforbrydelser, forudsatCrimes and offenses against bankruptcy laws. at Handlingen i Amerikas Færenede Stater er strafbar som “felony” og i Danmark kan medføre Straf af Fængsel af et Aar eller strengere Straf. Artikel II Nærværende Konvention skalConsidered part of former treaty. betragtes som en integrerende Del af nævnte Udleveringstraktat af 6’ Januar 1902 og skal ratificeresRatification. i Overensstemmelse med de to kontraherende Parters respektive Lovgivning. Ratifikationerne skal udveksles i Washington saa snart som muligt. Til Bekræftelse heraf har deSignatures. respektive Befuldmægtigede undertegnet nærværende Konvention bande i det engelske og i det danske Sprog samt forsynet den med deres Segl. Udfærdiget i Washington i to Eksemplarer den sjette Maj, nitten Hundrede og seks og tredive. Cordell Hull [seal] Otto Wadsted [seal] 1310 And whereas Ratifications exchanged.the said supplementary extradition convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington, on the thirtieth day of September, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said supplementary extradition convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this seventh day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-[seal] six, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Wilbur J Carr *Acting Secretary of State*. February 7, 1936 Convention 50 Stat. 1311 1311 MEXICO—PROTECTION OF MIGRATORY BIRDS, ETC.—FEBRUARY 7, 1936 TREATIES *Convention between the United States of America and Mexico for theFebruary 7, 1936[T. S. No. 912] protection of migratory birds and game mammals. Signed at Mexico City, February 7, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, April 30, 1936; ratified by the President, October 8, 1936; ratified by Mexico, February 12, 1937; ratifications exchanged at Washington, March 15, 1937; proclaimed, March 15, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a convention between the United States of America andMigratory birds and game mammals in United States and Mexico.Preamble. the United Mexican States providing for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Mexico on the seventh day of February, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: **CONVENTION BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE UNITED MEXICAN STATES FOR THE PROTECTION OF MIGRATORY BIRDS AND GAME MAMMALS.** Whereas, some of the birds denominated migratory, in their movements cross the United States of America and the United Mexican States, in which countries they live temporarily; Whereas it is light and proper to protect the said migratory birds, whatever may be their origin, in the United States of America and the United Mexican States, in order that the species may not be exterminated; Whereas, for this purpose it is necessary to employ adequate measures which will permit a rational utilization of migratory birds for the purposes of sport as well as for food, commerce and industry; The Governments of the twoPlenipotentiaries. countries have agreed to conclude a Convention which will satisfy the above mentioned need and to that end have appointed as their respective plenipotentiaries: The Honorable Josephus Daniels representing the President of1312the United States of America, Franklin D. Roosevelt and the Honorable Eduardo Hay, representing the President of the United Mexican States, General Lázaro Cárdenas, who, having exhibited to each other and found satisfactory their respective full powers, conclude the following Convention: Article I. Purpose declared.In order that the species may not be exterminated, the high contracting parties declare that it is right and proper to protect birds denominated as migratory, whatever may be their origin, which in their movements live temporarily in the United States of America and the United Mexican States, by means of adequate methods which will permit, in so far as the respective high contracting parties may see fit, the utilization of said birds rationally for purposes of sport, food, commerce and industry. Article II. Laws and other provisions.The high contracting parties agree to establish laws, regulations and provisions to satisfy the need set forth in the preceding Article, including: A)- Close seasons. The establishment of close seasons, which will prohibit in certain periods of the year the taking of migratory birds, their nests or eggs, as well as their transportation or sale, alive or dead, their products or parts, except when proceeding, with appropriate authorization, from private game farms or when used for scientific purposes, for propagation or for museums. B)- Refuge zones. The establishnent of refuge zones in which the taking of such birds will be prohibited. C)- Hunting season limitation. The limitation of their hunting to four months in each year, as a maximum, under permits issued by the respective authorities in each case. 1313 D)- The establishment of a closeProtection of wild ducks. season for wild ducks from the tenth of March to the first of September. E)- The prohibition of theInsectivorous birds. killing of migratory insectivorous birds, except when they become injurious to agriculture and constitute plagues, as well as when they come from reserves or game farms: provided however that such birds may be captured alive and used in conformity with the laws of each contracting country. F)- The prohibition of huntingHunting from aircraft. from aircraft. Article III The high contracting partiesTransportation over border. respectively agree, in addition, not to permit the transportation over the American-Mexican border of migratory birds, dead or alive, their parts or products, withoutPermits. a permit of authorization provided for that purpose by the government of each country, with the understanding that in the case that the said birds, their parts or products are transported from one country to the other without the stipulated authorization, they will be considered as contraband and treated accordingly. Article IV. The high contracting partiesDeclaration of terms. declare that for the purposes of the present Convention the following birds shall be considered migratory: migratory game birds.Migratory game birds. Familia Anatidae. Familia Gruidae. Familia Rallidae. Familia Charadriidae. Familia Scolopacidae. Familia Recurvirostridae. Familia Phalaropodidae. Familia Columbidae. migratory non-game birds.Migratory non-game birds. Familia Cuculidae. Familia Caprimulgidae. 1314 Familia Micropodidae. Familia Trochilidae. Familia Picidae. Familia Tyrannidae. Familia Alaudidae. Familia Hirundinidae. Familia Paridae. Familia Certhiidae. Familia Troglodytidae. Familia Turdidae. Familia Mimidae. Familia Sylviidae. Familia Motacillidae. Familia Bombycillidac. Familia Ptilogonatidae. Familia Laniidae. Familia Vireonidae. Familia Compsothlypidae. Familia Icteridae. Familia Thraupidae. Familia Fringillidae. Others by common agreement.Others which the Presidents of the United States of America and the United Mexican States may determine by common agreement. Article V. Stipulations applicable to game mammals.The high contracting parties agree to apply the stipulations set forth in Article III with respect to the game mammals which live in their respective countries. Article VI. Ratification.This Convention shall be ratified by the high contracting parties in accordance with their Duration.constitutional methods and shall remain in force for fifteen years and shall be understood to be extended from year to year if the high contracting parties have not indicated twelve months in advance their intention to terminate it. Signatures.The respective plenipotentiaries sign the present Convention in duplicate in English and Spanish, affixing thereto their respective seals, in the City of Mexico, the seventh day of February of 1936. Josephus Daniels [seal] **CONVENIO ENTRE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE NORTEAMERICA Y LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS MEXICANOS PARA LA PROTECCION DE AVES MIGRATORIAS Y DE MAMIFEROS CINEGETICOS.** Considerando que algunas de las aves llamadas migratorias en sus viajes cruzan los Estados Unidos de Norteamérica y los Esta-dos Unidos Mexicanos, en cuyos países temporalmente habitan; Considerando que es justo y conveniente proteger dichas aves migratorias, cualquiera que sea su origen, en los Estados Unidos de Norteamérica y en los Estados Unidos Mexicanos para que no se extingan sus especies; Considerando que para el fin indicado es necesario emplear métodos adecuados que permitan utilizar racionalmente las aves migratorias tanto en el deporte cuanto para Ja alimentación, el comercio y la industria; Los Gobiernos de ambos paísesPlenipotentiaries. han convenido en formalizar una Convención que satisfaga la necesidad apuntada y para el efecto han nombrado sus respectivos Plenipotenciarios: El señor Josephus Daniels, representando al Presidente de los1312Estados Unidos Norteamericanos, Franklin D. Roosevelt, y el señor Eduardo Hay, representando al Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, General de División Lázaro Cárdenas, quienes exhibieron a satisfacción sus respectivos Plenos Poderes, formalizan la siguiente Convención: Artículo I Purpose declared.Las Altas Partes Contratantes declaran que es justo y conveniente proteger las aves llamadas migratorias, cualquiera que sea su origen, que en sus viajes habiten temporalmente en los Estados Unidos de Norteamérica y en los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, por medio de procedimientos adecuados, hasta donde las Altas Partes Contratantes determinen, que permitan utilizar dichas aves racionalmente, con fines deportistas, de alimentación, de comercio y de industria, a fin de que sus especies no se extingan. Artículo II Laws and other provisions.Las Altas Partes Contratantes convienen en dictar las Leyes, Reglamentos y Disposiciones conducentes para satisfacer la necesidad indicada en el artículo precedente, incluyendo: A).- Close seasons. La fijación de vedas, que prohíban en determinada época del año la captura de las aves migratorias y sus nidos y huevos, así como que se pongan en circulación o venta vivas o muertas, sus productos y despojos, excepción hecha de cuando procedan de reservas oí criaderos particulares y cuando se utilicen con fines científicos, de propagación y para museos, con la autorización correspondiente. B).- Refuge zones. La determinación de zonas de refugio en las que estará prohibida la captura de dichas aves. C).- Hunting season limitation. La limitación a cuatro meses como máximo en cada año el ejercicio de la caza, mediante permiso de las autoridades respectivas en cada caso. 1313 D).- La veda para patos delProtection of wild ducks. diez de marzo al primero de septiembre. E).- La prohibición de matarInsectivorous birds. aves migratorias insectívoras, con excepción de los casos en que perjudiquen la agricultura y constituyan plagas, así como también cuando procedan de reservas o criaderos; entendiéndose que dichas aves podrán capturarse y utilizarse vivas conforme a las leyes respectivas de cada país contratante. F).- La prohibición de cazar aHunting from aircraft. bordo de aeronaves. Artículo III Las Altas Partes ContratantesTransportation over border. convienen, además, en no permitir que por la frontera norteamericana-mexicana sean transportadas aves migratorias vivas o muertas y sus productos y despojos, sinPermits. que lleven como guía la autorización que para el efecto expida el Gobierno de cada país, en la inteligencia de que en el caso de que sean transportadas dichas aves y sus productos y despojos de un país al otro sin la expresada autorización, se considerará ese hecho como contrabando para los efectos legales correspondientes. Artículo IV Las Altas Partes ContratantesDeclaration of terms. declaran que para los efectos del presente convenio se considerarán aves migratorias las siguientes: aves migratories de caza.Migratory game birds. Familia Anatidae Familia Gruidae. Familia Rallidae. Familia Charadriidae. Familia Scolopacidae. Familia Recurvirostridae. Familia Phalaropodidae. Familia Columbidae. aves migratories no de caza.Migratory non-game birds. Familia Cuculidae. Familia Caprimulgidae. 1314 Familia Micropodidae. Familia Trochilidae. Familia Picidae. Familia Tyrannidae. Familia Alaudidae. Familia Hirundinidae. Familia Paridae. Familia Certhiidae. Familia Troglodytidae. Familia Turdidae. Familia Mimidae. Familia Sylviidae. Familia Motacillidae. Familia Bombycillidac. Familia Ptilogonatidae. Familia Laniidae. Familia Vireonidae. Fami1ia Compsothlypidae. Familia Icteridae. Familia Thraupidae. Familia Fringillidae. Others by common agreement.Las demás que el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de Norteamérica y el de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos determinen de común acuerdo. Artículo V Stipulations applicable to game mammals.Las Altas Partes Contratantes convienen en aplicar las estipulaciones contenidas en el artículo III respecto de los mamíferos cinegéticos que habitan en sus respectivos países. Artículo VI Ratification.Esta Convención será ratificada por las Altas Partes Contratantes de acuerdo con sus procedimientos Duration.constitucionales y quedará en vigor durante 15 años, que se entenderán prorrogados por anualidades si las mismas Altas Partes Contratantes no manifiestan con doce meses de anticipación su deseo de darla por terminada. Signatures.Los Plenipotenciarios respectivos firman la presente Convención por duplicado en inglés y en español, poniendo en ella sus respectivos sellos, en la ciudad de México el día siete del mes de febrero de 1936. Eduardo Hay [seal] 1315 secretaria de relaciones exteriores estados unidos mexicanos mexico México, *10 de febrero de 1936*. Señor Encargado de Negocios: Tengo la honra de manifestar a usted, en relación con el Convenio entre los Estados Unidos Mexicanos y los Estados Unidos de Norteamérica para la Protección de Aves Migratorias y de Mamíferos Cinegéticos, firmado en esta ciudad el 7 del mes en curso, que esta Secretaría se permite proponer la ciudad de Washington para los efectos del canje de ratificaciones a que se refiere el artículo VI del Convenio mencionado, tan pronto como sea practicable. Aprovecho la oportunidad para renovar a usted las seguridades de mi atenta consideración. Eduardo Hay Señor Henry R. Norweb, *Encargado de Negocios ad-ínterim de los Estados Unidos de América. Presente*. 1 1 Following la translation: department of foreign relations united mexican states mexico city Mexico City, *February 10, 1936*. Mr. Charge d’affaires: I have the honor to advise you, with regard to the Convention between the United Mexican States and the United States of North America for the protection of Migratory Birds and Game Mammals. signed in this city on the 7th instant, that this Department takes the liberty of proposing the city of Washington for the purpose of the exchange of ratifications referred to by Article VI of the said Convention as soon as may be practicable. I avail myself of the opportunity to renew to you the assurances of my high consideration. Eduardo Hay Mr. Henry R. Norweb. *Charge d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America, City*. No. 1488 Embassy of the United States of America, *Mexico, February 11, 1936*. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge with appreciation Your Excellency’s courteous note No. 3, Ref. III/, of February 10, 1936, in which it is suggested with reference to the Convention between the United States of America and the United Mexican States for the Protection of Migratory Birds and Game Mammals signed in this city on the 7th of this month that the ratifications provided for in Article VI of the above-mentioned Convention be exchanged in Washington. It is understood that this proposal is satisfactory to my Government and that the treaty shall take effect on the date of the exchange of ratifications. Please accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest and most distinguished consideration. R. Henry Norweb *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim*. His Excellency Señor General Eduardo Hay, *Minister for Foreign Affairs, Mexico*. 1316 And whereas Ratifications exchanged.the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the fifteenth day of March, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, on which day tine convention entered into force in accordance with an understanding reached by an exchange of notes signed on February 10 and February 11, 1936, by the Minister for Foreign Affairs of the United Mexican States and the Chargé d’Affaires of the United States of America at the city of Mexico. Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-seven, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. April 12, 1936 Protocol 50 Stat. 1317 1317 MULTILATERAL—MILITARY OBLIGATIONS—APRIL 12, 1930 TREATIES *Protocol and procès-verbal of deposit of ratifications and accessionsApril 12, 1936[T. S. No. 913] between the United States of America and other powers relating to military obligations in certain cases of double nationality. Concluded at The Hague. April 12, 1930; signed on the part of the United States of America, December 31, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, June 18, 1932; ratified by the President, July 5, 1932; ratification of the United States of America deposited at Geneva, August 3, 1932; proclaimed, Apil 26, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Protocol relating to military obligations in certainMultilateral protocol, etc., relating to military obligations in certain cases of double nationality.Preamble.Signatory Powers. cases of double nationality, dated The Hague April 12, 1930, but left open for signature until December 31, 1930, was signed by the respective Plenipotentiaries of the United States of America; Germany; Austria; Belgium, with a reservation; Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate members of the League of Nations; Canada; Irish Free State; India, with a reservation; Chile; Colombia; Cuba, *ad referendum*; Denmark; Egypt; Spain; France; Greece, *ad referendum*; Luxemburg; Mexico; the Netherlands, with reservations; Peru; Portugal; Salvador; Sweden; and Uruguay; the original of which Protocol, in the English and French languages, is word for word as follows: 1318 **PROTOCOLE RELATIF AUX OBLIGATIONS MILITAIRES DANS CERTAINS CAS DE DOUBLE NATIONALITÉ** Les plénipotentiaires soussignés, au nom de leurs Gouvernements respectifs, Dans le but de régler certaines situations d’individus possédant deux ou plusieurs nationalités en ce qui concerne leurs obligations militaires, Sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: *Article premier.* L’individu possédant la nationalité de deux ou de plusieurs pays, qui réside habituellement sur le territoire de l’un d’eux et se rattache en fait le plus à ce pays, sera exempté de toutes obligations militaires dans tout autre de ces pays. Cette dispense pourra entraîner la perte de la nationalité de tout autre de ces pays. *Article 2*. Sous réserve des dispositions de l’article premier du présent Protocole, si un individu possède la nationalité de deux ou plusieurs États et a, aux termes de la législation de l’un d’eux, le droit, au moment où il atteint sa majorité, de répudier ou de refuser la nationalité dudit État, il sera, pendant sa minorité, exempté de service militaire dans cet État. *Article 3*. L’individu qui a perdu la nationalité d’un État d’après la loi de cet État et a acquis une autre nationalité, sera exempté d’obligations militaires dans le pays dont il a perdu la nationalité. *Article 4*. Les Hautes Parties Contractantes conviennent d’appliquer, dans leurs relations mutuelles, à partir de la mise en vigueur du présent Protocole, les principes et règles insérés aux articles ci-dessus. L’insertion de ces principes et règles ne préjuge en rien la question de savoir si lesdits principes et règles font ou non partie actuellement du droit international. Il est en outre entendu qu’en ce qui concerne tout point qui ne fait pas l’objet d’une des dispositions ci-dessus, les principes et règles du droit international demeurent en vigueur. *Article 5*. Rien dans le présent Protocole ne portera atteinte aux dispositions des traités, conventions ou accords en vigueur entre les Hautes Parties Contractantes relatifs à la nationalité ou à des questions s’y rattachant. 1319 **PROTOCOL RELATING TO MILITARY OBLIGATIONS IN CERTAIN CASES OF DOUBLE NATIONALITY.** The undersigned plenipotentiaries, on behalf of their respectiveMilitary obligations in certain cases of double nationality. Governments, With a view to determining in certain cases the position as regards their military obligations of persons possessing two or more nationalities, Have agreed as follows: *Article 1*. A person possessing two or more nationalities who habituallyExemption, except In country where person habitually resides. resides in one of the countries whose nationality he possesses, and who is in fact most closely connected with that country, shall be exempt from all military obligations in the other country or countries. This exemption may involve the loss of the nationality of the otherLoss of nationality In other country. country or countries. *Article 2*. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 1 of the presentRenunciation, etc. Protocol, if a person possesses the nationality of two or more States and, under the law of any one of such States, has the right, on attaining his majority, to renounce or decline the nationality of that State, he shall be exempt from military service in such State during his minority. *Article 3*. A person who has lost the nationality of a State under the law of thatLoss of nationality under one State and acquisition in another. State and has acquired another nationality, shall be exempt from military obligations in the State of which he has lost the nationality. *Article 4*. The High Contracting Parties agree to apply the principles andMutual application of principles on entry into force of Protocol. rules contained in the preceding articles in their relations with each other, as from the date of the entry into force of the present Protocol. The inclusion of the above-mentioned principles and rules in theInclusion of, not to prejudice international law. said articles shall in no way be deemed to prejudice the question whether they do or do not already form part of international law. It is understood that, in so far as any point is not covered by any of the provisions of the preceding articles, the existing principles and rules of international law shall remain in force. *Article 5*. Nothing in the present Protocol shall affect the provisions of anyExisting treaty, etc., provisions not affected. treaty, convention or agreement in force between any of the High Contracting Parties relating to nationality or matters connected therewith. 1320 *Article 6*. En signant ou ratifiant le présent Protocole ou en y adhérant, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes pourra exclure de son acceptation telle ou telle des dispositions des articles 1 à 3 et 7 au moyen de réserves expresses. Les dispositions ainsi exclues ne pourront être opposées à la Partie Contractante ayant formulé de telles réserves ni invoquées par elle contre une autre Partie Contractante. *Article 7*. S’il s’élève entre les Hautes Parties Contractantes un différend quelconque relatif à l’interprétation ou à l’application du présent Protocole, et si ce différend n’a pu être résolu de façon satisfaisante par voie diplomatique, il sera réglé conformément aux dispositions, en vigueur entre les Parties, concernant le règlement des différends internationaux. Au cas où de telles dispositions n’existeraient pas entre les parties au différend, elles le soumettront à une procédure arbitrale ou judiciaire, en se conformant aux lois constitutionnelles de chacune d’elles. A défaut d’accord sur le choix d’un autre tribunal, elles soumettront le différend à la Cour permanente de Justice internationale, si elles sont toutes Parties au Protocole du 16 décembre 1920, relatif à ladite Cour, et, si elles n’y sont pas toutes Parties, à un tribunal d’arbitrage constitué conformément à la Convention de La Haye du 18 octobre 1907 relative au règlement pacifique des conflits internationaux. *Article 8*. Le présent Protocole pourra être signé, jusqu'au 31 décembre 1930, au nom de tout Membre de la Société des Nations ou de tout État non Membre, invité à la première Conférence de Codification ou auquel le Conseil de la Société des Nations aura, à cet effet, communiqué un exemplaire dudit Protocole. *Article 9*. Le présent Protocole sera ratifié et les ratifications seront déposées au Secrétariat de la Société des Nations. Le Secrétaire général donnera connaissance de chaque dépôt aux Membres de la Société des Nations et aux États non Membres visés à l’article 8, en indiquant la date à laquelle ce dépôt a été effectué. *Article 10*. A partir du 1er janvier 1931, tout Membre de la Société des Nations et tout État non Membre visé à l’article 8, au nom duquel le Protocole n’a pas été signé à cette date, sera admis à y adhérer. Son adhésion fera l’objet d’un Acte déposé au Secrétariat de la Société des N ations. Le Secrétaire général notifiera chaque adhésion à tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et à tous les États non Membres visés à l’article 8, en indiquant la date à laquelle l’Acte d’adhésion a été déposé. 1321 *Article 6*. Any High Contracting Party may, when signing or ratifying theReservations. present Protocol or acceding thereto, append an express reservation excluding any one or more of the provisions of Articles 1 to 3 and 7. The provisions thus excluded cannot be applied against the High Contracting Party who has made the reservation nor relied on by that Party against any other High Contracting Party. *Article 7*. If there should arise between the High Contracting Parties a disputeSettlement of disputes. of any kind relating to the interpretation or application of the present Protocol and if such dispute cannot be satisfactorily settled by diplomacy, it shall be settled in accordance with any applicable agreements in force between the Parties providing for the settlement of international disputes. In case there is no such agreement in force between the Parties, theReference to arbitration or judicial settlement. dispute shall be referred to arbitration or judicial settlement, in accordance with the constitutional procedure of each of the Parties to the dispute. In the absence of agreement on the choice of another tribunal, the dispute shall be referred to the Permanent Court of International Justice, if all the Parties to the dispute are Parties to the Protocol of the 16th December, 1920, relating to the Statute of that Court, and if any of the Parties to the dispute is not a Party to the Protocol of the 16th December, 1920, the dispute shall be referred to an arbitral tribunal constituted in accordance with the Hague[36 Stat. 2199](/us/stat/36/2199). Convention of the 18th October, 1907, for the Pacific Settlement of International Conflicts. *Article 8*. The present Protocol shall remain open until the 31st December,Open for signature until December 31, 1930. 1930, for signature on behalf of any Member of the League of Nations or of any non-Member State invited to the First Codification Conference or to which the Council of the League of Nations has communicated a copy of the Protocol for this purpose. *Article 9*. The present Protocol is subject to ratification. Ratifications shallRatification; deposit. be deposited with the Secretariat of the League of Nations. The Secretary-General shall give notice of the deposit of eachNotice of deposit. ratification to the Members of the League of Nations and to the non-Member States mentioned in Article 8, indicating the date of its deposit. *Article 10*. As from January 1st, 1931, any Member of the League of NationsAceessions. and any non-Member State mentioned in Article 8 on whose behalf the Protocol has not been signed before that date may accede thereto. Accession shall be effected by an instrument deposited with the Secretariat of the League of Nations. The Secretary-General of the League of Nations shall give notice of each accession to the Members of the League of Nations and to the non-Member States mentioned in Article 8, indicating the date of the deposit of the instrument. 1322 *Article 11*. Un procès-verbal sera dressé par le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations dès que des ratifications ou des adhésions auront été déposées au nom de dix Membres de la Société des N ations ou États non Membres. Une copie certifiée conforme de ce procès-verbal sera remise à chacun des Membres de la Société des Nations et à tout État non Membre visés à l’article 8, par les soins du Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations. *Article 12*. Le présent Protocole entrera en vigueur la 90me jour après la date du procès-verbal visé à l’article 11 à l’égard des Membres de la Société des Nations et des États non Membres au nom desquels des ratifications ou adhésions auront été déposées à la suite de ce procès-verbal. A l’égard de chacun des Membres ou Etats non Membres au nom desquels des ratifications ou des adhésions seront ultérieurement déposées, le Protocole entrera en vigueur le 90me jour après la date du dépôt de sa ratification ou de son adhésion. *Article 13*. A partir du 1er janvier 1936, tout Membre de la Société des Nations et tout État non Membre à l’égard duquel le présent Protocole est à ce moment en vigueur pourra adresser au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations une demande tendant à la revision de certaines ou de toutes les dispositions de ce Protocole. Si une telle demande, communiquée aux autres Membres ou États non Membres à l’égard desquels le Protocole est à ce moment en vigueur, est appuyée dans un délai d’un an par au moins neuf d’entre eux, le Conseil de la Société des Nations décidera, après consultation des Membres et des États non Membres visés à l’article 8, s’il y a lieu de convoquer une conférence spéciale à cet effet, ou de mettre cette revision à l’ordre du jour d’une prochaine conférence pour la codification du droit international. Les Hautes Parties Contractantes conviennent qu'en cas de revision du présent Protocole, l’Accord nouveau pourra prévoir que son entrée en vigueur entraînera l’abrogation à l’égard de toutes les Parties au présent Protocole de toutes les dispositions de celui-ci ou de certaines d’entre elles. *Article 14*. Le présent Protocole peut être dénoncé. Cette dénonciation sera notifiée par écrit au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations, qui en donnera connaissance à tous les Membres et aux États non Membres visés à l’article 8. Cette dénonciation ne produira effet qu’à l’égard du Membre ou de l’Êtat non Membre qui l’aura notifiée et un an après la date à laquelle cette notification aura été reçue par le Secrétaire général. 1323 *Article 11*. A procès-verbal shall be drawn up by the Secretary-General of theProcès-verbal on deposit of requisite signatures. League of Nations as soon as ratifications or accessions on behalf of ten Members of the League of Nations or non-Member States have been deposited. A certified copy of this procès-verbal shall be sent by the Secretary-General to each Member of the League of Nations and to each non-Member State mentioned in Article 8. *Article 12*. The present Protocol shall enter into force on the 90th day afterEffective date. the date of the procès-verbal mentioned in Article 11 as regards all Members of the League of Nations or non-Member States on whose behalf ratifications or accessions have been deposited on the date of the procès-verbal. As regards any Member of tho League or non-Member State on whose behalf a ratification or accession is subsequently deposited, the Protocol shall enter into force on the 90th day after the date of the deposit of a ratification or accession on its behalf. *Article 13*. As from January 1st, 1936, any Member of the League of NationsRequests for revision. or any non-Member State in regard to which the present Protocol is then in force, may address to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations a request for the revision of any or all of the provisions of this Protocol. If such a request, after being communicated to the other Members of the League and non-Member States in regard to which the Protocol is then in force, is supported within one year by at least nine of them, the Council of the League of Nations shall decide, after consultation with the Members of the League of Nations and the non-Member States mentioned in Article 8, whether a conference should ba specially convoked for that purpose or whether such revision should be considered at the next conference for the codification of international law. The High Contracting Parties agree that, if the present Protocol is revised, the new Agreement may provide that upon its entry into force some or all of the provisions of the present Protocol shall be abrogated in respect of all of the Parties to the present Protocol. *Article 14*. The present Protocol may be denounced.Denunciations. Denunciation shall be effected by a notification in writing addressed to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations, who shall inform all Members of the League of Nations and the non-Member States mentioned in Article 8. Each denunciation shall take effect one year after the receipt byEffective dates. the Secretary-General of the notification but only as regards the Member of the League or non-Member State on whose behalf it has been notified. 1324 *Article 15*. 1. Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes peut déclarer, au moment de la signature, de la ratification ou de l’adhésion que, par son acceptation du présent Protocole, elle n’entend assumer aucune obligation en ce qui concerne l’ensemble ou toute partie de ses colonies, protectorats, territoires d’outre-mer ou territoires placés sous sa suzeraineté ou son mandat, ou encore en ce qui concerne certaines de leurs populations; dans ce cas, le présent Protocole ne sera pas applicable aux territoires ou populations faisant l’objet d’une telle déclaration. 2. Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes pourra ultérieurement notifier au Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations qu’elle entend rendre le présent Protocole applicable à l’ensemble ou à toute partie de ses territoires ou de leurs populations ayant fait l’objet de la déclaration prévue au paragraphe précédent. Dans ce cas, le Protocole s’appliquera aux territoires ou aux populations visés dans la notification six mois après la réception de cette notification par le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations. 3. De même, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes peut, à tout moment, déclarer qu’elle entend voir cesser l’application du présent Protocole à l’ensemble ou à toute partie de ses colonies, protectorats, territoires d’outre-mer ou territoires placés sous sa suzeraineté ou son mandat, ou encore en ce qui concerne certaines de leurs populations; dans ce cas, le Protocole cessera d’être applicable aux territoires ou populations faisant l’objet d’une telle déclaration un an après la réception de cette déclaration par le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations. 4. Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes peut faire des réserves conformément à l’article 6 du présent Protocole en ce qui concerne l’ensemble ou toute partie de ses colonies, protectorats, territoires d’outre-mer ou territoires placés sous sa suzeraineté ou son mandat, ou en ce qui concerne certaines de leurs populations, au moment de la signature, de la ratification ou de l’adhésion, ou au moment de la notification prévue au paragraphe 2 du présent article. 5. Le Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations communiquera à tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et aux États non Membres visés à l’article 8 les déclarations et notifications reçues en vertu du présent article. *Article 16*. Le présent Protocole sera enregistré par les soins du Secrétaire général de la Société des Nations, dès sa mise en vigueur. *Article 17*. Les textes français et anglais du présent Protocole font également foi. 1325 *Article 15*. 1. Any High Contracting Party may, at the time of signature,Application to territories, etc. ratification or accession, declare that, in accepting the present Protocol, he does not assume any obligations in respect of all or any of his colonies, protectorates, overseas territories or territories under suzerainty or mandate, or in respect of certain parts of the population of the said territories; and the present Protocol shall not apply to any territories or to the parts of their population named in such declaration 2. Any High Contracting Party may give notice to the Secretary-General of the League of Nations at any time subsequently that he desires that the Protocol shall apply to all or any of his territories or to the parts of their population which have been made the subject of a declaration under the preceding paragraph, and the Protocol shall apply to all the territories or the parts of their population named in such notice six months after its receipt by the Secretary-General of the League of Nations. 3. Any High Contracting Party may, at any time, declare that he desires that the present Protocol shall cease to apply to all or any of his colonies, protectorates, overseas territories or territories under suzerainty or mandate, or in respect of certain parts of the population of the said territories, and the Protocol shall cease to apply to the territories or to the parts of their population named in such declaration one year after its receipt by the Secretary-General of the League of Nations. 4. Any High Contracting Party may make the reservations provided for in Article 6 in respect of all or any of his colonies, protectorates, overseas territories or territories under suzerainty or mandate, or in respect of certain parts of the population of those territories, at the time of signature, ratification or accession to the Protocol or at the time of making a notification under the second paragraph of this article. 5. The Secretary-General of the League of Nations shall communicate to all the Members of the League of Nations and the non-Member States mentioned in Article 8 all declarations and notices received in virtue of this article. *Article 16*. The present Protocol shall be registered by the Secretary-GeneralRegistry by Seeretary-General, League of Nations. of the League of Nations as soon as it has entered into force. *Article 17*. The French and English texts of the present Protocol shall both beOfficial texts. authoritative. 1326 Signatures. En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires ont signé le présent Protocole. Fait à La Haye, le douze avril mil neuf cent trente, en un seul exemplaire qui sera déposé dans les archives du Secrétariat de la Société des Nations. Une copie certifiée conforme sera transmise par les soins du Secrétaire général à tous les Membres de la Société des Nations et à tous les États non Membres invités à la première Conférence pour la Codification du Droit international. Signatures. In faith whereof the Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Protocol. Done at The Hague on the twelfth day of April, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, in a single copy, which shall be deposited in the archives of the Secretariat of the League of Nations and of which certified true copies shall be transmitted by the Secretary-General to all the Members of the League of Nations and all the non-Member States invited to the First Conference for the Codification of International Law. ALLEMAGNE GERMANY Göppert Hering ÉTATS-UNIS D’AMÉRIQUE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Hugh R. Wilson AUTRICHE AUSTRIA Leitmaier BELGIQUE BELGIUM J. de Ruelle Sous réserve d’adhésion ultérieure pour la Colonie du Congo et les Territoires sous mandat.1 [*Translation by the Secretariat of the League of Nations*.] 1Subject to accession later for the Colony of the Congo and the mandated territories. GRANDE-BRETAGNE GREAT BRITAIN ET IRLANDE DU NORD, ainsi que toutes parties de l’Empire britannique non membres séparés de la Société des Nations. AND NORTHERN IRELAND and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate Members of the League of Nations. Maurice Gwyer Oscar F. Dowson CANADA CANADA Philippe Roy ÉTAT LIBRE D’IRLANDE IRISH FREE STATE John J. Hearne INDE INDIA 1327 In accordance with the provisions of Article 15 of this Protocol I declare that His Britannic Majesty does not assume any obligation in respect of the territories in India of any Prince or Chief under His suzerainty or the population of the said territories.1 [*Traduction du Secrétariat de la Société des Nations*.] 1Conformément aux dispositions de l’article 15 de ce Protocole, je déclare que Sa Majesté Britannique n’assume aucune obligation en ce qui concerne les territoires de l’Inde appartenant à un prince ou chef placé sous sa suzeraineté ou en ce qui concerne la population desdits territoires. Basanta Kumar Muluck CHILI CHILE Miguel Cruchaga Alejandro Alvarez H. Marchant COLOMBIE COLOMBIA A. J. Restrepo Francisco José Urrutia CUBA CUBA *Ad referendum*. Díaz de Villar Carlos de Armenteros DANEMARK DENMARK F. Martensen-Larsen V. Lorck. ÉGYPTE EGYPT A. Badaoui. M. Sid Ahmed ESPAGNE SPAIN A. Goicoechea FRANCE FRANCE Paul Matter A. Kammerer GRÈCE GREECE *Ad referendum*. N. Politis Mégalos Caloyanni Jean Spiropoulos LUXEMBOURG LUXEMBURG Conrad Stumper MEXIQUE MEXICO Eduardo Suarez PAYS-BAS THE NETHERLANDS Les Pays-Bas: 1° Excluent de leur acceptation l’article 3; 1328 2° N’entendent assumer aucune obligation en ce qui concerne les Indes néerlandaises, le Surinam et Curaçao.1 [Translation by the Secretariat of the League of Nations.] 1The Netherlands: 1. Exclude from acceptance Article 3; 2. Do not intend to assume any obligation as regards Netherlands Indies, Surinam and Curaçao. v. Eysinga. J. Kosters. PÉROU PERU M. H. Cornejo PORTUGAL PORTUGAL José Caeiro da Matta José Maria Vilhena Barbosa de Magalhaes. Prof. Doutor J. Lobo d’Avila Lima SALVADOR SALVADOR J. Gustavo Guerrero SUÈDE SWEDEN Sous réserve de ratification de S. M. le Roide Suède avec l’approbation du Riksdag.22Subject to ratification by his Majesty the King of Sweden with the approval of the Riksdag. K. J. Westman. URUGUAY URUGUAY E. E. Buero Copie certifiée conforme. Certified true copy. Pour le Secrétaire général: For the Secretary-General: H. McK. Wood Conseiller juridique du Secrétariat, p. i. Acting Legal Adviser of the Secretariat. Ratifications. And Whereas the said Protocol has been acceded to by Australia, including Papua and Norfolk Island and the mandated territories of New Guinea and Nauru; Brazil; and the Union of South Africa, with *Ante*, p. 1321.a reservation; as provided in Article 10 thereof; And Whereas the said Protocol has been duly ratified by the Government of the United States of America, whose instrument of ratification was deposited with the Secretariat of the League of Nations on August 3, 1932; And Whereas the Secretary General of the League of Nations has*Post*, p. 1330. certified by a procès-verbal dated February 24, 1937, drawn up in *Ante*, p. 1323.conformity with Article 11 of the said Protocol, that ratifications of or accessions to the said Protocol had been deposited with the Secretariat of the League of Nations by ten signatory or acceding Governments, as follows: 1329 Brazil; Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate members of the League of Nations; United States of America; India, with a reservation; Sweden; Australia, including Papua and Norfolk Island and the mandated territories of New Guinea and Nauru; Union of South Africa, with a reservation; Salvador; Cuba, with a reservation; and Colombia;1 1The instrument of ratification by the Netherlands (including the Netherlands Indies, Surinam, and Curaçao) was deposited at Geneva on Apr. 2, 1937. At the time of depositing the ratification the Netherlands Government withdrew the reservation regarding art. 3 made at the time of signature of the protocol. In accordance with the second paragraph of art. 12 of the protocol, the protocol will, enter into force in respect of the Netherlands (including the Netherlands Indies, Surinam, and Curaçao) on the 90th day after the date of the deposit. —Editor. And Whereas in accordance with Article 12 of the said Protocol*Ante*, p. 1323. the Protocol shall enter into force in respect of the Governments on whose behalf ratifications or accessions had been deposited on the date of the procès-verbal on the ninetieth day after the date thereof, that is to say, on May 26, 1937; Now, Therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclamation. President of the United States of America, have caused the said Protocol to be made public to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof in respect of the aforesaid countries on and after the twenty-sixth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, and in respect of the countries which shall, after the date of the aforesaid procès-verbal, deposit with the Secretariat of the League of Nations their instruments of ratification or accession on and from the ninetieth day after the date of such deposit, as provided in the second paragraph of Article 12 of the said Protocol; In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-sixth day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-seven and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. [*Translation by the Secretariat of the League of Nations*.] 1330 **PROCES-VERBAL CONSTATANT LE DEPOT DES DIX RATIFICATIONS OU ADHESIONS PREVUES A L’ARTICLE 11 DU PROTOCOLE RELATIF AUX OBLIGATIONS MILITAIRES DANS CERTAINS CAS DE DOUBLE NATIONALITE, SIGNE A LA HAYE, LE 12 AVRIL 1930.** Procès-verbal.*Ante*, p. 1323.Conformément au paragraphe ler de l’article 11 du Protocole relatif aux obligations militaires dans certains cas de double naionalité, signé à La Haye, le 12 Deposit of instruments of accession, etc.avril 1930, le soussigné certifie que les instruments suivants ont été dûment déposés aux archives de la Société des Nations relativement au Protocole susmentionné: 1) Acte d’adhésion du Brésil, déposé le 19 septembre 1931; 2) Instrument de ratification pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord ainsi que toutes parties de l’Empire britannique non membres séparés de la Société des Nations, déposé le 14 janvier 1932; 3) Instrument de ratification des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, déposé le 3 août 1932; 4) Instrument de ratification de l’Inde, déposé le 28 septembre 1932; Sous la réserve suivante: Conformément aux dispositions de l’article 15 de ce Protocole, Sa Majesté britannique n’assume aucune obligation en ce qui concerne les territoires de l’Inde appartenant à un prince ou chef placé sous sa suzeraineté ou en ce qui concerne la population desdits territoires. 5) Instrument de ratification de la Suède, déposé le 6 juillet 1933; 6) Instrument d’adhésion de l’Australie, déposé le 8 juillet 1935;Cette adhésion comprend également les territoires de Papoua et de File de Norfolk ainsi que les territoires sous mandat de la Nouvelle-Guinée et de Nauru. 7) Instrument d’adhésion de l’Union Sud-Africaine, déposé le 9 octobre 1935; L’adhésion du Gouvernement de l’Union Sud-Africaine à ce Protocole est donnée sous la réserve expresse, prévue à l’article 6, que les dispositions de l’article 2 sont exclues. 8) Instrument de ratification du Salvador, déposé le 14 octobre 1935; 9) Instrument de ratification de Cuba, déposé le 22 octobre 1936; Sous la réserve suivante: Le Gouvernement de Cuba déclare ne pas assumer l’obligation imposée par l’article 2 du Protocole lorsque le mineur visé par ledit article—bien qu’il ait le droit au moment où il atteindra sa majorité, de répudier ou de refuser la nationalité cubaine—réside habituellement sur le territoire de l’Etat, étant donné qu’il est uni, de fait, à ce dernier par un lien plus étroit qu’avec tout autre Etat dont il posséderait également la nationalité. 10) Instrument de ratification de la Colombie, déposé le 24 février 1937. 1332 Et aux fins prévues au deuxième paragraphe du même article, le soussigné dresse le présent procès-verbal Fait à Genève, le vingt-quatre février mil neuf cent trente-sept. **PROCES-VERBAL REGARDING THE DEPOSIT OF THE TEN RATIFICATIONS OR ACCESSIONS REFERRED TO IN ARTICLE 11 OF THE PROTOCOL RELATING TO MILITARY OBLIGATIONS IN CERTAIN CASES OF DOUBLE NATIONALITY, SIGNED AT THE HAGUE, APRIL 12TH, 1930.** In accordance with Article 11, Procès-verbal.*Ante*, p. 1323.paragraph 1, of the Protocol relating to Military Obligations in certain cases of double nationality, signed at The Hague on April 12th, Deposit of instruments of accession, etc.1930, the undersigned hereby certifies that the following instruments were deposited with the Secretariat of the League of Nations in connection with the above-mentioned Protocol:
(1)Instrument of accession of Brazil, deposited on September 19th, 1931;
(2)Instrument of ratification for Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate Members of the League of Nations, deposited on January 14th, 1932;
(3)Instrument of ratification by the United States of America, deposited on August 3rd, 1932;
(4)Instrument of ratification by India, deposited on September 28 th, 1932; Subject to the following reservation: In accordance with the provisions of Article 15, His Britannic Majesty does not assume any obligation in respect of the territories in India of any Prince or Chief under His Suzerainty or the population of the said territories. 1331
(5)Instrument of ratification by Sweden, deposited on July 6 th, 1933;
(6)Instrument of accession of Australia, deposited on July 8 th, 1935;This accession includes also the territories of Papua and Norfolk Island and the mandated territories of New Guinea and Nauru.
(7)Instrument of accession of the Union of South Africa, deposited on October 9th, 1935; The accession of the Government of the Union of South Africa to this Protocol is subject to the express reservation, in terms of Article 6 of the Protocol, that the provisions of Article 2 be excluded.
(8)Instrument of ratification by Salvador, deposited on October 14th, 1935;
(9)Instrument of ratification by Cuba, deposited on October 22nd, 1936;Subject to the following reservation: The Government of Cuba declares that it does not accept the obligation imposed by Article 2 of the Protocol when the minor referred to in that Article, although he has the right, on attaining his majority, to renounce or decline Cuban nationality, habitually resides in the territory of the State and is in fact more closely connected with the latter than with any other State whose nationality he may also possess.
(10)Instrument of ratification by Colombia, deposited on February 24th, 1937. 1332 In order to give effect to the second paragraph of the same Article, the undersigned has drawn up the present procès-verbal. Done at Geneva on the twenty-fourth day of February, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven. *Le Secrétaire général:* *The Secretary-General:* J. Avenol. Copie certifiée conforme. Certified true copy. Pour le Secrétaire général: For the Secretary-General: L A Podesta Costa *Consiller juridique du Secrétariat*. *Legal Adviser of the Secretariat*. October 6, 1936 Convention 50 Stat. 1333 1333 MEXICO—STOLEN VEHICLES—OCTOBER 6, 1936 TREATIES *Convention between the United States of America and Mexico for the recovery and return of stolen or embezzled motor vehicles, trailers, airplanes or component parts of any of them. Signed at Mexico City, October 6, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, May 6, 1937; ratified by the President, May 19, 1937; ratified by Mexico, June 11, 1937; ratifications exchanged at Mexico City, June 19, 1937; proclaimed, June 24, 1937.* October 6, 1936[T. S. No. 914] By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention for the Recovery and Return of Stolen orConvention with Mexico for the recovery of stolen motor vehicles, etc.Preamble. Embezzled Motor Vehicles, Trailers, Airplanes or Component Parts of Any of Them between the United States of America and the United Mexican States was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Mexico City on the sixth day of October, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which Convention, being in the English and Spanish languages, is word for word as follows: **CONVENTION FOR THE RECOVERY AND RETURN OF STOLEN OR EMBEZZLED MOTOR VEHICLES, TRAILERS, AIRPLANES OR COMPONENT PARTS OF ANY OF THEM.** The United States of AmericaPurpose declared. and the United Mexican States being mutually desirous that motor vehicles, trailers, airplanes, and the component parts of any of them which may be stolen or embezzled in either country and taken into the territory of the other country shall be recovered and returned to the country of the legitimate owner thereof, have agreed to conclude a convention to give effect to that purpose and have named as their Plenipotentiaries: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America, Josephus Daniels, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to Mexico; and 1334 The President of the United Mexican States, General Eduardo Hay, Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; Who, having communicated to each other their respective full powers, which were found to be in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. Recoveries in United States.Whenever the Government of the United Mexican States through its Embassy in Washington shall so request the Department of State of the United States of America, that Department will use every proper means to bring about the detention of alleged stolen or embezzled motor vehicles, trailers, airplanes or the component parts of any of them. The request of the Embassy shall be accompanied by documents legally valid in the United Mexican States supporting the claim of the person or persons interested to the property the return of which is requested. After the property shall have been detained, and in the absence of evidence conclusively controverting the proof just before mentioned, it will be delivered to the person or persons designated for such purpose by the Embassy in Washington of the United Mexican States. Article II. Recoveries in Mexico.Whenever the Government of the United States of America through its Embassy in Mexico City shall so request the Department of Foreign Relations of the United Mexican States, that Department will use every proper means to bring about the detention of alleged stolen or embezzled motor vehicles, trailers, airplanes or the component parts of any of them. 1335 The request of the Embassy shall be accompanied by documents legally valid in the United States of America supporting the claim of the person or persons interested to the property the return of which is requested. After the property shall have been detained, and in the absence of evidence conclusively controverting the proof just before mentioned, it will be delivered to the person or persons designated for such purpose by the Embassy in Mexico City of the United States of America. Article III. When the stolen or embezzledDetention of property as evidence in criminal case. property is held as evidence in a criminal case, in the country where recovered, such detention shall not exceed twenty days from the date of the presentation to the Department of State or the Department of Foreign Relations, as the case may be, of the official request for the return of the property. Article IV. The High Contracting PartiesCustoms, etc., facilities extended. will extend all necessary customs and other facilities in order that the person or persons on whose behalf the return has been made shall receive the stolen property and return with it to the territory of the country from which the request emanated. Article V. The High Contracting PartiesNo assessment of duties, penalties, etc. will not assess any duties, fines or other monetary penalties upon the property detained and returned umier the terms and provisions of this Convention. All expenses incidentPayment of expenses. to the return and delivery of the property to the requesting country shall be borne by the person or persons receiving the vehicles or their component parts and such person or persons shallNo claim for damages, etc. have no claim for compensation against the detaining authorities for damages to the property in con1336nection with its seizure, detention and storage. Article VI. Ratification.The High Contracting Parties will ratify this Convention in accordance with the provisions of their respective Constitutions and the exchange of ratifications shall take place in the City of Mexico as soon as possible. Duration.This Convention shall remain in force for one year from the date of exchange of ratifications. If upon the expiration of one year notice is not given by either High Contracting Party of the desire to terminate the same, it shall continue in force until thirty days after either party shall have given notice to the other of the desire to terminate it. Signatures.In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed and affixed their seals to this Convention. Done in duplicate, in English and Spanish, at Mexico City, this sixth day of the month of October one thousand nine hundred and thirty six. Josephus Daniels [seal] **CONVENCION PARA LA RECUPERACION Y DEVOLUCION DE VEHICULOS DE MOTOR, REMOLQUES, AEROPLANOS O PARTES COMPONENTES DE CUALQUIERA DE ELLOS QUE HUBIESEN SIDO ROBADOS U OBJETO DE CUALQUIER DELITO CONTRA LA PROPIEDAD.** Los Estados Unidos de AméricaPurpose declared. y los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, deseosos de que los vehículos de motor, remolques, aeroplanos o las partes componentes de cualquiera de ellos que hubiesen sido robados u objeto de cualquier delito contra la propiedad en uno de dichos países y llevados al territorio del otro, puedan ser recuperados y devueltos al país de su legítimo propietario, han acordado celebrar una Convención y para tal fin han nombrado como sus Plenipotenciarios: El Presidente de los EstadosPlenipotentiaries. Unidos de América, al señor Josephus Daniels, Embajador Extraordinario y Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos de América en México; y 1334 El Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, al señor General Eduardo Hay, Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de Relaciones Exteriores; Quienes,después de comunicarse sus respectivos Plenos Poderes, hallados en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los siguientes artículos: Artículo I. Recoveries in United States.Siempre que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, por medio de su Embajada en Washington, lo solicite del Departamento de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América, esta alta Dependencia empleará todos los medios apropiados para lograr la detención de los vehículos de motor, remolques, aeroplanos o las partes componentes de cualquiera de ellos, que se reputen en la petición como robados u objeto de cualquier otro delito contra la propiedad. La solicitud de la Embajada deberá presentarse acompañada de los documentos, legalmente válidos en los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, que justifiquen el derecho de la persona o personas interesadas sobre la cosa cuya devolución se pide. Una vez que haya sido detenida la cosa, y siempre que no exista prueba concluyente que contradiga a prueba mencionada en el párrafo anterior, será entregada a la persona o personas que con tal fin hubiere designado la Embajada de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos en Washington. Artículo II. Recoveries in Mexico.Siempre que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América, por medio de su Embajada en México, lo solicite de la Secretarla de Relaciones Exteriores de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, esta alta Dependencia empleará todos los medios apropiados para lograr la detención de los vehículos de motor, remolques, aeroplanos o las partes componentes de cualquiera de ellos que se reputen en la petición como robados u objeto de cualquier otro delito contra la propiedad. 1335 La solicitud de la Embajada deberá presentarse acompañada de los documentos, legalmente válidos en los Estados Unidos de América, que justifiquen el derecho de la persona o personas interesadas sobre la cosa cuya devolución se pide. Una vez que haya sido detenida la cosa, y siempre que no exista prueba concluyente que contradiga la prueba mencionada en el párrafo anterior, será entregada a la persona o personas que con tal fin hubiese designado la Embajada de los Estados Unidos de América en México. Artículo III. Cuando la cosa cuyaDetention of property as evidence in criminal case. devolución se solicita esté detenida como prueba en un caso penal en el país en que haya sido recuperada, tal detención no excederá de veinte días contados desde la fecha en que la solicitud oficial de devolución haya sido presentado al Departamento de Estado o a la Secretaría de Relaciones Exteriores, según fuere el caso. Artículo IV. Las Altas Partes ContratantesCustoms, etc., facilities extended. concederán todas las facilidades necesarias, aduaneras y de cualquier otra clase, para que la persona o personas en cuyo favor se hubiese hecho la devolución, reciban la cosa devuelta y regresen con ella al territorio del país del cual procede la solicitud. Artículo V. Las Altas Partes ContratantesNo assessment of duties, penalties, etc. no impondrán derechos, multas u otras sanciones pecuniarias que graviten sobre la cosa detenida y devuelta conforme a los términos de esta Convención. Todos losPayment of expenses. gastos que se originen con motivo de la devolución y entrega de la cosa al país reclamante, serán por cuenta de la persona o personas que reciban los vehículos o las partes componentes de ellos, yNo claim for damages, etc. tales persona o personas no tendrán derecho a reclamar indemnización de las autoridades que1336hubieren efectuado la detención, por daños sufridos por la cosa devuelta, con motivo de su persecución, detención y depósito. Artículo VI. Ratification.Las Altas Partes Contratantes ratificarán la presente Convención de conformidad con las disposiciones constitucionales respectivas, y el canje de ratificaciones se efectuará en la ciudad de México, tan pronto como sea posible. Duration.La presente Convención quedará en vigor por un año, a partir de la fecha en que se efectúe el canje de ratificaciones. Si a la expiración de este período de un año no fuere denunciada por cualquiera de las Altas Partes Contratantes, continuará en vigor hasta treinta días después de la fecha en que una de aquellas notifique a la otra su resolución de darla por terminada. Signatures.En testimonio de lo cual, los Plenipotenciarios arriba mencionados han firmado esta Convención, fijando sus sellos respectivos. Hecha por duplicado, en inglés y en español, en la ciudad de México, a los seis días del mes de octubre de mil novecientos treinta y seis. Eduardo Hay [seal] Exchange of ratifications. And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in Mexico City on the nineteenth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-fourth day of June in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] seven and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. May 20, 1936 Treaty 50 Stat. 1337 1337 LIECHTENSTEIN—EXTRADITION—MAY 20, 1936 TREATIES *Extradition treaty between the United States ofMay 20, 1936[T. S. No. 915] America and Liechtenstein. Signed at Bern, May 20, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, April 27, 1937; ratified by the President, May 19, 1937; ratified by Liechtenstein, October 30, 1936; ratifications exchanged at Bern, June 28, 1937; proclaimed, July 8, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas an Extradition Treaty between the United States ofExtradition treaty with Liechtenstein.Preamble. America and the Principality of Liechtenstein was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Bern on the twentieth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which Treaty, being in the English and German languages, is word for word as follows: 1338 **EXTRADITION TREATY BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE PRINCIPALITY OF LIECHTENSTEIN.** Contracting Powers.The United States of America and the Principality of Liechtenstein, animated by the desire to promote the cause of justice, have agreed to conclude a treaty concerning the extradition of fugitives from justice between the two States and have appointed the following Plenipotentiaries.plenipotentiaries for this purpose: The President of the United States of America: Mr. Hugh R. Wilson, Minister plenipotentiary and Envoy extraordinary of the United States of America in Switzerland, His Serene Highness the Ruling Prince of Liechtenstein: M. Giuseppe Motta, Federal Councillor and Head of the Federal Political Department, Berne, who, after exchange of their full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Article I. Reciprocal delivery Of persons charged with specified crimes.It is agreed that the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Liechtenstein shall, upon requisition duly made in accordance with the provisions of this Treaty, deliver up to justice any person who is charged with or has been convicted of any of the crimes or offenses specified in Article II of the present Treaty, if the punishable act was committed within the jurisdiction of one of the High Contracting Parties and the person seeks asylum in the territory of the other Party or is found there. Such extradition shall take place only on the basis of such evidence of criminality, as according to the laws of the place where the fugitive or the accused is found, would justify his arrest and commitment for trial, if the deed had been committed there. Article II. Extraditable crimes, etc.Such persons shall be delivered up, according to the provisions of the present Treaty, who shall have been charged with or convicted of any of the following punishable acts: 1. Murder. Murder (including the crimes designated by the terms parricide, poisoning and infanticide), or intentional manslaughter. 2. Malicious mayhem. Malicious mayhem or serious injury to the body, intentionally committed. 3. Rape, etc. Rape, abortion and carnal knowledge of children under 15 years of age. 4. Abduction. Abduction or detention of women or girls for immoral purposes. 5. Bigamy. Bigamy. 6. Arson. Arson. 7. Damage, etc., to railroads. Intentional and unlawful destruction or obstruction of railroads where such acts endanger human life. 1339 **AUSLIEFERUNGSVERTRAG ZWISCHEN DEN VEREINIGTEN STAATEN VON AMERIKA UND DEM FÜRSTENTUM LIECHTENSTEIN.** Die Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und das Fürstentum Liechtenstein sind, von dem Wunsche geleitet, die Sache der Gerechtigkeit zu fördern, übereingekommen, einen Vertrag über die Auslieferung straffälliger Personen zwischen den beiden Staaten zu schliessen und haben zu diesem Zwecke folgende Bevollmächtigte ernannt: Der Präsident der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika: Herrn Hugh R. Wilson, ausserordentlichen Gesandten und bevollmächtigten Minister der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika in der Schweiz, Seine Durchlaucht der Regierende Fürst von Liechtenstein: Herrn Bundesrat Giuseppe Motta, Vorsteher des Eidgenössischen Politischen Departements, Bern, die nach Austausch ihrer in guter und gehöriger Form befundenen Vollmachten die nachstehenden Artikel vereinbart und beschlossen haben: Artikel I. Es wird vereinbart, dass die Regierung der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und die Regierung von Liechtenstein auf ein nach den Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages gehörig gestelltes Ersuchen der Gerechtigkeit jede Person ausliefern sollen, die eines der im Artikel II des vorliegenden Vertrages aufgeführten Verbrechen oder Vergehen beschuldigt wird oder überführt wurde, sofern die Straftat im Bereiche der Gerichtsbarkeit eines der Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile begangen wurde und die Person im Gebiete des andern Teiles Zuflucht sucht oder dort angetroffen wird. Eine derartige Auslieferung soll nur auf Grund solcher Schuldbeweise stattfinden, die nach den Gesetzen des Ortes, wo der Flüchtling oder der Beschuldigte angetroffen wird, seine Festnahme und Stellung vor Gericht rechtfertigen würden, wenn die Tat hier begangen worden wäre. Artikel II. Nach den Bestimmungen des vorliegenden Vertrages sollen jene Personen ausgeliefert werden, die einer der nachstehenden strafbaren Handlungen beschuldigt werden oder überführt sind: 1. Mord (unter Einschluss der durch die Ausdrücke Elternmord, Giftmord und Kindesmord bezeichneten Verbrechen), vorsätzliche Tötung. 2. Böswillige Körperverletzung oder vorsätzlich begangene schwere Schädigung des Körpers. 3. Notzucht, Abtreibung und Unzucht mit Kindern unter 15 Jahren. 4. Entführung oder Gefangenhaltung von Frauen oder Mädchen zu unsittlichen Zwecken. 5. Doppelehe. 6. Brandstiftung. 7. Vorsätzliche und gesetzwidrige, das menschliche Leben gefährdende Zerstörung oder Behinderung von Eisenbahnen. 1340 8. Crimes committed at sea.Piracy. Crimes committed at sea: a) Piracy, in the current sense of the word and according to the definition in international or municipal law; b) Destruction, etc., of vessel. unlawful sinking or destruction of a ship at sea, or attempt to perform such act: c) Mutiny, etc. mutiny or conspiracy by two or more members of the crew or other persons on board of a vessel on the high seas, for the purpose of rebelling against the authority of the Captain or Commander of such vessel, or to take possession of such vessel by fraud or violence; d) Assault on shipboard. assault on board of a ship on the high seas, with intent to do bodily harm. 9. Burglary. Burglary, breaking into a house. 10. Unlawful entry of public offices. Breaking into or forcing an entrance into the official premises of the Government or public authorities, or into other buildings, other than dwellings, with intent to commit a crime there. 11. Robbery. Robbery. 12. Forgery, etc., of documents. Forgery of documents or the circulation of forged documents. 13. Forgery or falsification of official documents of the Government or public authorities including the courts, or the circulation or fraudulent use thereof. 14. Counterfeiting, etc. The fabrication of counterfeit money, whether coin or paper, counterfeit titles or coupons of the public debt created by national, State, provincial, territorial, local or municipal administrations, bank notes or other instruments of public credit, counterfeit seals, stamps, dies and other marks of State or public administration offices and the utterance, circulation or fraudulent use of the above-mentioned objects. 15. Embezzlement. Embezzlement. 16. Kidnapping. Kidnapping of minors or adults, defined to be the abduction or detention of one or more persons, in order to extort money from them, their families, or one or more other persons, or for any other unlawful purpose. 17. Larceny. Larceny, that is the theft of articles, movable property or money of the value of twenty-five or more dollars or the equivalent thereof in Liechtenstein currency. 18. Obtaining money by false pretenses. Obtaining monev, securities or other property by false pretenses or acceptance of money, securities or other property, knowing the same has been unlawfully obtained, when the amount of the money or the value of the property so acquired or accepted exceeds two hundred dollars or the equivalent thereof in Liechtenstein currency. 19. Perjury. Perjury. 20. Breach of trust, etc. Fraud or breach of trust by a bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, director or official of a company or corporation, or by any person in a fiduciary position, when the amount of money or the value of the property misappropriated exceeds two hundred dollars or the equivalent thereof in Liechtenstein currency. 21. Slavery or slave trade. Crimes and offenses against the laws for the suppression of slavery or the slave trade. 1341 8. Zur See verübte Verbrechen: a) Seeräuberei im landläufigen Sinne des Wortes und nach der völkerrechtlichen oder gesetzlichen Begriffsbestimmung; b) unrechtmässige Versenkung oder Zerstörung eines Schiffes zur See oder der Versuch hiezu; c) Meuterei oder Verschwörung zweier oder mehrerer Mitglieder der Besatzung oder anderer Personen an Bord eines auf hoher See befindlichen Fahrzeuges, um sich gegen die Befehlsgewalt des Kapitäns oder Kommandanten eines solchen Fahrzeuges zu empören oder um sich durch List oder Gewalt in den Besitz eines solchen Fahrzeuges zu setzen; d) Ueberfall an Bord eines Schiffes auf hoher See in der Absicht, körperlichen Schaden zuzufügen. 9. Einbruch, Eindringen in ein Haus. 10. Das Einbrechen mid Eindringen in die Amtsräume der Regierung oder öffentlicher Behörden, oder in sonstige Gebäude, die nicht Wohnhäuser sind, in der Absicht, darin ein Verbrechen zu begehen. 11. Raub. 12. Fälschung von Urkunden oder Verbreitung gefälschter Urkunden. 13. Fälschung oder Verfälschung amtlicher Schriftstücke der Regierung oder öffentlichen Behörden einschliesslich der Gerichte oder deren Verbreitung oder betrügerische Benutzung. 14. Die Erzeugung von Falschgeld, sei es gemünztes oder Papiergeld, von gefälschten Stücken oder Coupons der öffentlichen Schuld, die von Bundes-, Staats-, Provinzial-, Territorial-, Lokal- oder städtischen Verwaltungen aufgenommen wurde, von Banknoten oder andern öffentlichen Kreditpapieren, gefälschten Siegeln, Stempeln, Prägestempeln und Marken staatlicher oder öffentlicher Verwaltungsstellen und die Ausgabe, Verbreitung oder betrügerische Benützung der oben erwähnten Gegenstände. 15. Veruntreuung. 16. Raub von Minderjährigen oder Erwachsenen, das ist die Entführung oder Gefangenhaltung einer oder mehrerer Personen, um von ihnen, ihren Familien, oder einer oder mehreren andern Personen Geld zu erpressen, oder zu einem andern ungesetzlichen Zweck. 17. Diebstahl, das ist die Entwendung von Sachen, beweglichem Gut oder Geld im Werte von fünfundzwanzig oder mehr Dollar oder deren Gegenwert in liechtensteinischer Währung. 18. Erlangung von Geld, Wertpapieren oder anderem Vermögen auf Grund falscher Vorspiegelungen oder Annahme von Geld, Wert-Sapieren oder anderem Vermögen in Kenntnis des Umstandes, dass as Angenommene unrechtmässig erworben worden ist, wenn der auf diese Weise erworbene oder angenommene Geldbetrag oder Vermögenswert zweihundert Dollar oder deren Gegenwert in liechtensteinischer Währung übersteigt. 19. Meineid. 20. Unterschlagung oder Vertrauensmissbrauch seitens eines Verwahrers, Bankiers, Agenten, Kommissionärs, Treuhänders, Testamentsvollstreckers, Verwalters, Vormundes, Direktors oder Beamten einer Gesellschaft oder Körperschaft oder seitens irgend einer Person in Vertrauensstellung, wenn der Betrag oder Wert des widerrechtlich zugeeigneten Geldes oder Vermögens zweihundert Dollar oder deren Gegenwert in liechtensteinischer Währung übersteigt. 21. Verbrechen und Vergehen gegen die Gesetze zur Unterdrückung der Sklaverei und des Sklavenhandels. 1342 22. Abandonment, etc., of minor children. Wilful abandonment or wilful non-support of minor children or those unable to support themselves. 23. Bribery. Bribery. 24. Bankruptcy law violations.Narcotics traffic. Crimes or offenses against the bankruptcy laws. 25. Crimes or offenses against the laws for suppression of the narcotics traffic. 26. Use of mails for fraudulent purposes.Accessories, etc. Use of the mails for fraudulent purposes. 27. Extradition shall also take place for participation in any of the crimes or offenses beforementioned, before or after the commission thereof, or for an attempt to commit one of the beforementioned crimes or offenses. Application of laws with respect to designated crimes, etc.With respect to the above-enumerated crimes and offenses it is agreed that when one of those crimes or offenses is not designated as such in the laws of one of the States, nevertheless the extradition shall take place when such crime or offense includes as an essential element an act which is designated as punishable, by the laws of the State in whose territory the fugitive is found. Article III. Not applicable to political, etc., crimes.The provisions of this Treaty shall not import a claim for extradition for a crime or offense of a political character nor for acts connected with such crimes or offenses, and no person surrendered under this Treaty by or to one of the High Contracting Parties shall be brought to trial or punished on account of a political crime or offense committed before his extradition. The State to which the application is made, or its courts, shall decide whether the act is of a political Murder, etc., of bead of State, etc., not a political crime.character. When the punishable act charged includes an accomplished or attempted murder, assassination, or poisoning, the fact that the act was accomplished or attempted against the life of the ruler or the supreme head of one of the High Contracting Parties or against the ruler or the supreme head of a foreign State or against the life of a member of the family of either of them shall not be deemed sufficient to sustain that the crime or offense was of a political character, or was an act connected with crimes or offenses of a political character. Article IV. Trial limited to of tense for which surrendered.No person shall be tried for any crime or offense committed before his extradition other than that for which he was surrendered, unless he shall have been allowed one month to leave the country after having been tried, or one month in case of conviction after having paid the penalty or having been set at liberty. Article V. Time limitation.An accused person shall not be extradited, under the provisions of this Treaty, when, from lapse of time or other lawfid cause under the laws of the State asking extradition, he is exempt from prosecution or punishment on account of the punishable act for which extradition is asked. 1343 22. Böswilliges Verlassen oder böswilliges Nichterhalten minderjähriger oder nicht selbsterhaltungsfähiger Kinder. 23. Bestechung. 24. Verbrechen oder Vergehen gegen die Konkursgesetzgebung. 25. Verbrechen oder Vergehen gegen die Gesetze zur Unterdrückung des Handels mit Betäubungsmitteln. 26. Benützung der Post zu betrügerischen Zwecken. 27. Die Auslieferung soll auch stattfinden wegen Beteiligung an einem der vorgenannten Verbrechen oder Vergehen vor oder nach seiner Verübung oder wegen Versuchs eines der vorgenannten Verbrechen oder Vergehen. Mit Bezug auf die vorstehend aufgezählten Verbrechen und Vergehen besteht Einverständnis und Einigung darüber, dass, wenn eines dieser Verbrechen oder Vergehen in den Gesetzen eines der Staaten nicht als solches bezeichnet ist, die Auslieferung wegen des in Frage kommenden Verbrechens oder Vergehens trotzdem stattfinden soll, wenn es als wesentlichen Bestandteil eine Handlung einschliesst, die durch die Gesetze des Staates, auf dessen Gebiet der Verfolgte angetroffen wird, als strafbar bezeichnet wird. Artikel III. Die Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages sollen keinen Anspruch auf Auslieferung wegen Verbrechen oder Vergehen politischer Art oder wegen Handlungen, die mit derartigen Verbrechen oder Vergehen im Zusammenhang stehen, geben und keine Person, die kraft dieses Vertrages von einem oder an einen der Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile ausgeliefert wurde, soll wegen eines vor ihrer Auslieferung begangenen politischen Verbrechens oder Vergehens vor Gericht gestellt oder bestraft werden. Der ersuchte Staat oder dessen Gerichte sollen entscheiden, ob die Tat politischer Art ist. Wenn die zur Last gelegte strafbare Tat einen vollbrachten oder versuchten Mord, Meuchelmord oder Giftmord in sich schliesst, soll der Umstand, dass die Tat gegen das Leben des Herrschers oder Oberhauptes eines der Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile oder gegen den Herrscher oder das Oberhaupt eines fremden Staates oder gegen das Leben eines Mitgliedes der Familie des einen oder des andern von ihnen vollbracht oder versucht wurde, nicht als hinreichend angesehen werden, um zu behaupten, dass das Verbrechen oder Vergehen politischer Art oder eine Handlung war, die mit Verbrechen oder Vergehen politischer Art im Zusammenhang steht. Artikel IV. Keine Person soll wegen eines vor ihrer Auslieferung begangenen Verbrechens oder Vergehens, derentwegen die Auslieferung nicht erfolgt ist, vor Gericht gestellt werden, es sei denn, dass sie während eines Monats, nachdem sie vor Gericht gestellt gewesen war, oder für den Fall einer Verurteilung während eines Monats nach erfolgter Verbüssung der Strafe oder Begnadigung die Freiheit gehabt hat, das Land zu verlassen. Artikel V. Eine angeklagte Person soll nach den Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages nicht ausgeliefert werden, wenn wegen Zeitablaufs oder aus einem andern Rechtsgrunde nach den Gesetzen des ersuchenden Staates ihre Verfolgung oder Bestrafung wegen der strafbaren Handlung, derentwegen die Auslieferung verlangt wird, ausgeschlossen ist. 1344 Article VI. Person under prosecution in country where found.If an accused person whose extradition may be claimed pursuant to the provisions of this Treaty be actually under prosecution, out on bail, in custody or sentenced for a crime or offense committed in the State to which he has fled, his extradition may be deferred until such proceedings are brought to an end and until he shall have been set at liberty in due course of law. Article VII. Person claimed by other Powers.If the extradition of an accused person, which is requested by one of the two Contracting Parties, is also requested by one or more other powers, on the ground of treaty provisions, for crimes or offenses committed within their jurisdiction, the person must be surrendered to that State whose request was first received, unless it is withdrawn. Existing treaties with other States not affected.This Article shall not affect treaties which were already concluded by one of the Contracting Parties at a previous period with other States. Article VIII. Neither country bound to deliver up its own citizens; exception.Under the provisions of this Treaty, neither of the High Contracting Parties shall be bound to surrender its own citizens, with the exception of cases in which such citizenship has been acquired after commission of the crime for which extradition is sought. The decision as to whether the person whose extradition is requested is its own citizen, belongs to the State to which the application for requisition is made. Article IX. Expenses of arrest, etc.The cost of transporting the fugitive shall be borne by the Government which has made the request for extradition. The competent officials of the country in which the extradition proceedings are to take place shall assist the officials of the Government requesting the extradition before the judges and magistrates by every legal means at their disposal. The Government which requested the extradition is liable for reimbursement of costs only for the subsistence and lodging of the fugitive, which have arisen prior to the extradition through the arrest, detention, the investigation proceedings and the Officials of surrendering Government, compensation.delivery of the fugitive. However, the officials of the surrendering Government who shall in the course of their duty, receive specified fees for the services performed, instead of other compensation or payment, shall be entitled to receive from the Government asking extradition, the customary fees for the acts or services performed by them in the same manner and to the same amount as though such acts or services had been performed in ordinary criminal proceedings under the law of the country of which they are officers. Article X. Articles seized with fugitive.Everything found in the possession of an accused person, at the time of the. arrest, if it is the proceeds of the crime or offense, or may be material as evidence, shall so far as practicable under the laws of the two High Contracting Parties be delivered up with his person at the time of surrender. Nevertheless, the rights of third persons with regard to the articles referred to shall be duly respected. 1345 Artikel VI. Wenn eine Angeklagte Person, deren Auslieferung auf Grund der Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages verlangt werden kann, zurzeit, wegen eines Verbrechens oder Vergehens, das im Zufluchtsstaate begangen worden ist, verfolgt wird, sich gegen Sicherheitsleistung auf freiem Fuss oder in Haft befindet, oder verurteilt, worden ist, so kann ihre Auslieferung aufgeschoben werden, bis dieses Verfahren zu Ende geführt und sie von Rechts wegen auf freien Fuss gesetzt worden ist. Artikel VII. Wenn die Auslieferung einer angeklagten Person, die von einem der beiden Vertragsteile begehrt wird, auch von einer oder mehreren andern Mächten auf Grund von vertraglichen Bestimmungen wegen innerhalb ihrer Gerichtsbarkeit begangener Verbrechen oder Vergehen verlangt wird, ist die Person jenem Staate auszuliefern, dessen Begehren zuerst einlangte, es sei denn, dass dieses zurückgezogen wird. Dieser Artikel soll Verträge nicht, berühren, die schon zu einem frühere Zeitpunkte von einem der Vertragschliessenden Teile mit andern Staaten abgeschlossen worden sind. Artikel VIII. Nach den Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages soll keiner der Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile verpflichtet sein, seine eigenen Staatsangehörigen auszuliefern, mit Ausnahme der Fälle, in denen diese Staatsangehörigkeit nach der Begehung des Verbrechens, derentwegen die Auslieferung nachgesucht wird, erworben worden ist. Der Beschluss darüber, ob die Person, deren Auslieferung verlangt wird, sein eigener Staatsangehöriger ist, kommt dem ersuchten Staate zu. Artikel IX. Die Kosten für die Ueberführung des Verfolgten werden von der Regierung getragen, die das Auslieferungsersuchen gestellt hat. Die zuständigen Beamten des Landes, in dem das Auslieferungsverfahren stattzufinden hat, sollen mit allen ihnen zur Verfügung stehenden gesetzlichen Mitteln den Beamten der ersuchenden Regierung Beistand vor den Richtern und Beamten gewähren. Die Regierung, welche die Auslieferung begehrt hat, ist zum Kostenersatze nur für die Verpflegung und Unterkunft des Verfolgten, die vor der Auslieferung durch die Festnahme, Festhaltung, das Prüfungsverfahren und die Uebergabe des Verfolgten entstanden sind, verpflichtet. Indessen sollen die Beamten der ausliefernden Regierung, die mitwirken, wenn sie im allgemeinen für ihre Dienstleistungen statt anderer Entschädigung oder Bezahlung feststehende Gebühren für die geleisteten Dienste bekommen, berechtigt sein, von der um Auslieferung ersuchenden Regierung die üblichen Gebühren für ihre Tätigkeit oder die geleisteten Dienste in derselben Weise und in derselben Höhe zu beanspruchen, wie sie sie für eine Tätigkeit oder Dienste, die sie in sonstigen Strafverfahren nach dem Rechte des Landes, in dem sie Beamte sind, erhalten. Artikel X. Alles was zur Zeit der Verhaftung einer angeklagten Person in ihrem Besitze gefunden wird, es mag aus dem Verbrechen oder Vergehen herstammen oder als Beweismittel von Bedeutung sein, soll, soweit dies nach den Gesetzen der beiden Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile durchführbar ist, zugleich mit seiner Person bei der Auslieferung mitübergeben werden. Die Rechte dritter Personen in Ansehung der angeführten Gegenstände sollen jedoch berücksichtigt werden. 1346 Article XI. Territory affected.The provisions of the present Treaty shall be applicable to all territory wherever situated, belonging to one of the High Contracting Parties, or in the occupancy or control of one of them, during such occupancy or control. Requisitions.Requisitions for the extradition of fugitives from justice shall be made by the diplomatic representatives of the Contracting States. In the event of the absence of such representatives from the country or its seat of Government, or if extradition is sought from a territory outside of the United States of America or the Principality of Liechtenstein, in the manner specified in Article I, the requests may be made by superior consular officers. Arrest.The arrest of the fugitive shall take place in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the States concerned. If, after examination on the basis of the provisions of law and the evidence, it is decided that the extradition must be granted under this Treaty, extradition of the fugitive shall be carried out in accordance with the legal regulations provided for such cases. Release, if formal request not forthcoming; time limitation.A person provisionally arrested shall be released, if, within two months counted from the day of opening the proceedings in the United States of America, and in Liechtenstein, from the day of the arrest, the formal requisition for surrender with the documentary evidence hereinafter described has not been made by the diplomatic representative of the Government making the request, or in his absence, by a consular officer thereof, in the above-mentioned manner. Papers required.If the accused person has been sentenced for the crime or offense for which his extradition is requested, a duly authenticated copy of the sentence of the court which pronounced the sentence shall be produced. When the accused person is merely charged with a crime, a duly authenticated copy of the warrant for arrest issued in the *Ante*, p. 1338.State where the act was committed, shall be produced, with the proofs of guilt mentioned in Article I of this Treaty. Article XII. Ratification.This Treaty, the English and German texts of which are equally authoritative, shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties in accordance with the constitutional provisions applicable to them and shall go into effect on the day of the exchange of the instruments of ratification, which shall take place at Berne as soon as possible. Article XIII. Duration.This Treaty shall remain in force for a period of five years, and in case neither of the High Contracting Parties gives notice a year prior to the expiration of this period of its intention to terminate the Treaty, it shall remain in force until the expiration of a year from the day on which one of the High Contracting Parties denounces it. Signatures.In witness whereof the above-mentioned plenipotentiaries have signed this Treaty and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate at Berne on May twentieth, nineteen hundred and thirty six. [seal] Hugh R Wilson [seal] Motta 1347 Artikel XI. Die Bestimmungen des vorliegenden Vertrages sollen auf alle wo immer gelegenen Gebiete anwendbar sein, die einem der Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile angehören oder unter der Besetzung oder Kontrolle eines von ihnen stehen, solange die Besetzung oder Kontrolle dauert. Anträge auf Auslieferung eines Verfolgten sollen von den diplomatischen Vertretern der vertragschliessenden Staaten gestellt werden. Sind solche Vertreter im Lande oder am Regierungssitze nicht vorhanden, oder wird die Auslieferung aus einem ausserhalb der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika oder des Fürstentums Liechtenstein gelegenen Gebiete der im Artikel I bezeichneten Art nachgesucht, so können die Ersuchen von hohem Konsulatsbeamten gestellt werden. Die Festnahme des Verfolgten geschieht nach Massgabe der Gesetze der betreffenden Staaten. Wenn nach einer Prüfung auf Grund der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und des Beweisergebnisses entschieden wird, dass die Auslieferung nach diesem Vertrage gewährt werden muss, soll bei der Auslieferung des Verfolgten nach den für solche Fälle vorgesehenen gesetzlichen Bestimmungen verfahren werden. Der vorläufig Verhaftete soll freigelassen werden, wenn nicht innerhalb von zwei Monaten, und zwar in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika vom Tage der Eröffnung des Verfahrens, in Liechtenstein vom Tage der Festnahme an gerechnet, das förmliche Auslieferungsersuchen mit den unten vorgeschriebenen urkundlichen Unterlagen vom diplomatischen Vertreter der ersuchenden Regierung oder in seiner Abwesenheit von einem ihrer Konsularbeamten in der vorerwähnten Weise gestellt wird. Wenn die angeklagte Person wegen des Verbrechens oder Vergehens, derentwegen ihre Auslieferung verlangt wird, verurteilt worden ist, muss eine gehörig beglaubigte Abschrift des Urteils des Gerichts, das die Verurteilung ausgesprochen hat, beigebracht werden. Wenn aber der Angeklagte eines Verbrechens nur beschuldigt wird, muss eine gehörig beglaubigte Abschrift des in dem Staate, wo die Tat begangen wurde, erlassenen Haftbefehls zusammen mit den in Artikel I dieses Vertrages erwähnten Schuldbeweisen beigebracht werden. Artikel XII. Dieser Vertrag, dessen englischer und deutscher Wortlaut in gleicher Weise massgebend sind, soll von den Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teilen gemäss den für sie geltenden verfassungsrechtlichen Vorschriften ratifiziert werden und am Tage des Austausches der Ratifikationsurkunden, der möglichst bald in Bern stattfinden soll, in Kraft treten. Artikel XIII. Dieser Vertrag soll für einen Zeitraum von fünf Jahren in Kraft bleiben, und falls keiner der Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile ein Jahr vor dem Ablauf dieses Zeitraumes seine Absicht kundgibt, den Vertrag zu kündigen, soll er weiter in Kraft bleiben bis zum Ablaufe eines Jahres von dem Tage an, an dem einer der Hohen Vertragschliessenden Teile ihn kündigt. Zu Urkund dessen haben die oben bezeichneten Bevollmächtigten diesen Vertrag unterzeichnet und mit ihren Siegeln versehen. Geschehen in doppelter Ausfertigung zu Bern am zwanzigsten Mai neunzehnhundertsechsunddreissig. [seal] Hugh R Wilson [seal] Motta 1348 Ratificatlons exchanged. And whereas the said Treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Bern on the twenty-eighth day of June, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this eighth day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] seven and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. November 10, 1936 Treaty 50 Stat. 1349 1349 RUMANIA—EXTRADITION—NOVEMBER 10, 19361349 TREATIES *Supplementary extradition treaty between the United States of AmericaNovember 10, 1936[T. S. No. 916] and Rumania. Signed at Bucharest, November 10, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, April 27, 1937; ratified by the President, May 19, 1937; ratified by Rumania, July 7, 1937; ratifications exchanged at Bucharest, July 27, 1937; proclaimed, July 30, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas Supplementary extradition treaty with Rumania.Preamble.a supplementary extradition treaty between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Rumania was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Bucharest, on the tenth day of November, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, the original of which supplementary extradition treaty, being in the English and French languages is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting Powers. and The Kingdom of Rumania judging it necessary to conclude an additional treaty to the treaty of extradition signed at Bucharest[44 Stat. 2020](/us/stat/44/2020). on July 23, 1924, to complete the cases in which extradition is granted between the two States, have appointed for this purpose as plenipotentiaries as follows: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries States of America: Mr. Leland Harrison, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States in Rumania; and His Majesty The King of Rumania: Mr. Victor Bädulescu, Under Secretary for Foreign Affairs; Who, after having exchanged their credentials, recognized in due and good form, have agreed to the following provisions: Article I.– The crimes and offenses whichAddition to extraditable crimes, etc. follow are added to Article II of the above mentioned treaty, for which extradition may be granted, that is: 24. Crimes and offenses againstCrimes, etc., against bankruptcy laws. the bankruptcy laws. Article II.– Considered part of former treaty.The present treaty will be considered as forming an integral part of the treaty of July 23, 1924, and,1350 [44 Stat. 2024](/us/stat/44/2024).consequently, the list in Article II shall be so completed that point 24 of the principal treaty shall become point 25– Article III.– Ratification.The present treaty shall be ratified by the High Contracting Parties according to their respective constitutional provisions and will come into force on the day of exchange of ratifications, which will take place at Bucharest as soon as possible. Article IV.– Duration.The present treaty will be in force for the duration of enforcement of the treaty of July 23, 1924, and their application will cease at the same time. Signatures.In witness whereof the above-named plenipotentiaries have signed the present treaty, drawn up in the English language and in the French language, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate, at Bucharest, the tenth day of the month of November 1936. Les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et le Contracting Powers.Royaume de Roumanie, jugeant nécessaire de conclure un traité additionnel du traité d’extradition 44 Stat. 2020.signé à Bucarest le 23 Juillet 1924, pour compléter les cas dans les-quels l’extradition est accordée entre les deux Etats, ont nommé à ces fins comme plénipotentiaires, savoir: Le Président des Etats-Unis Plenipotentiaries.d’Amérique: M. Leland Harrison, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre pléni potentiaire des Etats-Unis en Roumanie; et Sa Majesté le Roi de Roumanie: M. Victor Bädulesco, Sous-Secrétaire d’Etat aux Affaires Etrangères; Lesquels, après avoir échangé leurs pleins pouvoirs, reconnus en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Article I.– Les crimes et délits qui suivent Addition to extraditablo crimes, etc.sont ajoutés à l’art. Il du traité ci-dessus mentionné, pour lesquels l’extradition peut être accordée, savoir: 24. Les crimes et les délits Crimes, etc., against bankruptcy laws.contre les lois de la faillite. Article II.– Le présent traité sera considéré Considered part of former treaty.comme faisant partie intégrante du traité du 23 Juillet 1924, 1350 [44 Stat. 2024](/us/stat/44/2024).et,en conséquence, la liste de l’art. II sera complétée de la sorte que le point 24, du traité principal, devienne le point 25– Article III.– Ratification.Le présent traité sera ratifié par les Hautes Parties contractantes conformément aux dispositions constitutionnelles respectives et deviendra exécutoire le jour de l’échange des ratifications, qui aura lieu, aussitôt que faire se pourra, à Bucarest. Article IV.– Duration.Le present traité restera en vigueur pendant toute la durée que sera en vigueur le traité du 23 Juillet 1924 et leur application cessera en même temps. Signatures.En foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires susnommés ont signé le présent traité, rédigé en langue anglaise et en langue française, et y ont apposé leurs sceaux. Fait en double, à Bucarest, le dixième jour du mois de Novembre 1936. [seal] Leland Harrison. [seal] Victor Badulescu And whereas Ratifications exchanged.the said supplementary extradition treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Bucharest, on the twenty-seventh day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven ; Now, therefore, Proclamation.be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said supplementary extradition treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this thirtieth day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-[seal] seven, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.*. January 29, 1937 Convention 50 Stat. 1351 1351 CANADA—HALIBUT FISHERY—JANUARY 29, 1937 TREATIES *Convention between the United States of America and Canada revising the January 29, 1937[T. S. No. 917]convention for the preservation of halibut fishery of Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea. Signed at Ottawa, January 29, 1937; ratification advised by the Senate, March 23, 1937; ratified by the President, March 29, 1937; ratified by His Majesty in respect of Canada, June 26, 1937; ratifications exchanged at Ottawa, July 28, 1937; proclaimed, August 4, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention between the United States of America andHalibut fishery, Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea.Convention with Canada.Preamble.[47 Stat. 1872](/us/stat/47/1872). Canada, revising the Convention for the preservation of the halibut fishery of the northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, signed at Ottawa May 9, 1930, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Ottawa, on the twenty-ninth day of January, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, the original of which Convention is word for word as follows: The President of the United States of America,Contracting Powers. And His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland, and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of the Dominion of Canada, Desiring to provide more effectively for the preservation of the halibut fishery of the northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, have resolved to conclude a convention revising the convention for the preservation of that fishery signed on their behalf at Ottawa on May 9, 1930, and have named as their plenipotentiaries for that purpose,Plenipotentiaries. The President of the United States of America: Norman Armour, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to Canada; and His Majesty, for the Dominion of Canada: The Right Honourable William Lyon Mackenzie King, Prime Minister and Secretary of State for External Affairs; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I The nationals and inhabitants and fishing vessels and boats of theHalibut Fishing.Closed seasons and prohibited waters. United States of America and of Canada, respectively, are hereby prohibited from fishing for halibut (Hippoglossus) both in the territorial waters and in the high seas on the western coasts of the United States of America, including the southern as well as the western coasts of Alaska, and of Canada, from the first day of November next after the date of the exchange of ratifications of this Convention to the fifteenth day of the following February, both days inclusive, and within the same period yearly thereafter. The International Fisheries Commission provided for by ArticleInternational Fisheries Commission, powers, etc. III is hereby empowered, subject to the approval of the President of the United States of America and of the Governor General of 1352Canada, to suspend or change the closed season provided for by this Article, as to part or all of the convention waters, when it finds after investigation such suspensions or changes are necessary, and to permit, limit, regulate and prohibit in any area or at any time when Halibut incidentally taken.fishing for halibut is prohibited, the taking, retention and landing of halibut caught incidentally to fishing for other species of fish, and the possession during such fishing of halibut of any origin. Other fishing not affected.It is understood that nothing contained in this Convention shall prohibit the nationals or inhabitants or the fishing vessels or boats of the United States of America or of Canada, from fishing in the waters hereinbefore specified for other species of fish during the season when fishing for halibut in such waters is prohibited by this Convention or by any regulations adopted in pursuance of its provisions. Fishing operations for investigation purposes.It is further understood that nothing contained in this Convention shall prohibit the International Fisheries Commission from conducting fishing operations for investigation purposes at any time. Article II Seizures for violations.Every national or inhabitant, vessel or boat of the United States of America or of Canada engaged in halibut fishing on the high seas in violation of this Convention or of any regulation adopted under the provisions thereof may be seized by the duly authorized officers of either High Contracting Party and detained by the officers making such seizure and delivered as soon as practicable to an authorized official of the country to which such person, vessel or boat belongs, at the nearest point to the place of seizure, or elsewhere, as Prosecutions.may be agreed upon. The authorities of the nation to which such person, vessel or boat belongs alone shall have jurisdiction to conduct prosecutions for the violation of the provisions of this Convention, or any regulations which may be adopted in pursuance of its provisions, and to impose penalties for such violations; and the witnesses and proofs necessary for such prosecutions, so far as such witnesses or proofs are under the control of the other High Contracting Party, shall be furnished with all reasonable promptitude to the authorities having jurisdiction to conduct the prosecutions. Responsibility for observance.Each High Contracting Party shall be responsible for the proper observance of this Convention, or of any regulation adopted under the provisions thereof, in the portion of its waters covered thereby. Article III International Fisheries Commission, continuance.The High Contracting Parties agree to continue under this Convention this Commission as at present constituted and known as the International Fisheries Commission, established by the Convention [43 Stat. 1841](/us/stat/43/1841); [47 Stat. 1872](/us/stat/47/1872).for the preservation of the halibut fishery, signed at Washington, March 2, 1923, and continued under the Convention signed at Ottawa, May 9, 1930, consisting of four members, two appointed by each Party, which Commission shall make such investigations as are necessary into the life history of the halibut in the convention waters and Filling vacancies.shall publish a report of its activities from time to time. Each of the High Contracting Parties shall have power to fill, and shall fill from time to time, vacancies which may occur in its representation on the Salaries and expenses.Commission. Each of the High Contracting Parties shall pay the salaries and expenses of its own members, and joint expenses incurred by the Commission shall be paid by the two High Contracting Parties in equal moieties. 1353 The High Contracting Parties agree that for the purposes ofAdministrative provisions. protecting and conserving the halibut fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, the International Fisheries Commission, with the approval of the President of the United States of America and of the Governor General of Canada, may, in respect of the nationals and inhabitants and fishing vessels and boats of the United States of America and of Canada, from time to time, (*a*) divide the convention waters into areas; (*b*) limit the catch of halibut to be taken from each area within the season during which fishing for halibut is allowed; (*c*) prohibit departure of vessels from any port or place, or from any receiving vessel or station, to any area for halibut fishing, after any date when in the judgment of the International Fisheries Commission the vessels which have departed for that area prior to that date or which are known to be fishing in that area shall suffice to catch the limit which shall have been set for that area under section
(b)of this paragraph; (*d*) fix the size and character of halibut fishing appliances to be used in any area; (*e*) make such regulations for the licensing and departure of vessels and for the collection of statistics of the catch of halibut as it shall find necessary to determine the condition and trend of the halibut fishery and to carry out the other provisions of this Convention; (*f*) close to all halibut fishing such portion or portions of an area or areas as the International Fisheries Commission find to be populated by small, immature halibut. Article IV The High Contracting Parties agree to enact and enforce suchEnactment, etc., of effective legislation. legislation as may be necessary to make effective the provisions of this Convention and any regulations adopted thereunder, with appropriate penalties for violations thereof. Article V The present Convention shall remain in force for a period of fiveDuration. years and thereafter until two years from the date when either of the High Contracting Parties shall give notice to the other of its desire to terminate it. This Convention shall, from the date of the exchange of ratifications,Former Convention superseded.[47 Stat. 1872](/us/stat/47/1872). be deemed to supplant the Convention for the preservation of the halibut fishery signed at Ottawa, May 9, 1930. Article VI This Convention shall be ratified in accordance with the constitutionalRatification. methods of the High Contracting Parties. The ratifications shall be exchanged at Ottawa, as soon as practicable, and the Convention shall come into force on the day of the exchange of ratifications. In faith whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed theSignatures. present Convention in duplicate, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Ottawa on the twenty-ninth day of January, in the year one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven. NORMAN ARMOUR [seal] W. L. MACKENZIE KING [seal] 1354 Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Ottawa, on the twenty-eighth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fourth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] seven, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. May 26, 1930 Convention 50 Stat. 1355 1355 CANADA—SOCKEYE SALMON FISHERIES—MAY 26, 1930 TREATIES *Convention between the United States of America and Canada and protocol May 26, 1930[T. S. No. 918]of exchange of ratifications concerning the sockeye salmon fisheries. Signed at Washington, May 26, 1930; ratification advised by the Senate, subject to understandings, June 16, 1936; ratified by the President, subject to the said understandings, July 23, 1937; ratified by His Majesty in respect of Canada, June 26, 1937; ratifications exchanged at Washington, July 28, 1937; proclaimed, August 4, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas a Convention between the United States of AmericaConvention with Canada concerning the sockeye salmon fisheries.Preamble. and Canada for the protection, preservation and extension of the sockeye salmon fishery of the Fraser River system was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington, on the twenty-sixth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty, the original of which Convention is word for word as follows: The President of the United States of America and His Majesty theContracting Powers. King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, in respect of the Dominion of Canada, recognizing that the protection, preservation and extension of the sockeye salmon fisheries in the Fraser River system are of common concern to the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada; that the supply of this fish in recent years has been greatly depleted and that it is of importance in the mutual interest of both countries that this source of wealth should be restored and maintained, have resolved to conclude a Convention and to that end have named as their respective plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States of America: Mr. Henry L.Plenipotentiaries. Stimson, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and His Majesty, for the Dominion of Canada: The Honorable Vincent Massey, a member of His Majesty’s Privy Council for Canada and His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary for Canada at Washington; Who, after having communicated to each other their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I The provisions of this Convention and the orders and regulationsGeographical limits. issued under the authority thereof shall apply, in the manner and to the extent hereinafter provided in this Convention, to the following waters: 1. The territorial waters and the high seas westward from the western coast of the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada and from a direct line drawn from Bonilla Point, Vancouver Island, to the lighthouse on Tatoosh Island Washington,—which line marks the entrance to Juan de Fuca Strait,—and embraced between 48 and 49 degrees north latitude, excepting therefrom, however, all the waters of Barklay Sound, eastward of a straight line drawn from Amphitrite Point to Cape Beale and all the waters of Nitinat Lake and the entrance thereto. 1356 2. The waters included within the following boundaries: Beginning at Bonilla Point, Vancouver Island, thence along the aforesaid direct line drawn from Bonilla Point to Tatoosh Lighthouse, Washington, described in paragraph numbered 1 of this Article, thence to the nearest point of Cape Flattery, thence following the southerly shore of Juan de Fuca Strait to Point Wilson, on Quimper Peninsula, thence in a straight line to Point Partridge on Whidbey Island, thence following the western shore of the said Whidbey Island, to the entrance to Deception Pass, thence across said entrance to the southern side of Reservation Bay, on Fidalgo Island, thence following the western and northern shore line of the said Fidalgo Island to Swinomish Slough, crossing the said Swinomish Slough, in line with the track of the Great Northern Railway, thence northerly following the shore line of the mainland to Atkinson Point at the northerly entrance to Burrard Inlet, British Columbia, thence in a straight line to the southern end of Bowen Island, thence westerly following the southern shore of Bowen Island to Cape Roger Curtis, thence in a straight line to Gower Point, thence westerly following the shore line to Welcome Point on Seechelt Peninsula, thence in a straight line to Point Young on Lasqueti Island, thence in a straight line to Dorcas Point on Vancouver Island, thence following the eastern and southern shores of the said Vancouver Island to the starting point at Bonilla Point, as shown on the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey Chart Number 6300, as corrected to March 14, 1930, and on the British Admiralty Chart Number 579, copies of which are annexed to this Convention and made a part thereof. 3. Fraser River and tributary waters. The Fraser River and the streams and lakes tributary thereto. The High Contracting Parties engage to have prepared as soon as practicable charts of the waters described in this Article, with the above described boundaries thereof and the international boundary indicated thereon. Such charts, when approved by the appropriate authorities of the Governments of the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada, shall be considered to have been substituted for the charts annexed to this Convention and shall be authentic for the purposes of the Convention. Establishment of buoys, etc.The High Contracting Parties further agree to establish within the territory of the United States of America and the territory of the Dominion of Canada such buoys and marks for the purposes of this Convention as may be recommended by the Commission hereinafter authorized to be established, and to refer such recommendations as the Commission may make as relate to the establishment of buoys or marks at points on the international boundary to the International Boundary Commission, United States-Alaska and Canada, for action pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty between the United States of America and His Majesty, in respect of Canada, respecting the boundary between the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada, signed February 24, 1925. Article II International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission.Establishment, membership, etc.The High Contracting Parties agree to establish and maintain a Commission to be known as the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, hereinafter called the Commission, consisting of six members, three on the part of the United States of America and three on the part of the Dominion of Canada. Commissioners.The Commissioners on the part of the United States of America shall be appointed by the President of the United States of America. The Commissioners on the part of the Dominion of Canada shall be appointed by His Majesty on the recommendation of the Governor General in Council. 1357 The Commissioners appointed by each of the High Contracting Parties shall hold office during the pleasure of the High Contracting Party by which they were appointed. The Commission shall continue in existence so long as this ConventionDuration, etc., of Commission. shall continue in force, and each High Contracting Party shall have power to fill and shall fill from time to time vacancies which may occur in its representation on the Commission in the same manner as the original appointments are made. Each High Contracting Party shall pay the salaries and expenses of its own Commissioners, and joint expenses incurred by the Commission shall be paid by the two High Contracting Parties in equal moieties. Article III The Commission shall make a thorough investigation into theFraser River sockeye salmon, investigation, etc. natural history of the Fraser River sockeye salmon, into hatchery methods, spawning ground conditions and other related matters. It shall conduct the sockeye salmon fish cultural operations in the waters described in paragraphs numbered 2 and 3 of Article I of this Convention, and to that end it shall have power to improve spawning grounds, construct, and maintain hatcheries, rearing ponds and other such facilities as it may determine to be necessary for the propagation of sockeye salmon in any of the waters covered by this Convention, and to stock any such waters with sockeye salmon by such methods as it may determine to be most advisable. The CommissionRecommendation. shall also have authority to recommend to the Governments of the High Contracting Parties removing or otherwise overcoming obstructions to the ascent of sockeye salmon, that may now exist or may from time to time occur, in any of the waters covered by this Convention, where investigation may show such removal of or other action to overcome obstructions to lie desirable. The CommissionAnnual report. shall make an annual report to the two Governments as to the investigations which it has made and other action which it has taken in execution of the provisions of this Article, or of other Articles of this Convention. The cost of all work done pursuant to the provisions of this Article,Division of cost. or of other Articles of this Convention, including removing or otherwise overcoming obstructions that may be approved, shall be borne equally by the two Governments, and the said Governments agreeAnnual appropriations. to appropriate annually such money as each may deem desirable for such work in the light of the reports of the Commission. Article IV The Commission is hereby empowered to limit or prohibit takingPowers of Commission to limit, etc., take in waters designated. sockeye salmon in respect of all or any of the waters described in Article I of this Convention, provided that when any order is adopted by the Commission limiting or prohibiting taking sockeye salmon in any of the territorial waters or on the High Seas described in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I, such order shall extend to all such territorial waters and High Seas, and, similarly, when in any of the waters of the United States of America embraced in paragraph numbered 2 of Article I, such order shall extend to all such waters of the United States of America, and when in any of the Canadian waters embraced in paragraphs numbered 2 and 3 of Article I, such order shall extend to all such Canadian waters, and provided further, thatLicense laws of Washington and Canada. no order limiting or prohibiting taking sockeye salmon adopted by the Commission shall be construed to suspend or otherwise affect the requirements of the laws of the State of Washington or of the Dominion of Canada as to the procuring of a license to fish in the 1358waters on their respective sides of the boundary, or in their respective *Ante*, p. 1355.territorial waters embraced in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I Application of order.of this Convention, and provided further that any order adopted by the Commission limiting or prohibiting taking sockeye salmon on the High Seas embraced in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I of this Convention shall apply only to nationals and inhabitants and vessels and boats of the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada. Duration.Any order adopted by the Commission limiting or prohibiting taking sockeye salmon in the waters covered by this Convention, or any part thereof, shall remain in full force and effect unless and until the same be modified or set aside by the Commission. Taking sockeye salmon in said waters in violation of an order of the Commission shall be prohibited. Article V Fishing gear and appliances.In order to secure a proper escapement of sockeye salmon during the spring or chinook salmon fishing season, the Commission may prescribe the size of the meshes in all fishing gear and appliances that may be operated during said season in the waters of the United States of America and/or the Canadian waters described in Article I of this Convention. At all seasons of the year the Commission may prescribe the size of the meshes in all salmon fishing gear and appliances that may be operated on the High Seas embraced in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I of this Convention, provided, however, that in so far as concerns the High Seas, requirements prescribed by the Commission under the authority of this paragraph shall apply only to nationals and inhabitants and vessels and boats of the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada. Whenever, at any other time than the spring or chinook salmon fishing season, the taking of sockeye salmon in waters of the United States of America or in Canadian waters is not prohibited under an order adopted by the Commission, any fishing gear or appliance authorized by the State of Washington may be used in waters of the United States of America by any person thereunto authorized by the State of Washington, and any fishing gear or appliance authorized by the laws of the Dominion of Canada may be used in Canadian waters by any person thereunto duly authorized. Whenever the taking of sockeye salmon on the High Seas embraced in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I of this Convention is not prohibited, under an order adopted by the Commission, to the nationals or inhabitants or vessels or boats of the United States of America or the Dominion of Canada, only such salmon fishing gear and appliances as may have been approved by the Commission may be used on such High Seas by said nationals, inhabitants, vessels or boats. Article VI Necessary vote for action.No action taken by the Commission under the authority of this Convention shall be effective unless it is affirmatively voted for by at least two of the Commissioners of each High Contracting Party. Article VII Equal shares agreed to.Inasmuch as the purpose of this Convention is to establish for the High Contracting Parties, by their joint effort and expense, a fishery that is now largely nonexistent, it is agreed by the High Contracting Parties that they should share equally in the fishery. The Commission shall, consequently, regulate the fishery with a view to allowing,1359 as nearly as may be practicable, an equal portion of the fish that may be caught each year to be taken by the fishermen of each High Contracting Party. Article VIII Each High Contracting Party shall be responsible for the enforcementEnforcement of orders, etc., in Convention waters. of the orders and regulations adopted by the Commission under the authority of this Convention, in the portion of its waters covered by the Convention. Except as hereinafter provided in Article IX of this Convention,On the High Seas. each High Contracting Party shall be responsible, in respect of its own nationals and inhabitants and vessels and boats, for the enforcement of the orders and regulations adopted by the Commission, under the authority of this Convention, on the High Seas embraced in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I of the Convention. Each High Contracting Party shall acquire and place at the dispositionSites for hatcheries, etc. of the Commission any land within its territory required for the construction and maintenance of hatcheries, rearing ponds, and other such facilities as set forth in Article III. Article IX Every national or inhabitant, vessel or boat of the United StatesPenalty provisions. of America or of the Dominion of Canada, that engages in sockeye salmon fishing on the High Seas embraced in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I of this Convention, in violation of an order or regulation adopted by the Commission, under the authority of this Convention, may be seized and detained by the duly authorized officers of either High Contracting Party, and when so seized and detained shall be delivered by the said officers, as soon as practicable, to an authorized official of the country to which such person, vessel or boat belongs, at the nearest point to the place of seizure, or elsewhere, as may be agreed upon with the competent authorities. The authorities of the country to which a person, vessel or boat belongs alone shall have jurisdiction to conduct prosecutions for the violation of any order or regulation, adopted by the Commission in respect of fishing for sockeye salmon on the High Seas embraced in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I of this Convention, or of any law or regulation which either High Contracting Party may have made to carry such order or regulation of the Commission into effect, and to impose penalties for such violations; and the witnesses and proofs necessary or such prosecutions, so far as such witnesses or proofs are under the control of the other High Contracting Party, shall be furnished with all reasonable promptitude to the authorities having jurisdiction to conduct the prosecutions. Article X The High Contracting Parties agree to enact and enforce suchEnactment, etc., of necessary legislation. legislation as may be necessary to make effective the provisions of this Convention and the orders and regulations adopted by the Commission under the authority thereof, with appropriate penalties for violations. Article XI The present Convention shall be ratified by the President of theRatification. United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by His Majesty in accordance with constitutional practice, and it shall become effective upon the date of theEffective date. exchange of ratifications which shall take place at Washington as 1360 Duration.soon as possible and shall continue in force for a period of sixteen years, and thereafter until one year from the day on which either of the High Contracting Parties shall give notice to the other of its desire to terminate it. Signatures.In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention, and have affixed their seals thereto. Done in duplicate at Washington on the twenty-sixth day of May, one thousand nine hundred and thirty. [seal] Henry L Stimson [seal] Vincent Masset Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the twenty-eighth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven; Understandings by United States of America. And whereas the said Convention was ratified by the United States of America subject to three understandings, made a part of the ratification, as follows:
(1)That the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission shall have no power to authorize any type of fishing gear contrary to the laws of the State of Washington or the Dominion of Canada;
(2)That the Commission shall not promulgate or enforce regulations until the scientific investigations provided for in the convention have been made, covering two cycles of Sockeye Salmon runs, or eight years; and
(3)That the Commission shall set up an Advisory Committee composed of five persons from each country who shall be representatives of the various branches of the industry (purse seine, gill net, troll, sport fishing, and one other), which Advisory Committee shall be invited to all non-executive meetings of the Commission and shall be given full opportunity to examine and to be heard on all proposed orders, regulations or recommendations. Acceptance by Canada. And whereas the aforesaid three understandings have been accepted by the Government of Canada, as is recorded in the *Post*, p. 1361.Protocol of Exchange of ratifications of the said Convention; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof, subject to the three understandings herein recited. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fourth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] seven, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 1361 **PROTOCOL OF EXCHANGE** The undersigned the Secretary of State of the United States ofProtocol of exchange. America and the Canadian Minister at Washington met this day for the purpose of exchanging ratifications of the convention between the United States of America and Canada for the protection, preservation and extension of the sockeye salmon fisheries of the Fraser River System, signed at Washington on May 26, 1930. The Secretary of State of the United States of America stated that the convention is ratified on the part of the United States of America subject to the three understandings contained in the resolution of the Senate of the United States of America advising and consenting to ratification, a copy of which resolution was communicated to the Secretary of State for External Affairs of Canada by the Minister of the United States of America at Ottawa in his note of July 7, 1936. These three understandings are as follows:
(1)That the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission shall have no power to authorize, any type of fishing gear contrary to the laws of the State of Washington or the Dominion of Canada;
(2)That the Commission shall not promulgate or enforce regulations until the scientific investigations provided for in the convention have been made, covering two cycles of Sockeye Salmon runs, or eight, years; and
(3)That the Commission shall set up an Advisory Committee composed of five persons from each country who shall be representatives of the various branches of the industry (purse seine, gill net, troll, sport fishing, and one other), which Advisory Committee shall be invited to all non-executive meetings of the Commission and shall be given full opportunity to examine and to be heard on all proposed orders, regulations or recommendations. The Canadian Minister stated that he was authorized by his Government to state that it accepted the foregoing understandings. The exchange then took place in the usual manner. In witness whereof they have signed the present protocol and have affixed their seals hereto. Done at Washington this twenty-eighth day of July, 1937. Cordell Hull [seal] *Secretary of State of the United States of America* Herbert M Marler. [seal] *Canadian Minister* March 25, 1936 Treaty 50 Stat. 1363 1363 MULTILATERAL—NAVAL ARMAMENT—MARCH 25, 1936 TREATIES *Treaty between the United States of America and other powers for theMarch 25, 1936[T. S. No. 919] limitation of naval armament, together with protocol of signature and additional protocol. Signed at London, March 25, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, May 18, 1936; ratified by the President of the United States, May 28, 1936; instruments of ratification deposited at London by the United States of America, July 2, 1936; the Republic of France, June 24, 1937; the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, July 29, 1937; the Dominion of Canada, July 29, 1937; the Commonwealth of Australia, July 29, 1937; the Dominion of New Zealand, July 29, 1937; and India, July 29, 1937; proclaimed, August 6, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Treaty for the limitation of naval armament and theTreaty with other Powers for limitation, etc., of naval armament.Preamble. exchange of information concerning naval construction, between the President of the United States of America, the President of the French Republic, and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the seas, Emperor of India, for Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate members of the League of Nations; for the Dominion of Canada; for the Commonwealth of Australia; for the Dominion of New Zealand; and for India; was signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at London on March 25, 1936, together with aProtocol of signature, etc. Protocol of Signature and an Additional Protocol, true copies of which Treaty, Protocol of Signature and Additional Protocol, in the French and English languages, are word for word as follows: 1364 Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, le Président de la République Française et Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Territoires Britanniques au-delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes, Soucieux de réduire les charges et de prévenir les dangers inhérents à une rivalité d’armements navals, Désireux, en raison de l’expiration prochaine du Traité pour la limitation des armements navals signé à Washington le 6 février 1922 et du Traité pour la limitation et la réduction des armements navals signé à Londres le 22 avril 1930 (sa partie IV exceptée), de prendre des dispositions pour la limitation des armements navals ainsi que pour l’échange de renseignements concernant les constructions navales, Ont résolu de conclure un Traité à cet effet et ont désigné pour leurs Plénipotentiaires: Le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique: L’Honorable Norman H. Davis; L’Amiral William H. Standley, Chef des opérations navales de la Marine des Etats-Unis; Le Président de la République Française: Son Excellence M. Charles Corbin, Ambassadeur Extra-ordinaire et Plénipotentiaire de la République Française auprès delà Cour de St. James; Le Vice-Amiral Georges Robert, Membre du Conseil Supérieur de la Marine, Inspecteur général des Forces Maritimes de la Méditerranée; Sa Majesté le Roi de Grande-Bretagne, d’Irlande et des Territoires Britanniques au-delà des Mers, Empereur des Indes: pour la Grande-Bretagne et l’Irlande du Nord et toutes les parties de l’Empire Britannique qui ne sont pas individuellement Membres de la Société des Nations: Le Très Honorable Anthony Eden, M. C., M. P., Son Principal Secrétaire d’Etat pour les Affaires Etrangères; Le Très Honorable Vicomte Monsell, G. B. E., Premier Lord de Son Amirauté; Le Lieutenant-Colonel Comte Stanhope, K. G., D. S. O., M. C., D. L., Sous Secrétaire d’Etat pour les Affaires Etrangères; pour le Dominion du Canada: L’Honorable Vincent Massey, Haut-Commissaire du Dominion du Canada à Londres; pour le Commonwealth d’Australie: Le Très Honorable Stanley Melbourne Bruce, C. H., M. C., Haut-Commissaire du Commonwealth d’Australie à Londres; pour le Dominion de la Nouvelle-Zélande: L’Honorable Sir Christopher James Parr, G. C. M. G., Haut-Commissaire du Dominion de la Nouvelle-Zélande à Londres; pour l’Inde: M. Richard Austen Butler, M. P., Sous-Secrétaire d’Etat parlementaire pour l’Inde 1365 The President of the United States of America, the President ofContracting Powers. the French Republic and His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India; Desiring to reduce the burdens and prevent the dangers inherent in competition in naval armament; Desiring, in view of the forthcoming expiration of the Treaty for[43 Stat. 1655](/us/stat/43/1655). the Limitation of Naval Armament signed at Washington on the 6th February, 1922, and of the Treaty for the Limitation and Reduction of Naval Armament signed in London on the 22nd April, 1930 (save[46 Stat. 2858](/us/stat/46/2858). for Part IV thereof), to malie provision for the limitation of naval armament, and for the exchange of information concerning naval construction; Have resolved to conclude a Treaty for these purposes and havePlenipotentiaries. appointed as their Plenipotentiaries:— The President of the United States of America: The Honourable Norman H. Davis; Admiral William H. Standley, United States Navy, Chief of Naval Operations; The President of the French Republic: His Excellency Monsieur Charles Corbin, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the French Republic at the Court of St. James; Vice-Admiral Georges Robert, Member of the Supreme Naval Council, Inspector-General of the Naval Forces in the Mediterranean; His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India: for Great Britain and Northern Ireland and all parts of the British Empire which are not separate Members of the League of Nations: The Right Honourable Anthony Eden, M. C., M. P., His Principal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; The Right Honourable Viscount Monsell, G. B. E., First Lord of His Admiralty; Lieutenant-Colonel the Earl Stanhope, K. G., D. S. O., M. C. D. L., Parliamentary Under Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; for the Dominion of Canada: The Honourable Vincent Massey, High Commissioner for the Dominion of Canada in London; for the Commonwealth of Australia: The Right Honourable Stanley Melbourne Bruce, C. H., M. C., High Commissioner for the Commonwealth of Australia in London; for the Dominion of New Zealand: The Honourable Sir Christopher James Parr, G. C. M. G., High Commissioner for the Dominion of New Zealand in London; for India: Richard Austen Butler, Esquire, M. P., Parliamentary Under Secretary of State for India. 1366 Lesquels, après s’être communiqué leurs pleins pouvoirs, reconnus en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: Partie I DEFINITIONS Article Premier Dans le présent Traité, les expressions suivantes doivent s’entendre respectivement avec le sens ci-après: A.— Déplacement type. 1. Le déplacement type d’un bâtiment de surface est le déplacement du bâtiment achevé, avec son équipage complet, ses machines et chaudières, prêt à prendre la mer, ayant tout son armement et toutes ses munitions, ses installations, équipements, vivres, eau douce pour l'équipage, approvisionnements divers, outillages et rechanges de toute nature qu’il doit emporter en temps de guerre, mais sans combustible et sans eau de réserve pour l’alimentation des machines et chaudières. 2. Le déplacement type d’un sous-marin est le déplacement en surface du bâtiment achevé (non compris l’eau des compartiments non étanches), avec son équipage complet, son appareil moteur, prêt à prendre la mer, ayant tout son armement et toutes ses munitions, ses installations, équipements, vivres pour l’équipage, outillages divers et rechanges de toute nature qu’il doit emporter en temps de guerre, mais sans combustible, huile lubrifiante, eau douce ou eau de ballast de toute sorte. 3. Le mot “tonne,” sauf dans l’expression “tonnes métriques,” désigne une tonne de 1.016 kilogrammes (2.240 lbs.). B.— Classes. 1. Les *bâtiments de ligne* sont des bâtiments de guerre de surface appartenant à l’une des deux sous-classes suivantes: (*a*) bâtiments de guerre de surface, autres que les bâtiments porte-aéronefs, les bâtiments auxiliaires ou les bâtiments de ligne de la sous-classe (b), dont le déplacement type est supérieur à 10.000 tonnes (10,160 tonnes métriques) ou qui portent un canon d’un calibre supérieur à 203 millimètres (8 pouces); (*b*) bâtiments de guerre de surface, autres que les bâtiments porte-aéronefs, dont le déplacement type n’est pas supérieur à 8.000 tonnes (8.128 tonnes métriques) et qui portent un canon d’un calibre supérieur à 203 millimètres (8 pouces). 2. Les *bâtiments porte-aéronefs* sont des bâtiments de guerre de surface qui, quel que soit leur déplacement, sont conçus ou aménagés principalement pour transporter et mettre en action des aéronefs en mer. Si un bâtiment de guerre n’a pas été conçu ou aménagé principalement pour transporter et mettre en action des aéronefs en mer, l’installation sur ce bâtiment d’un pont d’atterrissage ou d’envol n’aura pas pour effet de le faire entrer dans la classe des bâtiments porte-aéronefs. 1367 Who, having communicated to one another their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed as follows: Part IPart I. DEFINITIONS Article 1 For the purposes of the present Treaty, the following expressionsDefinitions. are to be understood in the sense hereinafter defined. A.— Standard Displacement
(1)The standard displacement of a surface vessel is the displacementStandard displacement.Surface vessel. of the vessel, complete, fully manned, engined, and equipped ready for sea, including all armament and ammunition, equipment, outfit, provisions and fresh water for crew, miscellaneous stores and implements of every description that are intended to be carried in war, but without fuel or reserve feed water on board.
(2)The standard displacement of a submarine is the surface displacementSubmarine. of the vessel complete (exclusive of the water in non-watertight structure), fully manned, engined and equipped ready for sea, including all armament and ammunition, equipment, outfit, provisions for crew, miscellaneous stores and implements of every description that are intended to be carried in war, but without fuel, lubricating oil, fresh water or ballast water of any kind on board.
(3)The word “ton” except in the expression “metric tons” denotes“Ton.” the ton of 2,240 lb. (1,016 kilos). B.— Categories; Categories.
(1)*Capital Ships* are surface vessels of war belonging to one ofCapital ships. the two following sub-categories:— Sub-categories. (*a*) surface vessels of war, other than aircraft carriers, auxiliary vessels, or capital ships of sub-category (b), the standard displacement of which exceeds 10,000 tons (10,160 metric tons) or which carry a gun with a calibre exceeding 8 in. (203 mm.); (*b*) surface vessels of war, other than aircraft-carriers, the standard displacement of which does not exceed 8,000 tons (8,128 metric tons) and which carry a gun with a calibre exceeding 8 in. (203 mm.). 2. *Aircraft-Carriers* are surface vessels of war, whatever theirAircraft-carriers. displacement, designed or adapted primarily for the purpose of carrying and operating aircraft at sea. The fitting of a landing-on or flying-off deck on any vessel of war, provided such vessel has not been designed or adapted primarily for the purpose of carrying and operating aircraft at sea, shall not cause any vessel so fitted to be classified in the category of aircraft-carriers. 1368 La classe des bâtiments porte-aéronefs se subdivise en deux sous-classes, à savoir: (*a*) bâtiments pourvus d’un pont tel que les aéronefs puissent y prendre leur vol ou s’y poser; (*b*) bâtiments non pourvus du pont décrit au paragraphe (*a*) ci-dessus. 3. Les *bâtiments légers de surface* sont des bâtiments de guerre de surface, autres que les bâtiments porte-aéronefs, les petits navires de combat ou les bâtiments auxiliaires, dont le déplacement type est supérieur à 100 tonnes (102 tonnes métriques), sans dépasser 10.000 tonnes (10.160 tonnes métriques), et qui ne portent pas de canon d’un calibre supérieur à 203 millimètres (8 pouces). La classe des bâtiments légers de surface se subdivise en trois sous-classes, à savoir: (*a*) bâtiments portant un canon d’un calibre supérieur à 155 millimètres (6,1 pouces); (*b*) bâtiments qui ne portent pas de canon d’un calibre supérieur à 155 millimètres (6,1 pouces), et dont le déplacement type est supérieur à 3.000 tonnes (3.048 tonnes métriques); (*c*) bâtiments qui ne portent pas de canon d’un calibre supérieur à 155 millimètres (6,1 pouces), et dont le déplacement type n’est pas supérieur à 3.000 tonnes (3.048 tonnes métriques). 4. Les *sous-marins* sont tous les bâtiments conçus pour naviguer au dessous de la surface de la mer. 5. Les *petits navires de combat* sont des bâtiments de guerre de surface, autres que les bâtiments auxiliaires, dont le déplacement type est supérieur à 100 tonnes (102 tonnes métriques), sans dépasser 2.000 tonnes (2.032 tonnes métriques), et qui n’ont aucune des caractéristiques suivantes: (*a*) être armés d’un canon d’un calibre supérieur à 155 millimètres (6,1 pouces); (*b*) être conçus ou équipés pour lancer des torpilles; (*c*) être conçus pour atteindre une vitesse supérieure à vingt noeuds. 6. Les *bâtiments auxiliaires* sont des bâtiments de surface faisant partie de la flotte militaire, dont le déplacement type est supérieur à 100 tonnes (102 tonnes métriques), qui sont normalement utilisés pour le service de la flotte, ou comme transports de troupes, ou pour tout emploi autre que celui de bâtiments combattants, qui ne sont pas spécialement construits pour être des bâtiments combattants, et qui n’ont aucune des caractéristiques suivantes: (*a*) être armés d’un canon d’un calibre supérieur à 155 millimètres (6,1 pouces); (*b*) être armés de plus de huit canons d’un calibre supérieur à 76 millimètres (3 pouces); (*c*) être conçus ou équipés pour lancer des torpilles; (*d*) être conçus pour être protégés par des plaques de blindage; (*e*) être conçus pour atteindre une vitesse supérieure à vingt-huit noeuds; (*f*) être conçus ou aménagés principalement pour mettre en action des aéronefs en mer; (*g*) être équipés de plus de deux appareils à lancer des aéronefs. 1369 The category of aircraft-carriers is divided into two sub-categories as follows:— Sub-categories. (*a*) vessels fitted with a flight deck, from which aircraft can take off, or on which aircraft can land from the air; (*b*) vessels not fitted with a flight deck as described in (*a*) above. 3. *Light Surface Vessels* are surface vessels of war other thanLight surface vessels. aircraft-carriers, minor war vessels or auxiliary vessels, the standard displacement of which exceeds 100 tons (102 metric tons) and does not exceed 10,000 tons (10,160 metric tons), and which do not carry a gun with a calibre exceeding 8 in. (203 mm.). The category of light surface vessels is divided into three sub-categoriesSub-categories. as follows:— (*a*) vessels which carry a gun with a calibre exceeding 6 • 1 in. (155 mm.); (*b*) vessels which do not carry a gun with a calibre exceeding 6 • 1 in. (155 mm.) and the standard displacement of which exceeds 3,000 tons (3,048 metric tons); (*c*) vessels which do not carry a gun with a calibre exceeding 6 • 1 in. (155 mm.) and the standard displacement of which does not exceed 3,000 tons (3,048 metric tons). 4. *Submarines* are all vessels designed to operate below the surfaceSubmarines. of the sea. 5. *Minor War Vessels* are surface vessels of war, other thanMinor war vessels. auxiliary vessels, the standard displacement of which exceeds 100 tons (102 metric tons) and does not exceed 2,000 tons (2,032 metric tons), provided they have none of the following characteristics:— (*a*) mount a gun with a calibre exceeding 6•1 in. (155 mm.) (*b*) are designed or fitted to launch torpedoes; (*c*) are designed for a speed greater than twenty knots. 6. *Auxiliary Vessels* are naval surface vessels the standardAuxiliary vessels. displacement of which exceeds 100 tons (102 metric tons), which are normally employed on fleet duties or as troop transports, or in some other way than as fighting ships, and which are not specifically built as fighting ships, provided they have none of the following characteristics:— (*a*) mount a gun with a calibre exceeding 6•1 in. (155 mm.); (*b*) mount more than eight guns with a calibre exceeding 3 in. (76 mm.); (*c*) are designed or fitted to launch torpedoes; (*d*) are designed for protection by armour plate; (*e*) are designed for a speed greater than twenty-eight knots; (*f*) are designed or adapted primarily for operating aircraft at sea; (*g*) mount more than two aircraft-launching apparatus. 1370 7. Les *petits bâtiments* sont des bâtiments de surface faisant partie de la flotte militaire, dont le déplacement type n’est pas supérieur à 100 tonnes (102 tonnes métriques). C.— Bâtiments hors d’âge. Les bâtiments des classes et sous-classes suivantes seront considérés comme ”hors d’âge” lorsque, depuis leur achèvement, se sera écoulé le nombre d’années indiqué ci-dessous:
(a)pour un bâtiment de ligne 26 ans;
(b)pour un bâtiment porte-aéronefs 20 ans;
(c)pour un bâtiment léger de surface des sous-classes
(a)et (b):
(i)s’il a été mis sur cale avant le 1er janvier 1920 16 ans;
(ii)s’il a été mis sur cale après le 31 décembre 1919 20 ans;
(d)pour un bâtiment léger de surface de la sous-classe
(c)16 ans;
(e)pour un sous-marin 13 ans. D.— Mois. Dans le présent Traité, le mot “mois”, lorsqu’il se réfère à une période de temps, doit être entendu comme correspondant à une durée de trente jours. Partie II LIMITATIONS Article 2 A partir de la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, aucun bâtiment dépassant les limites de déplacement ou d’armement prévues à la présente Partie dudit Traité ne devra être acquis par une Haute Partie Contractante, ni construit par elle, ou pour son compte, ou dans le ressort de sa juridiction. Article 3 Aucun bâtiment qui, à la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, portera des canons d’un calibre supérieur aux limites fixées à la présente Partie dudit Traité, ne sera, s’il est reconstruit ou modernisé, réarmé de canons d’un calibre supérieur à celui des canons qu’il portait précédemment. Article 4 1. Aucun bâtiment de ligne n’aura un déplacement type supérieur à 35.000 tonnes (35.560 tonnes métriques). 2. Aucun bâtiment de ligne ne portera de canon d’un calibre supérieur à 356 millimètres (14 pouces); il est entendu toutefois que si l’une des Parties au Traité pour la limitation des armements navals signé à Washington le 6 février 1922, ne prenait pas, avant la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, et en tout cas au plus tard le 1371 7. *Small Craft* are naval surface vessels the standard displacementSmall craft. of which does not exceed 100 tons (102 metric tons). C.— Over Age. Vessels of the following categories and sub-categories shall be“Over age”. deemed to be “over-age” when the undermentioned number of years have elapsed since completion:—
(a)Capital ships 26 years.
(b)Aircraft-carriers 20 years.
(c)Light surface vessels, sub-categories
(a)and (b):
(i)if laid down before 1st January, 1920 16 years.
(ii)if laid down after 31st December, 1919 20 years.
(d)Light surface vessels, sub-category
(c)16 years.
(e)Submarines 13 years. D.— Month. The word “month” in the present Treaty with reference to a“Month”. period of time denotes the month of thirty days. Part IIPart II. LIMITATIONS Article 2 After the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty, noLimitation. vessel exceeding the limitations as to displacement or armament prescribed by this Part of the present Treaty shall be acquired by any High Contracting Party or constructed by, for or within the jurisdiction of any High Contracting Party. Article 3 No vessel which at the date of the coming into force of the presentGun calibre restrictions. Treaty carries guns with a calibre exceeding the limits prescribed by this Part of the present Treaty shall, if reconstructed or modernised, be rearmed with guns of a greater calibre than those previously carried by her. Article 4 1. No capital ship shall exceed 35,000 tons (35,560 metric tons)Capital ships, displacement. standard displacement. 2. No capital ship shall carry a gun with a calibre exceedingGun calibre.Provisions, if falling agreement.[43 Stat. 1655](/us/stat/43/1655). 14 in. (356 mm.); provided however that if any of the Parties to the Treaty for the Limitation of Naval Armament signed at Washington on the 6th February, 1922, should fail to enter into an agreement to conform to this provision prior to the date of the coming into force 1372 1er avril 1937, l’engagement dese conformer à la présente disposition, le calibre maximum permis pour les canons des bâtiments de ligne sera de 406 millimètres (16 pouces). 3. Aucun bâtiment de ligne de la sous-classe (*a*) dont le déplacement type serait inférieur à 17.500 tonnes (17.780 tonnes métriques) ne sera mis sur cale ou acquis avant le 1er janvier 1943. 4. Aucun bâtiment de ligne dont l’armement principal consisterait en canons d’un calibre inférieur à 254 millimètres (10 pouces) ne sera mis sur cale ou acquis avant le 1er janvier 1943. Article 5 1. Aucun bâtiment porte-aéronefs n’aura un déplacement type supérieur à 23.000 tonnes (23.368 tonnes métriques), ni ne portera de canon d’un calibre supérieur à 155 millimètres (6,1 pouces). 2. Si l’armement d’un bâtiment porte-aéronefs comprend des canons d’un calibre supérieur à 134 millimètres (5,25 pouces), le nombre total de canons dépassant ce calibre ne devra pas être supérieur à dix. Article 6 1. Aucun bâtiment léger de surface de la sous-classe (*b*) dont le déplacement type dépasserait S.000 tonnes (8.128 tonnes métriques), et aucun bâtiment léger de surface de la sous-classe (*a*) ne seront mis sur cale ou acquis avant le 1er janvier 1943. 2. Nonobstant les dispositions du paragraphe
(1)ci-dessus, si une Haute Partie Contractante estime que les exigences de sa sécurité nationale sont matériellement affectées par le nombre de bâtiments légère de surface de la sous-classe (*b*) construits, en construction ou autorisés par une Puissance quelconque, ou par le fait qu’une telle Puissance construit des bâtiments légèrs de surface sans se conformer aux restrictions du paragraphe
(1)ci-dessus, ladite Haute Partie Contractante aura, après avoir notifié ses intentions aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes et leur en avoir exposé les motifs, le droit de mettre sur cale ou d'acquérir des bâtiments légers de surface des sous-classes (*a*) et (*b*) dont le déplacement type pourra atteindre 10.000 tonnes (10.160 tonnes métriques), pourvu qu’elle se conforme aux dispositions do la Partie III du présent Traité. Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes sera alors fondée à exercer le même droit. 3. Il est entendu qu’aucun engagement, explicite ou implicite, de maintenir postérieurement à l’année 1942 les restrictions prévues au paragraphe 1 ci-dessus, ne résulte dudit paragraphe 1. Article 7 Aucun sous-marin n’aura un déplacement type supérieur à 2.000 tonnes (2.032 tonnes métriques), ni ne portera de canon d’un calibre supérieur à 130 millimètres (5,1 pouces). 1373 of the present Treaty, but in any case not later than the 1st April, 1937, the maximum calibre of gun carried by capital ships shall be 16 in. (406 mm.). 3. No capital ship of sub-category (*a*), the standard displacementSub-category (a), new construction. of which is less than 17,500 tons (17,780 metric tons), shall be laid down or acquired prior to the 1st January, 1943. 4. No capital ship, the main armament of which consists of gunsMain armament of guns less than 10 in. calibre. of less than 10 in. (254 mm.) calibre, shall be laid down or acquired prior to the 1st January, 1943. Article 5 1. No aircraft carrier shall exceed 23,000 tons (23,368 metric tons)Aircraft carriers, gun calibre restriction. standard displacement or cany a gun with a calibre exceeding 6 • 1 in. (155 mm.). 2. If the armament of any aircraft carrier includes guns exceedingNumber limited. 5 • 25 in. (134 mm.) in calibre, the total number of guns carried which exceed that calibre shall not be more than ten. Article 6 1. No light surface vessel of sub-category (*b*) exceeding 8,000 tonsLight surface vessels of sub-category (b), etc., construction. (8,128 metric tons) standard displacement, and no light surface vessel of sub-category (*a*) shall be laid down or acquired prior to the 1st January, 1943. 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph
(1)above, ifModifications. the requirements of the national security of any High Contracting Party are, in His opinion, materially affected by the actual or authorised amount of construction by any Power of light surface vessels of sub-category (*b*), or of light surface vessels not conforming to the restrictions of paragraph
(1)above, such High Contracting Party shall, upon notifying the other High Contracting Parties of His intentions and the reasons therefor, have the right to lay down or acquire light surface vessels of sub-categories (*a*) and (*b*) of any standard displacement up to 10,000 tons (10,610 metric tons) subject to the observance of the provisions of Part III of the present Treaty. Each of the other High Contracting Parties shall thereupon be entitled to exercise the same right. 3. It is understood that the provisions of paragraph
(1)aboveTime provision. constitute no undertaking expressed or implied to continue the restrictions therein prescribed after the year 1942. Article 7 No submarine shall exceed 2,000 tons (2,032 metric tons) standardSubmarine gun calibre. displacement or carry a gun exceeding 5 • 1 in. (130 mm.) in calibre. 1374 Article 8 Tout bâtiment sera compté pour son déplacement type tel qu’il est défini en paragraphe A de l’article premier du présent Traité. Article 9 Il ne sera fait, en temps de paix, aucune installation préparatoire sur les navires de commerce, en vue de les armer pour les transformer en bâtiments de guerre; toutefois il sera permis de renforcer les ponts pour y monter des canons d’un calibre ne dépassant pas 155 millimètres (6,1 pouces). Article 10 Conserveront leur classe ou leur désignation précédente, les bâtiments mis sur cale avant la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, dont le déplacement type ou l’armement dépasserait les limitations ou restrictions prévues, pour leur classe ou leur sous-classe, à la présente partie dudit Traité, ainsi que les bâtiments qui, avant cette date, et conformément aux dispositions des traités antérieurs, ont été transformés pour l’usage exclusif de cible, ou conservés pour servir exclusivement à des expériences ou à l’instruction. Partie III PREAVIS ET ECHANGES DE RENSEIGNEMENTS Article 11 1. Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes communiquera chaque année aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes, ainsi qu’il est prévu ci-après, des renseignements concernant son programme annuel de construction et d’acquisition de tous bâtiments des classes et sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12, que ceux-ci soient ou non construits dans le ressort de sa juridiction; elle leur communiquera également, de manière périodique, des renseignements détaillés relatifs auxdits bâtiments ainsi qu’à toutes les modifications qui seraient apportées à des bâtiments déjà achevés desdites classes ou sous-classes. 2. Aux fins de la présente partie et des parties suivantes du Traité, tout renseignement sera considéré comme étant parvemi à une Haute Partie Contractante à la date à laquelle en auront reçu communication ses représentants diplomatiques accrédités auprès de la Haute Partie Contractante qui fournit les renseignements. 3. Ces renseignements devront conserver un caractère confidentiel jusqu’à leur publication par la Haute Partie Contractante qui les a fournis. 1375 Article 8 Every vessel shall be rated at its standard displacement, asStandard displacement rating.*Ante*, p. 1367. defined in Article 1A of the present Treaty. Article 9 No preparations shall be made in merchant ships in time of peacePreparing merchant-men for armament in peace-time. for the installation of warlike armaments for the purpose of converting such ships into vessels of war, other than the necessary stiffening of decks for the mounting of guns not exceeding 6 • 1 in. (155 mm.) in calibre. Article 10 Vessels which were laid down before the date of the coming intoNew construction, effective date, exceeding limitations. force of the present Treaty, the standard displacement or armament of which exceeds the limitations or restrictions prescribed in this Part of the present Treaty for their category or sub-category, or vesselsConversions for target use. which before that date were converted to target use exclusively or retained exclusively for experimental or training purposes under the provisions of previous treaties, shall retain the category or designation which applied to them before the said date. Part IIIPart III. ADVANCE NOTIFICATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATIONAdvance notification and exchange of information. Article 11 1. Each of the High Contracting Parties shall communicate everyAnnual programs.Communication to other Parties. year to each of the other High Contracting Parties information, as hereinafter provided, regarding His annual programme for the construction and acquisition of all vessels of the categories and sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*), whether or not the vessels concerned are constructed within His own jurisdiction, and periodical information giving details of such vessels and of any alterations to vessels of the said categories or sub-categories already completed. 2. For the purposes of this and the succeeding Parts of theDate of reception. present Treaty, information shall be deemed to have reached a High Contracting Party on the date upon which such information is communicated to His Diplomatic Representatives accredited to the High Contracting Party by whom the information is given. 3. This information shall be treated as confidential until publishedConfidential treatment. by the High Contracting Party supplying it. 1376 Article 12 Les renseignements à fournir, en vertu de l’article précédent, au sujet de bâtiments construits par une Haute Partie Contractante ou pour son compte, seront donnés comme suit, à temps pour parvenir à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans les délais ou au moment prescrits: (*a*) Dans les quatre premiers mois de chaque année civile, le programme annuel de construction de tous bâtiments des classes et sous-classes ci-après, en indiquant le nombre de bâtiments de chaque classe ou sous-classe, et, pour chaque bâtiment, le calibre du plus gros canon. Les classes et sous-classes en question sont les suivantes: Bâtiments de ligne: sous-classe (*a*) sous-classe (*b*) Bâtiments porte-aéronefs: sous-classe (*a*) sous-classe (*b*) Bâtiments légers de surface: sous-classe (*a*) sous-classe (*b*) sous-classe (*c*) Sous-marins. (*b*) Au moins quatre mois avant la date de la mise sur cale, les renseignements suivants au sujet de chacun de ces bâtiments: Nom ou appellation. Classe et sous-classe. Déplacement type en tonnes et en tonnes métriques. Longueur à la ligne de flottaison correspondant au déplacement type. Largeur maxima à ou sous la ligne de flottaison correspondant au déplacement type. Tirant d’eau moyen correspondant au déplacement type. Puissance en chevaux prévue. Vitesse prévue. Type des machines. Type du combustible. Nombre et calibre de tous les canons d’un calibre égal ou supérieur à 76 millimètres (3 pouces). Nombre approximatif des canons d’un calibre inférieur à 76 millimètres (3 pouces). Nombre de tubes lance-torpilles. Le navire est-il conçu pour la pose de mines? Nombre approximatif des aéronefs pour lesquels des installations sont prévues. (*c*) Dès que possible après la mise sur cale de chacun de ces bâtiments, la date à laquelle celle-ci a eu lieu. (*d*) Dans le mois qui suit la date d’achèvement de chacun de ces bâtiments, la date de cet achèvement, ainsi que toutes les caractéristiques indiquées au paragraphe (*b*) ci-dessus, relatives au bâtiment au moment de son achèvement. 1377 Article 12 The information to be furnished under the preceding Article inFurnishing Information; procedure. respect of vessels constructed by or for a High Contracting Party shall be given as follows; and so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within the periods or at the times mentioned:— (*a*) Within the first four months of each calendar year, thePrograms of vessel construction. Annual Progranune of construction of all vessels of the following categories and sub-categories, stating the number of vessels of each category or sub-category and, for each vessel, the calibre of the largest gun. The categories and sub-categories in question are:— Capital Ships— sub-category (*a*) sub-category (*b*) Aircraft-Carriers— sub-category (*a*) sub-category (*b*) Light Surface Vessels— sub-category (*a*) sub-category (*b*) sub-category (*c*) Submarines. (*b*) Not less than four months before the date of the laying of the keel, the following particulars in respect of each such vessel:— Name or designation; Category and sub-category; Standard displacement in tons and metric tons; Length at waterline at standard displacement; Extreme beam at or below waterline at standard displacement; Mean draught at standard displacement; Designed horse-power; Designed speed; Type of machinery; Type of fuel; Number and calibre of all guns of 3 in. (76 mm.) calibre and above; Approximate number of guns of less than 3 in. (76 mm.) calibre; Number of torpedo tubes; Whether designed to lay mines; Approximate number of aircraft for which provision is to be made. (*c*) As soon as possible after the laying-down of the keel ofDate on which keel laid. each such vessel, the date on which it was laid. (*d*) Within one month after the date of completion of eachCompletion. such vessel, the date of completion together with all the particulars specified in paragraph (ô) above relating to the vessel on completion. 1378 (*e*) Chaque année, au cours du mois de janvier, pour les bâtiments entrant dans les classes et sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) ci-dessus:
(i)des renseignements sur toutes modifications importantes qu’il serait devenu nécessaire d’apporter, au cours de l’année précédente, aux bâtiments en construction, pour autant que ces modifications affectent les caractéristiques mentionnées au paragraphe (*b*) ci-dessus;
(ii)des renseignements sur toutes modifications importantes apportées, au cours de l’année précédente, à des bâtiments déjà achevés, pour autant qu’elles affectent les caractéristiques mentionnées au paragraphe (*b*) ci-dessus;
(iii)des renseignements concernant les bâtiments qui auraient été détruits ou déclassés de quelque autre façon au cours de l’année précédente. Si ces bâtiments n’ont pas été détruits, il sera donné des renseignements suffisants pour permettre de déterminer leur nouvelle situation ou leur nouvel etat. (*f*) Au moins quatre mois avant d’entreprendre des modifications de nature à faire entrer un bâtiment déjà achevé dans une des classes ou sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) ci-dessus, ou à faire passer un tel bâtiment de l’une dans l’autre de ces classes ou sous-classes: les renseignements sur ses caractéristiques projetées, comme indiqué au paragraphe (*b*) ci-dessus. Article 13 Aucun bâtiment entrant dans les classes ou sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12 ne sera mis sur cale par une Haute Partie Contractante avant l’expiration d’un délai de quatre mois à compter de la date à laquelle seront parvenus à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes, tant le programme annuel dans lequel le bâtiment est compris, que les caractéristiques relatives à ce bâtiment mentionnées au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12. Article 14 Si une Haute Partie Contractante a l’intention d’acquérir un bâtiment totalement ou partiellement achevé, entrant dans les classes ou sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12, ce bâtiment devra être déclaré en même temps et de la même façon que les bâtiments inclus dans le programme annuel prescrit par ledit paragraphe. Un tel bâtiment ne pourra pas être acquis avant l’expiration d’un délai de quatre mois à compter de la date à laquelle ladite déclaration sera parvenue à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes. Les caractéristiques indiquées au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12 seront fournies pour ce bâtiment, en même temps que la date de sa mise sur cale, à temps pour parvenir à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans le délai d’un mois à compter de la date de la signature du contrat d’achat du bâtiment. Les caractéristiques qui font l’objet des paragraphes (*d*), (*e*) et (*f*) de l’article 12 seront fournies ainsi qu’il est prévu auxdits paragraphes. 1379 (*e*) Annually during the month of January, in respect of vesselsAnnual statement of alterations, scrapping, etc. belonging to the categories and sub-categories mentioned in paragraph (*a*) above:
(i)Information as to any important alterations which it may have proved necessary to make during the preceding year in vessels under construction, in so far as these alterations affect the particulars mentioned in paragraph (*b*) above.
(ii)Information as to any important alterations made during the preceding year in vessels previously completed, in so far as these alterations affect the particulars mentioned in paragraph (*b*) above.
(iii)Information concerning vessels which may have been scrapped or otherwise disposed of during the preceding year. If such vessels are not scrapped, sufficient information shall be given to enable their new status and condition to be determined. (*f*) Not less than four months before undertaking suchAdvance notice of contemplated alterations, etc. alterations as would cause a completed vessel to come within one of the categories or sub-categories mentioned in paragraph (*a*) above, or such alterations as would cause a vessel to change from one to another of the said categories or sub-categories: information as to her intended characteristics as specified in paragraph (*b*) above. Article 13 No vessel coming within the categories or sub-categories mentionedAdvance notice of vessel construction. in Article 12 (*a*) shall be laid down by any High Contracting Party until after the expiration of a period of four months both from the date on which the Annual Programme in which the vessel is included, and from the date on which the particulars in respect of that vessel prescribed by Article 12 (*b*), have reached all the other High Contracting Parties. Article 14 If a High Contracting Party intends to acquire a completed orAcquisition of completed, etc., vessel. partially completed vessel coming within the categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*), that vessel shall be declared at the same time and in the same manner as the vessels included in the Annual Programme prescribed in the said Article. No such vessel shall be acquired until after the expiration of a period of four months from the date on which such declaration has reached all the other High Contracting Parties. The particulars mentioned inCommunication of articulara to other Powers. Article 12 (*b*), together with the date on which the keel was laid, shall be furnished in respect of such vessel so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within one month after the date on which the contract for the acquisition of the vessel was signed. The particulars mentioned in Article 12 (*d*), (*e*) and (*f*) shall be given as therein prescribed. 1380 Article 15 An moment où elle communiquera le programme annuel prévu au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes fera connaître à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes quels sont les bâtiments, compris dans ses déclarations et ses programmes annuels précédents, qui n’ont pas encore été mis sur cale ou acquis par elle, mais qu’elle a l’intention de mettre sur cale ou d’acquérir pendant la période couverte par ledit programme. Article 16 Si, avant la mise sur cale d’un bâtiment entrant dans les classes ou sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12, une modification importante est apportée aux caractéristiques déjà communiquées en application du paragraphe (*b*) du même article, les renseignements concernant cette modification devront être communiqués; la mise sur cale sera retardée jusqu’à l'expiration d’un délai d’au moins quatre mois à compter de la date à laquelle ces renseignements seront parvenus à toutes les Hautes Parties Contractantes. Article 17 Aucune Haute Partie Contractante ne pourra mettre sur cale ou acquérir de bâtiment des classes ou sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12, si ce bâtiment n’a pas été antérieurement compris dans son programme annuel de construction ou dans sa déclaration d’acquisition pour l’année en cours, ou dans l’un de ses programmes ou déclarations antérieurs. Article 18 Au cas où, dans le ressort de la juridiction de l’une des Hautes Parties Contractantes, serait entreprise la construction, reconstruction ou modernisation d’un bâtiment entrant dans les classes ou sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12, pour le compte d’une Puissance non partie au présent Traité, la Haute Partie Contractante intéressée portera sans délai à la connaissance de toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes ia date de la signature du contrat et, aussitôt que possible, tous les renseignements relatifs audit bâtiment indiqués aux paragraphes (*b*), (*c*) et (*d*) de l’article 12. Article 19 Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes communiquera, à temps pour qu’elles parviennent à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans le mois qui suivra la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, des listes de tous ses petits navires de combat et bâtiments auxiliaires, comportant les caractéristiques énoncées au 1381 Article 15 At the time of communicating the Annual Programme prescribedAnnual program to include previous declaration.*Ante*, p. 1377. by Article 12 (*a*), each High Contracting Party shall inform all the other High Contracting Parties of all vessels included in His previous Annual Programmes and declarations that have not yet been laid down or acquired, but which it is the intention to lay down or acquire during the period covered by the first mentioned Annual Programme. Article 16 If, before the keel of any vessel coming within the categories orModifleations; notice to be given before keel laid. sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*) is laid, any important modification is made in the particulars regarding her which have been communicated under Article 12 (*b*), information concerning this modification shall be given, and the laying of the keel shall be deferred until at least four months after this information has reached all the other High Contracting Parties. Article 17 No High Contracting Party shall lay down or acquire any vesselConstruction or acquisition forbidden if not included in annual program. of the categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*), which has not previously been included in His Annual Programme of construction or declaration of acquisition for the current year or in any earlier Annual Programme or declaration. Article 18 If the construction, modernisation or reconstruction of any vesselConstruction, etc., of vessel for nonsignatory Power. coming within the categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*), which is for the order of a Power not a party to the present Treaty, is undertaken within the jurisdiction of any High Contracting Party, He shall promptly inform all the other High Contracting Parties of the date of the signing of the contract and shall also give as soon as possible in respect of the vessel all the information mentioned*Ante*, p. 1377. in Article 12 (*b*), (*c*) and (*d*). Article 19 Each High Contracting Party shall give lists of all His minor warMinor, etc., vessels; lists to be furnished. vessels and auxiliary vessels with their characteristics, as enumerated in Article 12 (*b*), and information as to the particular service for which they are intended, so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within one month after the date of the coming into force of 1382 paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12, et l’indication de l’emploi particulier auquel ils sont destinés; par la suite, elle communiquera, à temps pour qu’elles parviennent à la connaissance de toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans le courant du mois de janvier de chaque année, toutes modifications qu’il conviendrait d’apporter à ces listes ainsi qu’aux indications susvisées. Article 20 Chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes communiquera aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes, à temps pour qu’elles leur parviennent dans le mois qui suivra la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, les caractéristiques indiquées au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12, de tous bâtiments des classes et sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) du même article, qui seraient à ce moment en construction pour son compte, que ces bâtiments soient ou non construits dans le ressort de sa juridiction, ainsi que les mêmes caractéristiques concernant de tels bâtiments en construction à ce moment, dans le ressort de sa juridiction, pour le compte d’une Puissance non partie au présent Traité. Article 21 1. Au moment où elle communiquera son premier programme annuel de construction et sa première déclaration d’acquisition, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes fera connaître aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes tous les bâtiments appartenant aux classes et sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12, qui ont été précédemment autorisés et qu’elle a l’intention de mettre sur cale ou d’acquérir pendant la période couverte par ledit programme. 2. Aucune disposition de la présente partie du présent Traité n’empêchera une Haute Partie Contractante de mettre sur cale ou d’acquérir à tout moment, dans les quatre mois qui suivront la date d’entrée en vigueur du Traité, tout bâtiment compris ou à comprendre dans son premier programme annuel de construction ou dans sa première déclaration d’acquisition, ou précédemment autorisé, à condition que les renseignements prescrits au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12 soient, pour chaque bâtiment, fournis à temps pour parvenir à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans le mois qui suivra la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité. 3. Au cas où le présent Traité n’entrerait pas en vigueur avant le 1er mai 1937, le premier programme annuel de construction et la première déclaration d'acquisition à communiquer en vertu du paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12 ou de l’article 14, devront parvenir aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans le mois qui suivra l’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité. 1383 the present Treaty; and, so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within the month of January in each subsequent year, any amendments in the lists and changes in the information. Article 20 Each of the High Contracting Parties shall communicate to eachLists of vessels under construction, etc. of the other High Contracting Parties, so as to reach the latter within one month after the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty, particulars, as mentioned in Article 12 (*b*), of all vessels of the categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*), which are then under construction for Him, whether or not such vessels are being constructed within His own jurisdiction, together with similar particulars relating to any such vessels then under construction within His own jurisdiction for a Power not a party to the present Treaty. Article 21
(1)At the time of communicating His initial Annual ProgrammePreviously authorized, etc., construction to be included in initial annual program. of construction and declaration of acquisition, each High Contracting Party shall inform each of the other High Contracting Parties of any vessels of the categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*), which have been previously authorised and which it is the intention to lay down or acquire during the period covered by the said Programme.
(2)Nothing in this Part of the present Treaty shall prevent anyCommunication of information to contracting Powers; time period. High Contracting Party from laying down or acquiring, at any time during the four months following the date of the coming into force of the Treaty, any vessel included, or to be included, in His initial Annual Programme of construction or declaration of acquisition, or previously authorised, provided that the information prescribed by Article 12 (*b*) concerning each vessel shall be communicated so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within one month after the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty.
(3)If the present Treaty should not come into force before theProvision, should Treaty not come into force before Moy 1, 1937. 1st May, 1937, the initial Annual Programme of construction and declaration of acquisition, to be communicated under Articles 12 (*a*) and 14 shall reach all the other High Contracting Parties within one month after the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty. 1384 Partie IV DISPOSITIONS GENERALES ET CLAUSES DE SAUVEGARDE Article 22 Aucune Haute Partie Contractante ne disposera à titre gratuit, à titre onéreux, ou autrement, de ses bâtiments de guerre de surface ou de ses sous-marins, dans des conditions permettant à une Marine étrangère de les employer comme tels. La présente disposition ne s’applique pas aux bâtiments auxiliaires. Article 23 1. Aucune disposition du présent Traité ne portera atteinte au droit qu’a chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes, en cas de perte ou de destruction accidentelle, de remplacer un bâtiment qui ne serait pas encore hors d’âge, par un bâtiment de la même classe ou sous-classe, aussitôt que les caractéristiques du nouveau bâtiment, comme prévu au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12, seront parvenues à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes. 2. Les dispositions du paragraphe précédent s’appliqueront également au remplacement immédiat, dans les mêmes circonstances, d’un bâtiment léger de surface de la sous-classe (*b*) dont le déplacement type dépasse 8.000 tonnes (8.128 tonnes métriques), ou d’un bâtiment léger de surface de la sous-classe (*a*), si le bâtiment en question n’est pas encore hors d’âge, par un bâtiment léger de surface de la même sous-classe dont le déplacement type pourra atteindre 10.000 tonnes (10.160 tonnes métriques). Article 24 1. Si une Haute Partie Contractante se trouve engagée dans une guerre, elle pourra, si elle estime que les exigences de sa défense maritime en sont matériellement affectées, suspendre, pour ce qui la concerne, l’exécution d’une ou de toutes les obligations du présent Traité, à condition de notifier rapidement aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes que les circonstances exigent cette suspension, et de spécifier les obligations dont elle juge nécessaire de suspendre l’exécution. 2. Dans ce cas, les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes se consulteront rapidement et examineront la situation qui se présente, en vue de s’entendre sur les obligations du présent Traité dont chacune desdites Hautes Parties Contractantes pourrait, le cas échéant, suspendre l’exécution. Au cas où cette consultation n’aboutirait pas à un accord, l’une quelconque desdites Hautes Parties Contractantes pourra suspendre, pour ce qui la concerne, l’exécution d’une ou de toutes les obligations du présent Traité, à condition de donner rapidement avis aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes des obligations dont elle juge nécessaire de suspendre l’exécution. 1385 Part IVPart IV. GENERAL AND SAFEGUARDING CLAUSESGeneral and safeguarding clauses. Article 22 No High Contracting Party shall, by gift, sale or any mode ofRestriction on disposal of vessels of war, etc. transfer, dispose of any of His surface vessels of war or submarines in such a manner that such vessel may become a surface vessel of war or a submarine in any foreign navy. This provision shall notAuxiliary vessels. apply to auxiliary vessels. Article 23
(1)Nothing in the present Treaty shall prejudice the right of anyReplacements. High Contracting Party, in the event of loss or accidental destruction of a vessel, before the vessel in question has become over-age, to replace such vessel by a vessel of the same category or sub-category as soon as the particulars of the new vessel mentioned in Article 12 (*b*)*Ante*, p. 1377. shall have reached all the other High Contracting Parties.
(2)The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall also govern the immediate replacement, in such circumstances, of a light surface vessel of sub-category (*b*) exceeding 8,000 tons (8,128 metric tons) standard displacement, or of a light surface vessel of sub-category (*a*), before the vessel in question has become over-age, by a light surface vessel of the same sub-category of any standard displacement up to 10,000 tons (10,160 metric tons). Article 24
(1)If any High Contracting Party should become engaged in war,Certain obligations waived in time of war. such High Contracting Party may, if He considers the naval requirements of His defence are materially affected, suspend, in so far as He is concerned, any or all of the obligations of the present Treaty, provided that He shall promptly notify the other High ContractingNotice thereof to other Powers. Parties that the circumstances require such suspension, and shall specify the obligations it is considered necessary to suspend.
(2)The other High Contracting Parties shall in such case promptlyExamination of situation. consult together, and shall examine the situation thus presented with a view to agreeing as to the obligations of the present Treaty, if any, which each of the said High Contracting Parties may suspend. Should such consultation not produce agreement, any of the saidSuspension of obligations in case of disagreement. High Contracting Parties may suspend, in so far as He is concerned, any or all of the obligations of the present Treaty, provided that HeNotice. shall promptly give notice to the other High Contracting Parties of the obligations which it is considered necessary to suspend. 1386 3. A la cessation des hostilités, les Hautes Parties Contractantes se consulteront en vue de fixer une date à laquelle les obligations du Traité dont l’exécution a été suspendue entreront de nouveau en vigueur, et de se mettre d’accord sur tous amendements au présent Traité qui seraient jugés nécessaires. Article 25 1. Au cas où des bâtiments non conformes aux limitations et restrictions de déplacement type et d’armement prescrites par les articles 4, 5 et 7 du présent Traité seraient autorisés, construits ou acquis par une Puissance non partie audit Traité, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes se réserve le droit de déroger, dans le cas et dans la mesure où elle estimerait de telles dérogations nécessaires pour répondre aux exigences de sa sécurité nationale: *a*) pendant le reste de la durée du Traité, aux limitations et restrictions des articles 3, 4, 5, 6 paragraphe
(1)et 7; *b*) pendant l’année en cours, à ses programmes annuels de construction et à ses déclarations d’acquisition. Ce droit sera exercé conformément aux dispositions suivantes: 2. Toute Haute Partie Contractante qui estimerait nécessaire d’exercer ce droit, en donnera notification aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes, en indiquant avec précision la nature, la portée et les motifs des dérogations projetées. 3. Après quoi les Hautes Parties Contractantes se consulteront et s’efforceront d’aboutir à un accord en vue de réduire au minimum la portée des dérogations éventuelles. 4. A l’expiration d’un délai de trois mois à compter de la date à laquelle aura été faite la première des notifications prévues au paragraphe
(2)ci-dessus, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes sera, à moins d’accord contraire, fondée à déroger, pendant le reste de la durée du présent Traité, aux limitations et restrictions prescrites par les articles 3, 4, 5, 6 paragraphe
(1)et 7 dudit Traité. 5. A l’expiration du délai visé au paragraphe précédent, toute Haute Partie Contractante pourra, à moins qu’un accord n’intervienne au cours des consultations prévues au paragraphe
(3)ci-dessus, et après en avoir informé toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes, déroger à ses programmes annuels de construction et à ses déclarations d’acquisition, et modifier les caractéristiques de tous bâtiments en construction ou figurant déjà dans ses programmes ou déclarations. 6. En pareil cas, aucune des dispositions de la partie III du présent Traité ne pourra être invoquée pour imposer un retard dans l’acquisition, la mise sur cale, ou la modification d’aucun bâtiment. Toutefois, les renseignements prévus au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12 seront communiqués à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes avant la mise sur cale de tout bâtiment. En cas d’acquisition, les renseignements relatifs aux bâtiments acquis seront fournis conformément aux dispositions de l’article 14. 1387 3. On the cessation of hostilities, the High Contracting PartiesCessation of hostilities; resumption of obligations. shall consult together with a view to fixing a date upon which the obligations of the Treaty which have been suspended shall again become operative, and to agreeing upon any amendments in the present Treaty which may be considered necessary. Article 25
(1)In the event of any vessel not in conformity with the limitationsLimitations as to standard displacement, etc.Departures to meet requirements of national security.*Ante*, pp. 1371, 1372. and restrictions as to standard displacement and armament prescribed by Articles 4, 5 and 7 of the present Treaty being authorised, constructed or acquired by a Power not a party to the present Treaty, each High Contracting Party reserves the right to depart if, and to the extent to which, He considers such departures necessary in order to meet the requirements of His national security; (*a*) during the remaining period of the Treaty, from the limitations and restrictions of Articles 3, 4, 5, 6
(1)and 7, and (*b*) during the current year, from His Annual Programmes of construction and declarations of acquisition. This right shall be exercised in accordance with the following provisions:—
(2)Any High Contracting Party who considers it necessary thatNotice to other powers. such right should be exercised, shall notify the other High Contracting Parties to that effect, stating precisely the nature and extent of the proposed departures and the reasons therefor.
(3)The High Contracting Parties shall thereupon consult togetherConsultation with view of minimizing extent of departure. and endeavour to reach an agreement with a view to reducing to a minimum the extent of the departures which may be made.
(4)On the expiration of a period of three months from the date ofSuspension of limitations, etc. the first of any notifications which may have been given under paragraph
(2)above, each of the High Contracting Parties shall, subject to any agreement which may have been reached to the contrary, be entitled to depart during the remaining period of the present Treaty from the limitations and restrictions prescribed in*Ante*, pp. 1371, 1373. Articles 3, 4, 5, 6
(1)and 7 thereof.
(5)On the expiration of the period mentioned in the precedingAleration of vessels. paragraph, any High Contracting Party shall be at liberty, subject to any agreement which may have been reached during the consultations provided for in paragraph
(3)above, and on informing all the other High Contracting Parties, to depart from His Annual Programmes of construction and declarations of acquisition and to alter the characteristics of any vessels building or which have already appeared in His Programmes or declarations.
(6)In such event, no delay in the acquisition, the laying of theDelay unnecessary. keel, or the altering of any vessel shall be necessary by reason of any of the provisions of Part III of the present Treaty. The particulars mentioned in Article 12 (*b*) shall, however, be communicated to all the other High Contracting Parties before the keels of any vessels are laid. In the case of acquisition, information relating to the vessel shall be given under the provisions of Article 14. 1388 Article 26 1. Au cas où une Haute Partie Contractante estimerait que les exigences de sa sécurité nationale sont matériellement affectées par un changement de circonstances autre que ceux prévus au paragraphe
(2)de l’article 6 et aux articles 24 et 25 du présent Traité, cette Haute Partie Contractante aura le droit de déroger, pendant l’année en cours, à ses programmes annuels de construction et à ses déclarations d’acquisition. Toutefois, le volume des constructions auxquelles une Partie au Traité procéderait en conformité avec les limitations et restrictions établies par ledit Traité, ne saurait constituer un changement de circonstances aux fins du présent article. Le. droit sus-mentionné sera exercé conformément aux dispositions ci-après. 2. Ladite Haute Partie Contractante, si elle estime nécessaire d’exercer ce droit, le notifiera à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes, en indiquant dans quelle mesure elle se propose de déroger à ses programmes annuels de construction et à ses déclarations d’acquisition en fournissant les motifs des dérogations projetées. 3. Après quoi les Hautes Parties Contractantes se consulteront en vue de déterminer d’un commun accord si des dérogations sont nécessaires pour faire face à la situation. 4. A l’expiration d’un délai de trois mois à compter de la date à laquelle aura été faite la première des notifications prévues au paragraphe
(2)ci-dessus, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes sera, à moins d’accord contraire, fondée à déroger à scs programmes annuels de construction et à ses déclarations d’acquisition, à. condition d’en donner rapidement avis aux autres Hautes Parties Contractantes, en indiquant avec précision dans quelle mesure elle entend y déroger. 5. En pareil cas, aucune des dispositions de la partie III du présent Traité ne pourra être invoquée pour imposer un retard dans l’acquisition, la mise sur cale ou la modification d’aucun bâtiment. Toutefois, les renseignements prévus au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12 seront communiqués à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes avant la mise sur cale de tout bâtiment. En cas d’acquisition, les renseignements relatifs aux bâtiments acquis seront fournis conformément aux dispositions de l’article 14. Partie V DISPOSITIONS FINALES Article 27 Le présent Traité demeurera en vigueur jusqu’au 31 décembre 1942. Article 28 1. Au cours du dernier trimestre de 1940, le Gouvernement de Sa Majesté dans le Royaume-Uni de Grande Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord ouvrira une consultation, par la voie diplomatique, entre les Gouvernements des Parties au présent Traité, en vue de réunir une 1389 Article 26
(1)If the requirements of the national security of any High ContractingDeparture from annual program of construction, etc., if national security requires.*Ante*, pp. 1373, 1385, 1387. Party should, in His opinion, be materially affected by any change of circumstances, other than those provided for in Articles 6 (2), 24 and 25 of the present Treaty, such High Contracting Party shall have the right to depart for the current year from His Annual Programmes of construction and declarations of acquisition. The amount of construction by any Party to the Treaty, within the limitations and restrictions thereof, shall not, however, constitute a change of circumstances for the purposes of the present Article. The above mentioned right shall be exercised in accordance with the following provisions:—
(2)Such High Contracting Party shall, if He desires to exercise the above mentioned right, notify all the other High Contracting Parties to that effect, stating in what respects He proposes to depart from His Annual Programmes of construction and declarations of acquisition, giving reasons for the proposed departure.
(3)The High Contracting Parties will thereupon consult together with a view to agreement as to whether any departures are necessary in order to meet the situation.
(4)On the expiration of a period of three months from the date of the first of any notifications which may have been given under paragraph
(2)above, each of the High Contracting Parties shall, subject to any agreement which may have been reached to the contrary, be entitled to depart from His Annual Programmes of construction and declarations of acquisition, provided notice is promptly given to the other High Contracting Parties stating precisely in what respects He proposes so to depart.
(5)In such event, no delay in the acquisition, the laying of the keel, or the altering of any vessel shall be necessary by reason of any of the provisions of Part III of the present Treaty. The particulars mentioned in Article 12 (*b*) shall, however, be communicated to all the other High Contracting Parties before the keek of any vessels are laid. In the case of acquisition, information relating to the vessel shall be given under the provisions of Article 14. Part VPart V. FINAL CLAUSES Final clauses. Article 27 The present Treaty shall remain in force until the 31st December,Duration. 1942. Article 28
(1)His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom of GreatConference to frame new treaty in 1941. Britain and Northern Ireland will, during the last quarter of 1940, initiate through the diplomatic channel a consultation between the Governments of the Parties to the present Treaty with a view to 1390 conférence pour élaborer un nouveau traité pour la réduction et la limitation des armements navals, Cette conférence se tiendra en 1941, à moins qu’au cours de cette consultation préliminaire, il apparaisse qu’il ne soit ni désirable, ni practicable, de réunir une telle conférence à ce moment. 2. Au cours de la consultation prévue au paragraphe précédent, les Hautes Parties Contractantes échangeront leurs vues afin de déterminer si, à la lumière des circonstances du moment ainsi que de l’expérience acquise d’ici là dans l’établissement des plans et dans la construction de bâtiments de ligne, il serait possible de se mettre d’accord sur une réduction du déplacement type ou du calibre de l’artillerie des bâtiments de ligne dont les programmes annuels futurs prévoieraient la construction, et de parvenir par là, si possible, à une réduction du coût des bâtiments de ligne. Article 29 Aucune disposition du présent Traité ne constituera un précédent pour tout traité futur. Article 30 1. Le présent Traité sera ratifié par les Puissances signataires selon les procédures constitutionnelles auxquelles elles sont respectivement tenues, et les instruments de ratification en seront déposés le plus tôt possible auprès du Gouvernement de Sa Majesté dans le Royaume-Uni, qui transmettra des expéditions authentiques de tous les procès-verbaux de dépôt des ratifications aux gouvernements desdites Puissances ainsi que de tout pays au nom duquel il aura été accédé au Traité conformément aux dispositions de l’article 31. 2. Le présent Traité entrera en vigueur le 1er janvier 1937 si les instruments de ratification de toutes lesdites Puissances ont été déposés à cette date. Si, au 1er janvier 1937, tous les instruments de ratification sus-mentionnés n’ont pas été déposés, le Traité entrera en vigueur dès que tous ces instruments auront été reçus. Article 31 1. A compter de ce jour, le présent Traité sera à tout moment ouvert à l’accession de tout pays au nom duquel le Traité pour la limitation et la réduction des armements navals a été signé à Londres le 22 avril 1930, mais au nom duquel le présent Traité n’a pas été signé. L’instrument d’accession sera déposé auprès du Gouvernement de Sa Majesté dans le Royaume-Uni, qui transmettra une expédition authentique des procès-verbaux de dépôt aux gouvernements des Puissances signataires ainsi que de tout autre pays au nom duquel il aura été accédé au traité. 2. Si une accession intervient avant la date d’entrée en vigueur du Traité, elle prendra effet à cette date. Si elle est faite postérieurement à ladite date, elle prendra effet immédiatement. 1391 holding a conference in order to frame a new treaty for the reduction and limitation of naval armament. This conference shall take place in 1941 unless the preliminary consultations should have shown that the holding of such a conference at that time would not be desirable or practicable.
(2)In the course of the consultation referred to in the preceding paragraph, views shall be exchanged in order to determine whether, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing and the experience gained in the interval in the design and construction of capital ships, it may be possible to agree upon a reduction in the standard displacement or calibre of guns of capital ships to be constructed under future annual programmes and thus, if possible, to bring about a reduction in the cost of capital ships. Article 29 None of the provisions of the present Treaty shall constitute aProvisions herein not precedents. precedent for any future treaty. Article 30
(1)The present Treaty shall be ratified by the Signatory PowersDeposit of instruments of ratification. in accordance with their respective constitutional methods, and the instruments of ratification shall be deposited as soon as possible with His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom, which will transmit certified copies of all the *procès-verbaux of* the deposits of ratifications to the Governments of the said Powers and of any country on behalf of which accession has been made in accordance with the provisions of Article 31.
(2)The Treaty shall come into force on the 1st January, 1937,Date of coming into force. provided that by that date the instruments of ratification of all the said Powers shall have been deposited. If all the above-mentioned instruments of ratification have not been deposited by the 1st January, 1937, the Treaty shall come into force so soon thereafter as these are all received. Article 31
(1)The present Treaty shall, at any time after this day’s date, beOpen for accessions. open to accession on behalf of any country for which the Treaty for the Limitation and Reduction of Naval Armament was signed in London on the 22nd April, 1930, but for which the present Treaty has not been signed. The instrument of accession shall be deposited with His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom, which will transmit certified copies of the *procès-verbaux* of the deposit to the Governments of the Signatory Powers and of any country on behalf of which accession has been made.
(2)Accessions, if made prior to the date of the coming into forceEffective dates. of the Treaty, shall take effect on that date. If made afterwards, they shall take effect immediately. 1392 3. Si une accession intendent après la date d’entrée en vigueur du Traité, les renseignements suivants seront fournis par la Puissance qui accède, à temps pour parvenir à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans le mois qui suivra la date d’accession: (*a*) Le premier programme annuel de construction et la première déclaration d’acquisition, comme prévu au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12 et à l’article 14, en ce qui concerne les bâtiments des classes et sous-classes mentionnées audit article 12 qui, déjà autorisés, n’ont pas encore été mis sur cale ou acquis. (*b*) Une liste des bâtiments des classes et sous-classes susmentionnées, achevés ou acquis après la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, indiquant les caractéristiques de ces bâtiments, comme spécifié au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12, ainsi que les mêmes caractéristiques concernant de tels bâtiments qui ont été construits dans le ressort de la juridiction de la Puissance qui accède, après la date d’entrée en vigueur du présent Traité, pour le compte d’une Puissance non partie audit Traité. (*c*) Les caractéristiques prévues au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12 concernant tous bâtiments des classes et sous-classes susmentionnées, en construction à ce moment pour le compte de la Puissance qui accède, que ces bâtiments soient ou non construits dans le ressort de sa juridiction, ainsi que les mêmes caractéristiques concernant de tels bâtiments en construction à ce moment, ans le ressort de sa juridiction, pour le compte d’une Puissance non partie au présent Traité. (*d*) Des listes de tous les petits navires de combat et bâtiments auxiliaires avec les caractéristiques et les informations les concernant, comme prévu à l’article 19. 4. A titre de réciprocité, chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes fournira au Gouvernement de tout pays au nom duquel il aura été accédé au Traité après la date d’entrée en vigueur de celui-ci, les renseignements indiqués au paragraphe
(3)ci-dessus, à temps pour qu’ils parviennent à ce Gouvernement dans le délai visé audit paragraphe. 5. Aucune disposition de la partie III du présent Traité n’empêchera la Puissance qui accède audit Traité de mettre sur cale ou d’acquérir, à tout moment dans les quatre mois qui suivront la date de son accession, tout bâtiment précédemment autorisé, ou compris, ou à comprendre dans son premier programme annuel de construction ou sa première déclaration d’acquisition, à condition que les renseignements prescrits au paragraphe (*b*) de l’article 12 soient, pour chaque bâtiment, fournis à temps pour parvenir à toutes les autres Hautes Parties Contractantes dans le mois qui suivra la date de son accession. Article 32 Le présent Traité, dont les textes français et anglais feront également foi, sera déposé dans les archives du Gouvernement de Sa Majesté dans le Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, qui en transmettra des expéditions authentiques aux gouvernements des pays au nom desquels le Traité pour la limitation et la réduction des armements navals a été signé à Londres le 22 avril 1930. 1393
(3)If accession should be made after the date of the comingData to be given other Contracting Parties by acceding Power. into force of the Treaty, the following information shall be given by the acceding Power so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within one month after the date of accession:— (*a*) The initial Annual Programme of construction and declaration*Ante*, p. 1377, 1379. of acquisition, as prescribed by Articles 12 (*a*) and 14, relating to vessels already authorised, but not yet laid down or acquired, belonging to the categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*). (*b*) A list of the vessels of the above-mentioned categories or sub-categories completed or acquired after the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty, stating particulars of such vessels as specified in Article 12 (*b*), together with similar particulars relating to any such vessels which have been constructed within the jurisdiction of the acceding Power after the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty, for a Power not a party thereto. (*c*) Particulars, as specified in Article 12 (*b*), of all vessels of*Ante*, p. 1377. the categories or sub-categories above-mentioned which are then under construction for the acceding Power, whether or not such vessels are being constructed within His own jurisdiction, together with similar particulars relating to any such vessels then under construction within His jurisdiction for a Power not a party to the present Treaty. (*d*) Lists of all minor war vessels and auxiliary vessels with their characteristics and information concerning them, as prescribed by Article 19. *Ante*, p. 1381. 4. Each of the High Contracting Parties shall reciprocally furnishData by signatories to acceding Power. to the Government of any country on behalf of which accession is made after the date of the coming into force of the present Treaty, the information specified in paragraph
(3)above, so as to reach that Government within the period therein mentioned. 5. Nothing in Part III of the present Treaty shall prevent anConstruction or acquisition of vessels by acceding Power. acceding Power from laying down or acquiring, at any time during the four months following the date of accession, any vessel included, or to be included, in His initial Annual Programme of construction or declaration of acquisition, or previously authorised, provided that the information prescribed by Article 12 (*b*) concerning each vessel shall be communicated so as to reach all the other High Contracting Parties within one month after the date of accession. Article 32 The present Treaty, of which the French and English texts shallFrench and English texts equally authentic.Deposit of treaty. both be equally authentic, shall be deposited in the Archives of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland which will transmit certified copies thereof to the Governments of the countries for which the Treaty for the Limitation and Reduction of Naval Armament was signed in London on the 22nd April, 1930. 1394 En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires sus-nommés ont signé le présent Traité et y ont apposé leurs cachets. Fait à Londres, le 25 mars mil neuf cent trente-six. [seal] Norman H. Davis [seal] William H. Standley [seal] Charles Corbin [seal] Robert G. [seal] Anthony Eden [seal] Monsell [seal] Stanhope [seal] Vincent Massey [seal] S. M. Bruce [seal] C. J. Parr [seal] R. A. Butler PROTOCOLE DE SIGNATURE. Au moment de signer le Traité qui porte la date de ce jour, les soussignés, dûment autorisés à cet effet par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, sont convenus des dispositions suivantes: 1. Si, avant l’entrée en vigueur du Traité susmentionné, les constructions navales d’une Puissance, ou un changement de circonstancesj paraissent de nature à ne pas rendre désirable l’entrée en vigueur du Traité dans sa forme actuelle, les Puis-sances au nom desquelles le Traité a été signé se consulteront afin de déterminer s’il convient de modifier l’une quelconque de ses dispositions pour faire face à la situation qui se présenterait. 2. Au cas où le Traité n’entrerait pas en vigueur le 1er janvier 1937, et à titre provisoire, les Puissances susmentionnées se communiqueront rapidement, après la mise sur cale, l’acquisition ou l’achèvement de bâtiments des classes et sous-classes mentionnées au paragraphe (*a*) de l’article 12 du Traité, les renseignements ci-dessous concernant lesdits bâtiments mis sur cale entre le 1er janvier 1937 et la date d’entrée en vigueur du Traité; il est entendu toutefois que cette obligation cessera ses effets après le 1er juillet 1937. Nom ou appellation. Classe et sous-classe. Déplacement type en tonnes et en tonnes métriques. Dimensions principales correspondant au déplacement type, à savoir: longueur à la ligne de flottaison. largeur maxima à ou sous la ligne de flottaison. Tirant d’eau moyen correspondant au déplacement type. Calibre du plus gros canon. 3. Le présent Protocole, dont les textes français et anglais feront également foi, entrera en vigueur à la date de ce jour. Il sera déposédans les archives du Gouvernement de Sa Majesté dans le Royaume-Uni de Grande Bretagne et d’Irlande du Nord, qui en transmettra des expéditions authentiques aux Gouvernements des pays au nom desquels le Traité pour la limitation et la réduction des armements navals a été signé à Londres le 22 avril 1930. 1395 In faith whereof the above-named Plenipotentiaries have signed theSignatures. present Treaty and have affixed thereto their seals. Done in London the 25th day of March, nineteen hundred and thirty-six. [seal] Norman H. Davis [seal] William H. Standley [seal] Charles Corbin [seal] Robert G. [seal] Anthony Eden [seal] Monsell [seal] Stanhope [seal] Vincent Massey [seal] S. M. Bruce [seal] C. J. Parr [seal] R. A. Butler PROTOCOL OF SIGNATURE. At the moment of signing the Treaty bearing this day’s date, theProtocol of signature. undersigned, duly authorised to that effect by their respective Governments, have agreed as follows:— 1. If, before the coming into force of the above-mentioned Treaty, the naval construction of any Power, or any change of circumstances, should appear likely to render undesirable the coming into force of the Treaty in its present form, the Powers on behalf of which the Treaty has been signed will consult as to whether it is desirable to modify any of its terms to meet the situation thus presented. 2. In the event of the Treaty not coming into force on the 1st January, 1937, the above-mentioned Powers will, as a temporary measure, promptly communicate to one another, after the laying down, acquisition or completion of any vessels in the categories or sub-categories mentioned in Article 12 (*a*) of the Treaty, the information detailed below concerning all such vessels laid down between the 1st January, 1937 and the date of the coming into force of the Treaty, provided, however, that this obligation shall not continue after 1st July, 1937:— Name or designation; Classification of the vessel; Standard displacement in tons and metric tons; Principal dimensions at standard displacement, namely length at waterline and extreme beam at or below waterline; Mean draught at standard displacement; Calibre of the largest gun. 3. The present Protocol, of which the French and EnglishEffective date of Protocol. texts shall both be equally authentic, shall come into force on this day’s date. It shall be deposited in the archives of His Majesty’s Government in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland which will transmit certified copies thereof to the Governments of the countries for which the Treaty for the Limitation and Reduction of Naval Armament was signed in London on the 22nd April, 1930. 1396 En foi de quoi, les Plénipotentiaires sus-nommés ont signé le présent protocole et y ont apposé leurs cachets. Fait à Londres, le 25 mars mil neuf cent trente-six. [seal] Norman H. Davis [seal] William H. Standley [seal] Charles Corbin [seal] Robert G. [seal] Anthony Eden [seal] Monsell [seal] Stanhope [seal] Vincent Massey [seal] S. M. Bruce [seal] C. J. Parr [seal] R. A. Butler PROTOCOLE ADDITIONNEL. Les Plénipotentiaires soussignés expriment l’espoir que le jeu des préavis et des échanges de renseignements se poursuivra par voie d’accord international après l’expiration du Traité portant la date de ce jour, et que, dans tout traité ultérieur, il sera possible de parvenir à de nouvelles réductions dans les armements navals. Fait à Londres, le 25 mars mil neuf cent trente-six. Norman H. Davis William H. Standley Charles Corbin Robert G. Anthony Eden Monsell Stanhope Vincent Massey S. M. Bruce C. J. Parr R. A. Butler 1397 In faith whereof the above-named Plenipotentiaries have signedSignatures. the present Protocol and have affixed thereto their seals. Done in London the 25th day of March, nineteen hundred and thirty-six. [seal] Norman H. Davis [seal] William H. Standley [seal] Charles Corbin [seal] Robert G. [seal] Anthony Eden [seal] Monsell [seal] Stanhope [seal] Vincent Massey [seal] S. M. Bruce [seal] C. J. Parr [seal] R. A. Butler ADDITIONAL PROTOCOL. Additional Protocol. The undersigned Plenipotentiaries express the hope that the systemAdvance notification and exchange of information. of Advance Notification and Exchange of Information will be continued by international agreement after the expiration of the Treaty bearing this day’s date, and that it may be possible in any future Treaty to achieve some further measure of reduction in naval armament. Done in London the 25th day of March, nineteen hundred andSignatures. thirty-six. Norman H. Davis William H. Standley Charles Corbin Robert G. Anthony Eden Monsell Stanhope Vincent Massey S. M. Bruce C. J. Parr R. A. Butler 1398 And whereas the said Treaty has been duly ratified on the parts of all the signatory Governments, and their respective instruments of ratification have been deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the last on the twenty-ninth day of July, one thousand nine hundred and *Ante*, p. 1391.thirty-seven, on which day the said Treaty came into force in accordance with the second paragraph of Article 30 thereof: Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty, Protocol of Signature and Additional Protocol to be made public to the end that the said Treaty and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof; In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this sixth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* December 30, 1936 Convention 50 Stat. 1399 1399 CANADA—INCOME TAXATION—DECEMBER 30, 1936 TREATIES *Convention between the United State of America and Canada concerningDecember 30, 1936[T. S. No. 920] income taxation. Signed at Washington, December 30, 1936; ratification advised by the Senate, August 6, 1937; ratified by the President, August 13, 1937; ratified by Canada, August 11, 1937; ratifications exchanged at Washington, August 13, 1937; proclaimed, August 16, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a reciprocal convention between the United States ofConvention with Canada concerning income taxation.Preamble. America and Canada concerning rates of income tax imposed upon non-resident individuals and corporations was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington, on the thirtieth day of December, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, a true copy of which reciprocal convention is word for word as follows: The Government of the United States of America and the GovernmentPurposes declared. of Canada, being desirous of concluding a reciprocal convention concerning rates of income tax imposed upon non-resident individuals and corporations, have agreed as follows: Article I The High Contracting Parties mutually agree that the incomeReciprocal provisions. taxation imposed in the two States shall be subject to the following reciprocal provisions:
(a)The rate of income tax imposed by one of the Contracting States, in respect of income derived from sources therein, upon individuals residing in the other State, who are not engaged in trade or business in the taxing State and have no office or place of business therein, shall not exceed five per centum for each taxable year, so long as an equivalent or lower rate of income taxation is imposed by the other State upon individuals residing in the former State who are not engaged in trade or business in such other State and do not have an office or place of business therein.
(b)The rate of income tax imposed by one of the Contracting States, in respect of dividends derived from sources therein, upon non-resident foreign corporations organized under the laws of the other State, which are not engaged in trade or business in the taxing State and have no office or place of business therein, shall not exceed five per centum for each taxable year, so long as an equivalent or lower rate of income taxation on dividends is imposed by the other State upon corporations organized under the laws of the former State which are not engaged in trade or business in such other State and do not have an office or place of business therein. 1400
(c)Either State shall be at liberty to increase the rate of taxation prescribed by paragraphs
(a)and
(b)of this article, and in such case the other State shall be released from the requirements of the said paragraphs
(a)and (b).
(d)Effect shall be given to the foregoing provisions by both States as and from the first day of January, nineteen hundred and thirty-six. Article II Inapplicable to U. S. Citizens domiciled, etc., in Canada. The provisions of this Convention shall not apply to citizens of the United States of America domiciled or resident in Canada. Article III Effective date. This Convention shall be ratified and shall take effect immediately upon the exchange of ratifications which shall take place at Washington as soon as possible. Signatures. Signed, in duplicate, at Washington by the duly authorized representatives of the United States of America and Canada, this thirtieth day of December, in the year of our Lord, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six. For the United States of America: [seal] R. Walton Moore *Secretary of State.* For Canada: [seal] Herbert M Marler. *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary* Ratifications exchanged. And whereas the said reciprocal convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington, on the thirteenth day of August, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have caused the said reciprocal convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this sixteenth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-seven, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTSOTHER THAN TREATIES INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTSOTHER THAN TREATIES May 27, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1403 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES BRAZIL—NAVAL MISSION—MAY 27, 1936 *Agreement between the United States of America and, Brazil respecting aMay 27, 1936[E. A. S. No. 94] naval mission. Signed May 27, 1936; effective June 25, 1936.* In conformity with the requestAgreement with Brazil respecting a naval mission. made by the Ambassador of Brazil in Washington to the Secretary of State, the President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority conferred by the Act of Congress of May[44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565); [49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218). 19, 1926, entitled “An Act To authorize the President to detail officers and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy, and Marine Corps to assist the Governments of the Latin-American Republics in military and naval matters”, as amended by an Act of May 14, 1935, to include the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, has authorized the appointment of officers to constitute the Brazilian Naval Mission, under the conditions specified below: Article I 1. The purpose of the NavalPurpose. Mission is to cooperate with the Minister of Marine and the officers of the Brazilian Navy, with a view to enhancing the efficiency of the Brazilian Navy. 2. This contract when signedEffective date of contract. by the legal representatives of1403 1404 the United States of America and the United States of Brazil shall be effective as of June 25, 1936 (the expiration date of the Duration.present contract). It provides for an extension of the Mission for a period of four years from the above date unless terminated sooner or prolonged further than provided here. 3. If the Government of Brazil shall desire the services of the Mission to be prolonged, in whole or in part, beyond the period stipulated, a proposal to that effect must be made six months before the termination of this agreement. 4. If it should be necessary, in the interest of either of the two Governments, for the present agreement or an extension thereof to be terminated before the time specified, the Government desiring this must notify the other Government three months in advance. 5. It is here stipulated and agreed that as long as the Mission is functioning under this agreement or an extension thereof, the Government of Brazil will not contract for the services of any mission or personnel of any other foreign Government for the duties and purposes treated of in this agreement. Article II 1. Composition and personnel. The Naval Mission shall be composed, in addition to the two officers who are already in Brazil on similar duty, of six
(6)additional officers of the United States1405 Navy, on the active list, and two
(2)additional chief yeomen, and two
(2)aviation chief petty officers or petty officers, first class. This personnel shall be chosen by the Navy Department of the United States of America, in agreement, however, with the Brazilian Government. 2. These officers shall have the ranks named below and shall be assigned to the following duties: 1 Captain, as Chief of the Naval Mission; 1 Commander, for the Section of Tactics of the Naval War School; 1 Lieutenant - Commander, for duties connected with naval communications, cryptanalysis and cryptography; 1 Lieutenant - Commander, for the Section of Strategy of the Naval War School; 1 Lieutenant - Commander, for duties connected with the use of the arms used in the Navy; 1 Lieutenant - Commander, for duties connected with engines, boilers, motors and repairs thereto; 1 Lieutenant - Commander or Lieutenant, Senior Grade, a naval aviator, for aviation duties in connection with the operations, engineering and armament of that arm; 1 Lieutenant - Commander or Lieutenant, Senior Grade, a Naval Constructor, for duties in connection with plans for naval construction, repairs to ships and work at arsenals. For any of the duties specified for Lieutenant-Commanders or Lieutenants, three Commanders may be substituted. 1406 3. The non-commissioned personnel (chief petty officers or petty officers, first class) of the Naval Mission shall be assigned, in turn, to the following duties: 2 aviation chief petty officers or petty officers, first class, one for duties in connection with engines and the other for duties in connection with the armament of the same arm; 3 chief yeomen, for duty in the office of the Naval Mission itself. 4. Any augmentation of the personnel of the Mission that is considered suitable or necessary shall be considered as a supplement to this agreement. Article III 1. Rank, duties, etc. The members of the Naval Mission shall be subordinate only to the Brazilian Minister of Marine, through their own Chief. 2. It is the duty of the Naval Mission to advise, through the Minister of Marine, the Chief of Staff of the Navy, the Directors of Instruction, of the Naval War School, of the Naval Arsenal, of Naval Engineering and of Aeronautics, cooperating with them in all matters within their province, always indicating the necessary measures, as well as the training to be given, for the greater efficiency of the Navy. 3. In case of war between Brazil and any other nation, the Mission shall terminate. In case of civil war, no member of the Mission shall take part in operations in any capacity. 4. The members of the Mission shall retain the rank that they hold in the United States Navy. Their precedence with respect to1407 Brazilian officers shall be according to seniority. The members of the Mission shall use only the uniform of the Navy of the United States of America. Article IV 1. The members of the NavalCompensation and allowances. Mission shall receive for their services the following annual remuneration paid by Brazil, in Brazilian paper money: Captain 77 : 000$000 Commander 66 : 000$000 Lieutenant-Commander 60 : 000$000 Lieutenant 54 : 000$000 Chief Petty Officer 27 : 500$000 Petty Officer, first class 22 : 000$000 If a member of the Mission be promoted he shall enjoy all the benefits of this contract from the date of his new commission in the grade to which promoted. 2. The pay of the members of the Mission shall begin on the date of the departure from New York and shall continue, after the service of the Mission has been concluded, to the date of the arrival at New York, traveling by the usual route. Any member of the Mission who returns to the United States of America after serving less than two years, except in case of illness, or who returns at the request of the Brazilian Government, in accordance with section*Post*, p. 1411 1 of Article V, shall receive his full pay only until the date of departure from Rio de Janeiro. 3. It is further stipulated that said remuneration shall not be subject to any Brazilian tax in force, or which may be established subsequently. 1408 4. The expenses of land and sea transportation of the members of the Mission, their families (as defined in paragraph 6 below), household effects and baggage, and in the case of commissioned officers one automobile per officer, from New York to Rio de Janeiro, shall be paid by the Brazilian Government, in advance by the representative of the said Government, first class passage being provided for the officers and their families, and minimum first class passage for the chief petty officers, petty officers first class, and their families. The following supplementary indemnity shall also be allowed for the expenses of installation of each member of the Mission: 7 : 000$000 (paper) for officers (seven contos of reis) 2 : 000$000 (paper) for chief petty officers and petty officers, first class (two contos of reis). The household effects, baggage, and in the case of commissioned officers their automobiles, of the personnel of the Mission and their families shall be exempt from customs duties and taxes of any kind in Brazil. 5. The members of the Mission who remain in Brazil two or more years shall be entitled to payment of the expenses of their return transportation, and that of their families, household effects, baggage, and in the case of commissioned officers their automobile, from Rio de Janeiro to New York. Said expenses include first class passage for the families of the officers and minimum first class passage for the chief petty officers and petty officers first class. 1409 5(a). The return transportation for any member of the families of the members of the Mission from Rio de Janeiro to New York shall be furnished at any time after their arrival in Brazil upon request of the Senior Member of the Mission. In case the member be detached from the Mission in accordance with either paragraphs 1 or 3 of Article V*Post*, pp. 1411, 1412. before two years service in Brazil, the cost of transportation for himself and family to the United States of America shall be borne by the Government of the United States of America, and the amount of the transportation already furnished his family shall be deducted from money due him from the Brazilian Government or, if this be insufficient, repaid to the Brazilian Government by the member himself. 6. During the stay of the Mission in Brazil, the Government of Brazil will grant, upon the request of the Chief of the Mission, free entry for articles for the personal use of the members of the Mission and their families, there being considered as families the parents, wives, minor sons, unmarried daughters and sisters, while they are living in Brazil as part of the family of the respective member of the Mission. 7. After two years of service on the Mission, each member shall be entitled to a three months’ furlough with full pay in Brazilian currency, including travel time, with the right to leave Brazil. The Chief of the Mission shall see to it that the said furloughs affect the interests of the Brazilian Navy as little as possible. 1410 8. Members of the Mission who become ill, shall, at the discretion of the Chief of the Mission, be placed by the Brazilian Government in the hospital that the Chief of the Mission deems suitable, after discussion with the Brazilian authorities. 9. In case of official travel or service at sea, rendered by any member of the Mission, he shall receive during such time, full pay; also allowances equivalent to those granted to the personnel of the Brazilian Navy, of the same rank, under like circumstances. 10. The officers of the Mission shall be granted the same rights and privileges as are customarily enjoyed by diplomatic representatives of corresponding rank accredited to Brazil, except with respect to the rights of importation already treated of in a preceding clause. 11. Whenever it be necessary for the official service, an automobile with a chauffeur, or a launch properly equipped, shall be placed at the disposal of the members of the Mission. 12. Suitable offices shall be placed at the disposal of the members of the Mission. 13. Each officer of the Mission shall have, as assistant or collaborator, in all his functions, a Brazilian officer designated by the Minister of Marine. 14. If this contract should be cancelled at the request of the United States of America, all the expenses connected with the return of the Mission, their families, household effects, baggage, and in the case of commissioned officers their automobiles, to the1411 United States of America, shall be borne by that Government. If, however, it should be at the initiative of the Brazilian Government, the latter Government shall bear all the expenses connected with the return to the United States of America, of the Mission, their respective families, household effects, baggage, and in the case of commissioned officers their automobiles, according to the stipulations of paragraphs 2 and 5 of this Article; and the Brazilian Government shall, in addition, pay to each officer an amount equal to three months’ pay. Article V 1. The United States of AmericaRecall and replacement of members of the Mission. may, should the public interest so require, recall at any time a part or all of the members of the Mission, replacing them by other officers, chief petty officers or petty officers first class, to the satisfaction of the Brazilian Government, and the corresponding expenses shall be chargeable to the Government of the United States of America, If, at the request of the Brazilian Government, a member of the Mission should be withdrawn for a reason other than the completion of his services on the Mission, all the expenses of his return shall be chargeable to the United States of America. 2. Any member of the Mission may be relieved at the request of the Government of the United States of America after two years of service, being replaced by members of equal commission (patente) and rank agreeable to the Brazilian Government. 1412 3. No member of the Mission relieved upon request before completing two years of service, shall be entitled to traveling expenses and transportation of baggage at the expense of the Brazilian Government. 4. If any member of the Mission should be obliged by illness to leave the service, the Brazilian Government shall pay the expenses of return to the United States of America in the manner provided above for members with more than two years of service. 5. If any member of the Mission, or a person in his family, should die in Brazil, the Brazilian Government shall have the body transported to such place in the United States of America as the family of the deceased may indicate. If the deceased should foe a person under contract the Brazilian Government shall pay the transportation expenses of his family, household effects and baggage, and, in the case of commissioned officers, their automobiles to New York. 6. In case of replacement of a member of the Mission, all the stipulations of this agreement, except in cases of express provision to the contrary, shall apply to the member replacing him, including those specified in *Ante*, pp. 1407, 1408.paragraphs 2 and 4 of Article IV. Signatures. In witness whereof, the undersigned, duly authorized, sign this contract in two texts, each one in the English and Portuguese languages, at Washington, this twenty-seventh day of May, 1936. De conformidade com o pedidoAgreement with Brazil respecting a naval mission. feito pelo Embaixador do Brasil em Washington ao Secretario de Estado, o Presidente dos Estados Unidos da America, em virtude da autoridade conferida pela Lei do Congresso de 19 de Maio[44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/40/565); [49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218). de 1926, intitulada “Lei que autoriza o Presidente a designar officiaes e homens alistados do exercito, marinha e corpo de infantaria de marinila para collaborar com os Governos das Republicas Latino-Americanas nos serviços militares e navaes” e alterada pela Lei de 14 de Maio de 1935 para incluir o “Commonwealth” das Ilhas Philippinas, autorizou a nomeação de Officines para constituirem a Missão Naval no Brasil, nas condições abaixo especificadas: Artigo I 1. O fim da Missão Naval é cooperarPurpose. com o Ministro da Marinha e com os Officiaes da Armada do Brasil no sentido de augmentar a efficiencia da Marinha de Guerra Brasileira. 2. Este contracto, uma vez assignadoEffective date of contract. pelos representantes autorizados1403 1404 dos Estados Unidos da America e dos Estados Unidos do Brasil, começará a vigorar a partir de 25 de Junho de 1936 (data Duration.da expiração do actual contracto). Elle estabelece uma prorogação da Missão por um periodo de quatro annos, contado da data acima, a menos que termine mais cedo ou que se prolongue mais do que aqui é estabelecido. 3. Se o Governo do Brasil desejar que o serviço da Missão se prolongue, no todo ou em parte, alem do periodo estipulado, uma proposta para esse firn deve ser feita seis mezes antes do termo deste accòrdo. 4. Se for necessario, no interesse de qualquer dos dois Governos, que se termine o presente contracto ou seu prolongamento antes do tempo especificado, o Governo que o desejar deverá notificar o outro três mezes antes. 5. É aqui estipulado e accordado que emquanto a Missão funccionar sob este accòrdo, ou prolongamento delle, o Governo do Brasil não contractará os serviços de qualquer Missão ou pessoal de qualquer outro Governo estrangeiro para as funcções e fins tratados neste accòrdo. Artigo II 1. Composition and personnel. A Missão Naval compor-se-á, alem dos dois Officiaes que já se encontram no Brasil em serviços semelhantes, de mais seis
(6)Officiaes da Marinha dos Estados1405 Unidos, do quadro da activa, e de mais dois
(2)sub-officiaes escreventes, e de dois
(2)sub-officiaes ou primeiros-sargentos de aviação. Esse pessoal será escolhido pelo Ministerio da Marinha dos Estados Unidos da America, de accòrdo, porem, com o Governo Brasileiro. 2. Esses Officiaes terão os postos abaixo mencionados e se destinam ás seguintes funcções: 1 Capitão de Mar e Guerra, para Chefe da Missão Naval; 1 Capitão de Fragata, para a Secção de Táctica da Escola de Guerra Naval; 1 Capitão de Corveta, para os serviços relativos a Communicações Navaes, crypto-analyse e cryptographia; 1 Capitão de Corveta, para a Secção de Estrategia da Escola de Guerra Naval; 1 Capitão de Corveta, para os serviços relativos ao emprego das armas usadas na Marinha; 1 Capitão de Corveta, para os serviços relativos a machinas, caldeiras, motores e reparos respectivos; 1 Capitão de Corveta, ou um Capitão Tenente antigo, Aviador Naval, para, os serviços de Aviação referentes a operações, engenharia e armamento dessa arma; 1 Capitão de Corveta ou Capitão Tenente Antigo, Engenheiro de Construcção Naval, para os serviços relativos a planos de construcção naval, reparos de navios e trabalhos de arsenaes. Para quaesquer das funcções especificadas para Capitães de Correta ou Capitães-Tenentes, podem ser designados três Capitães de Fragata. 1406 3. O pessoal subalterno (Sub-Officiaes ou Sargentos) da Missão Naval destinam-se, por sua vez, ás seguintes funeções: 2 Sub-Officiaes de Aviação ou Primeiros Sargentos, um para os serviços de motores e outro para os serviços de armamento da mesma arma; 3 Sub-Officiaes escreventes para os serviços de escripturação da propria Missão Naval. 4. Qualquer augmento de pessoal da Missão que se julgar conveniente ou necessario, será considerado como additamento a este accòrdo. Artigo III 1. Rank, duties, etc. Os membros da Missão Naval ficarão unicamente subordinados ao Ministro da Marinha, por intermedio do seu proprio Chefe. 2. É dever da Missão Naval aconselhar, por intermedio do Ministro da Marinha, o Chefe do Estado Maior da Armada, os Directores do Ensino, da Escola de Guerra Naval, do Arsenal de Marinha, da Engenharia Naval e da Aeronautica, com elles cooperando em todos os assumptos da sua competencia, indicando sempre as providencias necessárias, bem como a instrucção a ministrar-se para a maior efficiencia da Marinha de Guerra. 3. Em caso de guerra entre o Brasil e qualquer outra Nação, terminará a Missão. Em caso de huerra civil nenhum membro da Missão tomará parte nas operações em qualquer categoria. 4. Os membros da Missão conservarão a graduação que têm na Marinha dos Estados Unidos. Sua precedencia em relação aos1407 Officiaes brasileiros será de accordo com a antiguidade. Os membros da Missão só usarão o uniforme da Marinha dos Estados Unidos da America. Artigo IV 1. Aos membros da MissãoCompensation and allowances. Naval caberá, pelos seus serviços, a seguinte remuneração annual, paga pelo Brasil, em moeda brasileira papel: Capitão de Mar e Guerra 77 : 000$000 Capitão de Fragata 66 : 000$000 Capitão de Corveta 60 : 000$000 Capitão Tenente 54 : 000$000 Sub-Official 27 : 500$000 Primeiro Sargento 22 : 000$000 Se um membro da Missão for promovido, gozará de todos os privilegios deste contracto desde a data de sua promoção, no novo posto. 2. O pagamento dos membros da Missão começará da data da partida de Nova York e continuará, concluido o serviço da Missão, até a data da chegada em Nova York, viajando pela via usual. Qualquer membro da Missão que voltar aos Estados Unidos da America depois de servir menos de dois annos, excepto em caso de doença, ou que voltar a pedido do Governo Brasileiro, de accòrdo com o paragrafo 1 do Artigo V, só receberá pagamento integral até a data da*Post*, p. 1411 partida do Rio de Janeiro. 3. Fica alem disso estipulado que esta remuneração não estará sujeita a imposto algum brasileiro em vigor, ou que possa ser creado posteriormente. 1408 4. As despesas de transporte por terra e mar dos membros da Missão, suas familias (como definido no paragrafo 6 do presente artigo) objectes de casa e bagagem, e, no caso dos Officiaes, um automóvel por Official, de Nova York ao Rio de Janeiro, serão pagas pelo Governo Brasileiro, adeantadamente, pelo representante desse Governo, fornecendose aos Officiaes e suas familias passagens de primeira classe e aos sub-officiaes, sargentos e suas familias passagens de primeira classe de preço minimo. Será também concedida a seguinte ajuda de custo addicional para as despesas de installação de cada membro da Missão: 7 : 000$000 (papel) para os Officiaes (sete contos de reis) 2 : 000$000 (papel) para os Sub-Officiaes e Sargentos (dois contos de reis). Os objectes de casa, bagagem e, no caso dos Officiaes, seus automóveis, do pessoal da Missão e suas familias, estarão isentos dos direitos aduaneiros e impostos de qualquer classe no Brasil. 5. Os membros da Missão quepermanecerem no Brasil dois ou mais annos terão direito ao pagamento das despesas de transporte de volta, de suas familias, de seus objectes de casa e bagagem e, no caso dos Officiaes, de seus automovéis, do Rio de Janeiro a Nova York. Essas despesas comprehendem passagens de primeira classe para as familias dos Officiaes e de primeira classe de preço minimo para os dos Sub-Officiaes e Sargentos. 1409 5(a). O transporte de regresso de qualquer pessoa das familias dos membros da Missão do Rio de Janeiro para Nova York será fornecido em qualquer tempo após a chegada ao Brasil, mediante pedido do Chefe da Missão. No caso do membro da Missão ser desligado de accòrdo com qualquer dos paragraphos 1 ou 3 do Artigo V antes de dois annos de*Post*, pp. 1411, 1412. serviço no Brasil, o custeio do seu transporte e de sua familia caberá ao Governo dos Estados Unidos da America, sendo a importancia já fornecida para o transporte da sua familia deduzida do dinheiro que tiver a receber do Governo Brasileiro ou, no caso de ser insufficiente, indemnizada ao Governo Brasileiro pelo proprio membro da Missão. 6. Durante a permanencia da Missão no Brasil, o Governo do Brasil concederá, mediante pedido do Chefe da Missão, entrada livre para os artigos de uso pessoal dos membros da Missão e de suas familias; considerando-se familias os paes, mulheres, filhos menores, filhas e irmãs solteiras, uma vez que estejam morando no Brasil como parte da familia do respectivo membro da Missão. 7. Depois de dois annos de serviço na Missão, cada membro fará jús a uma licença de três mezes com vencimentos integraes em moeda brasileira, inclusive o tempo de viagem, com o direito de se ausentar do Brasil. O Chefe da Missão providenciará para que essas licenças prejudiquem o menos possivel os interesses da Marinha Brasileira. 1410 8. Os membros da Missão que venham a adoecer, serão, a juizo do Chefe da Missão, internados pelo Governo Brasileiro no Hospital que o Chefe da Missão julgar conveniente, depois de ouvidas as autoridades brasileiras. 9. No caso de viagem ou serviço official no mar, prestado por qualquer membro da Missão, receberá elle, durante esse tempo vencimentos integraos e quantitativos equivalentes aos concedidos ao pessoal da Marinha Brasileira, de identica graduação, em condições semelhantes. 10. Serão concedidos aos Officines da Missão os mesmos direitos e privilegios de que gozam habitualmente os representantes diplomáticos de categoria correspondente acreditados no Brasil, excepto no que diz respeito aos direitos de importação já tratados em clausula anterior. 11. Quando for necessario para o serviço official, será posto á disposição dos membros da Missão, um automovel com chauffeur ou urna lancha convenientemente equipada. 12. Deverão ser postos á disposição dos membros da Missão escriptorios adequados. 13. Cada Official da Missão terá, como assistente ou collaborador, em todas as suas funcções, um official brasileiro nomeado pelo Ministro da Marinha. 14. Se este contracto for rescindido a pedido dos Estados Unidos da America, todas as despesas com a volta da Missão, suas familias, objectos de casa e bagagem e, no caso dos Officines, seus automóveis, aos Estados Unidos da America, serão feitas1411 por esse Governo. Se, porem, o fôr por iniciativé do Governo Brasileiro, este Governo fará face a todas as despesas com o regresso aos Estados Unidos da America, da Missão, respectivas familias, objectes de casa e bagagem e, no caso dos Officiaes, seus automóveis, de accòrdo cora as estipulacoes dos paragraphos 2 e 5 deste artigo, devendo, outrosim, o Governo Brasileiro pagar a cada official uma quantia equivalente a três mezes de vencimentos. Artigo V 1. Os Estados Unidos daRecall and replacement of members of the Mission. America poderão, se o interesse publico o exigir, retirar em qualquer tempo, parte ou todos os membros da Missão, substituindoos por outros officiaes, sub-officiaes ou sargentos, do agrado do Governo Brasileiro, devendo as despesas respectivas correr por conta do Governo dos Estados Unidos da America. Se, a pedido do Governo Brasileiro, algum membro da Missão for retirado por outro motivo que não o da terminação dos serviços na Missão, todas as despesas com o regresso correrão por conta dos Estados Unidos da America. 2. Qualquer membro da Missão poderá ser exonerado a pedido pelo Governo dos Estados Unidos da America depois de dois annos de serviço, sendo substituido por membros de igual patente e classe da conveniencia do Governo Brasileiro. 1412 3. Nenhum membro da Missão exonerado a pedido antes de dois annos de serviço, fará jús ás despesas de viagem e transporte de bagagem á custa do Governo Brasileiro. 4. Se algum membro da Missão íôr obrigado por doença a deixar o serviço, o Governo Brasileiro pagará as despesas de regresso aos Estados Unidos da America na forma acima estabelecida para os membros com mais de dois annos de serviço. 5. Se algum membro da Missão, ou pessoa de sua familia, fallecer no Brasil, o Governo Brasileiro fará transportar o corpo para o logar dos Estados Unidos da America que a familia do morto indicar. Se o morto fôr um dos contractados, o Governo Brasileiro pagará as despesas de viagem da familia, objectos de casa e bagagem e, no caso dos Officiaes, de seus automóveis, até Nova York. 6. No caso de substituição de um membro da Missão, todas as clausulas deste accordo, excepto nos casos de disposição expressa em contrario, se applicarão ao substituto, inclusive as especificadas nos paragraphos 2 e 4 do *Ante*, pp. 1407, 1408.Artigo IV. Signatures. Em testemunho do que, os abaixo assignados devidamente autorizados, assignam o presente contracto em dois textos, cada um nos idiomas Inglez e Portuguez, em Washington aos vigésimo setimo dia do mez de Maio de 1936. Cordell Hull Oswaldo Aranha March 11, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1413 1413 NICARAGUA—RECIPROCAL TRADE—MARCH 11, 1936 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and Nicaragua respecting March 11, 1936[E. A. S. No. 95]reciprocal trade. Signed at Managua, March, 11, 1936; proclaimed by the President of Nicaragua, August 31, 1936; proclaimed by the President of the United States, September 1, 1936; effective, October 1, 1936.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the CongressReciprocal trade agreement with Nicaragua.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351). of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To Amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), as follows:" “Sec. 350.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets forStatutory provisions. the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those Branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof ; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section: and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be, in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " 1414 Promotion of foreign trade. Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the Republic of Nicaragua are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose [46 Stat. 708](/us/stat/46/708); [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).declared in the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and the Republic of Nicaragua; Notion given. Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiate such foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Trade agreement entered into. Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and advice with respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign trade agreement on March 11, 1936, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the President of the Republic of Nicaragua through his duly empowered Plenipotentiary, which Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, in the English and Spanish languages, is in words and figures as follows: Purpose declared.The President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of Nicaragua, being desirous of strengthening the traditional bonds of friendship between the two countries by maintaining the principle of equality of treatment as the basis of commercial relations and by granting mutual and reciprocal concessions and advantages for the promotion of trade, have, through their respective Plenipotentiaries, arrived at the following Agreement: Article I Enumerated imports into Nicaragua.*Post*, p. 1426.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and described in Schedule I annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the Republic of Nicaragua, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth in the said Schedule. No excess duties, etc.The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter 1415under laws of the Republic of Nicaragua in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article II Specified imports from Nicaragua.*Post*, p. 1430.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the Republic of Nicaragua, enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth No excess duties, etc.in the said Schedule. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under the laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. As long as the quota provisions of the Act “to include sugar beets and sugar cane as basic agricultural commodities under the Agricultural Adjustment Act, and for [48 Stat. 670](/us/stat/48/670).[7 U. S. C. § 608a](/us/usc/t7/s608a).other purposes”, approved by the President of the United States of America on May 9, 1934, are operative, any sugar imported into the United States of America from the Republic of Nicaragua with respect to which a drawback of duty [46 Stat. 693](/us/stat/46/693).[19 U. S. C. § 1313](/us/usc/t19/s1313).is allowed, under the provisions of Section 313 of the Tariff Act of 1930, shall not be charged against the quota established by the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States of America for the Republic of Nicaragua. Article III The United States of America Notes in schedules considered part of Agreement.*Post*, pp. 1428, 1430.and the Republic of Nicaragua agree that the notes included in Schedules I and II are hereby given force and effect as integral parts of this Agreement. Article IV Articles the growth, produce or Internal tax exemption.manufacture of the United States of America or the Republic of 1416Nicaragua, shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other foreign origin. Article V Ad valorem duties.Determination, etc., of rates.*Post*, pp. 1426, 1430.In respect of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or the Republic of Nicaragua, enumerated and described in Schedules I and II, respectively, imported into the other country, on which ad valorem rates of duty, or duties based upon or regulated in any manner by value, are or may be assessed, it is understood and agreed that the bases and methods of determining dutiable value and of converting currencies shall be no less favorable to importers than the bases and methods prescribed under presently existing laws and regulations of the Republic of Nicaragua and the United States of America, respectively. Article VI 1. No quantitative regulation. No prohibitions, import or customs quotas, import licenses, or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, shall be imposed by the Republic of Nicaragua on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America *Post*, p. 1426.enumerated and described in Schedule I, nor by the United States of America on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the Republic of Nicaragua, *Post*, p. 1430.enumerated and described in Schedule II. 2. Exceptions. The foregoing provision shall not apply to:
(a)Prohibitions or restrictions
(1)related to public security;
(2)imposed on moral or human1417itarian grounds;
(3)designed to protect human, animal or plant life;
(4)relating to prison-made goods;
(5)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws; or
(b)Quantitative restrictions in whatever form imposed by the United States of America or by the Republic of Nicaragua on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production, market supply or prices of like domestic articles, or tending to increase the labor costs of production of such Notice of proposed restriction, etc.articles. Whenever the Government of either country proposes to establish or change any restriction authorized by this subparagraph, it shall give notice thereof in writing to the other Government and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of the proposed action; Right to abrogate.and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposes to take Such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. 3. Fraudulent practices. It is understood that the provisions of this Article do not affect the application of measures directed against misbranding, adulteration and other fraudulent practices, such as are provided for in the pure food and drug laws of the United States of America, or the application of measures directed against unfair practices in import trade, such as [46 Stat. 703](/us/stat/46/703).are provided for in Section 337 of 1418the United States Tariff Act of 1930. Article VII 1. Benefits granted where a lower rate is impose on portion of imports, etc. If the Government of the United States of America or the Republic of Nicaragua establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lower import duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, the Government taking such action will:
(a)Give public notice of the total quantity, or any change therein, of any such article permitted to be imported or sold or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period;
(b)Allot to the other country for such specified period a share of such total quantity as originally established or subsequently changed in any manner equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which such other country supplied during a previous representative period, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment; and
(c)Give public notice of the allotments of such quantity among the several exporting countries, and at all times upon request advise the Government of the other country of the quantity of any such article the growth, produce or manufacture of each exporting country which has been imported or sold or for which licenses or permits for importation or sale have been granted. 2. Import licenses, etc. Neither the United States of America nor the Republic of Nicaragua shall regulate the total quantity of importations into its territory or sales therein of any article in which the other country 1419has an interest, by import licenses or permits issued to individuals or organizations, unless the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold, during a quota period of not less than three months, shall have been established, and unless the regulations covering the issuance of such licenses or permits shall have been made public before such regulations are put into force. Articulo VIII In the event that the Government Treatment of Government monopolios.of the United States of America or the Government of the Republic of Nicaragua establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production or sale of a particular commodity or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or agency will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. Article IX The tariff advantages and other Control of foreign exchange.benefits provided for in this Agreement are granted by the United States of America and the Republic of Nicaragua to each other subject to the condition that if the Government of either country shall establish or maintain, directly or indirectly, any form of control of foreign exchange, it shall administer such control so 1420as to insure that the nationals and commerce of the other country will be granted a fair and equitable share in the allotment of exchange. With respect to the exchange made available for commercial transactions, it is agreed that the Government of each country shall be guided in the administration of any form of control of foreign exchange by the principle that, as nearly as may be determined, the share of the total available exchange which is allotted to the other country shall not be less than the share employed in a previous representative period prior to the establishment of any exchange control for the settlement of commercial obligations to the nationals of such other country. Mutual consideration with respect to application of Article.The Government of each country shall give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the other Government may make in respect of the application of the provisions of this Article, and if, within thirty days after the receipt of such representations, a satisfactory adjustment has not been made or an agreement has not been reached with respect to such representations, the Government making them may, within fifteen days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days, terminate this Article or this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article X Extension of advantage, etc., granted any other country.With respect to customs duties or charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to the method of levying such duties or charges, and with respect to all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country, any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter 1421be granted by the United States of America or by the Republic of Nicaragua to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the Republic of Nicaragua or the United States of America, respectively. Article XI Laws, regulations of administrative Laws, regulations, and decisions to be published.authorities and decisions of administrative or judicial authorities of the United States of America or the Republic of Nicaragua, respectively, pertaining to the classification of articles for customs purposes or to rates of duty shall be published promptly in such a manner as to enable traders to become acquainted with them. Such laws, regulations and Uniform application.decisions shall be applied uniformly at all ports or the respective country, except as otherwise specifically provided in statutes of the United States of America relating to articles imported into Puerto Rico, and excepting any provisions specifically adopted by the Government of Nicaragua in relation to ports on the Atlantic Coast. No administrative ruling by the Administrative rulings, etc.No retroactive application.United States of America or the Republic of Nicaragua effecting advances in rates of duties or in charges applicable under an established and uniform practice to imports originating in the territory of the other country, or imposing any new requirement with respect to such importations, shall be effective retroactively or with respect to articles either entered for or withdrawn for consumption prior to the expiration of thirty days after the date of publication of notice of such ruling in the usual official manner. The Anti-dumping duties, etc.provisions of this paragraph do not apply to administrative 1422orders imposing anti-dumping duties, or relating to regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life, or relating to public safety, or giving effect to judicial decisions. Article XII Modification where rate of exchange prejudicial.In the event that a wide variation occurs in the rate of exchange between the currencies of the United States of America and the Republic of Nicaragua, the Government of either country, if it considers the variation so substantial as to prejudice the industries or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement or to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XIII Documentation errors.Greater than nominal penalties will not be imposed in the United States of America or in the Republic of Nicaragua upon importations of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country because of errors in documentation obviously clerical in origin or where good faith can be established. Mutual consideration with respect to customs regulations, etc.The Government of each country will accord sympathetic consideration to, and when requested will afford adequate opportunity for consultation regarding, such representations as the other Government may make with respect to the operation of customs regulations, quantitative restrictions or the administration thereof, the observance of customs formalities, and the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life. Article XIV Provisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc.Except as otherwise provided in the second paragraph of this 1423Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America or by the Republic of Nicaragua, respectively, to the commerce of the other country, shall not apply to the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam, or to the Panamá Canal Zone. Subject to the reservations set Preferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other.forth in the third and fourth paragraphs of this Article, the *Ante*, p. 1420.provisions of Article X shall apply to articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America or of the Republic of Nicaragua, imported from or exported to any territory under the sovereignty or authority' of the other country. Not applicable to Canal Zone.It is understood, however, that the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the Panamá Canal Zone. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or by the Republic of Nicaragua to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic, and advantages resulting from a customs union to which either the United States of America or the Republic of Nicaragua may become a party, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. The advantages now accorded Advantages excepted from operation of Agreement.or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panamá Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panamá Canal Zone to the Philippine Islands irrespective of any change in the political status of the Philippine Islands. 1424 The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the Republic of Nicaragua to the commerce of Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras or Panamá, so long as any special treatment, accorded to the commerce of those countries or any of them by the Republic of Nicaragua is not accorded to any other country, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. Not applicable to police or sanitary regulations.Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the provisions thereof shall not be construed to apply to police or sanitary regulations; and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, munitions, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. Article XV Adoption of measures impairing Agreement; adjustment.In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Government of Nicaragua adopts any measure which, even though it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, is considered by the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or impairing any object of the Agreement, the Government which has adopted any such measure shall consider such representations and proposals as the other Government may make with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. Article XVI Former Agreement supplanted.The present Agreement shall, from the date on which it comes into force, supplant the Agreement between the United States of America and the Republic of 1425Nicaragua, effected by exchange of notes signed on June 11, 1924, and July 11, 1924, respectively. Article XVII The present Agreement shall Effective date and duration.come into full force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of Nicaragua, or should the proclamations be issued on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations, and shall remain in force for the term of three years thereafter, unless terminated pursuant to the *Ante*, pp. 1416, 1419, 1422.provisions of Article VI, Article IX, or Article XII. The Government of each country shall notify the Government of the other country of the date of its proclamation. Unless at least six months before the expiration of the aforesaid term of three years the Government of either country shall have given to the other Government notice of intention to terminate this Agreement upon the expiration of the aforesaid term, the Agreement shall remain in force thereafter, subject to termination under the provisions of Termination.Article VI, Article IX, or Article XII, until six months from such time, as the Government of either country shall have given notice to the other Government. Signatures.In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, both authentic, at the City of Managua, this eleventh day of March, nineteen hundred and thirty six, A. D. For (he President of the United States of America: Arthur Bliss Lane [seal] For the President of the Republic of Nicaragua: Leonardo Arguello [seal] El Presidente de los EstadosPurpose declared. Unidos de América y el Presidente de la República de Nicaragua, deseosos de estrechar los vínculos tradicionales de amistad entre los dos países, por el mantenimiento del principio de igualdad de tratamiento como base de sus relaciones comerciales y por el otorgamiento de concesiones y ventaj as mútuas y recíprocas para la promoción del comercio, han celebrado por medio de sus respectivos Plenipotenciarios, el siguiente Convenio: Articulo I. Enumerated imports into Nicaragua.*Post*, p. 1426.Los artículos cosechados, producidos o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América, enumerados y descritos en la Lista No. I anexa a este Convenio, y del cual forma parte, serán eximidos al ser importados en la República de Nicaragua, del pago de derechos ordinarios de aduana que excedan a los especificados en dicha Lista. Tales artículos estarán asimismoNo excess duties, etc. exentos del pago de todo otro derecho, impuesto, contribución, cargo o exacción establecidos sobre la importación o en relación con ella, que exceda de los previstos, o cuya percepción fuere exigible por leyes de la República de Nic1415aragua en vigor el día en que este convenio sea firmado. Articulo II. Los artículos cosechados, producidosSpecified imports from Nicaragua.*Post*, p. 1430. o manufacturados en la República de Nicaragua, enumerados y descritos en la Lista No. II anexa'a este Convenio, y del cual forma parte, serán eximidos al ser importados en los Estados Unidos de América, del pago de derechos ordinarios de Aduana que excedan a los especificados en dicha Lista.No excess duties, etc. Tales artículos estarán asimismo exentos del pago de todo otro derecho, impuesto, contribución, cargo o exacción establecidos sobre la importación o en relación con ella, que exceda de los previstos, o cuya percepción fuere exigible por leyes de los Estados Unidos de América en vigor el día en que este convenio sea firmado. Mientras estén en vigor las disposiciones de cuota del Acta “para incluir remolachas y caña de azúcar como productos básicos agrícolas bajo el Agricultural Adjustment Act, y para otros fines”,[48 Stat. 670](/us/stat/48/670).[7 U. S. C. § 608a](/us/usc/t7/s608a). aprobado por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América el 9 de Mayo de 1934, cualquier azúcar, importado a los Estados Unidos de América de la República de Nicaragua con respecto al cual un “drawback” de derechos (de aduana)[46 Stat. 693](/us/stat/46/693).[19 U. S. C. § 1313](/us/usc/t19/s1313). esté permitido, bajo las disposiciones de la Sección 313 del Tariff Act of 1930, no será cargado en la cuota establecida por el Secretario de Agricultura de los Estados Unidos de América para la República de Nicaragua. Articulo III. Los Estados Unidos de AméricaNotes in schedules considered part of Agreement.*Post*, pp. 1428, 1430. y la República de Nicaragua convienen en que a las notas incluidas en las Listas I y II, se les dé por este Convenio fuerza y efectos como partes integrantes del mismo. Articulo IV. Los Artículos cosechados, producidosInternal tax exemption. o fabricados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la 1416República de Nicaragua, estarán, después de su importación en el otro pais, exentos de impuestos, contribuciones, cargos o exacciones internos, diferentes o en exceso a los exigibles sobre artículos análogos de origen nacional o de cualquier otro país extranjero. Articulo V. Ad valorem duties.Determination, etc., of rates.*Post*, pp. 1426, 1430.Con respecto a los artículos cosechados, producidos o fabricados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la República de Nicaragua, enumerados y descritos en las Listas I y II, respectivamente, importados en el otro país, sobre los cuales se impongan o puedan imponerse aforos ad vaorem o derechos basados o regulados en cualquier forma por el valor, se entiende y conviene que las bases y métodos para determinar el valor sujeto a derechos y la conversión de monedas, no serán menos favorables a los importadores que las bases y métodos prescritos por las leyes y reglamentos actualmente existentes de la República de Nicaragua y de los Estados Unidos de América, respectivamente. Articulo VI. 1.—No quantitative regulation. Ninguna prohibición, cuota aduanera o de importación, permiso de importar o cualquier otra forma de reglamentación cuantitativa, sea que se opere o no en relación con cualquier agencia de control centralizada, será impuesta por la República de Nicaragua sobre la importación o venta de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o fabricado en los Estados *Post*, p. 1426.Unidos de América, enumerado y descrito en la Lista I, ni por los Estados Unidos de América sobre la importación o venta de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o fabricado en la República *Post*, p. 1430.de Nicaragua, enumerado y descrito en la Lista II. 2.—Exceptions. La disposición precedente no será aplicable a:
(a)Prohibiciones o restricciones
(1)las relacionadas con la seguridad pública;
(2)las im1417puestas por razones morales o humanitarias;
(3)encaminadas a proteger la vida humana, animal o vegetal;
(4)relativas a mercaderías fabricadas en prisiones;
(5)relacionadas con el cumplimiento de leyes de policía o fiscales ; o
(b)Restricciones cuantitativas en cualquier forma, impuestas por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de Nicaragua sobre la importación o venta de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o fabricado en el otro país, relacionadas con disposiciones gubernativas destinadas a reglamentar o controlar la producción, el abastecimiento o los precios de artículos nacionales semejantes o tendientes a aumentar el costo de labor de la producción de talesNotice of proposed restriction, etc. artículos. En caso de que el Gobierno de uno cualquiera dei los dos países se proponga establecer o modificar cualquiera delas restricciones autorizadas por este inciso, dará aviso por esento de su intento al otro Gobierno y proporcionará a éste la oportunidad de discutir con él respecto a los cambios proyectados, dentro de treinta días después de recibidoRight to abrogate. dicho aviso; y si no se llegase a un acuerdo dentro de los treinta días siguientes al recibo del mencionado aviso, el Gobierno que se proponga tomar tales medidas quedara en libertad de llevarlas a cabo en cualquier momento posterior; y el otro Gobierno quedará en libertad, dentro de quince días de tomadas tales medidas, de dar pór terminado en todas sus partes este. Convenio, dando aviso por escrito con treinta días de anticipación. 3.— Es entendido que las disposicionesFraudulent practices. de este artículo no afectan la aplicación de medidas dirigidas contra el uso de etiquetas falsas, adulteraciones y otras prácticas fraudulentas tales como las previstas en la Ley sobre Pureza de Drogas y Alimentos de los Estados Unidos de América; o la aplicación de medidas contra prácticas desleales en el comercio de importación, tales como las[46 Stat. 703](/us/stat/46/703). 1418previstas en la Sección 337 de la Tarifa aduanera del año 1930 de los Estados Unidos de América. Articulo VII. 1.—Benefits granted where a lower rate is impose on portion of imports, etc. En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el de la República de Nicaragua establezca o mantenga cualquier forma de restricción cuantitativa o de control de la importación o venta de cualquier artículo en el cual tenga interés el otro país o imponga sobre la importación o venta de un artículo en determinada cantidad una tarifa o gravamen más bajo que los establecidos sobre importaciones en exceso de tal cantidad, el Gobierno que así proceda deberá:
(a)Dar aviso público de la cantidad total, o de cualquier cambio introducido, de cualquiera de dichos artículos, cuya importación o venta sea permitida o los cuales puedan ser importados o vendidos al mencionado tipo reducido de tarifa o gravamen, durante un período determinado ;
(b)Asignar al otro país, durante tal período, una cuota de la cantidad total fijada al principio o subsiguientemente alterada en cualquier forma, equivalente a la proporción de la importación total de dicho artículo que el otro país haya abastecido durante un período anterior análogo, a menos que se acuerde mutuamente prescindir de tal asignación ; y
(c)Dar aviso público de las asignaciones que de tal cantidad les corresponde a los diferentes países exportadores, y en todo tiempo, mediante solicitud, informar al Gobierno del otro país la cantidad de tal artículo, cosechado, producido o manufacturado en cualquier país exportador, que haya sido importada o vendida, o para el cual se haya concedido licencia o permiso de importación o venta. 2.—Import licenses, etc. Ni los Estados Unidos de América ni ]a República de Nicaragua regularán la cantidad de importaciones totales a su territorio, o ventas en el mismo, de cualquier artículo en el cual tenga in1419teres el otro país, por medio de licencias o pennisos de importación otorgados a individuos u organizaciones, a menos que haya sido fijada la cantidad total del artículo cuya venta o importación pueda permitirse durante un período de cuota no menor de tres meses, y que los reglamentos que rijan el otorgamiento de dichas licencias o permisos hayan sido publicados antes de haber sido puestos en vigor. Articulo VIII. En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos deTreatment of Government monopolios. América o el de la Republica de Nicaragua establezca o mantenga un monopolio para la importación, producción o venta de un artículo especial o conceda privilegios exclusivos en forma legal o de hecho a una o más agencias, para importar, producir o vender un artículo especial, el Gobierno del país que establezca o mantenga dicho monopolio o que conceda tales privilegios exclusivos, conviene en que en lo que respecta a las compras en el exterior de tal monopolio o agencia, el comercio del otro país deberá recibir un tratamiento justo y equitativo. Al efecto se conviene en que al hacer sus compras de cualquier producto en el exterior, tal monopolio o agencia resolverá sus operaciones en vista solamente de consideraciones tales como precio, calidad y posibilidades y condiciones de venta que ordinariamente serían tomadas en cuenta por una empresa comercial privada interesada unicamente en comprar tal producto bajo las condiciones más favorables. Articulo IX Las ventajas tarifarias y otrosControl of foreign exchange. beneficios estipulados en este Convenio concedidos por los Estados Unidos de América y por la República de Nicaragua mutuamente, quedan sujetas a la condición de que si el Gobierno de cualquiera de los dos países establece o mantiene directa o indirectamente cualquier forma de control de cambio extranjero, deberá administrar 1420dicho control de manera que asegure a los nacionales, y al comercio del otro país, la obtención de una cuota justa y equitat iva en la distribución de los cambios. Con respecto al cambio que sea declarado disponible para transacciones comerciales, se conviene que el Gobierno de cada país deberá guiarse en la administración de cualquier forma de control de cambios extranjeros, por el principio de que, y tan aproximadamente como sea posible determinar, la porción del cambio total disponible que sea asignada al otro país, no deberá ser inferior a la porción correspondiente a un período representativo anterior a la época del funcionamiento del control de cambio para el arreglo de obligaciones comerciales contraídas con los nacionales del otro país. Mututal consideration with respect to application or Article.El Gobierno de cada país prestará consideración amistosa a cualesquiera representaciones que el otro Gobierno pueda hacer con respecto a la aplicación de las estipulaciones de este artículo; y si dentro de treinta días después de recibidas tales representaciones no se ha hecho un ajuste satisfactorio, o no se ha llegado a un arreglo con respecto a tales representaciones, el Gobierno que las haga, puede, dentro de quince dias después de la expiración del período antedicho de treinta dias, dar por terminado este Artículo o este Convenio en su totalidad treinta días después de haberlo notificado por escrito. Articulo X Extension of advantage, etc., granted any other country.En lo concerniente a derechos aduaneros o gravámenes de cualquier clase, impuestos sobre o en relación con importaciones o exportaciones, v con respecto al método de aplicación de tales derechos o gravámenes, lo mismo que en lo referente a todos los reglamentos y formalidades relacionados con la importación o exportación, y con respecto a todas las leyes o reglamentos que afecten la venta o uso dentro del país, de las mercaderías importadas, 1421cualquier ventaja, favor, privilegio o inmunidad que haya sido o que en lo de adelante pueda ser concedido por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de Nicaragua a cualquier artículo originario de, o destinado a un tercer país, deberá ser acordado inmediata e incondicionalmente al mismo o a ese artículo originario de o destinado a la República de Nicaragua o a los Estados Unidos de América, respectivamente. Articulo XI Las leyes, reglamentos de autoridadesLaws, regulations, and decisions to be published. administrativas y resoluciones de autoridades judiciales o administrativas de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República de Nicaragua, respectivamente, concernientes a la clasificación de artículos para fines aduaneros o a aforos arancelarios, deberán ser publicadas con prontitud y en manera tal que los comerciantes puedan enterarse deUniform application. ellas. Dichas leves, reglamentos y resoluciones deberán ser aplicados con uniformidad en todos los puertos del país respectivo, excepto como se ha expresamente estipulado en estatutos de los Estados Unidos de América relativos a artículos importados en Puerto Rico; y también se exceptuarán las disposiciones que se emitan especificamente por el Gobierno de Nicaragua en lo que atañe a los puertos del litoral atlántico. Ninguna disposición administrativa deAdministrative rulings, etc.No retroactive application. los Estados Unidos de América o de la República de Nicaragua, que aumente los aforos o gravámenes aplicables en virtud de una práctica establecida y uniforme a las importaciones originarias del otro país, o que exija cualquier nuevo requisito con respecto a tales importaciones podrá tener efecto retroactivo ni deberá ser aplicable a artículos que hayan sido pedidos a registro, o hubiesen sido sacados de las aduanas para consumo dentro de los treinta dias siguientes a la fecha de publicación de tal disposición, en laAnti-dumping duties, etc. forma oficial acostumbrada. Lo dispuesto en este párrafo no es 1422aplicable a las órdenes que impongan derechos contra abarrotamiento o relativas a reglamentos para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal, o relativas a la seguridad pública, o para hacer cumplir resoluciones judiciales. Articulo XII Modification where rate of exchange prejudicial.En caso de que ocurra una gran fluctuación en el tipo de cambio entre las monedas de los Estados Unidos de América y de la República de Nicaragua, el Gobierno de uno u otro pais que considere la diferencia tan substancial que perjudique las industrias o el comercio de su país, estará en libertad de proponer negociaciones para la modificación de este Convenio o para dar por concluido este Convenio en su totalidad, previo aviso por escrito con treinta días de anticipación. Articulo XIII Documentation errors.No se impondrán en la República de Nicaragua ni en los Estados Unidos de América multas mayores que las nominalmente establecidas sobre la importación de artículos cosechados, producidos, manufacturados o fabricados en el otro país, con motivo de errores en la documentación que patentemente se deban a la simple escritura o sean Lapsus Plumae o Lapsus Machínae (clerical errors) ; o cuando pueda establecerse la buena fe. Mutual consideration with respect to customs regulations, etc.El Gobierno de cada país dará consideración amistosa y prestará oportunidad adecuada a las consultas con respecto a las representaciones que el otro Gobierno pueda hacer con relación a la aplicación de reglamentos aduaneros, restricciones cuantitativas o a la administración de las mismas, la observancia de formalidades aduaneras y la aplicación de leyes y reglamentos sanitarios y reglamentos para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal. Articulo XIV. Provisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc.Salvo lo estipulado en contrario en el párrafo segundo de este Ar1423tículo, las disposiciones de este Convenio relativas al tratamiento que deberá acordarse por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de Nicaragua, respectivamente, al comercio del otro país, no serán aplicables a las Islas Filipinas, Islas Vírgenes, la Samoa Americana, la Isla de Guam ni a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. Con sujeción a las reservas expresadasPreferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. en los párrafos tercero y cuarto de este Artículo, las estipulaciones del Artículo X serán*Ante*, p. 1420. aplicables a artículos cosechados, producidos o fabricados en cualquier territorio bajo la soberanía o jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República de Nicaragua, importados de o exportados a cualquier territorio bajo la soberanía o jurisdicción del otro país. Es entendido, sinNot applicable to Canal Zone. embargo, que las disposiciones de este párrafo no son aplicables a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. Las ventajas concedidas actualmenteAdvantages excepted from operation of Agreement. o que en lo futuro sean acordadas por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de Nicaragua a países limítrofes con objeto de facilitar el comercio fronterizo, lo mismo que las ventajas que resulten de una unión aduanera de la cual los Estados Unidos de América o la República de Nicaragua puedan llegar a formar parte, quedarán excluidas en la aplicación de este Convenio. Las ventajas concedidas en la actualidad o que en lo futuro puedan acordarse mutuamente los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones o la Zona del Canal de Panamá, o por los mismos a la República de Cuba, quedan excluidas de la aplicación de este Convenio. Lo dispuesto en este párrafo continuarti aplicándose con respecto a cualesquier ventajas actuales o que en lo futuro sean acordadas por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones o la Zona del Canal de Panamá a las Islas Filipinas, cualquiera que sea el cambio en el estado político de las Islas Filipinas. 1424 Las ventajas actuales o que en lo futuro puedan ser acordadas por la República de Nicaragua al comercio de Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras o Panamá, mientras cualquier tratamiento especial acordado al comercio de aquellos países o de cualquiera de ellos por la República de Nicaragua no sea extensivo a cualquier otro país, quedarán excluidas en la aplicación de este Convenio. Not applicable to police or sanitary regulations.A menos que expresamente se disponga otra cosa en este Convenio, no deberá interpretarse que las estipulaciones del mismo sean aplicables a reglamentos de policía o sanitarios; y nada de lo expresado en este Convenio se interpretará de tal manera que impida la adopción de medidas que prohíban o restrinjan la exportación de oro o plata o para impedir la adopción de las medidas que uno u otro Gobierno pueda juzgar convenientes con respecto al control de la exportación o venta para la exportación de armas, pertrechos e implementos de guerra, y en circunstancias excepcionales, de todos los demás efectos militares. Articulo XV. En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos deAdoption of measures impairing Agreement; adjustment. América o el Gobierno de Nicaragua adopte cualquier medida que aún cuando no esté en conflicto con los términos de este Convenio sea considerada por el Gobierno del otro país como nulificando o desvirtuando cualquiera de los fines de este Convenio, el Gobierno que haya adoptado tal medida deberá considerar las representaciones y propuestas que el otro Gobierno pueda hacer con la mira de efectuar un arreglo del asunto mutuamente satisfactorio. Articulo XVI. Former Agreement supplanted.El presente Convenio deberá, desde la fecha en que entre en vigor, subrogar al Convenio entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Nicaragua efectúa1425do por cambio de notas firmadas el 11 de Junio de 1924 y el 11 de Julio de 1924, respectivamente. Articulo XVII. El presente Convenio deberáEffective date and duration. entrar en pleno vigor treinta días después de su promulgación por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América y por el Presidente de la República de Nicaragua, o, en caso que las promulgaciones sean en fechas distintas, treinta días después de la fecha de la promulgación que sea hecha por último, y deberá permanecer en vigor por el término de tres años, a menos que se dé por terminado de acuerdo con lo estipulado en los Artículos VI, IX o XII. El*Ante*, pp. 1416, 1419, 1422. Gobierno de cada país deberá participar al Gobierno del otro la fecha de su promulgación. Siempre que al menos con seis meses de anticipación a la fecha de expiración del expresado término de tres años el Gobierno de uno n otro de los países contratantes no haya dado aviso al otro Gobierno de su intención de dar por concluido este Convenio a la expiración del susodicho término, este Convenio permanecerá en vigor de ahí en adelante sujeto a serTermination. terminado conforme a las disposiciones de los Artículos VI. IX y XII, hasta seis meses después de la fecha en que el Gobierno de uno u otro país naya dado aviso al otro Gobierno. En fe de lo cual los respectivosSignatures. Plenipotenciarios han firmado este Convenio y le han puesto sus sellos. Hecho en duplicado, en los idiomas inglés y español, siendo ambos textos auténticos, en la ciudad de Managua, a los once dias del mes de Marzo de mil novecientos treinta y seis. Por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América: Arthur Bliss Lane [seal] Por el Presidente de la República de Nicaragua: Leonardo Arguello [seal] 1426 SCHEDULE I Schedule I. Nicaraguan Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty. Specific Rates in Nicaraguan Cordobas The provisions of this Schedule will be interpreted as though they had been included in the current Nicaraguan tariff law by an amendment to that law. Abbreviations: G. K. Gross Kilo N. K. Net Kilo N. O. P. Not otherwise provided for. 367 Proprietary and patent medicines, mixed or compounded:
(a)Without alcohol or containing not over 14% of alchohol Ad valorem 40%
(b)Containing more than 14% of alcohol; and essences of liquors Ad valorem 60% 368 Pharmaceutical products, medicinal preparations, plasters and poultices, and empty capsules, n. o. p. Ad valorem 30% 387 Varnishes, driers, and shellacs, prepared, of all kinds, including stains for woodwork and other applications, and enamel paint G. K. .08 392
(d)All ready-mixed paints, pure or not, of whatever base, n. o. p. G. K. .03 503 Stockings and socks, cotton N. K. 1.10 799 Hides and skins, tanned and curried, dyed or prepared in any other manner:
(b)Goat and kid skins, including glazed kid N. K. .196
(e)Cow, horse, and other large hides, split, including colt skins N. K. .07
(f)Calf skins 800 Hides and skins of all kinds, heavily varnished, lacquered, or enameled, with engravings, or embossed, or with pyrographic work N. K. .28 890 Steam boilers and engines of all kinds, including locomotives and tenders; traction and portable engines; motors for animal power; road making machinery; hydraulic, petroleum, gasoline, naphtha, and hot or compressed air motors, and all other articles now enumerated under this item Free 891 Oil extracting machinery, ice making and refrigerating machinery; sawmills and woodworking machinery Free 892 Machinery for manufacture of cigarettes, chocolate, hats, shoes, and metal working machinery, n. o. p. Free 893 Machinery and apparatus for the manufacture of sugar, n. o. p. Free 1427 LISTA I No. del Arancel de Aduanas de Nicaragua Description de Articulos Aforos Maximos del Arancel de Nicaragua. Aforos Especificados en Moneda de Córdoba Las estipulaciones de esta Lista se interpretardn como si fueran parte de la actual ley arancelaria de Nicaragua, incluidas como una reforma de la misma. Abreviaciones: K. B.— Kilo Bruto. K. N.— Kilo Neto. N. 0. P.—No especificado en otra parte. 367 Medicinas de propiedad y de patente, mezcladas o compuestas:
(a)Sin alcohol o conteniendo no más del 14% de alcohol Ad valorem 40%
(b)Conteniendo más del 14% de alcohol; y esencias de licores Ad valorem 60% 368 Productos farmaceuticos, preparaciones medicinales, emplastos, cataplasmas, y cápsulas vacías, n. o. p. Ad valorem 30% 387 Barnices, secantes, gomalacas, preparados, inclusive colorantes para maderas y otras aplicaciones, y pinturas de esmalte K. B. .08 392
(d)Pinturas preparadas, puras o no, de cualquier base, n. o. p. K. B. .03 503 Medias y calcetines, de algodón K. N. 1.10 799 Cueros y pieles, curtidos y adobados, tenidos o preparados de cualquier manera: b) Cabritillas y badanas, inclusive las satinadas. K. N. .196 e) Cueros de caballo, res u otros animales grandes, divididos, incluyendo cueros de potrillo. K. N. .07 f) Pieles de becerro. K. N. .14 800 Cueros y pieles de toda clase, bien acharolados, engomados o esmaltados con incrustaciones o en relieve o con pirograbado. K. N. .28 890 Calderas de vapor, motores de toda clase, incluyendo locomotoras, motores portátiles y de arrastre, motores para fuerza animal, maquinarias para hacer carreteras: Hidráulicas, con petroleo, gasolina, nafta, y motores de aire caliente o comprimido, y todos los otros articulos actualmente especiflcados bajo esta fracción. libre 891 Maquinaria para extraer aceite, de hacer hielo y para refrigerar; maquinarias para aserrar y para trabajos en madera. libre 892 Maquinaria para manufacturar cigarrillos, chocolates, sombreros, zapatos, y trabajos en metal, n. o. p. libre 893 Maquinaria y aparatos para fabricar azúcar, n. o. p. libre 1428 SCHEDULE I—Continued Schedule I—Contd. Nicaraguan Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty. Specific Rates in Nicaraguan Cordobas 896 Electric and electrotechnical machinery, apparatus and appliances
(a)Dynamos, generators, generating sets, alternators, motors and similar machinery n. o. p. Free Ex 896(a) bis Dry and wet batteries, including storage, wet cell, dry cell, radio, flashlight, and all other batteries, and parts Ad valorem 10% Ex 896
(b)Radio transmitting and receiving equipment and parts, including wireless telephone, telegraph, and television apparatus Ad valorem 15% Ex 904 Typewriters and parts Ad valorem 10% 956 Hog lard and other lard of animal origin, however packed N. K. .10 964 Wheat Flour 100 N. K. 2. 10 987 Raisins, dates, figs, prunes, and similar pressed fruits, including dried apples, peaches, apricots and pears N. K. .12 990 Beans, dried 100 N. K. 1. 00 1042 Fruits, preserved in their own juice, in syrup, or in water, in any container N. K. . 08 Ex 1073 Condensed milk or cream N. K. . 07 Ex 1073 Evaporated milk or cream N. K. . 04 Ex 1073 Dried whole milk or cream N. K. . 10 Ex 1073 Dried skimmed milk or cream N. K. . 07 1078 Preserved vegetables of all kinds (other than pickled) not otherwise provided for, in any container N. K. . 10 1082
(a)Rubber tires, combined or not with other materials, and inner tubes, for wheels of all kinds of vehicles except solid rubber tires for trucks N. K. . 30 Ex 1082
(j)Rubber heels N. K. . 15 Note I. It is agreed that the Nicaraguan Government will not impose any certification requirement or any formality for the importation, registration, licensing and sale of pharmaceutical specialties and patent medicines which are impossible of fulfillment in the United States because of the lack of a duly authorized federal agency. This clause does not affect the obligations assumed by Nicaragua in multilateral treaties and especially those relating to the manufacture and traffic in narcotic drugs, i. e., convention and protocols for the suppression of the abuse of opium and other drugs, signed at The Hague January 23, 1912; international opium convention, signed at Geneva February 19, 1925, and the convention and protocol for limiting the manufacture and regulating the distribution of narcotic drugs, signed at Geneva July 13, 1931. 1429 LISTA I—Contiúa No. del Arancel de Aduanas de Nicaragua Description de Articulos Aforos Maximos del Arancel de Nicaragua. Aforos Especificados en Moneda de Córdoba 896 Maquinaria electrica y electrotecnica, aparatos y herramientas. a) Dinamos, generadores, juegos generadores, alternadores, motores y maquinarias similares, n. o. p. libre Ex 896
(a)bis Baterías secas y húmedas, incluyendo baterias acumuladoras, pilas humedas, secas, pilas para radios, y para Idmparas de mano y toda clase de baterfas y sus partes. Ad valorem 10% Ex 896
(b)Equipos trasmisores y receptores de radio, y sus partes, incluyendo telefonos y telégrafos inalámbricos y aparatos de televisión. Ad valorem 15% Ex 904 Máquinas de escribir y sus partes. Ad valorem 10% 956 Manteca de cerdo, y otras mantecas de origen animal, en cualquier empaque. K. N. .10 964 Harina de trigo 100 K. N. 2.10 987 Pasas, dátiles, higos, ciruelas y frutas secas similares, incluyendo manzanas, melocotones, duraznos y peras secas. K. N. .12 990 Frijoles, secos. 100 K. N. 1.00 1042 Frutas conservadas en su propio jugo, en almibar o en agua, en cualquier envase. K. N. .08 Ex 1073 Leche y crema condensada. K. N. .07 Ex 1073 Leche y crema evaporada. K. N. .04 Ex 1073 Leche y crema entera seca. K. N. .10 Ex 1073 Leche y crema seca desnatada. K. N. .07 1078 Legumbres conservadas de toda clase (que no sean encurtidas), n. o. p., en cualquier envase. K. N. .10 1082
(a)Llantas de hule, combinadas o no con otros materiales, neumáticos, para ruedas de toda clase de vehiculos, excepto llantas sólidas para camiones. K. N. .30 Ex 1082
(j)Tacones de hule. K. N. .15 Nota 1. Se acuerda que para la importación, registro, permiso o venta de especialidades farmacéuticas y medicinas patentadas, el Gobierno de Nicaragua no exigirá ningún requisito de certificación u otra formalidad que sea imposible de cumplimentar en los Estados Unidos de América por falta de una Agencia Federal debidamente autorizada. Esta cláusula no afecta las obligaciones asumidas por Nicaragua en tratados multilaterales y especialmente aquellas que se refieren a la fabricación y comercio en drogas narcóticas, i. e. la convención y protocolos para la supresión del abuso del opio y otras drogas firmados en La Haya el 23 de enero de 1912; la convención internacional de opio, firmada en Ginebra el 19 de febrero de 1925, y la convención y protocolo para limitar la manufactura y regular la distribución de drogas narcóticas firmados en Ginebra el 13 de julio de 1931. 1430 SCHEDULE II Schedule II. United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty. Note: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the tariff laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined, insofar as may be practicable, as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the paragraph of the Tariff Act of 1930 noted in the column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles. 10 Balsam, Peru, natural and uncompounded, and not containing alcohol. 5% Ad valorem 1602 Root of ipecac, crude, natural and uncompounded, not advanced in value or not advanced in value or condition by shredding, grinding, chipping, crushing or any other processor treatment whatever beyond that essential to proper packing and the prevention of decay or deterioration pending manufacture, and not containingalcohol Free 1618 Bananas, green or ripe Free 1618 Plantains, green or ripe Free 1653 Cocoa or cacao beans, and shells thereof Free 1654 Coffee, except coffee imported into Puerto under the authority of Section 319 Free 1670 Dyeing or tanning materials: Fustic wood, logwood, and Brazil wood; all the foregoing whether crude or advanced in value or condition by shredding, grinding, chipping, crushing, or any similar process, and not containing alcohol. Free 1765 Deerskins, raw Free 1765 Reptile skins, raw Free 1790 Turtles Free 1803 Cabinet woods, in the log Free 1431 LISTA II Ley de Arancel de 1930 de los Estados Unidos de América. Farrafo. Descriptión de Artfculos Tarifa Máxima de derechos. Nota: Las disposiciones de esta lista, para su interpretación y efecto, y la aplicación a ellas de las disposiciones colaterales de las leyes de Arancel de los Estados Unidos de América serán determinadas, en cuanto fuere posible, como si cada disposición de esta lista apareciera, respectivamente en el párrafo de la ley de arancel de 1930 senalado en la columna de la izquierda de las respectivas descripciones de los artículos. 10 Bálsamos, Perú, naturales y que no tienen mezcla y que no tienen alcohol 5% Ad valorem 1602 Raíz de ipecacuana, cruda, natural y no mezclada, no aumentada en valor ó condición por picarla, molerla, astillarla o aplastarla o por cualquier otro tratamiento de preparación mayor que el necesario para su empaque adecuado y para prevenir su decadencia o deterioro antes de su manufactura, y que no tenga alcohol Libre 1618 Bananos, verdes o maduros Libre 1618 Plátanos, verdes o maduros Libre 1653 Cocoa o cacao en grano y las cáscaras de éstos Libre 1654 Café, salvo cafe importado a Puerto Rico y sobre el cual está, impuesto un derecho bajo la autoridad de Sección 319 Libre 1670 Sustancias para teñir o curtir: maderas de fustete, palo de campeche y maderas de brasil, ya sean crudas o aumentadas de valor o condición por picarlas, molerlas, astillarlas, o por cualquier otro tratamiento, siempre que no contengan alcohol Libre 1765 Cueros de venado, crudos Libre 1765 Cueros de reptil, crudos Libre 1790 Tortugas Libre 1803 Maderas de ebanisteria, en trozas Libre 1432 Modifications, etc. Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the two Schedules thereunto annexed are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; *Ante*, p. 1425. Whereas it is stipulated in Article XVII of the said Agreement that tire Agreement shall come into force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of Nicaragua, or should the proclamations be issued on different days on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations; Whereas the said Agreement, including the two Schedules, was proclaimed by the President of the Republic of Nicaragua on August 31, 1936; Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the [46 Stat. 708](/us/stat/46/708); [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351).authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after October 1, 1936, the thirtieth day following September 1, 1936, the date of this my proclamation of the said Agreement. Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this first day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-six, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* July 11, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1433 1433 U. S. S. R—COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—JULY 11, 1936 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Commercial agreement between the United States of America and theJuly 11, 1936[E. A. S. No. 96] Union of Soviet Socialist Republics continuing in force until July 13, 1937, the agreement of July 13, 1935. Effected by exchange of notes, signed July 11, 1936.* The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Henderson) to the Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Krestinski) Embassy of the United States of America. *Moscow, July 11, 1936.* Excellency: In accordance with the conversations which have taken place, IAgreement with the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics continuing existing commercial agreement. have the honor to confirm on behalf of my Government the agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries that the agreement regarding commercial relations between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics recorded in the exchange of notes between the American Ambassador and the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs on July 13, 1935, shall continue in force for another year,[49 Stat. 3805](/us/stat/49/3805). that is, until July 13, 1937. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Loy W. Henderson Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America His Excellency N. N. Krestinski, *Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs, Moscow*, ————— The Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Krestinski) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim, (Henderson) Moscow, *July 11, 1936*. Mr. Chargé D’Affaires: In accordance with the conversations which have taken place, I have the honor to confirm on behalf of my Government the agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries that the agreement regarding commercial relations 1434between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States of America recorded in the exchange of notes between the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs and the American Ambassador on July 13, 1935, shall continue in force for another year, that is, until July 13, 1937. Accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration N. Krestinski Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs Mr. Loy W. Henderson, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America, Moscow.* ————— The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Henderson) to the Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Krestinski) Embassy of the United States of America, *Moscow, July 9, 1936.* Excellency: I have the honor to refer to our recent conversations in regard to the prolongation of the agreement of July 13, 1935, concerning commercial relations between the United States of America, and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and to ask you to let me know the value of articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States of America which the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intends to purchase in the United States of America during the next twelve months for export to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Loy W. Henderson Chargé d’Affaires ad interim of the United States of America His Excellency N. N. Krestinski, *Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs, Moscow*, 1435 The Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Krestinski) to the American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Henderson) Moscow, *July 13, 1936.* Mr. Chargé d’affaires: In reply to your inquiry regarding the intended purchases by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the United States of America in the course of the next twelve months, I have the honor to inform you that, according to information received by me from the People’s Commissariat for Foreign Trade, the economic organizations of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intend to buy in the United States of America in the course of the next twelve months American goods in the amount of at least thirty million dollars. Accept, Mr. Chargé d’Affaires, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration N. Krestinski Assistant People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs Mr. Loy W. Henderson, *Chargé d’Affaires ad interim* *of the United States of America, Moscow.* May 18, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1436 1436 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES FINLAND—RECIPROCAL TRADE—May 18, 1936 * May 18, 1936[E. A. S. No. 97]Agreement between the United States of America and Finland respecting reciprocal trade. Signed at Washington, May 18, 1936; approved by the President of the Republic of Finland, October 2, 1936; proclaimed by the President of the United States, October 3, 1936; effective November 2, 1936.* By the President of the United States of America. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas Reciprocal trade agreement with Finland.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351). it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “An Act To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), as follows: “Sec. 350. Statutory provisions.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and arc capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such mollifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more then 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided,* That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import 1437restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” Whereas, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United StatesPromotion of foreign trade. of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the Republic of Finland are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared in the[46 Stat. 708](/us/stat/46/708); [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943). said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and the Republic of Finland; Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiate suchNotice given. foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and advice withTrade agreement entered into. respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on May 18, 1936, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the President of the Republic of Finland, through his duly empowered Plenipotentiary, which Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, in the English and Finnish languages, is in words and figures as follows: The President of the UnitedPurposes declared. States of America and the President of the Republic of Finland, being desirous of strengthening the traditional bonds of friendship between the two countries by maintaining the principle of equality of treatment as the basis of commercial relations and by granting mutual and reciprocal concessions and advantages for the promotion of trade, have through their respective Plenipotentiaries arrived at the following Agreement: Article I Articles the growth, produceEnumerated imports into Finland. or manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and described in Schedule I annexed*Post*, p. 1448. to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into Finland, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in the said Schedule. The said articles shallNo excess duties, etc. also be exempt from all other 1438duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement, or required to be imposed thereafter, under laws of Finland in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article II Specified imports from finland.*Post*, p. 1452.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of Finland, enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth and provided for in No excess duties, etc.the said Schedule, The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement, or required to be imposed thereafter, under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article III Internal taxation.The provisions of Articles I and II of this Agreement shall not prevent the Government of either country from imposing at any time on the importation of any product a charge equivalent to an internal tax imposed in respect of a like domestic product or in respect of a commodity from which the imported product has been manufactured or produced in whole or in part. Article IV Notes in schedules considered part of Agreement.*Post*, pp. 1448, 1452.The United States of America and Finland agree that the notes included in Schedules I and II are hereby given force and effect as integral parts of this Agreement. 1439 Article V Articles the growth, produce orInternal tax exemption. manufacture of the United States of America or Finland, shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other foreign origin. Article VI In respect of articles the growth,Ad valorem duties.Determination, etc., of rates. produce or manufacture of the United States of America or Finland, enumerated and described in Schedules I and II, respectively,*Post*, pp. 1448, 1452. imported into the other country, on which ad valorem rates of duty, or duties based upon or regulated in any manner by value, are or may be assessed, it is understood and agreed that the bases and methods of determining dutiable value and of converting currencies shall be no less favorable to importers than the bases and methods prescribed under laws and regulations of Finland and the United States of America, respectively, in force on the day of signature of this Agreement. Article VII No quantitative regulation.No prohibitions, import or customs quotas, import licenses, or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, shall be imposed by Finland on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated and described in Schedule I, except as specifically*Post*, p. 1448. provided for in that Schedule, nor by the United States of America on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of Finland enumerated*Post*, p. 1452. and described in Schedule II. The foregoing provision shallException. not apply to quantitative restrictions in whatever form imposed by 1440either country on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production, market supply or prices of like domestic articles, or tending to increase the labor costs of productionNotice of proposed restriction, etc. of such articles. Whenever the Government of either country proposes to establish or change any restriction authorized by this paragraph, it shall give notice thereof in writing to the other Government and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it with respect to the proposed action; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposes to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article VIII 1. Benefits granted where a lower rate is imposed on portion of imports, etc. If the Government of the United States of America or the Government of Finland establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lower import duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, the Government taking such action shall:
(a)Give public notice of the total quantity, or any change therein, of any such article permitted to be imported or sold, or permitted to be imported or sold 1441at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period;
(b)Unless otherwise mutually agreed, allot to the other country for such specified period a share of such total quantity as originally established, or subsequently changed in any manner, equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which such other country supplied during a previous period, such period to be such as to result in a fair and equitable allotment to the other country; and (c Give public notice of the allotments of such quantity among the several exporting countries, and at all times upon request advise the Government of the other country of the quantity of any such article the growth, produce or manufacture of each exporting country which has been imported or sold or for which licenses or permits for importation or sale have been granted. 2. Import licenses, etc. Neither the United States of America nor Finland shall regulate the total quantity of importations into its territory or sales therein of any article in which the other country has an interest, by import licenses or permits issued to individuals or organizations, unless the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold, during a quota period of not less than three months, shall have been established, and unless the regulations covering the issuance of such licenses or permits shall have been made public before such regulations are put into force. Article IX In the event that the GovernmentTreatment of Government monopolies. of the United States of America or the Government of Finland establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production or sale of a particular commodity or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintain1442 ing such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or agency will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. Article X Control of foreign exchange.The tariff advantages and other benefits provided for in this Agreement are granted by the United States of America and Finland to each other subject to the condition that if the Government of either country shall establish or maintain, directly or indirectly, any form of control of foreign exchange, it shall administer such control so as to insure that the nationals and commerce of the other country will be granted a fair and equitable share in the allotment of exchange. With respect to the exchange made available for commercial transactions, it is agreed that the Government of each country shall be guided in the administration of any form of control of foreign exchange by the principle that, as nearly as may be determined, the share of the total available exchange which is allotted to the other country shall not be less than the share employed in a previous representative period, prior to the establishment of any exchange control, for the settlement of commercial obligations to the nationals of such other country. Mutual consideration of representations in respect of application of Article.The Government of each country shall give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the other Government may make in respect of the application of the provisions of this Article. 1443 Article XI With respect to
(1)customsExtension of advantages, etc., granted any other country. duties or charges of any kind imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation;
(2)the method of levying such duties or charges;
(3)all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation; and
(4)all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country, any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or Finland to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for Finland or the United States of America, respectively. The provisions of the first paragraphExceptions.of this Article shall not extend:
(1)to the treatment which isUnited States commerce with Cuba. accorded by the United States of America to the commerce of Cuba under the provisions of the Commercial Convention concluded by the United States and Cuba on[33 Stat. 2136](/us/stat/33/2136). December 11, 1902, or any other commercial agreement thereafter concluded by the United States with Cuba; or to the advantagesTerritories, possessions, etc. now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba. This provision shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to the Philippine Islands irrespective of any change in the political status of the Philippine Islands;
(2)to the benefits which eitherNeighboring states. country has accorded, or may accord, to its neighboring states in order to facilitate local traffic; 1444
(3)Commerce of Finland with Estonia. to the treatment which Finland accords or may hereafter accord to the commerce of Estonia. Article XII Documentation errors.Greater than nominal penalties will not be imposed in the United States of America or in Finland upon importations of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country because of errors in documentation obviously clerical in origin or where good faith can be established. Mutual consideration with respect to customs regulations, etc.The Government of each country will accord sympathetic consideration to, and when requested afford adequate opportunity for consultation regarding, such representations as the other Government may make with respect to the operation of customs regulations, quantitative restrictions or the administration thereof, the observance of customs formalities, and the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life. Sanitary regulations.In the event that the Government of either country makes representations to the Government of the other country in respect of the application of any sanitary law or regulation for the protection of human, animal, or plant life, and if there is disagreement with respect thereto, a committee of technical experts on which each Government will be represented shall, on the request of either Government, be established to consider the matter and to submit recommendations to the two Governments. Article XIII Modification when rate of exchange prejudicial.In the event that a wide variation occurs in the rate of exchange between the currencies of the United States of America and Finland, the Government of either country, if it considers the variation so substantial as to prejudice the industries or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement or to terminate 1445this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XIV Laws, regulations of administrativePublication of laws, regulations, and decisions. authorities and decisions of administrative or judicial authorities of the United States of America or Finland, respectively, pertaining to the classification of articles for customs purposes or to rates of duty shall be published promptly in such a manner as to enable interested persons to become acquainted with them. Such laws, regulations and decisions shall be applied uniformly at all ports of the respective country, except as otherwise specifically provided in statutes of the United States of America relating to articles imported into Puerto Rico. Article XV Except as otherwise providedProvisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc. in the second paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America and Finland, respectively, to the commerce of the other country, shall not apply to the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam, or to the Panama Canal Zone. The provisions of this AgreementPreferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. regarding most - favored - nation treatment shall apply to articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America or Finland, imported from or exported to any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the other country. It is understood, however, thatNot applicable to Canal Zone. the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the Panama Canal Zone. Article XVI Nothing in this Agreement shallGold or silver exportation, etc., restriction. be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or 1446restricting the exportation or importationTraffic in arms, ammunition, etc. of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the export, or sale for export, of arms, ammunition or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. Police or revenue laws.Subject to the requirement that there shall be no arbitrary discrimination by either country against the other country in favor of any third country under like circumstances, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to regulations for the enforcement of police or revenue laws of the United States or of Finland relating to imports the importation, transportation, or sale of which is prohibited or restricted; or to prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal or plant life or health; or
(3)relating to prison-made goods. Article XVII Adoption of measures impairing Agreement; adjustmentIn the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Government of Finland adopts any measure or takes any action which, even though it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, is considered by the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or impairing any object of the Agreement, the Government which has adopted such measure or taken such action shall consider such representations and proposals as the other Government may make with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. Article XVIII Agreement not to affect Treaty of Friendship, etc., of 1934.[49 Stat. 2659](/us/stat/49/2659).Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to affect the rights and obligations arising out of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, 1447and Consular Rights, signed at Washington on February 13, 1934. Article XIX The present Agreement shallEffective date. come into full force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and approval thereof by the President or Finland, or should the proclamation be issued and the approval be given on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamation or approval, andDuration.*Ante*, pp. 1439, 1444. shall remain in force for the term of three years thereafter, subject to the provisions of Article VII and Article XIII. The Government of each country shall notify the Government of the other country of the date of its proclamation or approval. Unless at least six months beforeTermination. the expiration of the aforesaid term of three years the Government of either country shall have given to the other Government notice of intention to terminate this Agreement upon the expiration of the aforesaid term, the Agreement shall remain in force thereafter, subject to the provisions of Article VII and Article XIII, until six months from such time as the Government of either country shall have given notice to the other Government. In witness whereof the respectiveSignature. Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Finnish languages, both authentic, at the city of Washington, this eighteenth day of May, nineteen hundred and thirty-six. Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen PresidenttiPurposes declared. ja Suomen Tasavallan Presidentti, haluten lujittaa molempien maiden välisiä perinnäisiä ystävyyssiteitä pitämällä samanarvoisen kohtelun periaatteita kaupallisten suhteiden pohjana sekä suomalla molemminpuolisia ja vastavuoroisia myönnytyksiä ja etuja kaupan edistämiseksi, ovat asianomaisten täysivaltaisten edustajiensa kautta tehneet seuraavan sopimuksen: I Artikla Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen tavaroiden,Enumerated imports into Finland. luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteiden, jotka on mainittu ja esitetty luettelossa I, joka on liitetty*Post*, p. 1448. tähän sopimukseen ja on sen osa, tulee, niitä Suomeen tuotaessa, olla vapaita varsinaisista tulleista, jotka ylittävät ne määrät, mitkä mainitussa luettelossa on ilmoitettu ja määrätty. Mainitut tavarat ovat niinikäänNo excess duties, etc. vapaita kaikista muista tulleista, 1438veroista, maksuista, kuluista tai rasituksista, joita kannetaan tavaroita tuotaessa tai tuontiin liity en, paitsi niistä, jotka on määrätty tämän sopimuksen allekirjoittamispäivänä tai joiden määräämistä senjälkeen vaaditaan tämän sopimuksen allekirjoittamispäivänä Suomessa voimassaolevien lakien nojalla. II Artikla Specified imports from finland.*Post*, p. 1452.Suomen tavaroiden, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteiden, jotka on mainittu ja esitetty luettelossa II, mikä on liitetty tähän sopimukseen ja on sen osa, tulee, niitä Amerikan Yhdysvaltoihin tuotaessa, olla vapaita varsinaisista tulleista, jotka ylittävat ne maarat, mitkä mainitussa luettelossa onNo excess duties, etc. ilmoitettu ja määrätty. Mainitut tavarat ovat niinikään vapaita kaikista muista tulleista, veroista, maksuista, kuluista tai rasituksista, joita kannetaan tavaroita tuotaessa tai tuontiin liittyen, paitsi niistä, jotka on määrätty tämän sopimuksen allekirjoittamispäivänä tai joiden määräämistä senjälkeen vaaditaan tämän sopimuksen allekirjoittamispäivänä Amerikan Yhdysvalloissa voimassaolevien lakien nojalla. III Artikla Internal taxation.Tämän sopimuksen I ja II artiklan määräykset eivät estä jommankumman maan hallitusta milloin tahansa minkä tahansa tuotteen tuonnille määräämästä maksua, joka vastaa samanlaatuiselle kotimaiselle tuotteelle tai sellaiselle tavaralle, josta maahan tuotu tuote kokonaan tai osittain on valmistettu tai tuotettu, asetettua sisäistä veroa. IV Artikla Notes in schedules considered part of Agreement.*Post*, pp. 1448, 1452.Amerikan Yhdysvallat ja Suomi sopivat siitä, että luetteloihin I ja II sisältyvät muistutukset ovat voimassa tämän sopimuksen olennaisina osina. 1439 V Artikla Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen taiInternal tax exemption. Suomen tavarat, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteet ovat, senjälkeen kuin ne on tuotu toiseen maahan, vapaita kaikista muista tai korkeammista sisäisistä veroista, maksuista, kuluista tai rasituksista, paitsi niistä, jotka maksetaan samanlaatuisista, kotimaista tai mitä hyvänsä muuta vierasta alkuperää olevista tavaroista. VI Artikla Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen taiAd valorem duties.Determination, etc., of rates. Suomen tavaroiden, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteiden suhteen, jotka on mainittu ja esitetty luetteloissa I ja vastaavasti II ja jotka on tuotu*Post*, pp. 1448, 1452. toiseen maahan ja joille on määrätty tai voidaan määrätä arvotulleja tai arvoon perustuvia taikka jollakin tavoin niiden arvosta johtuvia tulleja, on edellytetty ja sovittu, että perusteet ja menetelmät tullausarvon määräämiseksi ja valuuttojen laskemiseksi eivät saa olla vähemmän edulliset tuojille kuin Suomessa ja vastaavasti Amerikan Yhdysvalloissa tämän sopimuksen allekirjoittamispäivänä voimassa olevien laiden ja säädösten nojalla määrätyt perusteet ja menetelmät. VII Artikla Mitään kieltoja, tuonti- tai tullikiintiöitä,No quantitative regulation. tuontilupia, tai minkään muun laatuisia määrää koskevia säännöksiä, toimeenpantakoonpa ne jonkin keskusvalvontaelimen välityksellä tai ilman sitä, ei Suomi saa asettaa luettelossa I mainittujen ja esitettyjen Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen tavoroiden, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteiden tuonnille tai myynnille, paitsi mitä erikoisesti on määrätty*Post*, p. 1448. mainitussa luettelossa, eikä Amerikan Yhdysvallat luettelossa II mainittujen ja esitettyjen Suomen tavaroiden, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteiden tuonnille tai myynnille. *Post*, p. 1452. Edellistä määräystä ei sovelletaException. mihinkään määrää koskeviin rajoituksiin, joita Amerikan Yhdys1440vallat tai Suomi ovat määränneet toisen maan tavaroiden, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteiden tuonnille tai myynnille niiden hallituksen toimenpiteiden yhteydessä, joilla säännöstellään tai valvotaan samanlaisten kotimaassa valmistettujen tavaroiden tuotantoa, jakelua tai hintoja, taikka pyritään suurentamaan niiden tuotannonNotice of proposed restriction, etc. työkustannuksia. Milloin hyvänsä jomman kumman maan hallitus aikoo lyhtyä johonkin tämän artiklan kohdan sallimaan rajoitukseen tai tehdä siihen muutoksia, on sen annettava siitä kirjallisesti tieto toisen maan hallitukselle sekä suotava tälle toiselle hallitukselle tilaisuus kolmenkymmenen päivän kuluessa sellaisen ilmoituksen saamisesta neuvotella kanssaan aiotusta toimenpiteestä. Jollei asiassa päästä sopimukseen kolmenkymmenen päivän kuluessa edellä mainitun ilmoituksen saamisesta lukien, on sillä hallituksella, joka aikoo sellaiseen toimenpiteeseen ryhtyä; oikeus milloin hyvänsä sen jälkeen tehdä se, ja toisen maan hallituksella on oikeus viidentoista päivän kuluessa sen jälkeen, kun sellaiseen toimenpiteeseen on ryhdytty, irtisanoa tämä sopimus kokonaisuudessaan kirjallisesti kolmenkymmenen päivän irtisanomisajalla. VIII Artikla
(1)Benefits granted where a lower rate is imposed on portion of imports, etc. Jos Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen tai Suomen hallitus määrää tai ylläpitää minkälaisia tahansa minkä sellaisen tavaran tuontiin tai myyntiin tahansa kohdistuvia määriä koskevia rajoituksia tai valvontatoimenpiteitä, joka toista maata kiinnostaa, tai määrää alhaisemman tuontitullin tai maksun mille tahansa sellaisen tavaran erikoisesti mainitun paljouden määrän tuonnille tai myynnille, kuin mikä tulli tai maksu on määrätty sellaisen määrän yli tapahtuvan määrän tuonnille, niin hallitus, joka tähän ryhtyy:
(a)antaa julkisen ilmoituksen siitä sellaisen tavaran kokonaismäärästä tai mistä tahansa siihen tehdystä muutoksesta, joka sallitaan tuoda tai myydä tai sallitaan 1441tuoda tai myydä tällä alhaisemmalla tullilla tai maksulla määrätyn ajanjakson kuluessa.
(b)jakaa toiselle maalle täksi määrätyksi ajaksi sellaisen osan tästä alunperin määrätystä tai millä tavoin tahansa myöhemmin muutetusta kokonaismäärästä, joka vastaa sitä tällaisen tavaran kokonaistuonnin osaa, jonka tämä toinen maa on tuonut varhaisempana ajanjaksona, joka on sellainen, että sen perusteela tämä toinen maa saa sopivan ja kohtuullisen kiintiön, ellei molemminpuolisesti ole toisin sovittu.
(c)antaa julkisen ilmoituksen tämän määrän jaosta eri vientimaiden kesken ja ilmoittaa aina pyydettäessä toisen maan hallitukselle jokaisen tällaisen kunkin vientimaan tavaran, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteen määrästä, mikä on tuotu tai myyty tai minkä tuomiseen tai myymiseen on myönnetty lupia tai todistuksia.
(2)Amerikan Yhdysvallat jaImport licenses, etc. Suomi eivät saa säännöstellä minkään sellaisen tavaran tuonnin tai myynnin kokonaismäärää alueellaan, joka kiinnostaa toista maata, yksityisille tai järjestöille annetuilla tuontiluvilla tai -todistuksilla, jollei tämän tuotavaksi tai myytäväksi sallitun tavaran kokonaismäärää vähintään kolmen kuukauden pituiseksi kiintiöajaksi ole määrätty, ja jollei sellaisten lupien tai todistusten antamista koskevia määräyksiä ole tehty julkisesti tunnetuiksi ennen määräysten voimaanpanoa. IX Artikla Jos Amerikan YhdysvaltojenTreatment of Government monopolies. tai Suomen hallitus perustaa monopolin tai pitää sitä voimassa määrätyn tavaran tuontia, valmistusta tai myyntiä varten tai luovuttaa yksinomaisia, muodollisia tai todellisia, etuoikeuksia yhdelle tai useammalle elimelle tuoda, valmistaa tai myydä määrättyä tavaraa, suostuu sen maan hallitus, joka perustaa tällaisen monopolin tai pitää sitä voimassa 1442tai luovuttaa monopolioikeuksia siihen, että toisen maan kauppa saa oikeudenmukaisen ja tasapuolisen kohtelun tällaisen monopolin tai elimen ulkomaisten ostojen suhteen. Tätä tarkoitusta varten on sovittu, että kyseiset monopolit tai elimet, ostaessaan mitä hyvänsä tavaraa ulkomailta, toimivat yksinomaan sellaisten vaikuttimien kuin hinnan, laadun, markkinakelpoisuuden ja myyntiehtojen mukaan, jotka sellainen yksityinen kauppayritys tavallisesti ottaa huomioon, jota kiinnostaa yksinomaan tällaisen tavaran ostaminen mahdollisimman edullisin ehdoin. X Artikla Control of foreign exchange.Amerikan Yhdysvallat ja Suomi ovat myöntäneet toisilleen tässä sopimuksessa edellytetyt tariffimyönnytykset ja muut edut ehdolla, että jos jommankumman maan hallitus ottaa käytäntöön tai pitää voimassa, välillisesti tai välittömästi, minkälaista ulkomaisen valuutan kaupan valvontaa tahansa, se hoitaa tätä valvontaa turvatakseen, että toisen maan kansalaisille ja kaupalle taataan kohtuullinen ja oikeudenmukainen osa valuutanjakelussa. Kaupallisiin toimiin käytettävään valuuttaan nähden on sovittu, että kummankin maan hallitus pitää ulkomaisen valuutan kaupan kaikenlaisen valvonnan toimeenpanossa ohjeenaan sitä periaatetta, että, niin tarkoin kuin voidaan määrätä, koko käytettävänä olevasta valuuttamäärästä toiselle maalle jaettava osa ei saa olla pienempi kuin osa, joka on käytetty jonakin edellisenä edustavana ajanjaksonaennen valuuttakaupan valvonnan käytäntöönottamista kauppasaatavien maksamiseksi tämän toisen maan kansalaisille. Mutual consideration with respect to customs regulations, etc.Kummankin maan hallitus ottaa hyyäntah toisesti harkittavakseen kaikki esitykset, joita toisen maan hallitus saattaa tehdä tämän artiklan määräyksien soveltamiseksi. 1443 XI Artikla Mitä tulee kaikenlaisiin tuonnistaExtension of advantages, etc., granted any other country. tai viennistä tai niiden yhteydessä kannettaviksi määrättyihin tulleihin ja maksuihin ja mitä tulee sellaisten tullien ja maksujen kantotapaan, samoinkuin kaikkiin tuonnin ja viennin yhteydessä esiintyviin sääntöihin ja muodollisuuksiin,, sekä mitä tulee kaikkiin lakeihin ja säädöksiin, jotka vaikuttavat tuotujen tavaroiden myyntiin tai käyttöön maassa, annetaan jokainen hyöty, etu, etuoikeus tai erivapaus, jonka Amerikan Yhdysvallat tai Suomi on myöntänyt tai saattaa vastaisuudessa myöntää mille kolmannesta maasta peräisin olevalle tai sinne tarkoitetulle tavaralle tahansa, viipymättä ja ehdoitta Suomesta tai vastaavasti Amerikan Yhdysvalloista peräisin olevalle tai sinne tarkoitetulle samanlaiselle tavaralle. Tämän artiklan ensimmäisenExceptions. kappaleen määräykset eivät koske:
(1)kohtelua, jonka YhdysvallatUnited States commerce with Cuba. myöntävät Kuuban kaupalle Yhdysvaltojen ja Kuuban kesken[33 Stat. 2136](/us/stat/33/2136). 11 päivänä joulukuilta 1902 tehdyn tai minkä tahansa muun Yhdysvaltojen ja Kuuban kesken tämän jälkeen tehdyn kauppasopimuksen määräysten nojalla, taikka niitä etuja, jotka Amerikan Yhdysvallat, niiden alueet taiTerritories, possessions, etc. alusmaat tahi Panaman kanavavyöhyke nykyään suovat tai vastedes saattavat suoda keskenään toisilleen tai Kuuban tasavallalle. Tämä määräys jää edelleen voimaan mihin tahansa etuihin nähden, jotka Amerikan Yhdysvallat, niiden alueet tai alusmaat tahi Panaman kanavavyöhyke nykyään tai vastedes suovat Filippiineille, huolimatta millaisista tahansa muutoksista Filippiinien poliittisessa asemassa;
(2)etuja, jotka jompikumpiNeighboring states. maa on myöntänyt tai vastedes myöntää naapurivaltioilleen paikallisen liikenteen helpottamiseksi; 1444
(3)Commerce of Finland with Estonia. kohtelua, jonka Suomi nyt tai vastedes myöntää Viron kaupalle. XII Artikla Documentation errors.Amerikan Yhdysvalloissa ja Suomessa ei määrätä suurempia kuin nimellisiä rangaistuksia toisen maan tavaroita, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteita maahan tuotaessa sellaisista asiakirjoissa olevista virheellisyyksistä, jotka ilmeisesti johtuvat kirjoitusvirheestä tai joista todetaan, että on toimittu hyvässä uskossa. Mutual consideration of representations in respect of application of Article.Kummankin maan hallitus ottaa hyväntahtoisesti harkittavakseen sellaiset esityket, joita toinen hallitus saattaa tehdä ja järjestää pyynnöstä riittävän tilaisuuden neuvotella niistä, mikäli ne koskevat tullimääräysten täytäntöönpanoa, määrää koskevia rajoituksia tai niiden käyttöä, tullimuodollisuuksien noudattamista ja terveydenhoitolakien sekä ihmisten, eläinten tai kasvien elämän suojelua tarkoittavien määräysten soveltamista. Sanitary regulations.Mikäli jommankumman maan hallitus toisen maan hallitukselle tekee minkä tahansa terveydenhoitolain tai ihmisten, eläinten tai kasvien elämän suojelua tarkoittavan määräyksen soveltamista koskevan esityksen ja mikäli siitä on erimielisyyttä, asetetaan jommankumman hallituksen pyynnöstä teknillisistä asiantuntijoista kokoonpantu toimikunta, jossa kummankin hallituksen on oltava edustettuna, harkitsemaan asiaa ja esittämään ehdotuksia molemmille hallituksille. XIII Artikla Modification when rate of exchange prejudicial.Siinä tapauksessa, että huomattava vaihtelu tapahtuu Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen ja Suomen valuuttojen välisissä kursseissa, jommankumman maan hallituksella on oikeus, jos se pitää vaihtelua niin oleellisena, että se on vahingoksi maan teollisuudelle tai kaupalle, ehdottaa neuvotteluihin ryhtymistä tämän sopimuksen muuttamiseksi tai lopettaa koko 1445tämä sopimus kolmenkymmenen päivän kuluttua siitä kuin kirjallinen irtisanominen on tapahtunut. XIV Artikla Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen taiPublication of laws, regulations and decisions. vastaavasti Suomen lait, hallintoviranomaisten säädökset ja hallintotai oikeusviranomaisten päätökset, jotka koskevat tavaroiden luokittelua, tullausta varten taikka tullimääriä, julkaistaan viipymättä sillä tavoin, että kiinnostuneiden henkilöiden on mahdollista tutustua miilun. Sellaisia lakeja, säädöksiä ja päätöksiä sovelletaan yhtäläisesti asianomaisen maan kaikissa satamissa, paitsi silloin, kun erikoisesti on toisin määrätty Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen säännöksissä, jotka koskevat Puerto Ricoon tuotuja tavaroita. XV Artikla Lukuunottamatta mitä tämänProvisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc. artiklan toisessa kappaleessa toisin on määrätty, ei tämän sopimuksen määräyksiä siitä kohtelusta, jonka Amerikan Yhdysvallat ja vastaavasti Suomi myöntää toisen maan kaupalle, sovelleta Filippiineihin, Neitsytsaariin, Amerikan Samoasaarim, Guamin saareen eikä Panaman kanavavyöhykkeeseen. Tässä sopimuksessa olevia, suosituimmuuttaPreferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. koskevia määräyksiä sovelletaan minkä tahansa Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen tai Suomen suvereniteetin tai herruuden alaisen alueen tavaroihin, luonnon- tai teollisuustuotteisiin, jotka tuodaan miltä tahansa toisen maan suvereniteetin tai herruuden alaiselta alueelta tai viedään sinne. On kuitenkin sovittu siitä, ettei tämän kappaleen määräyksiä sovelletaNot applicable to Canal Zone. Panaman kanavavyöhykkeeseen. XVI Artikla Minkään tämän sopimuksenGold or silver exportation, etc., restriction. määräyksen ei katsota estävän ryhtymästä toimenpiteisiin, jotka 1446tarkoittavat kullan tai hopeanTraffic in arms, ammunition, etc. viennin tai tuonnin kieltämistä tai rajoittamista tai estävän ryhtymästä toimenpiteisiin, joita jompikumpi hallitus pitää tarpeellisina aseiden, ampumatarpeiden tai sotavarusteiden, sekä poikkeuksellisissa olosuhteissa, kaikkien muiden sotatarvikkeiden viennin tai vientiä tarkoittavan myynnin valvonnan suli teen. Police or revenue laws.Edellyttäen, ettei mitään mielivaltaista syrjintää toisen maan puolelta toista vastaan kolmannen maan hyväksi harjoiteta vastaavanlaisissa olosuhteissa, ei tämän sopimuksen määräyksiä sovelleta säännöksiin sellaisten Yhdysvaltojen tai Suomen poliisi- tai vero lakien toimeenpanosta mitkä koskevat tuontitavaroita, joiden maahantuonti, kuljetus tai myynti on kiellettyä tai rajoitettua eikä myöskään kieltoihin ja rajoituksiin
(1)jotka on määrätty moraalisista tai humaanisista syistä;
(2)jotka ovat tarkoitetut suojaamaan Uimisten, eläinten ja kasvien elämää tai terveyttä; taikka
(3)jotka koskevat vankiloissa valmistettuja tavaroita. XVII Artikla Adoption of measures impairing Agreement; adjustmentSiinä tapauksessa, että Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen tai Suomen hallitus ryhtyy johonkin toimenpiteeseen tai tekee jonkun teon, jonka, vaikkakaan se ei ole ristiriidassa tämän sopimuksen määräyksien kanssa, toisen maan hallitus katsoo vaikuttavan siten, että jokin tämän sopimuksen tarkoitusperä sen tukia tulee mitättömäksi tai kadottaa merkitystään, se hallitus, joka on johonkin tällaiseen toimenpiteeseen ryhtynyt tai tehnyt tällaisen teon, ottaa harkittavakseen ne toisen maan tekemät esitykset ja ehdotukset, jotka tarkoittavat kumpaakin asianosaista tyydyttävän järjestelyn aikaansaamista asiassa. XVIII Artikla Agreement not to affect Treaty of Friendship, etc., of 1934.[49 Stat. 2659](/us/stat/49/2659).Minkään tässä sopimuksessa ei katsota vaikuttavan niihin oikeuksiin ja velvoituksiin, jotka johtuvat Washingtonissa 13 päivänä1447helmikuuta 1934 allekirjoitetusta ystävyys-, kauppa- ja konsulisopimuksesta. XIX Artikla Tämä sopimus tulee voimaanEffective date. kolmantenakymmenentenä päivänä sen jälkeen kuin Amerikan Yhdysvaltojen Presidentti on antanut siitä julistuksen ja Suomen Presidentti on sen hyväksynyt tai jos julistus ja hyväksyminen on annettu eri päivinä, kolmantenakymmenentenä päivänä myöhemmän tällaisen julistuksen tai hyväksymisen päivämäärästä lukien ja pysyy sen jälkeen voimassaDuration.*Ante*, pp. 1439, 1444, köhnen vuoden ajan ellei sitä irtisanota VII tai XIII artiklan määräysten mukaisesti. Kummankin maan hallitus ilmoittaa toisen maan hallitukselle julistuksen tai hyväksymisen antamispäivän. Jollei jommankumman maanTermination. hallitus vähintään kuusi kuukautta ennen edellä mainitun kolmen vuoden määräajan umpeenkuluinista ole ilmoittanut toisen maan hallitukselle aiheestaan lopettaa tämä sopimus mainitun määräajan umpeenkuluttua, sopimus jää edelleen voimaan, ellei sitä irtisanota VII tai XIII artiklan määräysten mukaisesti, kunnes kuusi kuukautta on kulunut siitä päivästä lukien, jolloin jommankumman maan hallitus on antanut irtisanomisilmoituksen toisen maan hallitukselle. Vakuudeksi ovat asianomaisetSignatures. täysivaltaiset edustajat allekirjoittaneet tämän sopimuksen sekä sen sineteillään varustaneet. Tehtiin Washingtonissa kahdeksantenatoista päivänä toukokuuta tuhat yhdeksänsataa kolmekymmentä kuusi kahtena kappaleena, englanniksi ja suomeksi, jotka molemmat ovat todistusvoimaisia. For the President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull [seal] For the President of Finland: Eero Järnefelt [seal] 1448 Schedule I. SCHEDULE I. Finnish Tariff Number Description of Articles Rate of Duty in Finnish Marks 28-a Lard (“ihra ja rasva”), rendered Note: On imports of United States lard, including neutral lard, not in excess of 1,000,000 net kilograms per each successive 12-month period and entering through the ports of Helsinki, Turku, Viipuri or Vaasa, the duty shall not exceed 4.00 Finnish marks per net kilogram. Ex 48-b Cornstarch 1 kg. 1. 00 Ex 75-b-2 Apples, fresh, entering during period: December 15 to June 15, inclusive 1 kg. 1. 50 Ex 75-b-3 Pears and plums, fresh or merely cooked 1 kg. 1. 00 Ex 75-b-4 Grapefruit, fresh or merely cooked 1 kg. 0. 50 Ex 76-b Raisins, dried or desiccated 1 kg. 0. 50 Ex 76-c Prunes, all kinds, dried or desiccated 1 kg. 0. 70 Ex 80 Pears, apricots, peaches and mixed fruit for salad, dried, desiccated, or salted 1 kg. 3. 00 Note: The proportion of dried apples in mixed fruit for salad shall not exceed 15 percent by weight. Ex 147-c Preserved pineapples, pears, peaches, apricots, mixed fruit for salad, grapefruit, tomato juice and asparagus, including sweet-preserved, in hermetically sealed containers 1 kg. 6. 50 167 Cotton, uncarded, including bleached or dyed Free 305-a Sacks, manifestly used, of jute Free Ex 462-b Motion picture film, developed 1 kg. 34. 00 Ex 468-a Patent leather in pieces weighing each more than 1 kilo net 1 kg. 16. 00 Ex 468-b Patent leather in pieces weighing each less than 1 kilo but not less than 0.5 kilo net 1 kg. 20. 00 Ex 468-C-3 Patent leather in pieces weighing each less than 1 kilo but not less than 0.5 kilo net 15% ad valorem Minimum duty 1 kg. 26. 00 Ex 489-b Drive and conveyor belts, of rubber, gutta percha or balata, including those combined with textile materials 1 kg. 14. 00 490-a-1 Automobile tires without iron rims (including inner tubes) 1 kg. 20. 00 Ex 537 Desks and chairs for office use, of iron or steel sheet, lacquered, painted, enamelled, oxydized, bronzed, nickel plated, or covered with other base metals, n. o. s., or of stainless steel 1 kg. 3. 00 1449 LUETTELO I Suomen tullitariffin nimike Tavaran nimitys Tulli Smk. 28-a Ihra ja rasva, sulatettu Muist: Yhdysvalloista kunakin perakäkäisenä 12 kuukauden kautena aina 1,000,000 nettokiloon saakka Helsingin, Turun, Viipurin tai Vaasan satamien kautta tuotavasta ihrasta ja rasvasta, mukaanluettuna neutrallaardi, suoritetaan tullia korkeintaan 4 markkaa nettokilolta. 48-b:stä Maissitärkkelys 1 kg. 1:— 75-b-2:sta Omenat, tuoreet, jotka tuodaan maahan joulukuun 15 p:n ja kesäkuun 15 p:n välisenä aikana 1 kg. 1:50 75-b-3:sta Päärynät ja luumut, tuoreet tai paljaaltaan keitetyt 1 kg. 1:— 75-b-4:stä Grapehedelmat, tuoreet tai paljaaltaan keitetyt 1 kg. -:50 76-b:stä Rusinat, kuivat tai kuivatut 1 kg. -:50 76-c:stä Luumut, kaikenlaatuiset, kuivat tai kuivatut 1 kg. -:70 80:stä Päärynät, aprikosit, persikat ja salaatiksi tarkoitetut sekahedelmät, kuivat, kuivatut tai suolatut 1 kg. 3:— Muist: Salaatiksi tarkoitetut sekahedelmät eivät saa sisältää kuivattuja omenia enempaa kuin 15% painosta. 147-c:stä Säilykkeet, myös hillotut, ilmanpitävästi suljetuissa pakkauksissa: ananakset, päärynät, persikat, aprikosit, salaatiksi tarkoitetut sekahedelmät, grapehedelmät, tomaattimehu ja parsa 1 kg. 6:50 167 Puuvilla, karstaamaton, myös valkaistu tai värjätty Vapaa 305-a Säkit, ilmeisesti käytetyt, juutista valmistetut Vapaat 462-b:stä Elokuvafilmit, kehitetyt 1 kg. 34:— 468-a:sta Kiiltonahka, kappaleina, jotka painavat yli 1 kg. netto 1 kg. 16:— 468-b:stä Kiiltonahka, kappaleina, jotka painavat alle 1 kg. mutta ei alle 0.5 kg. netto 1 kg. 20:— 468-c-3:sta Kiiltonahka, kappaleina, jotka painavat alle 0.5 kg. netto 15% arvosta Vähin tulli 1 kg. 26:— 489-b:stä Käyttö- ja kuljetushihnat, kautsusta, guttaperkasta ja balatasta, myös jos niissä on kehruuaineksia 1 kg. 14:— 490-a-1 Automobiilirenkaat, joissa ei ole rautakiskoja, myös sisärenkaat 1 kg. 20:— 537:stä Konttoripöydat ja -tuolit, rautatai teräs levyistä valmistetut, lakatut, maalatut, emaljoidut, hapetetut, pronssatut, nikkelöidyt tai muilla, erikseen mainitsemattomilla epäjaloilla metalleilla silatut myös ruostumattomasta teräksestä valmistetut 1 kg. 3:— 1450 Schedule I—Contd. SCHEDULE I—Contd. Finnish Tariff Number Description of Articles Rate of Duty in Finnish Marks Ex 637 Copper rods, including those in bundles or coils, of 5 mm. or more in greatest dimension of cross-section, rolled, drawn, forged or pressed to profile, but not further elaborated 1 kg. 0.30 683-b Refrigerating machines weighing each 500 kilos net or less 1 kg. 2.50 Ex 684-a Refrigerating machines weighing each over 500 kilos but not over 2,500 kilos net 1 kg. 1.60 Ex 685-a Refrigerating machines weighing each over 2,500 kilos net, per kilo in excess of that weight 1 kg. 1.20 Note: The present customs treatment of parts of mechanical refrigerators and of refrigerating machines will continue to apply. 700-a Calculating machines and cash registers 1 kg. 15.00 700-b Typewriters and duplicating machines 1 kg. 10.00 Ex Note to Tariff No. 700: In case the importer is able to prove that machines falling under tariff number 700, sections a and b, are not manufactured in Finland, the duties are reduced by 50 percent. 708-a-1-aa-2 Passenger automobiles of a maximum value of 80,000 Finnish marks each, when the cylinder volume exceeds 1600 cubic centimeters, and chassis and other parts, n.o.s., for passenger automobiles of all kinds; also chassis for motor trucks and parts, n. o. s., for such chassis 14% ad valorem Minimum duty 1 kg. 3.50 708-a-1-ab Motor trucks and parts, n. o. s., therefor 14% ad valorem Minimum duty 1 kg. 3.50 708-a-2 Passenger automobiles of a value over 80,000 Finnish marks but not over 160,000 Finnish marks each 21% ad valorem Minimum duty 1 kg. 5.25 708-a-3 Passenger automobiles of a value over 160,000 Finnish marks each 28% ad valorem Minimum duty 1 kg. 7.00 Ex 811-b-2 Gasoline 1 kg. 2.00 1451 LUETTELO I—Jatk. Suomen tullitariffii nimike Tavaran nimitys Tulli Smk. 637:stä Kuparitangot, myös kimppuina tai renkaina, joissa poikkileikkausmuodon suurin läpimitta on vähintään 5 mm., valssatut, vedetyt, taotut tai profilipuristeiset, mutta ilman enempää muovailua 1 kg. —:30 683-b Jäähdytyskoneet, joiden nettopaino kappaleelta on enintään 500 kg. 1 kg. 2:50 684-a:sta Jäähdytyskoneet, joiden nettopaino kappaleelta on yli 500 kg:n, mutta ei yli 2,500 kg:n 1 kg. 1:60 685-a:sta Jäähdytyskoneet, joiden nettopaino kappaleelta on yli 2,500 kg:n, kultakin tämän yli olevalta kg:lta 1 kg. 1:20 Muist: Nykyistä mekaanisten jäähdytyskaappien sekä jäähdytyskoneiden osien tullikäsittelyä sovelletaan edelleenkin. 700-a Lasku- ja kassantarkastuskoneet 1 kg. 15:— 700-b Kirjoitus- ja monistelukoneet 1 kg. 10:— Muistutuksesta nimikkeeseen 700: jos maahantuoja voi näyttää toteen, että nimikkeen 700 kohtiin a) ja b) luettavia koneita ei valmisteta Sumessa, myönnetään 50%:n tullialennus. 708-a-1-aa-2 Henkilöautomobiilit, joiden arvo on enintään 80,000 Smk. kpl. koneen silinteritilavuuden ollessa enemman kuin 1,600 cm3; samoin kaikkien henkilöautomobiilien mainitsemattomat; niin myös kuorrnaautomobiilien alustat ja alustojen osat, erikseen mainitsemattomat 14% arvosta Vähin tulli 1 kg. 3:50 708-a-1-ab Kuorma-automobiilit ja niiden osat, erikseen mainitsemattomat 14% arvosta Vähin tulli 1 kg. 3:50 708-a-2 Henkiläautomobiilit arvoltaan yli 80,000 Smk., mutta ei yli 160,000 Smk. kpl. 21% arvosta Vähin tulli 1 kg. 5:25 708-a-3 Henkilöautomobiilit arvoltaan yli 160,000 Smk. kpl. 28% arvosta Vähin tulli 1 kg. 7:— 811-b-2:sta Gasolini 1 kg. 2:— 1452 Schedule II. SCHEDULE II Note: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the customs laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined, insofar as may be practicable, as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective descrip-tions of articles. In the case of articles enumerated in this Schedule, which are subject on the day of the signature of this Agreement to additional or separate ordinary customs duties, whether or not imposed under the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective description of the article, such separate or additional duties shall continue in force, subject to any reduction indicated in this Schedule or hereafter provided for, until terminated in accordance with law, but shall not be increased. United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 234
(a)Granite suitable for use as monumental, paving, or building stone, not specially provided for: 30% ad val. Hewn, dressed, pointed, pitched, lined, or polished, or otherwise manufactured (including paving blocks) Unmanufactured, or not dressed, pointed, pitched, lined, hewn, or polished 12½¢ 40 per cubic foot Note: The existing customs classification treatment of granite suitable for use as monumental, paving, or building stone, which has been roughly squared merely for the purpose of facilitating its shipment to the United States, as “unmanufactured, or not dressed, pointed, pitched, lined, hewn, or polished” in accordance with the ruling announced in Treasury Decision 44791–4 (59 Treasury Decisions 850) shall be continued during the effective period of this Agreement. 372 Cream separators valued at more than $50 and not more than $100 each 12½4% ad val. 405 Plywood wholly or in chief value of birch 20% ad val. and in addition thereto 5% ad val. 412 Spools wholly of wood suitable for thread, not including bobbins 25% ad val. 710 Cheese having the eye formation characteristic of the Swiss or Emmenthaler type; and Gruyere process-cheese 5¢ per lb., but not less than 20% ad val. 1453 LUETTELO II Muist: Tämän luettelon määräykset on tulkittava, niitten vaikutuksen tulee olla sama ja Yhdysvaltojen tullilakien täydentävien määräysten soveltaminen tämän luettelon määräyksiin on, mikäli mahdollista, ratkaistava kuin joa jokainen tämän luettelon määräys olisi otettu kunkin tavaramääritelmän vasemmalla puolella olevaan sarekkeeseen merkittyyn asetuksenmukaiseen määräykseen. Niihin tässä luettelossa mainittuihin tuotteisiin nähden, jotka ovat tämän sopimuksen allekirjoittamispäivänä lisättyjen tai erityisten varsinaisten tullien alaisia, olkootpa ne määrätty kunkin tavaramääritelmän vasemmalla puolella olevaan sarekkeeseen merkityn asetuksenmulikaisen määräyksen perusteella tai ei, tulevat tällaiset erityiset tullit tai lisätullit, ottaen huomioon ne alennukset, jotka sisältyvät tähän luetteloon tai joita myöhemmin tehdään, jäämään voimaan siksi kunnes niitten voimassaolo lain mukaan päättyy, mutta niitä ei saa korottaa. Yhdysvaltojen v. 1930 tariffilain pykälä Tataran nimitys Tulli 234
(a)Graniitti, monumentti-, katu- tai rakennuskivenä käytettävä, ei muualla mainittu, hienoksi hakattu, hiottu, reunoilta puhtaaksi hakattu, piikattu eräällä tavalla hakattu, kiillotettu tai muulla tavoin muokattu (myös tie- tai katukivet) 30% arvosta Graniitti, muokkaamaton, eli ei hiottu, reunoilta puhtaaksi hakattu, piikattu, eräällä tavalla hakattu, hienoksi hakattu tai kiillotettu 12½ c. kuutiojalalta Muist: Graniittia, joka on tarkoitettu monumentti-, katu- tai rakennuskivenä käytettäväksi ja joka karkeana kappaleena louhittuna on tasotettu (reunoilta puhtaaksi meislattu) vain helpottaakseen kuljetusta Yhdysvaltoihin, käsitellään tullattaessa edelleen “muokkaamattomana, eli ei hiottuna, reunoilta puhtaaksi hakattuna, piikattuna, eräällä tavalla hakattuna, hienoksi hakattuna tai Kiillotettuna” Treasury Decision 44791–4:ssä (59 Treasury Decisions 850) julkaistun päätoksen mukaisesti, niin kauan kuin tämä sopimus on voimassa. 372 Separaattorit, arvoltaan 50–100 dollaria 12½% arvosta 405 Ristiinliimattu faneri, yksinomaan tai päääsialliselta arvoltaan koivusta valmistettu 25% arvosta 412 Yksinomaan puusta valmistetut rullat lankaa varten, bobiineja lukuunottamatta 25% arvosta 710 Juusto, jossa on sveitsiläistai emmenthaljuustolle ominainen reijitys; sekä sulatettu gruyere-juusto 5 c. per lb., tai ainakin 20% arvosta 1454 Schedule II—Contd. SCHEDULE I—Contd. United, States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Rate of Duty 1402 Paper board, wallboard, and pulpboard, including cardboard, and leather board or compress leather, not plate finished, supercalendered or friction calendered, laminated by means of an adhesive substance, coated, surface stained or dyed, lined or vat-lined, embossed, printed, decorated, or ornamented in any manner, nor cut into shapes for boxes or other articles and not specially provided for, except pulpboard in rolls for use in the manufacture of wallboard 10% ad val. 1405 Vegetable parchment paper by whatever name known 2¢ per lb. and 10% 1409 Wrapping paper not specially provided for: Sulphate 20% ad val. Other, except straw paper 25% ad val. 1413 Paper board and pulpboard, including cardboard and leather-board or compress leather, plate finished, supercalendered or friction calendered, laminated by means of an adhesive substance, coated, surface stained or dyed, lined or vat-lined, embossed, printed, or decorated or ornamented in any manner, except pulpboard in rolls for $14.50 per ton of 2,000 lbs., but not less than 15% nor more than 30% ad val. 1516 Matches, friction or lucifer, of all descriptions, per gross of one hundred and forty-four boxes, containing not more than one hundred matches per box 17½¢ per gross 1604 Cream separators valued at not more than $50 each, whether in whole or in parts, including repair parts Free 1716 Mechanically ground wood pulp, chemical wood pulp, unbleached or bleached Free 1772 Standard newsprint paper Free 1455 LUETTELO II—Jatk. Yhdysvaltojen v. 1930 tarifflain pykälä Tavaran nimitys Tulli 1402 Pahvi, rakennuspahvi ja massapahvi, kartonki ja ruskea pahvi tai jäljennetty nahka mukaanluettuina, ei levykiilloitettu, superkalanteroitu tai kitkakalanteroitu, liisteriaineella yhteenliisteröity, sivelty, pintavärjätty tai pintakerros massana värjätty, päällystetty tai pintakerroksella varustettu, kuvioitu, painettu tai jollakin tavalla koristeltu, ei myöskään valmiiksi leikattuna laatikoita tai muita tuotteita varten eikä erikseen mainittu, lukuunottamatta pahvia rullissa rakennuspahvin valmistusta varten 10% arvosta 1405 Oikea pergamenttipaperi (tunnettu Minkä nimisena tahansa) 2 c. per lb., ja 10% arvosta 1409 Käärepaperi, muualla mainitsematon: Sulfaatti 20% arvosta Muu, olkipaperia lukuunottamatta 25% arvosta 1413 Pahvi ja massapahvi, kartonki ja ruskea pahvi tai jäljennetty nahka mukaanluettuina, levykiilloitettu, superkalanteroitu tai kitkakalanteroitu, liisteriaineella yhteenliisteröity, sivelty, pinta värjätty tai pintakerros massana värjätty, päällystetty tai pintakerroksella varustettu, kuvioitu, painettu tai jollakin tavalla koristeltu, lukuunottamatta pahvia rullissa rakennuspahvin valmistusta varten $14.50 tonnilta à 2000 lbs., kuitenkin vähintään ja enintään 30% arvosta 1516 Tulitikut, friktio- tai lucifer-, kaikenlaiset, 144 laatikon grosseissa, kukin laatikko sisältäen korkeintaan 100 tulitikkua 17½ c. grossilta 1604 Separaattorit, arvoltaan korkeintaan $50, kokonaan tai osissa, varaosat mukaan luettuina Vapaat 1716 Mekaaninen puumassa, kemiallinen puumassa, valkaisematon tai valkaistu Vapaa 1772 “Standard” sanomalehtipaperi Vapaa 1456 Modifications, etc. Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the two Schedules thereunto annexed are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; *Ante*, p. 1447. Whereas it is stipulated in Article XIX of the said Agreement that the Agreement shall come into full force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and approval thereof by the President of the Republic of Finland, or should the proclamation be issued and the approval be given on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamation or approval; Whereas the said Agreement, including the two Schedules, was approved by the President of the Republic of Finland on October 2, 1936; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after November 2, 1936, the thirtieth day following October 3, 1936, the date of this my proclamation of the said Agreement. [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351). Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this third day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] thirty-six and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. November 12, 1936 Agreement INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES BRAZIL—MILITARY MISSION—NOV. 12, 1936 *Agreement between the United States of America and Brazil respectingNovember 12, 1936[E. A. S. No. 98] a military mission. Signed November 12, 1936; effective November 12, 1936.* 1458 **AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE UNITED STATES OF BRAZIL** Agreement with Brazil respecting a military mission.In conformity with the request made on November 9, 1935, by the Brazilian Ambassador at Washington to the Secretary of State of the United States of America, and the notes of November 9, December [49 Stat. 3848](/us/stat/49/3848).[44 Stat. 565](/us/stat/44/565).16 and December 19, 1935, the President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority conferred by the Act of Congress, approved May 19, 1926, entitled “an Act to authorize the President to detail officers and enlisted men of the United States Army, Navy, and Marine Corps to assist the Governments of the Latin American [49 Stat. 218](/us/stat/49/218).Republics in military and naval matters”, as amended by an Act of May 14, 1935, to include the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands, has authorized the continuance of the detail of officers constituting an American Military Mission to Brazil, upon the following agreed conditions: TITLE I Purpose and duration Art. 1. Purpose and duration. The purpose of the Mission is to cooperate with the General Staff, Office of the Chief of Coast Defense and officers of the Brazilian Army in the development and functioning of the Coast Artillery Instruction Center, to superintend the courses and assist in the instruction. The Mission will also have charge of the courses and assist in the instruction of the subjects of Permanent Fortification and Chemical Warfare at the Technical School. Art. 2. This Mission shall continue for two years from the date of the signing of this agreement by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and the United States of Brazil. Art. 3. If the Government of Brazil should desire that the service of the Mission should be extended, in whole or in part, beyond the period stipulated, a proposal to that effect must be made six months before the expiration of this agreement. Art. 4. If it should be necessary, in the interest of either one of the two Governments, that the present contract or its extension be terminated before the time specified, the Government so desiring must give notice to the other three months in advance. 1459 **ACCORDO ENTRE OS GOVERNOS DOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DA AMERICA E DOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DO BRASIL** De conformidade com o pedido feito a 9 de Novembro de 1935, pelo Embaixador do Brasil em Washington ao Secretario de Estado dos Estados Unidos da America e com as notas de 9 de Novembro, 16 de Dezembro e 19 de Dezembro de 1935, o Presidente dos Estados Unidos da America, em virtude da autoridade que lhe é conferida pela lei do Congresso, approvada a 19 de Maio de 1926 e intitulada “lei que autoriza o Presidente a designar officiaes e homens alistados do Exercito, da Marinha e dos Batalhões Navaes dos Estados Unidos para assistirem os Governos das Repúblicas da America Latina em assumptos militares e navaes”, e alterada pela lei de 14 de Maio de 1935 para incluir o “Commonwealth” das Ilhas Philippines, autorizou a continuação da designação de officiaes que constituem uma Missão militar no Brasil, nas seguintes condições contractuaes: TITULO I Fim e duração Art. 1. O fim da Missão é cooperar com o Estado Maior do Exercito, com a Inspectoría de Defesa de Costa e com Officiaes do Exercito brasileiro, no desenvolvimento e funccionamento do Centro de Instrucção de Artilharia de Costa, superintender os cursos e auxiliar a instrucção. A Missão terá também a seu cargo os cursos de Fortificação Permanente e Guerra Chimica na Escola Technica do Exercito, onde auxiliará a respectiva instrucção. Art. 2. Esta Missão durará dois annos a partir da data da assignatura deste accôrdo pelos representantes autorizados dos Governos dos Estados Unidos da America e dos Estados Unidos do Brasil. Art. 3. Se o Governo do Brasil desejar que o serviço da Missão se prolongue, no todo ou em parte, além do periodo estipulado, uma proposta para esse fim deverá ser feita seis mezes antes do termo deste contracto. Art. 4. Se fôr necessario, no interesse de qualquer dos dois Governos, que o presente contracto, ou seu prolongamento, termine antes do tempo especificado, o Governo que o desejar deverá notificá-lo ao outro tres mezes antes. 1460 Art. 5. It is herein stipulated and agreed that while the Mission shall be in operation under this agreement, or under an extension thereof, the Government o11So in original. Brazil will not engage the services of any Mission or personnel of any other foreign government for the duties and purposes contemplated by this agreement. TITLE II Composition and personnel Art. 6. Composition and personnel. The Mission will be composed of four officers of the Regular Army of the United States of America as follows: one Colonel or Lieutenant Colonel of Coast Artillery; one Major or Captain of Coast Artillery; one Lieutenant Colonel or Major of Engineers; and one Major or Captain of the Chemical Warfare Service. The senior Coast Artillery Officer will be Chief of the Mission, who will assure normally the direct relations of the Mission with the Minister of War and the Chief of Staff of the Army. Art. 7. Any additions to the personnel of the Mission that may be considered advisable or necessary shall be considered as an addendum to this agreement. TITLE III Duties, rank and precedence Art. 8. Duties, rank, and precedence. The members of the Mission shall be responsible solely to the Brazilian Ministry of War through the Chief of the Mission and shall act as tactical and technical advisers to the Chief of the General Staff and Chief of Coast Defense for the questions of organization and instruction in all matters pertaining to Coast Defense, Permanent Fortification, and Chemical Warfare. Art. 9. It shall be the duty of the members of the Mission, under the direction of the Chief of the Mission, to advise technically the Commandant of the Coast Artillery Center of Instruction and the Commandant of the Technical School and cooperate with them in all matters pertaining to Coast Defense, Permanent Fortification, and Chemical Warfare, as well as prescribing the courses in these subjects and assisting in the instruction. Art. 10. In case of war between Brazil and any other nation, the Mission shall terminate. In case of civil war no member of the Mission shall take part in the operations in any respect. Art. 11. The members of the Mission shall each receive one extra grade or rank above the rank they hold in the Army of the United States of America, while serving on the Mission. Their precedence with respect to Brazilian Officers and Officers of other foreign missions shall be in accordance with their extra grade or rank and seniority therein. The members of the Mission will receive no extra compensation for the above mentioned extra grade or rank and will wear only uniforms of the Army of the United States of America. 1461 Art. 5. E’ aqui estipulado e accordado que, emquanto a Missão funccionar sob este accôrdo, ou seu prolongamento, o Governo do Brasil não contractará os serviços de qualquer Missão ou pessoal de qualquer outro Governo estrangeiro para as funcções e fins tratados neste accôrdo. TITULO II Composição e pessoal Art. 6. A Missão compor-se-á de quatro officiaes do Exercito doa Estados Unidos da America, a saber: um Coronel ou Tenente-Coronel de Artilharia de Costa; um Major ou Capitão de Artilharia de Costa; um Tenente-Coronel ou Major de Engenharia; e um Major ou Capitão do Serviço de Guerra Chimica. O official mais antigo de Artilharia de Costa será o Chefe da Missão, o qual assegurará normalmente as relações directas da Missão com o Ministro da Guerra e o Chefe do Estado Maior do Exercito. Art. 7. Qualquer augmento do pessoal da Missão, que se julgar conveniente, ou necessario, será considerado como additamento a este accôrdo. TITULO III Deveres, graduação e precedencia Art. 8. Os membros da Missão ficarão unicamente subordinados ao Ministerio da Guerra do Brasil, por intermedio do Chefe da Missão, e exercerão junto ao Chefe do Estado Maior do Exercito e Inspector da Defesa de Costa o papel de conselheiros tácticos e technicos para as questões de organização e instrucção nos assumptos relativos á Defesa de Costa, Fortificações Permanentes e Guerra Chimica. Art. 9. E’ dever dos membros da Missão, sob a direcção do Chefe da mesma, aconselhar technicamente o Commandante do Centro de Instrucção de Artilharia de Costa e o da Escola Technica do Exercito e com elles cooperar em todos os assumptos referentes á Defesa de Costa, Fortificações Permanentes e Guerra Chimica, bem como prescrever os cursos nos ditos assumptos e auxiliar a instrucção. Art. 10. Em caso de guerra entre o Brasil e qualquer outra Nação, será extincta a Missão. Em caso de guerra civil, nenhum membro da Missão tomará parte nas operações, de modo algum. Art. 11. Os membros da Missão receberão cada um uma graduação ou posto immediatamente acima da que têm no Exercito americano, emquanto servirem na Missão. Sua precedencia em relação aos officiaes brasileiros e officiaes de outras missões estrangeiras será regulada de accôrdo com a graduação acima referida e a antiguidade. Não receberão nenhuma remuneração extraordinaria pela dita graduação e só usarão uniformes do Exercito dos Estados Unidos da America. 1462 TITLE IV Pay and allowances Art. 12. Pay and allowances. The members of the Mission shall receive from the Brazilian Government, for their services, the following annual compensation in Brazilian paper money, payable monthly in 12 equal installments: Colonel 72:000$00 (Seventy-two contos) Lieutenant Colonel 66:000$00 (Sixty-six contos) Major 60:000$00 (Sixty contos) Captain 54:000$00 (Fifty-four contos) Art. 13. Each member of the Mission shall have the right to receive his Brazilian pay beginning on the date of his leaving New York, and continuing, upon completion of his service in the Mission, up to the date of his arrival in New York, proceeding each way by usual sea route. Any member of the Mission who may return to the United States before completing two years service, or who returns for one of the causes foreseen in Art. 26, will only receive full pay up to the date of his leaving Rio de Janeiro, except in the cases of ill-health or termination of the contract of the Mission in which cases payment will be made up to arrival in New York. Art. 14. It is further stipulated that this compensation shall not be subject to any Brazilian tex 1 1So in original. now in force or which may hereafter be imposed. Art. 15. The expenses of transportation by land and sea of the members of the Mission, their families, household effect1 1So in original. and baggage, including automobiles, shall be paid in advance by the representative of the Brazilian Government, the officers and their families being furnished with firstclass accommodations, families being construed as wives and dependent children throughout the contract. There shall be provided in advance the following allowance to cover expenses of locating and housing each member of the Mission: Colonel 6:000$00 Lieutenant Colonel 5:500$00 Major 5:000$00 Captain 4:000$00 The household effects and baggage including automobiles of the personnel of the Mission and their families shall be exempt from customs duties and imposts of any kind in Brazil. Art. 16. The members of the Mission who remain in Brazil two or more years, or until the termination of the Mission, shall have the right, when they return to the United States of America, to the advance payment of transportation expenses of themselves and their families and all effects, as specified in Art. 15, and insurance of effects, from Rio de Janeiro to New York; these expenses to include packing effects and transporting them on board ship in Rio de Janeiro. Art. 17. During the stay of the Mission, the Government of Brazil shall grant, on request of the Chief of the Mission, free entry for articles of personal and family use; families being construed as wives, and dependent children. 1463 TITULO IV Remunereção e vantagens Art. 12. Os membros da Missão receberão do Governo Brasileiro, por seus serviços, a seguinte remuneração annual, em moeda papel brasileira, pagavel, mensalmente, em 12 prestações iguaes: Coronel 72:000$00 (Setenta e dois contos) Tenente-Coronel 66:000$00 (Sessenta e seis contos) Major 60:000$00 (Sessenta contos) Capitão 54:000$00 (Cincoenta e quatro contos) Art. 13. Todos os membros da Missão terão direito a receber os seus vencimentos brasileiros desde a data de sua partida de Nova York até a de chegada â mesma cidade, de regresso, depois de terminado o seu serviço na Missão, sendo utilizada nas viagens a rota marítima usual. Qualquer membro da Missão que regressar aos Estados Unidos antes de completar dois annos de serviço ou aquelle que partir por uma das causas previstas no art. 26, só receberá, entretanto, os seus vencimentos integraes até a data da partida do Rio de Janeiro; exceptuamse os casos de doenças ou de terminação do contracto da Missão, em que o pagamento será feito até a chegada a Nova York. Art. 14. Fica além disto estipulado que essa remuneração não está sujeita a imposto algum brasileiro em vigor, ou que possa ser criado posteriormente. Art. 15. As despesas de transporte por terra e mar, dos membros da Missão, suas familias, moveis e utensilios de casa e bagagens, inclusive automóveis, serão pagas adiantadamente pelo representante do Governo Brasileño, fornecendo-se aos officiaes e suas familias passagens de 1a classe, entendendo-se neste contracto por familia a Senhora e filhos a cargo dos mesmos officiaes. Será concedida também adiantadamente a seguinte ajuda de custo, para as despesas de installação de cada membro da Missão: Coronel 6:000$00 Tenente-Colonel 5:500$00 Major 5:000$00 Capitão 4:000$00 Os moveis, objectos de casa, bagagem e automóveis, do pessoal da Missão e suas familias, estarão isentos de direitos aduaneiros e impostos, de qualquer natureza, do Brasil. Art. 16. Os membros da Missão que permanecerem no Brasil dois ou mais annos, ou até a terminação da mesma, terão direito, quando regressarem aos Estados Unidos da America, ao pagamento adiantado das despesas de transporte constantes do art. 15, para si, suas respectivas familias e bagagens, inclusive automóveis, seguro das mesmas bagagens do Rio de Janeiro até Nova York, inclusive embalagem e transporte para bordo, no Rio de Janeiro. Art. 17. Durante a permanencia da Missão, o Governo do Brasil concederá, mediante pedido de seu Chefe, entrada livre para os artigos de uso pessoal e das familias; considerando-se como familias as Senhoras e os filhos a cargo dos officiaes. 1464 Art. 18. Each member of the Mission with more than two complete years of service in Brazil shall have the right to a leave of three months on full pay, and also the right of leaving Brazil. In case he leaves Brazil, he shall have the right to travel time in addition to his leave and he shall receive his full pay in Brazilian money at the rate specified in Art. 12, during both his leave and time of travel. The Chief of the Mission shall arrange, after consultation with the Chief of the General Staff, that such leaves inconvenience as little as possible the interests of the Brazilian Army. Art. 19. Members of the Mission who may become ill, shall be cared for by the Brazilian Government, in such hospital as the Chief of the Mission may, after consultation with the Brazilian authorities, consider suitable. Art. 20. In case of travel performed on official business outside of the Federal District and Nictheroy, by any member of the Mission, such member shall receive while engaged therein, besides his regular compensation, *per diem* allowances and transportation which shall be the same as those allowed to the officers of the Brazilian Army of the same rank and in like circumstances. Art. 21. The officers of the Mission shall be accorded the same rights and privileges which are enjoyed by diplomatic representatives accredited to Brazil and of corresponding rank, except as regards the rights of importation mentioned above. Art. 22. A suitable automobile with chauffeur shall be permanently assigned to the Chief of the Mission for the use of the Mission on official service. When this automobile is unavailable because of repair, overhaul or other reason a suitable substitute will be provided. Art. 23. A private office and necessary equipment shall be provided the members of the Mission for their work. Art. 24. Every member of the Mission shall have a Brazilian officer detailed as an assistant. Art. 25. If cancellation of this contract be effected on the request of the United States of America, all expenses of the return of the Mission and the families and all effects thereof to their country shall be borne by that Government. In case, however, the cancellation should be effected on the initiative of the Brazilian Government, or as a result of war between Brazil and a foreign power, the Brazilian Government shall bear all the costs of the return to the United States of America of the Mission and the families and all effects thereof, in accordance with the provision of Arts. 13 and 16, and in addition thereto, the Brazilian Government shall pay to each officer an amount equivalent to three months compensation from the date of his arrival in New York proceeding by usually traveled sea route. TITLE V Members of the Mission.Recall and replacement of members of the Mission Art. 26. Recall and replacement. The United States of America, may if the public interest so requires, recall, at any time, any one or all of the members of the Mission, substituting for them other officers acceptable to the Brazilian 1465 Art. 18. Cada membro da Missão, com mais de dois annos completos de serviços no Brasil, fará jús a uma licença de tres mezes, com todos os vencimentos e com o direito de ausentar-se do Brasil, não incluindo na licença, neste caso, o tempo de viagem. Durante essa ausencia, comprehendida a viagem, cada membro da Missão receberá integralmente os seus vencimentos em moeda brasileira, como se acha especificado no art. 12. O Chefe da Missão providenciará, ouvido o Chefe do Estado Maior do Exercito, para que essas licenças prejudiquem o menos possivel os interesses do Exercito brasileiro. Art. 19. Os membros da Missão que adoeçam serão internados pelo Governo Brasileiro no hospital que o Chefe da Missão julgar conveniente, depois de ouvidas as autoridades brasileiras. Art. 20. No caso de viagens feitas a serviço, fóra do Districto Federal e Nictheroy, por qualquer membro da Missão, receberá elle, além dos vencimentos que lhe competem, as mesmas diarias e genero de transporte concedidos aos officiaes do Exercito brasileiro, de identica graduação, em condições semelhantes. Art. 21. Serão concedidos aos officiaes da Missão os mesmos direitos e privilegios de que gozam os representantes diplomáticos de igual categoria acreditados no Brasil, excepto no que diz respeito aos direitos de importação, já mencionados. Art. 22. Um automovel de classe, com “chauffeur”, será permanentemente posto á disposição do Chefe da Missão, para o transporte dos officiaes da mesma em serviço. Quando esse automovel não estiver disponivel, por necessitar reparos, exames ou outra qualquer razão, será substituido por outro, nas mesmas condições. Art. 23. Os membros da Missão disporão, para os seus trabalhos, de um Gabinete e o necessario material de expediente. Art. 24. Junto a cada membro da Missão haverá um official brasileiro, destacado como assistente. Art. 25. Se este contracto for rescindido a pedido dos Estados Unidos da America, todas as despesas com a volta dos membros da Missão, suas familias e todas as suas bagagens, definidas no art. 15, a seu paiz, serão feitas por esse Governo. Se se verificar, porém, essa rescisão por iniciativa do Governo Brasileiro ou em consequência de uma guerra entre o Brasil e uma Nação estrangeira, o Governo Brasileiro fará face a todas as despesas para o regresso aos Estados Unidos da America dos membros da Missão, de suas respectivas familias e bagagens, de accôrdo com as estipulações dos arts. 13 e 16, devendo, outrosim, o Governo Brasileiro pagar a cada offical uma quantia equivalente a tres mezes de vencimentos a partir da data de eua chegada a Nova York, em viagem normal por via marítima. TITULO V Retirada e substituição dos membros da missão Art. 26. Os Estados Unidos da America poderão, se o interesse publico o exigir, retirar, em qualquer tempo, qualquer um dos membros da Missão ou todos elles, substituindo-os por outros officiaes do agrado 1466 Government, all the expenses connected therewith being incumbent on the Government of the United States of America. If on the request of the Brazilian Government, any member of the Mission is recalled for due and just cause other than that of the termination of his sendees on the Mission or his illness, all the expenses connected with the return shall be incumbent on the United States of America. Art. 27. Any member of the Mission may be relieved on his own request, by the Government of the United States of America, after two years of service in Brazil, being replaced in each case by an officer of corresponding rank and arm, as specified in Article 6, who is acceptable to the Brazilian Government. Art. 28. No member of the Mission relieved on his own request before he gives two years service shall be entitled to travel expenses and transportation of effects at the expense of the Brazilian Government except in case of illness. Art. 29. If any member of the Mission should be obliged by illness to discontinue service with the Mission, the Brazilian Government shall bear the expenses of return of himself, family and all effects thereof, to the United States as above stipulated for members with more than two years of service. Art. 30. If a member of the Mission or one of his family should die in Brazil, the Brazilian Government shall have the body transported to such city in the United States as the family of the deceased may designate. In case the deceased should be a member of the Mission, the Brazilian Government shall pay the expenses of the travel of the family and the transportation of all their effects to New York. Art. 31. In case of substitution for a member of the Mission, all the clauses of this agreement, except in cases of express provisions to the contrary, shall apply to the substitute, including those specified *Ante*, p. 1462.in Articles 13 and 15. TITLE VI Supersession of original contract and authentication of new Agreement. Supersession of original contract and authentication of new Agreement Art. 32. Effective date. From the date of signing of tliis new agreement, embodied herein, by the accredited representatives of the Governments of the United States of America and of the United States of Brazil it will be in full effect and supersede entirely and in all particulars [49 Stat. 3543](/us/stat/49/3543).the original contract, signed at Washington May 10, 1934, by the Secretary of State of the United States of America, and the Brazilian Ambassador to the United States of America, and all supplementary agreements thereto. Art. 33. Signatures. In faith whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized, sign the present contract in two texts, each one in the English and Portuguese languages, at Rio de Janeiro, the twelfth day of November of 1936. [seal] R. M. Scotten [seal] José Carlos de Macedo Soares [seal] Gen. João Gomes Bibeiro Filho 1467 do Governo Brasileiro, devendo todas as despesas d’ahi resultantes correr por conta do Governo dos Estados Unidos da America. Se, a pedido do Governo Brasileiro, algum membro da Missão fôr retirado e regressar por qualquer outra causa justa, que não a da terminação de seus serviços na Missão ou de doença, todas as despesas, com esse regresso, correrão por conta dos Estados Unidos da America. Art. 27. Qualquer membro da Missão poderá ser exonerado, a seu pedido, pelo Governo dos Estados Unidos da America, depois de dois annos de serviço no Brasil, sendo substituido em cada caso por um official de graduação e arma correspondentes, como preceitua o art. 6, e que seja acceito pelo Governo Brasileiro. Art. 28. Nenhum membro da Missão, exonerado a seu pedido, antes de completar dois annos de serviço, terä as despesas de viagem de regresso, e de transporte de objectes e bagagem, pagas á custa do Governo Brasileiro, excepto em caso de doença. Art. 29. Se algum membro da Missão for obrigado por doença a interromper o serviço, o Governo Brasileiro pagará as despesas de regresso do mesmo, de sua familia e respectiva bagagem, aos Estados Unidos, na fôrma estipulada para os officiaes que tenham completado os dois annos de serviço. Art. 30. Se algum membro da Missão, ou pessôa de sua família, fallecer no Brasil, o Governo Brasileiro fará transportar o corpo para a cidade dos Estados Unidos que a familia do morto indicar. Se o morto fór um dos contractados, o Governo Brasileiro pagará as despesas de viagem da familia e transporte de bagagens até Nova York. Art. 31. No caso de substituição de um membro da Missão, todas as clausulas deste accôrdo, excepto no caso de disposição expressa em contrario, se applicamo ao substituido, inclusive as especificadas nos arts. 13 e 15. TITULO VI Revogação do contracto original e authenticação do novo accoôrdo Art. 32. A partir da data da assignatura deste novo accôrdo aqui especificado, pelos representantes autorizados dos Estados Unidos da America e dos Estados Unidos do Brasil, elle entrará em pleno vigor e substituirá inteiramente e em todas as suas particularidades o contracto original, assignado a 10 de Maio de 1934 em Washington pelo Secretario de Estado dos Estados Unidos da America e o Embaixador do Brasil nos Estados Unidos da America, e todos os accórdos supplementares ao mesmo. Art. 33. Em testemunho do que, os abaixo assignados, devidamente autorizados, assignant o presente contracto em dois textos, cada um nos idiomas inglez e portuguez, no Rio de Janeiro, no dia doze de Novembro de mil nocentos e trinta e seis. [seal] R. M. Scotten [seal] Carlos de Macedo Soares [seal] Gen. João Gomes Ribeiro Filho December 10, 1936 December 12, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1468 1468 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES FRANCE—SUPPRESSION OF CUSTOMS FRAUDS—DEC. 10, 12, 1936 *December 10 and 12, 1936[E. A. S. No. 99]Agreement between the United States of America and France providing for the suppression of customs frauds. Effected by exchange of notes; signed December 10 and 12, 1936; effective, December 15, 1936.* The French Minister for Foreign Affairs (Delbos) to the American Ambassador (Bullitt) ministère des affaires étrangères sous-direction des affaires administratives et des unions Internationales Paris, *le 10 décembre 1936*. Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, Agreement with France providing for reciprocal suppression of customs frauds.J’ai l’honneur de faire savoir à Votre Excellence que le Gouvernement français est disposé, sous condition de réciprocité, à appliquer, à partir du 15 décembre 1936, les dispositions suivantes en vue de la répression des fraudes douanières par l’assistance mutuelle des Administrations douanières française et américaine: " “*Article 1er*.— L’Administration des Douanes des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et l’Administration française des Douanes se communiqueront mutuellement sans délai tous renseignements dont elles pourraient disposer à un moment quelconque au sujet des importations et exportations et qui seraient susceptibles de faciliter la répression de la contrebande ou de la fraude dans l’autre pays. “*Article 2*.— En ce qui concerne les expéditions directes ou indirectes de marchandises entre les Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou leurs possessions et la France ou ses possessions, chacune des administrations intéressées enverra directement à l’autre, à la demande écrite de cette dernière, tous les renseignements qui pourraient être tirés des documents en sa possession (écritures, registres d’inscription, déclarations et autres documents douaniers). Ces documents ou des copies dûment authentifiées ou certifiées de ces documents pourront servir de preuve au cours des procédures ou des poursuites devant les tribunaux. “*Article 3*.— Les fonctionnaires compétents des Gouvernements des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et de la France fourniront, respectivement, sur demande, aux fonctionnaires dûment autorisés de l’autre Gouvernement, des renseignements en ce qui concerne les congés des navires ou le transport des cargaisons quand l’importation ou l’exportation d’une partie quelconque du chargement transporté sera prolûbée, limitée ou soumise au paiement de droits ou autres redevances, ou quand les fonctionnaires requérants soupçonneront les propriétaires ou les personnes en possession d’une partie quelconque du chargement d’avoir l’intention de violer les lois du Gouvernement requérant en ce qui concerne ce chargement. “*Article 4*.— est entendu que les fonctionnaires de la douane et autres fonctionnaires administratifs du Gouvernement des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et de la France respectivement seront, sur la de1469 mande des autorités compétentes de l’un des Gouvernements adressée aux autorités compétentes de l’autre Gouvernement, tenus de déposer en qualité de témoins et de produire tous registres et dossiers dont ils pourraient disposer, ou des copies dûment certifiées ou authentifiées de ces documents, qui pourraient être considérés comme essentiels au jugement d’affaires civiles ou criminelles devant les tribunaux de l’Etat au nom duquel la requête a été faite, pour autant que la production de ces documents soit compatible avec l’intérêt général de l’Etat auquel la requête a été adressée. “Les frais de transcription de registres, de dépositions, certificats et commissions rogatoires dans les affaires civiles ou criminelles, et les frais de voyage aller et retour en première classe, de séjour et autres dépenses normales que pourrait comporter l’audition de ces témoins, seront payés par le Gouvernement qui requiert leur audition et ce au plus tard au moment où le tribunal décidera que leur présence n’est plus nécessaire dans ce procès. Les commissions rogatoires et les requêtes seront exécutées dans le plus bref délai possible et les copies de registres ou de documents officiels seront authentifiées ou certifiées d’urgence par les fonctionnaires compétents, conformément aux dispositions des lois des Etats respectifs”./. " Veuillez agréer, Monsieur l’Ambassadeur, les assurances de ma très haute considération. Pr le Ministre des Affaires Etrangères et par délégation, L’Ambassadeur de France *Secrétaire Général* Alexis Leger Son Excellence Monsieur William Christian Bullitt, *Ambassadeur des Etats-Unis d’Amérique à Paris*. [Translation] ministry of foreign affairs office of administrative affairs and international unions Paris, *December 10, 1936*. Mr. Ambassador: I have the honor to advise Your Excellency that the French Government is disposed, on condition of reciprocity, to apply, on and after December 15, 1936, the following provisions, with a view to the suppression of customs frauds, through the mutual assistance of the French and American Customs Administrations. " “*Article I*. The Customs Administration of the United States of America and the French Customs Administration shall promptly communicate to each other all information at any time in their possession concerning imports and exports which might facilitate the suppression of smuggling or fraud in the other country. “*Article II*. Concerning direct or indirect shipments of merchandise between the United States of America or its possessions and France or its possessions, each of the Administrations concerned shall send 1470directly to the other, upon the latter’s written request, all information which may be gathered from documents in its possession (entries, registration records, declarations, and other customs documents) Such documents, or duly authenticated or certified copies thereof, may be used as evidence in proceedings or prosecutions in the courts. “*Article III*. The appropriate officers of the Governments of the United States of America and France, respectively, shall furnish upon request to duly authorized officers of the other Government information concerning clearances of vessels or the transportation of cargoes, when the importation or exportation of any of the cargo carried is prohibited, restricted, or subject to the payment of duties or other exactions, or when the requesting officers suspect that the owners or persons in possession of any of the cargo intend to violate the laws of the requesting Government, in respect of such cargo. “*Article IV*. It is agreed that the customs and other administrative officials of the Government of the United States of America and France, respectively, shall upon request of the competent authorities of one Government made of the competent authorities of the other Government, be directed to attend as witnesses and to produce such available records and files, or duly authenticated or certified copies thereof, as may be considered essential to the trial of civil or criminal cases in the courts of the country on whose behalf the request was made, and as may be produced compatibly with the public interest of the country of which the request was made. “The cost of transcripts of records, depositions, certificates and letters rogatory in civil or criminal cases, and the cost of first-class transportation both ways, maintenance and other proper expenses involved in the attendance of such witnesses shall be paid by the Government requesting their attendance not later than at the time of their discharge by the court from further attendance at such trial. Letters rogatory and commissions shall be executed with all possible despatch and copies of official records or documents shall be authenticated or certified promptly by the appropriate officials in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the respective countries.” " Please accept, Mr. Ambassador, the assurances of my very high consideration. For the Minister of Foreign Affairs and by authorization The Ambassador of France *Secretary General* Alexis Leger His Excellency Mr. William Christian Bullitt, *Ambassador of the United States of America, Paris*. ————— The American Ambassador (Bullitt) to the French Minister for Foreign Affairs (Delbos) No. 106 Embassy of the United States of America, *Paris, December 12, 1936*. Excellency: Agreement by United States.I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s note of December 10, 1936, concerning cooperation between the 1471Customs Services of the United States of America and France for the suppression of frauds, and, in reply, to state that the American Government agrees to the following provisions, to become effective December 15, 1936, for this purpose: " “*Article I*. The Customs Administration of the United States of America and the French Customs Administration shall promptly communicate to each other all information at any time in their possession concerning imports and exports which might facilitate the suppression of smuggling or fraud in the other country. “*Article II*. Concerning direct or indirect shipments of merchandise between the United States of America or its possessions and France or its possessions, each of the Administrations concerned shall send directly to the other, upon the latter’s written request, all information which may be gathered from documents in its possession (entries, registration records, declarations, and other customs documents). Such documents, or duly authenticated or certified copies thereof, may be used as evidence in proceedings or prosecutions in the courts. “*Article III*. The appropriate officers of the Governments of the United States of America and France, respectively, shall furnish upon request to duly authorized officers of the other Government information concerning clearances of vessels or the transportation of cargoes, when the importation or exportation of any of the cargo carried is prohibited, restricted, or subject to the payment of duties or other exactions, or when the requesting officers suspect that the owners or persons in possession of any of the cargo intend to violate the laws of the requesting Government in respect of such cargo. “*Article IV*. It is agreed that the customs and other administrative officials of the Government of the United States of America and France, respectively, shall upon request of the competent authorities of one Government made of the competent authorities of the other Government, be directed to attend as witnesses and to produce such available records and files, or duly authenticated or certified copies thereof, as may be considered essential to the trial of civil or criminal cases in the courts of the country on whoso behalf the request was made, and as may be produced compatibly with the public interest of the country of which the request was made. “The cost of transcripts of records, depositions, certificates and letters rogatoiy in civil or criminal cases, and the cost of first-class transportation both ways, maintenance and other proper expenses involved in the attendance of such witnesses shall be paid by the Government requesting their attendance not later than at the time of their discharge by the court from further attendance at such trial. Letters rogatory and commissions shall be executed with all possible despatch and copies of official records or documents shall be authenticated or certified promptly by the appropriate officials in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the respective countries.” " I avail myself of this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration. William C. Bullitt His Excellency Monsieur Yvon Delbos, *Minister of Foreign Affairs, Paris.* October 29, 1936 December 21, 1936 Agreement 1472 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES BAHAMAS—PARCEL POST AGREEMENT—Oct. 29, 1936⁄Dec. 21, 1936 * October 29, 1936December 21, 1936Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and the Bahamas. Signed at Nassau, October 29, 1936, at Washington, December 21, 1936; approved by the President, December 29, 1986.* **AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE BAHAMAS AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE OF PARCEL POST.** Parcel post agreement with the Bahamas.The Undersigned, provided with full powers by their respective governments, have by mutual consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Article I Object. *Object of the Agreement*. Territory embraced.Between the United States of America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa and Hawaii) on one hand, and the Bahamas on the other hand, there may be exchanged, under the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight *Post*, p. 1482.and the maximum dimensions indicated in the Regulations of Execution. Article II Transit parcels. *Transit Parcels*. 1. Rights guaranteed. Each Postal Administration guarantees the right of transit through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other contracting Administration. 2. Notices. Each Postal Administration shall inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. 3. Intermediate Administration requirements. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediate Administration. Article III Postage and fees. *Prepayment of Postage and Fees*. 1. Collection from sender. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted, and also, in the case of insured parcels, the insurance fees and the fees for return receipts that may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Prepayment. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels, prepayment of the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, is compulsory. 1473 Article IV *Preparation of Parecels*. Preparation of parcels. Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the lengthPacking.*Post*, p. 1482. of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the Regulations of Execution. Article V *Prohibitions*. Prohibitions. 1. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcelArticles specified. post:
(a)A letter or a communication having the nature of a letter.Letters, etc. Nevertheless, it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an open invoice, confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, with mention of the address of the sender.
(b)An enclosure which bears an address different from thatEnclosure with different address. placed on the cover of the parcel.
(c)Any live animal, except leeches.Live animals.
(d)Opium, morphine, cocaine and other narcotics.Narcotics.
(e)Any article the admission of which is forbidden by the customsNonadmissible articles. or other laws or regulations in force in either country.
(f)Any explosive or inflammable article, and in general anyExplosive, etc., articles. article the conveyance of which is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be a source of danger to postal employees, or may soil or damage other parcels.
(g)Obscene or immoral articles.Obscene, etc., articles.Designated uninsured articles.
(h)It is, moreover, forbidden to send coin, bank notes, currency notes, or any kind of securities payable to bearer, platinum, gold or silver (whether manufactured or unmanufactured), precious stones, jewels, or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. 2. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handedProhibited articles erroneously handled. over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. The fact that a parcel contains a letter, or a communication havingParcel containing a letter. the nature of a letter, may not, in any case, entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. The two Administrations advise each other, by means of the ListList of Prohibited Articles. of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they do not on that account assume any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. 3. If parcels wrongly admitted to the post are neither returned toTreatment of wrongly admitted parcels. origin nor delivered to the addressee, the Administration of origin must be informed in a precise manner of the treatment accorded to the parcels. Article VI *Insurance*. Insurance. Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 500 gold francs or itsMaximum amount. equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. 1474 Limitation.A parcel cannot give rise to the right to an indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII Responsibility—Indemnity.Nonresponslbtllty for loss of ordinary parcel *Responsibility*. *Indemnity*. 1. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage of an ordinary parcel. 2. Allowance to sender. Except in the cases mentioned in the Article following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of, or damage to, their contents, or a part thereof. The sender, or other rightful claimant, is entitled to compensation corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price, or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing, provided in any case that the indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured, and on which the insurance fee has been collected, or the maximum amount of 500 gold francs. 3. Indirect damages or loss of profits. No indemnity is paid for indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, misdelivery or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. 4. Return of postage on loss of parcel. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to return of the postal charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not in any case returned. 5. Parcels originating in a third country. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss, rifling or damage of transit insured parcels, that is, parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries or parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this Agreement. 6. Parcels reforwarded to a third country. When an insured parcel originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity in case of loss, rifling or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding Responsibility for error.or return. Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 7. Defects in packing, etc. The sender is responsible for defects in the packing and insufficiency in the closing and sealing of insured parcels. Moreover, the two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. 1475 Article VIII *Exceptions to the Principle of Responsibility*. Exceptions to principle of responsibility.Unconditional acceptance. The Administrations are relieved from all responsibility:
(a)In case of parcels of which the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation;
(b)In case of loss or damage through force majeure (causes beyondLoss, etc., through force majeure. control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure. The country responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage, must decide, in accordance with its internal legislation, whether this loss, abstraction or damage was due to circumstances constituting a case of “force majeure”;
(c)When, their responsibility not having been proved otherwise,Destruction of official documents. they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure;
(d)When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligenceDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article;
(e)For parcels which contain prohibited articles;Prohibited articles.
(f)In case the sender of an insured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; thisDeclared above real value. rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin;
(g)For parcels seized by the Customs because of false declarationSeized, because of false declaration. of contents;
(h)When no inquiry or application for indemnity has been madeUnclaimed within a year. by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel;
(i)For parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value orMatter of no intrinsic value, etc. perishable matter or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rifling or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. Article IX *Termination of Responsibility*. Administrations cease to be responsible for parcels of which theyTermination of responsibility; exception. have effected delivery in accordance with their internal regulations for parcels of the same nature. Responsibility is, however, maintained when the addressee or, in case of return, the sender makes reservations in taking delivery of a parcel the contents of which have been abstracted or damaged. Article X *Obligation to pay Compensation*. Obligation to pay compensation. The obligation to pay compensation, as well as the postage chargesCountry responsible. due to be refunded, rests with the Administration to which the office of origin of the parcel is subordinate. However, in cases where the compensation is paid to the addressee in accordance with Article VII,*Ante*, p. 1474. Section 2, second paragraph, the obligation shall rest with the Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claimClaim for repayment. against the Administration responsible. 1476 Article XI *Period for Payment of Compensation*. 1. Period for payment. The payment of compensation for an insured, parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. Deferred payments in exceptional cases.However, the Administration responsible for making payment may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 2. Payment where office delays nine months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Office, which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. Article XII *Fixing of Responsibility*. 1. Responsible office. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any reservations and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, cannot establish the disposal of the parcel. 2. When the loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it lie proved that the irregularity occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 3. Loss, etc., In transit. If the loss, rifling or damage has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the offices involved bear the loss in equal shares. 4. Rights assumed by paying office. The Administration paying compensation takes over, to the extent of the amount paid, the rights of the person who has received it, in any action which may be taken against the addressee, the sender or a third party. 5. If lost parcel is found. If a parcel which has been regarded as lost is subsequently found the person to whom compensation has been paid must be informed that he is at liberty to take possession of the parcel against repayment of the amount of compensation. Article XIII *Repayment of Compensation*. 1. Repayment to country paying. The Administration responsible for the loss, rifling or damage and on whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay, and at the latest within the period of nine months after notification of payment. 2. Without expense. These repayments to the creditor country must be made without expense for that Office, by money order or draft, in money valid in 1477the creditor country or in any other way to be agreed upon mutually by correspondence. 3. The reimbursement of the indemnities must be effected on theReimbursement on gold basis. basis of gold money. Article XIV *Fee for Customs Clearance*. Customs clearance. The office of delivery may collect from the addressee either in respectFee. of delivery to the Customs and clearance through the Customs or in respect of delivery to the Customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. Article XV *Delivery to the Addressee. Fee for Delivery at the Place of Address*. Delivery. Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible inTo addressee. accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. This country may collect in respect of delivery of parcels to theFee. addressee a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. Article XVI *Warehousing Charges*. The country of destination is authorized to collect the warehousingWarehousing charges. charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “General Delivery’’ or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed five francs gold. Article XVII *Customs Charges*. The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations in forceCustoms charges; imposed by country of destination. in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations of the country of destination. Article XVIII *Customs Charges to he Cancelled*. The customs chargee on parcels sent back to the country of originCancelation, if returned or redirected. or redirected to another country shall be cancelled both in the Bahamas and in the United States of America. Article XIX *Recall and Change of Address*. So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, theRecall and change of address. sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain, for this service, the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in the Bahamas shall be addressed to the Parcel Post Branch, Nassau, Bahamas. 1478 Article XX Certificate of mailing. *Certificate of Mailing. Receipts*. Furnished sender on request.The sender will, on request at the time of mailing an ordinary (uninsured) parcel, receive a certificate of mailing from the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose; and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. Receipt.The sender of an insured parcel receives without charge, at the time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article XXI *Return Receipts and Inquiries*. Return receipts and Inquiries. 1. Advice of delivery, Charge. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery upon payment of such additional charges, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations. 2. Inquiry charge. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also for an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice of delivery. 3. Inquiry relative to irregularity. A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. Article XXII Missent parcels. *Missent Parcels*. Ordinary parcels.Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with Customs Insured parcels.or other charges by that Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, may not be reforwarded to their destination except as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. Refunding, If parcel returned.When the reforwarding involves return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a Bulletin of Verification. Reforwarding to a third country.When the reforwarding involves dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a Bulletin of Verification. Article XXIII *Reforwarding*. 1. Redirection within country. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’s change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. Charges.The reforwarding of a parcel within one of the contracting countries gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges pro1479 vided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not cancelled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. 2. If a parcel must be reforwarded to one of the two countries signatoryReforwarding to one of signatory countries. to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges, and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. The new postage and fees are collected from the addressee by the Administration effecting the delivery. Insured parcels must be reforwarded as such. 3. At the request of the sender or addressee, parcels may also beParcels reforwarded or returned to another country. reforwarded or returned to another country. Insured parcels may not, however, be reforwarded or returned except as such. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country”. In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel reforwarded to another country or returned by that country, the indemnity is decided upon exclusively in accordance with the provisions of Article*Ante*, p. 1474. VII, Section 6. Article XXIV *Non-delivery*. Non-delivery. 1. Undeliverable parcels returned to the sender are liable to newReturned to sender; new charges, etc. postage charges as well as insurance fees if necessary, and are returned as parcels of the same class in which they were received. The charges are collectible from the sender and are collected by the Administration delivering the parcels to him. 2. At the time of mailing, the sender must state how his parcelTreatment, in case of non-delivery. is to be disposed of in the event of non-delivery; that is, the sender must mark the parcel and the customs declarations with one of the following notes:" “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be returned immediately”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be considered as abandoned”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be delivered toˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍˍ”. " No note other than those provided for above, or note of similarRestriction. import, is permitted, except as provided in Article XXIII, Section 3. 3. Barring contrary instructions, undeliverable parcels are returnedUndeliverable parcels, return to place of origin. to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must be indicated on the parcel. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption may be sold immediately,Parcels liable to deterioration. even en route, on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the benefit of the rightful party. If, for any reason sale is impossible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the making of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 5. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has abandoned may,Abandoned parcels. at the expiration of a 30-day period, be sold for the profit of the Administration of the country of destination. However, in the case of an insured parcel, a report is made up, which must be sent to the Administration of the country of origin. Likewise, the Administra1480 tion of the country of origin must be advised when an insured parcel which is undeliverable is not returned to origin. 6. Provisions governing non-deliverable parcel. The provisions of Article XXV, Section 2, shall be applied to a parcel which is returned in consequence of non-delivery. Article XXV Charges. *Charges*. 1. Credits. For each parcel exchanged between the contracting countries, the dispatching Office credits to the Office of destination in the parcel *Post*, p. 1482.bills the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 2. In case of reforwarding, etc. In case of reforwarding or return to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching Office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching Office recovers from the other Office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)the charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)the charges for reforwarding or return. Parcels to or from a third country.In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in
(a)and
(b)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Article XXVI Charges other than prescribed. *Postal Charges other than those prescribed not to be collected*. Restriction on collection.The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XXVII Air parcels. *Air Parcels*. Surtax.The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by air routes. Article XXVIII *Temporary Suspension of Service*. Temporary suspension of service.In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure, either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel-post service, either entirely or partially, or restrict it to certain offices, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. 1481 Article XXIX *Matters not provided for in the present Agreement*. 1. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, allMatters not herein provided for. questions concerning requests for recall or change of address of parcels and the obtaining and disposition of return receipts and settlement of indemnity claims in connection with insured parcels shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of the Universal PostalUniversal Postal Convention, etc., provisions to govern.[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). Convention and its Regulations of Execution, in so far as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or the Bahamas, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 2. The details relative to the application of the present AgreementDetails to be fixed by common consent. will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. A similar agreement through correspondence may be made with a view to the exchange of collects on-delivery parcels. 3. The two Administrations notify each other mutually of theirMutual notice of postal laws, etc. laws, ordinances and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XXX *Duration of the Agreement*. 1. This Agreement substitutes and abrogates the Parcel Post ConventionFormer Convention abrogated.[25 Stat. 1407](/us/stat/25/1407). signed at Washington, December 20, 1887, and at Nassau, January 9, 1888. 2. It shall become effective on ratification,Entry into force, etc. but pending ratification, it may be put into force administratively on a date to be mutually settled between the Administrations or the two countries. 3. It shall remain in effect as long as it has not been terminatedDuration. six months in advance by one or the other of the two Administrations. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 21st day ofSignatures. December 1930, and at Nassau, the 29th day of October 1936. J, Herbert Peet, *The Colonial Postmaster, The Bahamas*. [seal] James A Farley, *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. The foregoing Agreement between the United States of AmericaApproval by the President. and the Bahamas for the exchange of parcels by parcel post has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. Washington, *December 29, 1936*. 1482 **REGULATIONS OF EXECUTION FOR THE PARCEL POST AGREEMENT** Regulations for execution.The following detailed Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement have been agreed upon by the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and the Bahamas. Article 1 *Limits of Weight and Size*. 1. Limits of weight and size. The parcels to be exchanged under the provisions of this Agreement may not exceed 22 pounds in weight nor the following dimensions: Greatest length 4 feet, on condition that parcels over 42 inches but not over 44 inches long do not exceed 24 inches in girth; that parcels over 44 inches but not over 46 inches long do not exceed 20 inches in girth; that parcels over 46 inches but not over 48 inches long do not exceed 16 inches in girth; and that parcels up to 3½ feet in length do not exceed 6 feet in length and girth combined. The limit of weight and maximum dimensions stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. 2. In regard to the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions, the indications furnished by the dispatching office will be accepted save in the case of obvious error. Article 2 *Preparation of Parcels*. 1. Preparation of parcels. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be written legibly and correctly on the parcel itself if possible or on a label or tag securely affixed to the parcel. It is receommended 11So in original. that a duplicate of the address be inserted in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag for the address is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated merely by initials are not admitted, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender or addressee which is generally understood. Addresses in ordinary pencil are not admitted. However, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 2. Each parcel must be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way as to prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Insured parcels must be closed and securely sealed with wax or otherwise. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing. As a protective measure, either Administration may require that a special imprint or mark of the sender appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels mailed in its service. 1483 The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels in order to inspect the contents. To that end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the Customs must be refastened and also officially resealed, except in the case of ordinary parcels which were not sealed by the senders in the first instance. 3. Each insured parcel must bear on the address side an insurance number and must bear a label with the word “Insured” or this word must be marked or stamped on the parcel. 4. For insured parcels, the amount of insured value must appear on the parcel in currency of the country of origin, in Roman letters written out in full and in Arabic figures. Also, the exact weight of each parcel in pounds and ounces must be entered by the Administration of origin
(a)on the address side of the parcel and
(b)on the customs declaration in the place reserved for this purpose. 5. The labels or postage stamps affixed to insured parcels must be spaced so that they cannot serve to conceal injuries to the packing. Neither may they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. 6. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, strong corrugated cardboard or strong carton of fibre-board, or receptacle of equal strength), there must be left a space to be filled with sawdust, bran or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case that the receptacle is broken. 7. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, which, after soldering, must be placed in turn in substantial outer covers in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Article 3 *Customs Declarations*. 1. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcelCustoms declarations. sent from either country, upon a special form provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, gross and net weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, when more than one parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender in the United States of America to the same addressee at the same address in the Bahamas and vice versa, the sender need prepare only one customs declaration for the entire shipment, which customs declaration shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding paragraph, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate, in Arabic figures, the number of the parcel and the denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example: If a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels each parcel would be numbered, respectively, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. 1484 Article 4 *Return Receipts*. 1. Return receipts. As to a parcel for which a return receipt is asked, the office of origin places on the parcel the letters or words “A. R.” or “Avis de Réception” or “Return receipt requested”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been mailed, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing Section. Article 5 *Receptacles*. 1. Receptacles. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten per cent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin. Article 6 *Method of Exchange of Parcels*. 1. Method of exchange of parcels. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened and sealed, by the offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 7 *Billing of Parcels*. 1. Billing of parcels. Separate parcel bills must be prepared for the ordinary parcels on the one hand, and for the insured parcels on the other hand. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 1485 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch to the United States of America are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch to the Bahamas are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels. 3. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills to show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin. In the case of insured parcels for the United States of America, the total net weight of the parcels must also be shown. 4. Parcels sent “à découvert” must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 5. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected” as the case may be. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office numbers the parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner in accordance with an annual series. The last number of the preceding year must be mentioned on the first bill of the following year. 8. The exact method or advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other, together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual consent through correspondence between the two Administrations. Article 8 *Verification by the Exchange Office*. 1. Upon receipt of a dispatch, the exchange office of destinationVerification by exchange office. proceeds to verify it. The entries in the parcel bill must be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. If any error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for examination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the Office sending such telegram. 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. 1486 In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note “Repacked at . . .”, and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. Article 9 *Payment*. 1. Payment. For each parcel, ordinary or insured, sent to the Bahamas, payment shall be made at the rate of 1 gold franc per parcel. 2. For each parcel, ordinary or insured, sent to the United States of America or to its possessions, payment shall be made as follows, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch: 0.32 gold francs per pound for parcels for the United States of America 0.16 “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ Virgin Islands, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam and Samoa 0.32 “ “ “ “ “ “ “ Alaska 3. In addition, there shall be paid the following transit charges for parcels, ordinary or insured, for the possessions of the United States of America, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch: 0.32 gold francs per pound when only sea service is provided 0.52 “ “ “ “ “ “ land “ “ “ 0.68 “ “ “ “ “ both land and sea services are provided. 4. The terminal quotas and transit charges above mentioned may be reduced or increased on three months’ previous notice given by one country to the other. The reduction or increase shall remain in force for at least one year. Article 10 *Accounting*. 1. Accounting. At the end of each quarter, each Administration makes up an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills, and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed, and the payment of the balance shall take place at the latest at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from the adjustment of the accounts between the two Administrations is paid by a sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. Article 11 *Miscellaneous Notifications*. Miscellaneous notifications.The Administrations shall communicate to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. 1487 These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on whichEffective date and duration. the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 21st day of DecemberSignatures. 1936, and at Nassau, the 29th day of October 1936. J, Herbert Peet, *The Colonial Postmaster, The Bahamas*. [seal] James A Farley, *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel PostApproval by the President. Agreement between the United States of America and the Bahamas have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. Washington, *December 29, 1936*. December 18, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1488 1488 GIBRALTAR—PARCEL POST AGREEMENT—Dec. 18, 1936⁄Jan. 5, 1937 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES * December 18, 1936January 5, 1937Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and Gibraltar with regulations of execution. Signed at Gibraltar, December 18, 1936, at Washington, January 5, 1937; approved by the President, January 13, 1937.* **AGREEMENT** **between** **THE POSTAL ADMINISTRATION OF GIBRALTAR AND THE POSTAL ADMINISTRATION OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CONCERNING THE EXCHANGE OF PARCEL POST.** Parcel post agreement with Gibraltar.The undersigned, for and on behalf of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and Gibraltar (which are hereinafter severally referred to as “Postal Administration” or as “Administration”) provided with full powers by their respective governments, have by mutual consent drawn up and agree to be bound by the following Agreement: Article I. Object. *Object of the Agreement*. Territory embraced.Between the United States of America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii) on one hand, and Gibraltar on the other hand, there may be exchanged, under the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the maximum weight and *Post*, p. 1498.the maximum dimensions indicated in the Regulations of Execution. Article II. Transit parcels. *Transit Parcels*. 1. Rights guaranteed. Each Postal Administration guarantees the right of transit through its service, to or from any country with which it has parcel post communication, of parcels originating in or addressed for delivery in the service of the other contracting Administration. 2. Notices. Each Postal Administration shall inform the other to which countries parcels may be sent through it as intermediary, and the amount of the charges due to it therefor, as well as other conditions. 3. Intermediate Administration, requirements. To be accepted for onward transmission, parcels sent by one of the contracting Administrations through the service of the other Administration must comply with the conditions prescribed from time to time by the intermediate Administration. Article III. Postage and fees. *Prepayment of Postage and Fees*. 1. Collection, from sender. The Administration of origin is entitled to collect from the sender of each parcel the postage and the fees for requests for information as to the disposal of a parcel made after it has been posted,1489and also, in the case of insured parcels, the insurance fees and the fees for return receipts, that may from time to time be prescribed by its regulations. 2. Except in the case of returned or redirected parcels,Prepayment. prepayment of the postage and such of the fees mentioned in the preceding section as are applicable, is compulsory. Article IV. Preparation of parcels. *Preparation of Parcels*. Every parcel shall be packed in a manner adequate for the lengthPacking. of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the*Post*, p. 1498. Regulations of Execution. Article V. Prohibitions. *Prohibitions*. 1. The following articles are prohibited transmission by parcelArticles specified. post:
(a)Articles which, from their nature or by their packing, mayDangerous articles. expose postal officials to danger, or soil or damage other parcels;
(b)Opium, morphine, cocaine and other narcotics;Narcotics.
(c)Any article the admission of which is forbidden by theNonadmissible articles. Customs or other laws or regulations in force in either country;
(d)A letter or any document which constitutes an actual andLetters, etc. personal correspondence. Nevertheless, it is permitted to enclose in a parcel an ojien invoice confined to the particulars which constitute an invoice, and also a simple copy of the address of the parcel, with ment ion of the address of the sender;
(e)Obscene or immoral articles;Obscene, etc., articles.With different address.
(f)An enclosure which bears an address different from that placed on the cover of the parcel;
(g)Explosive, inflammable, or dangerous substances;Explosives.
(h)Any live animal, except leeches;Live animals.
(i)Coin, bank notes, currency notes or any kind of securitiesCoin, etc. payable to bearer, platinum, gold or silver, whether manufactured or unmanufactured, precious stones, jewels or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. 2. When a parcel contravening any of these prohibitions is handedAction to be taken. over by one Administration to the other, the latter shall proceed in accordance with its laws and inland regulations. Explosive or inflammable articles, as well as documents, pictures and other articles injurious to public morals may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. The fact that a parcel contains a letter, or a communication havingParcel containing a letter. the nature of a letter, may not, in any case, entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. The two Administrations advise each other, by means of the ListList of Prohibited Articles. of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However, they, do not assume, on that account, any responsibility towards the customs or police authorities, or the sender. 3. If parcels wrongly admitted to the post are neither returned toParcels wrongly admitted. origin nor delivered to the addressee, the Administration of origin must be informed in a precise manner of the treatment accorded to the parcels. 1490 Article VI. Insurance. *Insurance*. Maximum.Parcels may be insured up to the amount of 500 francs gold or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. Limitation.A parcel cannot give rise to the right to an indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Article VII. *Responsibility. Indemnity*. 1. Responsibility. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage of an ordinary parcel. 2. Except in the cases mentioned in the Article following the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. Indemnity.The sender, or other rightful claimant, is entitled to compensation corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction or damage. The amount of indemnity is calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price, or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value), at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing, provided in any case that the indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured, and on which the insurance fee has been collected or the maximum amount of 500 gold francs. 3. Indirect damages, etc. No indemnity is paid for indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, mis-delivery or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. 4. Return of postage on loss of parcel. In the case where indemnity is payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to return of the postal charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not in any case returned. 5. Transit originating in a third country destined for either contracting power. In the absence of special agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels, that is, parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries, or parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for a country not participating in this Agreement. 6. Parcels reforwardod to a third country. When an insured parcel originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country, at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity in case of loss, rifling, or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obliged to pay in accordance with the agree1491 ment made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either of the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 7. The sender is responsible for defects in the packing andResponsibility for defects in packing, etc. insufficiency in the closing and sealing of insured parcels. Moreover, the two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling, or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Article VIII. Exceptions to principle of responsibility. *Exceptions to the Principle of Responsibility*. The Administrations are relieved from all responsibility:
(a)In case of parcels of which the addressee has accepted deliveryUnconditional acceptance. without reservation;
(b)In case of loss or damage through force majeure (causesLoss, etc., through force majeure. beyond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure. The country responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage must decide in accordance with its internal legislation, whether this loss, abstraction or damage is due to circumstances constituting a case of force majeure;
(c)When, their responsibility not having been proved otherwise,Destruction of official documents. they are unable to account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure;
(d)When the damage has been caused by the fault or negligenceDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article;
(e)For parcels which contain prohibited articles;Prohibited articles.
(f)In case the sender of an insured parcel, with intent to defraud,Declared above real value. shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin;
(g)For parcels seized by the Customs because of false declarationSeized, because of false declaration. of contents;
(h)When no inquiry or application for indemnity has been madeUnclaimed within a year. by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel.
(i)For parcels which contain matter of no intrinsic value orMatter of no Intrinsic value, etc. perishable matter or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. Article IX. *Termination of Responsibility*. The Administrations cease to be responsible for parcels of whichTermination of responsibility. they have effected delivery in accordance with their internal regulations for parcels of the same nature. Responsibility is, however, maintained when the addressee or, in case of return, the sender makes reservations in taking delivery of a parcel the contents of which have been abstracted or damaged. 1492 Article X. *Payment of Compensation*. Payment of compensation.The obligation to pay compensation, as well as the postage charges due to be refunded, rests with the Administration to which the office of origin of the parcel is subordinate. However, in cases where the *Ante*, p. 1490.compensation is paid to the addressee in accordance with Article VII, Section 2, second paragraph, the obligation shall rest with the Administration of destination. The paying Administration retains the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. Article XI. *Period for Payment of Compensation*. 1. Period for payment of compensation. The payment of compensation for an insured parcel shall lie made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. Deferred payment.However, the Administration responsible for making payment may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 2. Payment when delayed nine months. Except in cases where payment is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Office, which, after being duly informed of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. Article XII. *Fixing of Responsibility*. 1. Fixing of responsibility. Until the contrary is proved, responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without, making any reservations, and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, cannot establish the disposal of the parcel. 2. When the loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcel is detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility fails on the Administration to which the latter office belongs, unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred in the service of the receiving Administration. 3. If the loss, rifling or damage has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Offices involved bear the loss in equal shares. 4. The Administration paying compensation takes over, to the extent of the amount paid, the rights of the person who has received it, in any action which may be taken against the addressee, the sender or a third party. 5. If a parcel which has been regarded as lost is subsequently found, the person to whom compensation has been paid must be informed that he is at liberty to take possession of the parcel against repayment of the amount of compensation. 1493 Article XIII. *Repayment of Compensation*. 1. The Administration responsible for the loss, rifling, or damage,Repayment to country paying. and on whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected the payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay, and at the latest within the period of nine months after notification of payment. 2. These repayments to the creditor country must be made without expense for that office, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country or in any other way to be agreed upon mutually by correspondence. 3. The reimbursement of the indemnities must be effected on the basis of gold money. Article XVI. Customs clearance. *Fee for Customs Clearance*. The office of delivery may collect from the addressee either inFee. respect of delivery to the Customs and clearance through the Customs or in respect of delivery to the Customs only, a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. Article XV. Delivery to addressee. *Delivery to the Addressee*. *Fee for Delivery at the Place of Address*. Parcels are delivered to the addressees as quickly as possible inFee. accordance with the conditions in force in the country of destination. This country may collect in respect of delivery of parcels to the addressee a fee not exceeding 50 centimes gold per parcel. The same fee may be charged, if the case arises, for each presentation after the first at the addressee’s residence or place of business. Article XVI. *Warehousing Charges*. The country of destination is authorized to collect theWarehousing charges. warehousing charge fixed by its legislation for parcels addressed “General Delivery” or which are not claimed within the prescribed period. This charge may in no case exceed five francs gold. Article XVII. *Customs Charges*. The parcels are subject to all customs laws and regulations inCustoms charges. force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel in accordance with the customs regulations. Article XVIII. *Customs Charges to be Cancelled*. The customs charges on parcels sent back to the country of originCancelation, if returned or redirected. or redirected to another country shall be cancelled both in Gibraltar and in the United States of America. 1494 Article XIX. *Recall and Change of Address*. Recall and change of address.So long as a parcel has not been delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain for this service, the charge fixed by its regulations. The requests for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in Gibraltar shall be addressed to the Colonial Postmaster, Gibraltar. Article XX. *Certificate of Mailing. Receipts*. Certificate of mailing.Furnished sender, on request.The sender will, on request at the time of mailing an ordinary (uninsured) parcel, receive a certificate of mailing trom the post office where the parcel is mailed, on a form provided for the purpose; and each country may fix a reasonable fee therefor. Insured parcels.The sender of an insured parcel receives without charge, at the time of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Article XXI. Return receipts and inquiries.Advice of delivery. *Return Receipts and Inquiries*. 1. The sender of an insured parcel may obtain an advice of delivery upon payment of such additional charges, if any, as the country of origin of the parcel shall stipulate and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations. 2. Request for information. A fee may be charged, at the option of the country of origin, on a request for information as to the disposal of an ordinary parcel and also for an insured parcel made after it has been posted if the sender has not already paid the special fee to obtain an advice 1 1So in original of delivery. 3. Irregularities. A fee may also be charged, at the option of the country of origin, in connection with any complaint of any irregularity which prima facie was not due to the fault of the Postal Service. Article XXII. Missent parcels. *Missent Parcels*. Provisions concerning ordinary parcels.Ordinary parcels, when missent, are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or Insured parcels.other charges by that Administration. Insured parcels, when missent, may not be reforwarded to their destination except as insured mail. If this is impossible, they must be returned to origin. Refunding, if parcel returned.When the reforwarding involves the return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a Bulletin of Verification. Reforwarding to a third country.When the reforwarding involves the dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount, credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a Bulletin of Verification. 1495 Article XXIII. Reforwarding. *Reforwarding*. 1. A parcel may be redirected in consequence of the addressee’sRedirection. change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. The reforwarding of a parcel within one of the contractingSupplementary charges. countries gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges provided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not e cancelled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. 2. If a parcel must be re forwarded to one of the two countriesNew fees. signatory to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges, and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. The new fees are collected from the addressee by the Administration effecting the delivery. Insured parcels must be reforwarded as such. 3. At the request of the sender or addressee, parcels may also beReturn or reforwarding to another country. reforwarded or returned to another country. Insured parcels may not, however, be reforwarded or returned except as such. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country”. In that case, the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling, or damage of an insured parcelIndemnity in case of loss, etc. reforwarded to another country or returned by that country, the indemnity is decided upon exclusively in accordance with the provisions of Article VII, Section 6. *Ante*, p. 1490. Article XXIV. Non-delivery. *Non-delivery*. 1. Undeliverable parcels returned to the sender are liable to newCharges, etc. postage charges as well as insurance fees if necessary, and are returned as parcels of the same class in which they were received. The charges are collectible from the sender, and are collected by the Administration delivering the parcels to him. 2. At the time of mailing, the sender must state how his parcel isTreatment, in case of non-delivery. to be disposed of in the event of non-delivery; that is, the sender must mark the parcel and the customs declarations with one of the following notes:" “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be returned immediately” “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be considered as abandoned”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be delivered toˍˍˍˍˍˍ”. " No note other than those provided for above, or note of similar import is permitted, except as provided in Article XXIII, Section 3. 3. Barring contrary instructions, undeliverable parcels areUndeliverable parcels, return to place of origin. returned to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must be indicated on the parcel. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration or corruption may be soldParcels liable to deterioration. immediately even en route, on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the profit of the rightful party. 1496 If, for any reason, sale is impossible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the making of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 5. Abandoned parcels. Undeliverable parcels which the sender has abandoned may, at the expiration of a 30-day period, be sold for the profit of the Administration of the country of destination. However, in the case of an insured parcel, a report is made up, which must be sent to the Administration of the country of origin. Likewise, the Administration of the country of origin must be advised when an insured parcel which is undeliverable is not returned to origin. 6. Provisions applicable. The provisions of Article XXV, Section 2, shall be applied to a parcel which is returned in consequence of non-delivery. Article XXV. Charges. *Charges*. 1. Credits. For each parcel exchanged between the contracting countries, the dispatching Office credits to the Office of destination in the parcel bills the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 2. Redispatching. In case of reforwarding or return to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching office recovers from the other office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be:
(a)the charges prescribed by Section 1 above;
(b)*Ante*, p. 1493. the delivery, customs clearance and storage charges provided for by Articles XIV, XV and XVI;
(c)the charges for reforwarding or return. In case of reforwarding or return to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in (a), (b), and
(c)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In case of a parcel returned or reforwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the intermediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Article XXVI. Charges other than those prescribed. *Postal Charges other than those Prescribed not to be Collected*. Restriction on collection.The parcels to which this Agreement applies shall not be subject to any postal charges other than those contemplated by the different articles hereof. Article XXVII. Air parcels. *Air Parcels*. Surtax, etc.The Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by the air routes. 1497 Article XXVIII. *Temporary Suspension of Service*. In extraordinary circumstances such as will justify the measure,Temporary suspension of service. either Administration may temporarily suspend the parcel-post service, either entirely or partially, or restrict it to certain offices, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. Article XXIX. Matters not provided for. *Matters not Provided for in the Present Agreement*. 1. Unless they are provided for in the present Agreement, allApplication of Universal Postal Convention, etc. questions concerning requests for recall or change of address of parcels and the obtaining and disposition of return receipts and settlement of indemnity claims in connection with insured parcels shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of the Universal[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution, in so far as they are applicable and are not contrary to the forgoing11So in original. provisions. IfFurther provisions. the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or of Gibraltar or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 2. The details relative to the application of the present AgreementDetails to be fixed by common consent. will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. A similar agreement through correspondence may be made with a view to the exchange of collect-on-delivery parcels. 3. The two Administrations notify each other mutually of theirMutual notice of applicable provisions, etc. laws, ordinances and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Article XXX. *Duration of the Agreement*. 1. This Agreement substitutes and abrogates the Parcel PostFormer agreement abrogated.[38 Stat. 1877](/us/stat/38/1877). Agreement signed at Washington, January 8, 1915 and at Gibraltar, December 7, 1914. 2. It shall become effective on January 1, 1937.Effective date. 3. It shall remain in effect as long as it has not been terminated sixDuration. months in advance by one or the other of the two Administrations. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 5th day ofSignatures. January 1937, and at Gibraltar, the 18th day of December 1936. [seal] James A Farley. *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. A. McCormick. *The Colonial Postmaster, Gibraltar*. The foregoing Agreement between the United States of AmericaApproval by the President. and Gibraltar for the exchange of parcels by parcel post has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore. *Acting Secretary of State*, Washington. *January 13, 1937*. 1498 **DETAILED REGULATIONS FOR THE EXECUTION OF THE PARCEL POST AGREEMENT.** Regulations for execution.The following Detailed Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement have been agreed upon by the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the United States of America and of Gibraltar. Article 1. *Limits of Weight and Size*. Limits of weight and size.The parcels to be exchanged under the provisions of this Agreement may not exceed 22 pounds (10 kilograms) in weight nor the following dimensions: Greatest length 4 feet, on condition that parcels over 42 inches but not over 44 inches long do not exceed 24 inches in girth; that parcels over 44 inches but not over 46 inches long do not exceed 20 inches in girth; that parcels over 46 inches but not over 48 inches long do not exceed 16 inches in girth; and that parcels which are 3½ feet or less in length do not exceed 6 feet in length and girth (taken in a direction other than that of the length) combined. The limit of weight and maximum dimensions stated above may be changed from time to time by agreement made through correspondence. Article 2. *Preparation of Parcels*. 1. Preparation of parcels. The name and address of the sender and of the addressee must be written, legibly and correctly, on the parcel itself if possible, or on a label or tag affixed securely to the parcel. It is recommended that a duplicate of the address be inserted in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag for the address is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated merely by initials are not admitted, unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender or addressee which is generally understood. Addresses in pencil are not admitted. However, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 2. Each parcel must be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way as to prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Ordinary parcels may be sealed at the option of the sender, or careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing. Insured parcels must be sealed by means of wax, by lead or other seals. As a protective measure, either Administration may require that special imprints or marks of the senders appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels. 1499 The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels. To that end, the seals or any other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the Customs must be refastened and also officially rescaled. 3. Each insured parcel must bear on the address side an insurance number and must bear a label with the words “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée”. 4. For insured parcels, the amount of insured value must appear on the parcel in the currency of the country of origin, in Roman characters written in full and in Arabic figures. Also, the exact weight of each parcel in pounds and ounces must be entered by the Administration of origin
(a)on the address side of the parcel and
(b)on the customs declaration in the place reserved for this purpose. 5. The labels or postage stamps affixed to insured parcels must be spaced so that they cannot serve to conceal injuries to the packing. Neither may they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. 6. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, or strong carton of fiberboard, or recep tacle of equal strength), there must be left a space to be filled with sawdust, bran or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case that the receptacle is broken. 7. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, which, after soldering, must be placed in turn in substantial outer covere in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Article 3. *Customs Declarations*. 1. The sender shall prepare one customs declaration for each parcelCustoms declarations. sent from either country, upon a special form provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, gross and net weight, the sender’s name and address, and the name and address of the addressee, and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, the use of only one customs declaration may be allowed for a single consignment of any number of uninsured parcels sent by the same sender to the same addressee at the same time. In this case the customs declaration shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the preceding paragraph, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. The parcels comprising the entire shipment shall be clearly marked in such case with a fractional number, the numerator of which will indicate, in Arabic figures, the number of the parcel, and the denominator the number of parcels comprising the shipment; for example, if a single shipment were composed of 15 parcels, each parcel would be numbered, respectively, 1/15, 2/15, 3/15, etc. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations. 1500 Article 4. *Return Receipts*. 1. Return receipts. As to a parcel for which a return receipt is asked, the office of origin places on the parcel the lettera or words “A. R.” or “Return receipt requested”. The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been mailed, the. office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing Section. Article 5. *Receptacles*. 1. Receptacles. The Postal Administrations of the two contracting countries shall provide the respective bags necessary for the dispatch of their parcels and each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. 2. Bags must be returned empty to the dispatching office by the next mail. Empty bags to be returned are made up in bundles of ten, enclosing nine bags in one. The total number of bags returned shall be entered on the relative parcel bills. 3. In case ten percent of the total number of bags used during the year have not been returned, the value of the missing bags must be repaid to the Administration of origin. Article 6. *Method of Exchange of Parcels*. 1. Method of exchange of parcels. The parcels shall be exchanged, in sacks duly fastened and sealed, by the Offices appointed by agreement between the two Administrations, and shall be dispatched to the country of destination by the country of origin at its cost and by such means as it provides. 2. Insured parcels shall be enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Article 7. *Billing of Parcels*. 1. Billing of parcels. Separate parcel bills must be prepared for the ordinary parcels on the one hand, and for the insured parcels on the other hand. The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the1501sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to either country are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. 3. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills to show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin, as well as the total net weight of the parcels. 4. Parcels sent “à découvert” must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 5. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected”, as the case may be. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office numbers the. parcel bills in the upper left-hand corner in accordance with an annual series. The last number of the preceding year must be mentioned on the first bill of the following year. 8. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. Article 8. *Verification by the Exchange Offices*. 1. Upon receipt of a dispatch, the exchange office of destinationVerification by exchange offices. proceeds to verify it. The entries in the parcel bill must be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. If an error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or forexamination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent, returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the office sending such telegram. 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. 1502 If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note ‘‘Repacked at . . . . . .”, and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. Article 9. *Charges*. 1. Charges. For each parcel, ordinary or insured, sent to Gibraltar payment shall be made at the rate of 3 cents per pound, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. For each parcel, ordinary or insured, sent to the United States of America, payment shall be made at the rate of 6 cents per pound, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. These terminal charges may be reduced or increased on 3 months previous notice given by one country to the other. These reductions or increases shall hold good for at least one year. 2. The amounts to be allowed in respect to parcels sent from one Administration to the other for onward transmission to a possession of either country, or to a tliird country, shall be fixed by the intermediary Administration. 3. Except as provided in this Article, each Administration shall keep the whole of the sums which it collects by virtue of the various Articles of this Agreement. Article 10. *Accounting*. 1. Accounting. At the end of each quarter, each Administration makes up an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills, and, if any, by copies of verification notes relating thereto; shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed, and the payment of the balance shall take place, at the latest, at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from the adjustment of the accounts between the two Administrations is paid by a sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. Article 11. *Miscellaneous Notifications*. Miscellaneous notifications.The Administrations shall communicate to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. 1503 These Regulations shall come into operation on the day on whichEffective date and duration. the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington, the 5th day ofSignatures. January 1937, and at Gibraltar, the 18th day of December 1936. [seal] James A Farley. *The Postmaster General of the United States of America*. A. McCormick. *The Colonial Postmaster, Gibraltar*. The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel PostApproval by the President. Agreement between the United States of America and Gibraltar have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore. *Acting Secretary of State*, Washington. *January 13, 1937*. December 20, 1935 Agreement 50 Stat. 1504 1504 NETHERLANDS—RECIPROCAL TRADE—DEC. 20, 1935 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement, exchange of notes, and protocol between the United States of America and the Netherlands respecting reciprocal trade. Signed at Washington, December 20, 1935; proclaimed by the President of the United States, December 28, 1935; ratified by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, March 8, 1937; proclamation and ratification exchanged at Washington, April 8, 1937; supplementary proclamation by the President of the United States, April 10, 1937; articles I to XVI, inclusive, applied reciprocally on and after February 1, 1936; entire agreement effective May 8, 1937.*December 20, 1935[E.A.S. No. 100] By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION. Reciprocal trade agreement, etc., with the Netherlands.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351).Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To Amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), as follows: " “Sec. 350. Statutory provisions.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever ho finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its 1505discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United StatesPromotion of foreign trade. of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared in the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[39 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t39/s1351). June 12, 1934, will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands; Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiate suchNotice given. foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and adviceTrade agreement entered into. with respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on December 20, 1935, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, through her duly empowered Plenipotentiary, which Agreement, including four Schedules annexed thereto, in the English and Netherlands languages, is in words and figures as follows: The President of the UnitedPurposes declared. States of America and Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, being desirous of improving and extending the commercial relations between the two countries by granting mutual and reciprocal concessions and advantages for the development of trade, have resolved to conclude a Trade Agreement with that object and have appointed their respective Plenipotentiaries, as follows:Plenipotentiaries. The President of the United States of America: Mr. Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands: Mr. Arnold Theodoor Lamping, Director of Trade Agreements, 1506who, after communicating to each other their respective full powers, found to be in good and duo form, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I Most-favored-nation treatment.The United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands will grant each other unconditional and unrestricted most-favored-nation treatment in all matters concerning customs duties and charges of every kind and in the method of levying duties, and, further, in all matters concerning the rules, formalities and charges imposed in connection with the clearing of goods through the customs, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country. Accordingly, natural or manufactured products having their origin in either of the countries shall in no case be subject, in regard to the matters referred to above, to any duties, taxes or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formalities other or more burdensome, than those to which the like products having their origin in any third country are or may hereafter be subject. Similarly, natural or manufactured products exported from the territory of the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands and consigned to the territory of the other country shall in no case be subject with respect to exportation and in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to any duties, taxes or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formalities other or more burdensome, than those to which the like products when consigned to the terri-1507tory of any third country are or may hereafter be subject. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to taxes or charges levied in the Netherlands for the purpose of equalizing in some cases the differences in prices existing in the Netherlands and in foreign countries. Any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to a natural or manufactured product originating in any third country or consigned to the territory of any third country shall be accorded immediately and without compensation to the like product originating in or consigned to the territory of the Kingdom of the Netherlands or the United States of America, respectively. It is understood that so long asCoal, etc., imports. and insofar as existing law of the United States of America may otherwise require, the provisions of this Article, insofar as they would otherwise relate to duties, taxes or charges on coal, coke manufactured therefrom, or coal or coke briquettes, shall not apply to such products imported into the United States of America. If the law of the United States of America shall not permit the complete operation of the provisions of this Article with respect to the above-mentioned products, the Kingdom of the Netherlands reserves the right to impose on such products originating in the United States of America, after September 1, 1936, duties or charges other or higher than those imposed on like products originating in 1508third countries, or within fifteen days after the aforesaid date, to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article II Enumerated imports into the Netherlands.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and described *Post*, p. 1526.in Sections A and B of Schedule I annexed to this Agreement, shall, on their importation into the Netherlands and the Netherlands Indies, respectively, No excess duties, etc.be exempt from ordinary customs duties and monopoly fees in excess of those set forth in the respective Sections of the said Schedule. The said articles shall also be exempt from all duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, other than ordinary customs duties and monopoly fees, imposed on or in connection with importation, other than or in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the Netherlands or the Netherlands Indies, in force on the day of the Favorable treatment to be accorded in application of laws.signature of this Agreement. It is understood that in the application of the aforesaid laws, articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America shall receive as favorable treatment as that accorded under like circumstances and conditions to like articles of any third country. Articles of American manufacture, etc.; application of schedules.With respect to the articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America enumerated *Post*, p. 1552.and described in Schedule III annexed to this Agreement, the provisions set forth in the said Schedule shall be applied. 1509 With respect to articlesRates as applied to Netherlands Indies imports.*Post*, p. 1538. enumerated and described in Section B of Schedule I, the Government of the Netherlands Indies reserves the right to change the ad valorem rates of duty specified in the said Section to specific rates of duty: Provided, That no resulting rate of duty applicable to any such article originating in the United States of America shall be higher than the average specific rate equivalent to the ad valorem rate of duty during the latest practicable six months’ period preceding the conversion. It is understood that an increaseStatistical duties levied in the Netherlands. in the statistical duties at present levied in the Netherlands shall not be considered contrary to the provisions of this Article provided such duties do not exceed eight florin cents per package on postal importations or two-tenths of one per centum ad valorem on other importations. Article III Articles the growth, produce orSpecified imports from the Netherlands. manufacture of the Kingdom of the Netherlands enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed*Post*, p. 1542. to this Agreement, shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt fromNo excess duties, etc. ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth in the said Schedule. The said articles shall also be exempt from all duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, other than ordinary customs duties, imposed on or in connection with importation, other than or in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. It is understood that in the application of the aforesaid laws, articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the Kingdom of the Netherlands shall receive as favorable treatment as that ac-1510corded under like circumstances and conditions to like articles of any third country. Article VI Importation Charges.*Ante*, p. 1508.The provisions of Articles II and III of this Agreement shall not prevent the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands from imposing on the importation of any article a charge constituting a compensation for or an equivalent of an internal tax imposed on a like domestic article or on a commodity from which the imported article has been processed or manufactured in whole or in part. Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands, enumerated and *Post*, pp. 1526, 1542.described in Schedules I and II, respectively, which are or shall be subject on their importation into the other country to a duty, tax or any other exaction, imposed solely as the equivalent of or to compensate for an internal tax or any other exaction imposed on or with respect to the processing of domestic articles, shall continue to be subject to such duty, tax or other exaction on importation only to the extent that such duty, tax or exaction shall be not more than fairly equivalent or compensatory to the internal tax or other exaction imposed on or with respect to the processing of domestic articles. Article V No excess charges.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or the Kingdom of the 1511Netherlands, shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other foreign origin. The provisions of this Article in regard to the granting of national treatment shall not prevent the Netherlands from maintaining the existing differential between imported and domestic articles in connection with the stamping tax for works in gold or silver or from applying the existing regulations in regard to the excise tax on the juices of fresh fruits other than grapes, whether or not fermented, and on molasses and other liquids containing sugar. Article VI 1. Neither the United States ofFreedom of trade. America nor the Kingdom of the Netherlands shall establish or maintain any import orExtension of advantages granted another country. export prohibition or restriction on any article originating in or destined for the territory of the other country, which is not applied to the like article originating in or destined for any third country. Any abolition of an import or export prohibition or restriction which may be granted even temporarily by either country in favor of an article originating in or destined for a third country shall be applied immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the territory of the other country. 2. With respect to the articles Provisions respecting quantitative restrictions.*Post*, p. 1554.enumerated and described in Schedule IV annexed to this Agreement, which are now subject to quantitative restrictions in the Netherlands or the Nether-1512lands Indies, the quantities of such articles originating in the United States of America which shall be permitted to be imported annually into the respective territories, beginning February 1, 1936, shall not be less than those specified in the said Schedule. 3. *Post*, p. 1554. With respect to articles not specified in Schedule IV, originating in the United States of America, which are now subject to quantitative restrictions in the Netherlands, the quantities permitted to be imported annually, beginning February 1, 1936, shall not be less than those established in the form of percentages of the importations in the basic periods by the published quota decrees in effect on the day of the signature of this Agreement. 4. Articles not now subject to quantitative restriction in the Netherlands; allotment, if established. With respect to articles in which the United States of America has an interest and which are not now subject to quantitative restrictions in the Netherlands, it is agreed that if the Netherlands shall establish any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any such article, there will be allotted to the United States of America a share of the total quantity of any such article permitted to be imported or sold, during a specified period, equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which the United States of America supplied in a basic period prior to the imposition of such quantitative restriction on such article, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. Trade of the Netherlands with possessions.It is understood that in calculating the quotas to be allotted to the United States of America under the provisions of this paragraph, importations into the Netherlands from the Netherlands Indies, Surinam and Curaçao may be omitted from the 1513aforesaid total quantity permitted to be imported or sold and from the aforesaid total importation in the basic period. 5. If the Netherlands imposesBenefits granted where lower rate imposed on excess importations. or shall hereafter impose on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any article in which the United States of America has an interest a lower import duty or charge than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, there will be allotted to the United States of America a share of the total quantity of any such article permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period, equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which the United States of America supplied in a basic period prior to the imposition of any quantitative restriction on such article, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. It isExceptions. understood that in calculating the quotas to be allotted to the United States of America under the provisions of this paragraph, importations into the Netherlands from the Netherlands Indies, Surinam and Curaçao may be omitted from the aforesaid total quantity permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge and from the aforesaid total importation in the basic period. 6. With respect to articles inQuotas. which the United States of America has an interest, it is agreed that if a quota for the importation or sale of any such article, or a quota 1514for the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article at a lower duty or charge than the duty or charge imposed on importations or sales in excess of such quantity, is or shall be allotted by the Netherlands Indies to any third country, other than the Netherlands, Surinam or Curaçao, there will be allotted to the United States of America a share of the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold, or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period, equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which it supplied in a basic period prior to the imposition of such quantitative restriction on such article, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. It is understood that in calculating the quotas to be allotted to the United States of America under the provisions of this paragraph, importations into the Netherlands Indies from the Netherlands, Surinam and Curaçao may be omitted from the aforesaid total quantity permitted to be imported or sold, or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, and from the aforesaid total importation in the basic period. 7. Benefits extended by United States under quantitative restriction. If the Government of the United States of America establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the Kingdom of the Netherlands has an interest, or imposes a lower duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such 1515article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, the Government of the United States of America will allot to the Kingdom of the Netherlands a share of the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold, or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period, equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which the Kingdom of the Netherlands supplied in a basic period prior to the imposition of such quantitative restriction on such article, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. It isUnited States trade with Cuba, etc. understood that in calculating the quotas to be allotted to the Kingdom of the Netherlands under the provisions of tills paragraph, importations into the United States of America from Cuba, the Philippine Islands, the Panama Canal Zone, and the territories and possessions of the United States of America may be omitted from the aforesaid total quantity permitted to be imported or sold, or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, and from the aforesaid total importation in the basic period. 8. If, after February 1, 1937,Notice to be given of any quota reduction by the Netherlands Government. the Government of the Netherlands should desire to reduce the quota established for any article under the second or the third paragraph of this Article, it shall give at least thirty days’ advance notice to the Government of the United States of America, and shall give sympathetic consideration to any suggestion or request which the latter Government may make with respect to the proposed 1516Right to terminate.action; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government of the United States of America shall be free, within fifteen days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days, to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. 9. Allotment to United States not to be reduced unless global quota reduced in like proportion. The quantity allotted to the United States of America for any article on which a quota is established under the second or the third paragraph of this Article shall not in any case be reduced unless the global quota for that article is also reduced in the same proportion. If the global quota for any such article shall at any time be increased, the quantity allotted to the United States of America shall, after February 1, 1937, be increased in the same proportion, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment. “Global quota” defined.The term “global quota” means the total quantity or value of an article permitted to be imported from all foreign countries. 10. Exhaustion of import quotas. With respect to the import quotas, which are now in effect or which may hereafter be established by either the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands, each Government will take appropriate measures to facilitate as much as possible the exhaustion of such quotas. Any representations which either Government may make with a view to effectuating this purpose shall be given the most sympathetic consideration by the other Government. 1517 11. Sympathetic considerationReadjustments. will be given by either Government to any request which the other Government may make for a readjustment of the quota allotment for any article or to any request or representation with respect to any other matter relating to quotas or other quantitative restrictions. Article VII With respect to the articlesNo quantitative regulation.*Post*, pp. 1526,1542. enumerated and described in Schedules I and II, no prohibitions, import quotas, import licenses, or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, shall be imposed by the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the United States of America, respectively. The foregoing provision shallException. not apply to quantitative restrictions in whatever form imposed by either country on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production, market supply, or prices of like domestic articles, nor shall it apply to such necessary measures as may be adopted in extraordinary and abnormal circumstances to protect the vital economic or financial interests of the country. Notice of proposed restriction, etc.Whenever either Government establishes or changes any restriction authorized by this paragraph, it shall notify the other Government and shall afford such other Government an opportunity to consult with it in respect of such action; and if, objection being made to such action, an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, such other Government shall be free 1518within fifteen days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Quantitative restrictions in tile form of quotas.The first paragraph of this Article shall not prevent the application of the quantitative restrictions in the form of quotas *Post*, p. 1526.provided for in Schedule I nor the application of the quantitative restrictions in the form of quotas *Post*, p. 1554.which are specified in Schedule IV for the articles enumerated and described therein. Article VIII Treatment of Government monopolies.In the event that the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production or sale of an article or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell an article, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, shall, in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency, accord the commerce of the other country fair and equitable treatment. In making its foreign purchases of any article such monopoly or agency shall, within the quantitative limitations permitted by other provisions of this Agreement, be influenced solely by competitive considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale. Article IX Modification where rate of exchange prejudicial.In the event that a wide variation occurs in the rate of exchange between the currencies of the 1519United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the Government of either country, if it considers the variation so substantial as to prejudice the industries or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of such proposal, the Government making such proposal shall be free to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article X Each Government will accordMutual consideration with respect to customs, etc. sympathetic consideration to such representations as the other Government may make regarding the operation of customs regulations, the observance of customs formalities, and the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal or plant health or life. If either Government makesSanitary regulations. representations to the other Government in respect of the application of any sanitary law or regulation for the protection of human, animal or plant health or life, and if there is disagreement with respect thereto, a committee of technical experts on which each Government will be represented shall, on the request of either Government, be established as soon as possible to consider the matter and to submit recommendations to the two Governments. Whenever practicable eachConsultation before applying new measures. Government, before applying any new measure of a sanitary character, will consult with the Government of the other country with a view to insuring that there will be as little injury to the commerce of the latter country as may be con-1520sistent with the purpose of the proposed measure. The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to actions affecting individual shipments under sanitary measures already in effect or to actions based on pure food and drug laws. Article XI Advantages accorded neighboring states, etc.The provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands to the commerce of the other country do not apply to advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded to neighboring states in order to facilitate frontier traffic, or to advantages resulting from a customs union to which either country may become a party so long as such advantages are not extended to any other country. Gold or silver trade restriction.Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation or importation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. Provisions not to extend to specified restrictions.Subject to the requirement that, under like circumstances and conditions, there shall be no arbitrary discrimination by either country against the other country in favor of any third country, and without *Ante*, p. 1519.prejudice to Article X, the provisions of this Agreement shall not extend to prohibitions or restric-1521tions
(1)relating to public security;
(2)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(3)designed to protect human, animal or plant health or life;
(4)relating to prison-made goods; or
(5)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Nothing in this Agreement shallDuties based on arbitrary quantities in lieu of actual measurement. prevent either Government from assessing duties or taxes on certain imported articles on the basis of arbitrary quantities in lieu of actual measurement, as required by laws in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article XII In the event that eitherAdjustment of measures impairing objects of agreement. Government adopts any measure which, even though it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, is considered by the other Government to have the effect of nullifying or materially and considerably impairing any object of the Agreement, the Government which has adopted any such measure shall consider such written representations or proposals as the other Government may make with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. If no agreement is reached withRight to terminate. respect to such representations or proposals within thirty days after they are received, the Government making them shall be free, within fifteen days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days, to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on sixty days’ written notice. 1522 Article XIII Provisions not to apply to Philippine islands, etc.Except as otherwise provided in the second paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands, respectively, to the commerce of the other country, shall not apply to the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam, or to the Panama Canal Zone. Commerce between possessions.The provisions of this Agreement regarding most-favored-nation treatment shall apply to articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America or the Kingdom of the Netherlands, imported from or exported to any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the other Canal Zone excepted.country. It is understood, however, that the provisions of this Paragraph do not apply to the Panama Canal Zone. Advantages accorded by U. S., its territories, etc., to one another or Cuba.The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the Advantages accorded to Philippine Islands.operation of this Agreement. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to the Philippine Islands irrespective of any change in the political status of the Philippine Islands. Netherlands and its overseas territories.This Agreement shall not apply to the advantages which the Netherlands and its overseas territories have granted or hereafter may grant to one another nor to the advantages which these over-1523seas territories have granted or hereafter may grant to one another. Article XIV Each Government reserves theRight to withdraw concessions reserved. right to withdraw or to modify the concession granted on any article under this Agreement or to impose quantitative restrictions on any such article if, as a result of the extension of such concession to third countries, such countries obtain the major benefit of such concession and in consequence thereof an unduly large increase in importations of such article takes place: Provided, ThatPrevious notice in writing to be given. before either Government shall avail itself of the foregoing reservations, it shall give notice in writing to the other Government of its intention to do so, and shall allow a period of not less than thirty days before such action is taken for reaching an agreement with respect thereto or with respect to such compensatory modifications of the terms of the present Agreement as may be appropriate. IfTermination of Agreement. at the end of the aforesaid period of thirty days a satisfactory agreement has not been reached, the Government which proposed to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action has been taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XV The Kingdom of theTerms defined. Netherlands embraces the Netherlands, the Netherlands Indies, Surinam, 1524and Curaçao; wherever the term “Netherlands” is used in this Agreement it refers only to the territory in Europe. Wherever the term “United States of America” is used in this Agreement, it is understood to embrace the territories of Hawaii and Alaska, and Puerto Rico, as well as continental United States. Article XVI Schedules and notes deemed integral parts of Agreement.*Post*, p. 1526.Schedules I, II, III and IV, and the notes included in them, shall have force and effect as integral parts of this Agreement. Article XVII Agreement to be proclaimed.The present Agreement shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and shall be ratified by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands. Provisional application of designated articles.Pending ratification of this Agreement by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, the provisions of Articles I to XVI, inclusive, shall be applied reciprocally, by the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands on February 1, 1936, and thereafter until the day on which the entire Agreement shall come into force. Effective date and duration.The entire Agreement shall come into force one month after the day on which the Netherlands Government has communicated the ratification by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands to the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United States of America has communicated the proclamation of the President of the United States of America to the Netherlands Government, The Agreement shall continue in force until January 1, 1939, subject to the provisions of Article I, Article VI, Article VII, Article IX, Article XII, and Article XIV. 1525 Unless at least six months before January 1, 1939, either Government shall have given to the other Government notice of intention to terminate the Agreement on that date, the Agreement shall remain in force thereafter, subject to the provisions of Article I, Article VI, Article VII, Article IX, Article XII, and Article XIV, until six months from the day on which either Government shall have given such notice to the other Government. In witness whereof theSignatures. respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Netherlands languages, both authentic, at the City of Washington this twentieth day of December, nineteen hundred and thirty-five. De President van de VereenigdePurposes declared. Staten van Amerika en Hare Majesteit de Koningin der Nederlanden, bezield met den wensch de handelsbetrekkingen tusschen beide landen te verbeteren en uit te breiden door elkander wederkeerige concessies en voordeelen ter ontwikkeling van den handel te verleenen, hebben besloten een Handelsverdrag te dien einde te sluiten en hebben tot Hunne wederzijdsche GevolmachtigdenPlenipotentiaries. benoemd, te weten: De President van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika: den Heer Cordell Hull, Secretaris van Staat van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, Hare Majesteit de Koningin der Nederlanden: den Heer Arnold Theodoor Lamping, Directeur van de Handelsaccoorden, 1506die, na elkander over en weder mededeeling te hebben gedaan van hunne volmachten, welke in goeden en behoorlijken vorm werden bevonden, tot overeenstemming zijn gekomen met betrekking tot de volgende Artikelen: Artikel I Most-favored-nation treatment.De Vereenigde Staten van Amerika en het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden zullen elkander onvoorwaardelijk en onbeperkt toekennen de behandeling als meestbegunstigde natie in alles wat betrekking heeft op douanerechten en heffingen van welken aard ook, alsmede voor de wijze van heffing van rechten en verder in alle aangelegenheden betreffende de voorschriften, formaliteiten en heffingen, opgelegd in verband met de klaring van goederen door de douane, en voorts ten aanzien van alle wetten of voorschriften, betreffende den verkoop of het gebruik binnenslands van ingevoerde goederen. Dienovereenkomstig zullen de iroducten van bodem of nijverieid, van oorsprong uit elk van beide landen, ten aanzien van de bovenbedoelde onderwerpen in geen geval onderworpen worden aan eenige andere of hoogere rechten, belastingen of heffingen, noch aan eenige andere of drukkender voorschriften of formaliteiten, dan die, aan welke gelijksoortige producten, van oorsprong uit eenig derde land, zijn of in de toekomst mochten worden onderworpen. Insgelijks zullen de producten van bodem of nijverheid, uitgevoerd uit het gebied van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of uit dat van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden, met bestemming naar het gebied van het andere land, in geen geval, ten aanzien van dien uitvoer en ten opzichte van de bovenbedoelde aangelegenheden, worden onderworpen aan eenige andere of hoogere rechten, belastingen of he ihrigen, noch aan eenige andere of druk1507kender voorschriften of formaliteiten dan die, aan welke gelijksoortige producten, met bestemming naar het gebied van eenig derde land, zijn of in de toekomst mochten worden onderworpen. De bepalingen van deze alinea zullen niet van toepassing zijn op belastingen of heffingen, welke in enkele gevallen in Nederland worden geheven, met het doel de verschillen op te heffen tusschon prijzen in Nederland en die in vreemde landen. Alle voordeelen, gunsten, voorrechten of vrijdommen, welke door de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of door het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden ten aanzien van de bovengenoemde aangelegenheden zijn of in de toekomst mochten worden toegekend aan producten van bodem of nijverheid, van oorsprong uit eenig derde land of met bestemming naar het gebied van eenig derde land, zullen onmiddellijk en zonder compensatie worden toegekend aan de gelijksoortige producten van oorsprong uit of met bestemming naar het gebied respectievelijk van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden en van dat van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika. Het is wel verstaan, dat, zoolangCoal, etc., imports. en voorzoo ver de thans bestaande wetgeving van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerilta zulks mocht vereischen, de bepalingen van dit Artikel, voor zoover zij overigens betrekking zouden hebben op rechten, belastingen of heffingen op steenkool, daaruit vervaardigde cokes, of steenkool- of cokesbriketten, niet van toepassing zullen zijn bij don invoer van deze producten in de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika. Indien de wetgeving van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerilta de volledige werking van de bepalingen van dit Artikel ten aanzien van bovengenoemde Eröffneten niet zal toelaten, beoudt het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden zich het recht voor om, na 1 September 1936, deze producten, wanneer zij van oorsprong1508zijn uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, te belasten met andere of hoogere rechten of heffingen dan die, welke geheven worden van gelijksoortige producten, van oorsprong uit derde landen, of wel, om, binnen vijftien dagen na bovengenoemden datum, dit Verdrag in zijn geheel schriftelijk op te zeggen met een termijn van dertig dagen. Artikel II Enumerated imports into the Netherlands.De producten van bodem of nijverheid van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, opgesomd en omschreven *Post*, p. 1526.in de Afdeelingen A en B van de bij dit Verdrag gevoegde Lijst I, zullen, bij invoer respectievelijk in Nederland en Nederlandsch-Indië, zijn vrijgesteld van gewone douanerechten en monopolieheffingen, booger dan die, welke in de betreffende Afdeeingen van de hiervoorgenoemde Lijst zijn vastgelegd. Genoemde producten zullen eveneens zijn vrijgesteld van alle rechten, belastingen, retributies, heffingen of invorderingen, andere dan No excess duties, etc.gewone douanerechten en monopolicheffingen, gelegd op den invoer of daarmede verband houdende, andere of hoogere dan die, welke worden geheven op den dag van onderteekening van dit Verdrag, of, welke later, op grond van op Favorable treatment to be accorded in application of laws.den dag van onderteekening van dit Verdrag van kracht zijnde wetten van Nederland of Nederlandsch-Indië, zullen worden geheven. Het is wel verstaan, dat bij da toepassing van bovengenoemde wetten, de producten van bodem of nijverheid vande Vereenigde Staten van Amerika een even gunstige behandeling zullen genieten als die, welke onder gelijke omstandigheden en voorwaarden aan gelijksoortige producten van eenig derde land wordt verleend. Articles of American manufacture, etc.; application of schedules.Met betrekking tot de producten van bodem en nijverheid van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika., *Post*, p. 1552.opgesomd en omschreven in de bij dit Verdrag gevoegde Lijst III, zullen de bepalingen vastgelegd in deze Lijst worden toegepast. 1509 Met betrekking tot deRates as applied to Netherlands Indies imports.*Post*, p. 1538. producten, opgesomd en omschreven in Afdeeling B van Lijst I, behoudt de Regeering van NederlandschIndië zich het recht voor de waarderechten, vermeld in de hiervoorgenoemde Afdeeling, om te zetten in specifieke rechten, mits de opbrengst van het specifieke recht ten aanzien van zoodanig product, van oorsprong uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, niet hooger is dan de gemiddelde opbrengst van het waarderecht, berekend over het tijdvak van zes maanden, zoo dicht mogelijk voorafgaand aan de omzetting van het recht. Het is wel verstaan, dat eeneStatistical duties levied in the Netherlands. verhooging van de thans in Nederland geheven wordende statistiekrechten niet zal worden beschouwd als in strijd te zijn met de bepalingen van dit Artikel, mits dergelijke rechten níet hooger zullen zijn dan acht cent per pakket bij invoer per post of twee tiende percent ad valorem bij invoer op andere wijze. Article III De producten van bodem ofSpecified imports from the Netherlands. nijverheid van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden, opgesomd en omschreven in de, bij dit Verdrag*Post*, p. 1542. gevoegde, Lijst II, zullen, bij invoer in de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika zijn vrijgesteld vanNo excess duties, etc. gewone douanerechten, hooger dan ie, welke in genoemde Lijst zijn vastgelegd. Genoemde artikelen zullen eveneens zijn vrijgesteld van alle rechten, belastingen, retributies, heffingen of invorderingen, andere dan gewone douanerechten, gelegd op den invoer of daarmede verband houdende, andere of hoogere dan die, welke geheven worden op den dag van onderteekening van dit Verdrag of welke later op grond van de op den dag van onderteekening van dit Verdrag van kracht zijnde wetten van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika zullen worden geheven. Het is wel verstaan, dat bij de toepassing van bovengenoemde wetten, de producten1510van bodem of nijverheid van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden een even gunstige behandeling zullen genieten als die, welke onder gelijke omstandigheden en voorwaarden aan gelijksoortige producten van eenig derde kind wordt verleend. Artikel VI Importation Charges.*Ante*, p. 1508.De bepalingen van de Artikelen Il en III van dit Verdrag zullen de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden niet beletten op eenig product bij invoer eene heffing te eggen, voor zoover deze uitmaakt een compensatie voor of het equivalent van een binnenlandsche belasting,, gelegd op een gelijksoortig binnenlandsch product of op een artikel, waaruit het ingevoerde product geheel of ten deele is vervaardigd of bereid. De producten van bodem of nijverheid van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden, respectievelijk *Post*, pp. 1526, 1542.opgesomd en omschrcven in de Lijsten I en II, welke bij invoer in het andere land zijn of zullen worden onderworpen aan een recht, belasting of eenige andere invordering, uitsluitend geheven als equivalent van of als compensatie voor een binnenlandsche belasting of eenige andere invordering, geheven van of met betrekking tot de vervaardiging van binnenlandsche producten, zullen bij invoer slechts onderworpen blijven aan een degelijk recht, belasting of andere invordering, voor zoover een dergelijk recht, belasting of invordering niet meer zal bedragen dan het redelijk equivalent van of een redelijke compensatie voor de binnenlandsche belasting of andere invordering, geheven van of met betrekking tot de vervaardiging van binnenlandsche producten. Artikel V No excess charges.De producten van bodem of nijverheid van do Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of van het1511Koninkrijk der Nederlanden zullen, na invoer in het andere land, vrijgesteld zijn van alle binnenlandsche belastingen, retributies, heffingen of invorderingen, andere of hoogere dan die, wellte verschuldigd zijn van soortgelijke producten van nationalen of eenigen anderen vreemden oorsprong. De bepalingen van dit Artikel ten aanzien van de toekenning van de nationale behandeling, zullen Nederland niet beletten het bestaande onderscheid in behandeling te handhaven tusschen ingevoerde en inheemsche producten voor wat betreft de waarborgbelasting voor gouden en zilveren werken, noch net toepassen van de bestaande bepalingen ten aanzien van dan accijns op al dan niet gegiste sappen van versehe vruchten, andere dan druiven, en op melasse en andere suikerhoudende vloeistoffen. Artikel VI 1. Noch de Vereenigde StatenFreedom of trade. van Amerika noch het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden zullen eenig in- of uitvoerverbod of beperking op eenig product, van oorsprong uit of met bestemming naai’ het gebied van het andere land, instellen of handhaven, welke niet wordt toegepast op het gelijksoortig product, van oorsprong uit of met bestemming naar eenigExtension of advantages granted another country. derde land. Elke opheffing van een in- of uitvoerverbod of -beperking, welke, al ware het slechts tijdelijk, door een der beide landen ten gunste van een product, van oorsprong uit of met bestemming naar een derde land, mocht worden toegestaan, zal onmiddellijk en onvoorwaardelijk worden toegepast op het gelijksoortige product, van oorsprong uit of met bestemming naar het gebied van het andere land. 2. Met betrekking tot deProvisions respecting quantitative restrictions.*Post*, p. 1554. producten, opgesomd en omschreven in de bij dit Verdrag gevoegde Lijst IV, welke thans in Nederland of in Nederlandsch-Indië aan quantitatieve beperkingen onder1512worpen zijn, zullen de hoeveelheden van die producten, van oorsprong uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, waarvan de invoer jaarlijks zal worden toegestaan in de betreffende gebiedsdeelen, van 1 Februari 1936 af, niet minder zijn dan die, welke zijn vermeld in de hiervoorgenoemde Lijst. 3. *Post*, p. 1554. Met betrekking tot de producten, van oorsprong uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, welke niet zijn vermeld in Lijst IV en welke thans in Nederland aan quantitatieve beperkingen onderworpen zijn, zullen de hoeveelheden, waarvan de invoer jaarlijks zal worden toegestaan, van 1 Februari 1936 af, niet minder zijn dan die, welke bij de gepubliceerde en op den dag van onderteekening van dit Verdrag in werking zijnde contingenteeringsbesluiten, in den vorm van percentages van den invoer in het basistijdvak zijn vastgesteld. 4. Articles not now subject to quantitative restriction in the Netherlands; allotment, if established. Met betrekking tot producten, waarbij de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika belang hebben en welke thans in Nederland niet onderworpen zijn aan quantitatieve beperkingen, is overeengekomen dat, indien Nederland een quantitatieve beperking of controle, van welken aard ook, zou instellen op den invoer of verkoop van een zoodanig product, aan de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika zal worden toegewezen een aandeel in de totale hoeveelheid van een zoodanig product, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan, gedurende een vastgesteld tijdvak, overeenkomende met het evenredig deel van don totalen invoer van dat product, hetwelk de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika leverden in een basistijdvak, voorafgaande Trade of the Netherlands with possessions.aan de instelling van zoodanige quantitatieve beperking op dat product, tenzij wordt overeengekomen van een dergelijke toewijzing af te zien. Het is wel verstaan, dat, bij de berekening van de contingenten, welke zullen worden toegewezen aan de Veree1513nigde Staten van Amerika krachtens de bepalingen van deze alinea, de invoer in Nederland uit Nederlandsch-Indië, Suriname en Curaçao mag worden afgetrokken van de hiervoorgenoemde totale hoeveelheid, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan, alsmede van den hiervoorgenoemden totalen invoer in het basistijdvak. 5. Indien Nederland instelt ofBenefits granted where lower rate imposed on excess importations. later mocht instellen een recht of heffing, op den invoer of verkoop van een vastgestelde hoeveelheid van eenig product, waarbij de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika belang hebben, lager dan het recht of de heffing, gelegd op den invoer, welke een zoodanige hoeveelheid overtreft, zal aan de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika worden toegewezen een aandeel in de totale oeveelheid van een zoodanig product, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan tegen een zoodanig lager recht of heffing, gedurende een vastgesteld tijdvak, overeenkomende met het evenredig deel van den totalen invoer van dat product, hetwelk de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika leverden in een basistijdvak, voorafgaande aan de instelling vanExceptions. eenige quantitatieve beperking op dit product, tenzij wordt overeengekomen van een dergelijke toewijzing af te zien. Het is wel verstaan, dat, bij de berekening van de contingenten, welke zullen worden toegewezen aan de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika krachtens de bepalingen van deze alinea, de invoer in Nederland uit Nederlandsch-Indië, Suriname en Curaçao mag worden afgetrokken van de hiervoorgenoemde totale hoeveelheid, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan tegen een zoodanig lager recht of heffing, alsmede van den hiervoorgenoemden totalen invoer in het basistijdvak. 6. Met betrekking totQuotas. producten, waarbij de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika belang hebben, is overeengekomen dat, indien door Nederlandsch-Indië aan eenig1514derde land, derhalve niet aan Nederland, Suriname of Curaçao, is of zal worden toegewezen een contingent voor den invoer of verkoop van een zoodanig product of een contingent voor den invoer of verkoop van een vastgestelde hoeveelheid van een zoodanig product tegen een recht of heffing, lager dan het recht of de heffing gelegd op den invoer of verkoop, welke een zoodanige hoeveelheid overschrijdt, aan de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika zal worden toegewezen een aandeel in de totale hoeveelheid van een zoodanig product, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan of waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan tegen een zoodanig lager recht of heffing, gedurende een vastgesteld tijdvak, overeenkomende met het evenredig deel van den totalen invoer van dat product, hetwelk de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika leverden in een basistijdvak, voorafgaande aan de instelling van eene zoodanige quantitatieve beperking op dat product, tenzij wordt overeengekomen van een dergelijke toewijzing af te zien. Het is wel verstaan, dat, bij de berekening van de contingenten, welke zullen worden toegewezen aan de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika krachtens de bepalingen van deze alinea, de invoer in Nederlandsch-Indië uit Nederland, Suriname en Curaçao mag worden afgetrokken van de hiervoorgenoemde totale hoeveelheid, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan, of waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan tegen een zoodanig lager recht of heffing, alsmede van den lüervoorgenoemden totalen invoer in het basistijdvak. 7. Benefits extended by United States under quantitative restriction. Indien de Kegeering van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika eene quantitatieve beperking of controle, van welken aard ook, instelt of handhaaft op den invoer of verkoop van eenig product, waarbij het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden belang heeft, of op den invoer of verkoop van een vastgestelde hoeveelheid van oen zoo1515danig product een recht of heffing zou leggen, lager dan het recht of de heffing, gelegd op den invoer, welke een zoodanige hoeveelheid overschrijdt, zal de Rcgeering van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden een aandeel toewijzen in de totale hoeveelheid van een zoodanig product, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan of waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan tegen een zoodanig lager recht of heffing, gedurende een vastgesteld tijdvak, overeenkomende met het evenredig deel van den totalen invoer van dat product, hetwelk het Koninlirijk der Nederlanden leverde in een basistijdvak, voorUnited States trade with Cuba, etc. afgaande aan de instelling van eene zoodanige quantitatieve beperking op dat product, tenzij wordt overeengekomen van een dergelijke toewijzing af te zien. Het is wel veistaan, dat, bij de berekening van de contingenten, welke zullen worden toegewezen aan het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden krachtens de bepalingen van deze alinea, de invoer in de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika uit Cuba, de Philippijnen, de Panama kanaal Zone en de gebiedsdeelen en bezittingen van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika mag worden afgetrokken van de hiervoorgenoemde totale hoeveelheid, waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan, of waarvan de invoer of verkoop is toegestaan tegen een zoodanig lager recht of heffing, alsmede van den hiervoorgenoemden totalen invoer in het basistijdvak. 8. Indien de NederlandscheNotice to be given of any quota reduction by the Netherlands Government. Regeering, na 1 Februari 1937, het contingent voor eenig product, overeenkomstig de tweede of derde alinea van dit Artikel vastgesteld, zou wenschen te verminderen, zal Zij hiervan minstens dertig dagen tevoren aan de Regeering van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika kennis geven en zal Zij in welwillende overweging nemen elk voorstel of verzoek, hetwelk laatstgenoemde Regeering ten aanzien1516Right to terminate.van den voorgenomen maatregel mocht doen. Wanneer binnen dertig dagen na ontvangst van de hiervoorgenoemde kennisgeving geen overeenstemming terzake zal zijn bereikt, zal de Regeering van de Verecnigde Staten van Amerika de bevoegdheid hebben, binnen vijftien dagen na afloop van de hiervoorgcnoemden termijn van dertig dagen, dit Verdrag in zijn geheel schriftelijk op te zeggen met een termijn van dertig dagen. 9. Allotment to United States not to be reduced unless global quota reduced in like proportion. De aan de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika toegewezen hoeveelheid voor eenig product, waarvoor overeenkomstig de tweede of derde alinea van dit Artikel een contingent is vastgesteld, zal in geen geval worden verminderd, tenzij net globale contingent voor dat product eveneens wordt verminderd en wel in de zelfde verhouding. Indien het globale contingent voor een zoodanig product te eeniger tijd mocht worden verhoogd, zal het aan de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika toegewezen contingent, na 1 Februari 1937, “Global quota” defined.in dezelfde verhouding worden verhoogd, tenzij is overeengekomen van een dergelijke toewijzing af te zien. De uitdrukking “globaal contingent” beteekent de totale hoeveelheid of waarde van een product, waarvan de invoer uit alle vreemde landen is toegestaan. 10. Exhaustion of import quotas. Met betrekking tot de invoercontingenten, welke thans in werking zijn of, welke hetzij door de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, hetzij door het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden later mochten worden ingesteld, zal de betreffende Regeering de passende maatregelen nemen om de uitputting van de contingenten zooveel mogelijk te vergemakkelijken. De eventueele vertoogen, welke een van beide Regeeringen mocht indienen, strekkende tot het verwezenlijken van gemeld doel, zullen door de Regeering van het andere land in de meest welwillende overweging worden genomen. 1517 11. Elk van beide RegeeringenReadjustments. zal in welwillende overweging nemen elk verzoek, dat de andere Regeering mocht doen tot herziening van het voor eenig product toegewezen contingent, of elk verzoek of vertoog betreffende eenige andere aangelegenheid, verband houdende met contingenten of met andere quantitatieve beperkingen. Artikel VII Met betrekking tot deNo quantitative regulation.*Post*, pp. 1526,1542. producten, opgesomd en omschreven in de Lijsten I en II, zullen door, respectievelijk, het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden en de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika geen verboden worden ingesteld noch invoercontingenten, invoervergunningen of eenige andere regelingen inzake quantitatieve beperking, al dan niet verband houdende met de werking van eenig orgaan, waarbij de controle is gecentraliseerd. De hiorvoorgaande bepaling zalException. niet van toepassing zijn op quantitatieve beperkingen, van welken aard ook, door een van beide landen gelegd op den invoer of verkoop van eenig product van bodem of nijverheid van het andere land, in verband met van Regeeringswege genomen maatregelen met het doel de productie, de marktvoorziening of de prijzen van gelijksoortige inheemsche producten te regelen of te beheerschen, noch zal zij van toepassing zijn op zoodanige noodzakelijke maatregelen, die in buitengewone en abnormale omstandighedenNotice of proposed restriction, etc. mochten worden genomen, te neinde de vitale economische of financieele belangen van het land te beschermen. Telkens waanneer een van beide Regeeringen eenige beperking, welke bij deze alinea is toogelaten, instelt of wijzigt, zal Zij de andere Regeering daarmede in kennis stellen en deze Regeering gelegenheid geven om met Haar ter zake overleg te plegen. Indien door de andere Regeering bezwaar is gemaakt tegen een1518zoodanigen maatregel en binnen dertig dagen na ontvangst van de betreffende kennisgeving geen overeenstemming terzake is bereikt, zal de andere Regeering de bevoegdheid hebben binnen vijftien dagen na afloop van bet hiervoorgenoemde tijdvak van dertig dagen, dit Verdrag in zijn geheel schriftelijk op te zeggen met een termijn van dertig dagen. Quantitative restrictions in tile form of quotas.De eerste alinea van dit Artikel zal niet de toepassing verhinderen van de quantitatieve beperkingen, door middel van *Post*, p. 1526.contingenten, voorzien in Lijst I, en evenmin de toepassing van de quantitatieve beperkingen, door *Post*, p. 1554.middel van contingenten, vermeld in Lijst IV, voor de producten, daarin opgesomd en omschreven. Artikel VIII Treatment of Government monopolies.Ingeval de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden een monopolie voor den invoer, de productie of den verkoop van een product instellen of handhaven, of, formeel of feitelijk, uitsluitende voorrechten toekennen aan een of meer organen voor den invoer, de productie of den verkoop van een product, zal de Regeering van het land, dat een zoodanig monopolie invoert of handhaaft, of zoodanige monopolievoorrechten verleent, ten opzichte van de buitenlandsche aankoopen door een zoodanig monopolie of orgaan aan den handel van het andere land een behoorlijke en billijke behandeling toekennen, Bij het doen van aankoopen in het buitenland van eenig product, zal een zoodanig monopolie of orgaan, binnen de quantitatieve grenzen toegestaan bij andere bepalingen van dit Verdrag, zich slechts laten leiden door factoren van concurrentie, zooals prijs, kwaliteit, afzetmogelijkheid en verkoopsvoorwaarden. Artikel IX Modification where rate of exchange prejudicial.Ingeval een aanzienlijke afwijking ontstaat in de koersverhouding tusschen de ruilmiddelen1519van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika en die van hot Koninkrijk der Nederlanden, zal het de Regeering van elk van beide landen, indien Zij de afwijking zoo belangrijk acht, dat daardoor de nijverheid of de handel van het land zal worden geschaad, vrijstaan, onderhandelingen voor te stellen tot wijziging van dit Verdrag. Indien terzake geen overeenstemming is bereikt binnen dertig dagen, volgende op de ontvangst van een zoodanig voorstel, zal de Regeering, die een zoodanig voorstel doet, de bevoegdheid hebben dit Verdrag in zijn geheel schriftelijk op te zeggen met een termijn van dertig dagen. Artikel X Elk van beide Regeeringen zalMutual consideration with respect to customs, etc. in welwillende overweging nemen de vertoogen, welke de andere Regeering tot Haar mocht richten, inzake de werking van douanevoorschriften, de inachtneming van douaneformaliteiten en de toepassing van sanitaire wetten en voorschriften voor de bescherming van de gezondheid of het leven van mensch, dier of plant. Ingeval een van beideSanitary regulations. Regeeringen vertoogen richt tot de andere met betrekking tot de toepassing van eenige sanitaire wet of eenig sanitairvoorschriftvoor de bescherming van de gezondheid of het leven van mensch, dier of plant, en indien ten opzichte daarvan geen overeenstemming wordt bereikt, zal op verzoek van een van beide Regeeringen zoo spoedig mogelijk eene commissie van deskundigen, in welke beide Regeeringen vertegenwoordigd zullen zijn, worden ingesteld, ten einde de aangelegenheid onder de oogen te zien en terzake advies uit te brengen aan beide Regeeringen. Voor zoover doenlijk, zal elk vanConsultation before applying new measures. beide Regeeringen, alvorens tot de toepassing van eenigen nieuwen maatregel van sanitairen aard over te gaan, de Regeering van het andere land raadplegen, teneinde er voor te zorgen, dat het nadeel, dat aan den handel van laatstbe1520doeld land zou kunnon worden toegebracht, zoo gering zij als in overeenstemming is te brengen met het doel van den voorgenomen maatregel. De bepalingen van deze alinea zijn niet van toepassing op maatregelen, genomen ten aanzien van afzonderlijke zendingen, krachtens reeds m werking zijnde sanitaire voorschriften, of op maatregelen gebaseerd op wetten, betreffende de zuiverheid en hoedanigheid van voedingsen geneesmiddelen en dranken. Artikel XI Advantages accorded neighboring states, etc.De bepalingen van dit Verdrag, betrekking hebbende op de behandeling, toe te kennen door de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden aan den handel van het andere land, zijn niet van toepassing op voordeelen, welke thans zijn of later mochten worden verleend aan nabuurstaten, teneinde den grenshandel te vergemakkelijken, noch op voordeelen, voortvloeiende uit een tolunie, bij welke een van beide landen zich mocht aansluiten, zoolang dergelijke voordeelen niet worden uitgestrekt tot eenig ander land. Gold or silver trade restriction.Dit Verdrag verhindert uit gcenen hoofde het nemen van maatregelen tot verbod of beperking van den uitvoer of van den invoer van goud of zilver, noch het nemen van zulke maatregelen, welke elli van beide Kegeeringen noodzakelijk mocht achten ter regeling van den uitvoer of verkoop voor uitvoer van wapens, munitie of oorlogsbenoodigdheden en, in buitengewone gevallen, van alle andere militaire benoodigdheden. Provisions not to extend to specified restrictions.Behoudens het vereischte dat, onder gelijke omstandigheden en voorwaarden, door geen van beide landen een willekeurig onderscheid zal worden gemaakt in de behandeling van net andere land ten *Ante*, p. 1519.gunste van een derde land en onverminderd het bepaalde in Artikel X, zullen de bepalingen1521van dit Verdrag zich niet uitstrekken tot verboden of beperkingen:
(1)betrekking hebbende op de publieke veiligheid,
(2)ingesteld uit moreele of humanitaire overwegingen,
(3)beoogende de beschermmg van het leven of de gezondheid van mensch, dier of plant,
(4)betrekking hebbende op goederen, in gevangenissen gemaakt, of
(5)met betrekking tot de ten uitvoerlegging van politiewetten of wetten op de staatsinkomsten. Dit Verdrag belet geen vanDuties based on arbitrary quantities in lieu of actual measurement. beide Regeeringen in eenig opzicht op grond van de op den dag van onderteekening van dit Verdrag van kracht zijnde wetten, rechten of belastingen to heffen van bepaalde ingevoerde producten op basis van een aangenomen norm, instede van feitelijke opnemingen. Artikel XII Ingeval een van beideAdjustment of measures impairing objects of agreement. Regeeringen eenigen maatregel treft, welke, zonder met de bewoordingen van dit Verdrag in strijd te zijn, toch, naar de opvatting van de andere Regeering, het gevolg heeft, dat daardoor de waarde van eenige in het Verdrag getroffen voorziening, hetzij te niet wordt gedaan, hetzij wezenlijk en in belangrijke mate wordt verminderd, zal de Regeering, welke een dergelijken maatregel heeft getroffen, in overweging nemen alle schriftelijke vertoogen of voorstellen, welke de andere Regeering mocht indienen om totRight to terminate. eene wederzijds bevredigende regeling terzake te geraken. Indien geen overeenkomst is bereikt met betrekking tot zoodanige vertoogen of voorstellen binnen dertig dagen nadat zij zijn ontvangen, zal de Regeering, welke deze heeft ingediend, de bevoegdheid hebben binnen vijftien dagen na afloop van het hiervoorgenoemde tijdvak van dertig dagen, dit Verdrag in zijn geheel schriftelijk op te zeggen met een termijn van zestig dagen. 1522 Article XIII Provisions not to apply to Philippine islands, etc.Voor zoover in de tweede alinea van dit Artikel niet in anderen zin is bepaald, zullen de bepalingen van dit Verdrag betreffende de behandeling, welke door respectievelijk de Vereenigde Staten van Amerilla en het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden aan den handel van het andere land zal worden toegekend, niet van toepassing zijn op de Philippijnen, de Maagdeneilanden, Amerikaansch Samoa, het eiland Guam of op de Panama kanaal Zone. Commerce between possessions.De bepalingen van dit Verdrag, betreffende de behandeling als meestbegunstigde natie, zullen van toepassing zijn op producten van bodem en nijverheid van elk gebied, staande onder de souvereiniteit of het gezag van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika of van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden, welke worden ingevoerd van of uitgevoerd naar elk gebied, staande Canal Zone excepted.onder de souvereiniteit of het gezag van het andere land. Het is echter wel verstaan, dat de bepalingen van deze alinea niet van toepassing zijn op de Panama kanaal Zone. Advantages accorded by U. S., its territories, etc., to one another or Cuba.De voordeelen, wellte thans zijn of later mochten worden verleend door de Vereenigde Staten van Amerilta, Hunne gewesten of bezittingen of de Panama kanaal Zone aan elkander, of aan de Republiek Cuba, zullen van de Advantages accorded to Philippine Islands.werking van dit Verdrag uitgesloten zijn. De bepalingen van deze alinea zullen van toepassing blijven ten aanzien van alle voordeelen, thans of in de toekomst door de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, Hunne gewesten of bezittingen of de Panama kanaal Zone aan de Philippijnen toegekend of toe te kennen, ongeacht elke wijziging in den politieken status van de Philippijnen. Netherlands and its overseas territories.Dit Verdrag zal niet van toepassing zijn op de voordeelen, welke Nederland en zijn overzeesche gewesten aan elkander hebben verleend of in de toekomst mochten verleenen, noch op de1523voordeelen welke die overzeesche gewesten elkander hebben verleend of in de toekomst mochten verleenen. Artikel XIV Elk van beide RegeeringenRight to withdraw concessions reserved. behoudt zich het recht voor de voor eenig product, krachtens dit Verdrag, verleende concessie in te trekken of te wijzigen, of voor eenig zoodanig product quantitatieve beperkingen in te stellen, indien, als een gevolg van de uitstrekking van een zoodanige concessie tot derde landen, laatstgenoemde landen het grootste voordeel van eene dergelijke concessie zouden genieten en dientengevolge een buitenPrevious notice in writing to be given. verhouding groote toeneming van den invoer van een zoodanig product zou plaats vinden, met dien verstande, dat, alvorens een van beide Regeeringen van het hiervoorgenoemde voorbehoud gebruik maakt, Zij de andere Regeering scliriftelijk in kennis zal stellen van Haar voornemen zulks te doen en dat Zij, alvorens tot een dergelijken maatregel over te gaan, een termijn van met minder danTermination of Agreement. dertig dagen zal toestaan teneinde tot overeenstemming te geraken, hetzij over bedoelden maatregel, hetzij over eventueel in de bepalingen van dit Verdrag aan te brengen passende compenseerende wijzigingen. Indien aan het einde van het niervoorgenoemde tijdvak van dertig dagen geen bevredigende overeenkomst is bereikt, zal het der Regeering, welke voorstelde bedoelden maatregel te treffen, vrij staan op elk tijdstip daarna daartoe over te gaan en zal de andere Regeering de bevoegdheid hebben binnen vijftien dagen nadat zulle een maatregel is getroffen, dit Verdrag in zijn geheel schriftelijk op te zeggen met een termijn van dertig dagen. Artikel XV Het Koninkrijk derTerms defined. Nederlanden omvat Nederland, Nederlandsch-Indië, Suriname en Cu1524raçao; overal waar in dit Verdrag de benaming “Nederland” is gebruikt, heeft deze alleen betrekking op het gebied in Europa. Het is wel verstaan dat overal, waar in dit Verdrag de benaming “Vereenigde Staten van Amerika” is gebruikt, deze, behalve de continentale Vereenigde Staten, de gewesten Hawaii en Alaska en Puerto Rico omvat. Artikel XVI Schedules and notes deemed integral parts of Agreement.*Post*, p. 1526.De Lijsten I, II, III en IV, alsmede de daarin opgenomen aanteekeningen, zullen van kracht zijn en daaraan zal worden gevolg gegeven als integreerende onderdeden van dit Verdrag. Artikel XVII Agreement to be proclaimed.Dit Verdrag zal worden afgekondigd door den President van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika en geratificeerd door Hare Majesteit de Koningin der Nederlanden. Provisional application of designated articles.In afwachting van de ratificatie van dit Verdrag door Hare Majesteit de Koningin der Nederlanden, zullen de bepalingen van de Artikelen I tot en met XVI door de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika en het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden van 1 Februari 1936 af wederkeerig worden toegepast tot op den dag, waarop het geheele Verdrag van kracht zal worden. Effective date and duration.Het geheele Verdrag zal van kracht worden een maand na den dag, waarop eenerzijds de Nederlandsche Regeering aan de Regeering van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika zal hebben kennis gegeven van de ratificatie door Hare Majesteit de Koningin der Nederlanden, anderzijds de Regeering van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika aan de Nederlandsche Regeering zal hebben kennis gegeven van de afkondiging door den President van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika. Het Verdrag zal van kracht blijven tot 1 Januari 1939, onverminderd de bepalingen van Artikel I, Artikel VI, Artikel VII, Artikel IX, Artikel XII en Artikel XIV. 1525 Tenzij een van beide Regeeringen ten minste zes maanden voor 1 Januari 1939 aan de andere zal hebben kennis gegeven van Haar voornemen het Verdrag op dien datum te beeindigen, zal het Verdrag daarna, onverminderd de bepalingen van Artikel I, Artikel VI, Artikel VII, Artikel IX, Artikel XII en Artikel XIV, van kracht blijven tot zes maanden na den dag, waarop een van beide Regeeringen de andere met dat voornemen in kennis zal hebben gesteld. Ter oorkonde waarvan deSignatures. wederzijdsche Gevolmachtigden dit Verdrag hebben onderteekend en hunne zegels daaraan hebben gehecht. Opgemaakt in tweevoud in de Engelsche en in de Nederlandsche taal, beide van gelijke rechtskracht, te Washington, den twintigsten December negentien honderd vijf en dertig. For the President of the United States of America: Cordell Hull [seal] For Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands: Lamping [seal] 1526 SCHEDULE ISchedule I. Note 1: In determining the articles to which the treatment specified in this Schedule shall apply, the descriptions in the column headed “Articles” shall be controlling. Note 2: The term “in packages” where used in this Schedule refers to articles in containers of 1200 grams net or less. The term “in bulk” means articles not in containers of 1200 grams net or less, and not in tablets or other special forms, except crystals, of 200 grams net or less. Section A Netherlands Tariff Law of 1904 Tariff Number Articles Basis of Assessment Rate of Duty Monopoly Fee Ex 6 Copy presses, letter presses and similar office equipment: 1) If weighing 150 kilos or less Ad val. 10% 2) If weighing over 150 kilos Ad val. 6% Ex 8 Automobile tires: casings Ad val. 12% Ex 8 Automobile tires: inner tubes Ad val. 12% Ex 59 B. B. 2a Lumber, American fir and pine, when merely squared Free 62 I and II Refrigerators and refrigerating apparatus assembled or not, and parts thereof: 1) If volume exceeds 2 cu. meters (outside measurement for refrigerators or if weight exceeds 15 kilos for refrigerating units) Ad val. 6% 2) All other type Ad val. 12% Ex 95 B. B. a, b and d Copper, in pigs, bars and ingots Free Ex 104 II and B. B. 2b Turpentine, vegetable Free Ex 104 Pure lard and steam lard: a) When used as a basic material for fabrication for margarine Free b) When used as a basic material for technical production Free c) When used for reexport, fabricated or not Free 1527 LIJST I Aanteekening 1. Bij het bepalen van de artikelen, waarop de in deze lijst vastgestelde behandeling betrekking heeft, zal de omschrijving in de kolom, met bovenschrift “Artikelen”’ beslissend zijn. Aanteekening 2. Waar in deze lijst de aanduiding “verpakt” wordt gebruikt, heeft deze betrekking op artikelen in verpakkingen van 1200 gram netto of minder; de aanduiding “in bulk” heeft betrekking op artikelen niet in ver-pakkingen van 1200 gram netto of minder, en niet in tabletten of andere bepaalde vormen, kristallen uitgezonderd, van 200 gram netto of minder. Sectie A Nederland Tariefwet 1934 Tariefpost Artikelen Maatstaf Rechten Monopolie heffing Ex 6 Copieerpersen, drukpersen en dergelijke kantoorbenoodigdheden: 1) indien zij een gewicht hebben van 150 kg of minder waarde 10 pct. 2) indien zij meer wegen dan 150 kg waarde 6 pct. Ex 8 Autobuitenbanden waarde 12 pct. Ex 8 Autobinnenbanden waarde 12 pct. Ex 59 B. B. 2a Amerikaanseh grenen- vuren- en pijnboomenhout, indien in stammen of vierkant behakt of gezaagd vrij 62 I and II Koelkasten en koelapparaten, al dan niet samengesteld, en onderdeden daarvan: 1) indien de inhoudsruimte grooter is dan 2 M3 buitenwerks voor koelkasten of indien het gewicht grooter is dan 15 kg voor koddementen waarde 6 pct. 2) voor alle andere types waarde 12 pct. Ex 95 B. B. a, b and d Koper in koeken, staven en blokken vrij Ex 104 II and B. B. 2b Plantaardige terpentijn vrij Ex 104 Pure lard en steam lard: a) indien gebruikt als grondstof voor de fabricage van margarine vrij b) indien gebruikt als grondstof voor de technische indu strie vrij c) indien gebruikt voor reexport, al dan niet bewerkt vrij 1528 Schedule I—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Section A Netherlands Tariff Law of 1904 Tariff Number Articles Basis of Assessment Rate of Duty Monopoly Fee *Note 1*: Exemption from crisis tax or refund of such crisis tax actually paid, as may be in effect at the time of importation, can be obtained if these fats are used as a basic material for: a) Fabrication of margarine; b) Technical production; c) Reexport, fabricated or not. *Note 2*: If quantitative limitations are placed upon the importation into the Netherlands of pure lard and steam lard for any use whatsoever, the United States of America shall be accorded, at the choice of the United States, either a percentage equal to the average imports from the United States in the years 1929, 1930, and 1931, or a percentage equal to the imports from the United States in the year 1934, the total imports from the United States being calculated by adding direct imports, imports through free ports and imports out of bond. Ex 104 Oleomargarine (oleo oil): a) When used as a basic material for fabrication of margarine Free b) When used as a basic material for technical production Free c) When used for reexport, fabricated or not Free *Note*: Exemption from crisis tax or refund of such crisis tax actually paid, as may be in effect at the time of importation, can be obtained if these fats are used as a basic material for a) Fabrication of margarine; b) Technical production; c) Reexport, fabricated or not. 1529 LIJST I—Voortgezet Sectie A Nederland Tarieiwet 1034 Tariefpost Artikelen Maatstaf Rechten Monopolie heffing *Aanteekening *1. Vrijstelling van de crisisbelasting, welke wordt geheven ten tijde van den invoer, of restitutie daarvan, indien deze belasting inderdaad wordt betaald, kan worden verkregen indien deze vetten worden gebruikt als grondstof voor: a) de fabricage van margarine; b) de technische industrie; c) reexport, al dan niet bewerkt. *Aanteekening 2*. Indien de invoer in Nederland van pure lard en steam lard, voor welke doeleinden ook gebruikt, wordt gecontingenteerd, zal aan de Vereeuigde Staten van Amerika worden toegekend, ter keuze van de Vereenigde Staten, hetzij een percentage gelijk aan den gemiddelden invoer uit de Vereenigde Staten in de jaren 1929, 1930 en 1931, hetzij een percentage gelijk aan den invoer uit de Vereenigde Staten in het jaar 1934, waarbij de totale invoer uit de Vereenigde Staten zal worden berekend door de samen telling van den directen invoer, den invoer uit vrijhavens en den invoer uit entrepot. Ex 104 Oleomargarine (oleo oil): a) indien gebruikt als grondstof voor de fabricage van margarine vrij b) indien gebruikt als grondstof voor de technische industrie vrij c) indien gebruikt voor reexport, al dan niet bewerkt vrij *Aanteekening*. Vrijstelling van de crisisbelasting, welke wordt geheven ten tijde van den invoer, of restitutie daarvan, indien deze belasting inderdaad wordt betaald, kan worden verkregen indien deze vetten worden gebruikt als grondstof voor: a) de fabricage van margarine; b) de technische industrie; c) reexport, al dan niet bewerkt. 1530 Schedule I—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Section A Netherlands Tariff Law of 1904 Tariff Number Articles Basis of Assessment Rate of Duty Monopoly Fee Ex 104 II Oleo stearine: B When used as a basic material for: fabrication of margarine; technical production; or reexport, fabricated or not: 1) When fluid at 15° C. 100 net kilos flr. 0.70 2) Other Free *Note*: Exemption from crisis tax or refund of such crisis tax actually paid, as may be in effect at the time of importation, can be obtained if these fats are used as a basic material for: a) Fabrication of margarine; b) Technical production; c) Reexport, fabricated or not. Ex 104 II Grease stearine: B When used as a basic material for: fabrication of margarine; technical production; or reexport, fabricated or not: 1) When fluid at 15° C. 100 net kilos flr. 0.70 2) Other Free *Note*: Exemption from crisis tax or refund of such crisis tax actually paid, as may be in effect at the time of importation, can be obtained if these fats are used as a basic material for: a) Fabrication of margarine; b) Technical production; c) Reexport, fabricated or not. Ex 118 Typewriters and parts Ad val. 10% Ex 118 Calculating and adding machines, and parts Ad val. 10% Ex 118 Bookkeeping machines and parts Ad val. 10% Ex 129 I Leaf tobacco; seed leaf, Maryland, Kentucky, and Virginia 100 net kilos flr. 1.40 Ex 134 VI a Passenger automobiles Ad val. 15% 1531 LIJST I—Voortgezet Sectie A Nederland Tarieftwet 1934 Tariefpost Artikelen Maatstaf Rechten Monopolie heffing Ex 104 II Oleo stearine: B indien gebruikt als grondstof voor: de fabricage van margarine, de technische industrie, of reexport, al dan niet bewerkt: 1) indien vloeibaar bij 15° C 100 kg netto f 0.70 2) andere vrij *Aanieekening*. Vrijstelling vande crisisbelasting, welkewordt geheven ten tijde vanden invoer, of restitutiedaarvan, indien deze belasting inderdaad wordt betaald, kan worden verkregenindien deze vetten wordengebruikt als grondstof voor: a) de fabricage van margarine; b) de technische industrie: c) reexport, al dan niet bewerkt. Ex 104 II Grease stearine: B indien gebruikt als grondstofvoor: de fabricage vanmargarine, de technischeindustrie, of reexport, aldan niet bewerkt: 1) indien vloeibaar bij 15° C 100 kg netto f 0.70 2) andere vrij *Aanteekening*. Vrijstelling van de erisisbelasting, welke wordt geheven ten tijde van den invoer, of restitutie daarvan, indien deze belasting inderdaad wordt betaald, kan worden verkregen indien deze vetten worden gebruikt als grondstof voor: a) de fabricage van margarine; b) de teclinische industrie; c) reexport, al dan niet bewerkt. Ex 118 Schrijfmachines en onderdeelen daarvan waarde 10 pct. Ex 118 Reken- en optelmachines, en onderdeelen daarvan waarde 10 pct. Ex 118 Boekhoudmachines en onderdeelen daarvan waarde 10 pct. Ex 129 I Tabak in bladen; Seedleaf-, Maryland-, Kentucky- en Virginia types 100 kg netto f 1.40 Ex 134 VI a Personen automobielen waarde 15 pct. 1532 Schedule I—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Section A Netherlands Tariff Law of 1904 Tariff Number Articles Basis of Assessment Rate of Duty Monopoly Fee Ex 143 VI a Commercial automobiles Ad val. 15% 143 VIII C 1b Internal combustion engines for automobiles and tractors Ad val. 15% Ex 143 VII b Tractors Ad val. 15% 143 VIII B 1 Chassis and chassis frames for automobiles and tractors Ad val. 15% Ex 143 VIII B 2b Other underframes for tractors Ad val. 15% Ex 146 VI B 1b Horse meat, salted 100 gro. kilos flr. 7.50 Ex 148 I 4 Fresh apples Ad val. 12% *Note*: Monopoly fees shall be bound, as follows: 1) For the period July to February, inclusive, on any quantity imported Gro. kilo flr. 0.04 2) For the period March to June, inclusive, on a quantity of imports not in excess of 13,500 metric tons gross Gro. kilo flr. 0.02 3) For the period March to June, inclusive, on all imports in excess of 13,500 metric tons gross Gro. kilo flr. 0.04 Ex 148 I 5 Fresh pears Ad val. 12% *Note*: Monopoly fees shall be bound, as follows: 1) For the period July to January, inclusive, on any quantity imported Gro. kilo flr. 0.04 2) For the period February to June, inclusive, on a quantity of imports not in excess of 2,300 metric tons gross Gro. kilo flr. 0.02 3) For the period February to June, inclusive, on all imports in excess of 2,300 metric tons gross Gro. kilo flr. 0.04 1533 LIJST I—Voortgezet Sectie A Nederland Teritfwet 1934 Tariefpost Artikelen Maatstaf Rechten Monopolie heffing Ex 143 VI a Vracht automobielen waarde 15 pct. 143 VIII C 1b Inwendige verbrandingsmotoren voor automobielen en tractors waarde 15 pct. Ex 143 VII b Tractors waarde 15 pct. 143 VIII B 1 Chassis en chassisramen voor automobielen en tractors waarde 15 pct. Ex 143 VIII B 2b Andere onderstellen voor tractors waarde 15 pct. Ex 146 VI B 1b Paardevleesch, gezouten 100 kg bruto f 7.50 Ex 148 I 4 Versehe appelen waarde 12 pct. *Aanteekening*. De monopolieheffingen zullen als volgt wordenvastgelegd: 1) voor de periode 1 Juli tot en met 28 Februari, voor elke ingevoerde hoeveelheid kg bruto f 0.04 2) voor de periode 1 Maart toten met 30 Juni, voor eeninvoer niet grooter dan 13.500 ton bruto kg bruto f 0.02 3) voor de periode 1 Maart toten met 30 Juni, voor elkeingevoerde hoeveelheidboven 13.500 ton bruto kg bruto f 0.04 Ex 148 I 5 Versche peren waarde 12 pct. *Aanteekening*. De monopolieheffingen zullen als volgt worden vastgelegd: 1) voor de periode 1 Juli tot enmet 31 Januari, voor elkeingevoerde hoeveelheid Gro. kilo f 0.04 2) voor de periode 1 Februaritot en met 30 Juni, vooreen invoer niet grooter dan2.300 ton bruto Gro. kilo f 0.02 3) voor de periode 1 Februaritot en met 30 Juni, voorelke ingevoerde hoeveelheid boven 2.300 ton bruto Gro. kilo f 0.04 1534 Schedule I—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Section A Netherlands Tariff Law of 1904 Tariff Number Articles Basis of Assessment Rate of Duty Monopoly Fee Fresh apples and pears *Note*: In seasons of crop shortage in the Netherlands the period during which the monopoly fee of 2 florin cents shall be applied shall be February to June indusive in the case of fresh apples and January to June inclusive in the case of fresh pears. The total quantities to be admitted during the periods of application of this rate shall not, however, exceed 13,500 metric tons in the case of fresh apples and 2,300 metric tons in the case of fresh pears. The Netherlands Government will at any time give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the Government of the United States of America may make to the effect that conditions are such as to justify such extension of the period during which the rate of 2 florin cents shall be applied. Ex 147 I 6 Dried prunes Ad val. 12% flr. 0.02 per net kilo Ex 148 I 11 Raisins Ad val. 12% flr. 0.01 per kilo: in bales, gross; others, net Ex 148 I 16 Apricot kernels Ad val. 10% None Ex 148 I 18 Grapefruit Ad val. 12% flr. 0.01 per gro. kilo Ex 148 III B and C Canned fruits: 1) If containing 5% or less added sugar (except pineapple): a) For containers of 1.2 kilos or less Ad val. 30% flr. 0.10 per gro. kilo b) For containers of over 1.2 kilos but not over 5 kilos Ad val. 15% flr. 0.05 per gro. kilo 1535 LIJST I—Voortgezet Section A Netherlands Tariefwet 1934 Tariefpost Artikelen Maatstaf Rechten Monopolie heffing Versche appelen en peren: *Aanteekening*. Indien in eenigseizoen de oogst in Nederlandschaarsch is, zal de periode, waarin de monopoliehefflngvan f 0.02 zal worden geheven,zich uitstrekken van 1 Februari tot en niet 30 Juni, waarhet betreft versehe appelen,van 1 Januari tot en met 30Juni, waar het betreft verseheperen. Echter zullen de totalehoeveelheden, welke gedurendede perioden waarin deze heffingwordt toegepast, kunnen worden ingevoerd, waar het betreftversehe appelen, 13.500 ton, enwaar het betreft versehe peren,2.300 ton niet overschrijden.De Nederlandsche Regeeringzal ten allen tijde in welwillende overweging nemen allevertoogen van de Regeeringvan de Vereenigde Staten vanAmerika, erop gericht ona tebewijzen, dat de omstandigheden eene verlenging rechtvaardigen van de periode, gedurende welke de heffing vanf 0.02 zal worden toegepast. Ex 147 I 6 Gedroogde pruimen waarde 12 pct. f 0.02 per kg netto Ex 148 I 11 Rozijnen waarde 12 pct. f 0.01 per kg: in balen, bruto; anders, netto Ex 148 I 16 Abrikozen pitten waarde 10 pct. Geene Ex 148 I 18 Grapefruit waarde 12 pct. f 0.01 per kg bruto Ex 148 III B and C Verduurzaamde vruchten, andersdan gedroogd, anders dan inpekel: 1) indien 5 pet. of minder toegevoegde suiker bevattende (uitgezonderd ananas): a) in verpakking tot en met 1.2 kg waarde 30 pct. f 0.10 per kg netto b) in verpakking boven 1.2 kg tot en met 5 kg waarde 15 pct. f 0.05 per gro. kilo 1536 Schedule I—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Section A Netherlands Tariff Law of 1904 Tariff Number Articles Basis of Assessment Rate of Duty Monopoly Fee 2) If containing more than 5% added sugar (except pineapple): a) For containers of 1.2 kilos or less Ad val. 30% flr. 0.05 per net kilo b) For containers of over 1.2 kilos but not over 5 kilos Ad val. 15% flr. 0.05 per net kilo 3) Canned pineapple: a) For containers of 1.2 kilos or less Ad val. 30% flr. 0.075 per net kilo b) For containers of over 1.2 kilos, but not over 5 kilos Ad val. 15% flr. 0.075 per net kilo *Note*: Freedom to change the sugar duty and the crisis sugar tax is retained. Ex 148 II C 1a and 3a Canned asparagus: For containers of: 1) 1.2 kilos or less Ad val. 30% flr. 0.15 per net kilo 2) over 1.2 kilos but not over 5 kilos Ad val. 15% flr. 0.10per net kilo 3) over 5 kilos Ad val. 10% flr. 0.10 per net kilo Ex 148 II and Ex 148 III C 1c 1) Rolled oats and cereal breakfast food: In bulk Free } See note 2) Rolled oats and oat grits: in packages Ad val. 10% } See note *Note*: The monopoly fee on rolled oats and oat grits for human consumption is not to exceed 5/3 of the monopoly fee at any time in force on oat grain, without, however, limiting the height of such fees. 1537 LIJST I—Voortgezet Section A Nederland Tariefwet 1934 Tariefpost Artikelen Maatstaf Rechten Monopolie heffing 2) indien meer dan 5 pct. toegevoegde suiker bevattende (uitgezonderd ananas): a) in verpakking tot en met 1.2 kg waarde 30 pct. f 0.05 per kg netto b) in verpakking boven 1.2 kg tot en met 5 kg waarde 15 pct. f 0.05 per kg netto 3) Ananas in blik: a) in verpakking tot en met 1.2 kg waarde 30 pct. f 0.075 per kg netto b) in verpakking boven 1.2 kg tot en met 5 kg waarde 15 pct. f 0.075 per kg netto *Aanteekening*. Het recht om desuiker belasting en de crisissuikerheffing te wijzigen blijftvoorbehouden. Ex 148 II C 1a and 3a Asperges in blik: in verpakkingen van: 1) 1.2 kg of minder waarde 30 pct. f 0.15 per kg netto 2) meer dan 1.2 kg doch nietmeer dan 5 kg waarde 15 pct. f 0.10per kg netto 3) meer dan 5 kg waarde 10 pct. f 0.10 per kg netto Ex 148 II and Ex 148 III C 1c 1) Havermout en “Cereal breakfast foods”: in bulk vrij { zie aanteekening 2) Havermout en gort van haver: verpakt waarde 10 pct. { zie aanteekening *Aanteekeninff*. De monopolieheffing op havermout en op gortvan haver, geschikt voormenschelijke consumptie, zalniet meer bedragen dan 5/3 vande monopolieheffing, welke ookvan kracht mocht zijn, ophaver, zonder echter de hoogtevan zoodanige monopolieheffingen vast te leggen. 1538 Schedule I—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Section A Netherlands Tariff Law of 1904 Tariff Number Articles Basis of Assessment Rate of Duty Monopoly Fee Ex 148 I 24 “Peeled” and cleaned or polished rice: 1) In bulk Free 2) In packages Ad val. 10% { per 100 kilos flr. 1.00 Ex 33 III Sulphur, crude or refined, in bulk Free Ex 33 III Borax, in bulk Free Ex 104 Rosin, in bulk Free Ex 104 Lubricating oil, in bulk Free Ex 148 I Cotton, raw, in bulk Free Section B Netherlands Indies Rate of Duty Tariff Number (Law of December 29, 1933, Netherlands Staatsblad No. 772) Articles Basis of Assessment Import Duty Temporary Surtax Total including Surtax Ex 34 II Fresh apples Ad val. 20% 10% 30% Ex 34 II Fresh grapes Ad val. 20% 10% 30% Ex 36 Dried fruits, n. e. s. except dates and tamarinds Ad val. 20% 10% 30% Ex 78 Salmon, cooked, in tins Ad val. 20% 10% 30% Ex 93 and Ex 42 Oatmeal, oat flakes, corn flakes, wheat flakes, rice flakes; and grits Ad val. 12% 6% 18% Ex 97 II Fruits in water, syrup or wine Ad val. 20% 10% 30% Ex 101 and Ex 103 Vegetables, preserved; also asparagus and artichokes; in bottles and glass jars or other airtight containers Ad val. 20% 10% 30% Ex 121 I Leaf tobacco 100 net kilos flr. 12.00 flr. 6.00 flr. 18.00 Ex 211 Patent leather and upper leather Ad val. 12% 6% 18% Ex 235 I Automobile tires: casing Ad val. 12% 6% 18% *Note*. The right to impose an import quota on automobile tire casings in Netherlands Indies is reserved. Ex 235 I Automobile tires: inner tubes Ad val. 12% 6% 18% *Note*. The right to impose an import quota on automobile tire tubes in Netherlands Indies is reserved. 1539 LIJST I—Voortgezet Sectie A Nederland Tariefwet 1934 Tariefpost Artikelen Maatstaf Rechten Monopolie heffing Ex 148 I 24 Gepelde rijst: 1) in bulk vrij 2) verpakt waarde 10 pct. { per 100 kg f 1.00 Ex 33 III Zwavel, al dan niet gezuiverd, in bulk vrij Ex 33 III Borax, in bulk Free Ex 104 Rosin, in bulk vrij Ex 104 Smeerolie, in bulk vrij Ex 148 I Ruwe katoen, in bulk vrij Sectie B Nederlandsch-lndiö Rechten Volgnummer (Wet van 29 December 1933, Ned. StaatsBlad No. 772) Artikelen Maatstaf Invoerrecht Tijdelijke opcenten Totaal incl. opcenten Ex 34 II Versche appelen waarde 20% 10% 30% Ex 34 II Versche druiven waarde 20% 10% 30% Ex 36 Gedroogde vruchten, n. a. g. behalve dadels en tamarinde waarde 20% 10% 30% Ex 78 Zalm, enkel gekookt, in blikken waarde 20% 10% 30% Ex 93 and Ex 42 Havermout, haver- mais- tarwe- en rijstvlokken, zoomede gort en grutten waarde 12% 6% 18% Ex 97 II Vruchten in water of jus of in wijn waarde 20% 10% 30% Ex 101 and Ex 103 Groenten, geconserveerd, alsmede asperges en artisjokken; in flesschen of glazen potten of in andere luchtdichte verpakking waarde 20% 10% 30% Ex 121 I Tabak in bladen 100 kg netto f 12.00 f 6.00 f 18.00 Ex 211 Lakleder en overleder waarde 12% 6% 18% Ex 235 I Automobielbanden: buitenbanden waarde 12% 6% 18% *Aanleekening*. Het recht isvoorbehouden den invoer van automobiel-buitenbanden in Nederlandsch-Indië te contingenteeren. Ex 235 I Automobielbanden: binnenbanden waarde 12% 6% 18% *Aanteekening*. Het recht is voorbehouden den invoer van automobiel-binnenbanden in Nederlandsch-Indie te contingenteeren. 1540 ScheduleI—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Section B Netherlands Indies Rate of Duty Tariff Number (Law of December 29, 1933, Netherlands Staatsblad No. 772) Articles Basis of Assessment Import Duty Temporary Surtax Total including Surtax Ex 714 Internal combustion and explosion motoes and parts; 1) For automobiles of all kinds Ad val. 20% 10% 30% 2) For rail traction Ad val. Free 3) For boats and airplanes Ad val. 12% 6% 18% 745 Refrigerators and cooling apparatus for household and commercial use, (as described in the Netherlands Indian tariff of December 29, 1993) and parts thereof Ad val. 20% 10% 30% Ex 761 Typewriters and parts Ad val. 12% 6% 18% Ex 761 Calculating and adding machines and parts Ad val. 12% 6% 18% 834 I and II Passenger automobiles, motor trucks, and motor busses: 1) Passenger automobiles Ad val. 20% 10% 30% 2) Motor trucks and busses Ad val. 12% 6% 18% 836 I and II Automobiles chassis and parts: 1) For trucks and busses Ad val. 12% 6% 18% 2) For passenger automobiles Ad val. 20% 10% 30% 837 Automobile accessories Ad val. 20% 10% 30% 1541 LIJST I—Voortgezet Sectie B Nederlandsch-lndiö Rechten Volgnummer (Wet van 29 December 1933, Ned. StaatsBlad No. 772) Artikelen Maatstaf Invoerrecht Tijdelijke opcenten Totaal incl. opcenten Ex 714 Inwendige verbrandings- en explosie motoren en onderdeelen: 1) voor alle soorten automobielen waarde 20% 10% 30% 2) voor spoorwegen, enz. waarde vji 3) voor vaartuigen en vliegtuigen waarde 12% 6% 18% 745 Koelkasten en koelapparaten voor huishoudelijk en commercieel gebruik (zooals omschreven in het Nederlandsch-Indisch Tarief van 29 Dec. 1933) en onderdeelen waarde 20% 10% 30% Ex 761 Schrijfmachines en onderdeelen waarde 12% 6% 18% Ex 761 Reken- en optelmachines en onderdeden waarde 12% 6% 18% 834 I and II Personen automobielen, vracht automobielen en autobussen; 1) personen automobielen waarde 20% 10% 30% 2) vracht automobielen en autobussen waarde 12% 6% 18% 836 I and II Automobiel-chaasis en automobiel onderdeelen: 1) voor vracht automobielen en autobussen waarde 12% 6% 18% 2) voor personen automobiden waarde 20% 10% 30% 837 Toebehooren en uitrustingsstukken voor automobielen waarde 20% 10% 30% 1542 Schedule II.SCHEDULE II *Note*: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the customs laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined insofar as may be practicable as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles. In the case of articles enumerated in this Schedule, which are subject on the day of the signature of this Agreement to additional or separate ordinary customs duties, whether or not imposed under the statutory provision noted in the column at the left of the respective description of the article, such separate or additional duties shall continue in force, subject to any reduction indicated in this Schedule or hereafter provided for, until terminated in accordance with law, but shall not be increased. United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Articles Rate of Duty 4 Amyl alcohol, whether primary, secondary, or tertiary 4¢ per lb. 4 Fusel oil 4¢ per lb. 5 Laundry sour containing not less than 20 per centum of sodium silicofluoride and not less than 10 per centum of oxalic acid, not specially provided for 15% ad val. 5 Ammonium silicofluoride 15% ad val. 5 and 23 Haarlem oil, whether or not in any form or container specified in paragraph 23 15% ad val. 15 Caffeine 90¢ per lb. 15 Theobromine 65¢ per lb. 24 Flavoring extracts, and natural or synthetic fruit flavors, fruit esters, oils and essences, all the foregoing and their combinations, containing more than 50 per centum of alcohol 60¢ per lb. and 18% ad val. 37 Amyl acetate 4¢ per lb. 41 Edible gelatin, valued at less than 40 cents per pound 12% ad val. and 2½¢ per lb. 42 Glycerin, refined ⅔¢ per lb., plus the lowest rate of ordinary customs duty provided for crude glycerin the product of any foreign country except Cuba, at the time such refined glycerin is entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption; but not more than 1⅔¢ per lb. 58 Distilled or essential cajeput oil not containing alcohol 12½% ad val. 1543 LIJST II *Aanleekening*. De Bepalingen van deze lijst zullen worden uitgelegd en uitgevoerd, en de toepassing van daarmede samengaande bepalingen van de douanewetten van de Vereenigde Staten op de bepalingen van deze lijst zal, voor zoover doenlijk, worden vastgesteld alsof elke bepaling in deze lijst voorkwam in de wettelijke bepaling, vermeld in de kolom, links van de omschrijving van de betreffende artikelen. Ingeval artikelen, opgenomen in deze lijst, op den dag van onderteekening van dit verdrag onderworpen zijn aan bijkomende of afzonderlijke gewone douanerechten, al dan niet opgelegd krachtens de wettelijke bepaling, vermeld in de kolom, links van de omschrijving van het betreffende artikel, zullen deze afzonderlijke of bijkomende rechten gehandhaafd blijven, behoudens eenige verlaging, welke in deze lijst is aangegeven of later mocht worden voorgeschreven, totdat zij worden opgeheven krachtens de wet, doch zij zullen niet worden verhoogd. Tariefwet van de Vereanigde Staten van 1930 Artikelen Paragraaf Artikelen Rechten 4 Amyl alcohol, hetzij primair, secondair of tertiair 4 dollarcent per Am. pond 4 Foezelolie 4 dollarcent per Am. pond 5 “Laundry sour”, niet minder dan 20% natrium silico fluoride en niet minder dan 10% zuring zuur bevattende, n.a.g. 15% ad val. 5 Ammonium silico fluoride 15% ad val. 5 en 23 Haarlemmer olie, al dan niet in eenigen vorm of in eenige verpakking als aangegeven in paragraaf 23 15% ad val. 15 Cafeïne 90 dollarcent per Am. pond 15 Theobromine 65 dollarcent per Am. pond 24 Aromatische extracten, en natuurlijke of synthetische vruchten aroma’s, vruchtenesters, olien en essences, met hunne samenstellingen, meer dan 50% alcohol bevattende 60 dollarcent per Am. pond en 18% ad val. 37 Amyl acetaat 4 dollarcent per Am. pond 41 Eetbare gelatine, van een waarde van minder dan 40 dollarcent per Am. pond 12% ad val. en 2½ dollarcent per Am. pond 42 Glycerine, geraffineerd ⅔ dollarcent per Am. pond, plus het laagste gewone invoerrecht op ruwe glvcerine, herkomstig uit eenig vreemd land, uitgezonderd Cuba, geldende ten tijde dat dergelijke geraffineerde glvcerine wordt ingevoerd, of uit entrepot wordt betrokken, voor consumptie, doch niet booger dan 1⅔ dollarcent per Am. pond 58 Gedistilleerde of vluchtige kajapoeti olie, geen alcohol bevattende 12½% ad val. 1544 Schedule II—Continued.SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Articles Rate of Duty 77 Lithopone, and other combinations or mixtures of zinc sulphide and barium sulphate containing by weight less than 30 per centum of zinc sulphide 1½ per lb. 83 Potato starch 1¾ per lb. 84 Dextrine, made from potato starch or potato flour 2¼ ¢ per lb. 353 Electrical X-ray apparatus, instruments (other than laboratory), and devices, and parts thereof: any of the foregoing, finished or unfinished, wholly or in chief value of metal, and not specially provided for 17½ % ad val. 601 Wrapper tobacco, and filler tobacco when mixed or packed with more than 35 per centum of wrapper tobacco, entered for consumption or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption: Not later than June 30, 1936 If unstemmed $1.875 per lb. If stemmed $2.525 per lb. After June 30, 1936 If unstemmed $1.50 per lb. If stemmed $2.15 per lb. 710 Edam and Gouda cheese 5¢ per lb., but not less than 25% ad val. 719
(4)Herring, pickled or salted (except herring packed in oil or in oil and other substances), whether or not boned, in immediate containers weighing with their contents more than fifteen pounds each and containing each not more than ten pounds of herring, net weight ¾ ¢ per lb., net weight 722 Pearl barley 1¢ per lb. 727 Broken rice, which will pass readily through a metal sieve perforated with round holes five and one-half sixty-fourths of one inch in diameter 5⁄16 ¢ per lb. 753 Tulip bulbs $3 per thousand Narcissus bulbs $6 per thousand Crocus corms $1 per thousand All other bulbs, roots, rootstocks, clumps, corms, tubers, and herbaceous perennials, imported for horticultural purposes and not specially provided for 15% ad val. 754 Seedlings and cuttings of Manetti, multiflora, brier, rugosa, and other rose stock, all the foregoing not more than three years old $1 per thousand 1545 LIJST II—Voortgezet Tariefwet van de Vereanigde Staten van 1930 Artikelen Paragraaf Artikelen Rechten 77 Lithopoon, en andere verbindingen of mengseis van zink sulphide en barium sulfaat naar gewicht minder dan 30% zink sulphide bevattende 1½ dollarcent per Am. pond 83 Aardappelmeel 1¾ dollarcent per Am. pond 84 Dextrine, uit aardappelmeel vervaardigd 2¼ ¢ dollarcent per Am. pond 353 Electrische Röntgen-apparaten, instruinenten (voorzoover niet voor laboratorium doeleinden bestemd), en toestellen, en onderdeden daarvan, afgewerkt of onafgewerkt, naar de waarde geheel of voor een overwegend gedeelte van metaal, en n.a.g. 17½% ad val. 601 Tabak, dekblad en binnengoed, indien gemengd of verpakt met meer dan 35% dekblad, ingevoerd in het vrije verkeer dan wel uit entrepot betrokken voor verbruik: Niet later dan 30 Juni, 1936 Indien ongestript $1.875 dollarcent per Am. pond Indien gestript $2.525 dollarcent per Am. pond Na 30 Juni, 1936 Indien ongestript $1.50 dollarcent per Am. pond Indien gestript $2.15 dollarcent per Am. pond 710 Edammer en Gouda kaas 5¢ dollarcent per Am. pond, doch niet minder dan 25% ad val. 719
(4)Haring, in pekel of gezouten (uitgezonderd haring in olie of in olie en andere bestanddeelen), al dan niet ontgraat, in onmiddellijke verpakkingen, elk met inhoud meer dan 15 Am. ponden wegende en niet meer dan 10 Am. ponden, netto gewicht, haring bevattende ¾ dollarcent per Am. pond netto gewitch 722 Parelgerst 1 dollarcent per Am. pond 727 Gebroken rijst, welke gereedelijk door een metalen zeef gaat, geperforeerd met ronde gaten van een doorsnede van vijf en een half vier en zestigste inch 5⁄16 dollarcent per Am. pond 753 Tulpebollen $3 dollar per duizend Narcisbollen $6 dollar per duizend Crocus tuberkels $1 dollar per duizend Alle andere bollen, wortels, wortelstokken, pollen, tuberkels, knollen, en kruidachtige overblijvende planten, ingevoerd voor tuinbouwkundige doeleinden, enn. a. g. 15% ad val. 754 Zaaiplanten en stekken van Manetti, multiflora, wilde rozen, rugosa, en andere stamrozen, indien niet ouder dan drie jaar $1 dollar per duizend 1546 Schedule II—Continued.SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Articles Rate of Duty 762 Poppy seed 16¢ per lbs. 764 Other garden and field seeds: Beef (except sugar beet) 3¢ per lb. Cabbage 6¢ per lb. Carrot 3¢ per lb. Kale 3¢ per lb. Mangelwurzel 2¢ per lb. Radish 3¢ per lb. Spinach ½ ¢ per lb. Turnip 4¢ per lb. Rutabaga 4¢ per lb. Flower 3¢ per lb. all other garden and field sees not specially provided for 3¢ per lb. 769 Split peas 1¼ ¢ per lb. 774 Cabbage in its natural state 1½ ¢ per lb. 775 Sauerkraut 25% ad val. 775 Onions, pickled, or packed in brine 25% ad val. 776 Chicory, ground, or otherwise prepared 3¢ per lb. 777
(a)Cocoa and chocolate, unsweetened 1½¢ per lb., net weight 777
(b)Cocoa and chocolate, sweetened: In bars or blocks weighing ten pounds or more each 2¢ per lb. In any other form, whether or not prepared, valued at 10 cents or more per pound 20% ad val. 777
(c)Cacao butter 12½% ad val. 802 Gin $2.50 per proof gallon 912 Labels, for garments or other articles, wholly or in chief value of cotton or other vegetable fiber 25% ad val. 1005
(1)Cordage, including cables, tarred or untarred, composed of three or more strands, each strand composed of two or more yarns, wholly or in chief value of sisal 1¢ per lb. Any of the foregoing smaller than three fourths of one inch in diameter shall be subject to an additional duty of 7½¢ ad val. 1547 LIJST II—Voortgezet Tariefwet van de Vereanigde Staten van 1930 Artikelen Paragraaf Artikelen Rechten 762 Blauwmaanzaad 16 dollarcent per 100 Am. ponden 764 Andere tuin- en veldzaden: Bieten- (uitgezonderd suikerbieten-) 3 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Kool- 6 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Peen- 3 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Boerenkool- 3 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Mangelwortel- 2 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Radijs- 3 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Spinazie- ½ dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Rapen- 4 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Rutabaga- 4 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Bloem- 3 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Alle andere tuin- en veldzaden, n. a. g. 3 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond 769 Spliterwten 1¼ dollarcent per 100 Am. pond 774 Kool in natuurlijken staat 1½ dollarcent per 100 Am. pond 775 Zuurkool 25% ad val. 775 Uien, ingemaakt of in pekel 25% ad val. 776 Cichorei, gemalen of anders bewerkt 3 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond 777
(a)Cacao en chocolade, ongesuikerd 1½ dollarcent per 100 Am. pond netto gewicht 777
(b)Cacao en chocolade, gesuikerd: In reepen of blokken, elk tien of meer Am. ponden wegende 2 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond In eenigen anderen vorm, al dan niet bewerkt, van een waarde van 10 dollarcent of meer per Am. pond 20% ad val. 777
(c)Cacao boter 12½% ad val. 802 Jenever 2.50 dollar per proof gallon 912 Etiketten, voor kleedingstukken of andere artikelen, naar de waarde geheel of voor een overwegend gedeelte van katoen of andere plantaardige vezels 25% ad val. 1005
(1)Touwwerk, kabels inbegrepen, geteerd of ongeteerd, samengesteld uit drie of meer strengen, elke streng samengesteld uit twee of meer garens, naar de waarde geheel of voor een overwegend gedeelte van sisal 1 dollarcent per 100 Am. pond Elk van de hiervoren vermelde artikelen, indien in doorsnede kleiner dan drie vierde van een inch, zal onderhevig zijn aan een bijkomend invoerrecht van 7½¢ ad val. 1548 Schedule II—Continued.SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Articles Rate of Duty 1005
(b)Cords and twines (whether or not composed of three or more strands, each strand composed of two or more yarns), tarred or untarred, single or plied, wholly or in chief value of manila (abaca), sisal, henequen, or other hard fiber 20% ad val. 1012 Pile fabrics, whether or not the pile covers the entire surface, wholly or in chief value of vegetable fiber, except cotton, and all articles, finished or unfinished, made or cut from such pile fabrics; if the pile is partly cut 30% ad val. 1407
(a)Bristol board of the kinds made on a Fourdrinier or a multicylinder machine, weighing eight pounds or over per ream and valued at not above 15 cents per pound 2¢ per lb. and 10% ad val. 1409 Strawboard and straw paper, including such as is known as wrapping paper; any of the foregoing less than twelve one thousandths but not less than eight one thousandths of one inch in thickness, not specially provided for 15% ad val. 1504
(5)Hats provided for in paragraph 1504, if known as harvest hats and valued at less than $3 per dozen 12½% ad val. 1552 Tobacco pipes having clay bowls (not including meerschaum) and mouthpieces of material other than clay 2½¢ each and 30% ad val. 1602 Aloes, which are natural and uncompounded and are in a crude state, not advanced in value or condition by shredding, grinding, chipping, crushing, or any other process or treatment what-ever beyond that essential to proper packing and the prevention of decay or deterioration pending manufacture, not containing alcohol Free 1609 Gambier, and extracts thereof, not containing alcohol Free 1619 Barks, cinchona or other, from which quinine may be extracted Free 1681 Moleskins, undressed Free 1684 Kapok, not dressed or manufactured in any manner Free 1684 Sisal, not dressed or manufactured in any manner Free 1549 LIJST II—Voortgezet Tariefwet van de Vereanigde Staten van 1930 Artikelen Paragraaf Artikelen Rechten 1005
(b)Touw en twijndraad (al dan niet samengesteld uit drie of meer strengen, elkestreng samengesteld uit twee of meergarens), geteerd of ongeteerd, enkelvoudigof doorgeschoten, naar de waarde geheelof voor een overwegend gedeelte vanManilla (abaca), sisal, henequen, ofandere harde vezels 20% ad val. 1012 Poolweefsels, waarvan de pool de oppervlakte hetzij geheel hetzij gedeeltelijkbedekt, en die naar de waarde geheelof voor een overwegend gedeelte vervaardigd zijn van plantaardige vezels,met uitzondering van katoen, en alleartikelen, afgewerkt of onafgewerkt,gemaakt of gesneden van zulke poolweefsels, indien de pool gedeeltelijkgesneden en gedeeltelijk getrokken is 30% ad val. 1407
(a)Bristol karton, zooals vervaardigd met een Fourdrinier- of een meer-cylinder machine, wegend 8 Am. ponden of meer per riem en van een waarde van nietmeer dan 15 dollarcent per Am. pond 2 dollarcent per Am. pond en 10% ad val. 1409 Strookarton en stroopapier, pakpapier inbegrepen, indien minder dan twaalf duizendste, maar niet minder dan acht duizendste inch dik, n.a.g. 15% ad val. 1504
(5)Hoeden als bedoeld in paragraaf 1504,indien bekend onder den naain “oogsthoeden”, en van een waarde van minderdan 3 dollar per dozijn 12½% ad val. 1552 Tabakspijpen met koppen van klei (meerschuim níet inbegrepen), en met mondstukken uit ander materiaal dan klei vervaardigd 2½ dollarcent per stuk en 30% ad val. 1602 Aloë, in natuurlijken-, niet samengestelden- en ruwen vorm, en waarvan dewaarde of kwaliteit niet is verhoogddoor verdrading, vermaling, verbrokkeling, persing, of eenig ander procesof behandeling, welke dan ook, Guitenhetgeen vereischt is voor eene goedeverpakking en de voorkoming van bederf of achteruitgang in afwachting vande bewerking, en geen alcohol bevattende vrij 1609 Gambier en extracten daarvan, geen alcohol bevattende vrij 1619 Kina- en andere basten waaruit kinine kan worden getrokken vrij 1681 Mollevellen, onbereid vrij 1684 Kapok, niet op eenige wijze bereid of bewerkt vrij 1684 Sisal, níet op eenige wijze bereid of bewerkt vrij 1550 Schedule II—Continued.SCHEDULE II—Continued United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Articles Rate of Duty 1685 Ammonium sulphate of a grade used chiefly for fertilizers, or chiefly as an ingredient in the manufacture of fertilizers Free 1685 Copal Free 1697 Crude gutta percha and gutta siak Free 1731 Distilled or essential caraway oil, not containing alcohol Free 1731 Distilled or essential citronella oil, not containing alcohol Free 1732 Expressed or extracted palm oil Free *Note*: No federal internal tax in excess of the rate of 3¢ per lb, now provided for in sec. 602½ of the Revenue Act of 1934 shall be imposed in the United of the Netherlands or any of its overseas territories. 1748 Quinine sulphate and all alkaloids and salts of alkaloids derived from cinchona bark Free 1753 Sago, crude, and sago flour Free 1765 Reptile skins, raw Free 1768
(1)Cassia, cassia buds, and cassia vera; if unground Free 1768
(1)Mace, if unground Free 1768
(1)Nutmegs, if unground Free 1768
(1)Black or white pepper, if unground Free 1768
(2)Caraway seeds Free 1781 Tapioca, tapioca flour, and cassava Free 1806 Sticks of rattan in the rough, or not further advanced than cut into lengths suitable for sticks for umbrellas, parasols, sunshades, whips, fishing rods, or walking canes Free 1551 LIJST II—Voortgezet Tariefwet van de Vereanigde Staten van 1930 Artikelen Paragraaf Artikelen Rechten 1685 Ammonium sulfaat van een kwaliteit hoofd zakelijk gebruikt voor meststoffen, of hoofdzaklijk als bestanddeel voor de fabricage van meststoffen vrij 1685 Gomcopal vrij 1697 Ruwe gutta percha en gutta siak vrij 1731 Gedistilleerde of vluchtige karwijolie, geen alcohol bevattende vrij 1731 Gedistilleerde of vluchtige citronella olie, geen alcohol bevattende vrij 1732 Uitgeperste of geextraheerde palmolie vrij *Aanteekening*. Geen federale binnenlandsche belasting zal in de Vereenigde Staten worden geheven met betrekking tot palmolie, herkomstig van Nederland en zijn overzeesche gebiedsdeelen, hooger dan de thans, krachtens Sec. 602)4 van de Revenue Act 1934, geheven belasting van 3 dollarcent per Am. pond 1748 Kinine sulfaat en alle alkaloïden en zoutenvan alkaloïden, verkregen uit de kinabast vrij 1753 Sago, onbewerkt, en sagomeel vrij 1765 Reptielhuiden, onbewerkt vrij 1768
(1)Cassia, cassiaknoppen en cassia vera, voorzoover ongemalen vrij 1768
(1)Foelie, voorzoover ongemalen vrij 1768
(1)Notemuskaat, voorzoover ongemalen vrij 1768
(1)Zwarte of witte peper, voorzoover ongemalen vrij 1768
(2)Karwijzaad vrij 1781 Tapioca, tapiocameel en cassave vrij 1806 Ruwe rottan stokken, of rottan niet verder bewerkt dan gesneden op maten voor stokken, geschikt voor regenschermen, parasollen, zonneschermen, zweepen, vischhengels of wandelstokken vrij 1552 Schedule III.SCHEDULE III 1. Wheat flour: The Netherlands Government undertakes to purchase annually from mills in the United States of America a quantity of wheat flour equivalent to not less than five per centum of the annual total wheat flour consumption in the Netherlands, provided that the price of such wheat flour delivered in the Netherlands is competitive with the price of other foreign wheat flour of comparable grade and quality. 2. Milling wheat: The Netherlands Government undertakes to purchase annually a quantity of milling wheat originating in the United States of America equivalent to not less than five per centum of the annual total consumption of foreign milling wheat in the Netherlands, provided that the price of the milling wheat originating in the United States of America is competitive with the world price for milling wheat of comparable grade and quality. *Note 1*. Of the total annual quantities of either milling wheat or wheat flour originating in the United States of America which the Netherlands Govern-ment undertakes to purchase pursuant to the foregoing provisions, one-twelfth part thereof will be purchased each month unless purchases for one or more months are made in advance. If in any month the prices of milling wheat or wheat flour originating in the United States of America are not competitive and for this reason the monthly purchases are smaller than those provided for above, the Netherlands Government shall not be obligated to compensate for such deficiency by correspondingly increased purchases in later months. *Note 2*. The Netherlands Government will give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the Government of the United States of America may make with respect to any matter pertaining to the application of the provisions of this Schedule. 1553 LIJST III 1. Tarwebloem. De Nederlandsche Regeering verbindt zich jaarlijks van molens in de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika te koopen een hoeveelheid tarwebloem, overeenkomende met niet minder dan vijf percent van het totale jaarlijksche verbruik van tarwebloem in Nederland, mits de prijs van dergelijke tarwebloem, afgeleverd in Nederland, coneurreerend is met den prijs van andere buitenlandsche tarwebloem van gelijksoortige hoedanigheid en kwaliteit. 2. Maaltarwe. De Nederlandsche Regeering verbindt zich jaarlijks te koopen een hoeveelheid maaltarwe, van oorsprong uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, overeenkomende met niet minder dan vijf percent van het totale jaarlijksche verbruik van buitenlandsche maaltarwe in Nederland, mits de prijs van de maaltarwe, van oorsprong uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, coneurreerend is met den wereldprijs voor maaltarwe van gelijksoortige hoedanigheid en kwaliteit. *Aanteekening 1*. Van de totale jaarlijksche hoeveelheden maaltarwe of tarwebloem, van oorsprong uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, tot welker aankoop de Nederlandsche Regeering zich overeenkomstig de hiervoor genoemde bepalingen verbindt, zal elke maand een twaalfde gedeelte worden aangekocht, tenzij voor een of meer maanden vooruit wordt gekocht. Indien in eenige maand de prijzen van maaltarwe of tarwebloem, van oorsprong uit de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, niet coneurreerend zijn en om deze reden de maandelijksche aankoopen kleiner zijn dan de hief boven aangeduide, zal de Nederlandsche Regeering niet verplicht zijn een zoodanig tekort aan te vullen door overeenkomstig verhoogde aankoopen in latere maanden. *Aanteekening 2*. De Nederlandsche Regeering zal in welwillende overweging nemen de vertoogen, welke de Regeering van de Vereenigde Staten tot Haar mocht richten, met betrekking tot alle aangelegenheden betreffende de toepassing van de bepalingen van deze Lijst. 1554 Schedule IV.SCHEDULE IV Section A Netherlands Statistical Number Articles Minimum quantity to be admitted annually from the United States 61 Horse meat, salted 1, 000 metrics tons 231 Soybean cake 2, 500 metrics tons 324 Portland cement 80 metrics tons 326 Nitrate, Chilean, including synthetic 4, 508 metrics tons of synthetic nitrate 373 Wire nails and tacks 738 metrics tons 8373 Drawn wire, iron and steel 2, 762 metrics tons 2391, 3391, 4391, 5391, ex 8391 Locks and parts 1, 000 kilos 397 Sheet zine 69 metrics tons 447 “Peeled” and cleaned or polished rice 3,500 metric tons 509 Matches 11,149 kilos—with the condition that entire quota is used for paper matches packed not more than 25 matches to each paper folder and obviously for advertising purposes 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672, 674 Upper leather, lining leather and chamois leather 148 metric tons—granted for the statistical numbers 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672, 674, without fixing a special quota for each statistical number. It is understood, however, that the greatest part of this quota will be used for the imports of chrome tanned upper leather, goat and kid. No increase in quota will take place for the imports of upper leather, cattle side and upper leather, patent 675 Footwear, chiefly of leather 10, 000 pairs Ex 3675, Ex 5675 Footwear, other 7, 700 pairs, rubber 4713, 5713, Ex 7726, Ex 8726 Fabrics manufactured of artificial silk 1, 410 kilos 4714, 5714, Ex 7726, Ex 8726 Fabrics manufactured of artificial silk mixed with other materials 170 kilos 717, 4726 Fabrics manufactured of cotton, bleached 2, 114 kilos 718, 719, 720, Ex 5726 Fabrics manufactured of cotton, printed, dyed, woven figured 20, 164 kilos 723, 724, 724, 726, 2726 Fabrics manufactured of wool and mixtures 25, 000 kilos 741, 741, Ex 2741 Ribbons, tape, elastic bands, et cetera 7, 500 kilos 754, 2754 Men’s outer clothing (without rubber) 4, 500 kilos 756, 2756 Ladies’ outer clothing, including infants’ wear (without rubber) 5, 500 kilos 1555 LIJST IV Sectie A Nederland Statistiek Nummer Artikelen Minimum hoeveelheid Jaarlijks toe te laten uit de Vereen igde Staten 61 Paardevleesch, gezouten 1.000 ton 231 Soyakoeken 2.500 ton 324 Portland cement 80 ton 326 Chilisalpeter, synthetische inbegrepen 4.508 ton sysnthetische salpeter 373 Draadnagels, spijkers en krammen 738 ton 8373 Getrokken draad, ijzer en staal 2.762 ton 2391, 3391, 4391, 5391, ex 8391 Sloten en onderdeelen daarvan 1.000 kg 397 Bladzink 69 ton 447 Gepelde rijst 3.500 ton 509 Lucifers 11.149 kg—onder voorwaarde dat het geheele contingent wordt gebruikt voor papieren lucifers, verpakt in vouwers van niet meer dan 25 lucifers, en kennelijk voor advertentie doeleinden 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672, 674 Over-, voering- en zeemleder 148 ton toegestaan voor de statistische nummers 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672, 674, zonder een contingent voor elk afzonderlijk statistiek nummer vast te stellen. Het is evenwel goed verstaan, dat het grootste deel van dit contingent zal worden gebruikt voor den invoer van Chroomgelooid geitenleder; geen vergrooting van contingent zal plaats vinden voor den invoer van Chroomgelooid overleder, Java- of rundbox en lakleder 675 Schoeisel, voornamelijk van Ieder 10.000 paar Ex 3675, Ex 5675 Schoeisel, ander 7.700 paar van rubber 4713, 5713, Ex 7726, Ex 8726 Manufacturen van kunstzijde 1.410 kg 4714, 5714, Ex 7726, Ex 8726 Manufacturen van kunstzijde en mengsels 170 kg 717, 4726 Manufacturen van katoen, gebleekt 2.114 kg 718, 719, 720, Ex 5726 Manufacturen van katoen, bedrukt, geverfd, bontgeweven 20.164 kg 723, 724, 724, 726, 2726 Manufacturen van wol en mengsels 25.000 kg 741, 741, Ex 2741 Lint, band, elastiekbanden, enz. 7.500 kg 754, 2754 Heeren bovenkleeding (zonder rubber) 4.500 kg 756, 2756 Dames bovenkleeding met inbegrip van bovenkleeding voor kleine kinderen (zonder rubber) 5.500 kg 1556 Schedule IV—Continued.SCHEDULE IV—Continued Section A Netherlands Statistical Number Articles Minimum quantity to be admitted annually from the United States 757 Stockings and socks 30,000 dozen pairs 2757, 3575 Knitted wear 36,036 kilos 758 Under clothing 2,693 kilos 3764 Shirts 5,400 kilos 813, 814 Printing and writing paper, and printing and writing cardboard paper 168,000 kilos 815, 817, 818, 2818, 3818, 819, 2819, 820, 826 “Other paper” 98,183 kilos 825, 827, 828, 2828, 829, 2829, 830, 831, 832, 833 Paper products 197,300 kilos Section B Netherlands Indies 359 Fertilizers, unspecified 20% of average total imports during 1931–1932 1557 LIJST IV—Voortgezet Sectie A Nederland Statistiek Nummer Artikelen Minimum hoeveelheid Jaarlijks toe te laten uit de Vereen igde Staten 757 Kousen en sokken 30.000 dozijn paar 2757, 3575 Tricotages 36.036 kg 758 Onderkleeding 2.693 kg 3764 Overhemden 5.400 kg 813, 814 Druk- en schrijfpapier; idem karton 168.000 kg 815, 817, 818, 2818, 3818, 819, 2819, 820, 826 “Ander papier” 98.183 kg 825, 827, 828, 2828, 829, 2829, 830, 831, 832, 833 Papierwaren 197.300 kg Sectie B Nederlandsch-Indie 359 Mestsoffen n.a.g 20% van den gemiddelden totalen invoer in de jaren 1931–1932 1558 Modifications, etc.Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the four Schedules thereunto annexed are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; *Ante*, p. 1524.Whereas it is provided in Article XVII of the said Agreement that it shall be proclaimed by the President of the United States of America and shall be ratified by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands; Whereas it is further provided in the said Article XVII that pending ratification of the Agreement by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, the provisions of Articles I to XVI, inclusive, shall be applied, reciprocally, by the United States of America and the Kingdom of the Netherlands, on and after February 1, 1936, and that the entire Agreement shall come into force one month after the day on which the Netherlands Government has communicated the ratification by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands to the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United States of America has communicated the proclamation of the President of the United States of America to the Netherlands Government. Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351).conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, to the end that the provisions of Articles I to XVI, inclusive, thereof, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after February 1, 1936, pending ratification of the Agreement by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands and that the entire Agreement and every part thereof may be so observed and fulfilled one month after the day of the communication of such ratification to the Government of the United States of America and of this my Proclamation to the Netherlands *Ante*, p. 1524.Government, as provided for in Article XVII of the Agreement. [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-eighth day of Decem-ber, in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and [seal] tliirty-five, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixtieth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Wilbur J Carr *Acting Secretary of State*. 1559 *Supplementary Proclamation.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas, by my proclamation of December 28, 1935, I did makeSupplementary proclamation.*Ante*, p. 1526. public the Trade Agreement, including four annexed Schedules, which, pursuant to Section 350
(a)of the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To Amend the Tariff Act of 1930”,[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[18 U. S. C.§ 1351](/us/usc/t18/s1351). I entered into, on December 20, 1935, with Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, in order that the provisions of Articles I to XVI, inclusive, thereof, should be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after February 1, 1936, pending ratification of the Agreement by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, as is provided in Article XVII*Ante*, p. 1521. of the Agreement, and that the entire Agreement and every part thereof should be so observed and fulfilled one month after the day of the communication of the ratification by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands to the Government of the United States of America and of the proclamation by the President of the United States of America to the Netherlands Government, as is also provided in Article XVII of the said Agreement; And whereas the intercommunication of the proclamation of the President of the United States of America and the ratification of Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands took place at Washington on April 8, 1937, as is evidenced by a Protocol signed on that day by the Secretary of State of the United States of America and the Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Netherlands at Washington; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt,Proclaiming date entire Agreement enters into force. President of the United States of America, supplementing my said proclamation of December 28, 1935, do hereby proclaim that the entire Agreement will come into force on May 8, 1937; and I do hereby call upon the United States of America and all the citizens thereof to observe and fulfill the said Agreement and every part thereof with good faith on and from that date. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this tenth day of April in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 1560 EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN THE SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE NETHERLANDS DIRECTOR OF TRADE AGREEMENTSExchange of Notes. The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Netherlands Director of Trade Agreements (Lamping) Department of State, Washington, December 20, 1935. Sir: I have the honor to make the following statement of my understanding of the agreement reached through recent conversations held at Washington by representatives of the Government of the United States and the Netherlands Government with reference to certain special duties. These conversations have disclosed a mutual understanding between the two Governments, which is that neither will impose on products of territories of the other Government any antidumping duty or new or additional duty to countervail the payment or bestowal of a bounty or grant, without first giving the other Government, through an informal notice, an opportunity to present representations with respect to the proposed duty. No decision to impose such duty will be made within thirty days after the date of the informal notice, unless an earlier decision is required by law. Any representations submitted by the other Government will be carefully considered by the Government contemplating the imposition of the duty. Accept, Sir, the assurances of my highest consideration. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State of the United States of America*. The Honorable Arnold Theodoor Lamping, *Director of Trade Agreements,* *Chief of the Netherlands Delegation,* *Washington.* The Netherlands Director of Trade Agreements (Lamping) to the Secretary of State
(Hull)20 December 1935. Excellentie, Ik heb de eer de ontvangst te erkennen van Uwer Excellentie’s nota van heden, bevattende een uiteenzetting van Uwer Excellentie’s opvatting met betrekking tot de overeenstemming, ten opzichte van zekere bijzondere rechten, bereikt gedurende onlangs te Washington 1561gehouden besprekingen tusschen de vertegenwoordigers van de Nederlandsche Regeering en die van de Regeering van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika. Gedurende deze besprekingen is tot uiting gekomen een gelijke opvatting tusschen beide Regeeringen, dat, met name, geen van beide Regeeringen op producten van het gebied der andere eenig anti-dumping recht zal leggen, noch eenig nieuw of bijkomend recht ter compensatie van de betaling of toekenning van een premie of uitkee ring, zonder eerst de andere Regeering, na Haar daarvan langs informeelen weg kennis te hebben gegeven, de gelegenheid te hebben geboden tot het doen van voorstellen met betrekking tot het voorgenomen recht. Geen beslissing, ten aanzien van het opleggen van een zoodanig recht, zal worden genomen binnen dertig dagen na den datum van de hiervoor bedoelde informeele kennisgeving, tenzij de wet een vroegere beslissing vereischt. Elk, door de andere Regeering ingediend, vertoog zal door de Regeering, welke voornemens is tot de oplegging van bedoeld recht over te gaan, zorgvuldig in overweging worden genomen. Ik heb de eer Uwer Excellentie de aldus bereikte overeenstemming te bevestigen. Ik neem deze gelegenheid te baat U, Mijnheer de Staatssecretaris, de hernieuwde verzekering mijner hoogste achting aan te bieden. Lamping *Directeur van de Handetsaccoorden*. Washington, D. C. Zijner Excellentie den Heere Cordell Hull, *Secretaris van Staat* van de Vereenigde Staten van Amerika, Washington, D. C. [Translation] 20 December 1935. Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your Excellency’s note of today’s date containing a statement of Your Excellency’s understanding of the agreement reached through recent conversations held at Washington by representatives of the Government of the United States and the Netherlands Government with reference to certain special duties. These conversations have disclosed a mutual understanding between the two Governments, which is that neither will impose on products of territories of the other Government any antidumping duty or new or additional duty to countervail the payment or bestowal of a bounty or grant, without first giving the other Government, through an informal notice, an opportunity to present representations with respect to the proposed duty. No decision to impose such duty will be made within thirty days after the date of the informal notice, unless an 1562earlier decision is required by law. Any representations submitted by the other Government will be carefully considered by the Government contemplating the imposition of the duty.I beg to confirm to Your Excellency the agreement thus reached. I avail myself of the opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Lamping *Director of Trade Agreements*. Washington, D. C. His Excellency Mr. Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State* *of the United States of America,* *Washington, D. C.* 1563 PROTOCOLProtocol. The undersigned Cordell Hull, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Jonkheer H. M. van Haersma de With, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Netherlands at Washington, having met this day for the purpose of making in behalf of their respective Governments the communication of instruments*Ante*, p. 1524. provided for in Article XVH of the Trade Agreement between the President of the United States of America and Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands, signed at Washington on December 20, 1935, in order to bring the said Agreement into force in its entirety; and the instruments being produced and found in due form, the Secretary of State handed to the Minister of the Netherlands the proclamation of the said Agreement by the President of the United States of America, and the Minister of the Netherlands handed to the Secretary of State the ratification of the said Agreement by Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands. The intercommunication contemplated in the second paragraph of Article XVII of the Agreement having thus been consummated, the entire Agreement will, in accordance with its terms, come into force one month after this day, namely, on May 8, 1937. In witness whereof, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries haveSignatures. signed this Protocol and have affixed their seals thereto. Done at Washington this eighth day of April, one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven. Cordell Hull [seal] *Secretary of State of the United Slates of America*. H. M. van Haersma de With [seal] *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Netherlands*. February 19, 1937 Agreement 50 Stat. 1564 1564 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES EL SALVADOR—RECIPROCAL TRADE—FEB. 19, 1937 *February 19, 1937[E. A. S. No. 101]Agreement between the United States of America and El Salvador respecting reciprocal trade. Signed at San Salvador, February 19, 1937; proclaimed by the President of El Salvador, April 30, 1937; proclaimed by the President of the United States, May 1, 1937; effective, May 31, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Reciprocal trade agreement with El Salvador.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/1351). Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “AN ACT To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), as follows:" “Sec. 350. Statutory authorization.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a means of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import 1565restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United StatesPromotion of foreign trade. of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the Republic of El Salvador are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared in the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934,[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/1351). will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and the Republic of El Salvador; Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiateNotice given. such foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and advice withTrade agreement entered into. respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on February 19, 1937, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the President of the Republic of El Salvador, through his duly empowered Plenipotentiary, which Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, in the English and Spanish languages, is in words and figures as follows: **COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT CELEBRATED BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND EL SALVADOR 1937.** The President of the United States of America and the President ofPurposes declared. the Republic of El Salvador, desiring to strengthen the traditional bonds of friendship between the two countries by maintaining the principle of equality of treatment as the basis of commercial relations and by granting mutual and reciprocal advantages for the promotion of trade, have decided to conclude a trade agreement and for that purpose have appointed their Plenipotentiaries as follows: The President of the United States of America, Dr. Frank P. Corrigan,Plenipotentiaries. Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the Republic of El Salvador; The President of the Republic of El Salvador, Dr. Miguel Angel Araujo, Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs. Who, after having exchanged their full powers, found to be in good and due form, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States ofEnumerated imports into El Salvador.*Post*, p. 1571. America, enumerated and described in Schedule I annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the Republic of El Salvador, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth in the said Schedule. The said articlesNo excess duties, etc. shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the Republic of El Salvador in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. 1566 Article II Specified imports from El Salvador.*Post*, p. 1572.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the Republic of El Salvador, enumerated and described in Schedule II annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth in the said Schedule. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under the laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. As long as there remain operative the quota provisions of the Act entitled “An Act To include sugar beets and sugarcane as basic agricultural commodities under the Agricultural Adjustment Act, and for [48 Stat. 670](/us/stat/48/670);[49 Stat 1539](/us/stat/49/1539).[7 U. S. C., Supp. II, §§ 613a, 608a–l](/us/usc/t7/s613a/608–1).other purposes”, approved by the President of the United States of America on May 9, 1934, as modified and extended by Public Resolution No. 109, approved June 19, 1936, or the quota provisions of any similar Act which also provides for not charging to the quota of any country sugar with respect to which a [46 Stat. 693](/us/stat/46/693).[19 U. S. C. § 1313](/us/usc/t19/1313).drawback of duty is allowed for such country, any sugar imported into the United States of America from the Republic of El Salvador with respect to which a drawback of duty is allowed, under the provisions of Section 313 of the Tariff Act of 1930, shall not be charged against the quota established by the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States of America for the Republic of El Salvador. Article III Notes in schedules considered part of Agreement.*Post*, pp. 1571, 1572.The United States of America and the Republic of El Salvador agree that the notes included in Schedule I and II are hereby given force and effect as integral parts of this Agreement. Article IV Internal tax exemption.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or the Republic of El Salvador, shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other foreign origin. Article V Ad valorem duties.Determination, etc., of rates.*Post*, pp. 1571, 1572.In respect of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America or the Republic of El Salvador, enumerated and described in Schedules I and II, respectively, imported into the other country, on which ad valorem rates of duty, or duties based upon or regulated in any manner by value, are or may be assessed, it is understood and agreed that the bases and methods of determining dutiable value and of converting currencies shall be no less favorable to importers than the bases and methods prescribed under laws and regulations of the Republic of El Salvador and the United States of America, respectively, in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article VI 1. No quantitative regulation. The United States of America will not impose any prohibition, import or customs quotas, import licenses or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the Republic of El 1567Salvador, enumerated and described in Schedule II; nor will*Post*, p. 1572. the Republic of El Salvador impose any prohibition, import or customs quotas, import licenses or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and described in Schedule I.*Post*, p. 1571. 2. The foregoing provision shall not apply to:Exceptions.
(a)Prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal or plant life;
(3)relating to prison-made goods; or
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws; or to
(b)Quantitative restrictions in whatever form, imposed by the United States of America or the Republic of El Salvador on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production, market supply or prices of like domestic articles, or tending to increase the labor costs of production of such articles. Whenever the Government of either countryNotice of proposed restriction. proposes to establish or change any restriction authorized by this subparagraph, it shall give notice thereof in writing to the other Government and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of the proposed action; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposes to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. 3. It is understood that the provisions of this Article do not affectU. S. pure food and drug laws not affected. the application of measures directed against misbranding, adulteration and other fraudulent practices, such as are provided for in the pure food and drug laws of the United States of America, or the application of measures directed against unfair practices in import trade, such as[46 Stat. 703](/us/stat/46/703).[19 U. S. C. § 1337](/us/usc/t19/1337). are provided for in Section 337 of the United States Tariff Act of 1930. Article VII 1. If the Government of the United States of America or theAction where a lower rate is imposed on portion of imports, etc. Republic of El Salvador establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lower import duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, the Government taking such action will:
(a)Give public notice of the total quantity, or any change therein, of any such article permitted to be imported or sold or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period;
(b)Allot to the other country for such specified period a share of such total quantity as originally established or subsequently changed in any manner equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which such other country supplied during a previous representative period, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment; and
(c)Give public notice of the allotments of such quantity among the several exporting countries, and at all times upon request advise the Government of the other country of the quantity of any such article the growth, produce or manufacture of each exporting country which 1568has been imported or sold or for which licenses or permits for importation or sale have been granted. 2. Import licenses, etc. Neither the United States of America nor the Republic of El Salvador shall regulate the total quantity of importations into its territory or sales therein of any article in which the other country has an interest, by import licenses or permits issued to individuals or organizations, unless the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold, during a quota period of not less than three months, shall have been established, and unless the regulations covering the issuance of such licenses or permits shall have been made public before such regulations are put into force. Article VIII Treatment of Government monopolies.In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Government of the Republic of El Salvador establishes or maintains a monopoly for the importation, production or sale of a particular commodity or grants exclusive privileges, formally or in effect, to one or more agencies to import, produce or sell a particular commodity, the Government of the country establishing or maintaining such monopoly, or granting such monopoly privileges, agrees that in respect of the foreign purchases of such monopoly or agency the commerce of the other country shall receive fair and equitable treatment. To this end it is agreed that in making its foreign purchases of any product such monopoly or agency will be influenced solely by those considerations, such as price, quality, marketability, and terms of sale, which would ordinarily be taken into account by a private commercial enterprise interested solely in purchasing such product on the most favorable terms. Article IX Control of foreign exchange.The tariff advantages and other benefits provided for in this Agreement are granted by the United States of America and the Republic of El Salvador to each other subject to the condition that if the Government of either country shall establish or maintain, directly or indirectly, any form of control of foreign exchange, it shall administer such control so as to insure that the nationals and commerce of the other country will be granted a fair and equitable share in the allotment of exchange. With respect to the exchange made available for commercial transactions, it is agreed that the Government of each country shall be guided in the administration of any form of control of foreign exchange by the principle that, as nearly as may be determined, the share of the total available exchange which is allotted to the other country shall not be less than the share employed in a previous representative period prior to the establishment of any exchange control for the settlement of commercial obligations to the nationals of such other country. Mutual consideration of representations with respect to application of Article.The Government of each country shall give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the other Government may make in respect of the application of the provisions of this Article, and if, within thirty days after the receipt of such representations, a satisfactory adjustment has not been made or an agreement has not been reached with respect to such representations, the Government mailing them may, within fifteen days after the expiration of the afore-said period of thirty days, terminate this Article or this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. 1569 Article X With respect to customs duties or charges of any kind imposed onExtension of advantages, etc., granted another country. or in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to the method of levying such duties or charges, and with respect to all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country, any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or by the Republic of El Salvador to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the Republic of El Salvador or the United States of America, respectively. Article XI Laws, regulations of administrative authorities and decisions ofPublication of laws, regulations, and decisions. administrative or judicial authorities of the United States of America or the Republic of El Salvador, respectively, pertaining to the classification of articles for customs purposes or to rates of duty shall be published promptly in such a manner as to enable traders to become acquainted with them. Such laws, regulations and decisions shall be applied uniformly at all ports of the respective country, except as otherwise specifically provided in statutes of the United States of America relating to articles imported into Puerto Rico. No administrative ruling by the United States of America or theNot retroactive, etc. Republic of El Salvador effecting advances in rates of duties or in charges applicable under an established and uniform practice to imports originating in the territory of the other country, or imposing any new requirement with respect to such importations, shall be effective retroactively or with respect to articles either entered for or withdrawn for consumption prior to the expiration of thirty days after the date of publication of notice of such ruling in the usual official manner. The provisions of this paragraph do not apply toAnti-dumping duties. administrative orders imposing anti-dumping duties, or relating to regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life, or relating to public safety, or giving effect to judicial decisions. Article XII In the event that a wide variation occurs in the rate of exchangeModification where exchange rate prejudicial. between the currencies of the United States of America and the Republic of El Salvador, the Government of either country, if it considers the variation so substantial as to prejudice the industries or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement or to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XIII Greater than nominal penalties will not be imposed in the UnitedDocumentation errors. States of America or in the Republic of El Salvador upon importations of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country because of errors in documentation obviously clerical in origin. The Government of each country will accord sympathetic considerationMutual consideration respecting customs, etc. to, and when requested will afford adequate opportunity for consultation regarding, such representations as the other Govern1570ment may make with respect to the operation of customs regulations, quantitative restrictions or the administration thereof, the observance of customs formalities, and the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plantlife. Article XIV Provisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc.Except as otherwise provided in the second paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America or by the Republic of El Salvador, respectively, to the commerce of the other country, shall not apply to the Philippine Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam, or to the Panama Canal Zone. Preferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other.*Ante*, p. 1589.Subject to the reservations set forth in the third, fourth, and fifth paragraphs of this Article, the provisions of Article X shall apply to articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America or of the Republic of El Salvador, imported from or exported to any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the other country. Canal Zone excluded.It is understood, however, that the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the Panama Canal Zone. Adjacent countries.The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or by the Republic of El Salvador to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic, and advantages resulting from a customs union to which either the United States of America or the Republic of El Salvador may become a party, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. Exceptions.The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall Philippine Islands.be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect of any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to the Philippine Islands irrespective of any change in the political status of the Philippine Islands. Commerce of El Salvador with Costa Rica, etc.The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the Republic of El Salvador to the commerce of Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua or Panama, so long as any special treatment accorded to the commerce of those countries or any of them by the Republic of El Salvador is not accorded to any other country, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. Police and sanitary regulations.Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the provisions thereof shall not be construed to apply to police or sanitary Gold or silver exportation.regulations; and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the Traffic in arms, etc.exportation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as either Government may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, munitions, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, all other military supplies. Article XV Adoption of measures impairing Agreement; adjustment.In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Government of El Salvador adopts any measure which, even though it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, is considered by the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or impairing any object of the Agreement, the Government which has adopted any such measure shall consider such representations and proposals as the other Government may make with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. 1571 Article XVI Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to affect the rights andAgreement not to affect Treaty of Friendship, etc.[46 Stat. 2817](/us/stat/46/2817). obligations arising out of the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Consular Rights signed at San Salvador on February 22, 1926. Article XVII The present Agreement shall come into full force on the thirtiethEffective date. day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of El Salvador, or should the proclamations be issued on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations, and shall remain in force for the term of three years thereafter, unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of Article VI, Article IX, orDuration.*Ante*, pp. 1566, 1568, 1569. Article XII. The Government of each country shall notify the Government of the other country of the date of its proclamation. Unless at least six months before the expiration of the aforesaidTermination. term of three years the Government of either country shall have given to the other Government notice of intention to terminate this Agreement upon the expiration of the aforesaid term, the Agreement shall remain in force thereafter, subject to termination under the provisions of Article VI, Article IX, or Article XII, until six months from such time as the Government of either country shall have given notice to the other Government. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed thisSignatures. Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in quadruplicate: two copies in English and two in Spanish, all four authentic, at the City of San Salvador this nineteenth day of February, nineteen hundred and thirty-seven. For the President of the United States of America: [seal] Frank P Corrigan For the President of the Republic of El Salvador: [seal] Miguel Angel Araujo SCHEDULE ISchedule I. Salvadoran Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty in U. S. Dollars Note: The provisions of this Schedule will be interpreted as though they had been included in the current Salvadoran Tariff Law by an amendment to that law. Abbreviations: G. K.=Gross Kilo M Bd. Ft.=1000 Board Feet. 211–1–03–003 Ham, except canned ham 100 G. K. 12.00 Ex211–1–04–002 Pork, preserved or prepared in any form, with or without vegetables, in hermetically sealed containers 100 G. K. 29.29 Ex211–4–03–001 Canned mackerel 100 G. K. 5.00 211–4–03–004 Canned salmon 100 G. K. 5.00 212–1–07–001 Wheat, in its natural state: Until and including December 31, 1937 100 G. K. 5.00 After December 31, 1937 100 G. K. 5.20 Ex212–3–01–001 Oatmeal, rolled oats and other oat food preparations 100 G. K. 4.40 Ex212–5–01–001 Fresh fruits: apples, pears and grapes 100 G. K. 2.50 Ex212–5–02–001 Dried and evaporated fruits: prunes and raisins 100 G. K. 5.00 1572 Schedule I—Continued.SCHEDULE I—Continued Salvadoran Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rates of Duty in U. S. Dollars Ex214–1–04–001 Canned vegetables: asparagus, peas, corn, tomatoes and tomato juice 100 G. K 6.00 Ex214–1–10–001 Ex214–1–09–001 Canned fruit: peaches, pears, and salad or mixed fruits, in water or juice, with or without sugar, cooked or not 100 G. K. 7.50 Ex214–1–03–001 214–2–03–001 Soda and other similar crackers, of wheat or not 100 G. K. 8.80 331–1–02–001 Sawed wood in pieces, including boards, planks and beams, planed or not, for any purpose M Bd. Ft. 6.00 331–1–03–001 441–1–01–001 Leather not specified, tanned by any process, dyed, dressed or polished, including calf skin 100 G. K. 35.00 441–1–02–001 Patent leather 100 G. K. 35.00 441–1–03–001 Chamois, leather prepared like chamois, deer or elk skin 100 G. K. 35.00 441–1–04–001 Tanned goatskin, morocco, and kid leather 100 G. K. 35.00 471–1–03–002 Rubber tires, not specified 100 G. K. 10.40 471–1–03–003 Rubber tires for automobiles (including passenger cars, trucks and busses) and airplanes 100 G. K. 10.40 471–1–03–004 Rubber tires for motorcycles and bicycles 100 G. K. 10.40 471–1–03–005 Inner tubes of any kind and for any purpose 100 G. K. 10.40 471–1–04–001 Rubber hose and heavy rubber tubing, plain, reinforced with canvas or metal, with or without metallic accessories 100 G. K. 10.40 494–1–04–004 Phonograph records 100 G. K. 18.60 Note: Pharmaceutical specialties or patent medicines produced in the United States of America shall be accompanied, on their importation into the Republic of El Salvador, by a sanitary certificate, duly authenticated by a Salvadoran Consul, issued by a Chamber of Commerce or some similar agency, or by a Board of Health or some similar organization, of the state or city in the United States of America in which the manufacturer maintains his commercial domicile. Schedule II.SCHEDULE II United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Maximum rates of duty. Specific rate in United States dollars Note: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the tariff laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined, insofar as may be practicable, as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the paragraph of the Tariff Act of 1930 noted in the column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles 10 Balsam, Peru, natural and uncompounded, and not containing alcohol 5% ad valorem 716 Honey 0.02 per pound 752 Guavas prepared or preserved, and not specially provided for 17½ % ad valorem 752 Mango pastes and pulps, and guava pastes and pulps 28% ad valorem 1653 Cocoa or cacao beans, and shells thereof Free 1654 Coffee, except coffee imported into Puerto Rico and upon which a duty is imposed under the authority of Section 319 Free 1738 Tortoise shell, not sawed, cut, flaked, polished, or otherwise manufactured, or advanced in value from the natural state Free 1765 Deerskins, raw Free 1765 Reptile skins, raw Free 1573 **CONVENIO COMERCIAL CELEBRADO ENTRE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA V EL SALVADOR 1937** El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América y el Presidente de la República de El Salvador, deseosos de estrechar los vínculos de amistad entre ambos países por medio del mantenimiento del principio de igualdad de trato como base de relaciones comerciales y por la concesión de ventajas mutuas y recíprocas para la promoción del comercio, han decidido concluir un Convenio Comercial y para ese fin han designado sus Plenipotenciarios, así: El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, al Señor Doctor Don Frank Patrick Corrigan, su Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario cerca de la República de El Salvador; El Presidente de la República de El Salvador, al Señor Doctor Don Miguel Angel Araujo, Secretario de Estado en el Despacho de Relaciones Exteriores, Quienes, después de haber canjeado sus plenos poderes, y de encontrarlos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los siguientes artículos: Articulo I Los artículos cosechados, producidos o fabricados en los Estados Unidos de América, enumerados y descritos en la Lista I, anexa a este Convenio, y del cual es parte integrante, serán eximidos, a su importación en la República de El Salvador, de los derechos aduaneros ordinarios que excedan a los especificados en dicha Lista. También a dichos artículos se les concederá exención de cualesquiera otros derechos, impuestos, contribuciones, cargas o exacciones sobre o relacionados con las importaciones, que sean en exceso de los que rigen en el día de la firma de este Convenio o de los que han de regir en lo sucesivo conforme a las leyes de la República de El Salvador vigentes en el día de la firma de este Convenio. Articulo II Los artículos cosechados, producidos o fabricados en la República de El Salvador, enumerados y descritos en la Lista II, anexa a este Convenio, y del cual es parte integrante, serán eximidos, a su importación en los Estados Unidos de América, de los derechos aduaneros ordinarios que excedan a los especificados en dicha Lista. También a dichos artículos se les concederá exención de cualesquiera otros derechos, impuestos, contribuciones, cargas o exacciones, sobre o relacionados con las importaciones, que sean en exceso de los que rigen en el día de la firma de este Convenio o de los que han de regir en lo sucesivo conforme a las leyes de los Estados Unidos de América, vigentes en el día de la firma de este Convenio. Mientras estén vigentes las disposiciones sobre cuotas de la llamada “Ley para incluir remolachas y caña de azúcar como artículos agrículas básicos, conforme la Ley sobre Arreglo Agrónomo, y para otros propósitos’’, aprobada por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos el 9 de mayo de 1934, modificada y prorrogada por la Resolución Pública No. 109, aprobada el 19 de junio de 1936, o las disposiciones sobre cuotas de cualquiera ley parecida que también establezcan que no se cargue a la cuota de cualquier país el azúcar que tenga descuento o devolución (drawback) en los derechos de dicho país, cualquier azúcar importado a los Estados Unidos de América de la República de El Salvador, con respecto al cual esté permitido un descuento o devolución (drawback) de derechos de aduana, bajo las disposiciones de la Sección 313 del Tariff Act of 1930, no será cargado en la cuota esta-blecida por el Secretario de Agricultura de los Estados Unidos de América para la República de El Salvador. 1574 Articulo III Los Estados Unidos de América y la República de El Salvador convienen en dar a las notas incluidas en las Listas I y II, fuerza y efecto como partes integrantes de este Convenio. Articulo IV Los artículos cosechados, producidos o fabricados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la República de El Salvador estarán exentos, después de su importación en el otro país, de impuestos, contribuciones, cargas o exacciones internas, distintos o mayores que los pagaderos sobre análogos artículos de origen nacional o de cualquier otro origen extranjero. Article V Con respecto a los artículos cosechados, producidos o fabricados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la República de El Salvador enumerados y descritos en las Listas I y II, respectivamente, que se importen en el otro país, sobre los cuales se imponen o se impusieren derechos *ad valorem*, o derechos basados sobre el valor o determinados de cualquier manera por él, se entiende y se conviene que las bases y los métodos para determinar el monto imponible y para hacer la conversión de la moneda, no serán, de ninguna manera, menos favorables a los importadores que las bases y los métodos prescritos por las leyes y reglamentos de la República de El Salvador y de los Estados Unidos de América, respectivamente, vigentes en el día de la firma de este Convenio. Articulo VI 1. Los Estados Unidos de America no impondrá prohibición alguna, ni cuotas de importación o aduaneras, permisos de importación o cualquiera otra forma de régimen cuantitativo, sea que éste opere o no en conexión con agencias de control centralizado, sobre la importación o venta de ningún artículo cosechado, producido o fabricado en la República de El Salvador, enumerado y descrito en la Lista II; ni la República de El Salvador impondrá clase alguna de prohibiciones, cuotas de importación o aduaneras, permisos de importación o cualquiera otra forma de régimen cuantitativo, sea que éste opere o no en conexión con agencias de control centralizado, sobre la importación o venta de ningún artículo cosechado, producido o fabricado en los Estados Unidos de América, enumerado y descrito en la Lista I. 2. La disposición precedente no se aplicará a: a) Las prohibiciones o restricciones: 1) con finalidades morales o humanitarias; 2) destinadas a la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal; 3) relativas a efectos fabricados en prisiones; 4) relativas al cumplimiento de leyes policiacas o fiscales; ni a b) Las restricciones cuantitativas en cualquier forma impuestas por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de El Salvador sobre importación o venta de cualquier artículo cosechado, producido o fabricado en el otro país, en conexión con medidas gubernativas destinadas a regularizar o controlar la producción, el abastecimiento del mercado, o los precios de artículos nacionales análogos, o tendientes a aumentar el costo del trabajo de producción de dichos artículos. En caso de que el Gobierno de uno u otro de los dos países se proponga establecer o modificar cualquiera restricción autorizada por este inciso, dará aviso de ello al otro Gobierno, por escrito, y comunicará también, a éste, la oportunidad, dentro de treinta días después del recibo de dicho aviso, para consultar con él respecto a la acción propuesta; y si no se llega a un acuerdo con respecto a esa acción dentro 1575de treinta días después del recibo del aviso mencionado, el Gobierno que se proponga iniciar tal acción, tendrá, la libertad de realizarla en cualquier momento, y el otro Gobierno podrá, dentro de los quince días de consumada la acción, quedar también en libertad de dar por terminado este Convenio, por completo, previo aviso, por escrito, con treinta días de anticipación. 3. Queda convenido que las diposiciones de este Artículo no afectan la aplicación de medidas dirigidas contra la falsificación de marcas, adulteración y otras prácticas fraudulentas, tales como las que se prescriben en las leyes de alimentos y drogas de los Estados Unidos de América, ni la aplicación de medidas dirigidas contra prácticas injustas en el comercio de importación, como las prescritas en la Sección 337 de la Ley Arancelaria de 1930 de los Estados Unidos de América. Articulo VII 1. Si el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el de la República de El Salvador establece o mantiene cualquiera clase de restricción cuantitativa o de control sobre la importación o venta de cualquier artículo en el cual el otro país esté interesado, o impone una tasa o contribución más baja sobre la importación o venta de una cantidad determinada de ese artículo que la tarifa o contribución que esté establecida sobre importaciones que sean en exceso de tal cantidad, el Gobierno que así actúe deberá: a) Dar aviso público de la cantidad total o de cualquier cambio en ella en cuanto a cualquiera de dichos artículos cuya venta o importación sea permitida o los cuales puedan ser importados o vendidos con tal rebaja de tarifa durante un determinado período; b) Asignar al otro país durante ese determinado período una porción de aquella cantidad total, tal como ésta hubiera sido originalmente establecida o como se hubiera modificado posteriormente en algún modo, equivalente a la proporción de la importación total de ese artículo que ese otro país haya estado proveyendo durante un período representativo anterior, a menos que se convenga mutuamente dispensar tal asignación; y c) Dar aviso público de la asignación hecha entre los diversos países exportadores, y en todo momento, informar al Gobierno del otro país, al requerirlo, acerca de la cantidad de cualquier artículo de los cosechados, producidos o fabricados que haya sido importada o vendida, correspondiente a cada país exportador, o por la cual se hubiera otorgado a éstos autorización o permiso de importar o vender. 2. Ni los Estados Unidos de América ni la República de El Salvador regulará la cantidad total de importaciones a su territorio o de ventas en el mismo por medio de autorizaciones o permisos de importación emitidos a favor de individuos u organizaciones, de ningún artículo en que el otro país esté interesado, a menos que la cantidad total de dicho artículo cuya importación o venta se permita durante un período de cuota no menor de tres meses, haya sido establecida y a menos que los reglamentos a que esté sujeta la emisión de tales autorizaciones o permisos hayan sido hechos públicos antes de entrar en vigencia. Articulo VIII En caso que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el Gobierno de la República de El Salvador establezca o mantenga monopolio oficial para la importación, producción o venta de determinado artículo u otorgue derechos exclusivos, de hecho o de derecho, a una o más agencias para la importación, producción y venta de determinado artículo, el Gobierno del país que establezca o mantenga dicho monopolio o que otorgue tales privilegios de monopolio, se 1576compromete, con respecto a las compras extranjeras de tal monopolio o agencias, a tratar al comercio del otro país imparcial y equitativamente. A este fin se conviene en que, al efectuar en el extranjero sus compras de cualquier producto, tal monopolio o agencias se regirán solamente por tales consideraciones de precio, calidad, posibilidades y condiciones de venta, que tomaría en cuenta ordinariamente una empresa privada comercial interesada solamente en comprar tal producto bajo las condiciones más favorables. Articulo IX Los Estados Unidos de América y la República de El Salvador se conceden mutuamente las ventajas aduaneras y demás beneficios estipulados en este Convenio, sujetos a la condición de que si el Gobierno de uno u otro país estableciere o mantuviere directa o indirectamente cualquiera forma de control sobre el cambio extranjero, administrará tal control de manera que los nacionales y el comercio del otro país tengan la seguridad de que les corresponda una porción justa y equitativa en la asignación del cambio. Respecto al cambio aprovechable para las transacciones comerciales, se acuerda que el Gobierno de uno u otro país se regirá en la administración de cualquier forma de control sobre el cambio por el principio de que, lo más aproximadamente posible, la porción del total de cambio disponible que se asigne al otro país no será menor que la porción empleada en un período representativo anterior al establecimiento de cualquier control de cambio, para la liquidación de obligaciones comerciales a favor de nacionales de tal otro país. El Gobierno de cada país prestará consideración amistosa a cualesquiera representaciones que pueda hacer el otro Gobierno respecto a la aplicación de las disposiciones de este artículo; y si, dentro de treinta días a partir del recibo de tales representaciones, no se hubiere llegado a una solución satisfactoria ni a un acuerdo con respecto a ellas, el Gobierno que haya iniciado las mismas, puede, dentro de los quince días siguientes a la expiración del citado período de treinta días, poner fin a este Artículo o a este Convenio en su totalidad previo aviso por escrito con treinta días de anticipación. Articulo X En lo concerniente a derechos aduaneros o gravámenes de cualquier clase, impuestos sobre o en relación con importaciones o exportaciones, y con respecto al método de aplicación de tales derechos o gravámenes, lo mismo que en lo referente a todos los reglamentos y formalidades relacionados con la importación o exportación, y con respecto a todas las leyes o reglamentos que afecten la venta o uso dentro del país, de las mercaderías importadas, cualquier ventaja, favor, privilegio o inmunidad que haya sido o que en lo adelante pueda ser concedido por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de El Salvador a cualquier artículo originario de, o destinado a un tercer país, deberá ser acordado inmediata e incondicionalmente al artículo análogo originario de o destinado a la República de El Salvador o a los Estados Unidos de América, respectivamente. Articulo XI Las leyes, los reglamentos de las autoridades administrativas y las decisiones de las autoridades administrativas o judiciales de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República de El Salvador, respectivamente, relativos a la clasificación de artículos para fines aduaneros o tasa de derechos, se publicarán en forma tal que los comerciantes puedan oportunamente enterarse de ellos. Tales leyes, reglamentos 1577y decisiones de aplicarán con uniformidad en todos los puertos del país respectivo, excepto las disposiciones específicas contenidas en estatutos de los Estados Unidos de América en cuanto se refieren a artículos importados a Puerto Rico. Ningún decreto administrativo promulgado por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de El Salvador que aumente la tasa de derechos o las cargas aplicables en conformidad con una práctica uniforme establecida sobre importaciones originarias del territorio del otro país, o que exija algún nuevo requisito para tales importaciones, tendrá efecto retroactive; asimismo no deberá aplicarse tal disposición a artículos introducidos al país o retirados de la Aduana para el consumo con anterioridad a la expiración de un plazo de treinta días a contar de la fecha de publicación del aviso de tal decreto en la forma oficial acostumbrada. Las disposiciones de este párrafo no son aplicables a órdenes administrativas que establezcan derechos contra el “dumping”, ni a las que se refieran a disposiciones para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal, a la seguridad pública, o que den efecto a sentencias judiciales. Articulo XII En caso de gran fluctuación en el tipo de cambio entre la moneda de los Estados Unidos de América y la de la República de El Salvador, el Gobierno de cualquiera de las Partes Contratantes, si estimare dicha fluctuación de tal grado que perjudicare las industrias o el comercio de su país, estará en libertad para iniciar gestiones tendientes a modificar este Convenio, o para poner fin al mismo en su totalidad, previo aviso por escrito con treinta días de anticipación. Articulo XIII No se impondrán en los Estados Unidos de América ni en la República de El Salvador, sobre la importación de artículos cosechados, producidos, manufacturados o fabricados en el otro país, más que multas nominales con motivo de errores de documentación que patentemente se deban a la simple escritura, o sean *lapsus plumae* o *lapsus machinae*. El Gobierno de cada una de las Partes Contratantes prestará oportuna consideración amistosa a las representaciones que el otro Gobierno pueda hacerle respecto al funcionamiento de las disposiciones aduaneras, restricciones cuantitativas o la administración de las mismas, cumplimiento de formalidades aduaneras y aplicación de leyes sanitarias y reglamentaciones para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal. Articulo XIV Con excepción de lo estipulado en contrario en el segundo párrafo de este artículo, las disposiciones del presente Convenio referentes al tratamiento otorgado por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de El Salvador, respectivamente, al comercio del otro país, no serán aplicables a las Islas Filipinas, las Islas Vírgenes, la Samoa americana, la Isla Guam ni a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. Con sujeción a las reservas expresadas en los párrafos tercero, cuarto, y quinto de este Artículo, las estipulaciones del Artículo X serán aplicables a artículos cosechados, producidos o fabricados en cualquier territorio bajo la soberanía o jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República de El Salvador, importados de o exportados a cualquier territorio bajo la soberanía o jurisdicción del otro país. Es entendido, sin embargo, que las disposiciones de este párrafo no son aplicables a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. 1578 Las ventajas que se extienden o que puedan ser extendidas por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de El Salvador a países contiguos para facilitar el tráfico fronterizo, y las ventajas obtenidas de una unión aduanera de la cual los Estados Unidos de América o la República de El Salvador puedan formar partes, serán exceptuadas de este Convenio. Las ventajas ahora extendidas o que puedan extenderse en lo sucesivo por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios y posesiones o la Zona del Canal de Panamá entre sí, o a la República de Cuba, se exceptuarán de este Convenio. Las disposiciones de este párrafo continuarán en vigor con respecto a cualquiera ventaja extendida o que pueda extenderse en lo sucesivo por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones o la Zona del Canal de Panamá, a las Islas Filipinas, prescindiendo de cualquier cambio en el status político de las Islas Filipinas. Se exceptuarán de los efectos de este Convenio las ventajas acordadas o que después acuerde la República de El Salvador al comercio de Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua y Panamá mientras tales ventajas no se concedan a cualquier otro país. Salvo expecíficas disposiciones en contrario de este Convenio, las estipulaciones del mismo no se interpretarán como aplicables a los reglamentos sanitarios y policiacos y nada de este Convenio se interpretará como contrario a la adopción de medidas que prohíban o restrinjan la exportación de oro o plata, o a la adopción de las medidas que cualquiera de los Gobiernos contratantes crea necesarias para controlar la exportación o venta de armas, municiones o implementos de guerra, y, en circunstancias excepcionales, de todo otro material necesario para la guerra. Articulo XV En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el Gobierno de la República de El Salvador adopte medida alguna que, aun cuando no esté en conflicto con los términos de este Convenio, según la opinión del Gobierno del otro país, tenga el efecto de invalidar o perjudicar cualquiera finalidad de este Convenio, el Gobierno que haya adoptado tal medida considerará las representaciones y proposiciones que el otro Gobierno pueda hacer con el objeto de efectuar un arreglo mutuamente satisfactorio de ese asunto. Articulo XVI Nada de lo expresado en este Convenio se interpretará de tal manera que afecte los derechos y las obligaciones provenientes del Tratado de Amistad, Comercio y Prerrogativas Consulares entre los Estados Unidos de América y la República de El Salvador firmado en la ciudad de San Salvador a los veintidós días del mes de febrero de mil novecientos veintiséis. Articulo XVII El presente Convenio entrará en pleno vigor el trigésimo día después de la proclamación del mismo por el Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América y por el Presidente de la República de El Salvador o en el caso de que las proclamaciones fueran promulgadas en diferentes fechas, el trigésimo día después de la fecha de la última proclamación; y quedará en vigor durante los tres años subsiguientes, a menos que sea terminado antes de acuerdo con las disposiciones de los Artículos VI, IX o XII. El Gobierno de cada una de las Partes Contratantes notificará al Gobierno de la otra Parte la fecha de su proclamación. 1579 A no ser que por lo menos seis meses antes de la terminación del precitado plazo de tres años el Gobierno de uno u otro de los dos países le haya notificado al otro su intención de terminar el Convenio al cumplirse el antedicho plazo, el Convenio quedará en vigor después de tal fecha, sujeto a ser terminado de acuerdo con las disposiciones de los Artículos VI, IX o XII hasta seis meses a partir de la fecha en que el Gobierno de uno u otro país haya notificado esa determinación al otro Gobierno. En testimonio de lo cual los respectivos Plenipotenciarios firman y sellan este Convenio. Hecho en cuadruplicado: dos ejemplares en español y dos en inglés, los cuatro auténticos, en la ciudad de San Salvador, a los diez y nueve días del mes de febrero de mil novecientos treinta y siete. Por el Presidente de la República de los Estados Unidos de América: [seal] Frank P Corrigan Por el Presidente de la República de El Salvador: [seal] Miguel Angel Araujo LISTA I N° de la partida de la Tarifa de Aforos de la República de El Salvador. Descripción de Artículos Tarifa Máxima en dollars americanos Nota: Las estipulaciones de esta Lista se interpretarán como si estuvieran incluidas en la Tarifa de Aforos vigente de El Salvador como una enmienda a dicha Tarifa. Abreviaciones: ; K. B.——Kilo Bruto B. M.——“Board Measure”. 211–1–03–003 Jamón, con excepción de jamón en latas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 12.00 Ex211–1–04–002 Carne de puerco preservada o preparada en cualquier forma, con o sin legumbres, en latas herméticamente cerradas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 29.29 Ex211–4–03–001 Macarela en latas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 5.00 211–4–03–004 Salmón en latas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 5.00 212–1–07–001 Trigo en su estado natural: Hasta e incluyendo el 31 de diciembre de 1937_ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 5.00 Después del 31 de diciembre de 1937_ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 5.20 Ex212–3–01–001 Avena triturada, perlada o machacada y en sus otras distintas preparaciones alimenticias_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 4.40 Ex212–5–01–001 Frutas frescas: manzanas, peras y uvas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 2.50 Ex212–5–02–001 Frutas secas y evaporadas: ciruelas y pasas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 5.00 Ex214–1–04–001 Legumbres en latas: espárragos, guisantes, maíz, tomates y jugo de tomates_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 6. 00 Ex214–1–10–001 Ex214–1–03–001 Frutas conservadas: duraznos, peras yfrutas para ensaladas o frutas mezcladas, en agua o en su jugo, con o sin azúcar, cocidas o no_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 7. 50 Ex214–1–09–001 214–2–03–001 Galletas de soda u otras sumejantes, sean de trigo o no_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 8. 80 331–1–02–001 Madera aserrada, en piezas, inclusive tablas, tablones, tablitas y vigas, acepilladas o no, propias para cualquier uso_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mil PiesB. M. 6. 00 331–1–03–001 1580 LISTA I—Continúa N° de la partida de la Tarifa de Aforos de la República de El Salvador. Descripción de Artículos Tarifa Máxima en dollars americanos 441–1–01–001 Cueros no especificados, curtidos por cualquier procedimiento, teñidos, adobados o pulidos, inclusive becerro._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 35.00 441–1–02–001 Charol_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 35.00 441–1–03–001 Cueros agamuzados, gamuza, venado y ante_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 35.00 441–1–04–001 Piel de cabra curtida, tafilete y cabritilla_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 35.00 471–1–03–002 Lantas de caucho, no especificadas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 10.40 471–1–03–003 Llantas de caucho para automoviles (inclusive carros de pasajeros, camiones y ómnibuses) y aeroplanos._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 10.40 471–1–03–004 Llantas de caucho para motocicletas y bicicletas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 10.40 471–1–03–005 Neumáticos interiores (cámaras de aire) de cualquier clase y para todo uso_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 10.40 471–1–04–001 Mangueras y tubos gruesos de caucho, sencillos, reforzados con lona o metal, con o sin accesorios metálicos _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 10.40 494–1–04–004 Discos de fonógrafo_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 100 K. B. 18.60 Nota: Las especialidades farmacéuticas o medicinas de patente producidas en los Estados Unidos de América deberán venir para su importación en la República de El Salvador amparadas con un certificado de sanidad, debidamente autenticado por un Cónsul de El Salvador, expedido por una Cámara de Comercio u otra entidad semejante o por una Oficina como el “Board of Health” u otra similar del Estado o ciudad donde el fabricante tenga en aquella nación su domicilio comercial. LISTA II Párrafos de la Ley de Arancel de 1930 de los Estados Unidos de América. Descripción de Artículos Tarifa Máxima en derechos. Derecho específico en dólares de los Estados Unidos de América. Nota: Las disposiciones de esta lista serán interpretadas y tendrán el mismo efecto, y la aplicación a ellas de las disposiciones colaterales de las leyes de Arancel de los Estados Unidos de América será determinada, en cuanto fuere posible, como si cada disposición de esta lista apareciera respectivamente en el párrafo de la ley de arancel de 1930 señalado en la columna de la izquierda de las respectivas descripciones de los artículos. 10 Bálsamo, Perú, natural y no preparado y que no contiene alcohol_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5% ad valorem 716 Miel de abeja_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .02 por libra 752 Guayabas preparadas o conservadas, y no especialmente estipuladas_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 17½ % ad valorem 752 Pastas y pulpas de mango, y pastas y pulpas de guayaba_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 28% ad valorem 1653 Granos de cocoa o cacao, y las cáscaras de éstos_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Libre 1654 Café, salvo café importado a Puerto Rico y sobre el cual está impuesto un derecho bajo la autoridad de Sección 319_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Libre 1738 Carey, sin aserrar, cortar, escamar, pulimentar, ni manufacturar de cualquier otra manera, y sin más valor que el de su estado natural_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Libre 1765 Pieles de venado, sin curtir_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Libre 1765 Pieles de reptiles, sin curtir_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Libre 1581 Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other importModifications, etc. restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the two Schedules thereunto annexed are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; Whereas it is stipulated in Article XVII of the said Agreement that*Ante*, p. 1571. the Agreement shall come into force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of El Salvador, or should the proclamations be issued on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations; Whereas the said Agreement, including the two Schedules, was proclaimed by the President of the Republic of El Salvador on April 30, 1937; Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, acting under the authority conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/1351). of June 12, 1934, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after May 31, 1937, the thirtieth day following May 1, 1937, the date of this my proclamation of the said Agreement. Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943). Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this first day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. November 28, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1582 1582 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES COSTA RICA—RECIPROCAL TRADE—NOVEMBER 28, 1936 * November 28, 1936[E. A. S. No. 102]Agreement between the United States of America and Costa Rica respecting reciprocal trade. Signed at San José, November 28, 1936; proclaimed by the President of the Republic of Costa Rica, July 2, 1937; proclaimed by the President of the United States, July 3, 1937; effective, August 2, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Reciprocal trade agreement with Costa Rica.[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351). Whereas it is provided in the Tariff Act of 1930 of the Congress of the United States of America, as amended by the Act of June 12, 1934, entitled “An Act To amend the Tariff Act of 1930” (48 Stat. 943), as follows:" “Sec. 350 Statutory provisions.
(a)For the purpose of expanding foreign markets for the products of the United States (as a moans of assisting in the present emergency in restoring the American standard of living, in overcoming domestic unemployment and the present economic depression, in increasing the purchasing power of the American public, and in establishing and maintaining a better relationship among various branches of American agriculture, industry, mining, and commerce) by regulating the admission of foreign goods into the United States in accordance with the characteristics and needs of various branches of American production so that foreign markets will be made available to those branches of American production which require and are capable of developing such outlets by affording corresponding market opportunities for foreign products in the United States, the President, whenever he finds as a fact that any existing duties or other import restrictions of the United States or any foreign country are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States and that the purpose above declared will be promoted by the means hereinafter specified, is authorized from time to time— “(1) To enter into foreign trade agreements with foreign governments or instrumentalities thereof; and “(2) To proclaim such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions, or such additional import restrictions, or such continuance, and for such minimum periods, of existing customs or excise treatment of any article covered by foreign trade agreements, as are required or appropriate to carry out any foreign trade agreement that the President has entered into hereunder. No proclamation shall be made increasing or decreasing by more than 50 per centum any existing rate of duty or transferring any article between the dutiable and free lists. The proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall apply to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of all foreign countries, whether imported directly, or indirectly: *Provided*, That the President may suspend the application to articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of any country because of its discriminatory treatment of American commerce or because of other acts or policies which in his opinion tend to defeat the purposes set forth in this section; and the proclaimed duties and other import restrictions shall be in effect from and after such time as is specified in the proclamation. The President may at any time terminate any such proclamation in whole or in part.” " 1583 Whereas I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United StatesPromotion of foreign trade. of America, have found as a fact that certain existing duties and other import restrictions of the United States of America and the Republic of Costa Rica are unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the United States of America and that the purpose declared in the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934,[48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351). will be promoted by a foreign trade agreement between the United States of America and the Republic of Costa Rica; Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to negotiateNotice given. such foreign trade agreement was given and the views presented by persons interested in the negotiation of such agreement were received and considered; Whereas, after seeking and obtaining information and advice withTrade agreement entered into. respect thereto from the United States Tariff Commission, the Departments of State, Agriculture, and Commerce, and from other sources, I entered into a foreign Trade Agreement on November 28, 1936, through my duly empowered Plenipotentiary, with the President of the Republic of Costa Rica, through his duly empowered Plenipotentiary, which Agreement, including two Schedules annexed thereto, in the English and Spanish languages, is in words and figures as follows: TRADE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE REPUBLIC OF COSTA RICA The President of the UnitedPurposes declared. States of America and the President of the Republic of Costa Rica, desiring to strengthen the traditional bonds of friendship between the two countries by maintaining the principle of equality of treatment as the basis of commercial relations and by granting mutual and reciprocal advantages for the promotion of trade, have decided to conclude a trade agreement and for that purpose have appointed their Plenipotentiaries as follows: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America: Leo R. Sack, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to Costa Rica. The President of the Republic of Costa Rica: his Secretary of the Interior, Acting Secretary of Foreign Relations, Licentiate Luis Fernández Rodríguez. Who, after having exchanged their full powers, found to be in 1584good and due form, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article I Enumerated imports into Costa Rica.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and *Post*, p. 1595.described in Schedule I annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the Republic of Costa Rica, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth in the said No excess duties, etc.Schedule. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the Republic of Costa Rica in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article II Specified imports from Costa Rica.Articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the Republic of Costa Rica, enumerated and *Post*, p. 1598.described in Schedule II annexed to this Agreement and made a part thereof, shall, on their importation into the United States of America, be exempt from ordinary customs duties in excess of those set forth No excess duties, etc.in the said Schedule. The said articles shall also be exempt from all other duties, taxes, fees, charges or exactions, imposed on or in connection with importation, in excess of those imposed on the day of the signature of this Agreement or required to be imposed thereafter under laws of the United States of America in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article III Notes in schedules considered part of Agreement.The United States of America and the Republic of Costa Rica agree that the notes *Post*, pp. 1595, 1598.included in Schedules I and II, respectively, are hereby given force and effect as integral parts of this Agreement. 1585 Article IV Articles the growth, produceInternal tax exemption. or manufacture of the United States of America, or the Republic of Costa Rica, shall, after importation into the other country, be exempt from all internal taxes, fees, charges or exactions, other or higher than those payable on like articles of national origin or any other foreign origin. Article V In respect of articles the growth,Advalorem duties.Determination, etc., of rutes. produce or manufacture of the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica, enumerated and described in Schedules I and II, respectively, imported into the other country, on which *ad valorem* rates of duty or duties based upon or regulated in any manner by value, are or may be assessed, it is understood and agreed that the bases and methods of determining dutiable value and of converting currencies shall be no less favorable to importers than the bases and methods prescribed under laws and regulations of the Republic of Costa Rica and the United States of America, respectively, in force on the day of the signature of this Agreement. Article VI 1. The Republic of Costa RicaNo quantitative regulation. will not impose any prohibition, import or customs quotas, import licenses or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the United States of America, enumerated and described in Schedule I, nor will the*Post*, p. 1595. United States of America impose any prohibition, import or customs quotas, import licenses or any other form of quantitative regulation, whether or not operated in connection with any agency of centralized control, on the importa1586tion or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the Republic of Costa Rica, enumerated and described in *Post*, p. 1598.Schedule II. 2. Exceptions. The foregoing provision shall not apply to:
(a)Prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds;
(2)designed to protect human, animal or plant life;
(3)relating to prison-made goods; or
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws; or to
(b)Quantitative restrictions in whatever form, imposed by the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica, on the importation or sale of any article the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, in conjunction with governmental measures operating to regulate or control the production, market supply or prices of like domestic articles, or tending to increase the labor costs of production of such Notice of proposed restriction, etc.articles. Whenever the Government of either country proposes to establish or change any restriction authorized by this subparagraph, it shall give notice thereof in writing to the other Government and shall afford such other Government an opportunity within thirty days after receipt of such notice to consult with it in respect of Right to terminate.the proposed action; and if an agreement with respect thereto is not reached within thirty days following receipt of the aforesaid notice, the Government which proposes to take such action shall be free to do so at any time thereafter, and the other Government shall be free within fifteen days after such action is taken to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. 3. Fraudulent practices; It is understood that the provisions of this Article do not affect the application of measures directed against misbranding, adulteration and other fraudulent practices, such as are provided for 1587in the pure food and drug laws of the United States of America, or the application of measures directed against unfair practices in import trade, such as are provided for in Section 337 of the United[48 Stat. 703](/us/stat/48/703).[19 U. S. C. § 1337](/us/usc/t19/s1337). States Tariff Act of 1930. Article VII 1. If the Government of theAction where quantitative restriction is imposed. United States of America or the Government of the Republic of Costa Rica establishes or maintains any form of quantitative restriction or control of the importation or sale of any article in which the other country has an interest, or imposes a lower import duty or charge on the importation or sale of a specified quantity of any such article than the duty or charge imposed on importations in excess of such quantity, the Government taking such action will:
(a)Give public notice of the total quantity, or any change therein, of any such article permitted to be imported or sold or permitted to be imported or sold at such lower duty or charge, during a specified period;
(b)Allot to the other country for such specified period a share of such total quantity as originally established or subsequently changed in any manner, equivalent to the proportion of the total importation of such article which such other country supplied during a previous representative period, unless it is mutually agreed to dispense with such allotment; and
(c)Give public notice of the allotments of such quantity among the several exporting countries, and at all times, upon request, advise the Government of the other country of the quantity of any such article the growth, produce or manufacture of each exporting country, which has been imported or sold or for which licenses or permits for importation or sale have been granted. 1588 2. Import licenses, etc. Neither the United States of America nor the Republic of Costa Rica shall regulate the total quantity of importations into its territory or sales therein of any article in which the other country has an interest by import licenses or permits issued to individuals or organizations, unless the total quantity of such article permitted to be imported or sold during a quota period of not less than three months shall have been established, and unless the regulations covering the issuance of such licenses or permits shall have been made public before such regulations are put into force. Article VIII Treatment of Government monopolies.In the event that the Government of the United States of America or the Government of the Republic of Costa Rica establishes or maintains an official monopoly or centralized agency for the importation of or trade in a particular commodity, the Government establishing or maintaining such monopoly or centralized agency will give sympathetic consideration to all representations that the other Government may make with respect to alleged discriminations against its commerce in connection with purchases by such monopoly or centralized agency. Article IX Control of foreign exchange.The tariff advantages and other benefits provided for in this Agreement are granted by the United States of America and the Republic of Costa Rica to each other subject to the condition that if the Government of either country shall establish or maintain, directly or indirectly, any form of control of foreign exchange, it shall administer such control so as to insure that the nationals and commerce of the other country will be granted a fair and equitable share in the allotment of exchange. 1589 With respect to the exchangeCommercial transactions. made available for commercial transactions, it is agreed that the Government of each country, shall be guided in the administration of any form of control of foreign exchange by the principle that, as nearly as may be determined, the share of the total available exchange which is allotted to the other country shall not be less than the share employed in a previous representative period prior to the establishment of any exchange control for the settlement of commercial obligations to the nationals of such other country. With respect to non-commercialNon-commercial transactions. transactions it is agreed that the Government of each country shall apply any form of control of foreign exchange in a non-discriminatory manner as between the nationals of the other country and the nationals of any third country. The Government of each countryMutual consideration of representations with respect to application of Article. will give sympathetic consideration to any representations which the other Government may make in respect of the application of the provisions of this Article. If, within thirty days after the receipt of such representations, a satisfactory adjustment has not been made or an agreement has not been reached with respect to such representations, the Government making them may, within fifteeen11So in original. days after the expiration of the aforesaid period of thirty days, terminate this Article or this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article X Any advantage, favor, privilegeExtension of advantages, etc., granted any other country. or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica to any article originating in or destined for any third country, shall be accorded immediately and unconditionally to the like article originating in or destined for the Republic of Costa Rica or the United States of America, respectively. This provision refers to: customs duties or charges of any kind 1590imposed on or in connection with importation or exportation; the method of levying such duties or charges; all rules and formalities in connection with importation or exportation; and all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country. Article XI Laws, regulations, and decisions to be published.Laws, regulations of administrative authorities and decisions of administrative or judicial authorities of the United States of America, or the Republic the11So in original.Costa Rica, respectively, pertaining to the classification of articles for customs purposes or to rates of duty shall be published promptly in such a manner as to enable traders to become acquainted with Uniform application.them. Such laws, regulations and decisions shall be applied uniformly at all ports of the respective country, except as otherwise specifically provided in statutes of the United States of America relating to articles imported into Puerto Rico. Administrative rulings, etc.No retroactive application.No administrative ruling by the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica effecting advances in rates of duties or in charges applicable under an established and uniform practice to imports originating in the territory of the other country, or imposing any new requirement with respect to such importations, shall be effective retroactively or with respect to articles either entered for or withdrawn for consumption prior to the expiration of thirty days after the date of publication of notice of such ruling in the usual Anti-dumping duties, etc.official manner. The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to administrative orders imposing anti-dumping duties, or relating to regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life, or relating to public safety, or giving effect to judicial decisions. 1591 Article XII In the event that a wide variationModification where rate of exchange prejudicial. occurs in the rate of exchange between the currencies of the United States of America and the Republic of Costa Rica, the Government of either country, if it considers the variation so substantial as to prejudice the industries or commerce of the country, shall be free to propose negotiations for the modification of this Agreement or to terminate this Agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. Article XIII There will not be imposed inDocumentation errors. the United States of America or in the Republic of Costa Rica, on importations of articles the growth, produce or manufacture of the other country, greater than nominal penalties because of errors in documentation, made in the country of export, provided it can be established by the importer or other party in interest to the satisfaction of the customs authorities that the errors were clerical in origin or were made in good faith. The Government of each countryMutual consideration of representations with respect to customs, etc. will accord sympathetic consideration to such representations as the other Government may make with respect to the operation of customs regulations, quantitative restrictions or the administration thereof, the observance of customs formalities, or the application of sanitary laws and regulations for the protection of human, animal, or plant life; and upon request it will afford adequate opportunity for consultation regarding such representations. Article XIV 1. Except as otherwise providedProvisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc. in the second paragraph of this Article, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the treatment to be accorded by the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica, respectively, to the commerce of the other country, shall not apply to the Philippine 1592Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Island of Guam, or to the Panama Canal Zone. 2. Preferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. Subject to the reservations set forth in the third, fourth, and fifth paragraphs of this Article, *Ante*, p. 1589.the provisions of Article X shall apply to articles the growth, produce or manufacture of any territory under the sovereignty or authority of the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica, imported from or exported to any territory under the sovereignty or authority of Not applicable to Canal Zone.the other country. It is understood, however, that the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the Panama Canal Zone. 3. Existing advantages excepted from operation of Agreement. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica to adjacent countries in order to facilitate frontier traffic and advantages resulting from a customs union to which either the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica may become a party shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. 4. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the Republic of Costa Rica to the commerce of Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua or Panama, so long as any such advantage is not accorded to any other country, shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. 5. The advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this Agreement. Philippine Islands.The provisions of this paragraph shall continue to apply in respect to any advantages now or hereafter accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions or the Panama 1593Canal Zone to the Philippine Islands irrespective of any change in the political status of the Philippine Islands. 6. Unless otherwise specificallyNot applicable to police or sanitary regulations. provided in this Agreement, the provisions thereof shall not be construed to apply to police or sanitary regulations; and nothing in this Agreement shall be construedAdoption of measures restricting, etc., exportation of gold or silver. to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as the United States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica, respectively, mayExport or sale for export of arms, munitions, etc. see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, munitions, or implements of war, and, in exceptional circumstances, of all other military supplies. Article XV In the event that the UnitedAdoption of measures impairing Agreement; adjustment. States of America or the Republic of Costa Rica adopts any measure which, even though it does not conflict with the terms of this Agreement, is considered by the Government of the other country to have the effect of nullifying or impairing any object of the Agreement, the Government of the country which has adopted any such measure shall consider such representations and proposals as the Government of the other country may make with a view to effecting a mutually satisfactory adjustment of the matter. Article XVI The present Agreement shallEffective date and duration. come into force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of Costa Rica, or should the proclamations be issued on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations, and shall remain in force for the term of three years thereafter, unless terminated pursuant to the 1594 *Ante*, pp. 1585, 1588, 1531.provisions of Articles VI, IX, or XII. The Government of each country shall notify the Government of the other country of the date of its proclamation. Termination.Unless at least six months before the expiration of the aforesaid term of three years the Government of either country shall have given to the other Government notice of intention to terminate this Agreement upon the expiration of the aforesaid term, the Agreement shall remain in force thereafter, subject to termination under the provisions of Articles VI, IX or XII, until six months from such time as the Government of either country shall have given notice to the other Government. Signatures.In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto. Done in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, both authentic, at the city of San Jose, this twenty-eighth day of November, nineteen hundred and thirty-six. CONVENIO COMERCIAL ENTRE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMÉRICA Y LA REPÚBLICA DE COSTA RICA El Presidente de los EstadosPurposes declared. Unidos de América y el Presidente de la República de Costa Rica, deseosos de estrechar los vínculos de amistad entre ambos países por el mantenimiento del principio de igualdad de trato como base de relaciones comerciales y por la concesión de ventajas mutuas y recíprocas para la promoción del comercio, han decidido concluir un Convenio Comercial y para ese fin han designado sus Plenipotenciarios, así: El Presidente de los EstadosPlenipotentiaries. Unidos de América, a su Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario en San José, Leo R. Sack. El Presidente de la República de Costa Rica, a su Secretario de Estado en el Despacho de Gobernación encargado del de Relaciones Exteriores, Licenciado Luis Fernández Rodríguez; Quienes, después de haber canjeado sus plenos poderes, y de en 1584contraídos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los siguientes artículos: Artículo I Enumerated imports into Costa Rica.Los artículos cultivados, producidos o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América, *Post*, p. 1595.enumerados y descritos en la Lista I, anexa a este Convenio, del cual forma parte, se eximirán, al ser importados en la República de Costa Rica, de derechos aduaneros ordinarios que excedan a los No excess duties, etc.establecidos en dicha Lista. Esos artículos estarán también exentos de cualesquiera otros derechos, impuestos, contribuciones, cargas o exacciones mayores a los que rijan al día de la firma de este Convenio con respecto a la importación, o cuya imposición posterior requieran leyes vigentes en la República de Costa Rica el día de la frima de este Convenio. Artículo II Specified imports from Costa Rica.Los artículos cultivados, producidos o manufacturados en la República de Costa Rica, enumerados*Post*, p. 1598. y descritos en la Lista II anexa a este Convenio del cual forma parte, se eximirán al ser importados en los Estados Unidos de América, de derechos aduaneros ordinarios que excedan a los establecidosNo excess duties, etc. en dicha Lista. Esos artículos estarán también exentos de cualesquiera otros derechos, impuestos, contribuciones, cargas o exacciones mayores a los que rijan al día de la firma de este Convenio con respecto a la im-portación o cuya imposición posterior requieran leyes vigentes en los Estados Unidos de América el día de la firma de este Convenio. Artículo III Notes in schedules considered part of Agreement.Los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Costa Rica *Post*, pp. 1595, 1598.convienen en dar a las notas que forman parte de las Listas I y II, respectivamente, fuerza y efecto como partes integrantes de este Convenio. 1585 Artículo IV Los artículos cultivados, producidosInternal tax exemption. o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la República de Costa Rica, después de su importación en el otro país, estarán exentos de cualesquiera impuestos, contribuciones, cargas o exacciones internas, diferentes o mayores que los pagaderos sobre artículos análogos de origen nacional o de cualquier otro origen extranjero. Artículo V En cuanto a los artículos cultivados,Advalorem duties.Determination, etc., of rutes. producidos o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América o en la República de Costa Rica, enumerados y descritos en las Listas I y II, respectivamente, sobre los cuales, al importarse del uno al otro país, se imponen o se impusieren derechos *ad valorem* o derechos basados sobre o regidos de algún modo por el valor, se entiende y conviene que las bases y métodos para determinar el valor imponible y la conversión de monedas, no serán menos favorables a los importadores que las bases y métodos establecidos por las leyes y reglamentos de la República de Costa Rica y de los Estados Unidos de América, respectivamente, vigentes el día de la firma de este Convenio. Artículo VI 1. La República de Costa RicaNo quantitative regulation. no impondrá prohibición alguna, ni cuotas de importación o aduaneras, licencias de importación ni otra forma de reglamento cuantitativo, obren o no en conexión con agencias de control centralizado, sobre la importación o venta de ninguno de los artículos cultivados, producidos o manufacturados en los Estados Unidos de América, que se enumeran y describen en la*Post*, p. 1595. Lista I; ni los Estados Unidos de América impondrán prohibición alguna, ni cuotas de importación o aduaneras, licencias de importación ni otra forma de reglamento cuantitativo, obren o no en conexión con agencias de control cen1586tralizado sobre la importación o venta de ninguno de los artículos cultivados, producidos o manufacturados en la República de Costa Rica, enumerados y descritos en *Post*, p. 1598.la Lista II. 2. Exceptions. No se aplicará la estipulación anterior a: a) Prohibiciones o restricciones impuestas: 1) Con fundamentos morales o humanitarios; 2) Encaminados a proteger la vida humana, animal o vegetal; 3) Relativas a efectos fabricados en prisiones; o 4) Relativas al cumplimiento de leyes policíacas o fiscales; ni a b) Restricciones cuantitativas de cualquier forma sobre importación o venta de artículo alguno cultivado, producido o manufacturado en uno u otro país, impuestas, por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de Costa Rica en conexión con medidas gubernativas encaminadas a regir o controlar la producción, el abastecimiento del mercado, o los precios de artículos nacionales análogos, o tendientes a aumentar el Notice of proposed restriction, etc.costo del trabajo de producción de tales artículos. En caso de que el Gobierno de uno u otro país se proponga establecer o cambiar cualquier restricción autorizada en este inciso, lo notificará por escrito al otro Gobierno y le dará oportunidad para que dentro de treinta días del recibo de la notificación trate con él acerca de la acción propuesta;Right to terminate. y si dentro de los treinta días siguientes al recibo de aquella notificación, no se llegare a un acuerdo respecto del asunto, el Gobierno que se proponga iniciar tal acción quedará en libertad de obrar en cualquier tiempo, y el otro Gobierno, dentro de los quince días de consumada la acción, queda también en libertad de dar por terminado todo este Convenio, a los treinta días de notificarlo por escrito. 3. Fraudulent practices. Queda entendido que las estipulaciones de este artículo no afectan la aplicación de medidas dirigidas contra falsos marbetes, adulteración y otras prácticas fraudulentas, como las estable1587cidas en las leves de alimentos y drogas de los Estados Unidos de América; ni la aplicación de medidas encaminadas contra prácticas desleales en el comercio de importación, como las previstas[46 Stat. 703](/us/stat/46/703).[19 U. S. C. § 1337](/us/usc/t19/s1337). en la Sección 337 de la Ley de Tarifas de 1930 de los Estados Unidos. Artículo VII 1. Si el Gobierno de los EstadosAction where quantitative restriction is imposed. Unidos de América o el Gobierno de la República de Costa Rica, establece o mantiene alguna forma de restricción cuantitativa, o control de importación o venta de cualquier artículo en que esté interesado el otro país, o sobre importación o venta de determinada cantidad de cualquier artículo, impone derecho o carga menor que el derecho o carga impuesta a las importaciones en exceso de esa cantidad, el Gobierno que así actúe deberá: a) Dar aviso público de la cantidad total, o cualquier cambio de ésta, que de algmio de esos artículos se permita importar o vender o que se permita importar o vender con derecho o carga reducidos, durante determinado período; b) Asignar al otro país durante tal determinado período, parto de la cantidad total que originalmente se hubiere establecido, o posteriormente cambiado en modo alguno, en equivalencia a la proporción de la importación total del artículo que el otro país haya enviado durante un período representativo anterior, a menos que mutuamente se convenga en prescindir de tal asignación ; y, c) Dar aviso público de las asignaciones de tal cantidad entre los diferentes países exportadores y en todo tiempo, mediante solicitud, informar al Gobierno del otro país sobre la cantidad de cualquier artículo cultivado, producido o manufacturado de cada país exportador que se haya importado o vendido, o para cuya importación o venta se hayan concedido licencias o permisos. 1588 2. Import licenses, etc. Ni los Estados Unidos de América ni la República de Costa Rica regularán por licencias o permisos de importación a favor de individuos u organizaciones, la cantidad total de importaciones a su territorio o ventas en él de ningún artículo que interese al otro país, a menos que haya sido establecida la cantidad total del artículo objeto del permiso de importación o venta durante un período de cuota no menor de tres meses, y a menos que los reglamentos sobre expedición de tales licencias o permisos se hubieren publicado antes de su entrada en vigor. Artículo VIII Treatment ot Government monopolies.En caso de que el Gobierno de los Estados Unidos de América o el Gobierno de la República de Costa Rica, establezca o mantenga monopolio oficial o agencia centralizada para la importación o venta de determinado artículo, el Gobierno que establezca o mantenga tal monopolio o agencia centralizada, considerará amistosamente las representaciones que hará el otro Gobierno con respecto a las parcialidades alegadas contra su comercio en conexión con compras por tal monopolio o agencia centralizada. Artículo IX Control of foreign exchange.Los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Costa Rica se conceden mutuamente las ventajas de tarifa y demás beneficios estipulados en este Convenio sujetos a la condición de que si el Gobierno de uno u otro país, directa o indirectamente, estableciere o mantuviere alguna forma de control, sobre el cambio extranjero, administrará tal control en forma que asegure a nacionales y comercio del otro país garantía de justa y equitativa parte en las asignaciones del cambio. 1589 Respecto al cambio aprovechableCommercial transactions. para transacciones comerciales, se acuerda que, en la administración de cualquier forma de control de cambio extranjero, se regirá el Gobierno de cada país por el principio de que, hasta donde se pueda establecer aproximadamente, la parte del total de cambio disponible que se asigne al otro país no será menor que la parte empleada en período representativo anterior al establecimiento de cualquier control de cambio, para la liquidación de obligaciones comerciales a favor de nacionales de tal otro país. Con respecto a transacciones noNon-commercial transactions. comerciales, se acuerda que el Gobierno de cada país administrará cualquiera forma de control de cambio extranjero, de manera que no habrá distinción entre los nacionales del otro país y los de cualquier tercer país. El Gobierno de cada país consideraráMutual consideration of representations with respect to application of Article. amistosamente cuales-quiera representaciones que el otro Gobierno pueda hacer respecto la aplicación de las estipulaciones de este artículo. Si, dentro de los treinta días de recibidas tales representaciones, no se llega a arreglo satisfactorio ni se ajusta acuerdo respecto de ellas, el Gobierno que las hace puede, dentro de los quince días posteriores a la expiración del mencionado plazo de treinta días, terminar este artículo o el Convenio en su totalidad a los treinta días de notificación escrita. Artículo X Cualquier ventaja, favor, privilegioExtension of advantages, etc., granted any other country. o inmunidad que haya otorgado u otorgue después los Estados Unidos de América o la República de Costa Rica sobre artículos originarios de o destinados a un tercer país, se acordarán inmediata e incondicionalmente a los correspondientes artículos originarios de o destinados a, respectivamente, la República de Costa Rica o los Estados Unidos de América. Esta estipulación se refiere a: derechos aduaneros o cargas de cualquier 1590género sobre o en conexión con importación o exportación; método de imponer tales derechos o cargas; todas las reglas y formalidades relativas a importación o exportación; y todas las leyes y reglamentos que afecten en el país la venta o uso de artículos importados. Artículo XI Laws, regulations, and decisions to be published.Las leyes, los reglamentos de autoridades administrativas y las decisiones de autoridades administrativas o judiciales de los Estados Unidos de América, o de la República de Costa Rica, respectivamente, en cuanto a clasificación de artículos para fines aduaneros o tasa de derechos, se publicarán oportunamente en orma tal que facilite a los Uniform application.comerciantes enterarse de ellos. Tales leyes, reglamentos y decisiones, se aplicarán con uniformidad en todos los puertos del país respectivo, a excepción de lo que de otro modo se haya dispuesto específicamente en estatutos de los Estados Unidos de América en relación con artículos importados en Puerto Rico. Administrative rulings, etc.No retroactive application.No tendrá efecto retroactivo disposición administrativa alguna de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República de Costa Rica que aumente la tasa de los derechos o cargas aplicables por práctica estable y uniforme a las importaciones originarias del territorio del otro país, o que imponga cualquier nuevo requisito para tales importaciones, ni deberá aplicarse tal disposición a artículos introducidos al país o retirados de la Aduana para el consumo con anterioridad a la expiración de los treinta días a contar de la Anti-dumping duties, etc.fecha de publicación del Reglamento, en la forma oficial de costumbre. Las estipulaciones de este párrafo no son aplicables a órdenes administrativas que establezcan derechos contra el “dumping” o se refieran a reglamentos para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal, o a la seguridad pública, o que hagan cumplir resoluciones judiciales. 1591 Artículo XII En caso de que varíe sensiblementeModification where rate of exchange prejudicial. el tipo de cambio entre las monedas de los Estados Unidos de América y la República de Costa Rica, cada uno de los Gobiernos, si considerala variación tan sustancial como para perjudicar las industrias o el comercio de su país, estará en libertad de proponer negociaciones para modificar este Convenio, o para darlo por completamente terminado a los treinta días de notificación escrita. Artículo XIII No se impondrán en los EstadosDocumentation errors. Unidos de América ni en la República de Costa Rica sobre la importación de artículos cultivados, producidos o manufacturados en el otro país, sanciones mayores que nominales por causa de errores en la documentación, hechas en el país exportador, siempre que pueda establecerse por el importador u otra persona interesada a satisfacción de las autoridades de la Aduana, que esos errores fueron de copia o que fueron hechos de buena fe. El Gobierno de cada país consideraráMutual consideration of representations with respect to customs, etc. amistosamente las representaciones que el otro Gobierno pueda hacerle respecto al funcionamiento de las reglamentaciones de Aduana, restricciones cuantitativas o su administración, observancia de formalidades aduaneras y aplicación de leyes sanitarias y disposiciones para la protección de la vida humana, animal o vegetal; y a solicitud dará amplia oportunidad de consulta en relación con tales representaciones. Artículo XIV 1. Provisions not to apply to Philippine Islands, etc. A excepción de Io estipulado en contrario en el párrafo segundo de este artículo, las disposiciones del presente Convenio relativas al tratamiento acordado, respectivamente, por los Estados Unidos de América o por la República de Costa Rica al comercio del otro país, no se aplicarán a las Islas 1592Filipinas, las Islas Vírgenes, la Samoa Estadunidense, la Isla de Guam, ni a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. 2. Preferential treatment extended to territories, etc., of each other. Con las reservas establecidas en los párrafos tercero, cuarto y quinto de este artículo, las estipulaciones*Ante*, p. 1589. del artículo X se aplicarán a artículos cultivados, producidos o manufacturados en cualquier territorio bajo la soberanía o autoridad de los Estados Unidos de América o de la República de Costa Rica, y que se importen de o que se exporten a cualquier territorio bajo la soberanía o Not applicable to Canal Zone.autoridad del otro país. Se entiende, sin embargo, que las disposiciones de este párrafo no se aplican a la Zona del Canal de Panamá. 3. Existing advantages excepted from operation of Agreement. Se exceptuarán de los efectos de este Convenio las ventajas ya acordadas o que en lo sucesivo se acordaren por los Estados Unidos de América o la República de Costa Rica a países adyacentes para facilitar el tráfico fronterizo, y las ventajas resultantes de una unión aduanera de que los Estados Unidos de América o la República de Costa Rica puedan formar parte. 4. Se exceptuarán de los efectos de este Convenio las ventajas ya acordadas o que en lo futuro acuerde la República de Costa Rica al Comercio de Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, o Panamá, mientras tales ventajas no se concedan a cualquier’ otro país. 5. Se exceptuarán de este Convenio las ventajas ya acordadas o que en lo sucesivo se acordaren por los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones o por la Zona del Canal de Panamá entre sí o a la República de Cuba. Las disposiciones de este párrafo Philippine Islands.continuarán aplicándose respecto de cualesquiera ventajas que ahora o después acuerden los Estados Unidos de América, sus territorios o posesiones o la Zona del Canal de Panamá, a Islas Filipinas, con1593prescindencia de cualquier cambio en el estado político de las Islas Filipinas. 6. Salvo expresas disposicionesNot applicable to police or sanitary regulations. en contrario de este Convenio, sus estipulaciones no se tendrán como aplicables a los reglamentos de policía o sanidad; y nada de este Convenio se considerará comoAdoption of measures restricting, etc., exportation of gold or silver. contrario a la adopción de medidas sobre prohibir o restringir la exportación de oro o plata o para impedir la adopción de las medidas que los Estados Unidos de América o la República de Costa Rica, respectivamente hallen oportunasExport or sale for export of arms, munitions, etc. para controlar la exportación o la venta para exportación de armas, municiones o implementos de guerra, y, en circunstancias excepcionales, de todo otro material de guerra. Artículo XV En caso de que los EstadosAdoption of measures impairing Agreement; adjustment. Unidos de América o la República de Costa Rica adopten cualquier medida que, aunque sin contradecir los términos de este Convenio, se considere por el Gobierno del otro país como nulificando o perjudicando cualquiera de los objetos del Convenio, el Gobierno del país que la haya adoptado considerará las representaciones y propuestas que el Gobierno del otro país pueda hacer con la mira de efectuar un arreglo mutuamente satisfactorio del asunto. Artículo XVI El presente Convenio entraráEffective date and duration. en vigor a los treinta días de su promulgación por los Presidentes de los Estados Unidos de América y de la República de Costa Rica, o, si las promulgaciones se hicieren, en días diferentes, a los treinta días de la fecha de la última promulgación; y estará vigente durante el término de tres años, a menos que antes se hubiere terminado en virtud de las estipulaciones de los artículos VI, 1594 *Ante*, pp. 1585, 1588, 1531.IX o XII. El Gobierno de cada uno de los países notificará al otro la fecha de la promulgación del Convenio. Termination.A no ser que el Gobierno de uno de los países, por lo menos seis meses antes de la expiración del indicado plazo de tres años, notifique al otro su intención de terminar este Convenio al cumplírse dicho lapso, el Convenio continuará en vigencia, sujeto a terminación, conforme las cláusulas de los artículos VI, IX o XII, a los seis meses de la fecha en que imo de los Gobiernos haga la notificación al otro Gobierno. Signatures.En fe de lo expuesto los respectivos Plenipotenciarios finnan este Convenio y ponen sus sellos en él, por duplicado, en los idiomas inglés y español, ambos textos auténticos, en la ciudad de San José, a los veintiocho días del mes de noviembre de mil novecientos treinta y seis. [seal] Leo R Sack [seal] Luis Fernández 1595 Schedule I.SCHEDULE I Costa Rican Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rate of Duty in Costa Rican Colones 1So in original. The provisions of this Schedule will be interpreted as though they had been included in the current Costa Rican tariff law by an amendment to that law. Abbreviation: G. K.=Gross Kilo Ex 18 Cash registers G. K. 0.40 Ex 18 Typewriters G. K. 0.40 Ex 18 Adding and similar machines G. K. 0.40 Ex 20 Steel furniture of all kinds G. K. 0.80 Ex 61 Silk hosiery G. K. 15.00 Ex 63 Fly paper G. K. 0.05 Ex 67 Paper napkins G. K. 0.40 Ex 77 Trunks unlined or lined with tin or ordinary material G. K. 0.40 Ex 78
(bis)Radios, accessories1 and parts G. K. 1.00 87 Construction lumber, boards, beams and planks, wooden frames for windows and doors, round or straight-edged poles, for Province of Limon except hospital G. K. 0.01 88 Construction lumber, boards, beams and planks, wooden frames for windows and doors, round or straight-edged poles, for other Provinces G. K. 0.02 Ex 94 Fine leathers such as calfskin, patent or not, sheepskin, goatskin, cordovan, morocco leather. Tanned skins with hair, provided they are not for adornment G. K. 0.50 Ex 103 Fresh fruit G. K. 0.04 Ex 107
(bis)Wheat flour, first quality, as defined in Decree No. 16 of June 20, 1931 G. K. 0.15 1596 SCHEDULE I—Continued Costa Rican Tariff Item Number Description of Articles Maximum Rate of Duty in Costa Rican Colones 1So in original. Ex 109 andEx 112 Oatmeal, oat groats, flaked and rolled oats, and other cracked cereals and prepared cereals G. K. 0.16 Ex 113 Condensed milk, pure or with sugar added, containing not less than 8 per cent and 25 per cent of cream and solids respectively G. K. 0.30 Ex 113 Evaporated milk, pure or with sugar added, containing not less than 7.8 per cent and 25 per cent of cream and solids respectively G. K. 0.20 116 Pure Hog Lard G. K. 0.55 Ex 118 Canned salmon, canned mackerel, canned shellfish, prepared or preserved in any form, and canned sardines, prepared or preserved in sauces G. K. 0.50 Ex 118 Dried fruit (Except as provided for in tariff item number 106) G. K. 0.40 Ex 118 Fruits preserved in their own juice, in syrup or sugared G. K. 0.50 Ex 118 Canned vegetables, not specified G. K. 0.50 Ex 122 Chewing gum G. K. 1.00 Ex 122 Dried skimmed milk G. K. 0.65 Ex 122 Dried whole milk G. K. 0.60 Ex 122
(3)Canned hog meat, other than cured or pickled ham and shoulder G. K. 1.30 129 Rosin G. K. 0.05 Ex 132 Ready-mixed paints, ready for immediate use or application, enamel paints and enamels, including cellulose lacquers and enamels, and asphalt varnishes, and other prepared paints not 1597 Specifically classified, ready for immediate use or application G. K. 0.30 Ex 133 Varnishes prepared without pigments and not specifically provided for G. K. 0.60 Ex 135 Pharmaceutical preparations, liquid, not specified, such as distilled waters, oils, balsams, colodions,1 eye washes, decoctions, elixirs, officinal essences and spirits, emulsions, fluid extracts, syrups, drops, glycerolates, juices, lotions, solutions or liquors, tinctures, liniments, honeys, oxymels, mixtures, mucilages, and wines G. K. 1.50 Ex 135 Unperfumed toilet soap and shaving soap and paste, perfumed or not G. K. 1.00 Ex 136 Liquid dentifrices G. K. 2.00 Ex 137 Plasters, medicinal, not specified G. K. 1.70 Ex 137 Dentifrices, unspecified G. K. 2.00 Ex 138 Ointments and medicinal salves G. K. 2.50 Ex 139 Pharmaceutical preparations, dry, not specified, such as pills (coated or uncoated), dragees, compound powders, small gelatine capsules or perles, medicinal cigarettes and pencils, tablets or cachets, suppositories in various forms, candles, medicinal teas, dosified medicines in granular form, and salts, prepared or compounded, not including the effervescent varieties G. K. 4.00 Ex 139 Yeast, dried or prepared, for medicinal use G. K. 3.00 Ex 139 Serums and vaccines, not specified G. K. 8.00 Ex 145 Cigarettes G. K. 0.60 Note 1. It is agreed that the Costa Rica Government will not impose any certification requirements or any formality for the importation, registration, licensing and sale of pharmaceutical 1598 specialities and patent medicines which are impossible of fulfillment in the United States because of the lack of a duly authorized Federal agency. It is further agreed that the fees for the permanent registration, analysis and licensing and for the fulfillment of any other required formality with respect to the manufacture, importation and sale of medicinal products and pharmaceutical specialties shall not in the aggregate exceed 10 colones. Note 2. No special customs treatment shall be accorded to any third country with respect to any article of specified trade name, or other exclusive designation now classified under Section IX of the Costa Rican Customs Tariff (second edition), without prior negotiations between the Governments of the United States and Costa Rica with respect to appropriate modifications of the nomenclature, import duties, or other charges or exactions on the pharmaceutical products and patent medicines classified in the above-named section. SCHEDULE II Note: The provisions of this Schedule shall be construed and given the same effect, and the application of collateral provisions of the tariff laws of the United States to the provisions of this Schedule shall be determined, insofar as may be practicable, as if each provision of this Schedule appeared respectively in the paragraph of the Tariff Act of 1930 noted in the Column at the left of the respective descriptions of articles. United States Tariff Act of 1930 Paragraph Description of Articles Maximum rates of duties. Specific rates in United States dollars 747 Pineapples: in crates 0.35 per crate of 2.45 cubic ft. 1599 in bulk 0.009 each 752 Guavas prepared or preserved, and not specially provided for 17½% ad valorem 752 Bananas dried, desiccated, or evaporated 17½% ad valorem 752 Mango pastes and pulps, and guava pastes and pulps 28% ad valorem 1618 Bananas, green or ripe Free 1618 Plantains, green or ripe Free 1653 Cocoa or cacao beans, and shells thereof Free 1654 Coffee, except coffee imported into Puerto Rico and upon which a duty is imposed under the authority of Section 319 Free 1765 Deerskins, raw Free 1765 Reptile skins, raw Free 1790 Turtles Free 1803 Cabinet woods in the log Free 1803 Balsa wood in the log Free LISTA I Número de la Partida del Arancel de Costa Rica Descripción de los Artículos Aforo Máximo de Derecho en Colones de Costa Rica Las estipulaciones de esta Lista deben interpretarse como si hubiesen sido incluídas en el Arancel de Aduanas vigente como enmienda a la Ley. Ex 18 Máquinas registradoras K. B. 0.40 Ex 18 Máquinas de escribir K. B. 0.40 Ex 18 Máquinas de sumar y semejantes K. B. 0.40 Ex 20 Acero en muebles de todas clases K. B. 0.80 Ex 61 Medias de seda natural K. B. 15.00 Ex 63 Papel para coger moscas K. B. 0.05 Ex 67 Servilletas de papel K. B. 0.40 Ex 77 Baúles sin forrar o forrados con lata o género ordinario K. B. 0.40 Ex 78
(bis)Radios receptores, sus accesorios y partes K. B. 1.00 87 Maderas para construcción en tablas, tablones, vigas, marcos de madera para ventanas y puertas, palos redondos o reglas, para la provincia de Limón, exceptuando el Hospital K. B. 0.01 88 Maderas para construcción en tablas, tablones, vigas, marcos de madera para ventanas y puertas, palos redondos o reglas para otras provincias K. B. 0.02 Ex 94 Cueros finos como becerros, charolados o no, carneros, badanas, cordobanes y tafiletes. Pieles curtidas con su pelo, que no sean de adorno K. B. 0.50 Ex 103 Frutas frescas K. B. 0.04 Ex 107
(bis)Harina de trigo de primera calidad, conforme con lo estipulado en el decreto N° 16 del 20 de junio de 1931 K. B. 0.15 1596 LISTA I—Continúa Número de la Partida del Arancel de Costa Rica Descripción de los Artículos Aforo Máximo de Derecho en Colones de Costa Rica Ex 109, y Ex 112 Avena machacada, avena molida, avena en copos o escamas, y otros cereales quebrados y los preparados K. B. 0.16 Ex 113 Leche condensada pura o adicionada de azúcar, cuya cantidad de crema y materias sólidas sean no menos de 8 y 25%, respectivamente K. B. 0.30 Ex 113 Leche evaporada pura o adicionada de azúcar, cuya cantidad de crema y materias sólidas sean no menos de 7, 8 y 25%, respectivamente K. B. 0.20 116 Manteca de cerdo, pura K. B. 0.55 Ex 118 Salmón en latas, macarelas en latas, mariscos y crustáceos en latas, preservados o preparados en cualquier forma, sardinas en latas, preparadas o preservadas en tomate, mostaza, u otras salsas K. B. 0.50 Ex 118 Frutas secas (con excepción de las indicadas en la partida 106) K. B. 0.40 Ex 118 Frutas conservadas en su jugo, en almíbar o azucaradas K. B. 0.50 Ex 118 Conservas de hortalizas no especificadas K. B. 0.50 Ex 122 Gomas para mascar K. B. 1.00 Ex 122 Leche desnatada seca en polvo K. B. 0.65 Ex 122 Leche pura seca en polvo K. B. 0.60 Ex 122
(3)Carne de cerdo en latas excluyendo jamón y lomo, curado, o en escabeche K. B. 1.30 129 Pez rubia K. B. 0.05 Ex 132 Pinturas preparadas, listas para inmediato uso o aplicación, pinturas de esmalte, y esmaltes, incluyendo lacas y esmaltes celulosos, barnices de asfalto y toda clase de pinturas no especificadas 1597 Listas para inmediato uso o aplicación K. B. 0.30 Ex 133 Barnices preparados sin pigmentos y no especificados K. B. 0.60 Ex 135 Preparaciones farmacéuticas, líquidas, no especificadas, tales como: aguas destiladas, aceites, bálsamos, colodiones, aguas para los ojos, decocciones, elixires, esencias oficinales y espíritus, emulsiones, extractos flúidos, siropes o jarabes, glóbulos, glicerolatos, jugos, lociones, soluciones o licores, tinturas, linimentos, miel, oximiel, mixturas, mucilages y vinos K. B. 1.50 Ex 135 Jabones de tocador no perfumados, jabones y pasta para afeitar, perfumados o no K. B. 1.00 Ex 136 Dentífricos líquidos K. B. 2.00 Ex 137 Emplastos medicinales no especificados K. B. 1.70 Ex 137 Preparaciones dentífricas no especificadas K. B. 2.00 Ex 138 Ungüentos y pomadas medicinales K. B. 2.50 Ex 139 Preparaciones farmacéuticas secas, no especificadas, como: píldoras desnudas o cubiertas, grageas, polvos compuestos, cápsulas gelatinosas o perlas, cigarrillos y lápices medicinales, sellos o cachets, supositorios en varias formas, bujías, tés medicinales, gránulos dosificados y sales compuestas o preparadas, no incluyendo las efervescentes K. B. 4.00 Ex 139 Levaduras desecadas o preparadas para uso medicinal K. B. 3.00 Ex 139 Sueros y vacunas no especificados K. B. 8.00 Ex 145 Cigarrillos K. B. 0.60 N° 1—Es convenido que el Gobierno de Costa Rica no exigirá requerimientos de certificación o cualquier otra formalidad para la importación, registro, permiso y venta de especialidades farmacéuticas 1598 cas de patente que sean de imposible cumplimiento de los Estados Unidos, causadas por falta de una Agencia Federal debidamente autorizada. Es además convenido que los derechos para el registro permanente, análisis y registro y para el cumplimiento de cualesquiera otras formalidades requeridas con respecto a la manufactura, importación y venta de productos medicinales y especialidades farmacéuticas, no serán mayores de 10 colones. Nota 2.—No se autorizará ningún tratamiento especial aduanero a ninguna tercera nación con respecto a ninguno de los artículos de nombre comercial especificados u otra designación exclusiva ahora clasificados en la Sección IX del Arancel de Aduanas de Costa Rica (segunda edición), sin previo entendimiento entre los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos y Costa Rica, con respecto a una apropiada modificación de la nomenclatura, derechos de importación u otros cargos o exacciones sobre los productos farmacéuticos y medicinas de patente clasificadas eu la Sección antes mencionada. LISTA II Descripción de Artículos Nota: Las disposiciones de esta Lista, para su interpretación y efecto, y la aplicación a ellas de las disposiciones colaterales de las leyes de Arancel de los Estados Unidos de América serãn determinadas, en cuanto fuere posible, como si cada disposición de esta Lista apareciera respectivamente en el pãrrafo de la Ley de Arancel de 1930 señalado en la columna de la izquierda de las respectivas descripciones de los artículos. Tarifa de los Estados Unidos. Ley de Arancel de 1930 Pãrrafo Descripción de Artículos Aforos máximos. Derechos especificados en dólares de los Estados Unidos de America 747 Piñas: en jabas 0.35 por jaba de 2.45 pies cúbicos 1599 Sueltas 0.009 c/u. 752 Guayabas preparadas o en conserva y no especialmente especificadas 17½% ad valorem 752 Bananos secos, deshidratados o evaporados 17½% ad valorem 752 Pastas y pulpas de mangos, y pastas y pulpas de guayabas y guabas 28% ad valorem 1618 Bananos verdes o maduros Libre 1618 Plátanos, verdes o maduros Libre 1653 Cocoa o cacao en grano y las cáscaras de éste Libre 1654 Café, excepto el café importado a Puerto Rico, sobre el cual se ha puesto un aforo autorizado por Sección 319 Libre 1765 Cueros crudos de venado Libre 1765 Cueros crudos de reptiles Libre 1790 Tortugas Libre 1803 Maderas finas para muebles en trozas Libre 1803 Madera de balsa, en trozas Libre 1600 Modifications, etc. Whereas such modifications of existing duties and other import restrictions and such continuance of existing customs and excise treatment as are set forth and provided for in the said Agreement and the two Schedules thereunto annexed are required and appropriate to carry out the said Agreement; *Ante*, p. 1563. Whereas it is stipulated in Article XVI of the said Agreement that the Agreement shall come into force on the thirtieth day following proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and the President of the Republic of Costa Rica, or, should the proclamations be issued on different days, on the thirtieth day following the date of the later in time of such proclamations; Whereas the said Agreement, including the two Schedules, was proclaimed by the President of the Republic of Costa Rica on July 2, 1937; Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under the authority [48 Stat. 943](/us/stat/48/943).[19 U. S. C. § 1351](/us/usc/t19/s1351).conferred by the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, do hereby proclaim the said Agreement, including the said Schedules, to the end that the same and every part thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof on and after August 2, 1937, the thirtieth day following July 3, 1937, the date of this my proclamation of the said Agreement. Pursuant to the proviso in Section 350
(2)of the said Tariff Act of 1930, as amended by the said Act of June 12, 1934, I shall from time to time notify the Secretary of the Treasury of the countries with respect to which application of the duties herein proclaimed is to be suspended. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this third day of July in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty- [seal] seven, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. October 16, 1936 October 20, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1601 1601 PERU—EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS—OCTOBER 16, 20, 1936 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and Perú for exchange October 16 and 20, 1936[E. A. S. No. 103]of official publications. Effected by exchange of notes, signed October 16 and 20, 1936.* The Peruvian Minister of Foreign Affairs (Ulloa) to the American Chargé d’Affaires (Dreyfus) Número 6–3/103 Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, *Lima, 16 de octubre de 1936.* Señor Encargado de Negocios: Con referencia a nuestras conversaciones y al Memorándum deAgreement with Peru for exchange of official publications. Vuestra Señoría, de 28 de agosto último, me es grato dejar constancia de que hemos convenido en lo siguiente: Habrá un intercambio completo de publicaciones oficiales entre el Perú y los Estados Unidos de América, que será regido en la siguiente forma: 1.—La oficina oficial de intercambio por parte del Perú es la Sección de Propaganda y Publicaciones del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores. La oficina oficial de intercambio para el envío de publicaciones por parte de los Estados Unidos es la “Smithsonian Institution”. 2.—Los envíos de intercambio serán recibidos en nombre del Perú por el Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores y en nombre de los Estados Unidos por la Biblioteca del Congreso. 3.—El Perú proporcionará regularmente en un ejemplar las publicaciones oficiales de los departamentos, oficinas e instituciones que aparecen de la lista anexa.11Véase la lista, pág. 1602. Sin necesidad de negociaciones posteriores se extenderá el envío a las publicaciones de las Oficinas del Estado que se créen en el futuro. 4.—Los Estados Unidos proporcionarán regularmente en un ejemplar un lote completo de las publicaciones oficiales de los departamentos, oficinas e instituciones que aparecen en la lista anexa número dos.22Véase la lista, pág. 1608. Sin necesidad de negociaciones posteriores se extenderá el envío a las publicaciones de las Oficinas del Estado que se créen en el futuro. 5.—No están comprendidas en este intercambio las publicaciones confidenciales, formularios en blanco y notas circulares de carácter reservado. 6.—En cuanto a las oficinas que en la actualidad no editan publicaciones y que no se mencionan en las listas adjuntas, es entendido que llegado el caso de que las editaran quedarían comprendidas en la obligación de intercambio. 7.—Cada uno de los Gobiernos sufragará los gastos postales, de ferrocarriles, marítimos y todos los que existan en el país. 1602 8.—Ambos Gobiernos expresan su buena voluntad para enviar los embarques, en cuanto esté a su alcance. 9.—Este acuerdo es independiente de los ya existentes sobre intercambio de publicaciones celebrados entre los diversos departamentos de ambos Gobiernos y no los afecta. Con la recepción de la nota de Vuestra Señoría, idéntica a la presente, mi Gobierno considerará concluido el acuerdo anterior. Aprovecho la oportunidad para reiterarle, señor Encargado de Negocios, las seguridades de mi distinguida consideración. Alberto Ulloa Al Honorable señor Louis G. Dreyfus, *Encargado de Negocios de los Estados Unidos, Lima,.* Lista de Publicaciones Oficiales Peruanas que deben enviarse a la Biblioteca del Congreso de Washington, en virtud del Convenio de Intercambio de Publicaciones entre los Gobiernos del Perú y de los Estados Unidos.11 Esta lista fué remitida a la Embajada Norteamericana per el Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores del Perú con nota fechada feb.o 17 de 1937.—. Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Boletín Oficial del Ministerio. Tratados, Convenciones y Acuerdos vigentes entre el Perú y otros Estados. Suplementos a los Tratados. Informaciones económicas, comerciales y financieras del Perú. Revista de Actualidades peruanas. Ministerio de Gobierno y Policía. Anuario de Legislación peruana. Constitución política del Perú (vigente). Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Ministerio de Hacienda y Comercio. Presupuesto General de la República. Cuenta General de la República. Anuario del Comercio Exterior del Perú. Resumen trimestral del Comercio especial del Perú. Boletín mensual del Comercio especial del Perú. Boletín del Banco central de Reserva del Perú. Memoria de la Superintendencia General de Bancos. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Boletín de Aduanas. Ministerio de Fomento e Industrias. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Boletín de la Dirección General de Fomento. Boletín de la Dirección de Agricultura. Cartillas de Divulgación de la Sección “Propaganda Agrícola”. Boletín de la Sección de Irrigación. Boletín de la Dirección General de Obras Públicas. Boletín del Cuerpo de Ingenieros de Minas. Boletín de la Dirección de Minas y Petróleo. Boletín de la Escuela de Artes y Oficios.1603 Ministerio de Salud Publica, Trabajo y Previsión Social. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Boletín de la Dirección General de Salubridad Pública. Cartillas de Higiene. Ministerio de Educación Publica. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Revista de Educación. Programa Oficial de Enseñanza. Ministerio de Justicia y Culto. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Anales de la Corte Suprema. Memoria del Presidente de la Corte Suprema. Memoria del Presidente de la Corte Superior. Ministerio de Guerra. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Revista de la Escuela Militar del Perú. Boletín del Clase. Ministerio de Marina y Aviación. Memoria del Ministro del Ramo. Revista “Aviación”. Revista de la Escuela Naval del Perú. Revista “Alas”. (Comandancia General de Aeronáutica) Sociedad Nacional Agraria. Memoria Anual. Sociedad Nacional de Industrias. Revista “La Industria Peruana”. Universidad Mayor de San Marcos de Lima. Memoria Anual del Rector. Revista Universitaria. “Letras”. (Organo de la Facultad de Letras) Boletín Bibliográfico (de la Biblioteca Central de la Universidad) Revista de la Facultad de Derecho. Revista de la Facultad de Medicina. Universidad del Cuzco. Revista Universitaria. Memoria del Rector. Universidad de Arequipa. Memoria Anual del Rector. Revista Universitaria. Universidad de Trujillo. Memoria Anual del Rector. Revista Universitaria. Museo Nacional. Revista del Museo. Cuadernos de Arte Peruano. Municipalidad de Lima. Memoria Anual del Alcalde. Boletín de la Biblioteca Municipal. Reglamento Interior de la Mumcpalidad. Decretos y Resoluciones Municipales.1604 Academia, Nacional de Medicina. Anales de la Medicina Peruana. Colegio de Abogados de Lima. Revista del Foro. Sociedad Geográfica de Lima. Revista de la Sociedad Geográfica. [Translation] Number 6–3/103 ministry of Foreign Affairs, *Lima, October 16, 1936.* Mr. Charoh d’Affaires: With reference to our conversations and to Your Excellency’s memorandum of August 28, 1936, I have tire honor to make it a matter of record that we have agreed upon the following: There shall be a complete exchange of official publications between Perú and the United States of America, which shall be conducted under the following terms: 1. The official exchange office on the part of Peru is Section of Propaganda and Publications of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The official exchange office for the transmission of publications of the United States is the Smithsonian Institution. 2. The exchange sendings shall be received on behalf of Peru by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; on behalf of the United States by the Library of Congress. 3. Peru will furnish regularly in one copy the official publications of the departments, offices and institutions which appear in the attached list.1 1For list, see p. 1605. The list shall be extended to include, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, the publications of any new offices that the State may create in the future. 4. The United States will furnish regularly in one copy a full set of the official publications of the departments, bureaus, offices, and institutions which appear in the attached list number two.22 For list, see p. 1608. The list shall be extended to include, without the need of subsequent negotiations, the publications of any new offices that the State may create in the future. 5. Confidential publications, blank fonns, and circular letters not of a public nature are not to be included in this exchange. 6. So far as offices which at this time do not issue publications and which are not mentioned in the attached lists, there is the understanding that publications issued in the future by the offices shall be furnished in one copy. 7. Each party to the agreement shall bear the postal, railroad, steamship and other charges arising in its own country. 1605 8. Both parties express their willingness, so far as possible, to expedite shipments. 9. This agreement is not concerned with the already existing exchange agreements between the various government departments, etc., of the two countries. Upon receipt of Your Excellency’s note, identical in tenor to the present communication, my Government will consider that the foregoing agreement enters into effect. I avail myself of this opportunity to reiterate, Mr. Charge d’Affaires, the assurance of my distinguished consideration. Alberto Ulloa The Honorable Lotos G. Dreyfus, *Charge d’Affaires of the United States, Lima.* List of Peruvian Official Publications Which Are to Be Furnished to the Library of Congress at Washington in Accordance with the Agreement on Exchange of Publications Between the Governments of Peru and of the United States11 This list was transmitted to the American Embassy by the Peruvian Minister of Foreign Affairs with a note dated Feb. 17, 1937. Ministry of Foreign Affairs: Report (Memoria) of the Minister; Official Bulletin of the Department; Treaties, Conventions, and Agreements in Force Between Peru and Other States; Supplements to the Treaties; Economic, Comniercial and Financial Reports of Peru; Review of Current Events in Peru. Ministry of Gobierno and Police: Annual Publication of Peruvian Legislation; Political Constitution of Peru (the one in force); Report of the Minister. Ministry of Hacienda and Commerce: General Budget of the Republic: General Accounts of the Republic; Annual Publication on the Foreign Commerce of Peru; Quarterly Resume of the Special Commerce of Peru; Monthly Bulletin of the Special Commerce of Peru; Bulletin of the Central Reserve Bank of Peru; Report of the Office of the General Superintendent of Banks; Report of the Minister; Customs Bulletin. Ministry of Fomento and Industries: Report of the Minister; Bulletin of the General Burean of Fomento; Bullet in of the Office of Agricultura; Pamphlets for Purposes of Popularization, of the Section Entitled “Agricultural Propaganda”; Bulletin of the Irrigation Section; Bulletin of the General Office of Public Works; Bulletin of the Corps of Mining Engineers; Bulletin of the Office of Mines and Petroleum; Bulletin of the Vocational School.1606 Ministry o f Public Health., Labor and Social Welfare: Report of the Minister; Bulletin of the General Office of Public Health; Health Pamphlets. Ministry of Public Education: Report of the Minister; Review of Education; Official Program of Education. Ministry of Justice and Worship: Report of the Minister; Annals of the Supreme Court; Report of the President (Chief Justice) of the Supreme Court; Report of the President of the Superior Court. Ministry of War: Report of the Minister; Review of the Military School of Peru; Bulletin of the Class. Ministry of Marine and Aviation: Report of the Minister; The Review, “Aviation”; Review of the Naval School of Peru; The Review, “Alas” (Wings), from the Office of the General Connnand of Aviation. National Agracian Society: Annual Report. National Society of Industries: The Review, “La Industria Peruana” (Peruvian Industries). Universidad Mayor de San Marcos de Lima. (Great University of San Marcos de Lima). Annual Report of the Rector; University Review; “Letras” (Organ of the Faculty of Letters); Bibliographical Bulletin (from the Central Library of the University); Review of the Faculty of Law; Review of the Faculty of Medicine. University of Cuzco: University Review; Report of the Rector. University of Arequipa: Annual Report of the Rector; University Review. University of Trujillo: Annual Report of the Rector; University Review. National Museum: Review of the Museum; Albums of Peruvian Art.1607 Municipality of Lima: Annual Report of the Alcalde; Bulletin of the Municipal Library; Regulations of the Municipality; Municipal Decrees and Resolutions. National, Academy of Medicine: Annals of Peruvian Medicine. College of Lawyers of Lima: Revista del Foro (“Court Review”) Geographical, Society of Lima: Review of the Geographical Society. The American Chargé d’Affaires ad interim (Dreyfus) to the Peruvian Minister of Foreign Affairs (Ulloa) No. 1177 Embassy of the United States of America, *Lima, October 20, 1936.* Excellency: With reference to our conversations, to my memorandum on August 28 last, and to Your Excellency’s note No. 6–3/103 of October 16, 1936, I have the honor to express our agreement for the exchange of official publications between the Governments of the United States of America and of Peru, as follows: There shall be a complete exchange of official publications between Peru and the United States of America, which shall be conducted under the following terms: 1. The official exchange office on the part of Peru is Section of Propaganda and Publications of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The official exchange office for the transmission of publications of the United States is the Smithsonian Institution. 2. The exchange sendings shall be received on behalf of Peru by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; on behalf of the United States by the Library of Congress. 3. Peru will furnish regularly in one copy the official publications of the departments, offices and institutions which appear in the attached list.1 1For list, see p. 1605. The list shall be extended to inelude, without the necessity of subsequent negotiations, the publications of any new offices that the State may create in the future. 4. The United States will furnish regularly in one copy a full set of the official publications of the departments, bureaus, offices, and institutions which appear in the attached list number two.22 For list, see p. 1608. The list shall be extended to inelude, without the need of subsequent negotiations, the publications of any new offices that the State may create in the future. 1608 5. Confidencial publications, blank forms, and circular letters not of a public natura are not to be included in this exchange. 6. So far as offices which at this time do not issue publications and which are not mentioned in the attached lists, there is the understanding that publications issued in the future by the offices shall be furnished in one copy. 7. Each party to the agreement shall bear the postal, railroad, steamship and other charges arising in its own country. 8. Both parties express their willinghess so far as possible, to expedito shipments. 9. This agreement is not concerned with the already existing exchange agreements between the various government departments, etc. of the two countries. I avail myself of this opportunity to extend to Your Excellency the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. Louis G. Dreyfus, jr. *Chargé d’Affaires, a. i.* His Excellency Doctor Alberto Ulloa, *Minister of Foreign Affairs, Lima.* [List of United States Government Departments, Bureaus, Offices, and Instituitons, Official Publications of which are to be Furnished to the Peruvian Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Accordance With the Agreement for the Exchange of Official Publications Between the United States of America and Peru.11 This list was transmitted to the Peruvian Minister of Foreign Affairs by the American Embassy with a note dated Feb. 24, 1937.] 1. Congress. (Publications inelude the Congressional record, bound; the Journals, Documento, and Reporto, bound, of both the Senate and the House of Representativos; and all documents not bearing a Congressional number printed by order of either House) 2. The President of the United States 3. Department of State 4. Department of the treasury, and the following subordinate bureaus a. Office of the Comptroller of currency b. Office of the Treasurer of the United States c. Bureau of customs d. Bureau of internal revenue e. Federal alcohol administration f. Bureau of mint g. Bureau of the Public Health Service h. Coast Guard i. Bureau of the Budget1609 5. Department of War and the following subordinate offices a. Office of the Adjutant General b. Office of the Judge Advocate General c. Office of the Surgeon General d. Office of the Chief of Engineers e. Office of the Chief Signal Officer f. Bureau of Insular Affairs g. Office of the Chief of the Air Corps h. National Guard Bureau i. Office of the Chief of the Chemical Warfare Service j. Army War College k. Military Academy: West Point. 6. Department of Justice and the following subordinate offices a. Federal Bureau of Investigation b. Bureau of Prisons 7. Post Office Department 8. Department of the Navy, and the following subordinate offices a. Office of Naval Operations b. Bureau of Navigation, including Hydrographic Office and Naval Observatory c. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery d. Bureau of Engineering e. Bureau of Aeronautics f. Marine Corps g. Naval Academy, Annapolis h. Naval War College 9. Department of the Interior, and the following subordinate offices. a. General land office b. Bureau of Indian Affairs c. Office of Education d. Geological Survey e. Bureau of Reclamation f. Bureau of Mines g. National Park Service h. Board on Geographic Names. 10. Department of Agriculture, and the following subordinate offices: a. Office of Experiment Stations b. Bureau of Biological Survey c. Bureau of Chemistry and Soils d. Forest Service e. Bureau of Public Roads f. Soil Conservation Service g. Weather Bureau 11. Department of Commerce, and the following subordinate offices: a. Bureau of Air Commerce b. Bureau of census c. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce d. National Bureau of Standards e. National Bureau of Fisheries f. Bureau of Lighthouses g. Coast and Geodetic Survey h. Bureau of Marine Inspection and Navigation i. Patent office (Drawings and specifications of patents are not available on international exchange) j. Shipping Board Bureau1610 12. Department of Labor, including the following subordinate offices: a. Bureau of Labor Statistics b. Immigration and Naturalization Service c. Children’s Bureau d. Women’s Bureau e. Employment Service 13. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System 14. Board of Tax Appeals 15. Bureau of American Ethnology 16. Civil Service Commission 17. Court of Claims of the United States 18. Court of Customs and Patent Appeals 19. District of Columbia Government 20. Farm Credit Administration 21. Federal Communications Commission 22. Federal Home Loan Bank Board 23. Federal Housing Administration 24. Federal Power Commission 25. Federal Trade Commission 26. General Accounting Office 27. Government Printing Office 28. Interstate Commerce Commission 29. Library of Congress (Including the Copyright Office) 30. National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics 31. National Archives 32. National Mediation Board 33. National Museum 34. Securities and Exchange Commission 35. Smithsonian Institution (Only publications issued by the Government printing office) 36. Social Security Board 37. Supreme Court of the United States 38. Tariff Commission 39. Veterans’ Administration March 25, 1937 Agreement 50 Stat. 1611 1611 JAPAN—PERPETUAL LEASEHOLDS—MARCH 25, 1937 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Arrangement between the United States of America and Japan respecting March 25, 1937[E. A. S. No. 104]perpetual leaseholds. Effected by exchange of notes, signed March 25, 1937.* The American Ambassador
(Grew)to the Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Sato)No. 705 Embassy of the United States of America, *Tokyo, March 25, 1937 (12 Showa).* Excellency: On March 4, 1937, I had the pleasure to inform the ImperialArrangement with Japan for settlement of the perpetual lease system. Japanese Ministry of Foreign Affairs that the Government of the United States was prepared to accept a mutually satisfactory settlement of the perpetual lease system which originated in former treaties between the United States and Japan, and on that basis I now have the honor, under instructions from my Governement11 So in original., to confirm to Your Excellency the following understanding between the Government of the United States of America and the Imperial Japanese Government:
(1)That the said system of perpetual loases shall come to an end on the first day of the fourth month of the seventeenth year of Showa, corresponding to the Ist day of April, 1942, when the leaseholds shall without compensation be converted into the rights of ownership in accordance with the provisions of Japanese laws and ordinances. Such conversion shall be effected free of registration taxes in respect of lands under perpetual leases and buildings thereon.
(2)That until the thirty-first day of the third month of the seventeenth year of Showa, corresponding to the 31st day of March, 1942, the present position as regards tax exemptions shall be maintained, and no further claims shall be made by the Japanese authorities for arrears of such disputed taxes as may still be uncollected. While requesting Your Excellency to be good enough to confirm the above understanding, I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Joseph C. Grew His Excellency Mr. Naotake Sato, *His Imperial Japanese Majesty’s* *Minister for Foreign Affairs,* *etc., etc., etc.* 1612 The American Ambassador
(Grew)to the Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Sato)Embassy of the United States of America, *Tokyo, March 25, 1937.* Mr Dear Minister: Permit me to refer to my note of today’s date relating to the System of perpetual leases and to inform you that by the words “until the thirty-first day of the third month of the seventeenth year of Showa, corresponding to the 31st day of March, 1942, the present position as regards tax exemptions shall be maintained”, it is understood that until March 31, 1942, no taxes at present in forcé shall be collected other than those heretofore collected from the leaseholders, nor shall any taxes which may be introduced in the future be collected from the leaseholders if such taxes are directly connected with the perpetual leaseholds. In the event of an American leasehold being transferred it is also understood that it shall continue to be subject to the terms of the understanding in my note under reference. The friendly spirit in which this settlement has been brought about will, I trust, ensure its successful operation. Sincerely yours, Joseph C. Grew His Excellency Mr. Naotake Sato, *His Imperial Japanese Majesty’s* *Minister for Foreign Affairs,* *etc., etc., etc.* 1613 The Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Sato)to the American Ambassador
(Grew)1614 1615 [Translation] Tokyo, *March 25, 12 Showa (1937).* Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’sConfirmation by Japan. Note of today’s date in which Your Excellency has informed me as follows: On March 4, 1937, I had the pleasure to inform the Imperial Japanese Ministry of Foreign Affairs that the Government of the United States was prepared to accept a mutually satisfactory settlement of the perpetual lease system which originated in former treaties between the United States and Japan, and on that basis I now have the honor, under instructions from my Government, to confirm to Your Excellency the following understanding between the Government of the United States of America and the Imperial Japanese Government:
(1)That the said system of perpetual leases shall come to an end on the first day of the fourth month of the seventeenth year of Showa, corresponding to the 1st day of April, 1942, when the leaseholds shall without compensation be converted into the rights of ownership in accordance with the provisions of Japanese laws and ordinances. Such conversion shall be effected free of registration taxes in respect of lands under perpetual leases and buildings thereon.
(2)That until the thirty-first day of the third month of the seventeenth year of Showa, corresponding to the 31st day of March, 1942, the present position as regards tax exemptions shall be maintained, and no further claims shall be made by the Japanese authorities for arrears of such disputed taxes as may still be uncollected. I have the honor to inform Your Excellency that I hereby confirm the above understanding for a final settlement of this question. I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of my highest consideration. Naotake Sato His Excellency Mr. Joseph Clark Grew, *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America.* 1616 The Japanese Minister for Foreign Affairs
(Sato)to the American Ambassador
(Grew)1617 1618 [Translation] Tokyo, *March 25, 12 Showa (1937).* My Dear Ambassador: I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency’s letter of today’s date in which Your Excellency was so good as to inform me that by the words “until the thirty-first day of the third month of the seventeenth year of Showa, corresponding to the 31st day of March, 1942, the present position as regards tax exemptions shall be maintained”, it is understood that until March 31, 1942, no taxes at present in forcé shall be collected other than those heretofore collected from the leaseholders, nor shall any taxes which may be introduced in the futuro be collected from the leaseholders if such taxes are directly connected with the perpetual leaseholds. I take pleasure in confirming Your Excellency’s understanding on this point and also with respect to the status of an American leasehold in the event of its transfer, and I reciprocate Your Excellency’s hope that the friendly spirit in which this settlement has been brought about will ensure its successful operation. Naotake Sato His Excellency Mr. Joseph Clark Grew, *Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary* *of the United States of America.* August 4, 1937 Agreement 50 Stat. 1619 1619 U. S. S. R.—COMMERCIAL RELATIONS—AUGUST 4, 1937 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Commercial agreement between the United States of America and the August 4, 1937[E. A. S. No. 105]Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Effected by exchange of notes, signed at Moscow, August 4, 1937; approved by the Soviet of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, August 6, 1937; proclaimed by the President of the United States, August 6, 1937; effective, August 6, 1937.* By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION Whereas by my authority, the Ambassador Extraordinary and Commercial, etc., agreement with the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.Plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics exchanged at Moscow on August 4, 1937, with the authorized representativo of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics identic notes, constituting an agreement in regard to commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the continuance of favorable commercial relations between the two Governments, the texts of which Texts of notes.notes are word for word as follows: Moscow, *August 4, 1937*. Excellency: With reference to recent conversations which have taken place in Confirmation by United States of America.regard to commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, I have the honor to confirm and to make of record by this note the following agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries: One. The United States of America will grant to the Union ofMost-favored-nation treatment. Soviet Socialist Republics unconditional and unrestricted most-favored-nation treatment in all matters concerning customs duties and charges of every kind and in the method of levying duties, and, further, in all matters concerning the rules, formahties and charges imposed in connection with the clearing of goods through the customs, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country. Accordingly, natural or manufactured products having their origin in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall in no case be subject, in regard to the matters referred to above, to any duties, taxes or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formalities other or inore burdensome, than those to which the like products having their origin in any third country are or may hereafter be subject. Similarly, natural or manufactured products exported from the territory of the United States of America and consigned to the territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall in no case be subject with respect to exportation and in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to any duties, taxes, or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formahties other or more burdensome, than those to1620 which the like products when consigned to the territory of any third country are or may hereafter be subject. Any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to a natural or manufactured product originating in any third country or consigned to the territory of any third country shall be accorded immediately and without compensation to the like product originating in or consigned to the territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. It is understood that so long as and in so far as existing law of the United States of America may otherwise require, the foregoing provisions, in so far as they would otherwise relate to duties,, taxes or charges on coal, coke manufactured therefrom, or coal or coke briquettes, shall not apply to such products imported into the United States of America. If the law of the United States of America shall not permit the complete operation of the foregoing provisions with respect to the above-mentioned products, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics reserves the right within fifteen days after January 1, 1938, to terminate this agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. U. S. trade with its possessions, Philippine Islands, etc.It is understood, furthermore, that the advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions, the Philippine Islands, or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this agreement. Adoption of measures prohibiting, etc., exportation of gold or silver.Export or sale for export of munitions, etc.Nothing in this agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation or importation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as the Government of the United States of America may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional cases, all other military supplies. It is understood that any action which may be taken by the President of the United States of America under the authority of Section 2
(b)of the Neutrality Act of 1937 in regard to the passage of title to goods shall not be considered as contravening any of the provisions of this agreement relating to the exportation of natural or manufactured products from the territory of the United States of America. Exceptions.Subject to the requirement that no arbitrary discrimination shall be effected by the United States of America against importations from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and in favor of those from any third country, the foregoing provisions shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds,
(2)designed to protect human, animal, or plant life,
(3)relating to prison-made goods, or
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Two. U. S. S. R. to take steps for increasing purchases in U. S.On its part the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will take steps to increase substantially the amount of purchases in the United States of America for export to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics of articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States of America. Three. Effective date of agreement.This agreement shall come into force on the day of proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and of approval thereof by the Soviet of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, which proclamation and approval shall take place on the same day. It shall continue in effect for twelve months. Both parties agree that not less than thirty days 1621prior to the expiration of the aforesaid period of twelve months they shall start negotiations regarding the extension of the period during which the present agreement shall continue in force. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Joseph E. Davies Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United States of America His Excellency Maxim Litvinoff, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs,* *Moscow.* Moscow, *August 4, 1937*. Mr. Ambassador With reference to recent conversations which have taken place in Confirmation by Union of Soviet Socialist Republicsregard to commerce between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States of America, I have the honor to confirm and to make of record by this note the following agreement which has been reached between the Governments of our respective countries: One. The United States of America will grant to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics unconditional and unrestricted most-favored-nation treatment in all matters concerning customs duties and charges of every kind and in the method of levying duties, and, further, in all matters concerning the rules, formahties and charges imposed in connection with the clearing of goods through the customs, and with respect to all laws or regulations affecting the sale or use of imported goods within the country. Accordingly, natural or manufactured products having their origin in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall in no case be subject, in regard to the matters referred to above, to any duties, taxes or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formalities other or inore burdensome, than those to which the like products having their origin in any third country are or may hereafter be subject. Similarly, natural or manufactured products exported from the territory of the United States of America and consigned to the territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall in no case be subject with respect to exportation and in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to any duties, taxes, or charges other or higher, or to any rules or formahties other or more burdensome, than those to which the like products when consigned to the territory of any third country are or may hereafter be subject. Any advantage, favor, privilege or immunity which has been or may hereafter be granted by the United States of America in regard to the above-mentioned matters, to a natural or manufactured product originating in any third country or consigned to the territory of any third country shall be accorded immediately and without compensation to the like product originating in or consigned to the territory of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. It is understood that so long as and in so far as existing law of the United States of America may otherwise require, the foregoing provisions, in so far as they would otherwise relate to duties,, taxes or charges on coal, coke manufactured therefrom, or coal or coke briquettes, shall not apply to such products imported into the United States of America. If the law of the United States of America shall not permit the complete operation of the foregoing provisions with 1622respect to the above-mentioned products, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics reserves the right within fifteen days after January 1, 1938, to terminate this agreement in its entirety on thirty days’ written notice. It is understood, furthermore, that the advantages now accorded or which may hereafter be accorded by the United States of America, its territories or possessions, the Philippine Islands, or the Panama Canal Zone to one another or to the Republic of Cuba shall be excepted from the operation of this agreement. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed to prevent the adoption of measures prohibiting or restricting the exportation or importation of gold or silver, or to prevent the adoption of such measures as the Government of the United States of America may see fit with respect to the control of the export or sale for export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war, and, in exceptional cases, all other military supplies. It is understood that any action which may be taken by the President of the United States of America under the authority of Section 2
(b)of the Neutrality Act of 1937 in regard to the passage of title to goods shall not be considered as contravening any of the provisions of this agreement relating to the exportation of natural or manufactured products from the territory of the United States of America. Subject to the requirement that no arbitrary discrimination shall be effected by the United States of America against importations from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and in favor of those from any third country, the foregoing provisions shall not extend to prohibitions or restrictions
(1)imposed on moral or humanitarian grounds,
(2)designed to protect human, animal, or plant life,
(3)relating to prison-made goods, or
(4)relating to the enforcement of police or revenue laws. Two. On its part the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will take steps to increase substantially the amount of purchases in the United States of America for export to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics of articles the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States of America. Three. This agreement shall come into force on the day of proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and of approval thereof by the Soviet of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, which proclamation and approval shall take place on the same day. It shall continue in effect for twelve months. Both parties agree that not less than thirty days shall start negotiations regarding the extension of the period during which the present agreement shall continue in force. Accept, Mr. Ambassador, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. M. Litvinoff Mr. Joseph E. Davies, *Ambassador of the United States of America,* *Moscow.* Date of entering into force.And whereas it is provided in the said agreement that the agree­ment shall come into forcé on the day of proclamation thereof by the President of the United States of America and of approval thereof by the Soviet of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and that such proclamation and approval shall take place on the same day: 1623 Now, therefore, be it known that I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, do hereby make known and proclaim the said agreement and, having been notified that the same has been approved on this day by the Soviet of People’s Commissars of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, direct that it be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America on and from the date of this my proclamation. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this sixth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-seven [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. Franklin D Roosevelt By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* RELATED NOTESRelated notes. 1. Concerning the Amount of Purchases to be Made by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the United States of America The American Ambassador (Davies) to the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) Embassy of the United States of America, *Moscow, August 2, 1937.* Excellency: I have the honor to refer to our recent conversations in regard to the commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and to ask you to let me know the value of articles, the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States of America which the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intends to purchase in the United States of America during the next twelve months for export to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Joseph E. Davies Ambassador of the United States of America His Excellency Maxim Litvinoff, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs,* *Moscow.* 1624 The People's Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) to the American Ambassador (Davies) Moscow, *August “5”, 1937.* Mr. Ambassador: In reply to your inquiry regarding the intended parchases by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in the United States of America in the course of the next twelve months, I have the honour to inform you that, according to information received by me from the People’s Commissariat for Foreign Trade, the economic organizations of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics intend to buy in the United States of America in the course of the next twelve months American goods to the amount of at least forty million dollars. Accept, Mr. Ambassador, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. M. Litvinoff Mr. Joseph E. Davies, *Ambassador of the United States of America,* *Moscow.* 2. Exemption From Excise Tax of Coal, Coke, and Coal or Coke Briquettes Imported Into the United States From the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics The American Ambassador (Davies) to the People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) Embassy of the United States of America, *Moscow, August 4, 1937*. Excellency: With reference to the agreement concerning commerce between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics which has been signed today, I have the honor to state that the Embassy has been informed that in view of the wording of Section 1 of the agreement, the authorities of the Treasury Department of the United States will hold that coal of all sizes, grades, and classifications (except culm and duff), coke manufactured therefrom, and coal or coke briquettes, imported from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will be exempt from the excise tax provided in Section 601
(5)of the Revenue Act of 1932, as amended, subject, however, to possible adverse action by the courts. Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. Joseph E. Davies *Ambassador of the United States of America* His Excellency Maxim Litvinoff, *People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs*, *Moscow*. 1625 The People’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (Litvinoff) to the American Ambassador (Davies) Moscow, *August 4, 1937*. Dear Mr. Ambassador: In reply to your inquiry regarding the intended exports of Soviet coal to the United States during the ensuing twelve months, I may state that, according to information received by me from the People’s Comissariat for Foreign Trade, the economic organisations of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics will not in any case export to the United States during the year beginning August 6, 1937, more than 400,000 tons of Soviet coal. Sincerely yours, M. Litvinoff Mr. Joseph E. Davies,, *Ambassador of the United States of America,* *Moscow.* August 17, 1937 Agreement 50 Stat. 1626 1626 PANAMA—SHIP MEASUREMENT CERTIFICATE—AUGUST 17, 1937 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Agreement between the United States of America and Panama in regard August 17, 1937[E. A. S. No. 106]to mutual recognition of ship measurement certificates. Effected by exchange of notes, signed August 17, 1937.* The Panamanian Minister
(Boyd)to the Secretary of State
(Hull)Legación de Panamá, *Washington, Agosto 17 de 1937.* Señor Secretario:: Tengo el honor de referirme a la nota de ese Departamento fechada el 17 de Marzo de 193711 No se imprime. y a la cocorrespondencia anterior referente a la recíproca exención de los barcos de la República de Panamá y de los Estados Unidos de América en cuanto al aforo de su tonelaje en los puertos de los respectivos países. El Gobierno de Panamá adoptó las leyes y reglamentos de los Estados Unidos para el aforo de los barcos al ser matriculados, por medio de su Resolución N° 1, de 5 de Enero de 1937, que establece la reglamentación del tonelaje (Véase la *Gaceta Oficial* de Panamá, de 8 de Enero de 1937). Esto le fué debidamente comunicado a Vuestra Excelencia, para su información, en mi nota N° D–21, de 22 de Enero de 1937 y en respuesta Vuestra Excelencia solicitó que se le informara acerca de las opiniones de mi Gobierno respecto a la propuesta de un arreglo recíproco para la aceptación de los certificados de matrícula y del apéndice de tonelaje especial en los puertos de ambos países. Conforme a instrucciones de mi Gobierno, tengo ahora el honor de avisar a Vuestra Excelencia que los barcos de los Estados Unidos que lleven certificado de matrícula u otros documentos nacionales que prueben su tonelaje neto según aforo y que se les hayan expedido conforme a las leyes y reglamentos de los Estados Unidos, quedarán exentos de reaforo en todos los puertos de la República de Panamá, con tal que los barcos de matrícula panameña que hayan sido aforados o medidos de conformidad con la antedicha resolución y que porten certificado de matrícula u otros documentos nacionales que demuestren su tonelaje neto según aforo verificado así, quedarán recíprocamente exentos de reaforo en todos los puertos de los Estados Unidos. Se tiene entendido además, que los barcos para pasajeros, de Panamá y de los Estados Unidos, portarán un Apéndice de Tonelaje especial con cada una de sus matrículas, para probar todos los espacios destinados a pasajeros y que las leyes de los Estados Unidos no requieren actualmente que se les mida para su matriculación, anexos que se usarán para determinar los derechos de puerto y otros impuestos que se basan en el tonelaje neto de los barcos. 1627 Ruego a Vuestra Excelencia que tenga la bondad de confirmar el acuerdo que se expresa en la presente. Sírvase aceptar Vuestra Excelencia, las seguridades de mi más alta consideración. Augusto S. Boyd *Ministro.* A Su Excelencia Cordell Hull, *Secretario de Estado* *de los Estados Enidos de América, Washington, D. C.* [Translation] Legation of Panama, *Washington, August 17, 1937.* Mr. Secretary: I have the honor to refer to the Department’s note of March 17, Proposaiorpannma 1937,11 Not printed. and to previous correspondence concerning the reciprocal Proposal of Panama respecting mutual recognition of ship measurement certificates.exemption of vessels of the Republic of Panama and of the United States of America from readmeasurement for tonnage in the ports of the respective countries. The Government of Panama adopted the laws and regulations of the United States for the admeasurement of vessels for registry by its Resolution No. 1 of January 5, 1937, establishing tonnage regulations (see *Gaceta Oficial* of Panama of January 8, 1937). This information was duly communicated to Your Excellency in my note No. D–21 of January 22, 1937, and in reply Your Excellency requested to be informed of the views of my Government with regard to a proposed reciprocal arrangement for the acceptance of certificates of registry and the special tonnage appendix in the ports of the two countries. On instructions from my Government, I now have the honor to advise you that vessels of the United States carrying certifícales of registry or otlier national papers showing their net tonnage measurements and issued in accordance with the laws and regulations of the United States shall be exempted from readmeasurement in all ports of the Republic of Panama, provided that vessels of Panamanian registry which have been measured in accordance with the aforesaid resolution and which carry certifícales of registry or other national papers showing their net tonnage measurements as thus ascertained shall be reciprocally exempted from readmeasurement in all ports of the United States. It is further understood that passenger vessels of Panama and of the United States shall carry a Special Tonnage Appendix to each of their registers showing all passenger spaces not now required by the laws of the United States to be measured for registry, for use in determining port dues and other charges based on the net tonnage of vessels. 1628 I have the honor to request that Your Excellency be good enough to confirm the understanding set forth herein. Please accept, Excellency, the assurances of iny highest consideration. Augusto S. Boyd *Minister* To His Excellency Cordell Hull, *Secretary of State* *of the United States of America, Washington, D. C.* The Secretary of State
(Hull)to the Panamanian Minister {Boyd) Department of State, *Washington, August 17, 1937.* Sir: Confirmation of understanding by the United States.I have the honor t0 acknowledge the receipt of your note of today’s date reading as follows: " “I have the honor to refer to the Department’s note of March 17, 1937,11 Not printed. and to previous correspondence concerning the reciprocal exemption of vessels of the Republic of Panama and of the United States of America from readmeasurement for tonnage in the ports of the respective countries. “The Government of Panama adopted the laws and regulations of the United States for the admeasurement of vessels for registry by its Resolution No. 1 of January 5, 1937, establishing tonnage regulations (see *Gaceta Oficial* of Panama of January 8, 1937). This information was duly communicated to Your Excellency in my note No. D–21 of January 22, 1937, and in reply Your Excellency requested to be informed of the views of my Government with regard to a proposed reciprocal arrangement for the acceptance of certifícales of registry and the special tonnage appendix in the ports of the two countries. “On instructions from my Government, I now have the honor to advise you that vessels of the United. States carrying certificates of registry or other national papers showing their net tonnage measurements and issued in accordance with the laws and regulations of the United States shall be exempted from readmeasurement in all ports of the Republic of Panama, provided that vessels of Panamanian registry which have been measured in accordance with the aforesaid resolution and which carry certificates of registry or other national papers showing their net tonnage measurements as thus ascertained shall be reciprocally exempted from readmeasurement in all ports of the United States. “It is further understood that passenger vessels of Panama and of the United States shall carry a Special Tonnage Appendix to each of their registers showing all passenger spaccs not now required by the laws of the United States to be measured for registry, for use in detennining port dues and other charges based on the net tonnage of vessels. “I have the honor to request that Your Excellency be good enough to confirm the understanding set forth herein.” " 1629 In reply I have the honor on behalf of the Government oí the United States to confirm the understanding set forth in your note. Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. For the Secretary of State: Sumner Welles The Honorable Señor Dr. Don Augusto S. Boyd, *Minister of Panama.* March 12, 1937 August 10, 1937 Agreement 50 Stat. 1630 1630 RUMANIA—PARCEL POST—March, 12, 1937/August 10, 1937 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *March, 12, 1937August 10, 1937Parcel post agreement between the United States of America and Rumania. Signed at Bucureşti (Bucharest), March 12, 1937, at Washington, August 10, 1937; approved by the President, August 20, 1937.* I. Arrangemententrel’Administration des Postes des Etats-Unis d’Amériqueetl’Administration des Postes de Roumanie,concernantl’Echange des Colis Postaux. I. Agreementbetweenthe United States Post Office Departmentandthe Rumanian Postal Administration concerningthe Exchange of Parcel Post. I. Arrangemententrel’Administration des Postes des Etats-Unis d’Amériqueetl’Administration des Postes de Roumanie,concernantl’Echange des Colis Postaux. Parcel post agreement with Rumania.Les soussignés, munis des pleinspouvoirs de leurs Gouvernements respectifs ont, d’un commun accord et sous réserve de ratification par l’Autorité supérieure compétente, arrêté l’Arrangement suivant: Art. 1. Objet de l’Arrangement.Object. 1. Territory embraced.Entre les Etats-Unis d’Amerique (y compris l’Alaska, Puerto Rico, les Iles Vierges, Guam, 1631 Samoa et Hawaï) d’une part, et la Weight limit.Roumanie d’autre part, il peut être échange, sous la dénomination de colis postaux, des envois jusqu’à concurrence de 22 livres (10 kilograms). Dans la direction Etats-Unis d’Amérique-Roumanie, ces colis ne doivent pas dépasser les dimensions suivantes: Size limit.Longueur maximum de 4 pieds (120 centimètres), à condition que les colis de plus de 42 pouces (105 centimètres) mais ne dépassant pas 44 pouces (110 centimètres) de longueur, n’excèdent pas 24 pouces (60 centimètres) de pourtour; les colis de plus de 44 pouces (110 centimètres), mais ne dépassant pas 46 pouces (115 centimètres) de longueur, n’excèdent pas 20 pouces (50 centimètres) de pourtour; les colis dépassant 46 pouces (115 centimètres) jusqu’à 4 pieds (120 centimètres) de longueur, n’excèdent pas 16 pouces (40 centimètres) de pourtour; les colis jusqu’à 3½ pieds (105 centimètres) de longueur n’excèdent pas 6 pieds de longueur et pourtour ensemble. 2. La manière de voir du bureau expéditeur, en ce qui concerne le calcul exact du poids et des dimensions, doit être considérée comme prévalant, sauf erreur évidente. Art. 2. Liberté de transit. 1. Liberty of transit.Chaque Administration garantit la liberté de transit sur son territoire, dans les relations avec les pays avec lesquels elle entretient un échange de colis, pour tout colis originaire ou à destination de l’autre Administration contractante. 2. Les Administrations se notifient la nomenclature des pays à destination desquels elles acceptent des colis en transit. 3. Pour être acceptés au transit, les colis doivent être conformes aux prescriptions du pays intermédiaire. 1632 Art. 3. Postage, etc.Affranchissement. Taxes. 1. Collection from sender.L’Administration du pays d’origine est autorisée à percevoir sur l’expéditeur de chaqué colis, suivant Ies prescriptions en vigeuer dans son service, les taxes de transport, les taxes à la valeur, ainsi que Ies droits pour les avis de réception et les recherches. 2. Prepayment.Les taxes et droits prévus au paragraphe 1 doivent étre payés d’avance sauf en cas de réexpédition ou de renvoi des colis. 3. No other charge to be collected.Il ne peut étre perçu aucun droit et aucune taxe autres que ceux prévus par le présent Arrangement ou par son Réglement d’Exécution. Art. 4. Conditionnement des Colis.Preparation of parcels. Packing.Chaqué colis doit être emballé d’une manière que répond a la durée du transport et qui préserve le contenu, ainsi qu’il est prescrit par le Réglement d’Exécution. Art. 5. Interdictions.Prohibitions. 1. Forbidden inclosures.Il est interdit d’insérer dans les colis postaux: a) Letters, etc.des communications ou des notes ayant le caractère de lettres. Il est cependant permis d’insérer dans l’envoi la facture ouverte réduite à ses énonciations constitutives, de même qu’une simple copie de l’adresse du colis, avec mention de l’adresse de l’expéditeur. b) Article bearing different address.un objet portant une adresse autre que celle du destinataire de l’envoi; c) Live animals.des animaux vivants, a l’exception des sangsues; d) Articles, admission forbidden by law.des objets dont l’admission est interdite par les lois ou réglements de douane ou autres de l’un ou l’autre des pays; e) Explosive, etc., articles.des matières explosibles ou inflammables, et, d’une manière générale, des objets dont le transport est dangereux; y compris les objets qui, par leur nature ou par 1633leur emballage, peuvent constituer une source de danger pour les employés de la poste, ou salir ou endommager des autres colis. f) Obscene, etc., articles.les objets obscènes ou immoraux. g) Designated articles in uninsured parcels.en outre, la transmission des pièces de monnaie, du platine, de l’or ou de l’argent, fabriqué ou non, des pierres précieuses, des bijoux, ou d’autres objets précieux est interdite dans les colis pas assurés. 2. Treatment of wrongly accepted parcels.Si des colis tombant sous l’une de ces interdictions ont été admis à tort à l’expédition, l’Administration qui en fait la constatation les traite suivant sa législation et ses règlements intérieures. Explosives, etc.Les matières explosives ou inflammables, ainsi que les documents, portraits, ou autres objets portant atteints aux bonnes moeurs du public, peuvent être detruites sur place par l’Administration qui les a trouvées dans les courriers. Parcel containing a letter.Le fait qu’un colis contient une lettre ou une communication ayant le caractère d’une lettre ne peut en aucun cas entraîner le retour à l’expéditeur d’un colis. La lettre est toutefois taxée en vue de la perception du destinataire de l’affranchissement dû, selon le tarif régulier. 3. List of prohibited articles to be published.Les deux Administrations se communiquent, au moyen do la “Liste des Objets Interdits” publiée par le Bureau International de l’Union Postale Universelle, la nomenclature de tous les objets interdits. Limitation.Toutefois, elles n’assument de ce chef aucune responsabilité envers les organes de la douane ou de la police ou envers l’expéditeur. Art. 6. Assurance.Insurance. Maximum amount.Les colis peuvent être assurés jusqu’au montant de 500 francs- or ou l’équivalent en monnaie du pays d’origine. Cependant, les Chefs des Administrations Postales des deux pays contractants 1634peuvent, d’un commun accord, augmenter ou diminuer ce montant maximum d’assurance. Limitation.Un colis ne peut donner lieu au payement d’une indemnité supérieure à la valeur réelle de son contenu, mais il est loisible de l’assurer pour une partie de cette valuer seulement. Art. 7. Responsabilité. Indemnité.Responsibility, etc. 1. Not accepted for ordinary parcels.Les Administrations Postales des deux pays contractants ne seront pas responsables de la perte, de l’abstraction ou du dommage d’un colis ordinaire; mais l’une ou l’autre des Administrations est libre de payer indemnité pour la perte, l’abstraction ou le dommage qui ait eu lieu dans son service, sans recours contre l’autre Administration. Indemnity for insured parcels.Sauf dans les cas mentionnés au paragraphe suivant, les Administrations sont responsables de la perte des colis assurés déposés dans l’un des deux pays contractants pour être livrés dans l’autre, et pour la perte, l’abstraction ou le dommage de leur contenu ou une partie de tel contenu. L’expéditeur ou un autre ayant-droit a le droit, de ce chef, à une indemnité qui corresponde au montant réel de la perte, de l’abstraction Calculation.ou du dommage. Le montant de l’indemnité est calculé sur la base de la valeur réelle (le prix courant, ou, à son défaut, la valeur ordinaire appréciée) au lieu èt a l’époque où le colis a été accepté au transport; pourvu que l’indemnité ne puisse en aucun cas être supérieure à la somme pour laquelle le colis a été assuré, sur laquelle la taxe à la valeur a été perçue, ni au maximum de 100 dollars (500 francs-or). Return of postage on loss of parcel.Dans le cas où l’indemnité est payable pour la perte d’un colis ou pour la destruction ou abstraction de son contenu entier, l’expéditeur a le droit à la restitution des taxes postales, sur demande. Toutefois, les droits d’assurance ne sont remboursés dans aucun cas. 1635 Insured parcels originating in a third country.Sauf arrangement spécial contraire entre les pays intéressés, aucune indemnité ne sera payée par l’un ou l’autre des pays pour la perte de colis assurés en transit originaires d’un pays qui ne participe pas à cet Arrangement, à destination de l’un des deux pays contractants. Reforwarding to a third country, etc.Lorsqu’un colis avec valeur déclarée provenant d’un pays et destiné à être remis dans l’autre pays est réexpédié de la sur un tiers pays ou y est renvoyé à la demande de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire, l’ayant-droit à l’indemnité, en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie survenue subséquemment à la réexpédition ou au renvoi du colis par le pays de l’adresse primitive, ne peut Prétendre, le cas échéant, qu’à indemnité que consent à verser ou-suivant l’entente intervenue entre les pays intéressés directement à la réexpédition ou au renvoi-que doit payer le pays ôu le fait s’est produit. Chacun des deux pays signataires du présent Responsibility for error.Arrangement qui réexpédie à tort un colis avec valeur déclarée sur un tiers pays, est responsable envers l’expéditeur dans la même mesure que le pays d’origine, donc dans les limites du présent Arrangement. 2. Exemptions.Les Administrations sont dégagées de toute responsabilité: a) Unconditional acceptance.En cas de colis dont les destinataires ont pris livraison sans réserves. b) Loss, etc., through force majeure.En cas de perte ou d’avarie due à la force majeure; bien que chacune des Administrations puisse, do son gré et sans recours contre l’autre Administration, Fayer indemnité pour la perte ou avarie due à la force majeure, même si l’Administration du pays dans le service duquel la perte ou l’avarie a eu lieu reconnaît que le dommage a été causé par la force majeure. c) Destruction of official documents.Lorsqu’elles ne sont pas à même de se rendre compte des colis à la suite de la destruction des documents officiels due à la force majeure. 1636 d) Damage through fault of sender, addressee, etc.Lorsque le dommage s’est produit par la faute ou la négligence de l’expéditeur, du destinataire, ou du représentant de l’un ou l’autre, ou lorsqu’il est du à la nature de l’envoi. e) Prohibited articles.Pour les colis qui contiennent des objets interdits. f) Declared above real value.Au cas où l’expéditeur d’un colis assuré, avec intention frauduleuse, déclare le contenu avec une valeur supérieure à sa valeur réelle; cette règle ne porte préjudice à aucun poursuit judiciaire nécessité par la législation du pays d’origine. g) Seized, because of false declaration.Pour les colis saisis par la douane à la suite d’une fausse déclaration de leur contenu. h) Unclaimed within a year.Lorsqu’une réclamation ou une application d’indemnité n’a pas été présentée par le réclamant ou son agent dans la période d’un an à compter du lendemain du dépôt du colis assuré. i) Matter of no intrinsic value, etc.Pour les colis qui contiennent des objets sans valeur intrinsèque ou des objets périssables, ou aes objets qui ne remplissaient pas les stipulations de cet Arrangement, ou qui n’avaient pas été mis à la poste de la manière prescrite; mais le pays responsable de la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie pourra payer indemnité du chef de tels colis sans recours contre l’autre Administration. 3. Indirect damages or loss.Il n’est pas payé d’indemnité pour les dommages indirects ou les bénéfices non réalisés résultant de la perte, de la spoliation, de l’avarie, de la nonlivraison, de la remise à une fausse adresse ou du retard d’un colis assuré expédié d’après les conditions du présent Arrangement. 4. Prompt payment of compensation.Le payement de l’indemnité pour un colis assuré sera effectué à l’ayant-droit aussitôt que possible, et au plus tard dans le délai d’un an à compter du lendemain du jour où la réclamation est présentée. Deferred payment.Toutefois, l’Administration postale payeuse peut exceptionnellement différer le payement de l’indemnité pour une période plus longue que celle stipulée si, à l’expiration dudit délai, elle n’a pu 1637établir le sort de l’objet dont il s’agit ni la responsabilité encourue. 5. Payment where indemnity delayed nine months.Sauf les cas où le payement est exceptionellement différé en conformité avec le deuxième alinéa du paragraphe précédent, l’Administration postale qui se charge du payement de la compensation est autorisée a payer l’indemnité pour le compte de l’Office qui, ayant été dûment notifié de la demande d’indemnité, a laissé s’écouler neuf mois sans donner de solution à l’affaire. 6. Country responsible.L’obligation de payer l’indemnité incombe à l’Administration postale dont dépend le bureau Qualification.d’origine; pourvu qu’au cas où l’indemnité est payée au destinataire selon le premier alinéa du *Ante*, p. 1634.paragraphe 1, elle incombe à l’Administration postale de destination. Claim for repayment.L’Administration payeuse se réserve le droit de soumettre une demande de remboursement à l’Administration responsable. Subrogation of responsible administration.Par le fait du payement de l’indemnité, et jusqu’à concurrence du montant de telle indemnité, l’Administration responsable est subrogée dans les droits de la personne qui l’a reçue, pour tout recours éventuel, soit contre le destinataire, soit contre l’expéditeur ou contre des tiers. Lost parcels subsequently found.Cependant, si des colis considérés comme perdus sont retrouvés, totalemente ou partiellement, la personne à qui l’indemnité a été payée sera avisée qu’elle peut reprendre possession de l’envoi contre restitution du montant de l’indemnité qui lui a été payée. 7. Responsibility of receiving office unable to show disposition.Jusqu’à preuve du contraire, la responsabilité pour un colis assuré incombe à l’Administration qui, ayant reçu le colis sans formuler de réserves et étant mis en possession de tous les moyens réglementaires d’investigation, ne peut établir le sort du colis. 8. Dispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office.Lorsque la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie d’un colis avec valeur déclarée est constatée lors de l’ouverture du récipient par le 1638bureau d’échange réceptionnaire et a été signalée régulièrement au bureau d’échange expéditeur, la responsabilité incombe à l’Administration dont dépend ce dernier Exception.bureau, à moins qu’il ne soit prouvé que le fait s’est accompli sur le territoire de l’Administration réceptionnaire. 9. Loss, etc., in transit.Si la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie s’est produite en cours de transport sans qu’il soit possible d’établir sur le territoire ou dans le service de quel pays le fait s’est accompli, les Offices en cause supportent le dommage par parts égales. 10. Repayment to country paying.Le pays responsable de la perte, de la spoliation ou de l’avarie et pour le compte duquel le payement est effectué, est tenu de rembourser le montant de l’indemnité au pays ayant effectué le payement. Ce remboursement doit avoir lieu sans retard et, au plus tard, dans le délai de 9 mois après notification du payement. 11. Without expense.Ces remboursements au pays créditeur doivent être effectués sans frais pour cet Office, soit par mandat de poste, soit par traite, en monnaie ayant cours dans le pays créditeur ou par tout autre procédé à convenir mutuellement par voie de correspondance. 12. Reimbursement on gold basis.Le remboursement des indemnités doit s’effectuer sur la base de la monnaie-or. 13. Loss, etc., of parcel in transit destined for third country.Sauf entente contraire entre les pays intéressés, entente qui peut intervenir par voie de correspondance, aucune indemnité ne sera payée pour la perte, la spoliation ou l’avarie de colis avec valeur déclarée en transit, c’est-à-dire pour des colis avec valeur déclarée originaires de l’un des deux pays ne participant pas au présent Arrangement, ou pour des colis originaires d’un pays ne participant pas à cet Arrangement à destination de l’un des deux pays contractants. 14. Responsibility for proper packing, etc.L’expéditeur est responsable des défectuosités de l’emballage et de l’insuffisance de la fermeture et des cachets des colis avec valeur 1639déclarée. D’autre part, les deux Administrations sont dégagées de toute responsabilité en cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie causée par des défectuosités non remarquées au moment du dépôt. Art. 8. Certificat de Dépôt. Récépissés.Certificate of mailing. Furnished sender on request.Sur demande, l’expéditeur d’un colis ordin aire peut obtenir un certificat au moment du dépôt du colis. Charge.Chaque pays a le droit de percevoir une taxe raisonnable pour tel certificat. Receipt.L’expéditeur d’un colis avec valeur déclarée recevra, sans charge, au moment de dépôt, un récépissé y relatif. Art. 9. Avis de Réception et Feuille de Recherches.Return receipts and inquiries. 1. Fee.L’expéditeur d’un colis avec valeur déclarée peut obtenir un avis de réception contre payement du droit prévu dans le pays d’origine, et dans les conditions établies par le Règlement. 2. Inquiry charge.Un droit, que l’Administration d’origine fixe à sa convenance, peut être perçu pour toute réclamation présentée après l’expédition soit d’un colis ordinaire, soit d’un colis avec valeur déclarée, à moins que l’expéditeur n’ait déjà acquitté le droit spécial pour un avis de réception. Inquiry relative to irregularity.Le pays d’origine a également la faculté de percevoir un droit lorsqu’il s’agit de redresser une irrégularité qui n’est pas imputable à la poste. Art. 10. Retrait et modification d’adresse. Recall and change of address.Tant qu’un colis n’a pas été remis au destinataire, l’expéditeur peut le retirer ou faire modifier l’adresse. L’Administration postale du pays d’origine peut percevoir et retenir, pour ce service, le droit fixé par ses règlements. Les demandes de retrait ou de 1640modification d’adresse des colis à destination des Etats-Unis, seront adressés à l’Administration centrale à Washington; ceux qui se rapportent aux colis à destination de la Roumanie seront adressées à l’Administration centrale à Bucureşti. Art. 11. Droits de Douane. 1. Customs duties.Les colis sont soumis à toutes les prescriptions et dispositions douanières en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Les droits exigibles do ce chef sont perçus sur le destinataire lors de la remise du colis, suivant le règlement des douanes. 2. Les Administrations peuvent s’entendre spécialement par voie de correspondance pour l’échange de colis avec bulletin d’affranchissement. Art. 12. Annulations des Droits de Douane. Cancellation of customs duties.Si les formalités exigées par l’autorité douanière ont été remplies, les droits de douane proprement dits sont annulés, en Roumanie et aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, sur les colis renvoyés à l’origine ou réexpédiés sur un tiers pays. Art. 13. Droits de dédouanement, de factage et de magasinage. 1. Customs-clearance and delivery charges.L’Administration du pays de destination peut percevoir sur le destinataire, pour l’accomplissement des formalités en douane et la remise à domicile, un droit qui ne peut excéder 100 centimes-or par colis, ainsi qu’un droit supplémentaire jusqu’à concurrence de 50 centimes-or par colis pour chaque nouvelle présentation, lorsque la première présentation est restée infructueuse. 2. Storage charge.Chaque Administration est autorisée à percevoir un droit de magasinage convenable pour les colis addressés “Poste Restante” ou pour ceux qui ne sont pas 1641retirés dans le délai qu’elle a fixé. Ce droit ne peut toutefois excéder 5 francs-or par colis. Art. 14. Colis envoyés en fausse direction.Missent parcels. Ordinary parcels.Les colis ordinaires envoyés en fausse direction sont réexpédiés sur leur véritable destination par la voie la plus directe dont peut disposer l’Administration réexpéditrice. Ils ne peuvent pas être frappés de droits de douane ou autres par cette Administration. Insured parcels.Les colis avec valeiu’ déclarée envoyés en fausse direction ne peuvent être réexpédiés que comme tels surleur destination. En cas d’impossibilité, ils sont renvoyés à l’origine. Refund, if parcel returned.Lorsque la réexpédition entraîne le retour du colis au bureau d’origine, l’Administration réexjéditrice rembourse audit bureau es bonifications reçues et signale ’erreur par un Bulletin de Vérification. Reforwarding to a third country.Quand la réexpédition entraîne l’acheminement d’un colis à un pays tiers, et si le montant crédité à l’Administration réexpéditrice est insuffisant pour couvrir les frais de la réexpédition qu’elle doit payer, l’Administration réexpéditrice alloue à l’Administration sur laquelle elle réexpédie le colis les bonifications qui sont dues à celle-ci; ensuite elle recouvre le montant de l’insuffisance en le réclamant du bureau d’échange duquel le colis en fausse direction a été reçu. La raison de cette réclamation est notifiée audit bureau d’échange au moyen d’un bulletin de vérification. Art. 15. Réexpédition.Forwarding. 1. Redirection.Un colis peut être réexpédié à la suite du changement d’adresse du destinataire dans le pays de destination, sur la demande soit de l’expéditeur soit du destinataire. Charges.La réexpédition d’un colis dans l’intérieur d’un des pays contractants donne lieu à la perception des taxes supplémentaires 1642prévues par l’Administration de ce pays. Il en est de même, le cas échéant, en ce qui concerne la remise de ce colis à une autre personne au lieu de destination primitif. Ces taxes ne seront pas annullées, même au cas ou le colis est renvoyé à l’origine ou réexpédié sur un autre pays. 2. Postage charges, etc.Si un colis soit être réexpédié sur un des deux pays signataires du présent Arrangement, il est passible des nouvelles taxes de transport, et, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, à moins que ces taxes n’aient pas été payées d’avance. Les nouveaux droits sont perçus sur le destinataire par l’Administration qui effectue la remise. Les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être réexpédiés comme tels. 3. Parcels reforwarded or returned to another country.Sur demande de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire, les colis peuvent aussi être réexpédiés sur un autre pays ou y être renvoyés. Les colis avec valeur déclarée ne peuvent cependant être réexpédiés ou renvoyés que comme tels. Les expéditeurs peuvent revêtir les colis de la mention “Ne pas réexpédier sur un tiers pays.” Dans ce cas, les colis ne doivent être réexpédiés sur aucun autre pays. En cas de perte, de spoliation ou d’avarie d ’ un colis avec valeur déclarée réexpédié sur un tiers pays ou renvoyé parce pays, l’indemnité est déterminée exclusivement d’après les dispositions de l’Article 7, Paragraphe 1; 5 ème alinéa, du présent Arrangement. Art. 16. Non-Livraison.Non-delivery. 1. Returned to sender; new charges, etc.Les colis tombés en rebut, renvoyés à l’expéditeur, sont passibles des nouveaux frais de transport, ainsi que, le cas échéant, de la taxe à la valeur, et sont renvoyés comme colis de la même catégorie qu’à l’aller. Les taxes sont exigibles de l’expéditeur et perçues par l’Administration qui lui rend les colis. 2. Treatment, in case of non-delivery.Au moment du dépôt, l’expéditeur peut demander, pour le cas de non-remise: 1643 a) que le colis lui soit immédiatement renvoyé, b) qu’il soit considéré comme abandonné, c) qu’il soit remis à une autre personne dans le pays de destination. Si l’expéditeur use de cette faculté, il doit revêtir le colis et le bulletin d’expédition d’une des mentions suivantes: " “En cas de non-remise, le colis doit être renvoyé immédiatement”; “En cas de non-remise, le colis doit être considéré comme abandonné”; “En cas de non-remise, le colis doit être délivré à ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿”. " Restriction.Aucune mention autre que celles prévues ci-dessus n’est admise. 3. Undeliverable parcels.Sauf disposition contraire, les colis tombés en rebut sont renvoyés à l’origine sans avis préalable 30 jours après leur arrivée au bureau de destination. Les colis que le destinataire refuse d’accepter doivent être renvoyés immédiatement. Dans tous las cas le motif de la non-remise doit être indiqué sur le colis ainsi que sur le bulletin d’expédition. 4. Parcels liable to deterioration.Les colis sujets à détérioration ou à corruption peuvent être vendus immédiatement, même en route, à l’aller ou au retour, sans avis préalable, et sans formalité judiciaire, au profit de qui de droit. Si, pour une cause quelconque, la vente est impossible, les objets détériorés ou corrompus sont détruits. La vente ou la destruction donne lieu à l’établissement d’un procès-verbal qui est envoyé à l’Administration d’origine. 5. Undeliverable parcels which Abandoned parcels.Les colis tombés en rebut dont l’expéditeur a fait abandon, peuvent, à l’expiration du délai de 30 jours, être vendus au profit de l’Administration du pays de destination. Toutefois, s’il s’agit d’un colis avec valeur déclarée, il est dressé un procès-verbal qui doit être envoyé à l’Administration du pays d’origine. De même, l’administration du pays d’origine doit être avisée, lorsqu’un colis avec valeur déclarée tombé en rebut, n’est pas renvoyé à l’origine. 1644 6. Provisions governing non-deliverable parcels.Les stipulations de l’Art. 17 paragraphe 3, s’appliqueront à un colis qui est retourné à la suite de non-livraison. Art. 17. Bonification des taxes.Charges. 1. Credits.Pour chaque colis échangé entre les pays contractants, l’Office expéditeur bonifie à l’Office destinataire les quotes-parts revenant à ce dernier, et indiquées dans le Règlement d’Exécution. 2. Parcels destined for a third country, etc.Les sommes à bonifier pour un colis en transit, c’est-à-dire, à destination soit d’ime possession, soit d’un tiers pays, sont indiquées de même dans le Règlement d’Exécution. 3. Reforwarding or return to origin.En cas de réexpédition ou retour à l’origine d’un colis, si des nouvelles taxes d’affranchissement, et, s’il s’agit de colis assurés, des nouveaux droits d’assurance, sont perçus par l’Office réexpéditeur, le colis est traité comme s’il avait origine dans ce pays. Autrement, l’Office réexpéditeur recouvre de l’autre Office la quotepart qui lui est due, c’est-à-dire, suivant le cas: a) les taxes prescrites par le paragraphe 1 ci-dessus; b) les taxes de réexpédition ou retour; c) les droits de dédouanement de remise et de magasinage prévus à l’Article 13; d) les taxes non-postales qui ne peuvent pas être annulées. Reforwarding or return to third country.En cas de réexpédition ou retour à un tiers pays, les frais totaux, à savoir, celles des taxes mentionées sous (a), (b),
(c)et
(d)ci-dessus qui sont, applicables, suivront le colis, mais au cas ou le pays tiers intéressé refuse d’assumer les frais parce qu’ils ne peuvent être perçus du destinataire ou de l’expéditeur, suivant le cas, ou pour une autre raison quelconque, ils seront portés de nouveau à la charge du pays d’origine. Au cas d’un colis renvoyé ou réexpédié en transit à travers de l’une Administration sur l’autre, l’Administration intermédiaire 1645pourra exiger aussi la somme qui ui est dûe pour tout autre service territorial ou maritime effectué, ainsi que tous montants dûs à une autre ou des autres Administrations quelconques qui sont intéressées. Art. 18. Colis-AvionAir parcels. Surtax.Les Chefs des Administrations Postales des deux pays contractants ont le droit de fixer, d’un commun accord, la surtaxe aérienne et les autres conditions, au cas où les colis sont transportés par voie aérienne. Art. 19. Suspension du Service. Suspension of service.Lorsque des circonstances extraordinaires justifient la mesure, l’une ou l’autre des Administrations peut suspendre, totalement ou partiellement, le service des colis ordinaires et/ou des colis avec valeur déclarée ou peut le restreindre à quelques bureaux, pourvu qu’elle en donne immédiatement avis à l’autre Administration, au besoin par télégraphe. Art. 20. Dispositions non prévues par le Present Arrangement. 1. Matters not provided for herein.A moins qu’elles ne soient réglées par le présent Arrangement toutes les questions concernant les demandes de retrait ou de renvoi des colis, et l’établissement et le renvoi des avis de réception et le règlement des demandes d’indemnité pour les colis assurés, seront traitées suivant les dispositions Universal Postal Convention, etc., provisions to govern.[49 Stat. 2741.](/us/stat/49/2741)de la Convention postale universelle et de son Règlement d’Exécution, en tant que celles-ci sont applicables et ne sont pas contraires à celles qui précèdent. Si le cas n’est prevu nulle part, la législation interne des Etats-Unis d’Amérique ou de la Roumanie, ou les décisions prises par l’un ou l’autre des pays, sont applicables dans le pays respectif. 1646 2. Details to be fixed by common consent.Les détails relatifs à l’application du présent Arrangement seront fixés par les deux Administrations dans un Règlement d’Exécution dont les dispositions pourront être modifiées ou complétées d’un commun accord par voie de C. O. D. parcels.correspondance. Un même accord par voie de correspondance, pourra intervenir en vue de l’échange de colis contre remboursement. 3. Mutual notification of postallaws, etc.Les deux Administrations se notifient mutuellement leurs lois, ordonnances et tarifs concernant l’échange des colis postaux, ainsi que toutes les modifications de taxes qui y seraient introduites dans la suite. Art. 21. Durée de l’Arrangement. 1. When effective.Le présent Arrangement, entrera en vigueur après avoir été ratifié par les parties contractantes. Provisional application.Toutefois, il est loisible aux deux Administrations de l’appliquer provisoirement dès le 1er janvier 1936. 2. Duration.Il déployera ses effets aussi longtemps qu’il n’aura pas été dénoncé 6 mois à l’avance par l’une ou l’autre des deux Administrations. Signatures.Fait en double expédition et signé à Washington, le 10/VIII–1937 et à Bucureşti, le 12/III–1937 *Le Directeur Général des Postes, des Télégraphes et des Téléphones. Bucureşti, Roumanie.* [seal] Mg. I. Pitulescu I. Agreementbetweenthe United States Post Office Departmentandthe Rumanian Postal Administration concerningthe Exchange of Parcel Post. The undersigned, provided withParcel post agreement with Rumania. full powers by their respective Governments, have, by common consent and subject to ratification by the competent superior authorities, drawn up the following Agreement: Art. 1. Object of the Agreement.Object. 1. Between the United States ofTerritory embraced. America (including Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, 1631Samoa, and Hawaii) on one hand, and Rumania on the other hand, there may be exchanged, underWeight limit. the denomination of parcel post, parcels up to the weight limit of 22 pounds, (10 kilograms), and the following maximum dimensions: Greatest length 4 feet (120Size limit. centimeters) on condition that parcels over 42 inches (105 centimeters) but not over 44 inches (110 centimeters) long do not exceed 24 inches (60 centimeters) in girth; that parcels over 44 inches (110 centimeters) but not over 46 inches (115 centimeters) long do not exceed 20 inches (50 centimeters) in girth; that parcels over 46 inches (115 centimeters) but not over 4 feet (120 centimeters) long do not exceed 16 inches (40 centimeters) in girth; and that parcels up to 3½ feet (105 centimeters) in length do not exceed 6 feet (180 centimeters) in length and girth combined. 2. The viewpoint of the dispatching office in regard to the exact calculation of the weight and dimensions must be considered as prevailing, except in case of obvious error. Art. 2. Liberty of Transit. 1. Each Administration guaranteesLiberty of transit. liberty of transit over its territory, in relations with countries with which it maintains an exchange of parcels, for every parcel originating in or destined for the other contracting Administration. 2. The Administrations notify each other as to the countries of destination for which they accept parcels in transit. 3. To be accepted in transit, parcels must be in conformity with the provisions of the intermediate country. 1632 Art. 3. Postage and Other Charges.Postage, etc. 1. The Administration of theCollection from sender. country of origin is authorized to collect from the sender of each parcel, in accordance with the provisions in force in its service, the postage charges and insurance fees, as well as the fees for return receipts and inquiries. 2. The charges and feesPrepayment. provided for in Section 1 must be paid in advance, save in case of reforwarding or return of parcels. 3. No fee or postage chargeNo other charge to be collected. other than those provided for by the present Agreement or its Regulations of Execution may be collected. Art. 4. Preparation of Parcels.Preparation of parcels. Every parcel shall be packedPacking. in a manner adequate for the length of the journey and the protection of the contents as set forth in the Regulations of Execution. Art. 5. Prohibitions.Prohibitions. 1. It is forbidden to inclose in parcels:Forbidden inclosures. a) communications or notesLetters, etc. having the character of letters. It is permissible, however, to enclose in the parcel the open invoice reduced to its essential features, as well as a simple copy of the address of the parcel with mention of the address of the sender. b) an article bearing an addressArticle bearing different address. other than that of the addressee of the parcel. c) live animals except leeches.Live animals. d) articles whose admission isArticles, admission forbidden by law. forbidden by the customs or other laws or regulations of either country. e) explosive or inflammableExplosive, etc., articles. articles, and, in general, all articles whose transportation is dangerous, including articles which from their nature or packing may be 1633a source of danger to postal employees, or may soil or damage other parcels. f) obscene or immoral articles.Obscene, etc., articles. g) it is moreover, forbidden toDesignated articles in uninsured parcels. send coin, platinum, gold, or silver, (whether manufactured or unmanufactured) precious stones, jewels or other precious articles in uninsured parcels. 2. If parcels coming under oneTreatment of wrongly accepted parcels. of these prohibitions have been wrongly accepted for mailing, the Administration detecting them treats them in accordance with its domestic laws and regulations. Explosive or inflammable Explosives, etc.articles, as well as documents, pictures or other articles injurious to public morals, may be destroyed on the spot by the Administration which has found them in the mails. The fact that a parcel containsParcel containing a letter. a letter or a communication having the nature of a letter may not in any case entail the return of the parcel to the sender. The letter is, however, marked for the collection of postage due from the addressee at the regular rate. 3. The two Administrations adviseList of prohibited articles to be published. each other, by means of the List of Prohibited Articles published by the International Bureau of the Universal Postal Union, of all prohibited articles. However,Limitation. they do not assume, on that account, any responsibility toward the customs or police authorities or the sender. Art. 6. Insurance.Insurance. Parcels may be insured up toMaximum amount. the amount of 500 gold francs or its equivalent in the currency of the country of origin. However, the Chiefs of the Postal Administrations of the two contracting 1634countries may, by mutual consent, increase or decrease this maximum amount of insurance. A parcel cannot give rise to theLimitation. payment of an indemnity higher than the actual value of its contents, but it is permissible to insure it for only part of that value. Art. 7. Responsibility. Indemnity.Responsibility, etc. 1. The Postal AdministrationsNot accepted for ordinary parcels. of the two contracting countries will not be responsible for the loss, abstraction or damage of an ordinary parcel; but either Administration is at liberty to pay indemnity for the loss, abstraction or damage which may occur in its service, without recourse to the other Administration. Except in the cases mentionedIndemnity for insured parcels. in the Section following, the Administrations are responsible for the loss of insured parcels mailed in one of the two contracting countries for delivery in the other and for the loss, abstraction of or damage to their contents, or a part thereof. The sender, or other rightful claimant, in11 So in original. entitled on this account to an indemnity corresponding to the actual amount of the loss, abstraction or damage. The amount of indemnity isCalculation. calculated on the basis of the actual value (current price, or, in the absence of current price, the ordinary estimated value) at the place where and the time when the parcel was accepted for mailing, provided in any case that the indemnity may not be greater than the amount for which the parcel was insured, and on which the insurance fee has been collected or the maximum amount of $100 (500 gold francs). In the case where indemnity isReturn of postage on loss of parcel. payable for the loss of a parcel or for the destruction or abstraction of the whole of the contents thereof, the sender is entitled to the return of the postal charges, if claimed. However, the insurance fees are not in any case returned. 1635 In the absence of specialInsured parcels originating in a third country. agreement to the contrary between the countries involved, no indemnity will be paid by either country for the loss of transit insured parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries. When an insured parcelReforwarding to a third country, etc. originating in one country and destined to be delivered in the other country is reforwarded from there to a third country or is returned to a third country, at the request of the sender or of the addressee, the party entitled to the indemnity in case of loss, rifling or damage occurring subsequent to the reforwarding or return of the parcel by the original country of destination, can lay claim, in such a case, only to the indemnity which the country where the loss, rifling or damage occurred consents to pay, or which that country is obligated to pay in accordance with the agreement made between the countries directly interested in the reforwarding or return. Either ofResponsibility for error. the two countries signing the present Agreement which wrongly forwards an insured parcel to a third country is responsible to the sender to the same extent as the country of origin, that is, within the limits of the present Agreement. 2. The Administrations are relievedExemptions. of all responsibility: a) In case of parcels of whichUnconditional acceptance. the addressee has accepted delivery without reservation. b) In case of loss or damageLoss, etc., through force majeure. through force majeure (causes beyond control) although either Administration may at its option and without recourse to the other Administration pay indemnity for loss or damage due to force majeure even in cases where the Administration of the country in the service of which the loss or damage occurred recognizes that the damage was due to force majeure. c) When they are unable toDestruction of official documents. account for parcels in consequence of the destruction of official documents through force majeure. 1636 d) When the damage has beenDamage through fault of sender, addressee, etc. caused by the fault or negligence of the sender or the addressee or the representative of either, or when it is due to the nature of the article. e) For parcels which containProhibited articles. prohibited articles. f) In case the sender of anDeclared above real value. insured parcel, with intent to defraud, shall declare the contents to be above their real value; this rule, however, shall not prejudice any legal proceedings necessitated by the legislation of the country of origin. g) For parcels seized by theSeized, because of false declaration. customs because of false declaration of contents. h) When no inquiry orUnclaimed within a year. application for indemnity has been made by claimant or his representative within a year commencing with the day following the posting of the insured parcel. i) For parcels which containMatter of no intrinsic value, etc. matter of no intrinsic value or perishable matter or which did not conform to the stipulations of this Agreement or which were not posted in the manner prescribed, but the country responsible for the loss, rilling or damage may pay indemnity in respect of such parcels without recourse to the other Administration. 3. No indemnity is paid forIndirect damages or loss. indirect damages or loss of profits resulting from the loss, rifling, damage, non-delivery, mis-delivery or delay of an insured parcel dispatched in accordance with the conditions of the present Agreement. 4. The payment of compensationPrompt payment of compensation. for an insured parcel shall be made to the rightful claimant as soon as possible and at the latest within a period of one year counting from the day following that on which the application is made. However, the paying PostalDeferred payment. Administration may exceptionally defer payment of indemnity for a longer period than that stipulated if, at the expiration of that period, it has not been able to determine 1637the disposition made of the article in question or the responsibility incurred. 5. Except in cases where paymentPayment where indemnity delayed nine months. is exceptionally deferred as provided in the second paragraph of the foregoing section, the Postal Administration which undertakes the payment of compensation is authorized to pay indemnity on behalf of the Office, which, after being duly informed, of the application for indemnity, has let nine months pass without settling the matter. 6. The obligation of paying theCountry responsible. indemnity shall rest with the Postal Administration to which the mailing office is subordinate, providedQualification., that in cases where the indemnity is paid to the addressee in accordance with the second paragraph of*Ante*, p. 1634. Section 1, it shall rest with the Postal Administration of destination. The paying Administration retainsClaim for repayment. the right to make a claim against the Administration responsible. By the fact of the payment ofSubrogation of responsible administration. the indemnity, and up to the amount of such indemnity, the responsible Administration is subrogated to the rights of the person who has received the indemnity for all eventual recourse against either the addressee, the sender or third parties. However, if parcels considered Lost parcels subsequently found.subsequently found again, in whole or in part, the person to whom the indemnity has been paid will be informed that he may regain possession of the recovered article by repaying the amount of the indemnity which has been paid to him. 7. Until the contrary is proved,Responsibility of receiving office unable to show disposition. responsibility for an insured parcel rests with the Administration which, having received the parcel without making any reservations, and being put in possession of all the regulation means of investigation, can not establish the disposition of the parcel. 8. When the loss, rifling or Dispatching office responsible if loss discovered by receiving office.damage of an insured parcel IS covered by receiving detected upon opening the receptacle at the receiving exchange 1638office and has been regularly pointed out to the dispatching exchange office, the responsibility falls on the Administration to which the latter office belongs,Exception. unless it be proved that the irregularity occurred on the territory of the receiving Administration. 9. If the loss, rilling or damageLoss, etc., in transit. has taken place in the course of transportation, without its being possible to establish on the territory or in the service of which country the act took place, the Offices involved bear the loss in equal shares. 10. The country responsible forRepayment to country paying. the loss, rifling or damage, and on whose account the payment is effected, is bound to repay the amount of the indemnity to the country which has effected the payment. This reimbursement must take place without delay, and at the latest within the period of 9 months after notification of payment. 11. These repayments to theWithout expense. creditor country must be made without expense for that Office, by money order or draft, in money valid in the creditor country or in any other way to be agreed upon mutually by correspondence. 12. The reimbursement of theReimbursement on gold basis. indemnities must be effected on the basis of gold money. 13. Barring contrary agreementLoss, etc., of parcel in transit destined for third country. between the countries concerned, which agreement may be made by correspondence, no indemnity will be paid for the loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel in transit, i. e., for insured parcels originating in one of the two contracting countries and destined for countries not participating in the present Agreement, or for parcels originating in a country not participating in this Agreement and destined for one of the two contracting countries. 14. The sender is responsible forResponsibility for proper packing, etc. defects in the packing and insufficiency in the closing and the seals of insured parcels. Moreover, the 1639two Administrations are released from all responsibility in case of loss, rifling or damage caused by defects not noticed at the time of mailing. Art. 8. Certificate of Mailing. Receipts.Certificate of mailing. On request, the sender of anFurnished sender on request. ordinary parcel may obtain a certificate at the time of mailing the parcel. Each country has the rightCharge. to collect a reasonable fee therefor. The sender of an insured parcelReceipt. receives without charge, at the tune of posting, a receipt for his parcel. Art. 9. Return Receipts and Inquiries.Return receipts and inquiries. 1. The sender of an insured Fee.parcel may obtain a return receipt upon payment of the fee provided for in the country of origin, and under the conditions laid down in the Regulations. 2. A charge, which the AdmininistrationInquiry charge. of origin fixes at its convenience, may be collected for every inquiry presented after mailing an ordinary or insured parcel, unless the sender has already paid the special fee for a return receipt. The country of origin also has Inquiry relative to irregularity.the option of collecting a fee when it is a question of correcting an irregularity which is not the fault of the postal service. Art. 10. Recall and Change of Address. So long as a parcel has not been Recall and change of address.delivered to the addressee, the sender may recall it or cause its address to be changed. The Postal Administration of the country of origin may collect and retain, for this senuce, the charge fixed by its regulations, The requests 1640for recall or change of address of parcels to be delivered in the United States of America shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Washington; those relating to parcels for delivery in Rumania shall be addressed to the Central Administration at Bucureşti. Art. 11. Customs Duties. 1. The parcels are subject toCustoms duties. all customs laws and regulations in force in the country of destination. The duties collectible on that account are collected from the addressee on delivery of the parcel, in accordance with the customs regulations. 2. The Administrations may come to a special agreement, by way of correspondence, for the exchange of parcels with prepayment bulletins. Art. 12. Cancellation of Customs Duties. If the formalities required byCancellation of customs duties. the customs authorities have been fulfilled, the customs duties properly so-called are canceled, both in Rumania and the United States of America, on parcels returned to origin or reforwarded to a third country. Art. 13. Customs-Clearance, Delivery and Storage Charges. 1. The Administration of theCustoms-clearance and delivery charges. country of destination may collect from the addressee, for the fulfillment of customs formalities and delivery at his residence, a charge not exceeding 100 gold centimes per parcel, as well as a supplementary charge of 50 gold centimes per parcel for each new presentation when the first presentation has been unsuccessful. 2. Each Administration isStorage charge. authorized to collect a suitable storage charge for parcels addressed “Poste Restante” or which are not withdrawn within the 1641period which it has fixed. This charge may not, however, exceed 5 gold francs per parcel. Art. 14. Missent Parcels.Missent parcels. Ordinary parcels when missentOrdinary parcels. are reforwarded to their correct destination by the most direct route at the disposal of the reforwarding Administration. They must not be charged with customs or other charges by that Administration. Insured parcels, whenInsured parcels. missent, may not be reforwarded to their destination except as such. If this is impossible, they are returned to origin. When the reforwarding involves Refund, if parcel returned.the return of the parcel to the office of origin, the retransmitting Administration refunds to that office the credits received and reports the error by a Bulletin of Verification. When the reforwarding involvesReforwarding to a third country. the dispatch of a parcel to a third country and if the amount credited to the retransmitting Administration is insufficient to cover the expenses of retransmission which it has to defray, the retransmitting Administration allows to the Administration to which it forwards the parcel the credits due it; it then recovers the amount of the deficiency by claiming it from the office of exchange from which the missent parcel was directly received. The reason for this claim is notified to the latter by means of a Bulletin of Verification. Art. 15. Forwarding.Forwarding. 1. A parcel may be redirected inRedirection. consequence of the addresse’s11 So in original. change of address in the country of destination, at the request of either the sender or the addressee. The reforwarding of a parcelCharges. within one of the contracting countries gives rise to the collection of the supplementary charges 1642provided for by the Administration of that country. The same is true, if occasion arises, in regard to the delivery of such parcel to another person at the original place of destination. These charges shall not be cancelled even in case the parcel is returned to origin or reforwarded to another country. 2. If a parcel must be reforwardedPostage charges, etc. to one of the two countries signatory to the present Agreement, it is liable to new postage charges, and, if occasion arises, new insurance fees, unless such charges and fees have been paid in advance. The new fees are collected from the addressee by the Administration effecting the delivery. Insured parcels must be reforwarded as such. 3. At the request of the senderParcels reforwarded or returned to another country. or addressee, parcels may also be reforwarded or returned to another country. Insured parcels may not, however, be reforwarded or returned except as such. The senders may mark the parcels: “Do not forward to a third country.” In that case the parcels must not be reforwarded to any other country. In case of loss, rifling or damage of an insured parcel reforwarded to another country, or returned by that country, the indemnity is decided upon exclusively in accordance with the provisions of Article 7, Section 1, 5th paragraph. Art. 16. Non-Delivery.Non-delivery. 1. Undeliverable parcelsReturned to sender; new charges, etc. returned to the sender are liable to new postage charges as well as insurance fees if necessary, and are returned as parcels of the same class in which they were received. The charges are collectible from the sender, and are collected by the Administration delivering the parcels to him. 2. At the time of mailing, theTreatment, in case of non-delivery. sender may request, in the event of non-delivery: 1643 a) that the parcel be returned to him immediately, b) that it be considered as abandoned; or, c) that it be delivered to another person in the country of destination. If the sender makes use of this option, he must mark the parcel and the dispatch note with one of the following notes:" “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be returned immediately”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be considered as abandoned”; “In case of non-delivery, the parcel should be delivered to＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿”. " No note other than those providedRestriction. for above is permitted. 3. Barring contrary instructions, Undeliverable parcels.undeliverable parcels are returned to origin, without previous notification, 30 days after their arrival at the office of destination. Parcels which the addressee refuses to accept shall be returned immediately. In all cases, the reason for non-delivery must be indicated on the parcel. 4. Parcels liable to deteriorationParcels liable to deterioration. or corruption may be sold immediately, even enroute on the outward or return voyage, without previous notice and without judicial formality, for the profit of the rightful party. If, for any reason, sale is impossible, the deteriorated or corrupted articles are destroyed. The sale or destruction gives rise to the making of a report which is sent to the Administration of origin. 5. Undeliverable parcels which Abandoned parcels.the sender has abandoned may, at the expiration of a 30-day period, be sold for the profit of the Administration of the country of destination. However, in the case of an insured parcel, a report is made up, which must be sent to the Administration of the country of origin. Likewise, the Administration of the country of origin must be advised when an insured parcel which is undeliverable is not returned to origin. 1644 6. The provisions of Art. 17,Provisions governing non-deliverable parcels. Section 3, shall be applied to a parcel which is returned in consequence of non-delivery. Art. 17. Charges.Charges. 1. For each parcel exchangedCredits. between the contracting countries, the dispatching Office credits to the Office of destination the quotas due to the latter, and indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 2. The sums to be paid for aParcels destined for a third country, etc. parcel in transit, that is, destined either for a possession or for a third country, are likewise indicated in the Regulations of Execution. 3. In case of reforwarding orReforwarding or return to origin. return to origin of a parcel, if new postage and new insurance fees (in the case of insured parcels) are collected by the redispatching Office, the parcel is treated as if it had originated in that country. Otherwise, the redispatching Office recovers from the other Office the quota due to it, namely, as the case may be: a) the charges prescribed by Section 1 above; b) the charges for reforwarding or return; c) the customs clearance, delivery and storage charges provided for by Article 13; d) the non-postal charges whose cancellation cannot be obtained. In case of reforwarding orReforwarding or return to third country. return to a third country, the accrued charges, that is, such of the charges mentioned in (a), (b),
(c)and
(d)above as are applicable, shall follow the parcel, but in the case that the third country concerned refuses to assume the charges because they cannot be collected from the addressee or sender, as the case may be, or for any other reason, they shall be charged back to the country of origin. In the case of a parcel returned or forwarded in transit through one of the two Administrations to or from the other, the inter-1645mediary Administration may claim also the sum due to it for any additional territorial or sea service provided, together with any amounts due to any other Administration or Administrations concerned. Art. 18. Air Parcels.Air parcels. The Chiefs of the PostalSurtax. Administrations of the two contracting countries have the right to fix by mutual consent the air surtax and other conditions in the case where the parcels are conveyed by the air routes. Art. 19. Suspension of Service. In extraordinary circumstancesSuspension of service. such as will justify the measure, either Administration may suspend, totally or partially, the service of ordinary and/or insured parcels or restrict it to certain offices, on condition of giving immediate notice, if necessary by telegraph, to the other Administration. Art. 20. Matters not Provided for in the Present Agreement. 1. Unless they are provided forMatters not provided for herein. in the present Agreement, all questions concerning requests for recall or return of parcels and the obtaining and disposition of return receipts and settlement of indemnity claims in connection with insured parcels shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of Universal Postal Convention, etc., provisions to govern.[49 Stat. 2741.](/us/stat/49/2741)the Universal Postal Convention and its Regulations of Execution, insofar as they are applicable and are not contrary to the foregoing provisions. If the case is not provided for at all, the domestic legislation of the United States of America or of Rumania, or the decisions made by one country or the other, are applicable in the respective country. 1646 2. The details relative to theDetails to be fixed by common consent. application of the present Agreement will be fixed by the two Administrations in Regulations of Execution, the provisions of which may be modified or completed by common consent by way of correspondence. A similar agreement C. O. D. parcels.through correspondence may be made with a view to the exchange of parcels with trade charges (C. O. D. parcels). 3. The two Administrations Mutual notification of postallaws, etc.notify each other mutually of their laws, ordinances and tariffs concerning the exchange of parcel post, as well as of all modifications in rates which may be subsequently made. Art. 21. Duration of the Agreement. 1. The present Agreement willWhen effective. enter into force after having been ratified by the contracting parties. However, it is permissible forProvisional application. the two Administrations to apply it provisionally from January 1, 1936. 2. It shall remain in effectDuration. as long as it has not been terminated six months in advance by one or the other of the two Administrations. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington, the tenth day of August 1937 and at Bucureşti, the twelfth day of March, 1937 [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America. Washington, D. C.* Approval.The foregoing Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Rumania has been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and is hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *August 20, 1937*. 1647 Règlement d’Exécution deRegulations of Execution.l’Arrangement concernant l’Echangedes Colis Postauxconclu entrela Roumanie etles Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Art. 1. Conditionnement des Colis.Preparation of parcels. 1. Regulations of Execution.Le nom et l’Adresse de l’expéditeur et du destinataire doivent être écrits d’une façon lisible et exacte, si possible sur le colis même ou sur une étiquette fixée solidement à l’envoi. Il est recommandé d’insérer un double de l’adresse dans chaque colis, surtout lorsque l’usage d’une étiquette volante est rendu nécessaire par le conditionnement ou par la forme do l’envoi. Les colis dont l’adresse de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire consiste en initiales seulement ne sont pas admis, à moins que les initiales ne soient la raison sociale adoptée de l’expéditeur ou du destinataire, généralement reconnu. Les adresses au crayon ne sont pas admises. Sont toutefois acceptées les adresses écrites au crayon-encre, sur un fond préalablement mouillé. 2. Chaque colis doit être emballé de manière que le contenu soit préservé pendant toute la durée du transport, et de façon à empêcher le contenu d’endommager des autres colis ou envois, ou blesser les agents postaux. L’emballage doit protéger le contenu suffisamment afin que les traces soient faciles à découvrir en cas de spoliation. Les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être scellés par des cachets à la cire, par des plombs ou par un autre moyen équivalent. Pour les colis ordinaires, un ficelage soigneux suffit comme moyen de fermeture, mais ils peuvent aussi être scellés. 1648 Comme mesure de sécurité, chaque Administration peut exiger qu’une empreinte ou marque spéciale de l’expéditeur figure sur les plombs ou cachets de fermeture des colis avec valeur déclarée. L’Administration des douanes du pays de destination est autorisée à ouvrir les colis. A cet effet, les cachets ou toute autre fermeture peuvent être brisés ou rompus. Les envois ouverts par la douane doivent être refermés et, en outre, scellés d’office, si l’expéditeur les avait scellés. 3. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, le montant de la valeur déclarée doit figurer sur le colis, exprimé dans la monnaie du pays d’origine, en caractères latins. Ce montant doit être converti en francs-or par l’expéditeur ou par le bureau d’origine, et le résultat de la conversion est ajouté audessous de l’indication originale. Le montant de la valeur assurée doit aussi être indiqué sur le bulletin d’expédition. 4. Chaque colis avec valeur déclarée doit porter du côté de l’adresse un numéro (Insurance number) et l’indication “insured” ou “valeur déclarée”. Le même numéro d’assurance et la même annotation doivent également figurer sur le bulletin d’expédition. 5. Les étiquettes ou timbresposte apposés sur les colis avec valeur déclarée doivent être espacés afin qu’ils ne puissent servir à cacher des lésions de l’emballage. Ils ne doivent pas, non plus, être repliés sur deux faces de l’emballage, de manière à couvrir la bordure. 6. Les liquides at les corps facilement liquéfiables doivent être expédiés dans un double récipient. Entre le premier (bouteille, flacon, boite, etc.) et le second (boîte en métal, en bois résistant, en fibre de solide qualité ou récipient de résistance équivalente), une espace doit être laissée qui sera remplie de sciure, de son ou de toute autre matière spongieuse, en quantité suffisante pour absorber tout le liquide en cas de bris du récipient. 1649 7. Les poudres et les matières colorantes en poudre doivent être emballés dans de fortes boîtes en fer-blanc ou autre métal, qui, après avoir été soudées, seront placées à leur tour dans des emballages extérieurs résistants de manière à exclure tout endommagement d’autres envois. Art. 2. Déclarations en douane et Bulletins d’Expédition. 1. Customs declarations and dispatch notes.L’expéditeur doit préparer une déclaration en douane et un bulletin d’expédition pour chaque colis expédié aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique, et deux déclarations en douane et un bulletin d’expédition pour chaque colis expédié à la Roumanie, sur des formules spéciales fournies à cet effet par le pays d’origine. La déclaration en douane doit fournir une description générale du colis, une liste exacte et détaillée de son contenu et de sa valeur, la date de sa mise à la poste, le poids réel, le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeur, et le nom et l’adresse du destinataire; et elle sera attachée solidement au colis. Le bulletin d’expédition doit indiquer le bureau d’origine, le nom et l’adresse de l’expéditeur, le nombre de déclarations en douane, le poids du colis, le port payé, le nom et l’adresse du destinataire, et le bureau de destination; et il sera attaché solidement au colis. Toutefois, par exception à ce qui précède, lorsque plus d’un colis non assuré est déposé simultanément par le même expéditeur à l’adresse du même destinataire, l’expéditeur ne doit nécessairement préparer qu’une déclaration en douane et un bulletin d’expédition pour chaque lot de trois colis au maximum originaires de la Roumanie; ou deux déclarations en douane et un bulletin d’expédition pour chaque lot de trois colis au maximum originaires des Etats-Unis d’Amérique. Telles déclarations en douane et tels bulletins d’expédition doivent indiquer, 1650outre les détails prévus aux deux alineás précédents, le nombre total de colis constituant le lot entier; et ils seront attachés solidement à l’un des colis. Dans de tels cas, chaque colis d’un groupe doit être numéroté 1, 2 ou 3, à titre de numéros d’identification; et lorsque plus de trois colis sont envoyés simultanément chaque groupe est désignée par un lettre (a, b, c, etc.); pour exemple, lorsqu’il y a deux groupes de trois colis chacune, les colis doivent être marqués “a–1”, “a–2” et “a–3”; et “b–1”, “b–2” et “b–3”. 2. Les Administrations n’acceptent aucune responsabilité pour l’exactitude des déclarations en douane ni des bulletins d’expédition. Art. 3. Avis de réception. 1. Return receipts.Quant à un colis pour lequel un avis de réception est demandé, le bureau d’origine fait figurer sur le colis les lettres ou les mots “A. R.”, ou “Avis de Réception.” Le bureau d’origine, ou un autre bureau quelconque désigné par l’Administration expéditrice, doit remplir une formule d’avis de réception et l’attacher au colis. Si la formule ne parvient pas au bureau de destination, celui-ci prépare un duplicata. 2. Le bureau de destination, après avoir dûment rempli la formule d’avis de réception, la renvoie en franchise de port à l’adresse de l’expéditeur du colis. 3. Lorsque l’expéditeur demande un avis de réception postérieurement au dépôt du colis, le bureau d’origine remplie régulièrement une formule d’avis de réception tout en y attachant une formule de réclamation pourvue des détails relatifs à l’expédition du colis, et la transmet au bureau de destination du colis. En cas de livraison régulière du colis, le bureau de destination retire la formule de réclamation, et l’avis de réception est traité de la manière prescrite au paragraphe précédent. 1651 Art. 4. Récipients. 1. Receptacles.Chaque Administration pourvoit à l’acquisition des sacs nécessaires pour l’expédition de ses colis. Chaque sac doit être marqué de façon à indiquer le nom du bureau ou du pays auquel il appartient. Les sacs vides doivent être renvoyés au pays d’origine par le prochain courrier. 2. Il y a lieu d’indiquer sur la feuille de route tant le nombre de sacs utilisés pour la confection de la dépêche que celui des sacs vides en retour. A l’aide de ces indications, chaque Administration exerce un contrôle sur la rentrée des récipients qui lui appartiennent. Au cas où ce contrôle demontrerait que le dix pour cent du nombre total des sacs utilisés pendant une année n’a pas été renvoyé, la valeur des sacs manquants doit être remboursée à l’office expéditeur. Art. 5. Echange des colis. 1. Exchange of parcels.Les colis sont échangés dans des sacs clos au moyen de cachets ou de plombs, entre les bureaux désignés par les Administrations. Ils sont transmis au pays de destination aux frais du pays d’origine et de la manière qui convient à ce dernier. Le poids de chaque sac ne doit pas dépasser 40 kilogrammes. 2. Les colis assurés seront compris dans des sacs à part de ceux dans lequels les colis ordinaires sont inséres, et les étiquettes des sacs qui contiennent les colis assurés doivent être marquées avec tels symboles distinctifs qui seraient adoptés de temps en temps. Art. 6. Inscription des colis. 1. Billing of parcels.Il doit être établi des feuilles de route distinctes pour les colis ordinaires, d’une part, et pour les colis avec valeur déclarée, d’autre part. 1652 Les feuilles de route sont établies en double exemplaire. L’originale est expédié par la poste aux lettres, tandis que le duplicata est inséré dans l’un des sacs. Le sac renfermant la feuille de route est désigné par la lettre “F” tracée d’une manière apparente sur l’étiquette. 2. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination de la Roumanie sont inscrits en bloc sur les feuilles de route, mais par catégories d’envois jusqu’a 1 kilogramme, de 1 a 5 kilogrammes, et de 5 a 10 kilogrammes. Les colis ordinaires compris dans chaque dépêche à destination des Etats-Unis d’Amérique sont inscrits sur les feuilles de route par la seule mention du nombre total des colis et de leur poids net total. 3. Les colis avec valeur déclarée sont inscrits isolément sur les feuilles de route, avec indication du numéro (insurance number) et du nom du bureau d’origine. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée à destination de la Roumanie, les feuilles de route doivent porter aussi l’indication de la coupure de poids à laquelle les colis appartiennent. Pour les colis avec valeur déclarée à destination des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, les feuilles de route doivent porter, en outre, l’indication du poids net total des colis. 4. Les colis transmis à découvert doivent être inscrits séparément sur les feuilles de route. 5. Les colis retournés ou réexpédiés doivent être inscrits isolément sur les feuilles de route et être suivis du mot “Retourné” ou “Réexpédié”, selon le cas. Une indication do frais dus pour ces colis doit figurer dans la colonne “Observations”. 6. Le nombre total des sacs compris dans chaque dépêche doit aussi figurer sur les feuilles de route. 7. Chaque bureau d’échange expéditeur numérote les feuilles de route à l’angle gauche supérieur d’après une série annuelle. Le dernier numéro de l’année 1653précédente doit être mentionné sur la première feuille de la nouvelle année. 8. La mode exacte d’avis des colis ou des récipients les contenant expédiés par l’une des Administrations en transit par l’autre, ainsi que tous les détails en connexion avec la manière d’avis de tels colis ou récipients non prévus par cet Arrangement, sera réglée d’un commun accord par voie de correspondance entre tes deux Administrations. Art. 7. Vérification par les bureaux d’échange. 1. Verification by exchange office.A la réception d’une dépêche le bureau d’échange destinataire procède à sa vérification. Les inscriptions sur la feuille de route doivent être vérifiées exactement. Chaque erreur ou omission doit être portée immédiatement à la connaissance du bureau d’échange expéditeur au moyen d’un bulletin de vérification. Une dépêche est considérée comme ayant été trouvée en ordre à tous égards, lorsqu’il n’est pas dressé de bulletin de vérification. Si l’on constate une erreur ou une irrégularité à la réception d’une dépêche, toutes les pièces pouvant servir de preuves à l’appui en vue de recherches ultérieures ou de l’examen de demandes d’indemnité doivent être conservées. 2. Le bureau d’échange expéditeur auquel un bulletin de vérification est envoyé doit le renvoyer après l’avoir examiné et y apporté ses observations éventuelles. Ce bulletin est alors annexé aux feuilles de route des colis auxquelles il se rapporte. Les corrections apportées à une feuille de route qui ne sont pas appuyées par des documents sont considérées comme nulles et non avenues. 3. Si nécessaire, le bureau d’échange expéditeur peut de même être avisé par télégramme, aux frais de l’Office expéditeur de tel télégramme. 1654 4. En cas de manque d’une feuille de route, il en est établi un duplicata dont une copie est envoyée au bureau d’échange expéditeur de la dépêche. 5. Le bureau d’échange qui reçoit d’un bureau correspondant un colis qui se trouve endommagé ou insuffisamment emballé doit réexpédier tel colis après remballage s’il est nécessaire, tout en préservant l’emballage original autant que possible. Si le dommage est tel que le contenu du colis aurait pu être soustrait, le bureau doit d’abord ouvrir le colis d’office et en vérifier le contenu. Dans l’un ou l’autre cas, le poids du colis sera vérifié avant et après le remballage, et indiqué sur l’emballage du colis même. Cette indication sera suivi par la note “Remballé à ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿ (Repacked at ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿)” ainsi que la signature des agents ayant effectué tel remballage. Art. 8. Bonification des quotes-parts. 1. Payments.Les quotes-parts terminales à bonifier par l’Office expéditeur à l’Office destinataire, en vertu de *Ante*, p. 1644.l’Artide 17, paragraphe 1, de l’Arrangement, sont les suivantes: A. Par la Roumanie aux Etats-Unis d’Amérique: 70 centimes-or par kilogramme, sur la base du poids net en bloc (bulk net weight) de chaque dépêche. Cette taxe s’applique aussi aux colis à destination de l’Alaska. Elle est réduite à 35 centimes-or par kilogramme pour les colis à destination de Puerto Rico, des Iles Vierges, de Guam, de Samoa, et de Hawaï. B. Par les Etats-Unis d’Amérique à la Roumanie: Taxe par colis: Jusqu’à 1 kg＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿85 cm.-or Au dela de 1 kg. jusqu’à 5 kg＿＿＿＿＿1.25 fr.-or Au delà de 5 kg. jusqu’à 10 kg＿＿＿＿2.25 fr.-or 1655 En outre, pour les colis assurés expédiés de l’un des pays sur l’autre, il sera bonifié une quote-part terminale d’assurance de 10 centimes-or par colis. 2. Les quotes-parts à bonifier pour les colis expédiés par une Administration à l’autre, en vue de leur transmission ultérieure à une possession ou à un pays tiers, seront fixées par l’Admmistration intermédiaire. 3. Les taxes terminales et de transit susinentionées peuvent être réduites ou majorées, moyennant avertissement donné trois mois à l’avance par l’un pays à l’autre. La réduction ou majoration sera valable pour un an au moins. Article 9. Décompte. 1. Accounting.A la fin de chaque trimestre, chaque Administration établit un compte sur la base des feuilles de route. 2. Ces comptes, accompagnés des feuilles de route et, le cas échéant, des copies des bulletins de vérification s’y rapportant, doivent être soumis à l’examen de l’Adininistration correspondante dans le courant du mois qui suit le trimestre auquel ils se rapportent. 3. La récapitulation, l’envoi, l’examen et l’acceptation de ces comptes ne doivent pas être retardés et le règlement due solde aura lieu, au plus tard, à l’expiration du trimestre suivant. 4. Le solde résultant de la balance des comptes entre les deux Administrations est payé par traite à vue, tirée sur New York ou par un autre moyen convenu réciproquement par voie de correspondance. Les frais de paiement sont à la charge de l’Administration débitrice. Article 10. Notifications Diverses. Miscellaneous notifications.Les Administrations se communiqueront mutuellement un résumé des dispositions de leurs lois 1656ou règlements applicables aux colis échangés entre les deux pays contractants, ainsi que tous les autres détails nécessaires pour l’exécution de l’échange des colis. Effective date and duration.Le présent Règlement sera exécutoire à partir du jour de la mise en vigueur de l’Arrangement concernant l’Echange des Colis Postaux, et aura la même durée que cet Arrangement. Signatures.Fait en double expédition et signé à Washington, le 10/VIII–1937 et à Bucureşti, le 12/III–1937 *Le Directeur Général des Postes, des Télégraphes et des Téléphones. Bucureşti, Roumanie.* [seal] Mg. I. Pitulescu 1647 Regulations of Execution forRegulations of Execution.the Agreement concerning the Exchangeof Parcel Postconcluded betweenRumania andthe United States of America. Art. 1. Preparation of parcels.Preparation of parcels. 1. The name and address of theRegulations of Execution. sender and of the addressee must be written, legibly and correctly, if possible on the parcel itself, or on a label affixed securely to the parcel. It is recommended that a duplicate of the address be inserted in every parcel, especially when the use of a tag is rendered necessary by the packing or form of the parcel. Parcels on which the name of the sender or of the addressee is indicated merely by initials are not admitted unless the initials are the adopted trade name of the sender, or addressee, which is generally understood. Addresses in pencil are not admitted. However, addresses written in indelible pencil on a previously dampened surface are accepted. 2. Each parcel must be packed in such a manner that the contents are protected over the whole route, and in such a way as to prevent the contents from damaging other parcels or objects or injuring postal agents. The packing must protect the contents sufficiently that, in case of rifling, the traces thereof may be easily discovered. Insured parcels must be sealed with wax or lead or by some equivalent means. For ordinary parcels, careful tying is sufficient as a mode of closing, but they may also be sealed. 1648 As a protective measure, either Administration may require that a special imprint or mark of the sender appear on the wax or lead seals closing insured parcels. The Customs Administration of the country of destination is authorized to open the parcels. To that end, the seals of11 So in original. any other fastenings may be broken. Parcels opened by the customs must be refastened and also officially sealed, if the sender has sealed them. 3. For insured parcels, the amount of insured value must appear on the parcel in the currency of the country of origin and in Roman letters. This amount must be converted into gold francs by the sender or by the office of origin, and the result of the conversion is added below the original indication. The amount of the insured value must also be indicated on the dispatch note. 4. Each insured parcel must bear on the address side an insurance number and the notation “Insured” or “Valeur déclarée”. The same insurance number and notation must also be shown on the dispatch note. 5. The labels or postage stamps affixed to insured parcels must be spaced so that they cannot serve to conceal injuries to the packing. Neither must they be folded over two faces of the wrapping so as to cover the edge. 6. Liquids and easily liquefiable substances must be sent in a double receptacle. Between the first (bottle, flask, box, etc.) and the second (box of metal, strong wood, or strong carton of fiberboard, or receptacle of equal strength), there must be left a space to be filled with sawdust, bran or other absorbent material, in sufficient quantity to absorb all the liquid in case that the receptacle is broken. 1649 7. Powders and dyes in powder form must be packed in strong boxes of tin or other metal, which, after soldering, must be placed in turn in substantial outer covers in such a way as to avoid all damage to other articles. Art. 2. Customs Declarations and Dispatch Notes. 1. The sender shall prepare oneCustoms declarations and dispatch notes. customs customs declaration and one disnotes. and patch note for each parcel sent to the United States of America, and two customs declarations and one dispatch note for each parcel sent to Rumania, upon special forms provided for the purpose by the country of origin. The customs declaration shall give a general description of the parcel, an accurate statement in detail of its contents and value, date of mailing, actual weight, the sender’s name and address and the name and address of the addressee, and shall bo securely attached to the parcel. The dispatch note shall show the office of mailing, the name and address of the sender, the number of customs declarations, the weight of the parcel, the postage paid, the name and address of the addressee, and the office of destination and shall be securely attached to the parcel. However, as an exception to the foregoing, when more than one uninsured parcel is mailed simultaneously by the same sender to the same addressee at the same address, the sender need prepare only one customs declaration and one dispatch note for each lot of not more than three parcels sent from Rumania, and two customs declarations and one dispatch note in the case of each lot of not more than three parcels sent from the United States of America, which customs declarations and dispatch notes shall show, in addition to the particulars set forth in the pre-1650ceding two paragraphs, the total number of parcels comprising the shipment, and shall be securely attached to one of the parcels. In such case, each parcel in a group must be numbered 1, 2 or 3, as identification numbers, and when more than 3 parcels are sent at the same time each group is indicated by a letter (a, b, c, etc.); for example, when there are 2 groups of 3 parcels each, the parcels shall be marked “a–1”, “a–2” and “a–3” and “b–1”, “b–2” and “b–3”. 2. The Administrations accept no responsibility for the correctness of the customs declarations or dispatch notes. Art. 3. Return Receipts. 1. As to a parcel for which aReturn receipts. return receipt is asked, the office of origin places on the parcel the letters or words “A. R.” or “Avis de Réception.” The office of origin or any other office appointed by the dispatching Administration shall fill out a return receipt form and attach it to the parcel. If the form does not reach the office of destination, that office makes out a duplicate. 2. The office of destination, after having duly filled out the return receipt form, returns it free of postage to the address of the sender of the parcel. 3. When the sender applies for a return receipt after a parcel has been mailed, the office of origin duly fills out a return receipt form and attaches it to a form of inquiry which is entered with the details concerning the transmission of the parcel and then forwards it to the office of destination of the parcel. In the case of the due delivery of the parcel, the office of destination withdraws the inquiry form, and the return receipt is treated in the manner prescribed in the foregoing Section. 1651 Art. 4. Receptacles. 1. Each Administration providesReceptacles. itself with the necessary sacks for the exchange of its parcels. Each bag shall be marked to show the name of the office or country to which it belongs. The empty sacks must be returned to the country of origin by the next mail. 2. It is necessary to indicate in the parcel bill both the number of sacks used for the preparation of the dispatch and the number of empty sacks returned. With the aid of these indications, each Administration exercises a control over the return of the receptacles belonging to it. In case that this control shows that ten per cent of the total number of sacks used during a year have not been returned, the value of the missing sacks must be repaid to the dispatching office. Art. 5. Exchange of Parcels. 1. The parcels are exchanged inExchange of parcels. sacks closed by means of wax or lead seals, between the offices designated by the Administrations. They are transmitted to the country of destination at the expense of the country of origin and in a manner convenient to the latter. The weight of each sack must not exceed 40 kilograms. 2. Insured parcels shall bo enclosed in separate sacks from those in which ordinary parcels are contained, and the labels of sacks containing insured parcels shall be marked with such distinctive symbols as may from time to time be agreed upon. Art. 6. Billing of Parcels. 1. Separate parcel bills must beBilling of parcels. prepared for the ordinary parcels on the one hand, and for the insured parcels on the other hand. 1652 The parcel bills are prepared in duplicate. The original is sent in the regular mails, while the duplicate is inserted in one of the sacks. The sack containing the parcel bill is designated by the letter “F” traced in a conspicuous manner on the label. 2. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to Rumania are to be entered on the parcel bills in bulk, but by classes of parcels up to 1 kilogram, from 1 to 5 kilograms, and from 5 to 10 kilograms. The ordinary parcels included in each dispatch sent to the United States of America are to be entered on the parcel bills to show the total number of parcels and the total net weight thereof. 3. Insured parcels shall be entered individually on the parcel bills to show the insurance number and the name of the office of origin. In the case of insured parcels for Rumania, the parcel bills must also show the indication of the division of weight to which the parcel belongs. In the case of insured parcels for the United States of America, the parcel bills must also show the total net weight of the parcels. 4. Parcels sent “à découvert” must be entered separately on the parcel bills. 5. Returned or redirected parcels must be entered individually on the parcel bills and be followed by the word “Returned” or “Redirected”, as the case may be. A statement of the charges which may be due on these parcels should be shown in the “Observations” column. 6. The total number of sacks comprising each dispatch must also be shown on the parcel bills. 7. Each dispatching exchange office numbers the parcel bills in the upper left-hand comer in accordance with an annual series. The last number of the preceding 1653year must be mentioned on the first bill of the following year. 8. The exact method of advising parcels or the receptacles containing them sent by one Administration in transit through the other together with any details of procedure in connection with the advice of such parcels or receptacles for which provision is not made in this Agreement, shall be settled by mutual agreement through correspondence between the two Administrations. Art. 7. Verification by the Exchange Office. 1. Upon the receipt of aVerification by exchange office. disverification by expatch, the exchange office of destination proceeds to verify it. The entries in the parcel bill must be verified exactly. Each error or omission must be brought immediately to the knowledge of the dispatching exchange office by means of a bulletin of verification. A dispatch is considered as having been found in order in all regards when no bulletin of verification is made up. If an error or irregularity is found upon receipt of a dispatch, all objects which may serve later on for investigations, or for examination of requests for indemnity, must be kept. 2. The dispatching exchange office to which a bulletin of verification is sent returns it after having examined it and entered thereon its observations, if any. That bulletin is then attached to the parcel bills of the parcels to which it relates. Corrections made on a parcel bill which are not justified by supporting papers are considered as devoid of value. 3. If necessary, the dispatching exchange office may also be advised by telegram, at the expense of the Office sending such telegram. 1654 4. In case of shortage of a parcel bill, a duplicate is prepared, a copy of which is sent to the exchange office of origin of the dispatch. 5. The office of exchange which receives from a corresponding office a parcel which is damaged or insufficiently packed must redispatch such parcel after repacking, if necessary, preserving the original packing as far as possible. If the damage is such that the contents of the parcel may have been abstracted, the office must first officially open the parcel and verify its contents. In either case, the weight of the parcel will be verified before and after repacking, and indicated on the wrapper of the parcel itself. That indication will be followed by the note “Remballé à ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿ (“Repacked at ＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿)”, and the signature of the agents who have effected such repacking. Art. 8. Payments. 1. The terminal quotas to bePayments. credited by the dispatching Office to the Office of destination, by virtue of Article 17, Section 1,*Ante*, p. 1644. of the Agreement, are the following: A. By Rumania to the United States of America: 70 gold centimes per kilogram, based on the bulk net weight of each dispatch. This rate applies also to parcels for Alaska. The rate is reduced to 35 gold centimes per kilogram for parcels for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, Samoa, and Hawaii. B. By the United Stales of America to Rumania: Rate per parcel: Up to 1 kg＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿85 gold cms. From 1 up to 5 kg＿＿＿＿＿＿＿1.25 gold frs. From 5 up to 10 kg.＿＿＿＿＿＿2.25 gold frs. 1655 In addition, in the case of insured parcels sent from either country to the other, there shall be paid a terminal insurance credit of 10 centimes gold per parcel. 2. The quotas to be credited for parcels dispatched by one Administration to the other for subsequent transmission to a possession or to a third country will be fixed by the intermediate Administration. 3. The terminal charges and transit rates above specified may be reduced or increased on three months previous notice given by one country to the other. The reduction or increase shall hold good for at least one year. Article 9. Accounting. 1. At the end of each quarter,Accounting. each Administration makes up an account on the basis of the parcel bills. 2. These accounts accompanied by the parcel bills, and, if any, copies of verification notes relating thereto shall be submitted to the examination of the corresponding Administration in the course of the month following the quarter to which they relate. 3. The recapitulation, transmission, examination and acceptance of these accounts must not be delayed, and the payment of the balance shall take place, at the latest, at the expiration of the following quarter. 4. The balance resulting from the adjustment of the accounts between the two Administrations is paid by a sight draft drawn on New York, or by some other means mutually agreed upon by correspondence. The expenses of payment are chargeable to the debtor Administration. Article 10. Miscellaneous Notifications. The Administrations shallMiscellaneous notifications. communicate to each other a summary of the provisions of their laws or 1656regulations applicable to the parcels exchanged between the two contracting countries, and other items necessary for carrying out the exchange of parcels. These Regulations shall comeEffective date and duration. into operation on the day on which the Parcel Post Agreement comes into force and shall have the same duration as the Agreement. Done in duplicate and signed atSignatures. Washington, the tenth day of August 1937 and at Bucureşti, the twelfth day of March 1937. [seal] James A Farley *The Postmaster General of the United States of America. Washington, D. C.* Approval by the President.The foregoing Regulations for the Execution of the Parcel Post Agreement between the United States of America and Rumania have been negotiated and concluded with my advice and consent and are hereby approved and ratified. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *August 20, 1937*. December 22, 1936 Agreement 50 Stat. 1657 1657 AMERICAS AND SPAIN—POSTAL RELATIONS—DECEMBER 22, 1936 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES *Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention, final protocol, andDecember 22, 1936regulations of execution; resolutions of the Congress; agreement relative to parcel post, and final protocol. Signed at Panama, December 22, 1936; ratified by the Postmaster General, August 12, 1937; approved by the President, August 20, 1937*. UNIÓN POSTAL DE LAS AMÉRICAS Y ESPAÑAPostal Union of the Americas and Spain. Convention.CONVENIO celebrado entre: Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Canadá,Contracting Powers. Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, España, Estados Unidos de América, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay, Perú, Uruguay y Venezuela. Los infrascriptos, PlenipotenciariosSource of authority. de los Gobiernos de los países arriba enunciados, reunidos en Congreso en la ciudad de Panamá, República de Panamá, haciendo uso del derecho que les[49 Stat. 2746](/us/stat/49/2746). concede el artículo 5 del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, e inspirándose en el deseo de extender y perfeccionar sus relaciones postales y de establecer una solidaridad de acción capaz de representar eficazmente en los Congresos Postales Universales sus intereses comunes, en lo que se refiere a las comunicaciones por correo, han determinado celebrar, a reserva de ratificación, el Convenio siguiente: Articulo 1 Unión Postal de las Américas y España Los países contratantes, de acuerdoConstituted a single postal territory. con la precedente declaración constituyen, bajo la denominación de Unión Postal de las Américas y España, un solo territorio postal. 1658 Articulo 2 Uniones restringidas 1. Restricted unions Los países contratantes, ya sea por su situación limítrofe, ya sea por la intensidad de sus relaciones postales, podrán establecer entre sí uniones más estrechas, con el fin de reducir tarifas o introducir otras mejoras sobre cualquiera de los servicios a que se refiere el presente Convenio o los Acuerdos especiales celebrados por este Congreso. 2. Signatories may adopt resolutions among themselves. Asimismo, y en lo que concierne a asuntos no previstos en el presente Convenio o en el de la Unión Postal Universal, los países signatarios podrán adoptar entre sí las resoluciones que estimen precisas, por medio de correspondencia, o si fuere necesario, ajustando un Acuerdo especial, de conformidad con la autorización que les confiere el presente artículo o su legislación interna. Articulo 3 Tránsito libre y gratuito 1. Free and gratuitous transit. La gratuidad del tránsito territorial, fluvial y marítimo es absoluta en el territorio de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España; en consecuencia, los países que la integran se obligan a transportar a través de sus territorios y a conducir en los buques de su matrícula o bandera que utilicen en el transporte de su propia correspondencia, sin cargo ninguno para los países contratantes, toda la que éstos expidan con cualquier destino. 2. Reforwarding. En los casos de reencaminamiento, los países contratantes se comprometen a reexpedir la correspondencia por las vías y conductos que utilicen para sus propios envíos. Articulo 4 Objetos de correspondenciaArticles of correspondence. 1. Letters, post cards, etc. Las disposiciones de este Convenio se aplicarán a las cartas, tarjetas postales sencillas y con1659 respuesta pagada, impresos de todas clases, papeles de negocio, muestras sin valor, pequeños paquetes, valores declarados y pequeños valores declarados. 2. Los servicios de pequeñosLimitation. paquetes, valores declarados y pequeños valores declarados, quedan limitados a los países que convengan en ejecutarlos, ya sea en sus relaciones recíprocas, ya sea en una sola dirección. Articulo 5 TarifaPostage rates. 1. La tarifa del servicio interiorDomestic. de cada país regirá en las relaciones de los países que constituyen la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, excepto cuando dicha tarifa interna sea superior a la que se aplique a la correspondencia destinada a los países de la Unión Postal Universal, caso en el cual regirá esta última. 2. También regirá la tarifa internacionalInternational. cuando se trate de servicios que no existen en el regimen interior. 3. Para los pequeños paquetesSmall packets, etc. y para los pequeños valores declarados regirán, respectivamente, las tarifas a que aluden los artículos 6 y 7 de este Convenio. Articulo 6 Pequeños paquetesSmall packets. 1. En el servicio facultativo deWeight. pequeños paquetes de que trata el artículo 4 de este Convenio, cada envío no podrá pesar más de un kilogramo ni contener objetosContents. cuyo valor mercantil en la localidad en que fuere entregado al Correo, exceda del valor de 10 francos oro o su equivalencia en la moneda del país de origen. 2. Las Administraciones queConflicting provisions. ejecuten el servicio de pequeños paquetes creado por el Convenio Universal, no estarán obligadas a observar, en sus relaciones recíprocas, cualquiera disposición en conflicto con las estipulaciones del Convenio Universal, relacionada con los pequeños paquetes. 1660 3. Prepayment of transit charges. Los pequeños paquetes de cualquier especie, intercambiados entre los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, teniendo en cuenta que no están afectos al pago de derechos de tránsito, serán franqueados de conformidad con la tarifa adoptada en cada país para las encomiendas de su servicio interno, pudiendo las Administraciones aplicar a esos pequeños paquetes las tasas previstas por el Convenio Postal Universal. 4. Customs handling. Las Administraciones destinatarias podrán someter a la fiscalización aduanera los pequeños paquetes, de acuerdo con las disposiciones de su legislación interna. 5. Collection of fee from addressee. Las Administraciones de los países de destino podrán percibir de los destinatarios de pequeños paquetes: a) Customs clearance, fee. Una cuota de 50 céntimos de franco oro, como máximo, por las operaciones, formalidades y tramitaciones inherentes al despacho aduanero; b) Delivery fee. Una cuota que no podrá exceder de 15 céntimos de franco oro, por la entrega de cada objeto; pudiendo ser elevada esa cuota hasta 30 céntimos de franco oro, como máximo, en el caso de entrega a domicilio. 6. Not applicable if customs exempt. Cuando los pequeños paquetes fueren considerados por la aduana del país de destino como exentos de pago de derechos aduaneros, no serán aplicables las cuotas de entrega previstas en el inciso b), parágrafo 5 de este artículo. Articulo 7 Pequeños valores declaradosSmall insured articles. 1. Insured letters containing paper money, etc. Con carácter facultativo y con la denominación de «Pequeños Valores Declarados» podrán ser intercambiadas entre los países contratantes, cartas que contenganLimitation. valores en papel o documentos de valor, con seguro del contenido hasta el importe de la declaración, que será como máximo de 50 francos oro para cada carta. 1661 Se podrán también aceptar enOther articles.*Ante*, p. 1658. este servicio los otros envíos de que trata el artículo 4 de este Convenio, exceptuando los pequeños paquetes. 2. El porte de los pequeñosPostage fees; prepayment. valores declarados de que trata el parágrafo anterior, deberá ser pagado integralmente por el remitente y se constituirá para cada pieza: a) Del porte y del derecho fijo aplicables a un envío certificado, en el servicio interno de cada país; b) De un derecho de seguro de 10 céntimos oro por cada 10 francos oro, o fracción, sobre el valor declarado. 3. La dedalación de valor deberáDeclared value to equal actual value. ser igual al valor real del envío. El importe de la declaración de documentos, que representen valor en razón de los gastos de su expedición, no podrá sobrepasar los gastos efectivos de sustitución de dichos documentos, en caso de pérdida. 4. Las Administraciones queResponsibility. ejecutaren el servicio de pequeños valores declarados, serán responsables por la pérdida o avería de esos objetos, hasta el monto del valor real del daño causado, sin que pueda exceder de 50 francos oro. 5. Las Administraciones de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España que no ejecutaren el servicio de pequeños valores declarados, asumirán no obstante, por el tránsito de esos objetos en valijas cerradas, la responsabilidad prevista en la referida Unión para la correspondencia certificada. 6. Los países contratantes que quieran ejecutar el servicio de pequeño valores declarados y que ya fueran signatarios del Acuerdo de valores declarados de la Unión Postal Universal, sólo aplicarán, en sus relaciones recíprocas, la tarifa universal de cartas con valor declarado cuando ese valor fuere superior a 50 francos oro. 7. Las Administraciones que convinieren en ejecutar el servicio de pequeños valores declarados, tomarán las medidas necesarias 1662para que ese servicio se haga extensivo, en la medida de lo posible, a todas las oficinas de sus respectivos países. 8. Use of domestic forms. Salvo arreglo en contrario, para el intercambio de los pequeños valores declarados de que trata este artículo, las Oficinas pertenecientes a las Administraciones contratantes, podrán hacer uso de las cubiertas y demás fórmulas usadas en su propio servicio interno; pudiendo redactar en el idioma de cada país, los boletines de verificación, actas, listas de remesa, así como todas las anotaciones hechas en esos y otros documentos relativos a los pequeños valores declarados. Articulo 8 Cupones-respuesta 1. Reply coupons. El precio de venta al público de los cupones-respuesta, en el régimen de la Unión Postal Américoespañola, es de 20 céntimos de franco oro, por cada uno, o su equivalente en la moneda del país que los expenda. 2. Cada cupón es canjeable, en cualquiera de los países que integran esta Unión, por formas de franqueo equivalente a 15 céntimos de franco oro, en la moneda dei país que lo canjee. 3. La diferencia de 5 céntimos, queda en favor de la Administración expedidora. 4. Se establece un modelo especial de cupones-respuestas, en la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, que será impreso y puesto a la venta de los países que la integran, por la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo. Articulo 9 Correspondencia certificada—Responsabilidad 1. Registered correspondence.*Ante*, p. 1658 Los objetos designados en el artículo 4, podrán ser expedidos con el carácter de certificados mediante el pago de un derecho igual al establecido para el servicio interno del país de origen, excepto 1663cuando el derecho interno sea más elevado que el que se aplique según el Convenio Postal Universal, en cuyo caso este último regirá. 2. Salvo en los casos de fuerzaResponsibility. mayor, las Administraciones contratantes serán responsables de la pérdida de todo objeto certificado.Indemnity. El remitente tendrá derecho a una indemnización que no podrá exceder en ningún caso de 10 francos oro, o su equivalente en la moneda del país que deba hacerla efectiva. 3. No obstante, las AdministracionesExceptions. quedarán relevadas de responsabilidad por la pérdida de los objetos certificados cuyo contenido caíga bajo el régimen*Post*, p. 1667. de las prohibiciones mencionadas por el artículo 15 del presente Convenio, o que esté prohibido por las leyes o reglamentos del país de origen o de destino, siempre que dicho país haya dado el debido conocimiento por la vía usual. 4. Se establece, con carácterRegisters without indemnity right. facultativo, una categoría especial de certificados sin derecho a indemnización aplicable a los libros, periódicos y demás impresos, papeles de negocio y muestras sin valor, mediante el pago, además de los portes ordinarios, de un derecho reducido cuya cuantía fijarán 1as Administraciones interesadas. El servicio para este nuevoLimitation of service. tipo de certificados, está limitado al intercambio con las Administraciones que hayan acordado su ejecución. Para indicar su carácter especial, los objetos deberán señalarse con las iniciales «S. I.» (sin indemnización), haciéndose igual anotación en las listas descriptivas, en la columna de «Observaciones», así como también en las reclamaciones formuladas para investigar su destino. 5. Sin embargo, las Administraciones que adopten de una manera general un derecho de certificación reducido para todos los objetos que no sean cartas ni tarjetas postales,no estarán obligadas a observar las formalidades establecidas en la parte final del parágrafo anterior. 1664 Articulo 10 Franqueo obligatorio 1. Obligatory prepayment. Con la excepción de las cartas en su forma usual y ordinaria, se declara obligatorio el franqueo completo previo de toda clase de correspondencia, incluso los paquetes cerrados. 2. Articles not paid, etc. Los paquetes cerrados, así como los demás objetos no francos o insuficientemente franqueados, quedarán detenidos en la Oficina e origen, que procederá con ellos en la forma que determine su legislación interna. 3. Insufficiently prepaid matter; double charges. Las cartas insuficientemente franqueadas darán lugar al cobro al destinatario de una tasa equivalente al doble monto del franqueo faltante. 4. Newspapers, etc., delivery service. Los diarios, revistas y publicaciones periódicas, aceptados en el país de origen con sujeción a los servicios de franqueo pagado, serán distribuidos en el de destino sin percepción de ningún porte. Articulo 11 Peso y dimensiones Weight and dimensions.Los límites de peso y dimensiones de los diversos objetos de correspondencia, se ajustarán a [49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).lo preceptuado para los mismos en el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, con excepción de los impresos cuyo peso se elevará a 5 kilogramos, o bien hasta 10, cuando se trate de obras de un solo volumen. Sin embargo, y por lo que respecta a la aceptación de envíos con peso mayor de 5 y hasta 10 kilogramos, cuando no se trate de obras de un solo volumen, se hará previo acuerdo entre las Administraciones interesadas. Articulo 12 Objetos rezagados Undelivered articles.Las tarjetas postales, los impresos y las muestras sin valor, ordinarias, caídas en rezago por cualquier motivo, serán destruidas o tratadas de acuerdo con la regla1665mentación interna del país de destino, salvo que lleven indicación de devolución y, además, el nombre y dirección del remitente, en cuyo caso se devolverán al país de origen. Articulo 13 Franquicia de porte 1. Las partes contratantes convienenFranking privilege. en conceder franquicia de porte, tanto en el servicio interno, como en el servicio américoespañol: a) A la correspondencia relativaCorrespondence allowed. al servicio postal, cambiada entre las Administraciones de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España; entre esas Administraciones y la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo; entre las propias Administraciones y la Oficina de Transbordos de Panamá; entre esta última y la referida Oficina Internacional; entre las Oficinas postales de los países américo-españoles; y entre esas Oficinas y las Administraciones postales de los aludidos países; b) A la correspondencia de losDiplomatic and consular correspondence. miembros del Cuerpo Diplomático de los países signatarios; c) A la correspondencia oficial que los Cónsules remitan a sus respectivos países; a la que cambien entre sí; a la que dirijan al Gobierno del país en que estuvieren acreditados y a la que crucen con sus respectivas Embajadas y Legaciones, siempre que exista reciprocidad; d) Gozarán de franquicia deNewspapers, etc. porte los diarios, publicaciones periódicas, libros, folletos y otros impresos que expidan los editores o autores con destino a las Oficinas de Inforni ación est ablecidas porlas Administraciones de Correos de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, así como los que se remitan gratuitamente a las bibliotecas y demás centros culturales nacionales, oficialmente reconocidos por los Gobiernos de los países que integran esta Unión; 1666 e) Pan American Union. A la correspondencia oficial que expida y reciba la Unión Panamericana de Washington; 2. Official correspondence of signatories. Las correspondencias oficiales de los Gobiernos Centrales de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, que conforme a sus leyes interiores circulen libres de porte en su régimen interno, se admiten con la misma franquicia en el país de destino, sin ningún gravamen en el mismo, siempre que se observe una estricta reciprocidad. 3. National Commissions of Intellectual Cooperation. Gozará asimismo, de franquicia de porte, la correspondencia de las Comisiones Nacionales de Cooperación Intelectual constituidas bajo los auspicios de los Gobiernos, de acuerdo con Convenciones Panamericanas y Universales vigentes. 4. Vice consuls when acting consuls.*Ante*, p. 1665. La franquicia de porte concedida a los Cónsules por el paràgrafo 1, letra c), se hará extensiva a los Vicecónsules, cuando éstos se hallaren en funciones de Cónsules. 5. Registration. La correspondencia a que se refieren los incisos a), b) y c), del paràgrafo 1, podrá también exenta de porte, ser expedida con carácter certificado; pero sin derecho a indemnización alguna en caso de pérdida, extravío o avería. 6. Diplomatic poaches. El intercambio de correspondencia del Cuerpo Diplomàtico, entre las Secretarías de Estado de los respectivos países y sus Embajadas o Legaciones, tendrá el carácter de reciprocidad entre los países contratantes y será efectuado al descubierto o por medio de valijas diplomáticas de conformidad con lo determinado en *Post*, p. 1683.el artículo 106 del Reglamento de Ejecución. Esas valijas, gozarán de franquicia y de todas las garantías de los envíos oficiales. 7. Air service excepted. La franquicia de que trata el presente artículo, no tendrá aplicación en el servicio aéreo ni en los demás servicios especiales existentes en el régimen américo-español o en el régimen interno de los países contratantes. 1667 Articulo 14 Reducción de tasasReduction of rates. Los envíos que remitan en canjeNational Primary Schools, etc. las Direcciones de las Escuelas Primarias Nacionales a sus similares de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, gozarán de una tarifa especial equivalente al 50% de la ordinaria, siempre que su peso no exceda de un kilogramo y sujetos siempre a las condiciones que correspondan a su clasificación postal. Queda exceptuada la correspondenciaEpistolary correspondence. de carácter epistolar. Articulo 15 Prohibiciones 1. Sin perjuicio de lo que establezcanProhibitions. respecto a restricciones en la circulación de correspondencia, el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal y la legislación interior de cada país, no se dará curso: a) A las publicaciones que atentenPublications endangering public safety. contra la seguridad y el orden público; b) A toda publicación que contengaInjurious to legally constituted regime. conceptos o imputaciones injuriosas contra el régimen legalmente constituido; c) A las publicaciones pornográficas,Pornographic publications. y cualquier otro escrito o publicación cuyo texto se considere ofensivo a la moral y a las buenas costumbres; d) A la correspondencia de cualquierFraudulent, etc., correspondence. naturaleza que tenga por objeto la comisión de fraudes, estafas o cualesquiera clase de delitos contra la propiedad o personas. A tal fin se procederá de acuerdo con lo que disponga la legislación interna de cada país; e) A la que tenga por objeto,Diffusion of communistic doctrines. fundamentalmente, difundir en el pueblo doctrinas comunistas; f) A la correspondencia queMoney in cash, etc. contenga dinero en efectivo, billetes de banco o valores al portador, ya se trate de ordinaria o certifi1668cada, salvo acuerdo en contrario entre las Administraciones interesadas. 2. Dispatch given through error. Si no obstante lo dispuesto por el inciso f), por error u otra causa, llegare a darse curso a los envíos a que el mismo se refiere, las Administraciones de los países de destino quedan facultadas para entregarlos a sus respectivos destinarlos, si así lo autoriza su legislación interna, mediante los requisitos que la misma señale; y en caso contrario, serán devueltos a la Administración de origen. Articulo 16 Servicios especiales Special services to other countries.Las altas partes contratantes podrán, sobre la baso de acuerdos especiales o por correspondencia, hacer extensivos a los demás países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España los servicios postales que realicen o puedan, en lo futuro, establecer en el interior de sus respectivos países. Articulo 17 Franqueo pagado Postage paid service.Los países contratantes tendrán la facilitad de adoptar el «Franqueo pagado» para el envío de diarios o publicaciones periódicas, abiertos o en paquetes, incluso los de propaganda o reclamo puramente comerciales, siempre que para estos últimos no se aplique una tarifa reducida. Articulo 18 Fórmulas de servicio enviadas por correo aéreo Service forms sent by air mail.[49 Stat. 2873](/us/stat/49/2873).Las fórmulas previstas en el Reglamento de ejecución del Convenio Postal Universal para los pedidos de retiro o modificación de dirección, así como las relativas a las reclamaciones de cualquier objeto de correspondencia, podrán ser encaminadas por la vía aérea. 1669 Tales fórmulas solamente tendrán curso, en el servicio aéreo, cuando sean incluidas en un sobre debidamente franqueado como correspondencia aérea, quedando para tal fin las Administraciones contratantes autorizadas a cobrar los portes y sobreportes necesarios para ese franqueo. Las fórmulas así transmitidas llevarán la mención alusiva correspondiente en la parte superior de su anverso. Serán consideradas como de carácter urgente y tendrán por lo mismo preferente tratamiento entre las Administraciones interesadas. Articulo 19 Idioma oficial Se adopta el español comoOfficial language. idioma oficial para los asuntos relativos al servicio de Correos. No obstante, los países cuyo idioma no fuere éste, podrán usar el propio. Articulo 20 Protección e intercambio de funcionarios postales 1. Las Administraciones de losCooperation in transportation of correspondence. países contratantes estarán obligadas a prestarse entre sí, previa solicitud, la cooperación que necesiten sus empleados encargados del transporte de correspondencia en tránsito por tales países, e igualmente, proporcionarán toda clase de facilidades a los funcionarios que una de dichas Administraciones acuerde enviar a cualquiera otra, para llevar a cabo estudios acerca del desarrollo y perfeccionamiento de los servicios postales. 2. Las Administraciones, por intermedioExchange of functionaries. de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, se pondrán de acuerdo para efectuar entre ellas, anualmente, un intercambio de funcionarios de similar categoría, con un período de permanencia de dos meses, como máximo. 1670 3. Division of expenses. Una vez convenido el intercambio entre dos Administraciones, éstas acordarán la forma en que deban repartirse los gastos correspondientes, a iniciativa y por intermedio de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo. Articulo 21 Oficina Internacional de TransbordosInternational Transfer Office. 1. Continuance in Panama. Queda subsistente en la República de Panamá una Oficina Internacional de Transbordos, a la cual corresponde recibir y reexpedir todos los despachos postales, originarios de las Administraciones de la Unión que no dispongan de servicios propios en el Istmo, y que transitando por el mismo, den lugar a operaciones de transbordo. 2. Operation. La expresada Oficina funcionará de acuerdo con el Reglamento concertado entre la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y la Administración Postal panameña. 3. Amendments. Las reformas que en cualquier tiempo deban introducirse en el Reglamento aludido, se someterán por las Administraciones interesadas a la consideración de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, para que, por su mediación, se propongan a la Administración Postal de Panamá. 4. Supervision and control. La organización y funcionamiento de la Oficina Internacional de Transbordos quedan sometidos a la vigilancia y fiscalización de la Dirección General de Correos y Telégrafos de Panamá y de la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España con sede en Montevideo, a la cual incumbe actuar como mediadora y asesora en cualquier divergencia que surja entre la Administración Postal de Panamá y los países que utilicen los servicios de la Oficina mencionada. 5. Personnel. El personal adscrito al servicio de la Oficina será designado por la Dirección General de Co1671rreos y Telégrafos de Panamá, y tendrá carácter inamovible, conforme con las disposiciones que al respecto establece el Reglamento de la Oficina. 6. Los gastos que demande elOffice expenses. sostenimiento de esta Oficina quedarán a cargo de los países que utilicen sus servicios, repartidos aquéllos proporcionalmente al número de valijas que intercambien por su mediación. La Administración de PanamáAdvance of funds. adelantará las cantidades necesarias para mantener expeditos los servicios de la Oficina. Dichas cantidades se reintegraránRepayment. trimestralmente por cada Administración interesada, pero los reintegros que no se produzcan dentro de un plazo de seis meses, a partir del vencimiento de cada trimestre, devengarán un interés de 5% anual, destinado a aumentar los recursos de sostenimiento de la Oficina de Transbordos. Articulo 22 Arbitrajes Todo conflicto o desacuerdo queArbitration. se suscite en las relaciones postales de los países contratantes, será resuelto por juicio arbitral que se realizará en la forma dispuesta por el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. La designación de árbitros deberá recaer en los países signatarios, y llegado el caso, con intervención de la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España. Articulo 23 Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España 1. Con el nombre de OficinaInternational Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas v España, funciona en Montevideo, bajo la alta inspección de la Dirección General de Correos de la República Oriental del Uruguay, una Oficina Cen1672tral que sirve como órgano de relación, información y consulta de los países de la Unión. 2. Duties, etc., designated. Esta Oficina se encargará: a) De reunir, coordinar, publicar y distribuir los datos de toda clase que interesen especialmente al servicio postal américoespañol; b) De emitir, a petición expresa de las partes interesadas, su opinión sobre cuestiones litigiosas; c) De emitir, por propia iniciativa o a petición de cualquiera de las Administraciones de los países signatarios, su opinión en todos los asuntos de orden postal que afecten o tengan relación con los intereses generales de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España; d) De dar a conocer las solicitudes de modificaciones de las Actas del Congreso que puedan formularse y de notificar los cambios que fueren adoptados; e) De informar los resultados que se obtengan de las disposiciones y medidas reglamentarias de importancia que las Administraciones adopten en su servicio interno y que le sean comunicadas por las mismas, a título informativo; f) De la distribución de los Mapas y Guías postales que le remitan las respectivas Administraciones, así como de recopilar los datos necesarios, para formar y distribuir un Mapa que señale las líneas aéropostales de las Américas y España; g) De formular el resumen de la estadística postal américoespañola, de acuerdo con los datos que le comunique anualmente cada Administración; h) De publicar un informe relativo a las vías más rápidas para la transmisión de la correspondencia de uno a otro de los países contratantes; i) De formar un cuadro en que figuren detalladamente todos los servicios marítimos dependientes de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, que pue1673dan ser utilizados gratuitamente para el transporte de su correspondencia, en las condiciones marcadas por el artículo 3, precedente; j) De publicar la tarifa de porte del servicio interior de cada uno de los países interesados y el cuadro de equivalencias; k) De redactar y distribuir anualmente entre los países de la Unión Postal de las Americas y España una Memoria de los trabajos que realice; l) De llevar a cabo los estudios y trabajos que se le pidan, en interés de los países contratantes y con relación a la obra de vincuación social, económica y artística, para cuyo efecto la Oficina Internacional estará siempre a disposición de dichos países, a fin de facilitarles cuantos informes especiales requieran sobre asuntos relativos al servicio de Correos américoespañol; m) De intervenir y colaborar en la organización y realización de los Congresos y Conferencias de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España; n) De la distribución, entre las Administraciones de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, de las leyes y reglamentos postales de cada una; teniendo por consecuencia dichas Administraciones, la obligación de proporcionar a la mencionada Oficina veintincinco ejemplares de las expresadas leyes y reglamentos. 3. Los gastos especiales que demandenSpecial expenses. la formación de la Memoria anual y el cuadro de comunicaciones postales de los países contratantes, y los que se produzcan con motivo de la reunión de Congresos o Conferencias, serán sufragados por las Administraciones de dichos países, de acuerdo con las categorías establecidas en el artículo*Post*, p. 1686. 111 del Reglamento de Ejecución. Los gastos que se relacionen conCongresses, etc., expenses. la celebración de los expresados Congresos y Conferencias, serán fijados, en cada ocasión, por la Dirección General de Correos de 1674la República Oriental del Uruguay, de acuerdo con la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo. 4. Supervision of office expenses. La Dirección General de Correos del Uruguay fiscalizará los gastos de la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y le hará los anticipos que ésta necesite. 5. Repayment of advances. Las cantidades adelantadas por la Alministración del Uruguay en concepto de anticipos, a que se refiere el parágrafo anterior, se abonarán por las Administraciones deudoras tan pronto como sea posible y, a más tardar, antes de seis meses, a partir de la fecha en que el país interesado reciba la cuenta formulada por la Dirección General de Correos del Uruguay. Después de esa fecha, las cantidades adeudadas devengarán interés a razón de 5% al año, a contar del día de expiración de dicho plazo. 6. Inclusion of annual amount in budget. Los países contratantes se comprometen a incluir en sus presupuestos, una cantidad anual destinada a atender puntualmente al pago de la cuota que les corresponda sufragar. Articulo 24 CongresosCongresses. 1. Meetings. Los Congresos se reunirán por lo menos, cada cinco años, a contar de la fecha en que fuere puesto en vigor el Convenio ajustado en el último. 2. Place and year. Cada Congreso fijará el lugar y el año en que deba realizarse la reunión del próximo. Articulo 25 Proposiciones durante el intervalo de las reuniones Modification of Convention between meetings.[49 Stat. 2753](/us/stat/49/2753).El presente Convenio podrá ser modificado en el intervalo que medie entre los Congresos, siguiendo el procedimiento establecido en el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. Para que tengan fuerza ejecutiva las modificaciones deberán obtener unanimidad de votos para el presente 1675artículo y para los números 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 28, 29, 30 y 31; dos terceras partes de votos para los números 10, 14 y 15, y simple mayoría para los demás. Articulo 26 Modificaciones y enmiendasModifications and amendments. Las modificaciones o resolucionesEffective date. adoptadas por las partes contratantes, aún aquellas de orden interno que afecten el servicio internacional, tendrán fuerza ejecutiva tres meses después de la fecha en que se comunicaren por la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España. Articulo 27 Aplicación del Convenio Postal Universal y de la legislación interna 1. Todos los asuntos que seApplication of Universal Postal Convention.[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). relacionen con el canje de correspondencia entre los países contratantes y que no estén previstos en este Convenio, se sujetarán a las disposiciones del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal y su Reglamento; y lo que a su vez, no esté consignado en estos últimos, será materia de arreglos especiales entre las Administraciones interesadas. 2. Igualmente, la legislaciónDomestic legislation. interior de los dichos países se aplicará en todo aquello que no haya sido previsto por ambos Convenios. Articulo 28 Proposiciones para los Congresos UniversalesPropositions for Universal Congresses. Todos los países que forman laAdvance notice. Unión Postal de las Américas y España, se comunicarán, por conducto de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, las proposiciones que formulen para los Congresos Postales Universales, con seis meses de anticipación a la fecha en que deban celebrarse. 1676 Articulo 29 Unidad de acción en los Congresos Postales Universales Unity of action.Los países signatarios del Convenio Postal Ainéricoespaúol, que hubieren ratificado el mismo o lo hubieren puesto en vigencia administrativamente, se obligan a dar instrucciones a sus Delegados ante los Congresos Postales Universales, para que sostengan, unánime y firmemente, todos los principios establecidos en la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y para que voten también de acuerdo con esos postulados, quedando exceptuados sólo los casos en que las proposiciones a debate afecten exclusivamente a los países proponentes. Articulo 30 Conferencias previas 1. Preliminary conferences. Para los efectos del artículo anterior, los Delegados de los países que integran la Unión Postal de las Américas y España ante los Congresos Postales Universales, deberán reunirse en la ciudad designada como sede de éstos, quince días antes de la fecha de inauguración de los mismos, para la realización de una Conferencia previa, en la cual se determinarán los procedimientos de acción conjunta a realizarse. 2. Con la debida anticipación a la reunión de los Congresos Universales, la Oficina Internacional de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España invitará a todas las Administraciones que la integran, para celebrar las Conferencias previas a que alude el parágrafo anterior, debiendo organizarías y estar presente en ellas el Director de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo. Articulo 31 Nuevas adhesiones New adherences.En caso de una nueva adhesión, el Gobierno de la República Oriental del Uruguay, de común acuerdo1677con el Gobierno del país interesado, denominará la categoría en la cual debe ser éste incluido a los efectos del reparto de los gastos de la Oficina Internacional. Articulo 32 Vigencia y duración del Convenio y depósito de las ratificaciones 1. El presente Convenio empezaráEffective date and duration of Convention. a regir el 1.° de octubre de 1937 y quedará en vigencia sin limitación de tiempo, reservándoseReservation of right to withdraw. cada una de las Partes Contratantes el derecho de retirarse de esta Unión, mediante aviso dado por su Gobierno al de la República Oriental del Uruguay, con un año de anticipación. 2. El depósito de las ratificacionesDeposit of ratifications. se hará en la ciudad de Panamá, República de Panamá, en el más breve plazo posible, procurándose que sea antes de a vigencia del Convenio y Acuerdo a que se refieran; y de cada una de aquéllas se levantará el Acta respectiva, cuya copia remitirá el Gobierno de la República de Panamá, por la vía diplomática, a los Gobiernos de los demás países signatarios. 3. Quedan derogadas, a partirAbrogation of former Convention.[47 Stat. 1924](/us/stat/47/1924). de la fecha en que entre en vigor el presente Convenio, las estipulaciones del Convenio Postal de las Américas y España sancionado en Madrid el 10 de noviembre de 1931. 4. En el caso de que el ConvenioValidity if not unanimously ratified. no fuere ratificado por uno o varios de los países contratantes, no dejará de ser válido para los que lo hayan ratificado. 5. Los Países Contratantes podránProvisional ratification. ratificar el Convenio y los Acuerdos, provisionalmente, por correspondencia, dando aviso de elio a las Administraciones respectivas por medio de la Oficina Internacional, sin perjuicio de que, según la legislación de cada país, y previa aprobación de losCongresos Nacionales, sea confirmada por la vía diplomática. 1678 Signatures.En fe de lo resuelto, los Plenipotenciarios de los Gobiernos de os países arriba citados, suscriben el presente Convenio en la ciudad de Panamá, República de Panamá, a los 22 días del mes de diciembre de 1936. Por Argentina: Luis S. Luti Por Bolivia: Jorge E. Boyd Por Brasil: Leonidas de Siqueira Meneses Jayme Dias França Julio Sánchez Pérez Por Canadá: Peter T. Coolican F. E. Jolliffe Por Colombia: Alfonso Palacio Rudas Por Costa Rica: Enrique Fonseca Zúñiga Por Cuba: Carlos A. Vasseur Por Chile: Silverio Brañas Miguel A. Parra Por Dominicana: Manuel de J. Quijano Por Ecuador: Victoriano Endara A. Víctor M. Naranjo Por El Salvador: José E. Arjona Por España: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero 1679 PROTOCOLO FINAL DEL CONVENIOFinal Protocol of the Convention. En el momento de firmar el Convenio celebrado por el IV° Congreso Postal Américoespañol, los Plenipotenciarios que suscriben han convenido lo siguiente: I Los Estados Unidos de América se reservan el derecho, con carácter transitorio, de mantener sus tarifas actuales para los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, que puedan ser más elevadas que las de su régimen interno. II Con relación al artículo 29 del*Ante*, p. 1676. Convenio, los Estados Unidos de América se reservan completa libertad de acción en los Congresos de la Unión Postal Universal. III Cada uno de los países contratantes se compromete a mantener los privilegios de que gocen actualmente los barcos de los demás países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España que transportan gratuitamente la correspondencia, así como a concederles en lo futuro todos los privilegios que otorgue a los barcos de cualquier otro país que efectúen dicho servicio. IV Bolivia, Canadá, Colombia, Estados Unidos de América, España, México y Panamá declaran, que hacen una terminante reserva en el sentido de que no aceptan las disposiciones de los incisos b) y e) del artículo 15 del*Ante*, p. 1667. Convenio, por tratarse de asuntos extraños a la índole de los Congresos Postales y que corresponden exclusivamente a la legislación interna de cada país. 1680 V *Ante*, p. 1670.Con referencia al párrafo 1.° del artículo 21, la República de Bolivia se reserva completa libertad de acción en lo concerniente a la utilización de los servicios de la Oficina Internacional de Transbordos. VI El Canadá formula una reserva en el sentido de que no puede *Ante*, p. 1665.aceptar las disposiciones de los incisos d) y e) del parágrafo 1.° del artículo 13 y de los parágrafos 2, 3 y 6 del mismo artículo. Signatures.Hecho en Panamá, a los 22 días de diciembre de 1936. Por Argentina: Luis S. Luti Por Bolivia: Jorge E. Boyd Por Brasil: Leonidas de Siqueira Meneses Jayme Dias França Julio Sánchez Pérez Por Canadá: Peter T. Coolican F. E. Jolliffe Por Colombia: Alfonso Palacio Rudas Por Costa Rica: Enrique Fonseca Zúñiga Por Cuba: Carlos A. Vasseur Por Chile: Silverio Brañas Miguel A. Parra Por Dominicana: Manuel de J. Quijano Por Ecuador: Victoriano Endara A. Víctor M. Naranjo Por El Salvador: José E. Arjona Por España: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero 1681 REGLAMENTO DE EJECUCIÓNRegulations of Execution. DEL CONVENIO DE LA UNIÓN POSTAL DE LAS AMÉRICAS Y ESPAÑA celebrado entre: Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Canadá,Contracting Powers. Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, España, Estados Unidos de América, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, México, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay, Perú, Uruguay y Venezuela. Los infrascritos, en nombre de sus respectivas Administraciones, han aprobado las siguientes reglas para asegurar la ejecución del Convenio precedente. Articulo 101 Carnàio de despachos 1. Las Administraciones de losExchange of mails. países contratantes, podrán expedirse recíprocamente, por mediación de una o varias de ellas, tanto despachos cerrados como correspondencia al descubierto, en las condiciones citadas en el Convenio y Reglamentos vigentes de la Unión Postal Universal. 2. Cada Administración intermediariaObligation of rapid transit. estará obligada a cursar esta correspondencia por los medios más rápidos de que disponga para el envío de la suya propia, realizando el transporte gratuitamente cuando se trate de servicios que dependan de su Administración o percibiendo de la de origen las mismas cantidades que esté obligada a pagar cuando, para el transporte ulterior, se requieran servicios de Administraciones extrañas, a las cuales deba satisfacer aquellos gastos. Articulo 102 Equivalencias Las Administraciones se comunicarán,Intercommunication of domestic postage rates and equivalents. por conducto de la Oficina Internacional de la Unión 1682Postal de las Américas y España, su tarifa interior, así como las equivalencias que se establezcan de dicha tarifa en francos oro de la Unión Postal Universal. Effective date.Entrarán en vigor en un día primero de mes y, cuando menos, sesenta días después de la respectiva notificación a la Oficina Internacional. Articulo 103 Formación de despachos—Sacos vacíos 1. Preparation of dispatches. Los despachos que contengan la correspondencia de intercambio entre dos países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, se confeccionarán con [49 Stat. 2806](/us/stat/49/2806).arreglo a lo dispuesto en el Reglamento de Ejecución del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. 2. Return of empty sacks. Los sacos utilizados por las Administraciones contratantes para el envío de la correspondencia, se devolverán vacíos por las Oficinas de Cambio destinatarias a las de origen, en la forma prescrita por el artículo relativo de dicho Reglamento. Sin embargo, las Administraciones podrán ponerse de acuerdo con el fin de utilizarlos para el envío de su propia correspondencia conviniendo asimismo la forma y cuantía en que ha de sufragarse, por ambas Administraciones, el coste de dichos envases. Articulo 104 Franqueo de la correspondencia—“Franqueo pagado”;—Cartas insuficientemente franqueadas 1. Prepayment of correspondence.[49 Stat. 2767](/us/stat/49/2767). La correspondencia cambiada entre los paises contratantes se franqueará con arreglo a lo dispuesto en el Convenio vigente de a Unión Postal Universal. 2. Marking requirements. En aquellos países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España en que se haya establecido o se establezca el «Franqueo pagado» para los diarios y publicaciones periódicas, incluso las de 1683propaganda y reclamo, los paquetes que las contengan deberán evar en su cubierta en forma clara la mención «Franqueo pagado». Las Administraciones remitiránInterchange of information. a las demás, por conducto de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, cualquier indicación útil para que las Oficinas de Cambio puedan distinguirlos fácilmente de aquellos que no gocen de dicho privilegio. 3. En el anverso de los sobresInsufficiently prepaid letters. de las cartas insuficientemente franqueadas, la Administración de origen estampará el sello «T» y consignará la indicación en francos oro del importe de la insuficiencia. Articulo 105 Pequeños paquetesSmall packets. 1. El acondicionamiento y envasePacking, etc. de los pequeños paquetes se regirán por las mismas disposiciones establecidas para las muestras. Además, deberá figurar en el exterior de las remesas el nombre y la dirección de los remitentes. 2. Será permitido incluir en esos objetos una factura abierta, reducida a sus enunciados constitutivos; o bien, una simple copia del sobrescrito de la remesa con indicación de la dirección del remitente. 3. Los paquetes, sean o no acompañados de declaración de aduana, deberán llevar siempre la etiqueta verde igual al modelo[49 Stat. 2889](/us/stat/49/2889). «C. I.» del Reglamento de ejecución de la Unión Postal Universal. Articulo 106 Valijas diplomáticasDiplomatic pouches. 1. El peso y dimensiones de lasWeight and dimensions. valijas diplomáticas que se cambien entre cada uno de los Ministerios de Relaciones Exteriores de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España y sus representantes diplomáticos en los otros países, en virtud de lo dispuesto en el artículo 13 del Convenio, serán determinados de común acuerdo entre las partes interesadas, pero 1684no deberán exceder del peso máximo de 30 kilogramos. 2. Formalities of sending. Los Ministerios de Relaciones Exteriores y los representantes diplomáticos depositarán estas valijas en la Oficina de Correos, bajo recibo, y con la misma formalidad serán entregadas por éstas a sus destinatarios. 3. Fastenings. Dichas valijas estarán provistas de cerraduras o candados de seguridad apropiados a la importancia de estos envíos. 4. Transit routes. Las valijas diplomáticas serán cursadas por las mismas vías que utilice la Administración expedidora para el envío de su correspondencia a la Administración de destino, anunciándose dicho envío por medio de una nota consignada en la hoja de aviso del despacho que las contenga. 5. Dispatch under franking privilege by air mail. Salvo acuerdo en contrario entre las partes interesadas, las valijas diplomáticas no se expedirán en franquicia por la vía aérea. Articulo 107 Correspondencia diplomática y consularDiplomatic and consular correspondence. Indications required.La Correspondencia diplomática y consular deberá llevar las siguientes indicaciones: el nombre de la Embajada, Legación o Consulado remitente y la inscripción, muy ostensible, de «Correspondencia diplomática», o «Correspondencia consular», además de la declaración «Libre de porte», la cual deberá hacerse debajo de aquella inscripción. Articulo 108 Estadística de derechos de tránsito Transit statistics.*Ante*, p. 1658.Como consecuencia de la gratuidad del tránsito a que se refiere el artículo 3 del Convenio, las Administraciones de los países contratantes no efectuarán ninguna operación de estadística de derechos de tránsito, en relación con aquellos despachos que sólo contengan correspondencia américoespañola, siempre que esta correspondencia se curse sin la mediación de países o servicios extraños a la Unión Postal de las Américas y España. 1685 Articulo 109 Constitución de la Oficina InternacionalConstitution of International Office. 1. El Director de la OficinaDirector, appointment. Internacional será nombrado por el Gobierno de la República Oriental del Uruguay, a jiro puesta de la Dirección General de Correos de dicho país, y gozará de la retribuciónCompensation. mensual de 500 pesos uruguayos. El Secretario, el Oficial primero-TraductorSecretary, and other personnel. y demás personal serán nombrados a propuesta del Director de la Oficina Internacional, por la Dirección General de Correos del Uruguay, fijándose el sueldo mensual del Secretario en la suma de 250 pesos uruguayos y el del Oficial primero-Traductor, en 150 pesos uruguayos. Dicho personal sólo podrá serRemoval of employees. removido de sus cargos con la intervención de la Dirección General de Correos del Uruguay y con arreglo a los procedimientos que a tal efecto rijan para los empleados fijos de la propia Dirección. 2. El Director de la OficinaAttendance of Director at Congresses, etc. Internacional concurrirá a los Congresos y Conferencias de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España, a los efectos del cumplimiento de lo dispuesto por los artículos 23 y*Ante*, pp. 1671, 1676. 30 del Convenio; asistirá a las sesiones, pudiendo tomar parte en las discusiones, sin derecho a voto. 3. El idioma oficial de la OficinaOfficial language. Internacional es el español. No obstante, los países cuyo idioma no fuere éste, podrán usar el propio en sus relaciones con ella. Articulo 110 Jubilaciones y pensiones 1. Las pensiones y jubilacionesRetirement and pensions. del personal de la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo serán pagadas exclusivamente del fondo propio que, para tal objeto, tiene destinada dicha Oficina y que se forma con la contribución de todos los países de la Unión. Las con-1686diciones y el monto de esas jubilaciones y pensiones se sujetarán a las leyes sobre la materia vigentes en el Uruguay para sus propios funcionarios y empleados. 2. Una vez que el Gobierno del Uruguay haya expedido la reglamentación respectiva, ésta se dará a conocer a las Administraciones de la Unión, por conducto de la Oficina Internacional. Articulo 111 Cuentas y Gastos de la Oficina Internacional 1. Expenses, limitation. Los gastos de la Oficina Internacional no podrán exceder de la cantidad de 13.000 pesos oro uruguayos por año, incluyéndose en dicha cantidad la constitución de un fondo para jubilación del personal de la misma. 2. Division of expenses. Para la distribución de los gastos anuales y extraordinarios de la Oficina, los países contratantes se dividen en tres categorías, correspondiendo contribuir a los de la primera con ocho unidades; a los de la segunda con cuatro unidades, y a los de la tercera con dos unidades. Pertenecen a la primera categoría: Argentina, Brasil, Canadá, España, Estados Unidos de América y Uruguay; a la segunda categoría: Colombia, Cuba, Chile, México y Perú, y a la tercera categoría: Bolivia, Costa Rica, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay y Venezuela. 3. Annual account of expenses. La Dirección General de Correos de la República Oriental del Uruguay, formulará anualmente la cuenta de los gastos a que se *Ante*, p. 1671.refiere el artículo 23 del Convenio, y de acuerdo con éste, las Administraciones contratantes reintegrarán las sumas que aquella haya anticipado. 4. Settlement. La Oficina Internacional practicará la liquidación de las cuentas relativas a los servicios que se ejecuten entre los países contratantes, salvo acuerdo en contrario, siguiendo para ello los procedimientos generales estable1687cidos por el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. 5. Mientras subsista la depreciaciónSalary adjustment. de la moneda uruguaya, la Dirección General de Correos del Uruguay bonificará en un 30% los sueldos establecidos en el*Ante*, p. 1685. artículo 109. Articulo 112 Informaciones—Peticiones de modificaciones de Actas La Oficina Internacional estaráFurnishing of information. siempre a disposición de las partes contratantes para facilitarles cuantos informes especiales requieran sobre asuntos relativos al servicio de Correos américoespañol y dará curso a las peticionesRequests for modification, etc., of provisions. de modificación o de interpretación de las disposiciones que rijan la Unión Postal de las Améncas y España, y notificando el resultado de cada gestión. Articulo 113 Publicaciones 1. La Oficina Internacional dePublications. la Unión Postal de las Américas y España dirigirá una circular especial cuando una Administración solicite la inmediata publicación de algún cambio que haya introducido en sus servicios y distribuirá asimismo, gratuitamente, a cada una de las Administraciones de los países contratantes y a la Oficina Internacional de Berna, los documentos que publique, debiendo remitir a cada Administración el número de ejemplares que le corresponda, en proporción a las unidades con que contribuye. Los ejemplares suplementarios de los documentos que soliciten las Administraciones serán abonados por ellas a precio de coste. 2. La Oficina Internacional repartiráDistribution of propositions. entre los países contratantes las proposiciones que reciba, conforme a lo que establece el artículo 28 del Convenio. Al*Ante*, p. 1675. efecto, todos los países de laNotice to be given. Unión Postal de las Américas y España darán a conocer, por conducto de la misma Oficina y con la debida oportunidad, según se establece en el Convenio, las proposi1688ciones que formulen para los Congresos Universales, con el fin de que tales iniciativas sean apoyadas por el conjunto de dichos países. Articulo 114 Documentos e informes que se remitirán a la Oficina Internacional 1. Documents and information to be sent to International Office. La Oficina Internacional servirá de intermediaria para las notificaciones regulares y generales que interesen exclusivamente a las Administraciones de los países contratantes. Las referidas Administraciones deberán enviar regular y oportunamente a la Oficina Internacional: a) La Legislación postal y sus modificaciones sucesivas; b) La Guía postal, cada vez que sea editada; c) Los mapas y guías de las comunicaciones postales que utilicen, tanto para el servicio interno como para el internacional; d) Un informe sobre las vías terrestres y marítimas más rápidas que puedan utilizarse para la transmisión de correspondencia; e) Los resultados de su estadística postal anual y del movimiento con los demás países américoespañoles. f) El texto de las proposiciones que sometan a la consideración de los Congresos Postales Universales; g) Los datos de toda clase que interesen al servicio postal américo-español, en cada ocasión en que dicte alguna nueva disposición; h) Todos los informes que solicite la propia Oficina Internacional para las publicaciones, memorias y demás asuntos de su competencia, en forma tal que permitan la ejecución de su cometido en el más breve plazo; i) Un cuadro en que figuren detalladamente todos los servicios marítimos dependientes de los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas y España que puedan ser utilizados gratuitamente por los demás para el transporte de su correspondencia. 2. Toda modificación ulterior será comunicada sin demora. 1689 Articulo 115 Modificaciones en el intervalo de las reuniones de los Congresos En el intervalo que transcurreModifications between meetings. entre las reuniones de los Congresos, las Administraciones tendrán derecho a formular proposiciones relativas al presente Reglamento, siguiendo el procedimiento indicado en el Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. Para que tengan fuerza ejecutiva esas proposiciones, deberán reunir los dos tercios de los votos emitidos. Articulo 116 Aplicación del Convenio Postal Universal y de la Legislación interna 1. Todos los asuntos que seApplication of Universal Postal Convention. relacionen con el cambio de correspondencia entre los países contratantes y que no estén previstos en este Reglamento, se sujetarán a las disposiciones del Reglamento[49 Stat. 2756](/us/stat/49/2756). del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal. 2. Igualmente la legislación interiorDomestic legislation. de los mismos países se aplicará en todo aquello que no haya sido determinado por ambos Reglamentos. Articulo 117 Vigencia y duración del Reglamento El presente Reglamento empezaráEffective date and duration of Regulations. a regir el mismo día que el Convenio a que se refiere, y tendrá la misma duración que éste. Hecho en la ciudad de Panamá,Signatures. República de Panamá, a los 22 días del mes de diciembre de 1936. Por Argentina: Luis S. Luti Por Bolivia: Jorge E. Boyd Por Brasil: Leonidas de Siqueira Meneses Jayme Dias França Julio Sánchez Pérez 1690 Por Chile: Silverio Brañas Miguel A. Parra Por Dominicana: Manuel de J. Quijano Por Ecuador: Victoriano Endara A. Víctor M. Naranjo Por El Salvador: José E. Arjona Por España: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero Por Estados U. de América: Por Harlee 1Branch, 1 So in original. John E. Lamiell John E. Lamiell Stewart M. Weber Por Guatemala: Tomás Arias Por Haiti: André Faubert Por Honduras: Alberto Zúñiga POSTAL UNION OF THE AMERICAS AND SPAIN 11 Translation by Post Office Department. Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. CONVENTIONConvention. concluded between Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada,Contracting Powers. Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Spain, the United States of America, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, and Venezuela. The undersigned, PlenipotentiariesSource of authority. of the Governments of the countries above enumerated, assembled in Congress in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, making use of the right granted[49 Stat. 2746](/us/stat/49/2746). them by Article 5 of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force, and inspired by the desire to extend and perfect their postal relations and establish a solidarity of action capable of representing effectively in Universal Postal Congresses their common interests in regard to communications by mail, have determined to conclude, subject to ratification, the following Convention: Article 1 Postal Union of the Americas and Spain The contracting countries, in accordanceConstituted a single postal territory. with the foregoing declaration, constitute, under the name of *Postal Union of the Americas and Spain*, a single postal territory. 1658 Article 2 Restricted Unions 1. Restricted unions The contracting countries, whether on account of their adjacent location or on account of the intensity of their postal relations, may establish closer unions among themselves, with a view to the reduction of rates or the introduction of other improvements in any of the services referred to in the present Convention or in the special Agreements concluded by this Congress. 2. Signatories may adopt resolutions among themselves. Likewise, concerning matters not provided for in the present Convention, or in that of the Universal Postal Union, the signatory countries may adopt among themselves such resolutions as they deem necessary, through correspondence, or, if necessary, by establishing a special Agreement, in accordance with the authorization conferred upon them by the present Article or their domestic legislation. Article 3 Free and gratuitous transit 1. Free and gratuitous transit. The gratuity of territorial, fluvial and maritime transit is absolute in the territory of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain; consequently, the countries which form it obligate themselves to transport across their territories, and to convey by the ships of their registry or flag which they utilize for the transportation of their own correspondence, without any charge whatsoever to the contracting countries, all that which the latter send to any destination. 2. Reforwarding. In cases of reforwarding, the contracting countries are bound to reforward the correspondence by the ways and means which they utilize for their own dispatches. Article 4 Articles of correspondence.Articles of correspondence 1. Letters, post cards, etc. The provisions of this Convention will apply to letters, single and reply post cards, prints of all1659 kinds, commercial papers, samples without value, small packets, insured articles and small insured articles. 2. The services of small packets,Limitation. insured articles and small insured articles are limited to countries which agree to execute them, either in their reciprocal relations or in one direction only. Article 5 Postage ratesPostage rates. 1. The postage rates of the domesticDomestic. service of each country will govern in the relations of the countries which constitute the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, except when said domestic rates are higher than those applicable to correspondence destined for countries of the Universal Postal Union, in which case the latter will govern. 2. The international rates willInternational. also govern when it is a question of services which do not exist in the domestic régime. 3. For small packets and smallSmall packets, etc. insured articles, respectively, the rates will govern which are mentioned in Articles 6 and 7 of this Convention. Article 6 Small packetsSmall packets. 1. In the optional service ofWeight. small packets mentioned in Article 4 of this Convention, no article may weigh more than one kilogram, or contain objects whoseContents. mercantile value at the place where they are mailed exceeds the value of 10 gold francs or the equivalent thereof in money of the country of origin. 2. Administrations which executeConflicting provisions. the service of small packets created by the Universal Convention will not be obliged to observe, in their reciprocal relations, any provision in conflict with the stipulations of the Universal Convention relating to small packets. 1660 3. Prepayment of transit charges. Small packets of any kind exchanged between countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, in view of the fact that they are not liable to payment of transit charges, will be prepaid at the rates adopted in each country for parcels in its domestic service, or the Administrations may apply to such small packets the rates prescribed by the Universal Postal Convention. 4. Customs handling. The Administrations of destination may submit small packets to customs handling in accordance with the provisions of their domestic legislation. 5. Collection of fee from addressee. The Administrations of the countries of destination may collect from the addressees of small packets: a) Customs clearance, fee. A fee of 50 centimes of a gold franc at most for the operations, formalities and handling involved in customs clearance; b) Delivery fee. A fee which may not exceed 15 centimes of a gold franc for the delivery of each packet; that fee may be increased to 30 centimes of a gold franc at most in case of delivery at the addressee’s residence. 6. Not applicable if customs exempt. When small packets are considered by the customs of the country of destination as exempt from payment of customs duties, the delivery fees provided for in paragraph
(b)of Section 5 of this Article will not be applicable. Article 7 Small insured articles.Small insured articles 1. Insured letters containing paper money, etc. As an optional measure, and under the denomination of *small insured articles*, letters may be exchanged between the contracting countries which contain paperLimitation. money or valuable papers, the contents being insured up to the amount of the declared value, which will be 50 gold francs at most for each letter. 1661 The other articles mentioned inOther articles.*Ante*, p. 1658. Article 4 of this Convention may also be accepted in this service, with the exception of small packets. 2. Postage on the small insuredPostage fees; prepayment. articles mentioned in the preceding Section shall be fully prepaid by the sender, and will be composed, for each article:
(a)Of the postage and the fixed fee applicable to a registered article in the domestic service of each country;
(b)Of an insurance fee of 10 gold centimes for each 10 gold francs or fraction of declared value. 3. The declared value must beDeclared value to equal actual value. equal to the actual value of the article. The amount of the declaration for documents which represent a value by reason of the cost of their preparation may not exceed the actual expense of replacing said documents in case of loss. 4. Administrations which executeResponsibility. the service of small insured articles will be responsible for loss or damage of such articles, up to the amount of the actual value of the damage done, but not exceeding 50 gold francs. 5. Administrations of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which do not execute the service of small insured articles will nevertheless assume, for the transit of such articles in closed mails, the responsibility provided for in the said Union for registered correspondence. 6. The contracting countries which desire to execute the service of small insured articles, and which are already signatories of the Insurance Agreement of the Universal Postal Union, will apply the Universal rate for insured letters in their reciprocal relations only when the value is in excess of 50 gold francs. 7. Administrations which agree to execute the service of small insured articles will make the necessary arrangements for ex1662tending that service as far as possible to all offices of their respective countries. 8. Use of domestic forms. In the absence of agreement to the contrary for the exchange of the small insured articles mentioned in this Article, offices of the contracting Administrations may employ the covers and other forms used in their domestic service, it being permissible to word bulletins of verification, reports, waybills, as well as all notations made on these and other documents relative to small insured articles, in the language of each country. Article 8 Reply coupons 1. Reply coupons. The selling-price to the public of each reply coupon under the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain is 20 centimes of a gold franc or the equivalent thereof in money of the country which issues them. 2. Each coupon is exchangeable, in any of the countries which form this Union, for postage stamps equal to 15 centimes of a gold franc in money of the country which exchanges it. 3. The balance of 5 centimes remains in favor of the issuing Administration. 4. A special model of reply coupon is established in the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, to be printed and sold to the countries composing that Union by the International Office of Montevideo. Article 9 Registered correspondence—Responsibility 1. Registered correspondence.*Ante*, p. 1658 The articles designated in Article 4 may be sent under registration upon payment of a fee equal to that established in the domestic service of the country of origin, except when the domestic 1663fee is higher than that applicable under the Universal Postal Convention, in which case the latter will govern. 2. Save in cases of *force majeure*,Responsibility. the contracting Administrations will be responsible for the loss of every registered article. TheIndemnity. sender will be entitled to an indemnity which may in no case exceed ten gold francs or the equivalent thereof in money of the country which must pay it. 3. Nevertheless, AdministrationsExceptions. will be relieved of responsibility for loss of registered articles whose contents fall under the prohibitions mentioned in Article 15*Post*, p. 1667. of the present Convention, or which are prohibited by the laws and regulations of the country of origin or of destination, provided that said country has given due notice by the usual means. 4. There is established, as optional,Registers without indemnity right. a special category of registers without right to indemnity, applicable to books, periodicals and other prints, commercial papers, and samples without value, subject to payment, in addition to the ordinary postage, of a reduced fee whose amount will be fixed by the Administrations concerned. The service of this new type ofLimitation of service. registered articles is limited to the exchange with the Administrations which have agreed to execute it. In order to indicate their special character, the articles shall be designated by the initials *S. I. Sin indemnización—*without indemnity), the same notation being made in the *Observations* column of the descriptive lists, as well as on tracers sent in order to investigate their disposal. 5. Nevertheless,Administrations which adopt, in a general manner, a reduced registration fee for all articles other than letters and post cards, will not be obliged to observe the formalities prescribed by the last part of the preceding Section. 1664 Article 10 Obligatory prepayment 1. Obligatory prepayment. With the exception of letters in their usual and ordinary form, complete prepayment of all classes of correspondence, including sealed packages, is declared obligatory. 2. Articles not paid, etc. Sealed packages, as well as other articles not prepaid or insufficiently prepaid, will be held at the office of origin, which will dispose of them in the manner prescribed by its domestic legislation. 3. Insufficiently prepaid matter; double charges. Insufficiently prepaid letters will give rise to the collection from the addressee of a charge equivalent to twice the amount of the missing postage. 4. Newspapers, etc., delivery service. Newspapers, magazines and periodical publications accepted in the country of origin under the *postage paid* service will be delivered in the country of destination without collecting any charge. Article 11 Weight and dimensions Weight and dimensions.The limits of weight and dimensions of the various articles of correspondence will conform to[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). those fixed therefor by the Universal Postal Convention in force, with the exception of prints, whose weight will be fixed at 5 kilograms, or even as much as 10 kilograms when it is a question of works in a single volume. However, in regard to the acceptance of articles with a weight greater than 5 but not exceeding 10 kilograms, when it is not a question of works in a single volume, a previous agreement will be made between the Administrations concerned. Article 12 Undelivered articles Undelivered articles.Ordinary post cards, prints, and samples without value, which have not been delivered for any reason will be destroyed or treated in accordance with the domestic 1665legislation of the country of destination, unless they bear a request for return and also the name and address of the sender, in which case they will be returned to the country of origin. Article 13 Franking privilege 1. The contracting parties agreeFranking privilege. to grant the franking privilege, both in their domestic service and in the Americo-Spanish service:
(a)To correspondence relativeCorrespondence allowed. to the postal service exchanged between Administrations of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain; between those Administrations and the International Office of Montevideo; between the same Administrations and the Transfer Office of Panama; between the hitter and the aforesaid International Office; between post offices of Americo-Spanish countries and between those offices and the Postal Administrations of the countries mentioned;
(b)To correspondence of membersDiplomatic and consular correspondence. of the Diplomatic Corps of the signatory countries;
(c)To official correspondence which Consuls send to their respective countries; to that which they exchange among themselves; to that which they address to the Government of the country in which they are accredited, and to that which they exchange with their respective Embassies and Legations, whenever reciprocity exists;
(d)The franking privilege willNewspapers, etc. be enjoyed by newspapers, periodical publications, books, pamphlets and other prints sent by publishers or authors to Information Offices established by Postal Administrations of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, as well as those sent free of charge to libraries and other national cultural centers officially recognized by the Governments of the countries forming this Union; 1666
(e)Pan American Union. To official correspondence sent and received by the Pan American Union in Washington. 2. Official correspondence of signatories. Official correspondence of the Central Governments of the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which circulates free in their domestic service under their domestic legislation is admitted to the same franking privilege in the country of destination without the collection of any charge thereby, whenever strict reciprocity is observed. 3. National Commissions of Intellectual Cooperation. The franking privilege will also be enjoyed by correspondence of National Commissions of Intellectual Cooperation set up under the auspices of the Governments in accordance with Pan American and Universal Conventions in force. 4. Vice consuls when acting consuls.*Ante*, p. 1665. The franking privilege granted to Consuls by Section 1, letter (c), will be extended to Vice-Consuls when the latter are discharging the functions of Consuls. 5. Registration. The correspondence referred to by paragraphs (a),
(b)and
(c)of Section 1 may also be sent free of postage under registration, but without right to indemnity in case of loss, rifling or damage. 6. Diplomatic poaches. The exchange of correspondence of the Diplomatic Corps, between the Secretaries of State of the respective countries and their Embassies or Legations, will have a reciprocal character among the contracting countries, and will be effected in open mail or by means of diplomatic pouches, in accordance with the provisions of*Post*, p. 1683. Article 106 of the Regulations of Execution. These pouches will enjoy the franking privilege and all safeguards of official dispatches.. 7. Air service excepted. The franking privilege dealt with in the present Article will not be applicable in the air service or in other special services existing in the Americo-Spanish régime or in the domestic services of the contracting countries. 1667 Article 14 Reduction of ratesReduction of rates. Articles exchanged by DirectorsNational Primary Schools, etc. of National Primary Schools and similar institutions of countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will enjoy a special rate equivalent to 50% of the ordinary rate, whenever their net weight does not exceed one kilogram and they comply with the conditions fixed for their postal classification. Correspondence of an epistolary Epistolary correspondence.nature is excepted. Article 15 Prohibitions 1. Without prejudice to the provisionsProhibitions. of the Universal Postal Convention in force and of the domestic legislation of any country regarding restrictions on the circulation of correspondence, the following will not be forwarded:
(a)Publications endangering Publications endangering public safety.public safety and order.
(b)Any publication containingInjurious to legally constituted régime. ideas or imputations injurious to the legally constituted régime.
(c)Pornographic publications,Pornographic publications. and any other writings or publications whose text is considered offensive to morals and good customs.
(d)Correspondence of any natureFraudulent, etc., correspondence. having for its object the commission of frauds, swindles or any kind of crimes against property or persons. To that end, the provisions of the domestic legislation of each country will be followed.
(e)That which has for its fundamental Diffusion of communistic doctrines. object the diffusion among the people of communistic doctrines.
(f)Correspondence containingMoney in cash, etc. money in cash, bank notes, or values payable to the bearer, whether it is a question of ordinary or reg1668istered correspondence, in the absence of agreement to the contrary between the Administrations concerned. 2. Dispatch given through error. If, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (f), dispatch is given, through error or otherwise, to the articles referred to therein, the Administrations of the countries of destination are authorized to deliver them to their respective addressees if their domestic legislation permits, subject to the requirements provided for thereby; otherwise, the articles will be returned to the Administration of origin. Article 16 Special services Special services to other countries.The high contracting parties may, on the basis of special agreements or by correspondence, extend to the other countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain such postal services as they carry on or may in the future establish within their respective countries. Article 17 Postage paid service Postage paid service.The contracting countries will have the option of adopting the *Postage paid* service for the transmission of newspapers or periodical publications, open or in bundles, including those for propaganda or purely commercial advertising, provided that a reduced rate is not applied to the latter. Article 18 Service forms sent by air mail Service forms sent by air mail.[49 Stat. 2873](/us/stat/49/2873).The forms provided for in the Regulations of Execution of the Universal Postal Convention for requests for return or change of address, as well as those relative to inquiries about any article of correspondence, may be sent by air mail. 1669 Such forms will be forwarded by air mail only when they are inclosed in an envelope duly prepaid as airmail correspondence, the Administrations being authorized to collect, for that purpose, the postage and surcharges necessary for such prepayment. The forms so transmitted will bear a note relative to the fact at the top of the front. They will be considered as urgent in character, and will therefore be given preferential treatment by the Administrations concerned. Article 19 Official language Spanish is adopted as the officialOfficial language. language for matters relative to the postal service. Nevertheless, countries whose language is not this may use their own. Article 20 Protection and exchange of postal functionaries 1. The Administrations of theCooperation in transportation of correspondence. contracting countries will be obliged to lend mutually, upon request, the cooperation required by their employees charged with the transportation of correspondence in transit through such countries, and likewise will furnish all manner of facilities to such functionaries as one Administration may agree to send to any other to carry on studies regarding the development and perfection of postal services. 2. The Administrations,Exchange of functionaries. through the intermediary of the International Office of Montevideo, will come to agreements to effect an annual exchange of functionaries of similar grades, for a period of stay not exceeding two months. 1670 3. Division of expenses. Once that the exchange is agreed upon between two Administrations, the latter will decide upon the manner in which the relative expenses are to be shared, at the initiative and through the intermediary of the International Office of Montevideo. Article 21International Transfer Office. International Transfer Office 1. Continuance in Panama. There shall continue to exist in the Republic of Panama an International Transfer Office, which is charged with receiving and forwarding all mail dispatches originating in Administrations of the Union which do not have their own service in the Isthmus which, upon passing in transit through the same, give rise to transfer operations. 2. Operation. Said Office will function in accordance with the Regulations agreed upon between the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain and the Postal Administration of Panama. 3. Amendments. Amendments which at any time may have to be made in the aforesaid Regulations will be submitted by the Administrations concerned to the International Office at Montevideo for consideration in order that they may be proposed to the Postal Administration of Panama through its mediation. 4. Supervision and control. The organization and operation of the International Transfer Office are subject to supervision and control by the Administration of Posts and Telegraphs of Panama and the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain with headquarters in Montevideo, upon which latter it is incumbent to act as mediator and arbitrator in any dispute arising between the Postal Administration of Panama and countries which utilize the services of said Office. 5. Personnel. The personnel attached to the service of the aforesaid Office will be designated by the Adminis1671tration of Posts and Telegraphs of Panama, and will be considered permanent, in accordance with the provisions established by the Regulations of the Office concerning it. 6. The expenses to which theOffice expenses. maintenance of this Office gives rise will be borne by the countries which utilize its services, divided proportionally to the number of sacks which they exchange through its intermediary. The Administration of PanamaAdvance of funds. will advance the necessary funds for the maintenance of prompt services by the Office. Said amounts will be repaidRepayment. quarterly by each Administration concerned, but repayments which are not made within a period of six months after the expiration of each quarter will bear interest at the rate of 5% a year, for the purpose of increasing the maintenance funds of the Transfer Office. Article 22 Arbitration Every conflict or disagreementArbitration. arising in the postal relations of the contracting countries will be settled by arbitration, which will be effected in the manner prescribed by the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. The designation of arbitrators shall be incumbent upon the signatory countries, with the intervention of the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, if necessary. Article 23 International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain 1. With the name of *InternationalInternational Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain*, there functions in Montevideo, under the general supervision of the Administration of Posts of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay, a1672Central Office which serves as an organ of liaison, information and consultation for countries of the Union. 2. Duties, etc., designated. This Office will be charged with:
(a)Assembling, coordinating, publishing and distributing information of all kinds which specially concerns the Americo-Spanish postal service.
(b)Giving, at the express request of the parties concerned, its opinion on disputed questions.
(c)Giving, on its own initiative or at the request of any of the Administrations of the signatory countries, its opinion on all matters of a postal character which affect or relate to the general interests of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain.
(d)Making known requests for modification of Acts of the Congress which are formulated, and giving notice of changes which are adopted.
(e)Making known the results obtained from the regulatory provisions and measures of importance which the Administrations adopt in their domestic service, which are communicated to it by the same Administrations as information.
(f)Distributing postal maps and guides which the respective Administrations send it, as well as collecting the necessary data to prepare and distribute a map indicating the airmail lines of the Americas and Spain.
(g)Making a summary of Americo-Spanish postal statistics, on the basis of data which each Administration communicates to it annually.
(h)Publishing a report relative to the most rapid routes for transmission of correspondence from one of the contracting countries to another.
(i)Preparing a table giving in detail all maritime services dependent upon countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which may be utilized1673 gratuitously for the transportation of their correspondence, under the conditions laid down by Article 3 preceding.
(j)Publishing the tariff of postage rates of the domestic service of each of the countries concerned, and the table of equivalents.
(k)Publishing and distributing among the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, annually, a report of the work which it performs.
(l)Carrying out studies and works requested of it in the interests of the contracting countries, relative to work of social, economic and artistic cooperation, for which purpose the International Office will always be at the disposal of said countries, to furnish them any special information which they require on matters relative to the Americo-Spanish postal service.
(m)Taking part and collaborating in the organization and convening of Congresses and Conferences of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain.
(n)Distributing among the Administrations of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain the postal laws and regulations of each; said Administrations accordingly being obligated to furnish the Office mentioned twenty-five copies of the laws and regulations in question. 3. The special expenses arisingSpecial expenses. from the preparation of the Annual Report and the Table of Postal Communications of the contracting countries, and those arising on account of meetings of Congresses or Conferences, will be shared by the Administrations of said countries in accordance with the classes established in Articleo*Post*, p. 1686. 111 of the Regulations of Execution. The expenses in connection withCongresses, etc., expenses. the holding of such Congresses and Conferences will be fixed on each occasion by the Administration of Posts of the Eastern Repub1674lic of Uruguay, by agreement with the International Office of Montevideo. 4. Supervision of office expenses. The Administration of Posts of Uruguay will supervise the expenses of the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, and will make to it the advances which it requires. 5. Repayment of advances. The amounts advanced by the Administration of Uruguay in accordance with the foregoing Section will be repaid by the debtor Administrations as soon as possible, and, at the latest, before six months from the date on which the country concerned receives the account formulated by the Administration of Posts of Uruguay. After that date, the amounts due will bear interest at the rate of 5% a year, counting from the date of expiration of the said period. 6. Inclusion of annual amount in budget. The contracting countries are bound to include in their budgets an annual amount destined to take care promptly of the payment of their contributive quotas. Article 24 Congresses.Congresses 1. Meetings. Congresses will meet at least every five years, counting from the date on which the Convention concluded by the last one becomes effective. 2. Place and year. Each Congress will fix the place and year in which the next one shall convene. Article 25 Propositions in the interval between meetings Modification of Convention between meetings.[49 Stat. 2753](/us/stat/49/2753).The present Convention may be modified in the interval between Congresses, following the procedure established in the Universal Postal Convention in force. In order to become effective, modifications must obtain unanimity of votes for the present Article and Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13,1675 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 28, 29, 30 and 31; two-thirds of the votes for Articles 10, 14 and 15; and a simple majority for the rest. Article 26 Modifications and amendmentsModifications and amendments. Modifications or resolutionsEffective date. adopted by the contracting parties, even those of a domestic order which affect the international service, will become effective four months after the date of the relative notice from the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. Article 27 Application of Universal Postal Convention and domestic legislation 1. All matters in connectionApplication of Universal Postal Convention.[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). with the exchange of correspondence among the contracting countries which are not provided for in this Convention will be subject to the stipulations of the Universal Postal Convention in force and its Regulations; and, in turn, that which is not covered by these last two will form the subject of special agreements between the Administrations concerned. 2. Likewise, the domestic legislationDomestic legislation. of the said countries will apply to everything which has not been provided for in either Convention. Article 28 Propositions for Universal CongressesPropositions for Universal Congresses. All the countries forming theAdvance notice. Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will advise one another, through the intermediary of the International Office at Montevideo, of the propositions which they formulate for Universal Postal Congresses, six months in advance of the date on which they are to be held. 1676 Article 29 Unity of action in Universal Postal Congresses Unity of action.The countries signatory to the Americo-Spanish Postal Convention which have ratified the same or put it into force administratively obligate themselves to instruct their delegates to Universal Postal Congresses to sustain unanimously and firmly all principles established in the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, and also to vote in accordance with those postulates, except only in cases where the propositions to be debated affect only the countries proposing them. Article 30 Preliminary Conferences 1. Preliminary conferences. In connection with Article 28, the Delegates of the countries composing the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, prior to Universal Postal Congresses, shall assemble in the city designated as the seat of the Congress fifteen days before the date of inauguration thereof, in order to hold a preliminary conference, at which the procedure of joint action to be followed will be determined. 2. At the proper time before the meeting of Universal Congresses, the International Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will invite all the Administrations composing that Union to hold the preliminary conferences mentioned in the preceding Section; and the Director of the International Office of Montevideo is charged with organizing those conferences and attending them. Article 31 New adherences New adherences.In case of a new adherence, the Government of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay, by common 1677consent with the Government of the country concerned, will determine the class in which said country is to be included, for purposes of sharing the expenses of the International Office Article 32 Effective date and duration of Convention and deposit of ratifications 1. The present Convention willEffective date and duration of Convention. become effective October 1, 1937, and will remain in force without time-limit, each of the contractingReservation of right to withdraw. parties reserving the right to withdraw from this Union by means of notice given by its Government to that of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay one year in advance. 2. The deposit of ratificationsDeposit of ratifications. will be effected in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, as soon as possible, preferably before the effective date of the Convention and Agreements in question, and the relative certificate will be made up for each of them, a copy of which will be sent by the Government of the Republic of Panama, through diplomatic channels, to the Governments of the other signatory countries. 3. The stipulations of the PostalAbrogation of former Convention.[47 Stat. 1924](/us/stat/47/1924). Convention of the Americas and Spain sanctioned at Madrid on November 10, 1931, are abrogated, beginning with the date on which the present Convention enters into force. 4. In case that the ConventionValidity if not unanimously ratified.is not ratified by one or more of the contracting countries, it will nevertheless be valid for those which have ratified it. 5. The contracting countriesProvisional ratification. may ratify the Convention and Agreements provisionally, by correspondence, giving notice thereof to the respective Administrations through the medium of the International Office, without prejudice to the fact that, according to the legislation of each country, and after approval by the National Congresses, it may be confirmed through diplomatic channels. 1678 Signatures.In faith of which, the Plenipotentiaries of the Governments of the countries above named sign the present Convention in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, on the 22d day of the month of December, 1936. Por Estados U. de America: Por Harllee Branch, John E. Lamiell John E. Lamiell Stewart M. Weber Por Guatemala: Tomás Arias Por Haiti: André Faubert Por Honduras: Alberto Zúñiga Por México: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero Por Nicaragua: Adolfo Altamirano Browne Por Panamá: José E. Arjona Juan B. Chevalier Juan Brin Carlos Ortiz R. Tomás H. Jácome Manuel de J. Quijano Angelo Ferrari Por Paraguay: Luis S. Luti Por Perú: Augusto S. Salazar Ernesto Cáceres B. Por Uruguay: Hugo V. de Pena Por Venezuela: Francisco Vélez Salas Carlos Hartmann 1679 FINAL PROTOCOL OF THE CONVENTIONFinal Protocol of the Convention. At the moment of signing the Convention concluded by the Fourth Americo-Spanish Postal Congress, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have agreed upon the following: I The United States of America reserves the right, as a transitory measure, to maintain its present rates for countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which may be higher than those of its domestic service. II In connection with Article 29 of*Ante*, p. 1676. the Convention, the United States of America reserves complete liberty of action in Congresses of the Universal Postal Union. III Each of the contracting countries undertakes to maintain the privileges enjoyed at present by ships of other countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which transport mails free of charge, as well as to grant them in the future all privileges which it grants to ships of any other country which perform such service. IV Bolivia, Canada, Colombia, the United States of America, Spain, Mexico and Panama declare that they make a positive reservation in the sense that they do not accept the provisions of paragraphs*Ante*, p. 1667.
(b)and
(e)of Article 15 of the Convention, since it is a question of matters extraneous to the nature of Postal Congresses, which pertain exclusively to the domestic legislation of each country. 1680 V *Ante*, p. 1670.With reference to Section 1 of Article 21, the Republic of Bolivia reserves complete freedom of action in regard to utilization of the services of the International Transfer Office. VI Canada makes a reservation to the effect that it can not accept *Ante*, p. 1665. the provisions of paragraphs
(d)and
(e)of Section 1 of Article 13, and of Sections 2, 3 and 6 of the same Article. Signatures.Done at Panama on the 22d day of December, 1936. Por Estados U. de America: Por Harllee Branch, John E. Lamiell John E. Lamiell Stewart M. Weber Por Guatemala: Tomás Arias Por Haiti: André Faubert Por Honduras: Alberto Zúñiga Por México: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero Por Nicaragua: Adolfo Altamirano Browne Por Panamá: José E. Arjona Juan B. Chevalier Juan Brin Carlos Ortiz R. Tomás H. Jácome Manuel de J. Quijano Angelo Ferrari Por Paraguay: Luis S. Luti Por Perú: Augusto S. Salazar Ernesto Cáceres B. Por Uruguay: Hugo V. de Pena Por Venezuela: Francisco Vélez Salas Carlos Hartmann 1681 REGULATIONS OF EXECUTIONRegulations of Execution. OF THE CONVENTION OF THE POSTAL UNION OF THE AMERICAS AND SPAIN concluded between Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada,Contracting Powers. Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Spain, the United States of America, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. The undersigned, in the name of their respective Administrations, have approved the following Regulations to assure the execution of the foregoing Convention: Article 101 Exchange of mails 1. The Administrations of theExchange of mails. contracting countries may send to one another reciprocally, through the intermediary of one or several of them, both closed mails and correspondence in open mail, under the conditions fixed by the Convention and Regulations in force in the Universal Postal Union. 2. Each intermediary AdministrationObligation of rapid transit. will be obliged to forward this correspondence by the most rapid means which it has at its disposal for the dispatch of its own, effecting the transportation gratuitously when it is a question of services which are subordinate to its Administration, or collecting from the Administration of origin the same amounts as it is obliged to pay when, for its subsequent transmission, the correspondence requires the services of foreign Administrations to which such charges must be paid. Article 102 Equivalents The Administrations will communicateIntercommunication of domestic postage rates and equivalents. to one another, through the intermediary of the Interna1682tional Office of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, their domestic postage rates, as well as the equivalents of said rates which are established in gold francs of the Universal Postal Union. Effective date.They will enter into force on the first of a month, and at least sixty days after the corresponding notice to the International Office. Article 103 Preparation of dispatches—Empty sacks 1. Preparation of dispatches. Dispatches containing correspondence exchanged between two countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will be prepared in accordance with the [49 Stat. 2806](/us/stat/49/2806).provisions of the Regulations of Execution of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. 2. Return of empty sacks. The sacks utilized by the contracting Administrations for the dispatch of correspondence will be returned empty by the exchange offices of destination to those of origin, in the manner prescribed by the relative Article of said Regulations. However, Administrations may come to an agreement for the purpose of using them for the dispatch of their own correspondence, likewise agreeing on the manner and amount in which both Administrations are to share the cost of said containers. Article 104 Prepayment of correspondence—Postage paid service—Insufficiently prepaid letters 1. Prepayment of correspondence.[49 Stat. 2767](/us/stat/49/2767). The correspondence exchanged among the contracting countries will be prepaid in accordance with the provisions of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. 2. Marking requirements. In those countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain where the *Postage paid* service is or may be established for newspapers and periodical publications, including those for prop1683aganda and advertising, the packages containing them shall bear on their covers the conspicuous note *Franqueo pagado* (Postage paid). The Administrations will sendInterchange of information. to the others, through the intermediary of the International Office of Montevideo, any useful information so that the exchange offices may easily distinguish them from those which do not enjoy said privilege. 3. On the address side of the Insufficiently prepaid letters.envelopes of insufficiently prepaid letters, the Administration of origin will place the T-stamp, and will indicate in gold francs the amount of the insufficiency. Article 105 Small packetsSmall packets. 1. The preparation and packingPacking, etc. of small packets will be governed by the same provisions as those fixed for samples. Moreover, the names and addresses of the senders shall appear on the outside of the articles. 2. It will be permissible to inclose in such articles an open invoice, reduced to its essential features, or else a simple copy of the address of the article with indication of the address of the sender. 3. The packets, whether accompanied by customs declarations or not, shall always bear a green label conforming to Model C 1 of the[49 Stat. 2889](/us/stat/49/2889). Regulations of Execution of the Universal Postal Convention. Article 106 Diplomatic pouchesDiplomatic pouches. 1. The weight and dimensions Weight and dimensions.of diplomatic pouches exchanged between each of the Ministries of Foreign Relations of the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain and their diplomatic representatives in the other countries, by virtue of the provisions of Article 13 of the Convention, will be determined by common consent between the parties concerned,1684but must not exceed the maximum weight of 30 kilograms. 2. Formalities of sending. The Ministries of Foreign Relations and the diplomatic representatives will deposit these pouches in the post offices, taking a receipt, and they will be delivered by the post offices to their addresses with the same formality. 3. Fastenings. Said pouches will be provided with safety fastenings or locks appropriate to the importance of such dispatches. 4. Transit routes. Diplomatic pouches will be forwarded by the same routes used by the dispatching Administration for the transmission of its correspondence to the Administration of destination, their sending being announced by means of a note entered in the letter bill of the dispatch containing them. 5. Dispatch under franking privilege by air mail. In the absence of agreement to the contrary between the parties concerned, diplomatic pouches will not be dispatched under the franking privilege by air mail. Article 107 Diplomatic and consular correspondence.Diplomatic and consular correspondence Indications required.Diplomatic and consular correspondence shall bear the following indications: The name of the sending Embassy, Legation or Consulate, and the conspicuous inscription *Diplomatic correspondence* or *Consular correspondence*, in addition to the declaration *Libre de porte* (Free of postage), which shall appear under the former inscription. Article 108 Transit statistics Transit statistics.*Ante*, p. 1658.As a result of the gratuity of transit referred to by Article 3 of the Convention, the Administrations of the contracting countries will not perform any transit statistical operations in connection with dispatches containing Americo-Spanish correspondence exclusively, whenever tins correspondence is forwarded without the intevention of countries or service foreign to the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. 1685 Article 109 Constitution of InternationalConstitution of International Office. 1. The Director of the InternationalDirector, appointment. Office will be appointed by the Government of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay, at the proposal of the Admmistration of Posts of the said country, and willCompensation. receive monthly compensation in the amount of 500 Uruguayan pesos. The Secretary, the First TranslatingSecretary, and other personnel. Official and the other personnel will be appointed, at the proposal of the Director of the International Office, by the Administration of Posts of Uruguay, the monthly salary of the Secretary being fixed at the sum of 250 Uruguayan pesos and that of the First Translating Official at 150 Uruguayan pesos. The said personnel may be removedRemoval of employees. from their posts only with the intervention of the Administration of Posts of Uruguay, in accordance with the procedure established in that connection for permanent employees of the same Administration. 2. The Director of the InternationalAttendance of Director at Congresses, etc. Office will attend Congresses and Conferences of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, for the purpose of complying with the provisions of Articles 23 and 30 *Ante*, pp. 1671, 1676.of the Convention, and will be present at sessions, being permitted to take part in discussions without right to vote. 3. The official language of theOfficial language. International Office is Spanish. Nevertheless, countries whose language is not Spanish may use their own in relations with the Office. Article 110 Retirement and pensions 1. The pensions and retirementRetirement and pensions. of personnel of the International Office of Montevideo will be paid exclusively from the special fund which the said Office has set aside for that purpose out of the contributions of all the countries of the Union. The conditions for and1686 amount of such retirement and pensions will be governed by the laws on the subject in force in Uruguay for its own officers and employees. 2. Once that the Government of Uruguay has issued the respective regulations, the latter will be made known to the Administrations of the Union through the intermediary of the International Office. Article 111 Account and expenses of International Office 1. Expenses, limitation. The expenses of the International Office may not exceed the annual sum of 13,000 Uruguayan gold pesos; said amount including the establishment of a retirement fund for the personnel thereof. 2. Division of expenses. For the division of the annual and extraordinary expenses of the Office, the contracting countries are divided into three classes; those of the first class having to contribute eight units; those of the second, four units; and those of the third, two units. The following belong to the first class: Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Spain, the United States and Uruguay; the following to the second class: Colombia, Cuba, Chile, Mexico and Peru; and the following to the third class: Bolivia, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay and Venezuela. 3. Annual account of expenses. The Administration of Posts of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay will prepare annually the account of expenses referred to by *Ante*, p. 1671.Article 23 of the Convention, and, in conformity with that Article, the contracting Administrations will reimburse it for sums which it has advanced. 4. Settlement. The International Office will effect the settlement of accounts relative to services carried on among the contracting countries, unless a contrary agreement is made, and will follow, in that connection, the general procedure es1687tablished by the Universal Postal Convention in force. 5. As long as the depreciation ofSalary adjustment. Uruguayan money continues, the Administration of Posts of Uruguay will make a 30% increase in the salaries fixed by Article 109. Article 112 Information—Requests for modifiacation of Acts The International Office will Furnishing of information.always be at the service of the contracting parties, to furnish them whatever special information they require concerning matters connected with the Americo-Spanish postal service; and will circulateRequests for modification, etc., of provisions. requests for modification or interpretation of the provisions governing the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, and make known the result of each operation. Article 113 Publications 1. The International Office of Publications.the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will send out a special circular when an Administration requests immediate publication of any change that has been introduced in its service, and will likewise furnish gratuitously, to each of the Administrations of the contracting countries and to the International Bureau of Berne, the documents which it publishes, allowing each Administration the number of copies which corresponds to the number of units which it contributes. Additional copies of documents requested by Administrations will be paid for by them at cost. 2. The International Office will Distribution of propositions. distribute among the contracting countries the propositions which it receives in accordance with the provisions of Article 28 of the*Ante*, p. 1675. Convention. To that end, allNotice to be given. countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain will make known through the intermediary of the same Office, and in due time, as established by the Convention,1688 the propositions which they formulate for Universal Congresses, in order that such propositions may be supported by all the said countries. Article 114 Documents and information to be sent to International Office 1. Documents and information to be sent to International Office. The International Office will serve as intermediary for regular and general notifications which exclusively concern the Administrations of the contracting countries. Said Administrations shall send to the International Office, regularly and promptly:
(a)Their postal legislation and its subsequent modifications.
(b)Their Postal Guide, each time that it is published.
(c)Maps and guides of postal communications which they utilize, for both domestic and international service.
(d)Information as to the most rapid territorial and maritime routes which may be used for transmission of correspondence.
(e)The results of the annual statistics of their postal traffic with other Americo-Spanish countries.
(f)The text of their propositions submitted to Universal Postal Congresses for consideration.
(g)Data of all lands concerning the Americo-Spanish postal service, every time that some new provision is established.
(h)All information requested by the International Office itself for publication, reports and other matters pertaining to it, in such manner as to permit the execution of its task as soon as possible.
(i)A table showing in detail all maritime services belonging to countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain which may be used gratuitously by the others for the transportation of their correspondence. 2. All subsequent modifications will be communicated without delay. 1689 Article 115 Modifications in the interval between meetings of Congresses In the interval which transpiresModifications between meetings. between meetings of Congresses, Administrations will have the right to formulate propositions relative to the present Regulations, following the procedure indicated in the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. In order to become effective, those propositions must obtain two-thirds of the votes cast. Article 116 Application of Universal Postal Convention and domestic legislation 1. All matters in connectionApplication of Universal Postal Convention. with the exchange of correspondence among the contracting countries which are not provided for in these Regulations will be subject to the stipulations of the Regulations[49 Stat. 2756](/us/stat/49/2756). of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union in force. 2. Likewise, the domestic legislationDomestic legislation. of the same countries will be applicable in everything that has not been determined by either set of Regulations. Article 117 Effective date and duration of Regulations The present Regulations willEffective date and duration of Regulations. become effective on the same date as the Convention to which they relate, and will have the same duration. Done in the city of Panama,Signatures. Republic of Panama, on the 22d day of December, 1936. Por Canadá Peter T. Coolican F. E. Jolliffe Por Colombia: Alfonso Palacio Rudas Por Costa Rica: Enrique Fonseca Zúniga Por Cuba: Carlos A. Vasseur 1690 Por México: José V. Chávez José Roberto 1Montero 1 So in original. Por Nicaragua: Adolfo Altamirano Browne Por Panamá: José E. Ahjona Juan B. Chevalier Juan Brin Carlos Ortiz R. Tomás H. Jácome Manuel de J. Quijano Angelo Ferrari Por Paraguay: Luis S. Luti Por Perú: Augusto S. Salazar Ernesto sáceres B. Por Uruguay: Hugo V. de Pena Por Venezuela: Francisco Vélez Salas Carlos Hartmann Ratification by Postmaster General.Having examined and considered the provisions of the foregoing Convention, Final Protocol of the Convention, and the Regulations of Execution of the Convention, signed in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, on the twenty-second day of December, 1936, the same are by me, by virtue of the powers vested by law in the Postmaster General, hereby ratified and approved, by and with the advice and consent of the President of the United States. In witness whereof, I have caused the seal of the Post Office Department of the United States to be hereto affixed this 12th day of August, 1937. [seal] James A Farley *Postmaster General*. Approval by the President.I hereby approve the above-mentioned Convention, Final Protocol of the Convention, and the Regulations of Execution of the Convention, and in testimony thereof have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *August 20, 1937*. 1691 VOTOS DEL CONGRESOResolutions of the Congress. El IV Congreso Postal AméricoespañolRecommendations. recomienda a todos los países que forman esta Unión: I Que constituyendo el servicio deAbolishment of requirements restricting service. encomiendas postales un medio que facilita las relaciones comerciales entre los países contratantes, sería conveniente derogar cuantos requisitos signifiquen una restricción para la efectividad de dicho servicio y suprimir la exigencia de facturasConsular invoices, visas, etc. y visados consulares, así como los certificados de origen, para las encomiendas cuyo valor no exceda de 150 francos oro o su equivalencia. II Que en vista de que los anunciosTransit of advertisements. constituyen un medio de divulgación útil y conveniente, teniente a aumentar el conocimiento de los pueblos, el Congreso opina que los envíos de tal naturaleza deberían ser transportados en el servicio postal internacional sin estar sujetos a derechos aduaneros o a requisitos que tiendan a limitar sus fines. III Que las Administraciones de laCreation of information offices in central post offices. Unión Postal de las Américas y España creen, a serles posible, una Oficina de Información en la sede de las Centrales de Correos, con un salón de lectura, en el cual se pongan a disposición del público, libros, diarios, revistas y publicaciones en general de los distintos países de la Unión, remitidos gratuitamente por los gobiernos, empresas editoriales, autores, etc. IV Que gestionen de las CompañíasReduced steamship rates. de navegación de países extraños a la Unión Postal de las Américas 1692y España que transporten su correspondencia, la rebaja de los fletes actuales, y que, en ningún caso, cobren por unidad de peso una suma mayor de la que perciban del país de origen, salvo en los casos en que por privilegio de paquete o de otra naturaleza, dichas Compañías estén obligadas al transporte gratuito. V Commemorative postage stamps.Que los Gobiernos respectivos autoricen la emisión de sellos de correos para conmemorar la celebración de los Congresos Postales Américoespañoles, eligiendo, de acuerdo con la Oficina Internacional de Montevideo, diseños alegóricos de la reunión de los Congresos o de los vínculos de solidaridad y fraternidad que unen a los países de América con España. VI Air surcharges, etc.Que las Administraciones de la Unión Postal Américoespañola, antes de la reunión del próximo Congreso, procedan a efectuar estudios cuidadosos respecto a la posibilidad de establecer sobretasas y gastos de transporte aéreos Basis suggested.uniformes, tomando como base las sugerencias que figuran a continuación: Sobretasas 1. Surcharges. Los objetos que deban transmitirse por la vía aérea, pagarán, además de las tasas postales reglamentarias, una sobretasa especial de transporte aéreo, determinada por la Administración del país de origen, sin que ella pueda exceder en ningún caso de 25 céntimos de franco oro por cada 5 gramos o fracción. y por 1.500 kilómetros de recorrido aéreo. 2. Cuando una Administración adopte para el franqueo de la correspondencia aérea una tasa que represente la totalidad de los portes, el monto del franqueo exigido no podrá ser superior al previsto en el parágrafo anterior. 1693 3. Para los objetos distintos a las cartas, tarjetas postales y valores declarados, el monto total del franqueo podrá reducirse en una ⅕ parte como mínimo. Gastos de Transporte 1. La tarifa básica para laAir transportation charges. liquidación de las cuentas relativas al transporte aéreo realizado entre los países de la Unión Postal Américoespañola será de 25 milésimos (0,025) de franco oro por kilogramo de peso bruto y por kilómetro, como máximo. 2. Cuando la correspondencia aérea hubiere de transitar por las líneas internas de los países intermediarios o de destino, dicho transporte será cubierto por la Administración de origen sobre la misma base prevista en el parágrafo 1. En lo que respecta a la Administración de destino, la bonificación será uniforme para todos los recorridos efectuados dentro de su territorio. A tal efecto, cada Administración indicará un promedio de sus gastos para su recorrido interno. 3. La misma tarifa de tránsito será aplicada a la correspondencia expedida de una Administración de la Unión, por intermedio de otra Administración américo-española, para cualquier país que se rija por las disposiciones del régimen universal, en la parte que se relacione con los transportes efectuados dentro del territorio de las Américas y España. 4. El transporte de la correspondencia en tránsito efectuado por un país intermediario con destino a otro que no pertenezca a la Unión Postal Américoespañola, se someterá a las tasas y condiciones que dicho país haya indicado en la lista A. V. 1, editada por la Oficina de Berna. VII Que inspirados en la obra inmortalVaseo Núñez de Balboa. realizada por el Adelantado Vasco Nuñez de Balboa, con1694sistente en el descubrimiento del Océano Pacífico, obra sólo comparable a la verificada por el sublime visionario Cristóbal Colón. Resuelvan: 1. Monumental light house in memory of. Gestionar ante los Gobiernos de los Estados Unidos de América y de Panamá, si fuere necesario, a autorización para que sea erigido en el territorio del Istmo, sobre el Pacífico, un faro monumental a la memoria de Vasco Núñez de Balboa, semejante al que se piensa erigir en la República Domimcana en honor de Cristóbal Colón, requiriendo para ello el Issuance of special postage stamps.concurso oficial y efectivo de todos los Gobiernos americanos para que emitan sellos especiales de franqueo, cuyo producto se dedicará ala construcción proyectada, mediante cuota, en análogas proporciones a la que aportan los países de la Unión Postal de las Américas r España para el sostenimiento de a Oficina Internacional de Montevideo. 2. Executive Committee to arrange for competitive plans, etc. Facultar a esta misma Oficina para que, por la vía diplomática, obtenga del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos y del de la República de Panamá la designación de representantes que integren una Comisión ejecutiva que se entienda con la organización de un concurso para la presentación de planos y su selección, construcción de la obra, recaudación de fondos, etc. 3. Notice of lighthouse completion. Que una vez efectuada la construcción del faro, la Oficina Internacional comunique el hecho a los países interesados, a fin de que acuerden lo correspondiente al día de la inauguración. VIII Tourist post cards.Que resuelvan la emisión de tarjetas postales de turismo a tarifa moderada, con vistas de las principales ciudades americanas y de España, y bellezas geográficas de cada país. 1695 IX Que recomienden la emisión deOfficial postage stamp. un sello oficial análogo para todas las naciones américoespañolas que no tenga denominación, sino que diga simplemente «Correspondencia oficial» o «Servicio del Estado». X Que establezcan el servicio deNewspaper, etc., subscriptions. suscripciones a diarios y publicaciones periódicas, más o menos sobre las bases fijadas en el Acuerdo respectivo de la Unión Postal Universal. XI Que los países signatarios propendanAir transportation rate reduction. a que la reducción de las tasas de transporte de la correspondencia por vía aérea, que tienen en estudio los Estados Unidos de América, sea lo más acentuada posible, a fin de que en un futuro cercano el servicio de transporte aéreo de la correspondencia no asuma el carácter que hoy tiene y se procure así su mayor difusión y aprovechamiento. 1696 Parcel post agreement.ACUERDO RELATIVO A ENCOMIENDAS POSTALES celebrado entre: Contracting Powers.Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Canadá, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, España, Estados Unidos de América, Guatemala, Haití, Honduras, México, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay, Perú, Uruguay y Venezuela. Source of authority.Los infrascritos, Plenipotenciarios de los Gobiernos de los países arriba mencionados, en ejercicio de la facultad concedida [49 Stat. 2746](/us/stat/49/2746).por el artículo 5 del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal convienen, a reserva de ratificación, en establecer el servicio de encomiendas de acuerdo con las cláusulas siguientes: Articulo 1 Objeto del Acuerdo 1. Object. Bajo la denominación de «Encomienda Postal», o de las expresiones sinónimas «Paquete Postal» y «Bulto Postal», podrán expedirse de uno de los países precedentemente enumerados a cualquier otro de los mismos, esta clase de envíos. 2. Registration. El remitente de una encomienda podrá certificarla pagando, además del franqueo, la misma tasa de certificación que tenga el país de origen. 3. Insured or collect-on-delivery parcels. Las ecomiendas postales podrán ser expedidas con declaración de valor o contra reembolso, cuando los países adheridos convengan en adoptar estas modalidades del servicio en sus relaciones recíprocas. Containers.La expedición de tales envíos será obligatoria en envases de buenas condiciones, debidamente cerrados. Articulo 2 Tránsito 1. Transit. La libertad de tránsito queda garantizada en el territorio de cada uno de los países contratantes. En consecuencia, las 1697diversas Administraciones podrán utilizar la mediación de uno o varios países para el cambio recíproco de encomiendas. 2. La transmisión de encomiendasManner of sending. se efectuará en despachos cerrados, o al descubierto cuando así lo convengan las Administraciones interesadas, debiéndose cursar por las vías más rápidas terrestres y marítimas que utilicen para sus propios envíos los países que intervengan en el transporte. 3. Las Administraciones remitentesParcel bills. estarán obligadas a enviar una copia de las hojas de ruta a cada mía de las Administraciones intermediarias, cuando los despachos se hagan en tránsito cerrado. Articulo 3 Peso y dimensiones 1. El peso máximo de cadaWeight and dimensions. encomienda será de 20 kilogramos, quedando las Administraciones en libertad de limitarlo a 10, cuando las posibilidades de sus medios internos lo hagan indispensable, previo aviso que darán a los demás países signatarios por conducto de la Oileina Internacional de Montevideo. 2. Los límites de peso para las encomiendas, serán los siguientes: Hasta de 1 kilogramo; De más de 1 y hasta 5 kilogramos; De más de 5 y hasta 10 kilogramos; De más de 10 y hasta 15 kilogramos; De más de 15 y hasta 20 kilogramos. 3. Las dimensiones máximas deMaximum dimensions. las encomiendas, serán fijadas por el acuerdo vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, relativo a este servicio; pudìen do sin embargo,Exceptions. las Administraciones contratantes admitir, previa la conformidad de los países intermediarios, encomiendas con otro límite de dimensiones. 4. Las encomiendas embarazosas,Bulky parcels. o sean las que exceden de 1,05 metros en cualquiera de sus lados, se admitirán solamente en las relaciones entre los países que por convenio especial estén dispuestos a efectuar su transporte. 1698 Articulo 4 Tarijas y bonificaciones 1. Postage rates and payments. La tarifa de las encomiendas intercambiadas con arreglo a este Acuerdo, se forma únicamente con la suma de los portes de origen, Maritime rates.trânsito y destino. Llegado el caso, se agregarán los derechos marítimos previstos en el Acuerdo vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, sobre cambio de encomiendas postales. 2. Fixed rates. Los portes de origen, tránsito y destino se fijan para cada país, en francos oro o su equivalente como sigue: 25 céntimos por encomienda hasta de 1 kilogramo; 50 céntimos por encomienda de más de 1 y hasta 5 kilogramos: 100 céntimos por encomienda de más de 5 y hasta 10 kilogramos; 150 céntimos por encomienda de más de 10 y hasta 15 kilogramos; 200 céntimos por encomienda de más de 15 y hasta 20 kilogramos. 3. Optional increase. Sin embargo, las Administraciones contratantes tendrán la facultad de aumentar estos portes hasta el duplo de los mismos. 4. Special authorization. Las Administraciones que en el régimen universal gocen de autorizaciones especiales para elevar los derechos consignados en los dos párrafos anteriores, podrán también hacer uso de dichas autorizaciones en el régimen américoespañol. 5. No obligation to fix rate lower than domestic charge. A pesar de lo dispuesto en los párrafos anteriores, ninguna Administración contratante estará obligada a señalar una tarifa inferior a la que tenga establecida para esta clase de envíos en su servicio interno. 6. Proration of credit La Administración de origen acreditará a cada una de las Administraciones que intervengan en el transporte, incluso a la de destino, los portes correspondientes con arreglo a lo dispuesto en los párrafos anteriores. 7. Table of land-transit rates. La Oficina Internacional editará y distribuirá el cuadro de los Sortes de tránsito territorial y los e salida y llegada que correspondan a cada Administración, actualizándolo por medio de suplementos. 1699 Articulo 5 Derechos por despacho de aduanas, entrega, almacenaje y otros 1. Las Administraciones de destinoCustoms, etc., charges. podrán cobrar a los destinatarios de las encomiendas: a) Un derecho de 50 céntimos de franco oro o su equivalencia, como máximo, por las operaciones, formalidades y trámites inherentes al despacho de aduanas; b) Un derecho de 50 céntimos de franco oro o su equivalencia, como máximo, por la conducción y entrega de cada encomienda en el domicilio del destinatario. Cuando las encomiendas no sean entregadas en el domicilio del destinatario, éste deberá ser avisado de la llegada. En este caso, las Administraciones cuyo régimen interior lo exija, percibirán un derecho especial por la entrega de dicho aviso. Este derecho no podrá exceder del porte sencillo de una carta ordinaria del servicio interior; c) Un derecho diario de almacenaje, que no podrá exceder del señalado por la legislación postal de cada país, cobrado a partir de los plazos prescritos en ella, sin que en ningún caso el total a percibir puede exceder de 5 francos oro o su equivalencia; d) Los derechos arancelarios y todos los demás derechos no postales que establezca su legislación interior; e) La cantidad que corresponda por concepto de derecho consular, cuando no se hubiere abonado de antemano por el remitente; f) El derecho de reembalaje de 30 céntimos como máximo, previsto en el Acuerdo correspondiente del Convenio Postal Universal vigente. Este derecho se hará efectivo al destinatario o al remitente, según el caso. 2. Quedarán exentas del pago de derechos postales de entrega las encomiendas destinadas a los Cónsules y Vicecónsules en ejercicio, cuando las mismas contuvieren artículos no sujetos al pago de derechos aduaneros. 1700 Articulo 6 Anulación de los derechos aduaneros Cancelation of customs duties.Las Administraciones contratantes se comprometen a gestionar ante los poderes competentes de sus respectivos países, dentro del menor plazo posible, la anulación de los derechos aduaneros relativos no solamente a las encomiendas devueltas al país de origen, sino también a las destruidas por cualquier motivo o reexpedidas para un tercer país. Del mismo modo procederán las Administraciones, en lo que respecta a las encomiendas perdidas, expoliadas o averiadas en su servicio. Articulo 7 Prohibición de otros gravámenes Other charges prohibited.Las encomiendas de que trata el presente Acuerdo no pueden ser gravadas con otros derechos postales fuera de los establecidos precedentemente. Exceptions.Sin embargo, las Administraciones que convengan entre sí la admisión de encomiendas contra reembolso o con valor declarado, estarán autorizadas para percibir los derechos especiales relativos a esta clase de envíos. Articulo 8 Responsabilidad 1. Responsibility. Las Administraciones serán responsables de la pérdida, substracción o avería de las encomiendas ordinarias o certificadas. Indemnity.El remitente tendrá derecho por este concepto a una indemnización equivalente al importe real de la pérdida, substracción o avería. Esta indemnización no podrá exceder de: 10 francos oro por encomienda hasta el peso de 1 kilogramo; 25 francos oro por encomienda de más de 1 y hasta 5 kilogramos; 40 francos oro por encomienda de más de 5 y hasta 10 kilogramos; 55 francos oro por encomienda de más de 10 y hasta 15 kilogramos; 70 francos oro por encomienda de más de 15 y hasta 20 kilogramos. 1701 2. La indemnización se calculará según el precio comente de la mercancía de la misma clase en el lugar y en la época en que la encomienda fuere aceptada para su transporte. 3. Por las encomiendas aseguradas, cambiadas entre aquellas Administraciones que convengan en establecer esta modalidad del servicio, la indemnización no podrá exceder de la declaración de valor. 4. En los casos de averías enDamaged parcels. las encomiendas, al recibirse en las Oficinas destinatarias, éstas deberán levantar un acta haciendo constar las circunstancias en que fueron recibidos los envíos, muy especialmente respecto al estado de los cierres y envases, que serán enviados a la Oficina de origen acompañados de un ejemplar del acta y del boletín de verificación correspondiente, así como también de las piezas certificativas. Sólo deberá expedirse a los destinatarios constancias de esos fallantes, cuando las disposiciones del régimen interior de cada país así lo autoricen. Igual procedimiento seguirán las Oficinas de origen, cuando se trate de encomiendas devueltas. Articulo 9 Encomiendas pendientes de entrega 1. Se fija en 30 días el plazoParcels pending delivery; period to be held. dentro del cual deben mantenerse las encomiendas a disposición de los interesados, en la Oficina de destino, pudiéndose ampliar hasta 90 días dicho plazo, por acuerdo de las Administraciones interesadas y en la inteligencia de que, en todo caso, la devolución se hará previa consulta al remitente. 2. Los remitentes, por virtudDisposition to be indicated. de las disposiciones contenidas en el párrafo anterior, estarán obligados a indicar en el boletín de expedición o en la declaración de aduana, en qué forma ha de procederse con sus envíos en caso de no poder ser entregados, sujetándose a una de las siguientes modalidades: a) que la encomienda sea devuelta al origen; 1702 b) que la encomienda se entregue a otro destinatario; c) que la encomienda se considere abandonada. Articulo 10 Declaraciones fraudulentas 1. Fraudulent declarations. En los casos en que se compruebe que los remitentes de una encomienda, por sí o de acuerdo con ios destinatarios, declaren con falsedad la calidad, peso o medida del contenido; o que por otro medio cualquiera traten de defraudar los intereses fiscales del país de destino, eludiendo el pago de los derechos de importación, ocultando objetos o declarándolos en forma tal que evidencie la intención de suprimir o reducir el importe de esos derechos, queda facultada la Administración interesada para disponer de esos envíos conforme a su legislación interna, sin que ni el remitente, ni el destinatario, tengan derecho a su entrega, devolución o indemnización. 2. Notification. La Administración que confisque una encomienda, de conformidad con la precedente autorización, deberá notificarlo al destinatario y a la Administración de origen. Articulo 11 Encomiendas para segundos destinatarios Parcels for second addressees.Los remitentes de encomiendas dirigidas al cuidado de Bancos u otras entidades, para entregar a segundos destinatarios, estarán obligados a consignar en las etiquetas, fajillas o envolturas de aquéllas, el nombre y dirección exactos de las personas a quienes estuvieren destinados estos envíos. Sin embargo, se dará aviso *Ante*, p. 1699.al segundo destinatario de la existencia de esa encomienda, pudiéndose percibir el derecho fijado en el artículo 5; pero sin que pueda reclamar su entrega, sino mediante una autorización escrita del primer destinatario o del remitente. Este último deberá, en tal caso, gestionar la entrega por conducto de la Administración de origen. 1703 Articulo 12 Encomiendas abandonadas o devueltas 1. Las encomiendas abandonadasAbandoned or returned parcels. o que devueltas no puedan ser entregadas a sus remitentes, quedarán a disposición de las Administraciones de destino u origen, según el caso, para que procedan con esos envíos conforme a su legislación interior, transcurrido un plazo de 90 días. 2. Las Administraciones destinatarias podrán devolver desde luego las encomiendas que hubieren sido rehusadas. 3. Las Administraciones podrán cobrar por cada encomienda que devuelvan al origen, en calidad de rezagada, las siguientes cantidades: a) La que le corresponda como tasa terminal; b) Los derechos de tránsito marítimo a que se refiere el numeral 1 del artículo 4; c) Los derechos que adeuden las encomiendas en el país de destino por concepto de reexpediciones; d) El derecho a que se refiere la letra a) del artículo 5; e) El derecho de almacenaje de que trata la letra c) del artículo 5; y f) El derecho de reembalaje. Articulo 13 Proposiciones durante el intervalo de las reuniones El presente Acuerdo podrá serModifications between Congresses. modificado en el intervalo que media entre los Congresos, siguiendo el procedimiento establecido en el Convenio vigente de la[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). Unión Postal Universal. Para que tengan fuerza ejecutiva las modificaciones, deberán obtener: a) unanimidad de sufragios, si se trata de introducir nuevas disposiciones de modificar el presente artículo y las de los artículos 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, y 9; b) dos tercios de sufragios para modificar las demás disposiciones. 1704 Articulo 14 Equivalencias Equivalents.Cada Administración contratante determinará la equivalencia legal de su moneda, con respecto al franco oro del Convenio Postal Universal. Articulo 15 Asuntos no previstos 1. Matters not provided for. Todos los asuntos no previstos por este Acuerdo, serán regidos por las disposiciones del [49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).Acuerdo vigente de Encomiendas de la Unión Postal Universal y su Reglamento de ejecución. 2. Sin embargo, las Administraciones contratantes podrán fijar otros detalles para la práctica del servicio, previo acuerdo. 3. Se reconoce el derecho de que gozan los países contratantes para mantener vigente el procedimiento reglamentario adoptado en orden al cumplimiento de Convenios que tengan entre sí, siempre que dicho procedimiento no se oponga a las disposiciones de este Acuerdo. Articulo 16 Vigencia y duración del Acuerdo 1. Effective date and duration of Agreement. El presente Acuerdo comenzará a regir el 1.° de octubre de 1937 y quedará en vigencia sin limitación de tiempo, reservándose cada una de las partes contratantes el derecho de denunciarlo, mediante aviso dado por su Gobierno al de la República Oriental del Uruguay, con un año de anticipación. 2. Ratifications. El depósito de las ratificaciones se hará en al ciudad de Panamá, República de Panamá, en el más breve plazo posible. Se levantará un Acta relativa al depósito de las ratificaciones de cada país y el Gobierno de Panamá remitirá por al vía diplomática una copia de dicha Acta a los Gobiernos de los demás países signatarios. 3. Parcel-Post Agreement abrogated.[47 Stat. 1957](/us/stat/47/1957). Quedan derogadas, a partir de la fecha en que entre en vigor el presente Acuerdo, las estipulaciones del Acuerdo de Encomiendas Postales, sancionado en Madrid el 10 de noviembre de 1931. 1705 4. En caso de que el Acuerdo noValidity. fuere ratificado por uno o varios de los países contratantes, no dejará de ser válido para los que así lo hubieren hecho. 5. Los países contratantes podránProvisional ratification. ratificar este Acuerdo, provisionalmente, por correspondencia, dando aviso de ello a las Administraciones respectivas por medio de la Oficina Internacional; sin perjuicio de que, según la legislación de cada país y previa aprobación de los Congresos Nacionales, sea confirmada por la vía diplomática. En fe de lo cual, los PlenipotenciariosSignatures. de los países enumerados, suscriben el presente Acuerdo en la ciudad de Panamá, República de Panamá, a los 22 días del mes de diciembre de mil novecientos treinta y seis. Por Argentina: Luis S. Luti Por Bolivia: Jorge E. Boyd Por Brasil: Leonidas de Siqueira Meneses Jayme Dias França Julio Sánchez Pérez Por Canadá: Peter T. Coolican F. E. Jolliffe Por Colombia: Alfonso Palacio Rudas Por Costa Rica: Enrique Fonseca Zúñiga Por Cuba: Carlos A. Vasseur Por Chile: Silverio Brañas Miguel A. Parra Por Dominicana: Manuel de J. Quijano Por Ecuador: Victoriano Endara A. Víctor M. Naranjo Por El Salvador: José E. Arjona Por España: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero 1706 Final protocol.PROTOCOLO FINAL DEL ACUERDO RELATIVO A ENCOMIENDAS POSTALES En el momento de firmar el Acuerdo relativo a Encomiendas Postales celebrado por el IV° Congreso Postal Américoespañol, los Plenipotenciarios que suscriben han convenido lo siguiente: La Delegación venezolana declara que la Administración Postal de Venezuela no puede aceptar, por ahora, en su servicio, encomiendas con un peso mayor de 5 kilogramos. Signatures.Hecho en Panamá, a los 22 dias de diciembre de 1936. Por Argentina: Luis S. Luti Por Bolivia: Jorge E. Boyd Por Brasil: Leonidas de Siqueira Meneses Jayme Dias França Julio Sánchez Pérez Por Canadá: Peter T. Coolican F. E. Jolliffe Por Colombia: Alfonso Palacio Rudas Por Costa Rica: Enrique Fonseca Zúñiga Por Cuba: Carlos A. Vasseur Por Chile: Silverio Brañas Miguel A. Parra Por Dominicana: Manuel de J. Quijano Por Ecuador: Victoriano Endara A. Víctor M. Naranjo Por El Salvador: José E. Arjona Por España: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero RESOLUTIONS OF THE CONGRESS 11 Translation by Post Office Department. Resolutions of the Congress. The Fourth Americo-SpanishRecommendations. Postal Congress recommends to all the countries forming this Union: I That, as the parcel-post serviceAbolishment of requirements restricting service. constitutes a medium which facilitates commercial relations among the contracting countries, it would be fitting, to abolish all requirements which signify a restriction on the effectiveness of said service, and to abolish the requirement forConsular invoices, visas, etc. consular invoices and visas, as well as certificates of origin, for parcels whose value does not exceed 150 gold francs or the equivalent thereof. II In view of the fact that advertisements Transit of advertisements. constitute a useful and convenient medium for spreading information which tends to increase the knowledge of the peoples, it is the sense of the Congress that articles of that nature should be transported in the international postal service without being subject to customs duties or to requirements which tend to limit their aims. III That the Administrations of theCreation of information offices in central post offices. Postal Union of the Americas and Spain create, if possible, Information Offices in the Central Post Offices, with reading rooms, in which are placed, at the disposal of the public, books, newspapers, magazines, and publications in general from the different countries of the Union, furnished gratuitously by the Governments, publishing companies, authors, etc. IV That they try to obtain fromReduced steamship rates. steamship companies of countries foreign to the Postal Union of the1692 Americas and Spain which transport their correspondence a reduction in the present rates, and their agreement m no case to collect a sum per weight-unit greater than that which they collect from the country of origin, except in cases where, due to packet or other privileges, said companies are obliged to perform gratuitous transportation. V Commemorative postage stamps.That the respective Governments authorize the issuance of postage stamps in commemoration of the meeting of Americo-Spanish Postal Congresses, selecting, by agreement with the International Office of Montevideo, allegorical designs of the meeting of Congresses or of the bonds or solidarity and fraternity which unite the countries of America with Spain. VI Air surcharges, etc.That the Administrations of the Americo-Spanish Postal Union, before the meeting of the next Congress, proceed to make careful study of the possibility of fixing uniform air surcharges and transportation Basis suggested.charges, using the following suggestions as the basis: Surcharges 1. Surcharges. Articles to be transmitted by air mail will be liable, in addition to the regular postage rates, to a special surcharge for air transportation, fixed by the Administration of the country of origin, which may in no case exceed 25 centimes of a gold franc for each 5 grams or fraction and for each 1500 kilometers of air transmission. 2. When an Administration adopts, for the prepayment of air-mail correspondence, a charge representing the total of the rates, the amount of postage required may not be higher than that provided for in the preceding Section. 1693 3. For articles other than letters, post cards and insured articles, the total amount of postage may be reduced to one-fifth as a minimum. Transportation charges 1. The basic rate for settlementAir transportation charges. of accounts relative to air transportation performed between countries of the Americo-Spanish Postal Union will be 25 thousandths (0.025) of a gold franc per kilogram of gross weight and per kilometer, as a maximum. 2. When airmail correspondence must pass in transit over the domestic lines of the countries of intermediation or destination, said transportation will be paid for by the Administration of origin on the same basis as indicated in Section 1. In regard to the Administration of destination, payment will be uniform for all transportation effected within its territory. To that end, each Administration will indicate an average charge for its domestic service. 3. The same transit rate will be applied to correspondence originating in one Administration of the Union, sent through the intermediary of another Americo-Spanish Administration to any country to which the provisions of the Universal régime are applicable, insofar as concerns transportation performed within the territory of the Americas and Spain. 4. The transportation of correspondence in transit effected by an intermediary country, destined for another country which does not belong to the Americo-Spanish Postal Union, will be subject to the rates and conditions which the said country has indicated in the list AVI published by the Bureau at Berne. VII That, inspired by the immortalVaseo Núñez de Balboa. work performed by the intrepid Vasco Núñez de Balboa, consist1694ing of the discovery of the Pacific Ocean, which is comparable only to the work performed by that sublime visionary, Christopher Columbus; They resolve: 1. Monumental light house in memory of. To request from the Governments of the United States of America and Panama, if necessary, authorization for the erection on the Pacific, within the territory of the Isthmus, of a monumental lighthouse in memory of Vasco Núñez de Balboa, similar to the one whose erection is contemplated in the Dominican Republic in honorIssuance of special postage stamps.of Christopher Columbus, for that purpose calling on all the American Governments for official and effective cooperation by issuing special postage stamps, the proceeds of which will be dedicated to the proposed construction, on the basis of quotas in proportions similar to those contributed by the countries of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain to the upkeep of the International Office of Montevideo. 2. Executive Committee to arrange for competitive plans, etc. To authorize the said Office to obtain, through diplomatic channels, from the Governments of the United States and Panama, the designation of representatives to constitute an Executive Commission which will arrange for the organization of a competition for the submission of plans and their selection, construction of the work, collection of funds, etc. 3. Notice of lighthouse completion. That, as soon as the construction of the lighthouse is completed, the International Office shall give notice of the fact to the countries concerned, in order that they may come to an agreement concerning the day of inauguration. VIII Tourist post cards.That they provide for the issuance of tourist post cards at a reduced rate, with views of the principal American and Spanish cities, and the geographic beauties of each country. 1695 IX That they recommend the issuanceOfficial postage stamp. of an official postage stamp, similar for all Americo-Spanish nations, having no denomination, but simply reading *Correspondencia oficial* (Official correpondence) or *Servicio del Estado *(Government service). X That they establish the service Newspaper, etc., subscriptions. of subscriptions to newspapers and periodical publications, more or less on the basis fixed by the respective Agreement of the Universal Postal Union. XI That the signatory countriesAir transportation rate reduction. make every effort so that the reduction in transportation charges for airmail correspondence now being studied by the United States of America may be as great as possible, in order that, in the near future, the service of air transportation may cease to have the character which it has today, and thus bring about its more widespread utilization. 1696 Parcel post agreement.AGREEMENT RELATIVE TO PARCEL POST concluded between Contracting Powers.Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Spam, the United States of America, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. Source of authority.The undersigned, Plenipotentiaries of the Governments of the countries above mentioned, in exercise of the option conferred by [49 Stat. 2746](/us/stat/49/2746).Article 5 of the Universal Postal Convention in force, agree, subject to ratification, to the establishment of parcel-post service in accordance with the following provisions: Article 1 Object of Agreement 1. Object. Under the denomination of *parcel post (Encomienda postal, Paquete postal or Bullo postal)*, this class of mail matter may be sent from any one of the above-mentioned countries to any other of them. 2. Registration. The sender of a parcel may register it by paying, in addition to the postage, the same registration fee as has been fixed by the country of origin. 3. Insured or collect-on-delivery parcels. Parcels may be sent insured or collect-on-delivery, when the adhering countries agree to adopt these types of service in their reciprocal relations. 4. Containers. The dispatch of such parcels in containers in good condition, properly fastened, will be obligatory. Article 2 Transit 1. Transit. Liberty of transit is guaranteed over the territory of every one of the contracting countries. Consequently, the various Admin1697istrations may use the intermediary of one or more countries for the reciprocal exchange of parcels. 2. Parcels will be sent in closedManner of sending. mails, or in open mail when the Administrations concerned have so agreed, and shall be forwarded by the most rapid land and sea routes which are utilized for their own mails by the countries participating in the transportation. 3. The dispatching AdministrationsParcel bills. will be obliged to send a copy of the parcel bills to each of the intermediary Administrations, when the dispatches are sent in closed-mail transit. Article 3 Weight and dimensions 1. The maximum weight of Weight and dimensions. each parcel will be 20 kilograms, the Administrations remaining at liberty to limit it to 10, when the capacity of their domestic service makes that measure necessary, previous notice being given to the other signatory countries through the intermediary of the International Office of Montevideo. 2. The divisions of weight for parcels will be the following: Up to 1 kilogram; From 1 to 5 kilograms; From 5 to 10 kilograms; From 10 to 15 kilograms; From 15 to 20 kilograms. 3. The maximum dimensions Maximum dimensions. for parcels will be fixed by the Agreement of the Universal Postal Union in force relative to this service. Nevertheless, the contractingExceptions. Administrations may, after obtaining the consent of the intermediary countries, accept parcels with other limits of dimensions. 4. Bulky parcels, i. e., those Bulky parcels. exceeding 1.05 meters in any direction, will be accepted only in relations between countries which are willing to effect their transportation by special agreement. 1698 Article 4 Postage rates and payments 1. Postage rates and payments. The postage on parcels exchanged under this Agreement is composed only of the sum of the rates of origin, transit and destination. Maritime rates.If necessary, the maritime rates provided for by the Agreement of the Universal Postal Union in force concerning the exchange of parcel post will be added. 2. Fixed rates. The rates of origin, transit and destination are fixed for each country, in gold francs or their equivalent, as follows: 25 centimes for parcels up to 1 kilogram; 50 centimes for parcels from 1 to 5 kilograms; 100 centimes for parcels from 5 to 10 kilograms; 150 centimes for parcels from 10 to 15 kilograms; 200 centimes for parcels from 15 to 20 kilograms. 3. Optional increase. However, the contracting Administrations will have the option of increasing these rates up to double their amount. 4. Special authorization. Administrations which, in the Universal service, are specially authorized to increase the rates set forth in the two preceding Sections, may also make use of such authorization in the Americo- Spanish service. 5. No obligation to fix rate lower than domestic charge. Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing Sections, no contracting Administration will be obliged to fix a rate lower than that which it has established for this class of articles in its domestic service. 6. Proration of credit The Administration of origin will credit each of the Administrations taking part in the transportation, including that of destination, with the corresponding charges, in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Sections. 7. Table of land-transit rates. The International Office will publish and distribute the table of land-transit rates and those of origin and destination payable to each Administration, keeping it up to date by means of supplements. 1699 Article 5 Customs-clearance, delivery, storage and other charges 1. The Administrations of destinationCustoms, etc., charges. may collect from the addressees of parcels; a) A fee of 50 centimes of a gold franc or the equivalent thereof, as a maximum, for the operations, formalities and transactions in connection with customs handling; b) A fee of 50 centimes of a gold franc or the equivalent thereof, as a maximum, for the transmission and delivery of each parcel to the address of the addressee. When parcels are not delivered at the address of the addressee, the latter shall be advised of their arrival. In this case, Administrations whose domestic regulations require it will collect a special fee for the delivery of such notice. This fee may not exceed the postage for a single weight-unit of an ordinary letter in the domestic service; c) A daily storage charge which may not exceed that fixed by the postal legislation of each country, charged from the time prescribed therein, provided that the total to be collected may in no case exceed five gold francs or the equivalent thereof; d) The customs duties and all other non-postal charges which their domestic legislation establishes; e) The amount corresponding to the consular fee, when it has not been prepaid by the sender; f) The repacking fee of 30 centimes at most provided for in the corresponding Agreement under the Universal Postal Convention in force. This fee will be collected from the addressee or from the sender, according to circumstances. 2. Parcels addressed to Consuls and Vice-Consuls acting as Consuls will be exempt from payment of postal delivery fees when they contain articles not liable to payment of customs duties. 1700 Article 6 Cancelation of customs duties Cancelation of customs duties.The contracting Administrations undertake to make representations to the competent authorities of their respective countries as soon as possible, with a view to obtaining cancelation of the relative customs duties, not only on parcels returned to the country of origin, but also on those destroyed for any reason or forwarded to a third country. The same procedure will be followed by the Administrations with respect to parcels lost, rifled or damaged in their service. Article 7 Prohibition against other charges Other charges prohibited.The parcels of which the present Agreement treats may not be subjected to any other postal charges than those established in the foregoing Articles. Exceptions.However, Administrations which agree among themselves on the admission of collect-on-delivery or insured parcels will be authorized to collect the special charges relative to these classes of articles. Article 8 Responsibility 1. Responsibility. The Administrations will be responsible for loss, rifling or damage of ordinary or registered parcels. Indemnity.The sender will be entitled on that account to an indemnity equivalent to the actual amount of loss, rifling or damage. This indemnity may not exceed: 10 gold francs for each parcel up to 1 kilogram; 25 gold francs for each parcel from 1 to 5 kilograms; 40 gold francs for each parcel from 5 to 10 kilograms; 55 gold francs for each parcel from 10 to 15 kilograms; 70 gold francs for each parcel from 15 to 20 kilograms. 1701 2. The indemnity will be calculated according to the current price of merchandise of the same kind at the place where and the time when the parcel is accepted for mailing 3. For insured parcels exchanged between those Administrations which agree to establish this type of service, the indemnity may not exceed the insured value. 4. In cases where parcels areDamaged parcels. damaged when received at the offices of destination, the latter shall draw up a report setting forth the circumstances under which the parcels were received, particularly the condition of the fastenings and containers, which will be sent to the office of origin accompanied by a copy of the report and the corresponding bulletin of verification, as well as the other supporting evidence. The addressees shall be notified of such irregularities only when the provisions of the domestic legislation of each country authorizes such action. The same procedure will be followed by the offices of origin in the case of returned parcels. Article 9 Parcels pending delivery 1. The period for which parcelsParcels pending delivery; period to be held. must be held at the disposal of the interested parties at the office of destination is fixed at 30 days. That period may be increased to 90 days by agreement between the Administrations concerned, it being understood that in every case the return will be effected without previously consulting the sender. 2. The senders, by virtue of theDisposition to be indicated. provisions contained in the preceding Section, will be obliged to indicate on the dispatch note or customs declaration what disposal is to be made of their parcels in case of non-delivery, limiting themselves to one of the following instructions: a) That the parcel be returned to origin; 1702 b) That the parcel be delivered to another addressee; c) That the parcel be considered as abandoned. Article 10 Fraudulent declarations 1. Fraudulent declarations. In cases where it is proved that the senders of parcels, by themselves or by agreement with the addressees, falsely declare the quality, weight or measure of the contents, or in any other way attempt to defraud the fiscal interests of the country of destination by avoiding payment of import duties, concealing articles or declaring them in such a way as to show the evident intention of nullifying or reducing the amount of such duties, the Administration concerned is authorized to dispose of those articles in accordance with its domestic legislation, and neither the sender nor the addressee will have any right to delivery, return or indemnity. 2. Notification. The Administration confiscating a parcel in accordance with the preceding authorization shall notify the addressee and the Administration of origin. Article 11 Parcels for second addressees Parcels for second addressees.Senders of parcels addressed in care of banks or other organizations for delivery to second addressees will be obliged to state on the tags, labels or wrappers thereof the exact names and addresses of the persons for whom such parcels are intended. Nevertheless, the second addressee will be notified that such parcel is on hand, and *Ante*, p. 1699.the fee provided for by Article 5 may be collected; but he may not claim delivery without the written authorization of the first addressee or of the sender. The latter shall, in that case, arrange for its delivery through the Administration of origin. 1703 Article 12 Abandoned or returned parcels 1. Abandoned parcels, or thoseAbandoned or returned parcels. returned to origin which can not be delivered to the senders, will remain at the disposal of the Administration of destination or origin, as the case may be, and be treated in accordance with their domestic legislation, after the expiration of a period of 90 days. 2. The Administrations of destination may immediately return parcels which have been refused. 3. The Administrations may collect, for each parcel returned to origin as undeliverable, the following amounts:
(a)The amount due them as the terminal charge;
(b)The sea-transit charges referred to in Section 1 of Article 4;
(c)The charges due on the parcels in the country of destination on account of forwarding;
(d)The fee mentioned in letter
(a)of Article 5;
(e)The storage charges indicated in letter
(c)of Article 5;
(f)The repacking fee. Article 13 Propositions in the interval between meetings The present Agreement may beModifications between Congresses. modified in the interval which transpires between Congresses, following the procedure established by the Convention of the Universal[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). Postal Union in force. In order to become effective, modifications must obtain:
(a)Unanimity of votes, if it is a question of introducing new provisions or modifying the present Article or Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9;
(b)Two-thirds of the votes, in order to modify the other provisions. 1704 Article 14 Equivalents Equivalents.Each Administration will determine the legal equivalent of its money with relation to the gold franc of the Universal Postal Convention. Article 15 Matters not provided for 1. Matters not provided for. All matters not provided for by this Agreement will be governed by the provisions of the [49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).Parcel-Post Agreement of the Universal Postal Union in force and its Regulations of Execution. 2. However, the contracting Administrations. may fix other details for the carrying out of the service, after previous agreement. 3. The right of the contracting countries to retain in force the regulatory procedure adopted for the execution of Conventions among themselves is recognized, provided that such procedure is not contrary to the provisions of this Agreement. Article 16 Effective date and duration of Agreement 1. Effective date and duration of Agreement. The present Agreement will become effective October 1, 1937, and will remain in force without time-limit, each of the contracting parties reserving the right to denounce it by means of notice given by its Government to that of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay one year in advance. 2. Ratifications. The deposit of ratifications will be effected in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, as soon as possible. The relative certificate will be made up in regard to the ratification by each country, and the Government of Panama will send a copy of said certificate, through diplomatic channels, to the Governments of the other signatory countries. 3. Parcel-Post Agreement abrogated.[47 Stat. 1957](/us/stat/47/1957). The stipulations of the Parcel-Post Agreement sanctioned in Madrid on November 10, 1931, are abrogated, beginning with the date on which the present Agreement becomes effective. 1705 4. In case that the AgreementValidity. is not ratified by one or more of the contracting countries, it will nevertheless be valid for the countries which have ratified it. 5. The contracting countriesProvisional ratification. may ratify this Agreement provisionally, by correspondence, giving notice thereof to the respective Administrations through the medium of the International Office, without prejudice to the fact that, according to the legislation of each country, and after approval by the National Congresses, it may be confirmed through diplomatic channels. In faith of which, the PlenipotentiariesSignatures. of the countries enumerated sign the present Agreement in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, on the 22d day of the month of December, 1936. Por Estados U. de America: Por Harllee Branch, John E. Lamiell John E. Lamiell Stewart M. Weber Por Guatemala: Tomás Arias Por Haití: André Faubert Por Honduras: Alberto Zúñiga Por México: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero Por Nicaragua: Adolfo Altamirano Browne Por Panamá: José E. Arjona Juan B. Chevalier Juan Brin Carlos Ortiz R. Tomás H. Jácome Manuel de J. Quijano Angelo Ferrari Por Paraguay: Luis S. Luti Por Perú: Augusto S. Salazar Ernesto Cáceres B. Por Uruguay: Hugo V. de Pena Por Venezuela: Francisco Vélez Salas Carlos Hartmann 1706 Final protocol.FINAL PROTOCOL OF THE AGREEMENT RELATIVE TO PARCEL POST At the moment of signing the Agreement relative to Parcel Post concluded by the Fourth Americo-Spanish Postal Congress, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have agreed upon the following: The Venezuelan Delegation declares that the Postal Administration of Venezuela can not accept, for the present, in its service, parcels with a weight greater than five kilograms. Signatures.Done at Panama on the 22d day of December, 1936. Por Estados U. de America: Por Harllee Branch, John E. Lamiell John E. Lamiell Stewart M. Weber Por Guatemala: Tomás Arias Por Haití: André Faubert Por Honduras: Alberto Zúñiga Por México: José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero Por Nicaragua: Adolfo Altamirano Browne Por Panamá: José E. Arjona Juan B. Chevalier Juan Brin Carlos Ortiz R. Tomás H. Jácome Manuel de J. Quijano Angelo Ferrari Por Paraguay: Luis S. Luti Por Perú: Augusto S. Salazar Ernesto Cáceres B. Por Uruguay: Hugo V. de Pena Por Venezuela: Francisco Vélez Salas Carlos Hartmann 1707 Having examined and considered the provisions of the foregoingRatification by Postmaster General. Agreement Relative to Parcel Post and Final Protocol of the Agreement Relative to Parcel Post, signed in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, on the twenty-second day of December, 1936, the same are by me, by virtue of the powers vested by law in the Postmaster General, hereby ratified and approved, by and with the advice and consent of the President of the United States. In witness whereof, I have caused the seal of the Post Office Department of the United States to be hereto affixed this twelfth day of August, 1937. [seal] James A Farley *Postmaster General*. I hereby approve the above-mentioned Agreement RelativeApproval by the President. to Parcel Post and Final Protocol of the Agreement Relative to Parcel Post, and in testimony thereof have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. Washington, *August 20, 1937*. 50 Stat. 1708 December 22, 1936 Agreement 1708 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN TREATIES AMERICAS AND SPAIN—MONEY ORDERS—DECEMBER 22, 1936 *December 22, 1936Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, agreement and final protocol relative to money orders. Signed at Panamá, December 22, 1936; ratified by the Postmaster General, August 12, 1937; approved by the President, August 20, 1937.* ACUERDO RELATIVO A GIROS POSTALES celebrado entre: Contracting Powers.Argentina, Bolivia, Brasil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, Dominicana, Ecuador, El Salvador, España, Estados Unidos de América, Guatemala, Honduras, México, Nicaragua, Panamá, Paraguay, Perú, Uruguay y Venezuela. Source of authority.[49 Stat. 2746](/us/stat/49/2746).Los infrascritos, Plenipotenciarios de los Gobiernos de los países arriba mencionados, en ejercicio de la facultad conferida por el artículo 5 del Convenio vigente de la Unión Postal Universal, convienen a reserva de ratificación, en establecer el servicio de giros de acuerdo con las cláusulas siguientes: Articulo 1 *Objeto del Acuerdo* Object. Exchange of money orders.El cambio de giros postales entre los países contratantes cuyas Administraciones convengan en ejecutar este servicio, se regirá por las disposiciones del presente Acuerdo. Articulo 2 *Moneda* Money provisions.El importe de los giros se expresará en la moneda del país de destino. Sin embargo, las Administraciones quedan facultadas para adoptar de común acuerdo otra moneda, cuando así convenga a sus intereses. Articulo 3 *Condiciones para el cambio de los giros* Conditions for exchange of money orders. List.*Post*, p. 1720.El cambio de giros postales entre los países contratantes se llevará a cabo por medio de listas conforme al modelo «A» anexo. 1So in original. 1709 Cada Administración designará las oficinas de su país que hayan de encargarse de formular dichas listas y de enviarlas a aquellas otras Oficinas que para los mis-mos fines designen las demás Administraciones. Cuando una Administración señale más de una Oficina para la recepción de listas, deberá comunicar con todo detalle la distribución que haya de hacerse de los giros de las mencionadas listas. Articulo 4 *Límites máximos de emisión* Las Administraciones de los Maximum amount.países contratantes que convengan en establecer este servicio, se pondrán de acuerdo para fijar el imite máximo de los giros que cambien entre sí, sin que este pueda ser inferior a 300 francos oro, según la moneda tipo del Convenio Postal Universal, o a la equivalencia de esta cantidad en la moneda respectiva. Sin embargo, los giros relativos al servicio de Correos, emitidos con franquicia de porte en aplicación de las disposiciones del artículo 8 siguiente, podrán exceder del máximo fijado por cada Administración. Articulo 5 *Tasas y derechos de comisión* 1. El expedidor de todo giro Rates and commission fees.emitido con arreglo al presente acuerdo deberá pagar una tasa de 30 céntimos de franco oro como máximo y un derecho proporcional que no podrá exceder de ½ % del valor del giro. 2. La Administración de origen Credit to Administration of destination.abonará a la de destino ¼ % de la suma total de los giros pagados por esta última. Articulo 6 *Endosos* Los países contratantes quadan Indorsements.autorizados para permitir en su territorio y de acuerdo con su legislación interior, el endoso de los giros originarios de cualquier país. 1710 Articulo 7 *Responsabilidad* Responsibility.Las Administraciones serán responsables ante los remitentes, de las cantidades que éstos depositen para ser invertidas en giros postales, hasta el momento en que sean pagados a los destinatarios o endosatarios. Articulo 8 *Franquicia de derechos* Exemption from Charges.Estarán exentos de todo derecho, los giros relativos al servicio cambiados entre las Administraciones o entre las Oficinas de Correos dependientes de cada Administración; así como también los giros que remitan a la Oficina Internacional de Monte-video y viceversa. Articulo 9 *Plazo de validez de los giros* Period of validity.Salvo acuerdo en contrario, todo giro postal será pagadero en el país de destino, dentro del plazo de los doce meses siguientes al de su emisión. El importe de todos los giros que no hayan sido pagados durante ese período, será acreditado en la primera cuenta que se rinda a la Administración del país de origen, la cual procederá con arreglo a sus Reglamentos. Articulo 10 *Cambio de dirección y reintegro de giros* 1. Charge of address. Cuando el remitente desee corregir un error en la dirección del destinatario o que el monto del giro le sea devuelto, deberá solicitarlo de la Administración Central del país en que el giro haya sido emitido. 2. Repayment. Por lo general, un giro postal no será reintegrado sin autorización de la Administración Central del país pagador.1711 Articulo 11 *Aviso de pago* El remitente de un giro podrá Advice of payment.obtener un aviso de pago, mediante un derecho equivalente al percibido por la Administración de origen, en concepto de aviso de recibo de la correspondencia certificada. Este derecho pertenecerá a la Administración de origen. La Administración de destino extenderá el aviso de pago en un impreso, conforme al modelo «F» y lo remitirá al propio interesado, *Post*, p. 1729.directamente, o a la Administración emisora, para su entrega a aquél. Articulo 12 *Reexpedición* A petición del remitente o del Reissuance.destinatario de los giros, éstos podrán ser reexpedidos a otro país distinto a aquél al cual estuvieren destinados primiti-vamente, siempre que exista cambio de giros con el nuevo país de destino. La Administración reexpedidora Deduction of fees.tendrá derecho a deducir del importe del giro, las cuotas que le correspondan por concepto de los nuevos giros emitidos por ella, conforme a lo establecido en el *Ante* p. 1709.Artículo 5 anterior. En caso de reexpedición, el giro se considerará como si hubiese sido pagado por la Administración reexpedidora, la cual lo incluirá en la cuenta por tal concepto, añadiendo la palabra «Reexpedición». Articulo 13 *Legislación interior* Los giros postales que se cambien Domestic legislation.entre dos países estarán sujetos, con respecto a su emisión y pago, a las disposiciones vigentes en el país de origen o en el país de destino, según el caso, en lo concerniente a la emisión y pago de los giros postales interiores. 1712 Articulo 14 *Formación de las listas* 1. Preparation of lists Cada Oficina de Cambio comunicará a la Oficina de Cambio corresponsal, diariamente o en las fechas que de mutuo acuerdo se señalen, las cantidades recibidas en su país para ser pagadas en el *Post*, p. 1720.otro, naciéndose uso para ello del modelo «A», anexo. 2. “International number.” Todo giro postal anotado en las listas llevará un número progresivo que se denominará «número internacional», comenzando el l.° de enero o el í.° de julio de cada año, según convenga, con el número 1. Las listas llevarán asimismo, un número de orden, comenzando por el número 1, el l.° de enero o el l.° de julio de cada año. 3. Las Oficinas de Cambio se acusarán recibo de cada lista por medio de la primera lista siguiente enviada en la dirección opuesta. 4. Cualquier lista que faltare, será reclamada inmediatamente por la Oficina de Cambio que comprobare la falta. La Oficina de Cambio remitente, en tal caso, enviará lo antes posible a la Oficina de Cambio reclamante, un duplicado de la lista pedida, debidamente formalizado. Articulo 15 *Comprobación y rectificación de las listas* Checking; and correction of lists.Las listas serán revisadas cuidadosamente por la Oficina de Cambio destinataria y corregidas cuando contengan simples errores. Estas correcciones serán informadas a la Oficina de Cambio remitente, al acusar recibo de la lista en que se hubieren hecho. Cuando las listas contengan otras irregularidades, la Oficina de Cambio destinataria pedirá explicaciones a la Oficina de Cambio remitente, la cual deberá informar en el plazo más breve posible. Entre tanto, se suspenderá la emisión de los giros postales interiores correspondientes a las mencionadas anotaciones irregulares. 1713 Articulo 16 *Pago de los giros* 1. Al recibirse en una Oficina Payment of orders.de Cambio una lista de giros con arreglo a lo dispuesto en el artículo anterior, dicha Oficina procederá a efectuar u ordenar el pago a los destinatarios, en la moneda del país de destino, de las cantidades que en dicha moneda o en otra convenida, figuren en la lista, de conformidad con los reglamentos vigentes en cada país para el pago de los giros internacionales. 2. Los duplicados de giros Duplicates.postales se expedirán solamente por las Administraciones de Correos del país emisor de conformidad con su legislación interna y previa comprobación de que el giro no ha sido ni pagado al estinatario, ni devuelto al origen. Articulo 17 *Rendición y liquidación de cuentas* 1. Salvo acuerdo en contrario, Rendering and settlement of accounts.al final de cada trimestre la Administración acreedora formará la cuenta respectiva para la Administración corresponsal, en que conste detalladamente: a) Los totales de las listas que contengan los pormenores de los giros emitidos en ambos países durante el trimestre; b) Los totales de los giros que hubieren sido reintegrados a los remitentes; y c) Los totales de los giros que hubieren caducado durante el trimestre. El haber de cada Administración se expresará en su moneda. El importe menor será convertido a la moneda del país acreedor, con arreglo al cambio medio del trimestre a que se refiera la cuenta. Esta cuenta, extendida en doble ejemplar, se enviará por la Administración que la haya formulado, a la Administración correspondiente.1714 Si el saldo resultare a favor de esta Administración, se pagará uniendo a la cuenta una letra a la vista sobre el país acreedor. Si el saldo resultare a favor de la Administración que haya formulado la cuenta, el pago se llevará a cabo por la Administración deudora en la forma indicada en el párrafo anterior, al devolverse aceptada la cuenta. Para la formación de esta cuenta trimestral se utilizarán los modelos *Post*, pp. 1724–1777.«B», «C», «D» y «E» anexos al presente Acuerdo. 2. Conversions. También podrán entenderse las Administraciones para no efectuar conversiones, sino para realizar la liquidación unilateralmente; ésto es, para abonar cada Administración a la otra, el importe total de los giros pagados por su cuenta. En este caso, cada Administración habrá de formular ima cuenta trimestral. Articulo 18 *Supresión de cuentas por intercambio de giros* Discontinuation of money-order accounts.Las Administraciones podrán, previo mutuo acuerdo, suprimir a formación de cuentas a que se refiere el artículo anterior. En este caso, deberán comprometerse a enviar conjuntamente con cada *Post*, p. 1720.lista de giros postales modelo «A», un cheque por el importe total de los mismos, más el premio que *Ante*, p. 1709.señala el inciso 2 del artículo 5; aplicándose igual procedimiento *Post*, pp. 1725, 1726.cuando esté indicado el uso de los modelos «C» y «D».Los cheques, salvo arreglo en contrario, serán expedidos en la moneda del país acreedor y, en estas condiciones, se hará la conversión por el cambio libre. Articulo 19 *Anticipos a buena cuenta* Advance payments on account.Cuando resultare que una de dos Administraciones corresponsales deba a la otra, por cuenta de giros 1715postales, un saldo que exceda de 25.000 francos oro, o la equivalencia aproximada de esta cantidad, en su propia moneda, la Administración deudora debe enviar a la mayor brevedad posible, a la otra y como anticipo a buena cuenta, una cantidad aproximada al saldo de las cuentas de la *Ante*, p. 1713.liquidación trimestral a que se refiere el artículo 17. Articulo 20 *Suspensión del servicio* Las Administraciones de los Temporary suspension of service.países contratantes podrán, en circunstancias extraordinarias, suspender temporalmente la emisión de giros postales y adoptar todas aquellas disposiciones que estimen convenientes, para salvaguardar los intereses de las Administraciones y para evitar cualquier agio que por los particulares o comerciantes pudiere intentarse cometer por medio del servicio de giros. Notice to be given.La Administración que adopte alguna de las medidas aludidas en el párrafo anterior, deberá comunicarlo con toda urgencia a las Administraciones con quienes cambie giros postales. Articulo 21 *Giros telegráficos* Telegraphic orders.Las disposiciones de este Acuerdo se harán extensivas al servicio de giros telegráficos, entre aquellos paises que convengan en efectuaro; y para el efecto, previo arreglo entre sí, fijarán las condiciones reglamentarias del propio servicio. Articulo 22 *Proposiciones durante el intervalo de las reuniones* Modifications between Congresses.El presente Acuerdo podrá ser modificado en el intervalo que medie entre los Congresos, [49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741).siguiendo el procedimiento establecido en el Convenio vigente de la 1716Unión Postal Universal. Para que tengan fuerza ejecutiva las modificaciones, deberán obtener: a) unanimidad de sufragios si se trata de introducir nuevas disposiciones o de modificar el presente artículo y las de los artículos 1,2,4, 7,8, 13, 17, 18, 19, 20 y 23. b) dos tercios de sufragios para modificar las demás disposiciones. Articulo 23 *Vigencia y duración del Acuerdo* 1. Effective date and duration of Agreement. El presente Acuerdo empezará a regir el l.° de octubre de 1937 y quedará en vigencia sin limitación de tiempo, reservándose cada una de las Altas Partes contratantes, el derecho de denunciarlo mediante aviso dado por su Gobierno al de la República Oriental del Uruguay, con un año de anticipación. 2. Ratifications. El depósito de las ratificaciones se hará en la ciudad de Panamá, República de Panamá, en el más breve plazo posible. Se levantará un Acta relativa al depósito de las ratificaciones de cada país, y el Gobierno de Panamá remitirá por la vía diplomática una copia de dicha Acta a los Gobiernos de los demás países signatarios. 3. Farmer agreement abrogated. Quedan derogadas a partir de la fecha en que entre en vigor el presente Acuerdo las estipulaciones del Acuerdo de giros postales sancionado en Madrid el día 10 de noviembre de 1931. 4. Validity. En el caso de que el Acuerdo no fuere ratificado por uno o varios de los países contratantes, no dejará de ser válido para los que así lo hubieren hecho. 5. Provisional ratification. Los países contratantes podrán ratificar provisionalmente este Acuerdo, por correspondencia, dando aviso de ello a las Administraciones respectivas por medio de la Oficina Internacional, sin perjuicio de que, según la legislación de cada país y previa aprobación de los Congresos Nacionales, sea confirmada por la vía diplomática. 1717 En fe de lo resuelto, los Plenipotenciarios Signatures.de los países arriba enumerados suscriben el presente Acuerdo en la ciudad de Panamá, República de Panamá, a los 22 días del mes de diciembre de mil novecientos treinta y seis. *Por Argentina:* Luis S. Luti *Por Bolivia:* Jorge E. Boyd *Por Brasil:* Leonidas de Siqueira Meneses Jayme Dias França Julio Sánchez Pérez *Por Colombia:* Alfonso Palacio Rudas *Por Costa Rica:* Enrique Fonseca Zúñiga *Por Cuba:* Carlos A. Vasseur *Por Chile:* Silverio Brañas Miguel A. Parra *Por Dominicana:* Manuel de J. Quijano *Por Ecuador:* Victoriano Endara A. Víctor M. Naranjo *Por El Salvador:* José E. Ahjona *Por España:* José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero 1718 Final protocolPROTOCOLO FINAL DEL ACUERDO RELATIVO A GIROS POSTALES En el momento de firmar el Acuerdo relativo a Giros Postales celebrado por el IVo Congreso Postal Américoespañol, los Plenipotenciarios que suscriben, han convenido lo siguiente: I Los Estados Unidos de América hace constar que no puede aceptar las disposiciones de los artículos 5, párrafo 1; 8 y 11. II El Brasil hace constar que sólo podrá ejecutar el servicio de Giros Postales mediante las condiciones que establece el artículo 18 del Acuerdo. Signatures.Hecho en Panamá, a los 22 días de diciembre de 1936. *Por Argentina:* Luis S. Luti *Por Bolivia:* Jorge E. Boyd *Por Brasil:* Leonidas de Siqueira Meneses Jayme Dias França Julio Sánchez Pérez *Por Colombia:* Alfonso Palacio Rudas *Por Costa Bica:* Enrique Fonseca Zúñiga *Por Cuba:* Carlos A. Vasseur *Por Chile:* Silverio BrAÑAS Miguel A. Parra *Por Dominicana:* Manvel de J. Quijano *Por Ecuador:* Victoriano Endara A. Víctor M. Naranjo *Por El Salvador:* José E. Ahjona *Por España:* José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero AGREEMENT RELATIVE TO MONEY ORDERS1 concluded between Contracting Powers.Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Spain, the United States of America, Guatemala, Honduras, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. The undersigned, Plenipotentiaries of the Governments of the countries above mentioned, in exercise of the authority conferred by Article 5 of the Universal Postal Convention in force, agree, subject to ratification, to establish the money order service in accordance with the following clauses: The undersigned, PlenipotentiariesSource of authority[49 Stat. 2746](/us/stat/49/2746). of the Governments of the countries above mentioned, in exercise of the authority conferred by Article 5 of the Universal Postal Convention in force, agree, subject to ratification, to establish the money order service in accordance with the following clauses: Article 1 *Object of the agreement* Object. The exchange of money ordersExchange of money orders. between the contracting countries whose Administrations agree to perform this service will be governed by the present Agreement. Article 2 *Money* The amount of the orders will Money provisions.be expressed in money of the country of destination. However, the Administrations are authorized to adopt, by mutual consent, some other money more convenient to their interests. Article 3 *Conditions for exchange of money orders* Conditions for exchange of money orders. The exchange of money ordersList.*Post*, p. 1720. between the contracting countries will be effected by means of lists conforming to model “A” hereto appended.1709 Each Administration will designate the offices in its country which will be charged with preparing the said lists and transmitting them to such other offices as may be designated for the same purpose by the other Administrations. When an Administration designates more than one office for the receipt of lists, it must communicate, with full details, the distribution to be made of the orders in the said lists. Article 4 *Maximum amount of money orders* The Administrations of the contracting countriesMaximum amount. which agree to establish this service will come to an agreement to fix the maximum amount of money orders exchanged among them ; but this amount may not be lower than 300 gold francs, in accordance with the monetary standard of the Universal Postal Convention, or the equivalent of that amount in the respective money. However, orders relating to the postal service, issued free of charge in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 following, may exceed the maximum fixed by any Administration. Article 5 *Rates and commission fees* 1. The remitter of every orderRates and commission tees. issued in accordance with the present Agreement shall pay a charge of 30 centimes of a gold franc at most, and a proportional fee which may not exceed of the amount of the order. 2. The Administration of originCredit to Administration of destination. will credit that of destination with ¼% of the total amount of the orders paid by the latter. Article 6 *Indorsements* The contracting countries areIndorsements. authorized to permit, within their territories, and in accordance with their domestic legislation, the indorsement of orders originating in any country.1710 Article 7 *Responsibility* The Administrations will beResponsibility. responsible to the remitters for the amounts which the latter deposit to be converted into money orders until they have been paid to the payees or indorsees. Article 8 *Exemption from charges* Orders relating to the serviceExemption from charge. exchanged between Administrations or between post offices belonging to any Administration will be exempt from all charges, as well as orders sent to the International Office of Monte-video and vice versa. Article 9 *Period of validity of orders* In the absence of agreement toPeriod of validity. the contrary, every money order will be payable in the country of destination for a period of twelve months following that of its issuance. The amount of all orders which have not been paid within that period will be credited in the first account rendered to the Administration of the country of origin, which will proceed in accordance with its regulations. Article 10 *Change of address and repayment of orders* 1. When the remitter desires toChange of address. correct an error in the address of the payee, or that the amount of the order be returned, he must make application to the Central Administration of the country in which the order has been issued. 2. In general, no money orderRepayment. will be repaid without the authorization or the Central Administration of the paying country. 1711 Article 11 *Advice of payment* The remitter of an order mayAdvice of payment. obtain an advice of payment for a fee equivalent to that collected by the Administration of origin for a return receipt for registered correspondence. This fee will be retained by the Administration of origin. The Administration of destination will issue the advice of payment on a printed form agreeing with model “F”, and will transmit*Post*, p. 1729. it directly to the interested party, or to the issuing Administration for delivery to the former. Article 12 *Reissuance* At the request of the remitterReissuance. or payee of an order, the latter may be reissued to a country other than the one for which it was originally destined, whenever an exchange of money orders exists with the new country of destination. The reissuing AdministrationDeduction of fees. will have the right to deduct from the amount of the order the fees due for the new orders issued by it, in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 preceding.*Ante*, p. 1709. In case of reissuance, the order will be considered as if it had been paid by the reissuing Administration, which will include it in the account for that purpose, adding the word “Reissued”. Article 13 *Domestic legislation* Money orders exchanged betweenDomestic legislation. two countries will be subject, with respect to their issuance and payment, to the provisions in force in the country of origin or in the country of destination, as the case may be, concerning the issuance and payment of domestic money orders.1712 Article 14 *Preparation of lists* 1. Preparation of lists. Each exchange office will advise the corresponding exchange office, daily or on the dates mutually agreed upon, of the amounts received in its country for payment in the other, making use for *Post*, 1720.the purpose of model “A” hereto appended. 2. “international number.” Every money order noted in the lists will bear a consecutive number known as “international number”, commencing on January 1 or July 1 of each year, as may be agreed, with the number 1, The lists will likewise bear a serial number, commencing with the number 1 on January 1 or July 1 of each year. 3. The exchange offices will acknowledge receipt of each list by means of the first subsequent list sent in the other direction. 4. Any list which is missing will be called for immediately by the exchange office which discovers its absence. The dispatching exchange office, in that case, will send the complaining exchange office a duplicate of the missing list, duly authenticated, as soon as possible. Article 15 *Checking and correction of lists* Checking and correction of lists.The lists will be verified carefully by the exchange office of destination and corrected when they contain simple errors. These corrections will be reported to the dispatching exchange office, at the time of acknowledging receipt of the list in which they have been made. When the lists contain other irregularities, the exchange office of destination will ask for explanations by the dispatching exchange office, which shall reply as soon as possible. Meanwhile, the issuance of the internal money orders corresponding to the aforesaid irregular notations will be suspended.1713 Article 16 *Payment of orders* 1. On receipt at an exchangePayment of orders. office of a list of orders in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Article, the said office will proceed to effect or order the payment to the payees, in money of the country of destination, of the amounts shown in the list, in that money or any other agreed upon, in accordance with the regulations in force in each country for the payment of international money orders. 2. Duplicates of money ordersDuplicates. will be issued by the Administration of Posts of the reissuing country only in accordance with its domestic regulations, and after previous proof that the order has not been either paid to the payee or returned to origin. Article 17 *Rendering and settlement of accounts* 1. In the absence of agreementRendering and settlement of accounts. to the contrary, at the end of each quarter, the creditor Administration will make up the relative account for the corresponding Administration, showing in detail:
(a)The totals of the lists containing the particulars of the orders issued in both countries during the quarter;
(b)The totals of the orders which have been repaid to the remitters; and
(c)The totals of the orders which have become invalid during the quarter. The credit balance of each Administration will be expressed in its own money. The smaller amount will be converted into money of the creditor country at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the quarter covered by the account. This account, rendered in duplicate, will be sent by the Administration which has made it up to the corresponding Administration. 1714 If the balance results in favor of the latter Administration, it will be paid by attaching to the account a sight draft on the creditor country. If the balance results in favor of the Administration which has rendered the account, payment will be made by the debtor Administration in the manner indicated in the preceding paragraph, when the account is returned accepted. For the preparation of such quarterly account, use will be *Post*, pp. 1724–1727.made of models “B”, “C”, “D”, and “E” appended to the present Agreement. 2. conversions. The Administrations may also come to an agreement not to effect conversions, but to make settlements unilaterally; that is to say, for each Administration to credit the other with the total amount of the orders paid on its account. In this case, each Administration shall render a quarterly account. Article 18 *Discontinuation of money-order accounts* Discontinuation of money-order accounts.Administrations may, by mutual agreement, discontinue the rendering of accounts referred to in the preceding Article. In this case, they shall undertake to *Post*, p. 1720.transmit, together with each list of money orders, model “A”, a check for the total amount thereof, plus the premium indicated in *Ante*, p. 1709.Section 2 of Article 5; the same procedure being followed when the *Post*, pp. 1725, 1726.use of models “C” and “D” is necessary. The checks, in the absence of agreement to the contrary, will be issued in money of the creditor country, and conversion will accordingly be made on the basis of the open exchange. Article 19 *Advance payments on account* Advance payments on account.When it results that one of the corresponding Administrations owes the other, on money order 1715accounts, a balance in excess of 25,000 gold francs, or the approximate equivalent of that amount in its own money, the debtor Ad-ministration shall send the other Administration as soon as possible, as an advance payment on account, an amount approximating the balance of the accounts for the quarterly settlement referred *Ante*, p. 1713.to by Article 17. Article 20 *Suspension of service* The Administrations of the contractingTemporary suspension of service. countries may, under extraordinary circumstances, temporarily suspend the issuance of money orders and adopt such provisions as they deem necessary to safeguard the interests of the Ad-ministrations and avoid any speculation through the money order service by individuals or commercial institutions. An Administration adopting anyNotice to be given. of the measures referred to in the preceding paragraph shall immediately give notice of the fact to the Administrations with which it exchanges money orders. Article 21 *Telegraphic orders* The provisions of this AgreementTelegraphic orders. will be extended to the service of telegraphic orders among those countries which agree to perform it; and, to that end, after previous agreement among themselves, they will fix the conditions regulating the said service. Article 22 *Propositions in the interval between meetings* The present Agreement may beModifications between Congresses. modified in the interval between Congresses in the manner prescribed by the Universal Postal[49 Stat. 2741](/us/stat/49/2741). Convention in force. In order for 1716the modifications to become effective, they must obtain:
(a)Unanimity of votes if it is a question of introducing new pro-visions or modifying the present Article or Articles 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 13, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 23.
(b)Two-thirds of the votes to modify the other provisions. Article 23 *Effective date and duration of Agreement* 1. Effective date and duration of Agreement. The present Agreement will become effective October 1, 1937, and will remain in force without limitation of time, each of the contracting parties reserving the right to denounce it by means of notice given by its Government to that of the Eastern Republic of Uruguay one year in advance. 2. Ratifications. The ratifications will be deposited in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, as soon as possible. A certificate will be made up relative to the deposit of the ratifications of each country, and the Government of Panama will send a copy of the said certificate, through diplomatic channels, to the Governments of the other signatory countries. 3. Former agreement abrogated. The stipulations of the Money Order Agreement adopted at Madrid on November 10, 1931, are abrogated, beginning with the date on which the present Agreement becomes effective. 4. Validity. In case that the Agreement is not ratified by one or more of the contracting countries, it will nevertheless be valid for those which have ratified it. 5. Provisional ratification. The contracting countries may ratify this Agreement provisionally, by correspondence, giving notice thereof to the respective Administrations through the medium of the International Office, without prejudice to the fact that, according to the legislation of each country, and after approval by the National Congresses, it may be confirmed through diplomatic channels. 1717 In faith of which, the Plenipotentiaries signatures.of the countries above enumerated sign the present Agreement in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, on the 22d day of the month of December, 1936. *Por Estados U. de América:* *Por* Harllee Branch, John E. Lamiell John E. Lamiell Stewart M. Weber *Por Guatemala:* Tomás Arias *Por Honduras:* Alberto Zúñiga *Por Mexico:* José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero *Por Nicaragua:* Adolfo Altamirano Browne *Por Panamá:* José E. Ahjona Juan B. Chevalier Juan Brin Carlos Ortiz R. Tomás H. Jácome Manuel de J. Quijano Angelo Ferrari *Por Paraguay:* Luis S. Lun *Por Perú:* Augusto S. Salazar Ernesto Cáceres B. *Por Uruguay:* Hugo V. de Pena *Por Venezuela:* Francisco Vélez Salas Carlos Hartmann 1718 FINAL PROTOCOL OF THE AGREEMENT RELATIVE TO MONEY ORDERS Final protocol. At the moment of signing the Agreement relative to Money Orders concluded by the Fourth Americo-Spanish Postal Congress, the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have agreed upon the following: I The United States of America, records the fact that it can not accept the provisions of Article 5, Section 1; 8, and 11. II Brazil records the fact that it can execute the Money Order service only under the conditions laid down by Article 18 of the Agreement. Done at Panama on the 22d daySignatures. of December, 1936. *Por Estados U. de América:* *Por* Harllee Branch, John E. Lamiell John E. Lamiell Stewart M. Weber *Por Guatemala:* Tomás Arias *Por Honduras:* Alberto Zúñiga *Por México:* José V. Chávez José Roberto Montero *Por Nicaragua:* Adolfo Altamirano Browne *Por Panamá:* José E. Arjona Juan B. Chevalier Juan Brin Carlos Ortiz R. Tomás H. Jácome Manuel de J. Quijano Angelo Ferrari *Por Paraguay:* Luis S. Luti *Por Perù:* Augusto S. Salazar Ernesto Cáceres B. *Por Uruguay:* Hugo V. de Pena *Por Venezuela:* Francisco Vélez Salas Carlos Hartmann 1719 Having examined and considered the provisions of the foregoingRatification by Postmaster General. Agreement Relative to Money Orders and Final Protocol of the Agreement Relative to Money Orders, signed in the city of Panama, Republic of Panama, on the twenty-second day of December, 1936, the same are by me, by virtue of the powers vested by law in the Postmaster General, hereby ratified and approved, by and with the advice and consent of the President of the United States. In witness whereof, I have caused the seal of the Post Office Department of the United States to be hereto affixed this 12th day of August, 1937. [seal] James A Farley *Postmaster General.* I hereby approve the above-mentioned Agreement Relative toApproval by the President. Money Orders and Final Protocol of the Agreement Relative to Money Orders, and in testimony thereof have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [seal] FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* Washington, *August 20, 1937*. 1720 ACUERDO RELATIVO A GIROS POSTALES ANEXOS A Lista num_______ Administración de Correon de _________________________________ Acuso a V. recibo de las listas señaladas a continuación, las cuales han sido halladas conformes, salvo las modificaciones que se indican. Número de las listas Fecha de las listas Número Internacionales de los giros que comprenden last listas IMPORTE DE LAS LISTAS __________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ Ruego a V. que, a su vez, se sirva acusarme recibo de la presente lista de de 19 El Señor Jefe de la Oficina de Cambio de Giros Postales. 1721 Lista núm_______________ LISTA DE LOS GIROS EMITIDOS EN_______________ Hoja núm_______________ FECHA DE EMISION Número Internacional de orden Número de orden OFICINA DE EMISION NOMBRE DEL REMITENTE NOMBRE COMPLETO DEL DESTINATARIO 1722 Y PAGADEROS EN_______________de_________de 19___________ DIRECCION COMPLETA DEL DESTINATARIO IMPORTE EN MONEDA TIPO DE CAMBIO IMPORTE en PARA VIO DE LA OFICINA EN ______________ Número del giro interior Oficina pagadore OBSERVACIONES 1723 Examinadas, las listas cuyo recibo se avisa, se han hallado las siguientes irregularidades: __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ _________________________ _________________________ A la _________________ ______________ 1724 B Mes de ____________________ de 19 ___________ Cuenta detallada de los giros emitidos en _________________________y pagaderos en ____________________________ durante el citado mes. Fecha de las listas número internacionales de orden que compreden la lista o Listas de cada dia TOTALES DE LAS LISTAS Fecha de las listas número internacionales de orden que compreden la lista o Listas de cada dia TOTALES DE LAS LISTAS Desde el N° Hasta el N° Importe en moneda Desde el N° Hasta el N° Importe en moneda Suma anterior 1 22 2 23 3 24 4 25 5 26 6 27 7 28 8 29 9 30 10 31 11 12 13 14 Total 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Suma y sigue 1725 C Lista de los giros emitidos en_____________________sobre_______________________ cuyo pais de emisión ha sido autorizado para su reembelso a los remitentes Número internacional de orden Número de orden Feeha de emision OFICINA DE EMISON IMPORTE OBSERVACIONES Total 1726 D Lista de los giros emitidos en__________ sobre_______________durante el mes de ___________________________ de 19__________________, que no han sido pagados en doce meses a contart del de la emisión y por lo tanto han sido anulados. Núm de la lista Fecha de la lista Núm internacional de orden Núm de origen Fecha de EMISION OFICINA de EMISION Oficina sobra la cual se libr Nóm el giro IMPORTE EM MONEDA IMPORTE EM MONEDA OBSERVACIONES TOTALES 1727 1728 1729 PROCLAMATIONS PROCLAMATIONS 2181 July 1, 1936 Increasing Rate of Duty on Slide Fasteners Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Increasing Rate of Duty on Slide Fasteners July 1, 1936[No. 2181] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS pursuant to section 336 of Title III, Part II, of the Tariff on slide fasteners, etc.Statutory authorization.[46 Stat. 701](/us/stat/46/701).[19 U. S. C. § 1336](/us/usc/t19/s1336).Tariff Act of 1930 (46 Stat. 590, 701), the United States Tariff Commission has investigated the differences in costs of production of, and all other facts and conditions enumerated in said section with respect to, slide fasteners and parts thereof, being wholly or in part the growth or product of the United States and of and with respect to like or similar articles wholly or in part the growth or product of the principal competing country; and WHEREAS in the course of said investigation a hearing was held, of which reasonable public notice was given and at which parties interested were given reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard; and WHEREAS the Commission has reported to the President the results of said investigation and its findings with respect to such differences in costs of production; and WHEREAS the Commission has found it shown by the said investigation that the principal competing country is Japan, and that the duty expressly fixed by statute does not equalize the difference in the costs of production of the domestic articles and the like or similar foreign articles when produced in said principal competing country, and has specified in its report the increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed by statute found by the Commission to be shown by the said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference; and WHEREAS in the judgment of the President such rate of duty is shown by the said investigation of the Tariff Commission to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production: NOW,THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Increasing duty to equalize differences in costs of production.[46 Stat. 701](/us/stat/46/701).of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 336 (c), Title III, Part II of the said Act do hereby approve and proclaim an increase in the rate of duty expressly fixed in Paragraph 397 of Title I of the said Act on slide fasteners and [46 Stat. 629](/us/stat/46/629).[19 U. S. C. § 1001](/us/usc/t19/s1001).parts thereof, wholly or in chief value of copper, brass, nickel, zinc, or other base metal, but not plated with platinum, gold, or silver, or colored with gold lacquer, and not specially provided for, from 45 per centum ad valorem to 66 per centum ad valorem, the rate found to be shown by the said investigation to be necessary to equalize such difference in costs of production.1733 1734 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this first day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and of the In [seal] dependence of the United States of America, the one hundred and sixtieth. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State*. 2182 July 6, 1936 Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument—Ohio Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument—Ohio July 6, 1936[No. 2182] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument, Ohio.Statutory authorization.[49 Stat. 1393](/us/stat/49/1393).WHEREAS Public No, 631, 74th Congress, approved June 2, 1936, authorizes the President of the United States to establish by proclamation the hereinafter-described Government lands, together with the Perry’s Victory Memorial proper, its approaches, retaining walls, and all buildings, structures, and other property thereon, situated in Put-in-Bay Township, South Bass Island, Ottawa County, Lake Erie, State of Ohio, as the Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument, on Put-in-Bay, South Bass Island, in the State of Ohio: Establishment.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of and pursuant to the power in me vested by the said Act of June 2, 1936, do proclaim and establish the Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument consisting of the following-described Government lands, together with the Perry’s Victory Memorial proper, its approaches, retaining walls, and all buildings, structures, and other property thereon, situated in Put-in-Bay Township, South Bass island, Ottawa County, Lake Erie, State of Ohio: Description.Commencing at the intersection of the middle line of Delaware Avenue and Chapman Avenue, in the Village of Put-in-Bay, and running thence south eighty-eight degrees fifty-nine minutes east in the middle line of said Delaware Avenue, and the same extended four hundred and ninety-five feet to Lake Erie; thence north forty-nine degrees fifty-nine minutes east along said lake shore three hundred and forty-six feet; thence north forty-three degrees fourteen minutes east along said lake shore two hundred and twelve feet; thence north fifty-three degrees thirteen minutes east four hundred feet along said lake shore; thence north forty six degrees six minutes west about seven hundred and thirty feet to Lake Erie; thence southwesterly and westerly along said lake shore to the middle line, extended, of said Chapman Avenue; thence south one degree thirty minutes west along said middle line, and the same extended, about five hundred and twenty feet to the place of beginning, and containing fourteen and twenty-five one-hundredths acres of land and known as a part of lots numbered 1 and 2, range south of county road, and a part of lot numbered 12, East Point, in South Bass Island, in the township of Put-in-Bay, county of Ottawa, State of Ohio. 1735 Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not Reservation from settlement, etc.to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this Monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of Supervision.the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the Monument as provided in the said Act of June 2, [49 Stat. 1394](/us/stat/49/1394).1936. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 6″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2183 July 8, 1936 Cherokee National Forest—Tenessee Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Cherokee National Forest—Tenessee July 8, 1936[No. 2183] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain forest lands in the State of Tennessee have Cherokee National Forest, Tenn.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 615, 516](/us/usc/t16/s615/516).been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that the reservation as the Cherokee National Forest of the said lands together with certain other lands heretofore forming parts of the Pisgah National Forest and the Unaka National Forest would be in the public interest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentReserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521). of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Cherokee National Forest, all lands of the United States within the following-described boundaries, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Cherokee National Forest: Cherokee Division Beginning at the point where the Louisville and NashvilleCherokee Division. Railroad crosses the Georgia-Tennessee State Line at or near Tennga, Georgia; thence northerly with the Louisville and Nash-ville Railroad approximately 4 miles to the point where said railroad is crossed by the public road running north and south along the west foot of the mountain; thence northerly with said public road to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 64; thence easterly with the meanders of U. S. Highway No. 64 to a point on the left bank of the Ocoee River; thence southeasterly with1736 the left bank of the Ocoee River to the south end of the Parksville Dam; thence northerly with the crest of the Parksville Dam to its north end, a point beside U, S. Highway No. 64; thence north-westerly with the meanders of Highway No. 64 approximately ¼ mile to its junction with the public road running north and south along the west foot of the mountain ; thence northerly with the said public road to the point where it first comes to the left bank of the Hiwassee River, opposite the upper end of an island in the river; thence northeasterly approximately 15 chains, crossing the river to a point in the road on the right bank of the river; thence northwesterly with the meanders of the said road to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 411; thence northeasterly with Highway No. 411 approximately % mile to a junction with an old road; thence northeasterly with said old road approximately 18 chains to a point beside the Blue Ridge Branch of the Louisville and Nashville railroad; thence northerly with the Louisville and Nashville Railroad to the point where it crosses Conasauga Creek; thence northeasterly with Conasauga Creek to the point where it is first crossed by the Etowah-Tellico Plains Road; thence easterly with the meanders of the Etowah-Tellico Plains Road approximately 5 miles to a point where said road again crosses Conasauga Creek; thence southerly and southeasterly with the meanders of Conasauga Creek to a road junction beside the creek and near the mouth of Steer Creek; thence northeasterly with the meanders of Steer Creek Road to its junction with Tennessee State Highway No. 68; thence northerly with the meanders of State Highway No. 68 to a point at intersection with the corporate limit of Tellico Plains; thence southeasterly, thence northeasterly, thence northerly with said town limits to a bridge across the Tellico River; thence Northerly with the meanders of the Ballplay Road to a point about mile west of Center School, where said road crosses a small stream and makes sharp turn to right; thence northerly with the meanders of said small stream to its junction with Tellico River; thence northerly and north-easterly with the meanders of Tellico River to the first public road crossing below the mouth of Ballplay Creek; thence easterly with the meanders of said public road approximately 35 chains to a road fork; thence northeasterly with the meanders of a secondary road, taking the right fork at approximately 2½ miles, approximately 3½ miles in all to a point on the left bank of the Little Tennessee River; thence easterly up and with the meanders of the left bank of the Little Tennessee River to intersection with the North Carolina-Tennessee State Line; thence in a general southwesterly direction with the meanders of the North Carolina-Tennessee State Line to intersection with U. S. Highway No. 64; thence westerly with the meanders of U. S. Highway No. 64, to a road fork approximately 33 chains east of Stewardtown; thence northerly with the meanders of a secondary road to its junction with the road leading up Potato Creek to Bonnertown; thence easterly with the meanders of last-named road, passing Bonnertown, approximately 1¼ miles to a junction of four secondary roads; thence northerly with the meanders of the left-hand road, approximately ½ mile to a road fork; thence westerly with the meanders of left-hand road approximately 1½ miles to a road fork; thence northerly with the meanders of the right-hand road, crossing the divide between Potato Creek and Brush Creek, to intersection with Brush Creek; thence westerly with the meanders of Brush Creek to the point where said creek is crossed by the Louisville and Nashville Railroad; thence southerly with the1737 meanders of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad to a point opposite Patterson’s Ferry; thence southwesterly with the meanders of a secondary road to its junction with the Grassy Creek Road; thence southerly with meanders of the Grassy Creek Road to its intersection with the Georgia-Tennessee State Line; thence westerly with the Georgia-Tennessee State Line to the place of beginning. Unaka Division Beginning at a point on the North Carolina-Tennessee StateUnaka Division. Line, and on the boundary of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, about 1¼ miles northwest of Mt. Sterling postoffice, where the road leading from Mt. Sterling into Tennessee crosses the state line; thence northwesterly with the meanders of the road which forms the boundary of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park to a road fork about ½ mile after crossing Cosby Creek, where Park boundary bears off southwest; thence northwesterly and northerly with the meanders of the main road leading down Cosby Creek, to a road fork near the mouth of a large stream flowing north from Denny Mountain into Cosby Creek; thence easterly with the meanders of the public road along the north foot of Denny Mountain to a road fork on the bank of Pigeon River; thence northerly with the meanders of a road which crosses the river and runs down its east side to Edwina; thence northeasterly with the meanders of a public road to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 25 about % mile west of Bridgeport; thence easterly with the meanders of Highway No. 25, crossing French Broad River at Bridgeport, to junction with a public road which leads around the north foot of Neddy Mountain; thence northeasterly and southeasterly with said road to its junction with public road leading up Long Creek; thence northeasterly with the public road which follows most closely the northwest foot of Meadow Creek Mountain to Cedar Creek Post Office; thence easterly, north-easterly, and northerly with the said road which follows most closely the northwest foot of the mountains to Whig Post Office; thence northeasterly with the meanders of a public road crossing Dry Fork to junction of said road with the road leading up Dry Fork; thence southeasterly with the meanders of the road leading up Dry Fork approximately 1½ miles to a road fork; thence north-easterly with the meanders of a public road, crossing Water Fork and the divide between Water Fork and Middle Creek to the first road fork beyond said divide; thence northwesterly with the meanders of the left-hand road approximately % mile to a road fork ; thence northerly with the meanders of the right-hand road to the point where it crosses Middle Creek, near the mouth of the left-hand fork of said creek; thence easterly with the meanders of Middle Creek and the left fork of Middle Creek approximately one mile to where a road crosses; thence easterly with the meanders of the most direct road to Painter Post Office; thence easterly with the meanders of a public road crossing Cassie Creek to junction with road leading down Painter Creek; thence northerly with the meanders of the road leading down Painter Creek to its junction with Tennessee State Highway No. 107; thence north-easterly and southeasterly with the meanders of Tennessee State Highway No. 107 to the point where this highway first runs beside the railroad leading to Embreeville; thence northerly with the meanders of said railroad to Garber, Tennessee; thence north-easterly with the meanders of the public road leading up Little1738 Cherokee Creek, crossing the head of Buck Creek and running down Sinking Creek to a point approximately 1 mile due south of the center of Johnson City, where a road turns off southeast; thence southeasterly with the meanders of the last-named road to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 23; thence southerly with the meanders of Highway No. 23, approximately 2½ miles to a road fork; thence northeasterly with the meanders of the road which forms the most direct route to Valley Forge on the Doe River; thence northeasterly and northerly with the meanders of the said road, crossing the Watauga River at Siam, to Hunter Station; thence in a northerly and general westerly direction with the meanders of road along south foot of Holston Mountain, to the point where it crosses the railraod 11So in original. between Elizabethton and Bluff City, approximately 2½ miles north of Elizabethton; thence northwesterly with the meanders of said railroad to Elkanah; thence northeasterly and northerly with the meanders of the road which passes Chincapin Grove Church, to a sharp bend in the South Fork of the Holston River; thence northeasterly with the meanders of the road up Holston River, passing Island Mills and Hemlock, to the south end of the bridge across Holston River at Central Holston Church; thence in a general northeasterly direction up and with the meanders of the left bank of the South Fork of Holston River to intersection with the Tennessee-Virginia State Line; thence easterly with the Tennessee-Virginia State Line to the point on Pond Mountain which is the common comer of the states of Tennessee, Virginia and North Carolina; thence southerly with the Tennessee-North Carolina State line about 3½ miles to Forest Service Monument 1244 corner to tract 137e of the United States; thence with the lines of said tract 137e northeasterly then southerly then northwesterly to comer 4 thereof in Cut-Laurel Gap on the State line; thence southerly with the Tennessee-North Carolina State line to a point in Payne’s Gap at intersection with a public road; thence, south-westerly with the meanders of the road leading down Forge Creek, to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 421, near the point where Forge Creek empties into Roan Creek; thence southerly, with the meanders of U. S. Highway No. 421, to a road fork about mile south of Evergreen Church near mouth of Lucinda Creek; thence southwesterly with the meanders of a public road leading up Lucinda Creek, a large tributary of Roan Creek, to the Tennessee-North Carolina State Line on top of the mountain; thence, in a general southwesterly direction with the Tennessee-North Carolina State Line to the place of beginning, excluding from the above described land, however, all land within the corporate limits of the towns of Mountain City and Erwin, Tennessee. The boundaries of the Cherokee National Forest are graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 8″ day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2184 July 9, 1936 Chattahoochee National Forest—Georgia Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1739 Chattahoochee National Forest—Georgia July 9, 1936[No. 2184] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Chattahoochee National Forest, Ga.Preamble.Statutory authorisation.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516).WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Georgia have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that the reservation as the Chattahoochee National Forest of the said lands together with certain other lands heretofore forming parts of the Cherokee National Forest and the Nantahala National Forest would be in the public interest: Reserving. etc., designated lands for national forest,[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, section 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, section 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Chattahoochee National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described boundaries, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Chattahoochee National Forest: Description.Beginning at “Ellicotte’s Rock,” the point where the 35th parallel of latitude intersects the Chattooga River, the common corner of the States of North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia; thence southwesterly with the meanders of Chattooga River to its junction with Tallulah River; thence northwesterly with the meanders of Tallulah River to where it crosses the south boundary of Lot 173, District 13; thence southwesterly with the boundary of Lot 173 to the northeast corner of Lot 164, District 13; thence southeasterly with the boundaries of Lots 164 and 163 to the southeast corner of Lot 163 ; thence southwesterly with the boundaries of Lots 163, 154, 144, 135, 124, 115, 96, 87 and 53 to the southwest corner of Lot 53, District 13: thence northwesterly with the boundaries of Lots 53, 54 and 55 to the northwest corner of Lot 55, which is also the southeast corner of Lot 41, District 13; thence southwesterly with the boundaries of Lots 41 and 8, District 13 and Lots 8, 39, 54, 77, 92, 109, 124 and 134, District 11, to the southwest corner of Lot 134, District 11; thence northwesterly with the west boundaries of Lots 134, 133, 132 to a point at intersection with the line between Districts 11 and 3 ; thence northerly with the line between Districts 11 and 3, to the northeast corner of District 3, which is also the southeast corner of District 6; thence westerly with the line between Districts 3 and 6, 79.67 chains to a point in a small stream which point is a corner in the line between White and Habersham Counties; thence in a southerly direction with the meanders of the stream and the County line to the junction of this stream with Sautee Creek; thence southwesterly with the meanders of Sautee Creek to its junction with Bean Creek; thence northwesterly with the meanders of Bean Creek to a point in Lot 13, District 6 near head of said creek, where it crosses the road between Roberts- town and Hickorynut School; thence southwesterly with the meanders of said road to its intersection with Georgia Highway No. 75 at Robertstown; thence northwesterly with Highway No. 75, approximately 30 chains to the junction with a road leading 1740southwest up Church Branch; thence southwesterly with said road approximately 35 chains to intersection with the east boundary of Lot 29, District 3; thence southerly with the east boundary of Lots 29, 36, 61, 68 and 93 to the southeast corner of Lot 93, District 3 ; thence westerly with the south boundary of said Lot 93 to the southwest corner thereof; thence southerly with the east boundary of Lot 99, District 3, to the southeast corner thereof; thence westerly with the south boundary of Lots 99, 98 and 97, District 3, approximately 126 chains to intersection with a public road just east of Ledford Creek; thence southwesterly with the meanders of said road to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 129 in Lot 27, District 4; thence north-westerly with U. S. Highway No. 129 to its intersection with the south boundary of Lot 53, District 4; thence westerly with the south boundaries of Lots 53, 68, 77, 92, 101 and 116 to the south-west corner of Lot 116, District 4, on the line between Districts 4 and 15, a point in Chestatee River; thence southerly down Chestatee River with its meanders, to the southeast corner of Lot 161, District 15; thence westerly with the south boundary of Lots 161 and 160, District 15, to U. S. Highway No. 19; thence southerly with U. S. Highway No. 19 to the south boundary of Lot 338, District 15; thence westerly with the south boundary of Lots 338, 339 and 340 to the southwest corner of Lot 340 which is in the line between Districts 15 and 12; thence southerly with the line between Districts 15 and 12 to the south-east corner of Lot 1165, District 12; thence westerly with the south boundaries of Lots 1165, 1158 and 1121 to the southwest corner of Lot 1121, District 12; thence northerly with the west boundaries of Lots 1121, 1120 and 1119 to the northwest corner of Lot 1119, District 12; thence westerly with the south boundaries of Lots 1117, 1068 and 1067 to the southwest corner of Lot 1067, District 12; thence northerly with the West boundary of Lot 1067, to the northwest corner of Lot 1067, a point on the line between Districts 12 and 11; thence westerly with the line between Districts 11 and 12, to the northeast corner of Lot 491, District 12; thence southerly with the east boundaries of Lots 491, 492 and 493 to the southeast corner of Lot 493, District 12; thence easterly with the north boundary of Lot 557, District 12, to the northeast corner thereof; thence southerly with the east boundaries of Lots 557, 556, 555 and 554 to the southeast corner of Lot 554, District 12; thence westerly with the south boundaries of Lots 554, 497, 484, 427, 414, 357 and 344 to inter-section with Mud Creek; thence southerly with the meanders of Mud Creek to intersection with the. public road leading from Jay to Dahlonega; thence westerly with the meanders of said road, passing Jay to the junction of said road with Georgia State Highway No. 43 in Lot 594, District 5; thence north-westerly with Highway No. 43, to Licklog; thence northerly with road leading from Licklog to Roy to a point about 1 mile southeast of Roy where a road leading to Cartecay bears off southwest; thence southwesterly with said road to its junction with State Highway No. 43 at Cartecay; thence northwesterly with State Highway No. 43 to U. S. Highway No. 76 at Ellijay; thence northwesterly with U. S. Highway No. 76 to its junction with a road leading to Ratcliff and Tails Creek; thence southwesterly with said road passing Ratcliff and Tails Creek, and continumg with road southwesterly, then westerly, then northwesterly to Dennis; thence northwesterly, then northerly, then northeasterly with the road near the foot of the mountain 1741 to Hassler’s Mill on Holly Creek; thence northwesterly with public road near foot of mountain to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 411 at or near Crandall; thence northerly with U. S. Highway No. 411 to the Georgia-Tennessee State Line; thence easterly with the State Line to Georgia State Highway No. 5 near Copper Hill, Tennessee; thence southerly with Highway No. 5 to U. S. Highway No. 76, at Blue Ridge; thence easterly with U. S. Highway No 76 to the bridge across Coosa Creek, about 1½ miles southwest of Blairsville; thence southerly with the meanders of Coosa Creek approximately 2 miles to where a secondary road crosses the creek; thence easterly with said secondary road to U. S. Highway No. 19 just east of Nottely River; thence southeasterly with U. S. Highway No. 19, about 4 miles to the junction with a secondary road which crosses Nottely River about ¼ mile above the mouth of Stink Creek; thence northeasterly, then northerly, then northwesterly with the meanders of said secondary road, going up Stink Creek, crossing the divide onto a tributary of Town Creek, crossing Town Creek and the divide between Town Creek and Arkaqua Creek, passing Fain and Hood to U. S. Highway No. 19 approximately 1 mile southeast of Blairsville; thence northerly with U. S. Highway No. 19 to the Georgia-North Carolina State Line; thence easterly with the State Line to where it crosses Brasstown Creek; thence southerly with the meanders of Brasstown Creek to U. S. Highway No. 76; thence northerly, easterly and south-easterly with U. S. Highway No. 76, to the point where it crosses Hiawassee River, about % mile northwest of Hiawassee; thence southerly with the meanders of Hiawassee River approximately 1 mile to a sharp bend in the river with a secondary road on west bank; thence southeasterly with the meanders of said secondary road to its junction with State Highway No. 75; thence southerly with Highway No. 75 to where it crosses Hiawassee River; thence northeasterly with the meanders of Hiawassee River to its junction with Hightower Creek; thence due north to U. S. Highway No. 76; thence northwesterly with U. S. Highway No. 76 to Hiawassee; thence northeasterly with the meanders of the public road leading up Bell Creek to the Georgia-North Carolina State Line; thence in an easterly direction with the State Line to point of beginning. Excluding from the above-described area all land included within the corporate limits of the towns of Clayton, Hiawassee, Blairsville, Blue Ridge, Ellijay and McCaysville; a second tract lying in White County, Georgia, and consisting of all of Lot 136, District 3; those portions of Lots 137 and 153, District 3, which the United States acquired from John E. Mitchell; and those portions of Lots 168 and 169, District 3, which the United States acquired from the Smothport Extract Company, all of which form one contiguous tract. The boundaries of the Chattahoochee National Forest are graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 9th day of July, in the Year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* 2185 July 9, 1936 Nantahala National Forest—North Carolina Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1742 Nantahala National Forest—North Carolina July 9, 1936[No. 2185] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Nantahala National Forest, N. C.Preamble.Statutory authorization.WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of North Carolina have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March [36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516).1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that the reservation as the Nantahala National Forest of the said lands together with certain other lands heretofore forming parts of the Cherokee National Forest and the Nantahala National Forest would be in the public interest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Nantahala National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described boundaries, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Nantahala National Forest: Description.Beginning at “Ellicotte’s Rock,” the point where the 35th parallel of latitude intersects the Chattooga River, the common corner of the states of North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia; thence westerly with the North Carolina-Georgia State Line to the point where the public road leading up Bell Creek, a tributary of Hiwassee River, crosses said state line; thence northerly with the meanders of public road crossing divide and going down Need More Branch to the junction of said road with U. S. Highway No. 64, on the north side of Shooting Creek; thence westerly with U. S. Highway No. 64 approximately ¼ mile to its junction with road leading to Licklog Gap; thence northerly with the meanders of said road approximately ¾ mile to the road leading from Union Chapel to Drowning Creek; thence westerly with said road to its junction with road leading up Drowning Creek; thence northeasterly with said road approximately ¾ mile to the road leading north across Drowning Creek; thence northerly, westerly, and northwesterly with the road leading around the south foot of the mountain dividing the waters of Drowning Creek and Tusquittee Creek to its junction with the main road leading from Hayesville up Tusquittee Creek; thence northeasterly with said road approximately 2½ miles crossing Tusquittee Creek to a road junction about ¼ mile north of the creek; thence westerly with the public road down the north side of Tusquittee Creek and Hiwassee River passing a big bend in the river to a point opposite the second such bend; thence due south to the middle of Hiwassee River; thence westerly with the meanders of Hiwassee River to the Andrews hydro-electric dam; thence northerly with the meanders of the Tennessee and North Carolina Railroad to its intersection with the public road leading up Peachtree Creek; thence northeasterly with said road to a road leading west; thence westerly with said road to 1743 the village of Peachtree; thence northerly with public road leading up Slow Creek approximately ⅜ mile crossing railroad and Slow Creek to the second road fork beyond the creek; thence westerly and southwesterly with a public road, crossing Zimmerman Creek, to U. S. Highway No. 64; thence northwesterly with U. S. Highway No. 64 to Fall Branch; thence southerly with the meanders of Fall Branch to its junction with the Hiwassee River; thence southeasterly with the meanders of the Hiwassee River to the mouth of Brasstown Creek; thence southeasterly with the meanders of Brasstown Creek to the North Carolina-Georgia State Line; thence westerly with the state line to intersection with public road just south of Cobb, N. C.; thence northerly with said road passing through Cobb approximately 1 mile to a creek flowing west into Nottely River; thence westerly with the meanders of said creek to its junction with Nottely River; thence westerly and northerly with the meanders of the Nottely River to U. S. Highway No. 64 near Ranger, N. C.; thence westerly with U. S. Highway No. 64 to the North Carolina-Tennessee State Line; thence in a general northeasterly direction with the North Carolina-Tennessee State Line to where it crosses the Little Tennessee River; thence easterly up and with the meanders of the left bank of the Little Tennessee River to the mouth of the Tuckasegee River; thence easterly with the meanders of the left bank of Tuckasegee River to a point opposite the end of a long ridge approximately ½ mile north of Wilmot; thence north-easterly crossing river and running with said ridge to the top of Little Bald; thence easterly with the meanders of the top of the mountain forming the divide between Soco Creek and Tuckasegee River to the top of Waterrock Knob, on the Jackson-Haywood County Line; thence southeasterly with the Jackson-Haywood County Line to Tennessee Bald, a common comer to the counties of Jackson, Haywood and Transylvania; thence southerly with the Jackson-Transylvania County Line on Tennessee ridge to its junctions with the Blue Ridge; thence southeasterly with the meanders of the top of the Blue Ridge leaving the county line, to Highway No. 283 in Estatoe Gap; thence southerly with Highway No. 283 to the North Carolina-South Carolina State Line; thence southwesterly with the state line to the place of beginning. Excluding from the above-described land all land within the corporate limits of the towns of Bryson City, Franklin, Dillsboro, Sylva, Murphy, Andrews, Marble, Robbinsville and Highlands. The boundaries of the Nantahala National Forest are graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 9th day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* 2186 July 10, 1936 Francis Marion National Forest—South Carolina Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1744 Francis Marion National Forest—South Carolina July 10, 1936[No. 2186] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Francis Marion National Forest, S. C.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/6/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516). WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of South Carolina have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands as the Francis Marion National Forest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471). NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and by section [36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 621](/us/usc/t16/s621).11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Francis Marion National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described boundaries, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Francis Marion National Forest: Description. Beginning on the right bank of the South Santee River at the mouth of the Canal which drains the Santee Gun Club Reserve; thence southwesterly with the canal and the main stream flowing into it approximately ⅝ mile to a point at the inland edge of the coastal marsh; thence southwesterly with the edge of the marsh to the junction of three roads near the head of Dupre Creek; thence southwesterly with the road to a point on the north bank of the Intra-Coastal Waterway; thence southwesterly with the north bank of the Intra-Coastal Waterway to the north fork of Belvedere Creek, excluding along this line any portions of the Cape Romain Migratory Bird Refuge which may lie northwest of the Intra-Coastal Waterway; thence northwesterly with the meanders of Belvedere Creek to the end of a secondary road; thence southwesterly with said road and the Sewee Road to the point where the latter intersects the eastern boundary of Tract No. 92, property of the United States; thence southeasterly, southwesterly, and northwesterly with the boundary of said Tract No. 92, to a point on said road; thence southwesterly with the Sewee Road to a point on the eastern boundary of Tract No. 113r, property of the United States; thence southeasterly, southwesterly, and northwesterly with the boundary of Tract No. 113r, to the point where the western boundary of said Tract is crossed by the Sewee Road; thence southwesterly with said road, taking the right-hand road at approximately 1½ miles, to U. S. Highway No. 17; thence southerly with Highway No. 17, approximately ¼ mile to the inland edge of the Wando Marsh; thence northwesterly with the edge of the marsh to the Wando River; thence westerly down the right bank of Wando River, running with the north channel and Guerin Creek so as to exclude Paradise Island and Cat Island, to Cainhoy; thence northwesterly with the main public road approximately three miles to its intersection with Clement’s Ferry Road; thence northerly with the Clement’s Ferry Road to the Quimby Bridge; thence northwesterly with the right bank of Quimby Creek to a point on the north 1745 west bank of the East branch of Cooper River; thence southwesterly with north or right bank of Cooper River to a point at or near Tract No. 1239; thence northwesterly with the southwest boundary of Tract No. 1239 to State Highway No. 402; thence westerly with Highway No. 402, approximately 1½ miles to Strawberry Road; thence westerly with Strawberry Road approximately 2 miles to a road fork just south of the Seabord 11 So in original. Airline Railroad; thence northerly with the right-hand road, crossing the railroad, to Highway No. 402; thence northwesterly with Highway No. 402 passing Biggins Church to a point on the Santee Canal; thence northwest with the east bank of the Santee Canal to a point on the Atlantic Coast Line Railroad; thence northeasterly with the Atlantic Coast Line Railroad to a point on the south boundary of Tract No. 76, property of the United States; thence northwesterly, northerly, and easterly with the boundary of Tract No. 76 to Corner No. 81 of said Tract, beside a road; thence easterly with said road to where it crosses the Atlantic Coast Line Railroad; thence northeasterly with the Atlantic Coast Line Railroad to a point on the south bank of the Santee River; thence southeasterly with the right bank of the Santee and South Santee Rivers to the place of beginning. The boundaries of the Francis Marion National Forest are graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 10″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2187 July 10, 1936 Pisgah National Forest—North Carolina Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Pisgah National Forest—North Carolina July 10, 1936[No. 2187] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of North Carolina Pisgah National Forest, N. C.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516).have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that the reservation as the Pisgah National Forest of said lands together with certain other lands heretofore forming parts of the Pisgah National Forest and the Unaka National Forest would be in the public interest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S.C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C,, title 16, sec. 473), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Pisgah National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-1746described boundaries, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Pisgah National Forest: Division Number 1 Division Number 1. Beginning in Soco Gap, at a point where North Carolina State Highway 293 crosses the State line into Tennessee; thence easterly with Highway 293 to its junction with State Highway 284 at Dellwood; thence easterly and southerly with Highway 284 to its intersection with the corporate limits of the town of Waynesville; thence running with the western, southern and southeastern corporate limits of the towns of Waynesville and Hazelwood, so as to exclude them, to State Highway 284 on the southeast side of Waynesville; thence easterly with said State Highway 284 to State Highway 110 at Silver Bluff; thence northerly with Highway 110 about 0.8 mile to its junction with a road leading to Henson Cove; thence easterly with said road about 2.4 miles to Henson Cove; thence northerly with the Canton road about 1.7 miles to its junction with a road leading to Dutch Cove; thence in a general northeasterly direction with said road to the forks of the road near Dutch Cove; thence northeasterly with the northeast fork of said road about 3.7 miles to Highway 19–23 just east of the Buncombe-Haywood County Line; thence easterly with U. S. Highway 19–23, about 3.4 miles to its junction with Youngs Cove Road; thence southerly with Youngs Cove Road about 1.7 miles to the road leading from Candler to Mt. Pisgah; thence southwesterly with said Pisgah Road 3.1 miles to the Glady Fork Road; thence easterly with said Glady Fork Road and the McFee Road 3.8 miles to Beaverdam Road on Beaverdam Creek; thence northerly with said Beaverdam Road about 2.1 miles to the Ledford Cove Road; thence northeasterly with said Ledford Cove Road 0.8 mile to the Case Cove Road; thence southerly, easterly, northeasterly and northerly with said Case Cove Road about 4.0 miles to Enka; thence easterly with the new Sand Hill Road about 1.1 miles to the Sardis Road; thence southeasterly with said Sardis Road 2.2 miles to Highway 191; thence southeasterly with said Highway 191 about 4.8 miles to Avery; thence southwesterly with the Avery Creek Road 1.3 miles to the Cochran Road leading from Avery Creek to McDowell Creek; thence southerly with said Cochran Road to the North Mills River Road; thence westerly with said North Mills River Road approximately 2 miles to the road leading south across North Fork of Mills River; thence southerly and southeasterly with said road, crossing the River about 1.1 miles, to the South Mills River Road; thence easterly with said South Mills River Road about 2.1 miles to the road around the northeast end of Forge Mountain connecting with State Highway 280; thence southerly with said connecting road 1.4 miles to State Highway 280; thence with said Highway 280 in a general southwesterly direction to the road connecting State Highway 280 with U. S. Highway 64 near Pisgah Forest Station; thence with said connecting road in a southerly direction about 1.2 miles to the Hendersonville-Toxaway Branch of the Southern Railway; thence with said Railway in a general southwesterly direction passing through Brevard five miles to U. S. Highway #64; thence southwesterly with said U. S. Highway 64 about 7.0 miles to the town limits of Rosman; thence excluding the town of Rosman and running southerly with State Highway 283 to Eastatoe Gap in the Blue Ridge; thence northwesterly with the top of 1747the Blue Ridge to its junction with Tennessee Ridge on Cold Mountain; thence northerly with the Transylvania-Jackson County line and the Tennessee Ridge about 10 miles to a point on Tennessee Bald common to Jackson, Haywood and Transylvania Counties; thence northwesterly with the Jackson-Haywood County line to the place of beginning. Division Number 2 Beginning at the intersection of the Pigeon River with the Division Number 2.Tennessee-North Carolina State Line at the village of Waterville, being in the line between Haywood County, North Carolina, and Cocke County, Tennessee; thence with the said state line in a general northeasterly direction to State Line Gap on the line between Watauga County, North Carolina, and Johnson County, Tennessee, at the head of Beaverdam Creek; thence southwesterly with the old road to its first crossing with the main stream of Beaverdam Creek; thence down and with said Beaverdam Creek to its confluence with Watauga River; thence up and with Watauga River to Shulls Mills; thence in a general southeasterly direction with a secondary road passing through a gap about one-quarter of a mile east of Miray Knob, up the north side of Cannon Branch, through a gap about one-quarter of a mile northeast of Martin Knob to its junction with U. S. Highway 221 at Raven Rocks; thence southeasterly with U. S. Highway 221 to U. S. Highway 321 at Blowing Rock; thence with U. S, Highway 321, southeasterly passing through Green Park and Patterson to its junction with State Highway 90; thence with State Highway 90 in a southwesterly direction to Collettsville; thence with a secondary road southwesterly passing through Adako, crossing Wilson Creek and Upper Creek to State Highway 181; thence with State Highway 181 southerly 0.5 mile to its junction with road leading to Table Rock; thence with said road southwesterly passing Table Rock to its junction with State Highway 105; thence with said highway 105 westerly about one-half mile to a small stream which flows into Lake James; thence down and with said stream to the northern shoreline of Lake James; thence in a westerly direction following the shoreline of Lake James to a point on the road leading to Hankins; thence with said road westerly and southwesterly passing through Hankins to U. S. Highway 221; thence southerly with said highway 221 about 0.8 mile to U. S. Highways 64 and 70; thence westerly with U. S. Highways 64 and 70 to old Fort; thence, excluding Old Fort, and running with U. S. Highway 64 southward to where it crosses Catawba River; thence westward up and with the Catawba River and that branch of it on the north side of Allison Ridge to the old road near the crest of the divide between Catawba River and Broad River; thence with said old road northwesterly to Comer 2 of Tract #107aII, property of the United States; thence with the southern and western boundary of said tract #107aII to the old road; thence with the old road northwesterly to the crest of the Blue Ridge in the Buncombe-McDowell County Line; thence with the Blue Ridge and said County Line in a northerly direction to High Pinnacle, a point common to Yancey, McDowell and Buncombe Counties; thence northwesterly with the Buncombe-Yancey County Line passing Blackstock Knob to Balsam Gap; thence south westerly, leaving the County Line and following the ridge dividing the waters of Dillingham Creek and the North Fork of the Swannanoa River passing Walker Knob, Locust Knob, Craggy Dome and Buckners Knob, to Craggy 1748Flats; thence westerly with the divide between Dillingham and Beetree Creeks to its junction with the divide between Reems and Beetree Creeks; thence southwesterly with the hydrographic divide passing over Lanes Pinnacle to Paynes Knob; thence southeasterly with the crest of Pinnacle Ridge about one-half mile to Corner 2 of Tract #82, property of the United States; thence with the lines of Tract #82 around its southern boundary to Corner 1 of U. S, Tract #266; thence northerly with the line of Tract #266 to U. S. Tract #81; thence with the western boundary of Tract #81 to Richland Knob; thence northerly down the point of a ridge about 2.0 miles to a point in Reems Creek about 1.0 mile east of the town of Beech; thence northeasterly up the ridge to Little Snowball Mountain; thence northeasterly with crest of Little Snowball Mountain about 0.2 mile to the south boundary of U. S. Tract #475; thence with the southwest and north boundaries of Tract #475 to the crest of Little Snowball Mountain; thence down the ridge northeasterly about 2 miles to a point in Dillingham Creek about 0.2 mile west of the village of Dillingham; thence up a ridge which leads northerly, passing along the western boundary of U, S. Tract #494, about 2.6 miles to a point in North Ivy River, said point being about 3.2 miles east of the town of Barnardsville; thence westerly down said river about 1.3 miles to its confluence with Martin Creek; thence up and with said Martin Creek and its tributary northeasterly to Many Gap at or near the junction of Yancey, Madison and Buncombe Counties; thence northerly with the road which leads down Indian Creek and then down Hinton Creek about 8.0 miles to its junction with U. S. Highway 19E; thence easterly with U. S. Highway 19E to Cane River; thence in a general easterly direction up and with the Cane River to the mouth of Bowlens Creek; thence up and with Bowlens Creek to State Highway 695; thence northeasterly with State Highway 695 to the town limits of Burnsville; thence northeasterly with the limits of Burnsville to U. S. Highway 19E; thence easterly with U. S. Highway 19E to State Highway 104 at Micaville; thence southerly with State Highway 104 about 6.1 miles to its junction with the road which leads up Bobs Creek, said junction being west of the South Toe River and about 0.4 mile southwest of the mouth of Bobs Creek; thence with said road in a general northeasterly direction, crossing the South Toe River about 2.7 miles to Seven Mile Ridge School; thence with a secondary road northerly and northeasterly about 2 miles to Crabtree Creek; thence down and with Crabtree Creeck to its junction with the East Fork near Crabtree Falls; thence up and with the East Fork of Crabtree Creek southeasterly 0.6 mile to its intersection with a secondary road; thence with said road southeasterly passing Black Mountain Church to Gillespie Gap on the Blue Ridge in the Mitchell-McDowell County Line; thence with the Blue Ridge and the Mitchell-McDowell County Line northeasterly to McKinney Gap; thence with road down Little Rose Creek passing Altapass to road which leads up Rose Creek; thence with said road easterly up Rose Creek to a point about 0.4 mile east of the Altapass Church; thence northerly with a secondary road to North Toe River about 0.1 mile east of the mouth of Holley Branch; thence up and with the North Toe River to U. S. Highway 19E; thence northerly with U. S. Highway 19E about 0.4 mile to its junction with the road up Brushy Creek; thence northeasterly with said road up Brushy Creek to U. S. Highway 221; thence with said Highway 221 northeasterly passing Altamont to State Highway 181 at Linville 1749excluding, however, from this boundary, the town of Linville; thence with State Highway 181 westerly to Newland, excluding from this boundary the town of Newland; thence westerly with the road that leads down the North Toe River to U. S. Highway 19E at Minneapolis; thence with U. S. Highway 19E southerly to a point in Three Mile Creek about 0.1 mile southeast of the junction of said Highway with State Highway 194 at Ingalls; thence down and with Three Mile Creek northwesterly about 0.2 mile to its confluence with Toe River; thence with a straight line approximately S62°W 6.0 miles to the confluence of Bear Creek with Toe River; thence up and with Bear Creek northerly about 2.5 miles to State Highway No. 19; thence with State Highway 19, westerly and northwesterly to the town limits of Bakersville excluding the town of Bakersville, and continuing with State Highway 19, westerly passing Red Hill to the road which leads up Rock Creek at a point below the junction of Rock and Bee Creeks; thence with said road up Rock Creek northerly about 0.6 mile to Bee Creek; thence continuing with said road up Bee Creek northerly about 1.5 miles to a road intersection; thence westerly with said intersecting road about 1.0 mile to the road which leads down a branch of Brummett Creek; thence with said Brummett Creek Road westerly about 2.4 miles to its junction with State Highway 19 on the right bank of Toe River; thence with State Highway 19 westerly about 3.5 miles passing Relief and crossing Toe River to its confluence with Cane River; thence up and with the Cane River Road southwesterly to the confluence of Bald Mountain Creek with Cane River; thence with road up Bald Mountain Creek to Buck’s Store; thence with a trail up a creek southerly about 1.3 miles to McKinney Gap; thence westerly with a spur ridge about 0.8 mile to the crest of the ridge which is the Yancey-Madison County Line; thence with said ridge and County Line southerly about 3.0 miles to the road at Windy Gap; thence with said road down Big Laurel Creek westerly to its junction with U. S. Highway 70 about 2.1 miles south of the junction of U. S. Highway 70 and State Highway 208; thence with U. S. Highway 70 southerly about 3.5 miles to Walnut; thence with an intersecting road southwesterly about 2.0 miles, crossing Brush Creek to the French Broad River at Barnard; thence up and with the French Broad River southerly about 4.2 miles to the mouth of Little Pine Creek; thence up and with Little Pine Creek southwesterly about 2 chains to the road leading up Little Pine Creek; thence with said road southwesterly to a road intersection at the hamlet of Little Pine Creek; thence with said intersecting road southwesterly about 1.7 miles to a road intersection about 3.0 miles northwest of the hamlet of Trail Branch; thence southeasterly down said road to the hamlet of Trail Branch; thence with the road southwesterly about 2.8 miles to its junction with another road at a branch of Sandymush Creek; thence with said other road southwesterly to its junction with another road at Sandymush Creek; thence with the said Sandymush Creek road up the creek southwesterly passing the hamlet of Sandymush to Haywood Gap in the Newfound Mountains at the head of Crabtree Creek; thence down Crabtree Creek southwesterly to its confluence with Pigeon River; thence northwesterly along the right bank of Pigeon River to a road crossing approximately 3 miles from the mouth of Crabtree Creek; thence crossing Pigeon River with said road westerly 0.1 mile to road intersection; thence with said intersecting road westerly about 2.5 miles to State Highway 289; thence with State High1750way 289 southwesterly 1.9 miles to State Highway 284 at the hamlet of Cove Creek; thence with State Highway 284 northwesterly to a point on the divide between Pigeon River and Cataloochie Creek in Camp Gap; thence in a general northwesterly direction with the boundary of land deeded by the State of North Carolina to the United States for the Great Smoky Mountains National Park to intersection with State Highway 284 at or near Mt. Sterling Gap; thence northerly with Highway No. 284 to the North Carolina-Tennessee State Line; thence with said State Line easterly to the place of beginning. The boundaries of the Pisgah National Forest are graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 10" day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2188 July 13, 1936 Sumter National Forest—South Carolina Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Sumter National Forest—South Carolina July 13, 1936[No. 2188] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Sumter National Forest, S. C.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516). WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of South Carolina have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands together with certain other lands heretofore forming a part of the Nantahala National Forest as the Sumter National Forest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest. NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[10 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t10/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/16/s521).Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Sumter National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described boundaries, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911 , as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Sumter National Forest: Enoree Division Enoree Division. Beginning at the intersection of S. C. Highways 9 and 91, the most northerly point on said Unit, approximately one-quarter mile East of Lockhart; thence southeasterly with Highway 9, approximately five miles to intersection with Old Columbia road at Wilksburg; thence southerly with Old Columbia road approxi1751mately 12 miles, passing Leeds, to intersection of S. C. Highway 7; thence westerly with Highway 7, 1½ miles to intersection with S. C. Highway 215; thence southerly with S. C. Highway 215, approximately 15 miles to intersection with Dawkins Road approximately 1½ miles south of Salem Cross Roads; thence south-westerly 5½ miles with said road to Dawkins, S. C., at Broad River; thence northwesterly with the left bank of Broad River 3 miles to S. C. Highway 22 at Strother; thence southwesterly with Highway 22 approximately 13 miles crossing Broad River to intersection with S. C. Highway 192, approximately 2½ miles northeast of Newberry; thence westerly with Highway 192, 1½ miles, crossing U. S. Highway 176, to intersection with U. S. Highway 76; thence northwesterly with Highway 76 approximately 17 miles passing Kinards and Goldville to the intersection with old local road leading to Jones Crossing; thence northeasterly with said old local road approximately 7 miles crossing S. C. Highway 7 to the west boundary of Tract No. 18a under option to the United States; thence with the lines of said tract northerly to Corner 1 thereof; thence northeasterly with the old location of the Jones Bridge Road to the new location thereof; thence north-easterly with said Jones Bridge Road, crossing Enoree River to Highway 92 at Cross Keys; thence with said S. C. Highway 92 approximately 8 miles, crossing Tyger River, to Fair Forest Creek; thence southeasterly down and with the meanders of Fair Forest Creek, approximately 4 miles, to local road at Harris Bridge; thence northeasterly with local road approximately 4 miles to intersection with U. S. Highway 176 at Hebron Church; thence northeasterly with U. S. Highway 176 1 mile to intersection with local road approximately 2½ miles south of Union; thence north-easterly following said local road approximately 10 miles crossing S. C. Highway 215 and Southern Railway to Coleman Creek; thence easterly down and with the meanders of Coleman Creek, about one mile to Broad River; thence crossing Broad River and running with the left bank thereof in a northeasterly direction about 4 miles to the bridge at Lockhart; thence easterly with State Highway 91, approximately one-fourth mile to the place of beginning. Oconee Division Beginning at Ellicottes Rock, the point where the 35th parallel Oconee Division.of latitude intersects the Chattooga River, the common corner of the states of South Carolina, North Carolina and Georgia; thence northeasterly with the North Carolina-South Carolina State Line to a point in Sassafras Gap, a corner of Pickens and Greenville Counties; thence southerly and easterly with the meanders of the Pickens-Greenville County Line, down and with South Saluda River, to a point which is N 45° W from Table Rock; thence S 45° E approximately 1.5 miles to the summit of Table Rock; thence S 38° W approximately 4.8 miles to Oolenoy Bridge; thence S 76°30’ W approximately 17.7 miles to corner 2 of Tract No. 307e, property of the United States; thence southerly a straight line to corner 4 of Tract No. 881 property of the United States; thence southerly with the boundary of Tract No. 881 to corner 3 of said tract; thence southerly a straight line to corner 8 of Tract No. 486, property of the United States; thence south-westerly with the boundary of Tract No. 486 to corner 7 of said tract; thence southwesterly a straight line to corner 2 of Tract No. 800-b, property of the United States; thence southwesterly and westerly with the boundary of Tract No. 800-b to corner 13 1752of Tract No. 873, property of the United States; thence southerly and westerly with the boundary of Tract No. 873 to corner 5 of said tract; thence southwesterly a straight line to corner 8 of Tract No. 800a, property of the United States; thence in a general southerly direction with the eastern boundaries of Tracts Nos. 800a, 307c, 800a-l and 886, all the property of the United States, running so as to include them herein, to corner 8 of Tract No. 886; thence southwesterly a straight line to corner 43 of Tract No. 800, property of the United States; thence in a general southerly direction with the eastern boundary of Tract No. 542, property of the United States, to corner 3 of said tract; thence southerly a straight line to corner 60 of Tract No. 800; thence southerly and westerly, with the eastern and southern boundary of Tract No. 800 to corner 64 of said tract; thence southwesterly a straight line to corner 17 of Tract No. 489, property of the United States; thence southerly, with the eastern boundary of Tract No. 489, to corner 3 of said tract; thence southwesterly a straight line to corner 2 of Tract No. 430, property of the United States; thence westerly with the southern boundary of Tract No. 430 to corner 4 of said tract; thence westerly a straight line to corner 21 of Tract No. 800f, property of the United States; thence northwesterly with the southwestern boundaries of Tracts Nos. 800f and 428, to corner 1 of the latter tract; thence northerly a straight line to corner 2 of Tract No. 428a, property of the United States; thence in a general westerly, then northerly, then westerly direction, with the boundaries of Tracts 428a, 302j and 302, so as to include them herein, to corner 14 of Tract No. 302; thence northwesterly a straight line to the junction of the Chattooga and Tallulah Rivers; thence in a general northeasterly direction, with the meanders of the Chattooga River, which forms the Georgia-South Carolina State Line, to the place of beginning. Long Cane Division Long Cane Division. Beginning at the junction of Stevens Creek with Savannah River; thence northwesterly with the meanders of Savannah River to Wallace Landing about 1 mile above the mouth of Dordon Creek; thence easterly with the most direct public road to Parksville; thence northerly with the Scott’s Ferry Road to its junction with the Edgefield-Abbeville Road at Liberty Hill; thence northwesterly with the latter road to its junction with South Carolina State Highway No. 43; thence westerly with Highway No. 43 to the point where it crosses Rocky Creek; thence northerly with the meanders of Rocky Creek approximately 2 miles to a point where it is crossed by a public road; thence westerly with said public road to its junction with State Highway No. 10; thence southerly with State Highway No. 10 to the point where it first crosses the C. & W. C. Railroad; thence in a general southeasterly direction with the C. & W. C. Railroad to Plum Branch; thence southwesterly with a public road to a point on the Savannah River near the mouth of a small branch about ½ mile above the mouth of Landon Branch; thence northwesterly with the meanders of Savannah River to Hesters Ferry about ¾ mile above the mouth of Patterson Creek; thence northeasterly with a public road to its junction with State Highway No. 82 about 1½ miles west of Willington; thence northwesterly with State Highway No. 82 to Mt. Carmel; thence northeasterly with the Mt. Carmel-Abbeville Road passing Calhoun Mill to the junction with State Highway No. 7; thence 1753 northeasterly with State Highway No. 7 to its junction with an east and west road about 1 mile south of Abbeville; thence easterly with said east and west road to its junction with the Abbeville-Cedar Hill Road; thence southerly with the meanders of the Abbeville-Cedar Hill Road approximately 1 mile to a road fork; thence easterly with a public road crossing Norris Creek to the point where said road crosses Long Cane Creek; thence northerly with the meanders of Long Cane Creek to the point where said creek is crossed by a public road about ¾ mile above the mouth of McCord Creek; thence westerly with said public road approximately ¼ mile to first road fork; thence northerly with the right-hand road to the point where said road crosses the Southern Railway at Deriah; thence a northeasterly direction with the meanders of the Southern Railway approximately 3 miles to the point where it is crossed by a public road; thence southeasterly with said road crossing State Highway No. 7 at Allen’s Chapel to a junction with another road at Wood-lawn School; thence southwesterly with said road approximately 1 mile to the junction with a secondary road connecting State Highways Nos. 10 and 7; thence southeasterly with said secondary road passing its junction with State Highway No. 10 to a point on the C. & W. C. Railroad; thence southwesterly with the meanders of the C. & W. C. Railroad to Bradley; thence south-easterly, easterly, and northeasterly with the meanders of a secondary road passing Rushville, Callison and Rosa, crossing U. S. Highway No. 25, about ¼ mile south of Kirksey, passing Kirksey and taking right-hand road about ¼ mile north thereof, to its junction with U. S. Highway No. 178; thence southeasterly with U. S. Highway No. 178 approximately 5½ miles to its junction with a secondary road leading to the right; thence southeasterly with the meanders of said secondary road to its junction with State Highway No. 43; thence southwesterly and westerly with State Highway No. 43, to its junction with the Five Notch Road; thence in a general southeasterly direction with the meanders of the Five Notch Road to a road fork at Young Macedonia Church; thence westerly with the meanders of the right-hand road to the point where it crosses Stevens Creek at the Shaw and McKee Bridge; thence southwesterly with the meanders of Stevens Creek to the place of beginning. The boundaries of the Sumter National Forest are graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 13″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2189 July 17, 1936 Conecuh National Forest—Alabama Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1754 Conecuh National Forest—Alabama July 17, 1936[No. 2189] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Conecuh National Forest, Ala.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516). WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Alabama have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands and certain adjoining public lands within the areas hereinafter designated as the Conecuh National Forest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521). NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Conecuh National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described areas, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Conecuh National Forest: Tallahassee Meridian Tallahassee Meridian. T. 6 N., R. 20 W., sections 19 to 23, inclusive, and those parts of sections 26 to 30, inclusive, lying in Alabama; T. 6 N., R. 21 W., sections 19 and 20, and those parts of sections 29 and 30 lying in Alabama; T. 6 N., R. 22 W., sections 19 to 24, inclusive, and those parts of sections 25 to 30, inclusive, lying in Alabama; T. 6 N., R. 23 W., sections 19 to 24, inclusive, and those parts of sections 25 to 30, inclusive, lying in Alabama; T. 6 N., R. 24 W., sections 19 to 24, inclusive, and those parts of sections 25 to 30, inclusive, lying in Alabama; T. 6 N., R. 25 W., those parts of sections 25 to 30, inclusive, lying in Alabama; T, 6 N., R. 26 W., those parts of sections 25 to 30, inclusive, lying in Alabama; T. 6 N., R. 27 W., those parts of sections 25 to 30, inclusive, lying in Alabama; T. 6 N., R. 28 W., that part of section 25 lying in Alabama; St. Stephens Meridian St. Stephens Meridian. T. 1 N., R. 11 E., section 1 and those parts of sections 2 to 8, inclusive, lying south of Conecuh River and sections 9 to 36, inclusive; Tps. 1 N., Rs. 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16 E.; T. 1 N., R. 17 E., sections 1 to 24, inclusive, and sections 29 to 32, inclusive; T. 1 N., R. 18 E.; T. 2 N., R. 11 E., those parts of sections 34 to 36, inclusive, lying south and east of Conecuh River;1755 T. 2 N., R. 12 E., those parts of sections 13, 14, 15, 20, 21 and 22 lying south of Conecuh River, sections 23 to 28, inclusive, those parts of sections 29 to 31, inclusive, lying south of Conecuh River, and sections 32 to 36, inclusive; T. 2 N., R. 13 E., sections 1 to 4, inclusive, those parts of sections 5, 6, 7 and 18 lying south of Conecuh River, sections 8 to 17, inclusive, and sections 19 to 36, inclusive; Tps. 2 N., Rs, 14 and 15 E.; T. 2 N., R. 16 E., sections 1 to 3, inclusive, sections 5 to 8, inclusive, and sections 10 to 36, inclusive; T. 2 N., R. 17 E., sections 1 to 3, inclusive, sections 5 to 8, inclusive, and sections 10 to 36, inclusive; T. 2 N., R. 18 E., sections 4 to 9, inclusive, sections 16 to 21, inclusive, and sections 28 to 33, inclusive; T. 3 N., R. 13 E., those parts of sections 25, 27, 28, 32, 33, 34, 35 and 36 lying south of Conecuh River; T. 3 N., R. 14 E., those parts of sections 30 and 31 lying south of Conecuh River; T. 3 N., R. 16 E., sections 25, 26, 35 and 36; T. 3 N., R. 17 E., E½ section 24, sections 25, 30 and 31, section 32, and sections 35 and 36; T. 3 N., R. 18 E., sections 19 to 21, inclusive, and sections 28 to 33, inclusive. The reservation made by this Proclamation shall as to all lands Prior rights not affected.which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Order No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 17″ day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2190 July 17, 1936 Talladega National Forest—Alabama Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Talladega National Forest—Alabama July 17, 1936[No. 2190] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Alabama have Talladega National Forest, Ala.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 615, 516](/us/usc/t16/s615/516).been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate said lands and certain adjoining public lands as the Talladega National Forest: 1756 Reserving. etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D, ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and section 11 of the [36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Talladega National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described areas, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Talladega National Forest: Talladega Division.Talladega Division huntsville meridian Huntsville Meridian. T. 13 S., R. 9 E., S½ section 13, section 22, sections 23 to 27, inclusive, and sections 34 to 36, inclusive; T. 13 S., R. 10 E., sections 13 to 15, inclusive, S^ sections 16 to 18, inclusive, and sections 19 to 36, inclusive;. T. 13 S., R. 11 E., sections 1, 2, 11 to 14, inclusive, and sections 19 to 36, inclusive; T. 13 S., R. 12 E., sections 5 to 8, inclusive, sections 17 to 20, inclusive, sections 29 to 32, inclusive, and fractional sections 4, 9, 16, 21, 28, 33 and 34; T. 14 S., R. 9 E., sections 1 to 5, inclusive, sections 8 to 17, inclusive, section 20, E½ section 25, and section 36; T. 14 S., R. 10 E.; T. 14 S., R. 11 E., sections 1 to 24, inclusive, and sections 30 and 31; T. 14 S., R. 12 E., sections 4 to 9, inclusive, sections 16 to 21, inclusive, and fractional sections 3, 10, 15 and 22; T. 15 S., R. 9 E., sections 1, 12, 13, 24, 25 and 36; T. 15 S., R. 10 E.; T. 15 S., R. 11 E., sections 6, 7, 18, 19, 30 and 31; T. 16 S., R. 9 E., sections 1, 12 and 13, sections 20 and 21, sections 22 to 29, inclusive, S½S½ section 30, and sections 31 to 36, inclusive; T. 16 S., R. 10 E., sections 5 to 8, inclusive, sections 17 to 20, inclusive, and sections 29 to 32, inclusive; T. 17 S., R. 7 E., sections 13 and 14, E½ section 21, sections 22 to 27, inclusive, E^ section 28, that part of section 31 lying east of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad, and sections 32 to 36, inclusive; T. 17 S., R. 8 E., S½ and S½N½ section 1, and sections 10 to 36, inclusive; T. 17 S., R. 9 E.; T. 18 S., R. 6 E., those parts of sections 1, 12, 13, 24, 25, 34, 35 and 36 lying east and south of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad; T. 18 S., R. 7 E.; T. 18 S., R. 8 E., sections 1 and 2, N½ SW¼ and N½SE¼ section 5, sections 6 and 7, NW¼ and N½SW¼ section 8, E½ section 10, sections 11 to 15, inclusive, SW¼NW¼, NW¼SW¼ and S½SW¼ section 17, sections 18 and 19, and S½E¼ section 20, NE¼, E¼NW½ and section 21, and sections 22 to 36, inclusive; 1757 T. 18 S., R. 9 E., sections 4 to 8, inclusive, N½ section 17, and section 18; T. 19 S., R. 5 E., section 13, SE¼ section 14, SE¼ section 22, sections 23 to 27, inclusive, S½ section 28, and sections 33 to 36, inclusive; T. 19 S., R. 6 E., sections 1 to 3, inclusive, S½ sections 7 and 8 and sections 9 to 36, inclusive; T, 19 S., R. 7 E.; T. 19 S., R. 8 E., sections 4 to 9, inclusive, sections 16 to 21, inclusive, and sections 28 to 33, inclusive; T. 20 S., R. 4 E., sections 24, 35, and 36, and those parts of sections 12, 13, 14, 22, 23, 26, 27 and 35 lying east of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad; T. 20 S., R. 5 E., sections 1 to 4, inclusive, E½ section 5, that part of section 7 lying southeast of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad, and sections 8 to 36, inclusive; T. 20 S., R. 6 E.; T. 20 S., R. 7 E., sections 4 to 9, inclusive, sections 16 to 21, inclusive, and sections 28 to 33, inclusive; T. 21 S., R. 4 E., sections 1, 12, 13, sections 22 to 28, inclusive, sections 34 to 36, inclusive, those parts of sections 2, 11, 14, 15 and 21 lying southeast of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad, and that part of section 33 lying east of the Central of Georgia Railroad; T. 21 S., R. 5 E.; T. 21 S., R. 6 E., sections 1 to 9, inclusive, sections 16 to 21, inclusive, and sections 28 to 33, inclusive; T. 21 S., R. 7 E., sections 4 to 6, inclusive; T. 22 S., R. 4 E., sections 1 to 3, inclusive, and those parts of sections 4, 9, 10, 11 and 12 lying east and north of the Central of Georgia Railroad; T. 22 S., R. 5 E., sections 1 to 10, inclusive; T. 22 S., R. 6 E., sections 4 to 6, inclusive, E½ section 8, and section 9. Oakmulgee DivisionOakmulgee Division. st. stephens meridian T. 19 N., R. 9 E., sections 1 to 3, inclusive, sections 10 to 15, St. Stephens Meridian.inclusive, sections 22 to 27, inclusive, and sections 34 to 36, inclusive; T. 19 N., R. 10 E.; T. 20 N., R. 8 E., sections 1, 2, 12, 13, and those parts of sections 3, 10, 11 and 14 lying east of Cahaba River; T. 20 N., R. 9 E., sections 1 to 18, inclusive, sections 22 to 27, inclusive and sections 34 to 36, inclusive; T. 20 N., R. 10 E.; T. 20 N., R. 11 E., sections 1 to 21, inclusive, and sections 28 to 33, inclusive; T. 21 N., R. 8 E., sections 13, 23, 24, 25, 26, 35 and 36 and those parts of sections 11, 12, 14, 15, 21, 22, 27, 28 and 34 lying east of Cahaba River; T. 21 N., R. 9 E., sections 1 to 4, inclusive, and those parts of sections 5, 6 and 7 lying east of Cahaba River and sections 8 to 36, inclusive;1758 Tps. 21 N., Rs. 10 and 11 E.; T. 21 N., R. 12 E., sections 5 to 8, inclusive, sections 17 to 19, inclusive, N½ and SW¼ section 20, W½ section 29, sections 30 and 31, and section 32; T. 22 N., R. 9 E., section 13 and sections 23 to 27, inclusive, sections 33 to 36, inclusive, and those parts of sections 14, 15, 21, 22, 28, 29, 31 and 32 lying east of Cahaba River; T. 22 N., R. 10 E., sections 1 to 5, inclusive, and sections 8 to 36, inclusive; T. 22 N., R. 11 E.; T. 22 N., R. 12 E., sections 5 to 8, inclusive, sections 17 to 20, inclusive, and sections 29 to 32, inclusive; T. 23 N., R. 10 E., sections 1 to 3, inclusive, sections 10 to 15, inclusive, sections 22 to 27, inclusive, and sections 34 to 36, inclusive; T. 23 N., R. 11 E.; T. 23 N., R. 12 E., sections 5 to 8, inclusive, sections 17 to 20, inclusive, and sections 29 to 32, inclusive. Prior rights not affected. The reservation made by this Proclamation shall as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Order No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 17″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2191 July 20, 1936 Homochitto National Forest—Mississippi Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Homochitto National Forest—Mississippi July 20, 1936[No. 2191] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Homochitto National Forest, Miss.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/6/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516). WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Mississippi have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate said lands and certain adjoining public lands as the Homochitto National Forest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521). NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim 1759 that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Homochitto National Forest all lands of the United States within the area shown on the diagram hereto attached and made a part hereof, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Homochitto National Forest. The reservation made by this Proclamation shall as to all lands Prior rights not affected.which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than classification be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 20″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2192 July 29, 1936 Croatan National Forest—North Carolina Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Croatan National Forest—North Carolina July 29, 1936[No. 2192] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of North Carolina Croatan National Forest, N. C.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516).have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sections 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands as the Croatan National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, section 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, section 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Croatan National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described area, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Croatan National Forest: Beginning at the confluence of Brices Creek and Trent River Description.about two miles south of New Bern in the State of North Carolina; thence southerly up Brices Creek to the confluence with Lees Branch; thence up Lees Branch about one mile to where the Rockwell line leaves it northward; thence with the Rockwell line northerly about ⅜ mile; thence with the Rockwell line easterly to the Norfolk Southern Railway; thence with the Norfolk Southern Railway southeasterly about 1½ miles to where road 1760crosses leading to Camp KI–RO; thence with the road leading to Camp KI–RO northeasterly and continuing a straight course about one mile to Neuse River; thence down the right bank of Neuse River about 15 miles to the mouth of Clubfoot Creek; thence with Clubfoot Creek, the Old Inland Waterway and Harlowe Creek to Newport River; thence up the left bank of Newport River about 10 miles to State Highway No. 10; thence with said Highway southeasterly about 3 miles to the road leading to Catholic Orphanage Camp; thence along said road southward about ¾ mile to State Highway No. 24; thence with said Highway westward about 16 miles to White Oak River; thence up the left bank of White Oak River about 25 miles to State Highway No. 30; thence with said Highway northeasterly about 9½ miles to Trent River; thence down the right bank of Trent River about 14 miles to the place of beginning. The area described above is graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29″ day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2193 August 10, 1936 Joshua Tree National Monument—California Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Joshua Tree National Monument—California August 10, 1936[No. 2193] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Joshua Tree National Monument, Calif.Preamble. WHEREAS certain public lands in the State of California contain historic and prehistoric structures, and have situated thereon various objects of historic and scientific interest; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as a national monument, to be known as the Joshua Tree National Monument: Reservation of areas for national monument.[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431). NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to existing rights and prior withdrawals, the following-described lands in California are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and set apart as the Joshua Tree National Monument: San Bernardino Meridian. T. 1 S., R. 5 E., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T. 2 S., R. 5 E., secs. 1 to 6, 11 to 13, inclusive, and those parts of secs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 14, 15 and 24 lying north of the north boundary of the Colorado River Aqueduct right-of-way.1761 T. 1 S., R. 6 E., secs. 19 to 36, inclusive. T, 2 S., R. 6 E., secs. 1 to 18, 21 to 26, inclusive, and those parts of secs. 19, 20, 27, 28, 34, 35 and 36 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. T. 3 S., R. 6 E., that part of sec. 1 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. Ts. 1 and 2 S., R. 7 E. (Partly unsurveyed). T. 3 S., R. 7 E., secs. 1 to 6, 8 to 16, 23 to 24, inclusive, and those parts of secs. 7, 17, 18, 21, 22, 25 and 26 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. Ts. 1 and 2 S., R. 8 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 3 S., R. 8 E., secs. 1 to 30, 33 to 36, inclusive, and those parts of secs. 31 and 32 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. T. 4 S., R. 8 E., those parts of secs. 4 and 5 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. T 1 S., R. 9 E., secs. 5 to 9 and 16 to 36, inclusive. Ts. 2 and 3 S., R. 9 E. (partly unsurveyed). Ts. 1 to 3 S., R. 10 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 5 S., R. 10 E., secs. 1 to 30, inclusive, and those parts of secs. 31 to 36 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. Ts. 1 to 4 S., R. 11 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 5 S., R. 11 E., secs. 1 to 30 and 32 to 36, inclusive, and that part of sec. 31 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. T. 6 S., R. 11 E., those parts of secs. 1 to 6 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. Ts. 1 to 5 S., R. 12 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 6 S., R. 12 E., those parts of secs. 1 to 6 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way. Ts. 1 to 4 S., R. 13 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 5 S., R. 13 E., secs. 1 to 24, inclusive, and those parts of secs. 28, 29, 30 and 31 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way (partly unsurveyed). Ts. 1 to 3 S., R. 14 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 4 S., R. 14 E., secs. 1 to 11, 14 to 23, 27 to 34, inclusive, and those parts of secs. 12, 13, 24, 25, 26 and 35 lying west of aqueduct right-of-way (unsurveyed). Ts. 1 and 2 S., R. 15 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 3 S., R. 15 E., secs. 1 to 19, inclusive, and sec. 24; those parts of secs. 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30 and 31 lying north of aqueduct right-of-way (partly unsurveyed). T. 4 S., R. 15 E., those parts of secs. 6 and 7 lying west of aqueduct right-of-way; containing approximately 825,340 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not Warning against unauthorized acts.to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of Supervision.the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other [38 Stat. 535](/us/stat/38/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. 1762 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 10″ day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President, William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State.* 2194 August 12, 1936 Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Amending Regulations on Migratory Game Birds August 12, 1936[No. 2194] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Protection of migratory birds.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711](/us/usc/t16/s703–711).WHEREAS the Secretary of Agriculture, pursuant to section 3 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (40 Stat. 755; U. S. C., title 16, secs. 703–711), and having due regard to the zones of temperature and to the distribution, abundance, economic value, breeding habits, and times and lines of migratory flight of migratory birds included in the [39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702).terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds concluded August sixteenth, nineteen hundred and sixteen, has determined when, to what extent, and by what means it is compatible with the terms of said Convention to allow hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, and export of such birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, and in accordance with such determinations has adopted and submitted to me regulations further amendatory of the regulations approved and proclaimed July 31, 1918, which said further amendatory regulations he, the said Secretary of Agriculture, has determined to be suitable regulations, permitting and governing the hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, and export of said birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, and which said further amendatory regulations are as follows: [49 Stat. 3465](/us/stat/49/3465). Regulation 3, “Means by Which Migratory Game Birds May Be Taken”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 3.—Means by which Migratory Game Birds may be Taken Regulations for taking modified. The migratory game birds for which open seasons are specified in regulation 4 hereof may be taken during such respective open seasons with a shotgun only, not larger than no. 10 gage, fired from the shoulder, except as specifically permitted by regulations 7, 8, 9, and 10 hereof, but they shall not be taken with or by means of any automatic-loading or hand-operated repeating shotgun capable of holding more than 3 shells, the magazine of which has not been cut off or plugged with a one-piece metal or wooden filler incapable, of removal through the loading end thereof, so as to reduce the capacity of said gun to not more than 3 shells at one loading; they may be taken during the open season from the land or water, with the aid of a dog, and from a blind, boat, or floating craft except sinkbox (battery), power boat, sailboat, any boat under sail and any craft or device of any kind towed by power boat or sailboat; but nothing herein shall permit the taking of migratory game birds from or by means, aid or use of an automobile or aircraft of any kind. 1763 Waterfowl (except for propagation, scientific or banding purposes Waterfowl, etc.under permit pursuant to regulations 8 and 9 of these regulations) and mourning doves are not permitted to be taken by means, aid or use, directly or indirectly, of corn, wheat, oats, or other grain or products thereof, salt, or any kind of feed whatsoever, placed, deposited, distributed, scattered, or otherwise put out whereby such waterfowl or doves are lured, attracted, or enticed; and in the taking of waterfowl, the use directly or indirectly, of live duck or goose decoys is not permitted; nor shall anything in these regulations be deemed to permit the use of aircraft of any kind, or of a power boat, sailboat, or other floating craft or device of any kind, for the purpose of concentrating, driving, rallying, or stirring up migratory waterfowl. " Regulation 4, “Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory [49 Stat. 3466](/us/stat/49/3466).Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 4.—Open Seasons on and Possession of Certain Migratory Game BirdsOpen seasons. Waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States Time specified.Regulations modified.north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, canvasback duck, redhead duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), and coot, may be taken each day from 7 a. m. to 4 p. m., Daylight requirements.standard time, and rails and gallinules (other than coot), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, woodcock, mourning doves, and band-tailed pigeons from 7 a. m., standard time, to sunset each day during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, and they may be taken by the means and in the numbers permitted by regulations 3 and 5 hereof, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed in the numbers permitted by regulation 5 any day in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State, Territory, or District at a time when such State, Territory, or District prohibits the possession thereof. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the Hunting on reservations, etc.taking of migratory birds on any reservation or sanctuary established under the Migratory Bird Conservation Act of February 18, 1929 [45 Stat. 1222](/us/stat/45/1222).[16 U. S. C. §§ 715–715r](/us/usc/t16/s715–715r).(45 Stat. 1222) nor on any area of the United States set aside under any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a bird, game, or other wildlife reservation, breeding grounds, or refuge except insofar as may be permitted by the Secretary of Agriculture under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Waterfowl (*except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north Geographical limitations.Waterfowl.thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, canvasback duck, redhead duck, bufflehead duck, and swans*), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot.—The open seasons for waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, canvasback duck, redhead duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot, in the several States and Alaska, shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: In Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, New Hampshire, North Dakota, South Dakota, Vermont, and Wisconsin, October 10 to November 8; In Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Massachusetts, Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, New York, including Long Island, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Utah, Washington, West Virginia, and Wyoming, November 1 to November 30; 1764 In Alabama, Arkansas, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, New Jersey, North Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Virginia, November 26 to December 25; In Alaska north of the Alaska Range and the Ahklun Mountains, September 1 to September 30; south of the Alaska Range and the Ahkhin Mountains west of the 141st meridian and east of False Pass at the tip of the Alaska Peninsula, September 16 to October 15: southeastern Alaska from the 141st meridian to Dixons Entrance, October 1 to October 30; and Islands of Unimak, Unalaska, Akutan, and Akun west of Unimak Pass in the Aleutian Island group, November 1 to November 30. Rails and gallinules (except coot). Rails and gallinules (*except coot*).—The open season for rails and gallinules (except coot) shall be from September 1 to November 30, both dates inclusive, except as follows: Washington and Massachusetts, October 1 to November 30; New York, including Long Island, November 1 to November 30; Wisconsin, October 10 to November 8; Alabama, November 20 to January 31; Connecticut, September 15 to November 30; Louisiana, November 1 to January 31; and District of Columbia, no open season. Woodcock. Woodcock.—The open seasons for woodcock shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Wisconsin October 17 to October 31; That portion of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany, and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston & Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Michigan, and North Dakota, October 1 to October 31; That portion of New York lying south of the line above described, including Long Island, and in Delaware, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, and Iowa, October 15 to November 14; Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, October 21 to November 20; Missouri, November 10 to December 10; Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Oklahoma, November 15 to December 15; and North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana, December 1 to December 31. Doves. Doves.—The open seasons for mourning doves shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Arizona, Arkansas, California, Idaho, Illinois, Kansas, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico, Nevada, Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee, Utah, and Virginia, September 1 to November 15; Delaware, September 15 to November 30; Maryland, September 1 to September 30 and November 15 to December 31; Florida (except in Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties), and Louisiana, November 20 to January 31; That portion of Florida comprising Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties, October 1 to November 15; North Carolina, September 1 to September 30 and December 20 to January 31; Alabama, in the counties of Pickens, Tuscaloosa, Jefferson, Shelby, Talladega, Clay, Randolph, and all counties north thereof; Georgia, in the counties of Troup, Meriwether, Pike, Lamar, Monroe, Jones, Baldwin, Washington, Jefferson, Burke, and all counties north thereof; Mississippi, in the counties of Washington, Humphreys, Holmes, 1765Attala, Winston, Noxubee, and all counties north thereof; and South Carolina, in the counties of Edgefield, Saluda, Newberry, Fairfield, Lancaster, Chesterfield, and all counties north thereof, September 1 to September 30 and December 20 to January 31;Alabama, Georgia, Mississippi, and South Carolina, in the counties other than those aforesaid, November 20 to January 31; That portion of Texas north or northerly of a line beginning at the Rio Grande west of Del Rio, thence to Del Rio, thence east along Southern Pacific Railway to San Antonio, thence along International Great Northern Railway to Austin, thence east along Houston and Texas Central Railway to Brazos River, thence north up Brazos River to where Beaumont branch of Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway crosses said river, thence east along Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe Railway to intersection with Houston East & West Texas Railway at Cleveland, thence along Houston East & West Texas Railway to the Louisiana border except the counties of Bastrop, Brazos, Burleson, Fayette, Grimes, Lee, Limestone, Milam, Montgomery, Robertson, San Jacinto, Smith, Washington, and Wood, September 1 to October 31; and That portion of Texas south of the above described boundaries and the counties hereinabove excepted, December 1 to January 16. Band-tailed pigeons.—The open seasons for band-tailed pigeons shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: California, December 1 to December 15; Arizona and Oregon, October 16 to October 30; New Mexico, October 1 to October 15; and Washington, September 16 to September 30. " Regulation 5, “Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory [49 Stat. 3460](/us/stat/49/3460).Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 5.—Daily Bag and Possession Limits on Certain Migratory Game Birds Band-tailed pigeons. A person may take in any one day during the open seasons prescribed Bag and possession limits.therefor in regulation 4 not to exceed the following numbers of migratory game birds, which numbers shall include all birds taken by any other person who for hire accompanies or assists him in taking such birds; and when so taken these may be possessed in the numbers specified as follows: Ducks (except wood duck, canvasback duck, redhead duck, ruddy Ducks.duck, and bufflehead duck).—Ten in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 10 ducks in the aggregate of all kinds. Geese and brant (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all Geese and brant.States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, and Ross’s goose).—Four in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 4 geese and brant in the aggregate of all kinds. Rails and gallinules (except sora and coot).—Fifteen in the aggregate Rails and gallinules.of all lands, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15 in the aggregate of all kinds. Sora.—Twenty-five, and any person at any one time may possess Sora.not more than 25. Coot.—Fifteen, and any person at any one time may possess not Coot.more than 15. Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe.—Fifteen, and any person at any one Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe.time may possess not more than 15. Woodcock.—Four, and any person at any one time may possess Woodcock.not more than 4. Mourning doves.—Twenty, and any person at any one time may Mourning doves.possess not more than 20. 1766 Band-tailed pigeons. Band-tailed pigeons.—Ten, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 10. Limits applicable to imports from Canada, etc. The possession limits hereinbefore prescribed shall apply as well to ducks, geese, brant, rails including coot and gallinules, Wilson's snipe or jacksnipe, woodcock, mourning doves, and band-tailed pigeons taken in Canada or other foreign country and brought into the United States, as to those taken in the United States. " [49 Stat. 3461](/us/stat/49/3461). Regulation 6, “Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds”, is amended to read as follows: " Regulation 6.—Shipment, Transportation, and Possession of Certain Migratory Game Birds Shipment, transportation, and possession.Additional regulations. The migratory game birds of a species for which open seasons are prescribed by regulation 4 of these regulations, and parts thereof, legally taken may be transported in any manner in or out of the State where taken during the respective open seasons in that State, and when legally taken in and exported from Canada may be imported into the United States during the open season in the Province where taken, but not more than the number thereof that may be taken in 1 day by one person under these regulations shall be transported by one person in 1 calendar week out of the State where taken or from Canada into the United States; any such birds or parts thereof in transit during the open season may continue in transit such additional time immediately succeeding such open season, not to exceed 5 days, necessary to deliver the same to their destination, and may be possessed in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where killed, and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season; and any package in which such birds or parts thereof are transported shall have the name and address of the shipper and of the consignee and an accurate statement of the numbers and kinds of birds or parts thereof contained therein clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof; but no such birds or parts thereof shall be transported from any State, Territory, or District to or through another State, Territory, or District or to or through a Province of the Dominion of Canada contrary to the laws of the State, Territory, or District in which they were taken or from which they are transported; nor shall any such birds or parts thereof be transported into any State, Territory, or District from another State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada, or from any State, Territory, or District into any Province of the Dominion of Canada, at a time when any such State, Territory, or District, or Province of the Dominion of Canada, into which they are transported prohibits the possession or transportation thereof. Imports other than from Canada. *Migratory game birds imported from countries other than Canada*.— Migratory game birds of a species for which an open season is prescribed *Ante*, p. 1763.by regulation 4, lawfully taken in and exported from a foreign country (other than Canada, for which provision is hereinbefore made), may be transported to and possessed in any State of the United States during the open season prescribed by regulation 4 in such State for that species and for a period of 10 days immediately succeeding such open season, and in the District of Columbia during the open season so prescribed for Maryland and 10 days thereafter, in numbers in any 1 calendar week not exceeding those permitted to be taken in 1 day by regulation 5, if transportation and possession of such birds is not prohibited by the laws of such State or District and if imported and transported in packages marked as hereinbefore provided. " [43 Stat. 1916](/us/stat/43/1916). Regulation 8, “Permits to Propagate and Sell Migratory Waterfowl”, is amended to read as follows: 1767 " Regulation 8.—Permits to Propagate and Sell Migratory WaterfowlWaterfowl propagation, etc. 1. A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to him Permit requirements modified.by a State, on its part, authorizing him to take therein migratory waterfowl or their eggs for propagating purposes, may take such birds or their eggs in such State for such purposes when authorized, by a permit issued to him by the Secretary, which permit may limit the species and numbers of birds or eggs that may be taken and the period during which and the locality where they may be taken. Both permits shall be carried on the person of the permittee when he is taking migratory waterfowl or their eggs and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see them. Waterfowl and their eggs so taken may be possessed by the permittee and may be sold and transported by him for propagating purposes to any person holding a permit issued by the Secretary in accordance with the provisions of this regulation. 2. A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to him by a State, on its part, authorizing him to possess, buy, sell, and transport migratory waterfowl and their increase and eggs for propagating purposes, may possess, buy, sell, and transport such waterfowl and their increase and eggs for such purposes when authorized by a permit issued to him by the Secretary; and migratory, waterfowl, except the birds taken under paragraph 1 of this regulation, so possessed may be killed by him at any time and in any manner (except that they may be killed by shooting only during the open season for waterfowl in the State where killed), and the carcasses, with heads and feet attached thereto, may be sold and transported by him to any person for actual consumption, or to the keeper of a hotel, restaurant, or boarding house, a retail dealer in meat or game, or a club, for sale or service to their patrons, who may possess such carcasses for actual consumption without a permit, but no such birds that have been killed shall be bartered, sold, or bought unless each bird before attaining the age of 4 weeks shall have had removed from the web of one foot a portion thereof in the form of a V large enough to make a permanent, well-defined mark, which shall be sufficient to identify it as a bird raised in domestication under a permit. 3. Applications for permits shall be addressed to the Secretary of Applications for permits.Agriculture, Washington, D. C., and must state the name and address of the applicant; the place where the propagating project is to be carried on; the area to be used in the project; the facilities the applicant has for properly caring for the waterfowl; the number of each species of waterfowl in his possession, and how, when, and where they were acquired; and, if the application is for a permit to take migratory waterfowl or their eggs, the species and number of each species or eggs of each species proposed to be taken, and the specific locality where it is proposed to take them. 4. Every permittee shall keep books and records that shall correctly Records and reports.set forth the number of each species of waterfowl and their eggs taken by him, if he holds a permit to take waterfowl, the number of each species of waterfowl and their eggs possessed on the date of application for a permit to possess, sell, purchase, or transport such waterfowl, and on the 1st day of each September next following, and for each 12-month period thereafter during the life of the permit, the number of each species reared and killed, the number of each species and their eggs sold and transported, the manner in which such waterfowl and eggs were transported, the name and address of each person from or to whom waterfowl and eggs were purchased or sold, the number and species so purchased or otherwise acquired or sold and whether sold alive or dead, and the date of each transaction. A 1768report correctly setting forth this information for the preceding 12-month period shall be filed annually with the Secretary on or before September 1. 5. Inspection requirements. A permittee shall at all reasonable hours allow any authorized employee of the United States Department of Agriculture to enter and inspect the premises where operations are being carried on under this regulation and to inspect the books and records relating thereto. 6. State permits. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the taking, possession, sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of migratory waterfowl unless the permittee has in his possession while exercising any such privilege a valid, subsisting permit of equivalent tenor issued to Limitations.him by the State in which he proposes to operate. Permits are not transferable and are revocable at any time in the discretion of the Secretary, A permit revoked by the Secretary shall be surrendered to him by the person to whom it was issued on demand of any employee of the United States Department of Agriculture authorized to enforce the provisions of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. 7. Exceptions. A person may possess and transport, subject to the provisions of paragraph 8 of this regulation, for his own use, without a permit, live migratory waterfowl now lawfully possessed or hereafter lawfully acquired by him, but he may not purchase or sell such waterfowl without a permit. A State or municipal game farm or city park may possess, purchase, sell, and transport live migratory waterfowl without a permit, but no such waterfowl shall be purchased from or sold to a person (other than such State or municipal game farm or city park) unless he has a permit. Feathers of wild ducks and wild geese lawfully killed, and feathers of such birds seized and condemned by Federal or State game authorities, may be possessed, bought, sold, and transported for use in making fishing flies, bed pillows, and mattresses, and for similar commercial purposes, but not for millinery or ornamental purposes. 8. Marking Of packages. Every package in which migratory waterfowl or parts or eggs thereof are transported by any means whatever from one State, Territory, or the District of Columbia to, into, or through another State, Territory, or the District of Columbia or to or from a foreign country shall be plainly and clearly marked or labeled on the outside thereof to show the name and address of the consignor and consignee, the contents of the package by number and kind, the number of the permit under authority of which it is transported, and the purpose or which the waterfowl or eggs are being transported. Every package in which migratory waterfowl or their eggs are shipped wholly within a State or Territory for propagating purposes shall be plainly and clearly marked or labeled on the outside thereof in the manner above prescribed. " [49 Stat. 3462](/us/stat/49/3462). Regulation 9, “Permits to Collect Migratory Birds for Scientific Purposes”, is amended to read as follows: " Permits for collecting specimens. Regulation 9.—Permits to Collect Migratory Birds for Scientific Purposes Scientific collections. A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to him by a State, on its part, authorizing him to take therein migratory birds or their nests or eggs for scientific purposes may take such birds or their nests or eggs in such State for such purposes when authorized Requirements.by a permit issued to him by the Secretary. Both permits shall be carried on his person when he is collecting migratory birds thereunder Restrictions.and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see them; but nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of any migratory game bird during the open season therefor in any manner or by any 1769means or at any time of day not permitted by regulations 3 and 4 of these regulations. Application for a permit shall be addressed to the Secretary of Agriculture, Applications for permits.Washington, D. C., and must state the name and address of the applicant, his age, the State or Territory in which specimens are proposed to be taken, the purpose for which they are intended, information sufficient to show that specimens permitted to be taken will be devoted to scientific purposes, and the names and addresses of at least two well-known ornithologists, principals or superintendents of educational or zoological institutions, officials or members of zoological or natural history organizations, or instructors in zoology in high schools, colleges, or universities, from whom may be obtained information respecting the applicant’s status as a scientific investigator. The applicant must furnish such other information touching his fitness to be entrusted with a permit as may be called for by the Secretary. A permit may limit the number and species of migratory birds or Effect of permits.their nests or eggs that may be taken thereunder, and the places where, time when, and means by which they may be taken, and may authorize the holder thereof, when possessed of an equivalent State permit, to possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes; or it may limit the holder to one or more of these privileges. Public museums, zoological parks and societies, and public scientific and educational institutions may possess, buy, sell, exchange, and transport migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes, without a permit, but no specimens shall be taken without a permit or purchased from or exchanged with a person not authorized by a permit to sell or exchange them. The plumage and skins of migratory game birds legally taken may be possessed and transported by a person without a permit. A taxidermist, when authorized by a permit issued by the Secretary, Taxidermists.may possess any migratory bird delivered to him for mounting or like preparation by any person who has lawfully taken or lawfully possesses such bird, and may transport such specimen in consummation of such purpose when likewise authorized by the State in which such permittee is operating. Every such permittee shall keep books and records Maintenance of books and records; Inspection.correctly setting forth the name and address of each person delivering each specimen of migratory bird to him, together with the name of each species, the date of delivery, the disposition of each specimen, and the date thereof, and such books and records shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours on request of any authorized representative of the Department of Agriculture. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the taking, possession, State permits.sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of any migratory bird unless the permittee has in his possession while exercising any such privilege a valid, subsisting permit of equivalent tenor issued to him by the State in which he proposes to operate. Permits are not transferable and are revocable at any time in the discretion of the Secretary. A permit revoked by the Secretary shall be surrendered to him by the person to whom issued, on demand of any employee of the United States Department of Agriculture authorized to enforce the provisions of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. A person holding a permit under this regulation shall report annually to the Secretary, on or before the 10th day of January, the number of birds or nests or eggs of each species taken, bought, sold, received, possessed, mounted, exchanged, or transported during the preceding 12 months, and failure to make such report will be cause for revocation of the permit. Every package in which migratory birds or their nests or eggs are Marking of packages.transported by any means whatever for scientific purposes, from one State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, to, into, or through 1770another State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, or to or from a foreign country shall be plainly and clearly marked or labeled on the outside thereof to show the name and address of consignor and consignee, the contents of the package by number and kind, the number of the permit under authority of which it is transported, and that the specimens contained therein are for scientific purposes. Every package in which migratory birds or their nests or eggs are shipped wholly within a State or Territory, for scientific purposes, shall be plainly and clearly marked or labeled on the outside thereof in the manner above prescribed. " AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that approval of the foregoing amendatory regulations will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act and result in reducing the annual kill of migratory game birds: Amendatory regulations approved and proclaimed. NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing amendatory regulations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12 day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President William Phillips *Acting Secretary of State* 2195 September 2, 1936 Fire Prevention Week—1936 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Fire Prevention Week—1936 September 2, 1936[No. 2195] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Fire Prevention Week, 1936.Preamble. WHEREAS the annual fire loss in the United States includes thousands of human lives taken and hundreds of millions of dollars of property values destroyed; and WHEREAS this loss has been materially reduced by the preventive measures adopted during recent years; and WHEREAS further improvement can be brought about by our common effort to eliminate fire hazards and to prevent destructive fires in the home, school, factory, and forest, and on the farm: Week beginning October 4, 1936, designated as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim and designate the week beginning October 4, 1936, as Fire Prevention Week, and I invite the cooperation of all of our people in the further elimination of existing fire hazards to the end that the loss of life, the destruction of property, and the suffering caused thereby may be still further reduced. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2 day of September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2196 September 3, 1936 Gold Star Mother’s Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1771 Gold Star Mother’s Day September 3, 1936[No. 2196] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the preamble to Public Resolution 123, 74th Congress, Gold Star Mother’s Day.Preamble.[49 Stat. 1895](/us/stat/49/1895).[36 U. S. C., Supp. II, §§ 147, 148](/us/usc/t36/s147/148).Statutory provisions.approved June 23, 1936, recites:" “WHEREAS the service rendered the United States by the American mother is the greatest source of the country’s strength and inspiration; and “WHEREAS we honor ourselves and the mothers of America when we revere and give emphasis to the home as the fountain-head of the state; and “WHEREAS the American mother is doing so much for the home and for the moral and spiritual uplift of the people of the United States and hence so much for good government and humanity; and “WHEREAS the American Gold Star Mothers suffered the supreme sacrifice of motherhood in the loss of their sons and daughters in the World War;” " AND WHEREAS the said Public Resolution 123 provides: " “That the President of the United States is hereby authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the Government officials to display the United States flag on all Government buildings, and the people of the United States to display the flag and to hold appropriate meetings at their homes, churches, or other suitable places, on the last Sunday in September, as a public expression of the love, sorrow, and reverence of the people of the United States for the American Gold Star Mothers. “Sec. 2. That the last Sunday in September shall hereafter be designated and known as ‘Gold Star Mother’s Day’, and it shall be the duty of the President to request its observance as provided for in this resolution.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentSunday, September 27, designated as. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid public resolution, do by this proclamation designate Sunday, September 27, 1936, as Gold Star Mother’s Day and direct Government officials to display the United States flag on all Government buildings, and do call upon the people of the United States to display the flag and to hold appropriate meetings at their homes, churches, or other suitable places on that day as a public expression of the love, honor, and reverence of the people of the United States for the American Gold Star Mothers. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 3rd day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2197 September 22, 1936 Columbus Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1772 Columbus Day September 22, 1936[No. 2197] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Columbus Day, 1936.Preamble.[48 Stat. 657](/us/stat/48/657).[36 U. S. C. § 146](/us/usc/t36/s146).Statutory provisions.WHEREAS Public Resolution 21, Seventy-third Congress, approved April 30, 1934, provides:" “That the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation designating October 12 of each year as Columbus Day and calling upon officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on said date and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies expressive of the public sentiment befitting the anniversary of the discovery of America.”; " October 12, 1936, designated as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid public resolution, do by this proclamation designate October 12, 1936, as Columbus Day and do direct that on that day the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings; and, further, I do invite the people of the United States to observe the day with appropriate ceremonies in schools and churches, or other suitable places. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 22nd day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2198 September 26, 1936 General Pulaski Memorial Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation General Pulaski Memorial Day September 26, 1936[No. 2198] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION General Pulaski Memorial Day.Preamble.WHEREAS by the War for American Independence there was established in this land a broader freedom than the world had ever known before; and WHEREAS it is fitting that we should hold ever in honor the heroes of that War in order that the American youth of today may be better prepared to preserve intact the liberties their forefathers won; and. WHEREAS one of the most valiant warriors in the American struggle for independence was that heroic foe of tyranny and oppression, General Casimir Pulaski, who fell mortally wounded at the siege of Savannah, while fighting for liberty, and died, on October 11, 1779; and 1773 WHEREAS Public Resolution 110, 74th Congress, approved[49 Stat. 1565](/us/stat/49/1565). June 20, 1936, provides: " “That the President of the United States is authorized and directed to issue a proclamation calling upon officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all govern-mental buildings on October 11, 1936, and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies in commemoration of the death of General Casimir Pulaski.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentObservance of anniversary of death invited. of the United States of America, do hereby invite the people of the United States to observe October 11, 1936, the one hundred and fifty-seventh anniversary of the glorious death of General Pulaski, as General Pulaski Memorial Day, with appropriate ceremonies in schools and churches or other suitable places, and do direct that the flag shall be displayed upon all Government buildings on that day, as a mark of respect to his memory. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26″ day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2199 September 30, 1936 American Education Week Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation American Education Week September 30, 1936[No. 2199] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION An opportunity for all of our people to obtain the education thatAmerican Education Week. will best fit them for their life work and their responsibilities as citizens is the ideal of American education. It is an ideal which has been a vital factor in our national development since 1647 when the General Court of Massachusetts enacted the historic measure providing for an elementary school in every township of fifty householders and a grammar school in every town of one hundred families “to instruct youth so fair as they may be fited for ye university”. In the expansion of the nation the school has moved with the frontier, and time and experience have demonstrated that universal education is essential to national progress. It is accordingly with a feeling of earnest gratification that we note the improvement which has taken place with respect to the educational situation in the United States. Teaching positions which were eliminated during the depression years are being restored and teachers’ salaries have returned to pre-depression levels in an encouraging number of school systems, colleges, and universities. There has been a steady increase in the attendance of students at elementary schools, high schools, and colleges. 1774 It is particularly appropriate, therefore, that a time be set apart this year for a widespread and understanding observance of the benefits that flow from a continuing advancement of the standards of American education. Week beginning November 9, 1936, designated as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin Delano Roosevelt, President of the United States, do by this proclamation designate the week beginning Monday, November 9, 1936, as American Education Week and urge that it be observed throughout the United States. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 30th day of September, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2200 October 7, 1936 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—Montana Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—Montana October 7, 1936[No. 2200] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Red Rock Lakes Migratory Waterfowl Refuge. Mont.Preamble.[40 Stat. 765](/us/stat/40/765).[16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711](/us/usc/t16/s703–711).WHEREAS the Acting Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to me for approval the following regulation adopted by him under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755): Regulation Designating as Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Certain Lands and Waters Adjacent to and in the Vicinity of the Red Rock Lakes Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Montana. Regulation designating certain areas as sanctuaries.[39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702).I, M. L. Wilson, Acting Secretary of Agriculture, after consideration of the exigencies of the migratory waterfowl and other migratory birds included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds, concluded August 16, 1916, resident upon and resorting to the Red Rock Lakes Migratory Waterfowl Refuge in Beaverhead County, Montana, established by Executive Order No. 7023 of April 22, 1935, and enlarged by Executive Order No. 7172 of September 4, 1935, have determined that to allow the hunting, taking, capturing, or killing of such migratory waterfowl or other migratory birds, or the attempt to hunt, take, capture, or kill such migratory waterfowl or other migratory birds, or the taking of their nests or eggs in or on any lands or waters in the said County embraced within the exterior boundary hereinafter described and designated “Area closed to hunting” on the diagram hereto attached and made a part of tins regulation, which said lands and waters at the date hereof are adjacent to or in the vicinity of, but not incorporated in, the said Red Rock Lakes Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, would defeat the protection sought to be extended to such migratory waterfowl and other migratory birds by the establishment of the said refuge and, therefore, would be incompatible with the terms of the said Convention: Hunting, etc., forbidden.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. 703–711](/us/usc/t16/s703–711). WHEREFORE, by virtue of authority vested in me by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), and in extension of Regulation 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regula1775tions, the aforesaid lands and waters are designated as a closed area and the hunting, taking, capturing, or killing of such migratory waterfowl or other migratory birds, or the attempt to hunt, take, capture, or kill such migratory waterfowl or other migratory birds, or the taking of their nests or eggs therein or thereon is not permitted. All lands and waters within the aforesaid boundaries withdrawn, set apart, and designated, in part, as the Red Rock Lakes Migratory Waterfowl Refuge by the aforesaid Executive Orders are closed by virtue of said Orders, and the Acts of Congress thereunto appertaining, to entry for any purpose except in accordance with regulations of the Secretary of Agriculture, and all hunting either of migratory or non-migratory birds or wild life of any kind on said lands and waters is forbidden by law. Description of the Boundary Above Referred to Principal Meridian Description. Beginning at the northwest corner of sec. 35, T. 13 S., R. 2 W., Thence from said initial point, Easterly on line line 11So in original. between secs. 26 and 35, and secs. 25 and 36 to the east boundary of T. 13 S., R. 2 W.; Thence on section lines in T. 13 S., R. 1 W., Easterly between secs. 30 and 31 ; Southerly between secs. 31 and 32 to the south boundary of T. 13 S., R. 1 W.; Thence easterly on said boundary to the one-quarter corner of secs. 32 and 5; Thence on subdivision lines of sec. 5, T. 14 S., R. 1 W., Southerly to the center one-quarter corner; Easterly to the one-quarter corner of secs. 4 and 5; Thence northerly on line between secs. 4 and 5 to the north one-sixteenth corner of secs. 4 and 5; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 4, Easterly on south boundary of lots 4, 3, and 2; Northerly between lots 1 and 2 to the east one-sixteenth corner of sec. 4 on the north boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 W.; Thence westerly on said boundary line to the southwest corner of sec. 33, T. 13 S., R. 1 W.; Thence in T. 13 S., R. 1 W., northerly on line between secs. 32 and 33, and secs. 28 and 29, to the one-quarter corner thereof; Thence on subdivisional linos in sec. 28, Easterly to the center one-quarter corner; Southerly to the one-quarter corner of secs. 28 and 33; Thence on section lines, Easterly between secs. 28 and 33; Northerly between secs. 27 and 28 to the south one-sixteenth corner thereof; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 27, Easterly to the southwest one-sixteenth corner; Southerly to the west one-sixteenth corner of secs. 27 and 34; Thence easterly on lines between secs. 27 and 34, 26 and 35, and secs. 25 and 36 to the east boundary of T. 13 S., R. 1 W.; Thence southerly on the east boundary of Tps. 13 and 14 S., R. 1 W. to the north one-sixteenth corner of secs. 7 and 12, T. 14 S., Rs. 1 W. and 1 E. ; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec.. 12, T. 14 S., R. 1 W., Westerly to the northeast one-sixteenth corner ; Westerly to the southeast one-sixteenth corner; Southerly to the east boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 W.; Easterly to the east boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 W.; 1776 Thence southerly on east boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 W., to the north one-sixteenth corner of secs. 13 and 18; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 18, T. 14 S., R. 1 E., Easterly to the north center one-sixteenth corner; Northerly to the one-quarter corner of secs. 7 and 18; Thence on section lines, Easterly to the one-quarter corner of secs. 7 and 18; Southerly between secs. 17 and 18 to the one-quarter corner thereof; Thence westerly on center line through sec. 18 to the west boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 E.; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 13 T. 14 S., R. 1 W., Westerly to the west center one-sixteenth corner; Southerly to the southwest one-sixteenth corner; Easterly to the southeast one-sixteenth corner; Southerly to the east one-sixteenth corner of secs. 13 and 24; Thence easterly on line between secs. 13 and 24 to the east boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 W.; Thence southerly on east boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 W., to the south one-sixteenth corner of secs. 25 and 30; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 25 T. 14 S., R. 1 W., Westerly to the southeast one-sixteenth corner; Northerly to the east center one-sixteenth corner; Westerly to the one-quarter corner of secs. 25 and 26; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 26, Westerly to the east center one-sixteenth corner; Northerly to the east one-sixteenth corner of secs. 23 and 26; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 23, Northerly to the southeast one-sixteenth corner; Westerly to the south center one-sixteenth corner; Northerly to the north center one-sixteenth corner; Westerly to the meander corner of Lots 1 and 2, on the easterly shore of Upper Red Rock Lake, and continuing southwesterly with the meanders thereof to the meander corner of secs. 22 and 23; Thence southerly on line between secs. 22 and 23 to the south one-sixteenth corner thereof ; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 23, Easterly to the southwest one-sixteenth corner; Thence to the west one-sixteenth corner of secs. 23 and 26; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 26, Southerly to the northwest one-sixteenth corner; Westerly to the north one-sixteenth corner of secs. 26 and 27; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 27, Westerly to the north center one-sixteenth corner; Northerly to the one-quarter corner of secs. 22 and 27; Thence on section lines, Westerly between secs. 22 and 27; Thence between secs. 27 and 28 to the north one-sixteenth corner thereof; Thence westerly on subdivisional line through sec. 28 to the north one-sixteenth corner of secs. 28 and 29; Thence southerly on line between secs. 28 and 29 to the east one-quarter corner of sec. 29; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 29, Westerly to the center one-quarter corner; Northerly to the one-quarter corner of secs. 20 and 29 ; Thence northerly on subdivisional line through sec. 20 to the one-quarter corner of secs. 17 and 20; 1777 Thence westerly on line between secs. 17 and 20, and secs. 18 and 19 to the west boundary of T. 14 S., R. 1 W. ; Thence westerly between secs. 13 and 24, T. 14 S., R. 2 W., to the east one-sixteenth corner thereof; Thence on subdivisional lines in sec. 24, Southerly to the east center one-sixteenth corner; Westerly to the west center one-sixteenth corner; Northerly to the west one-sixteenth corner of secs. 13 and 24; Thence on section lines, Westerly between secs. 13 and 24, and secs. 14 and 23; Northerly between secs. 14 and 15, 10 and 11, and secs. 2 and 3 to the meander corner thereof, located on the southeast bank of Lower Red Rock Lake; Thence northerly across Lower Red Rock Lake, passing into T. 13 S., R. 2 W., to the meander corner of secs. 34 and 35, located on the north bank of said lake; Thence northerly on line between secs. 34 and 35 to place of beginning. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that approval of the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Convention and the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentRegulation approved and proclaimed. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this Seventh day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2201 October 12, 1936 Ouachita National Forest—Arkansas and Oklahoma Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Ouachita National Forest—Arkansas and Oklahoma October 12, 1936[No. 2201] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain lands within areas adjoining the OuachitaOuachita National Forest, Ark. and Okla.Preamble.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516). National Forest, in Arkansas and Oklahoma, have been acquired by the United States under authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to add such lands and certain adjoining public lands within the areas hereinafter designated to the said National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentArea enlarged. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103); [30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36); [36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. §§ 471, 473](/us/usc/t16/s471/473). Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 11, 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473),16 U. S. C. § 521. and section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911, do proclaim that all 1778lands of the United States within the following-described areas are included in and reserved as a part of the Ouachita National Forest, and that all lands within such areas which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, snail upon acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered as a part of the said National Forest: Fifth Principal Meridian—Arkansas Description. T. 1 S., R. 17 W., secs. 2 to 11, inclusive; and secs. 14 to 23, inclusive. T. 1 N., R. 17 W., secs. 2 to 11, inclusive; secs. 14 to 23, inclusive, and secs. 26 to 35, inclusive. T. 2 N., R. 17 W., secs. 26 to 29, inclusive, and secs. 32 to 35, inclusive. T. 1 S., R. 18 W., secs. 1 to 24, inclusive; secs. 27 to 32, inclusive, and N½ sec. 33. T. 1 N., R. 18 W., Entire T. 2 S., R. 19 W., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive; secs. 16 to 18, inclusive, and W½ sec. 19. T. 2 S., R. 19 W., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive; secs. 16 to 18, inclusive, and W½ sec. 19. T. 1 S., R. 19 W., Entire T. 1 N., R. 19 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 2 S., R. 20 W., secs. 1, 2, 5, 6; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive, and secs. 23 and 24. T. 1 S., R. 20 W., Entire T. 1 N., R. 20 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 4 S., R. 23 W., SW¼ sec. 7, and N½ and W½ of SW¼ sec. 18. T. 3 S., R. 23 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 2 S., R. 23 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 1 S., R. 23 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 1 N., R. 23 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 4 S., R. 24 W., secs. 1 to 18, inclusive; N½ secs. 19 to 23, inclusive; sec. 24, and E½, N½ NW¼, SE¼ NW¼, NE¼ SW¼ sec. 25. T. 3 S., R. 24 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 2 S., R. 24 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 1 S., R. 24 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 1 N., R. 24 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 4 S., R. 25 W., secs. 1 to 6, inclusive; secs. 8 to 17, inclusive; secs. 20 to 24, inclusive; secs. 26 to 30, inclusive; T. 4 S., R. 25 W., N½ and SE¼ sec. 7, and W½SW¼ sec. 19. T. 3 S., R. 25 W., secs. 31 to 36, inclusive. T. 2 S., R. 25 W., Entire township except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration.1779 T. 1 S., R. 25 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 4 S., R. 26 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 2 S., R. 26 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 1 S., R. 26 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 2 S., R. 27 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 1 S., R. 27 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 4 S., R. 29 W., S½ secs. 19 and 20, and secs. 27 to 30, inclusive. T. 4 S., R. 30 W., S½ secs. 23, 24, 27 and 28, and secs. 25 and 26. T. 2 N., R. 30 W., secs. 5 to 10, inclusive, and secs. 15 to 18, inclusive. T. 3 N., R. 30 W., N½ secs. 1 to 6, inclusive; S½ secs. 16, 17 and 18, and secs. 19, 20, 21, 29, 30, 31 and 32. T. 4 N., R. 30 W., secs. 18 to 28, inclusive; secs. 33 to 36, inclusive, and SE¼ sec. 32. T. 4 S., R. 31 W., secs. 3, 4, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16; SE¼ and W½ sec. 2, and N½ secs. 21, 22 and 23, and NW¼ sec. 24. T. 3 S., R. 31 W., secs. 3, 4, 9, 10, 16, 21, 27, 28, 33 and 34; W½ sec. 15; W½ and SE¼ sec. 22; W½ secs. 26 and 35. T. 2 S., R. 31 W., S½ secs. 33 and 34, and SW¼ sec. 35. T. 1 N., R. 31 W., sec. 6, and N½ sec. 7. T. 2 N., R. 31 W., secs. 1, 2, 3; secs. 8 to 19, inclusive, and secs. 30 and 31. T. 3 N., R. 31 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 4 N., R. 31 W., secs. 13, 14; secs. 19 to 24, inclusive; secs. 29 to 30, and S½ sec. 15. T. 1 N., R. 32 W., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive. T. 2 N., R. 32 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 3 N., R. 32 W., All except parts hitherto placed under national forest administration. T. 4 N., R. 32 W., secs. 25, 26, 27, 28, 31, 32 and 33; N½ and SW¼ sec. 34, and NW¼ sec. 35. T. 1 N., R. 33 W., fractional secs. 1 and 12. T. 2 N., R. 33 W., fractional secs. 1 and 36. T. 3 N., R. 33 W., fractional sec. 1; N½ fractional sec. 12; S½ fractional sec. 13; fractional secs. 24, 25, and 36. T. 4 N., R. 33 W., fractional sec. 36. The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all landsRights, etc., not affected. which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Order No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, as amended, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. 1780 IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12th day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2202 October 13, 1936 Angelina National Forest—Texas Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Angelina National Forest—Texas October 13, 1936[No. 2202] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Angelina National Forest, Tex.Preamble.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. 513, 516](/us/usc/t16/s513/516).WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Texas have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sections 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands as the Angelina National Forest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S, C., title 16, section [16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, section 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Angelina National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described area, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Angelina National Forest: Description.Beginning at a point on the right bank of Ayish Bayou and opposite the point of confluence with the Angelina River; thence up and with the meanders of the right bank of Ayish Bavou, northerly 3157.00 chains to the fourth corner of the Wm. White Survey, Abstract 308; thence with the north line of the Wm. White Survey, S 89°30′ W 82.50 chains to corner 19 of Tract A2k–I, property of the United States; thence with three
(3)lines of said tract, North 21.30 chains, West 9.80 chains, North 20.10 chains to Monument–A177; thence S 89°45′ W′ 27.90 chains to a point on the south line of the John H. Kirby Survey No. 2, Abstract No. 567 ; thence through the said John II. Kirby Survey No. 2, N 0°55′ W 58.80 chains to corner 32 of Tract A2i–II1, property of the United States; thence with six
(6)lines of said tract, Ñ 0°55′ W 144.00 chains, S 89°15′ W 39.30 chains, N 0°50′ W 36.30 chains, S 89°10′ W 167.50 chains, S l°00′ E 70.70 chains, N 65°00′ W 45.00 chains to comer 26 of said tract; thence with Tracts A2i–III and A2i–VI, southwesterly 103.10 chains to comer 21 of Tract A2i–III; thence three
(3)lines of the Morgan Berry Survey, Abstract No. 59, passing corners 20 and 3 of Tract A2i–III to comer 2 of said tract; thence with Tract A2i–III, S 53°35′ W 202.30 chains to comer 1 of said tract; thence with the northwest line of the John Johnson Survey, Abstract No. 170, south-westerly 228.00 chains to a point on the left bank of the Attoyaco 1781River; thence crossing the river and running northerly up and with the right bank 591.00 chains to a point opposite and easterly of the beginning corner of the Remigio Totin Survey, Abstract No. 56; thence with the south line of the Remigio Totin Survey, westerly 139.00 chains to Monument–A224, identical with corner 1 of Tract A3–III, property of the United States; thence with two
(2)lines of said tract, N 2°00′ E 53.14 chains, westerly 291.50 chains passing Monument–A466 to a point in the west line of said survey identical with Monument–A430; thence S l°50′ W 22.71 chains to comer 23 of said tract, identical with the seventh corner of the Abraham Kuykendall Survey, Abstract No. 37; thence with three
(3)lines of said Abraham Kuykendall Survey, S 89°05′ W 93.37 chains, S 27°10′ W 160.08 chains, S 22’10′ E 162.18 chains to the beginning corner thereof in Durazno Bayou and identical with Monument–A446; thence down and with said Bayou to the confluence with the Angelina River; thence down and with the left bank of Angelina River 665.00 chains to a point opposite and northeasterly of the beginning corner of the Willafred Stanley Survey, Abstract No. 48; thence crossing the Angelina River and with the southeast line of the Willafred Stanley Survey southwesterly 434.00 chains to the second corner of said survey; thence with the southwest line of said survey and passing corners 19 and 18 of Tract A2–I, property of the United States, northwesterly 105.00 chains to the third comer of said Willafred Stanley survey ; thence with the northwest line of said survey and passing comers 2 and 1 of Tract A2e, property of the United States, northeasterly 65.50 chains to a point south of the sixth comer of the Nicholas White Survey, Abstract No. 655; thence within said Nicholas White Survey north 19.50 chains to the sixth comer of said survey; thence two
(2)Unes of the J. T. P. Irvine Survey, Abstract No. 368, S 89’10′ W 57.56 chains, N 0’50′ W 8.42 chains to a point in the west line of said survey; thence with two
(2)lines within the Cyrus Ivy Survey, Abstract No. 367, S 89’10′ W 15.80 chains, N 76’10′ W 17.50 chains to corner 6 of Tract A2–I, property of the United States; thence with ten
(10)lines of said Tract A2–I, S 89°15′ W 51.02 chains, South 10.37 chains, West 15.32 chains, South 25.97 chains, S 89’45′ W 79.00 chains, S 1’20′ E 51.75 chains, West 15.64 chains, S 1’25′ E 170.60 chains, N 89’10′ E 24.29 chains, S 1’00′ E 39.95 chains to corner 41 thereof; thence with said Tract A2–I, N. 89’25′ E about 47.00 chains, crossing the Texas and New Orleans Railroad right-of-way to a point in the northeast line thereof; thence with said right-of-way line, southeasterly 80.00 chains to the west line of the Daniel McGraw Survey, Abstract No. 448; thence southerly 15.00 chains to the third corner of said survey; thence with the south line of said survey easterly 20.00 chains to the fifth corner of the Amin ta Shields Survey, Abstract No. 556; thence with the west line of said survey southeasterly 54.00 chains to the fourth comer thereof and on the north line of the Martin L. Baker Survey, Abstract No. 740; thence with the north line of said survey westerly 34.50 chains to the fourth corner thereof; thence with four
(4)lines of the Martin L. Baker Survey southerly 34.43 chains, easterly 11.20 chains, southeasterly 56.57 chains, easterly 38.39 chains, to the eighth corner thereof in the north line of the William 11So In original. Johnson Survey, Abstract No. 371; thence with three
(3)lines of said Williams 11So In original. Johnson Survey easterly 9.00 chains, southerly 47.00 chains, westerly 1.68 chains to the third corner of the Stephen J. Stanley Survey, Abstract No. 47; thence with the east line of said Stephen J. Stanley Survey south1782erly 282.00 chains to the second comer thereof; thence westerly with the south line of said survey to the center of Shawnee Creek; thence southerly down and with Shawnee Creek to the point of confluence with the Neches River; thence easterly down with the left bank of the Neches River 2000.00 chains to the eighth corner of the Wm. B. Green Survey, Abstract No. 155; thence with five
(5)lines of said survey easterly 131.15 chains, southerly 62.71 chains, easterly 42.34 chains, northerly 64.06 chains, easterly 111.29 chains to a point on the right bank of the Angelina River; thence up and with the right bank of the Angelina River 1050.00 chains to a point opposite and southerly of the point of beginning; thence northerly crossing the Angelina River 2.00 chains to the point of beginning. The area described above is graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 13″ day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2203 October 13, 1936 Davy Crockett National Forest—Texas Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Davy Crockett National Forest—Texas October 13, 1936[No. 2203] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Davy Crockett National Forest, Tex.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516).WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Texas have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, secs. 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands as the Davy Crockett National Forest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Davy Crockett National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described area, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition. be reserved and administered as a part of the Davy Crockett National Forest: Description.Beginning in Trinity County and on the right bank of the Neches River at a point identical with the beginning corner of Tract K2a–I as surveyed by the U. S. Forest Service; thence with said tract, West 23.80 chains to a point north of the beginning corner of Tract K2u, property of the United States; thence crossing the James A. Lee survey, Abstract No. 389, South 57.70 chains to the beginning corner of Tract K2u; thence with three
(3)1783lines of said tract, South 45.00 chains, S. 88°30′ W. 23.20 chains, N. 1°30′ W 45.50 chains to corner 4 thereof; thence with two
(2)lines of the Abraham Ånding survey, Abstract No. 54, West 56.00 chains to the northwest corner thereof, South 25.70 chains to the northeast corner of the B. B. B. & C. R. R. Co. survey, Abstract No. 101 ; thence with two
(2)lines of said B. B. B. & C. R. R. Co. survey, West 80.00 chains to the northwest corner thereof, South 80.00 chains to the southwest corner thereof and on the east line of the M. D. White survey, Abstract No. 661 ; thence with three
(3)lines of said M. D. White survey, South 67.55 chains to the southeast corner thereof, West 47.35 chains to the southwest corner thereof, North 13.75 chains to the southeast corner of the John D. Windham survey, Abstract No. 653; thence along the south boundaries of the following named surveys: John D. Windham, supra, Jesse James, Abstract No. 364; Jesse James, Abstract No. 366; Thomas Trevathan, Abstract No. 596; and John Conklin, Abstract No. 140, westerly 240 chains to the northwest corner of the Thomas Trevathan survey, Abstract No. 598, on an east line of the J. Poitevent survey, Abstract No. 507; thence with four
(4)lines of the said J. Poitevent survey, South 40.00 chains to the ninth corner of said survey, East 10.70 chains, South 48.50 chains, West 26.30 chains to the sixth corner of said survey, identical with the northeast corner of the J. Poitevent survey, Abstract No. 508; thence with two
(2)lines of the said J. Poitevent survey, West 83.00 chains to the northwest corner of said survey, South 77.00 chains to the southwest corner thereof and on the east line of the J. Poitevent survey, Abstract No. 509 ; thence with the east line of said J. Poitevent survey, South 17.50 chains to the southeast corner of said survey, identical with the sixth corner of the B. G. O’Neal survey, Abstract No. 940; thence continuing and crossing the said B. G. O’Neal survey. South 10.00 chains to a point on a south line of said B. G. O’Neal survey, between the eighth and ninth corners thereof; thence with four
(4)lines of said survey, East 13.40 chains, South 42.10 chains, East 1.20 chains, South 40.00 chains to the twelfth corner of said survey on the north line of the Juan Carmona survey, Abstract No. 6; thence with two
(2)lines of said Juan Carmona survey, westerly 26.00 chains, to the northwest corner thereof, southerly 83.00 chains to the sixth corner of the M. S. Hoffman survey, Abstract No. 260; thence with three
(3)lines of the M. S. Hoffman survey, West 91.34 chains, North 57.75 chains, West 44.20 chains to the northwest corner thereof and on the east line of the Heirs of George Wilson survey, Abstract No. 631; thence with two
(2)lines of said survey, northerly 15.00 chains to the northeast corner thereof, westerly 43.00 chains to the east line of the Bryant S. Mangum survey, Abstract No. 428; thence with two
(2)lines of the Bryant S. Mangum survey, southerly 8.00 chains to the southeast corner thereof and identical with Monument–K399, S 89°30′ W 41.50 chains to the southwest corner thereof and identical with the third corner of the Richard Gregory survey, Abstract No. 233 ; thence with two
(2)lines of the Richard Gregory survey, North 40.40 chains to the second corner thereof, West 70.90 chains to the beginning corner thereof and identical with the fourth corner of the Solomon Adams survey, Abstract No. 64; thence with four
(4)lines of the Solomon Adams survey, South 82.20 chains to corner 3 of Tract K2f, property of the United States, East 29.70 chains to corner 4 of said tract, S 0°30′ W 20.20 chains to corner 5, West 38.30 chains to corner 6 of said Tract K2f, identical with the eighth corner of said Solomon Adams survey and on the southeast line of the Ignacio de los Santos Coy 1784survey, Abstract No. 13; thence with said survey. S 30°00′ W 147.00 chains to State Highway No. 106; thence with said highway N. 67°30′ W 60.00 chains to Tract K2c, property of the United States and at a point between corners 12 and 13 thereof; thence with three
(3)lines of said Tract K2c, passing corners 13 and 14 thereof, to State Highway No. 106; thence with said highway, N. 67°30′ W 9S.00 chains to said Tract K2c, at a point between corners 27 and 28 thereof; thence with ten
(10)lines of Tract K2c, passing corners 28 to 36 inclusive, to corner 37 which is identical with Monument–K455; thence with two
(2)lines within the Maria Guadalupe de Castro survey, Abstract No. 9,. N. 49°45′ W 48.00 chains to corner 4 of tract K2d, property of the United States, N. 60°00′ W 108.00 chains to a point in line of tract K2–III, property of the United States and at a point between corners 44 and 45 thereof; thence with twenty
(20)lines of said tract K2–III, passing corners 45 to 62 inclusive, 428.10 chains to corner 63 of said tract; thence N. 29°30′ E 64.00 chains to corner 66 of Tract K2–III, thence with two
(2)lines of Tract K2–III, passing corner 67,118.80 chains to corner 68 and identical with the southeast corner of the R. Miller survey, Abstract No. 414; thence with two
(2)lines of said R. Miller survey, N. 60°00′ W 61.54 chains, N. 10°00′ E 12.33 chains to the eighth corner thereof and on the southwest line of the A. E. Westall survey, Abstract No. 48; thence with the southwest line of said A. E. Westall survey, N. 79°15′ W 142.00 chains to the beginning corner of said survey, identical with corner 84 of Tract K2–1II; thence with the northwest line of the A. E. Westall survey, northeasterly 275.00 chains to corner 92 of Tract K2–III; thence with five
(5)lines of Tract K2–III, passing corners 93 to 96 inclusive, 155.10 chains to corner 97 on the northwest line of the John D. Stepp survey, Abstract No. 567; thence with two
(2)lines of the said John D. Stepp survey, N. 10°00′ E 21.50 chains, S. 80°00′ E 40.00 chains to the third corner thereof and on the northwest line of the N. E. Morris survey, Abstract No. 431 : thence with three
(3)lines of the N. E. Morris survey, N. 10°00′ E 25.00 chains, S. 80°00′ E 40.00 chains, S. 10°00′ W 9 chains to the sixth corner of the John D. Stepp survey; thence with a north line of said John D. Stepp survey and the Christopher Fox survey, Abstract No. 215, southeasterly 21.00 chains to corner 102 of Tract K2–III; thence with four
(4)lines of Tract K2–III, passing corners 103, 104 and 105 to corner 106 on the south line of the James Perry survey. Abstract No. 487; thence S. 81°30′ E 10.00 chains to the third corner of the James Perry survey; thence along the east line of the said survey northerly 46.30 chains to the fourth corner thereof ; thence with two
(2)lines of the W. W. Davis survey, Abstract No. 182, North 45.10 chains, N. 80°00′ W 32.20 chains to the fourth corner thereof; thence northwesterly 2.00 chains to corner 58 of Tract K2b, property of the United States; thence with four
(4)lines of Tract K2b, passing corners 59, 60, and 61, 61.70 chains to corner 62 of Tract K2b on the southwest line of the W. J. Ward survey, Abstract No. 676; thence with the southwest and northwest lines of said W. J. Ward survey 58.00 chains to corner 65 of Tract K2b; thence N. 10°15′ E 40.00 chains to corner 7 of Tract K1–V, property of the United States; thence with four
(4)lines of Tract K1–V, passing corners 8, 9, and 10 to corner 11 thereof and on the south line of the Mary Henderson survey, Abstract No. 496; thence with two
(2)lines of said Mary Henderson survey West 45.80 chains to the southwest corner thereof, North 48.00 chains to the beginning corner of the Henry Harris survey, Abstract No. 1205; thence with the northwest line of 1785said Henry Harris survey S. 80°00′ W 69.40 chains to the second corner of the T. J. Ronton survey, Abstract No. 1346; thence with the southwest and northwest lines of said T. J. Routon survey 45.30 chains to the fifth corner thereof and on the southeast line of the Jacob Perkins survey, Abstract No. 850; thence S. 80°00′ W 71.70 chains along the southeast lines of the Jacob Perkins and Amanda Johnson surveys to the second corner of the Amanda Johnson survey, Abstract No. 646, and on the northeast line of the Enoch Broxon survey, Abstract No. 218; thence with three
(3)lines of said Enoch Broxon survey S 10°00′ E 8.40 chains, West 37.80 chains, North 9.30 chains to a point on the west line of said survey identical with the southeast corner of the Mary Ann Denson survey, Abstract No. 337; thence west with the south line of said Mary Ann Denson survey to the beginning corner thereof and on the east line of the Caroline E. Milon survey, Abstract No. 716; thence with the said east line of the Caroline E. Milon survey north 69.70 chains to corner 18 of Tract K1–II, property of the United States; thence with Tract K1–II passing corners 19 to 22 inclusive 242.70 chains to corner 23 of said tract which is identical with corner 13 of Tract K1–I; thence with Tract K1–I S 0°30′ E 86.70 chains to the beginning corner thereof and identical with the third corner of the M. D. T. Hallmark survey, Abstract No. 497; thence with two
(2)lines of the M. D. T. Hallmark survey south 56.80 chains, N. 80°00′ W 43.80 chains to corner 1 thereof identical with the fifth corner of the Edward Tyler survey, Abstract No. 1019; thence with two
(2)lines of the Edward Tyler survey S 65°00′ W 153.90 chains, S 0°15′ E 94.80 chains to corner 2 of Tract K1c; thence with sixteen
(16)lines of said Tract K1c passing corners 3 to 17 inclusive 517.90 chains to a point south of corner 20; thence north 36.70 chains to corner 20 of Tract K1c; thence with two
(2)lines of Tract K1c passing in line corner 21,275.20 chains to corner 22 on the south line of the John Satterwhite survey, Abstract No. 978; thence with two
(2)lines of the John Satterwhite survey east 6.00 chains, N. 65°30′ E 32.00 chains passing in line corner 3 of Tract Kid to the beginning corner of said survey; thence along the south lines of the J. B. Hallmark survey, Abstract No. 493, and the Preston Pevehouse survey, Abstract No. 849, passing corners 4, 6, and 7 of Tract Kid, northeasterly 94.50 chains to the beginning corner of the Preston Pevehouse survey; thence along the east line of the Preston Pevehouse survey, passing corner 6 of Tract K1–I, northerly 37.40 chains to corner 7 thereof; thence with five
(5)lines of Tract K1–I passing corners 8 to 11 inclusive, 125.40 chains to corner 12 identical with corner 24 of Tract K1–II; thence eleven
(11)lines with Tract K1–II and Tract K1–X, passing corners 25 to 32 inclusive of Tract Kl—II and corners 1 and 2 of Tract K1–X and corner 34 of Tract K1–II, 319.80 chains to corner 35 of said Tract K1–II on a northeast line of the George W. Hallmark survey, Abstract No. 41: thence with two
(2)unes of the George W. Hallmark survey N. 25°00′ W 110.60 chains, northeasterly 5.00 chains to corner 47 of Tract K1–II; thence with six
(6)lines of said Tract K1–II, passing corners 48 to 52 inclusive, 162.70 chains to corner 53 of said tract and on the east line of the Levi Speer survey, Abstract No. 926; thence with the Levi Speer survey North 50.90 chains to the northeast corner thereof, identical with the eighth corner of the Burnell Johnson survey, Abstract No. 650; thence with six
(6)lines of the Burnell Johnson survey, passing the seventh, sixth, fifth, fourth, and third corners to the second corner thereof identical with corner 54 of Tract K1–III; thence along the west lines 1786of the William E. Hays survey, Abstract No. 501, William McLain Goodwin survey, Abstract No. 433, and William H. Hays survey, Abstract No. 512, northerly 234.60 chains to the second corner of the said William H. Hays survey; thence with the north line of the William H. Hays survey east 40.00 chains to the third corner thereof ; thence with the west line of the George W. Julien survey, Abstract No. 640, north 8.75 chains to the south line of the R. R. Russell survey, Abstract No. 76; thence with the south line of the R. R. Russell survey easterly 113.00 chains to a point south of corner 10 of Tract Kin; thence within the said IL R. Russell survey north 14 chains to corner 10 of said Tract Kin; thence with three
(3)lines of Tract K1n, passing corners 11 and 12, 84.90 chains to corner 13 of said tract in the east line of the R. R. Russell survey ; thence with the east line of the R. R. Russel 11So in original. survey northerly 54.00 chains to the beginning corner of the Francis B. Conner survey, Abstract No. 24; thence with the Francis B. Conner survey N. 60°00′ E 285.00 chains to the second corner thereof; thence N. 37° 15′ W 172.00 chains to the beginning corner of the James Patton survey, Abstract No. 808; thence with the southeast line of the James Patton survey S. 60°00′ W 105.00 chains to corner 16 of Tract K1b–V; thence with eighteen
(18)lines of Tracts K1b–V and K1b–XIV, passing corners 17 to 28 inclusive of Tract K1b–V, corner 2 of Tract K1b–XIV and corners 29 to 32 of Tract K1b–V, 582.13 chains to corner 33 of Tract K1b–V; thence N. 45°00′ W 21.50 chains to State Highway No. 21; thence with said highway southwesterly 200.00 chains to the. northeast line of the Jacob blasters, Jr. survey, Abstract No. 55; thence with the northeast line of said Jacob Masters, Jr. survey N. 45°00′ W 108.00 chains to the north corner of said survey on the southeast line of the Elizabeth Norrod survey, Abstract No. 794; thence with two
(2)lines of said Elizabeth Norrod survey S. 45°00′ W 20.00 chains, N. 45°00′ W 40.00 chains to corner 37 of Tract K1b–VI; thence passing corner 4 of Tract K1b–XII S. 45°00′ W 39.00 chains to corner 40 of Tract K1b–VI; thence with eleven
(11)lines of Tract K1b–VI, passing corners 41 to 43 inclusive, and 1 to 7 inclusive, 206.55 chains to corner 8 of said tract; thence with two
(2)lines of the James Saunders survey, Abstract No. 907, N. 40°00′ W 56.40 chains, North 58.50 chains to the beginning corner thereof; thence with a west line of the Jacob Veittle survey, Abstract No. 1056, north 15.10 chains to the beginning corner of said survey on the south boundary of the Marcelino Salas survey, Abstract No. 77; thence north 62.00 chains to San Pedro Creek; thence down and with San Pedro Creek 1090.00 chains to confluence with the Neches River; thence down and with the right bank of the Neches River 5985.00 chains to the point of beginning. The area described above is graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 13″ day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2204 October 13, 1936 Sabine National Forest—Texas Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1787 Sabine National Forest—Texas October 13, 1936[No. 2204] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Texas haveSabine National Forest, Tex.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516). been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sections 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands as the Sabine National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentReserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471). of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, section 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C.,[36 Stat. 983](/us/stat/36/983).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521). title 16, section 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Sabine National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described area, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Sabine National Forest: Beginning at the junction of the Sabine-Newton County LineDescription. with the Texas-Louisiana State Line on the Sabine River; thence up and with the Sabine River and the State Line northerly 8330.00 chains to the southeast corner of the Ann Gray Survey, Abstract No. 240; thence southwesterly with the southeast line of the Ann Gray Survey to the beginning corner of Tract S1bI, property of the United States; thence with ten
(10)lines of Tract S1bI, N 30°40′ W 37.60 chains, West 60.20 chains, S 2°40′ W 41.80 chains, S 0°40′ W 49.40 chains, S 89°30′ W 8.30 chains, South 46.10 chains, N 89°45′ E 70.50 chains, S 66°35′ W 23.00 chains, S 22°25′ E 34.90 chains, N 72°50′ E 54.30 chains to corner 17 thereof on the southwest line of the Stephen English Survey, Abstract No. 180; thence with the southwest line of the Stephen English Survey southeasterly 78.00 chains to a point in the line; thence passing in line corner 14 of Tract S1bI, N 67°30′ E 111.00 chains to corner 13 of said tract; thence with the northeast line of the Stephen English Survey southeasterly 229.00 chains to the north corner of the Mrs. M. L. Davis 800 acre tract as recorded in Book 135, page 232, Shelby County Deed Records; thence with the northwest line of said tract southwesterly 111.00 chains to the west corner thereof on the southwest line of the Stephen English Survey; thence with the southwest lino of the Stephen English Survey southeasterly 93.00 chains to the beginning corner thereof in Tenaha Bayou; thence up and with Tenaha Bayou southwesterly 234.00 chains to the junction with Beauchamp Creek; thence up and with the meanders of Beauchamp Creek 360.00 chains to the confluence with Bell Creek; thence up and with the meanders of Bell Creek 420.00 chains to the intersection with the north line of the John Hughes Survey, Abstract No. 318; thence with the north line of the John Hughes Survey and the north line of the R. S. Forbuss Survey, Abstract No. 209, westerly 78.00 chains to corner 11 of Tract S1u, identical with Monument–S230; thence with the north line of the T. W. Bounds Survey, Abstract No. 1186, and the Mary J. Baker Survey, Abstract No. 1141, westerly 54.00 chains to the eighth corner of 1788said Mary J. Baker Survey; thence southerly and westerly with three
(3)lines of said Mary J. Baker Survey, passing the ninth and tenth corners thereof, 43.00 chains to corner 7 of Tract S1v identical with Monument–S233; thence with three
(3)lines of Tract S1v S 83°45′ W 31.60 chains, S 0°40′ W 72.90 chains, N 69°45′ E 7.26 chains to corner 3 of Tract S2An; thence with, two
(2)lines of the William A. Holland Survey, Abstract No. 322, southerly 59.50 chains to the south corner thereof identical with the southwest corner of the George Field Survey, Abstract No. 996; thence N 80°00′ E 25.25 chains to the beginning corner of the George Field Survey identical with the fifth corner of the Thomas H. Lister Survey, Abstract No. 437; thence with the northeast line of the Thomas H. Lister Survey S 70°00′ E 73.76 chains to State Highway No. 8; thence with said highway southerly 198.00 chains to a point in the line of Tract S1Af between corner 3 and 4; thence with four
(4)lines of said tract N 72°00′ W 15.07 chains, S 0°15′ E 51.67 chains, N 71°15′ W 8.00 chains to the beginning corner of said Tract S1Af identical with Monument–S181; thence S 0°30′ E 17.30 chains to State Highway No. 8; thence with said highway southerly 68.00 chains to Tract S1Ag–I at a point between corners 1 and 21 thereof; thence with sixteen
(16)Lines of Tracts S1Ag–I and S1Ag–III to corner 8 of the latter; thence N 72°30′ E 5.00 chains to the east line of the Edmund Quirk Survey, Abstract No. 35; thence with the east line of said Survey southerly 177.00 chains to the southwest corner of the William Humphreys Survey, Abstract No. 138; thence with the south line of said William Humphreys Survey and passing corners 12, 11 and 2 of Tract S1Bb easterly 197.00 chains to corner 1 of said Tract S1Bb identical with Monument–S172; thence with the north line of the M Ussury Survey, Abstract No. 302, easterly 22.80 chains to the northeast corner thereof; thence with the east line of the M. Ussury Survey southerly 114.00 chains to the southeast corner thereof; thence with the south line of said Survey westerly 15.00 chains to the northeast corner of the John Deason Survey, Abstract No. 102; thence with the east line of the John Deason Survey southerly 89.00 chains to Palo Gaucho Bayou; thence down and with Palo Gaucho Bayou southeasterly 300.00 chains to State Highway No. 21; thence with said highway southeasterly 910.00 chains to the intersection with State Highway No. 87; thence with said highway southerly 494.00 chains to the junction of the HemphillSabinetown Road; thence South 74.00 chains to a point in the south line of the Joseph Walker Survey, Abstract No. 57; thence southwesterly with the south line of the Joseph Walker Survey, Abstract No. 57; thence with the south line of the Joseph Walker Survey southwesterly 14.00 chains to tire intersection with the north line of the John Haley Survey, Abstract No. 20; thence with the north line of the John Haley Survey westerly 53.00 chains to the northwest corner thereof; thence with the west line of the John Haley Survey southerly 13.50 chains to the northeast corner of the James G. Boyd11So in original. Survey, Abstract No. 75; thence with five
(5)lines of the James C. Boyd 11So in original. Survey S 75°30′ W 55.75 chains, N 14°20′ W 41.98 chains, S 78°20′ W 20.11 chains S 32°00′ W 30.35 chains, S 57°00′ E 26.65 chains to the PinelandHemphill Road; thence with the PinelandHemphill Road southwesterly 704.00 chains to the intersection with the east right-of-way line of the Gulf, Colorado and Santa Fe Railway; thence with the said right-of-way line of the Gulf, Colorado and Santa Fe Railway southerly 636.00 chains to the Sabine-Jasper County Line ex 1789cluding, however, the town of Pineland; thence with the Sabine-Jasper County Line N 77°40′ E 353.00 chains to the corner of Sabine, Jasper and Newton Counties; thence with the Sabine-Newton County Line N 86°15′ E 1469.00 chains to the point of beginning. The area described above is graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 13″ day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2205 October 13, 1936 Sam Houston National Forest—Texas Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Sam Houston National Forest—Texas October 13, 1936[No. 2205] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Texas haveSam Houston National Forest, Tex.Preamble.Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516). been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sections 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands as the Sam Houston National Forest: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentReserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521). of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, section 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, section 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Sam Houston National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described area, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of the said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Sam Houston National Forest: Beginning at Monument–J331 which is identical with cornerDescription. 6 of Tract J3c, property of the United States, and from which Huntsville is N 38°W 3½ miles approximately; thence with seven
(7)lines of the Elihu Davids Survey, Abstract No. 157, northerly 58.50 chains to corner 1 of Tract J3c, identical with the fifteenth corner of said Elihu Davids Survey, westerly 26.77 chains, northerly 80.00 chains, westerly 36.54 chains, southerly 26.10 chains, westerly 39.56 chains, northerly 39.19 chains to the twenty-first corner of said survey, on a south line of the Pleasant Gray Survey, Abstract No. 24; thence with two
(2)lines of said Pleasant Gray Survey easterly 9.60 chains, northerly 176.71 chains to the northeast corner of said survey, identical with the northwest corner of the Thus. P. McMillian Survey, Abstract No. 388; thence with the north line of said Thos. P. McMillian Survey easterly 32.70 chains to State Highway No. 19; thence with said highway north-1790easterly 50.00 chains to the south line of the Jesse Parker Survey, Abstract No. 36; thence with two
(2)lines of the said Jesse Parker Survey easterly 181.50 chains, northerly 1.59 chains to a point in the west line of the Ephraim McCaleb Survey, Abstract No. 389; thence with two
(2)lines within the said Ephraim McCaleb Survey, N 89°30′ E 39.50 chains to Harmon Creek, up and with Harmon Creek, southeasterly 2.20 chains to the seventh corner of said Ephraim McCaleb Survey; thence with a north line of said Ephraim McCaleb Survey easterly 120.67 chains to the sixth corner of said survey and on the west line of the Jeremiah Lauderdale Survey, Abstract No. 328; thence with the west line of the Jeremiah Lauderdale Survey northerly 26.00 chains to the third corner of said survey; thence with the north lines of the said Jeremiah Lauderdale Survey and the John Caruthers Survey, Abstract No. 9, easterly 237.18 chains to the second corner of the said John Caruthers Survey identical with the beginning corner of the Chas. M. Conrow Survey, Abstract No. 137; thence with the west line of said Chas. M. Conrow Survey southerly 69.74 chains to the second corner of said survey identical with the sixth corner of the Jacob Zwicky Survey, Abstract No. 622; thence with three
(3)lines of the Jacob Zwicky Survey easterly 43.01 chains, southerly 2.22 chains, easterly 12.63 chains to the third corner of said survey and identical with the twelfth corner of the J. C. Allender Survey, Abstract No. 63; thence continuing with the north line of the said J. C. Allender Survey easterly 40.79 chains to the beginning corner of said survey and identical with the third corner of the J. H. Wilson Survey, Abstract No. 610; thence with two
(2)lines of the said J. H. Wilson Survey S 75°00′ E. 24.41 chains, S 60°00′ E 17.68 chains to the beginning corner of said survey and identical with the fourth corner of the John M. Rustin Survey, Abstract No. 475; thence continuing with the northeast line of the said John M. Rustin Survey S 60°00′ E 40.62 chains to the beginning corner of said survey and identical with the beginning corner of the Pierre Blanchet Survey, Abstract No. 7; thence with the southeast líne of said Pierre Blanchet Survey N 30°45′ E 95.60 chains to the fourth corner of the Edmund Logre Survey, Abstract No. 330; thence with two
(2)lines of the said Edmund Logre Survey, S 60°30′ E 41.20 chains, N 32°45′ E 43.50 chains to third corner of the Roderick Jenkins Survey, Abstract No. 186; thence with the southwest line of the said Roderick Jenkins Survey at 1.00 chain pass from Walker into San Jacinto County, S 59°45′ E 60.20 chains to the second corner of said survey on the northwest line of the Albert A. Foster Survey, Abstract No. 123; thence with the said northwest line of the Albert A. Foster Survey, N 30° 45′ E 38.90 chains to a point on said line; thence S 59 45′ E 31.00 chains to a northwest line of the Robert Kilgore Survey, Abstract No. 193; thence with three
(3)lines of the said Albert A. Foster Survey S 32°15′ W 4.40 chains, S 59 45′ E 12.70 chains, S 31°00′ W 56.60 chains to State Highway No.45; thence with said highway easterly 525 chains to State Highway No. 156 at the town of Point Blank; thence with State Highway No. 156 southerly 238.00 chains to the northwest line of the Miles G. Stephens Survey, Abstract No. 51; thence crossing the said Miles G. Stephens Survey S 60°00′ E 68.00 chains to the fourth corner thereof; thence with two
(2)lines of the said Miles G. Stephens Survey S 49°00′ E 63.14 chains, S 41 00′ W 146 chains to a point in the northwest line of the William Rankin, Jr. Survey, Abstract No. 41; thence crossing the said William Rankin, Jr. Survey S 49°00′ E 118.50 chains to the fourth corner of the Messina Brown Survey; thence with four
(4)lines of the said Messina Brown Sur1791vey S 49°00′ E 56.46 chaina, S 41°00′ W 66.50 chains, S 49°00′ E 52.70 drains to the beginning corner, southwesterly 173 chains to State Highway No. 156; thence with State Highway No. 156, southeasterly 215.00 chains to the northwest line of the Robert Rankin Survey, Abstract No. 42; thence with three
(3)Unes of the Robert Rankin Survey, S 41°51′ W 100.00 chains, S 48°24′ E 129.64 chains, N 41°30′ E 122.50 chains to the south line of the J. D. Martinez Survey 7, Abstract No. 31; thence with the south line of the J. D. Martinez Survey 7 easterly 340.00 chains to a point N 0°45′ W of the northeast corner of the Texas Long Leaf lumber Company 160 acre tract in the J. D. Martinez Survey 10, Abstract No. 32, as recorded in Volume *“z”,* page 144, San Jacinto County Deed Records; thence crossing the said J. D. Martinez Survey 10 S 0°45′ E 100.00 chains to a point on the north line of the John Stewart Survey, Abstract No. 52; thence with four
(4)Unes of the said John Stewart Survey N 88 30′ E, 185 chains to the second corner S l°00′ E 105.23 chains, S 3°19′ E 20.77 chains, S 89°00′ W 25.55 chains to the fourth corner of the J. A. Schnell Survey, Abstract No. 276; thence with two
(2)Unes of the said J. A. Schnell Survey S 1°00′ E 70.50 chains, N. 89°00′ E. 24.37 chains to the sixth corner of the Wm, Hardin Survey, Abstract No. 20; thence with two
(2)lines of the said Win. Hardin Survey S l°10′ E 186.63 chains, N 89°00′ E 28.00 chains to the Houston, East and West Texas Railroad right-of-way; thence with said Railroad right-of-way southwesterly to the San JacintoLiberty County Line; thence with the San JacintoLiberty County Line southwesterly to corner of Montgomery and Liberty Counties; thence with the Montgomery-Liberty County line southeasterly to the Gulf, Colorado and Santa F e Railroad right-of-way; thence with said Railroad right-of-way westerly to Caney Creek; thence up and with Caney Creek northwesterly 1190.00 chains to the forlis of said creek; thence up and with the right fork of Caney Creek northwesterly 394.00 chains to State Highway No. 150; thence with said Highway No. 150 easterly 88.50 chains to the old Swartout Road; thence with the old Swartout Road northeasterly 424.00 chains to Winters Creek; thence up and with Winters Creek northwesterly 340.00 chains to the point of confluence with Gourd Creek; thence up and with Gourd Creek westerly 348.00 chains to confluence with Little Creek; thence up and with Little Creek southwesterly 102.00 chains to a point in the southeast line of the Theodore Bennett Survey, Abstract No. 68; thence with the said Theodore Bennett Survey S 44°45′ W 85.00 chains to the fourth corner of said survey on a northeasterly line of the Lemuel M. Collard Survey, Abstract No. 10; thence with two
(2)lines of the said Lemuel M. Collard Survey N 60°00′ W 50.51 chains, S 30°00′ W 194.79 chains to the sixth corner of said survey, identical with the sixth corner of the Thos. C. Stevens Survey, Abstract No. 526; thence with two
(2)lines of the said Thos. C. Stevens Survey N 60°00′ W 66.67 chains, S 30°00′ W 9.09 chains to the second corner thereof and identical with the fourth corner of the Charles O. Edwards Survey, Abstract No. 45; thence with four
(4)lines of the said Charles O. Edwards Survey N 45°00′ W 25.75 chains, S 45°00′ W 28.20 chains, S 45°00′ E 10.10 chains, S 45°00′ W 80.90 chains, passing in line corner 97 of Tract J1–I acquired from Delta Land and Timber Company, to the eighth corner of said Charles O. Edwards Survey and identical with corner 98 and Monument–J14 of said Tract J1–I; thence with five
(5)lines of said Tract J1–I, southwesterly 297.70 chains to corner 103 on an easterly line of the John Hossteller Survey, Abstract No. 269; thence with five
(5)lines of said1792 John Hossteller Survey, passing the fifth, sixth, seventh, and beginning corners southwesterly 191.00 chains to the second corner thereof and identical with the third corner of the Thomas James Survey, Abstract No. 287; thence with said Thomas James Survey N 75°00′ W 33.67 chains to the West Fork of San Jacinto River; thence down and with the West Fork of San Jacinto River southwesterly 252.80 chains to the beginning corner of the Abraham Pevyhouse Survey, Abstract No. 423; thence with the said Abraham Pevyhouse Survey westerly 196.14 chains to a southwest corner of said survey and identical with the beginning corner of the William Adkins Survey, Abstract No. 47; thence with the William Adkins Survey southerly 12.63 chains to the fifth corner thereof; thence with the south lines of the said William Adkins Survey and the James W. O’Bannon Survey, Abstract No. 407, westerly 84.01 chains to the fourth corner of the said James W. O’Bannon Survey on the east line of the John H. Wood Survey, Abstract No. 603; thence with two
(2)lines of the said John H. Wood Survey N 0°30′ W 42,09 chains, westerly 84.00 chains to corner 11 of Tract J1–III, identical with Monument–J37; thence with said Tract J1–III N 0°30′ W 36,00 chains to a point N 89°30′ E of corner 84 of Tract J1–IV; thence S89°30′ W 56.00 chains, passing in line corner 84 of said Tract J1-IV, to corner 85 of said Tract J1–IV; thence with eight
(8)lines of said Tract J1–IV, passing in line corners 86 to 92, inclusive, 357.90 chains to corner 93 of said Tract J1–IV, identical with MonumentnJl 13; thence with the Wm. Johnson Survey, Abstract No. 291, passing in line corner 94 of said Tract J1–IV, S 89°30′ W 82.30 chains to the second corner of said survey and identical with the second corner of the Elizabeth Heaton Survey, Abstract No. 679; thence with the Elizabeth Heaton Survey S 0° 30′ E 23.60 chains to the third corner of said survey; thence with the south Unes of the said Elizabeth Heaton Survey and the Samuel V. Lamonthe Survey, Abstract No. 331, S 89 30′ W 50.20 chains to beginning corner of said Samuel V. Lamonthe Survey and identical with the fourth corner of the Robert Hutcherson Survey, Abstract No. 276; thence with two
(2)lines of the Robert Hutcherson Survey northerly 60.00 chains N 89°30′ E 0.20 chains to the sixth corner of said survey and identical with corner 102 of said Tract J1–IV; thence with three
(3)lines of said Tract J1–IV, passing corners 103 and 104, 62.80 chains to corner 105 of said tract; thence with two
(2)lines of the Claiborne B. Sanders Survey, Abstract No. 552, S 89°30′ W 40.00 chains, S 0°30′ E 8.00 chains to corner 113 of said Tract J1–IV identical with Monument–J49; thence with six
(6)lines of said Tract, passing corners 114,115, 116, 1 and 2 to corner 3 of said tract, which is identical with Monument–J48; thence westerly to corner 8 of said tract; thence with two
(2)lines of Tract J1–IV, passing corner 9, 81.20 chains to corner 10 of said tract; thence with two
(2)lines of the Nancy Lynch Survey Abstract No. 309, passing in line corner 11 of Tract J1–IV, northerly 72.00 chains, easterly 134.00 chains, to the beginning corner of the Benjamin Johnson Survey, Abstract No. 297; thence with the west lines of the said Benjamin Johnson Survey and the William J. C. Pierce Survey, Abstract No. 431, passing m line corner 66 of Tract J1–II, northerly 156.50 chains to corner 67 of said tract; thence with three
(3)lines of Tract J1–II, N 89°30′ E 9.20 chains, North 2.30 chains, East 107.80 chains to the fourth corner of the William C. Gill Survey, Abstract No. 209, on the MontgomervWalker County line; thence with the William C. Gill Survey 'N 0°30′ E 55.90 chains to the northwest corner of the T. E. Simms 261 acre tract as recorded in Volume 38, page 137, Walker County 1793Deed Records; thence with two
(2)lines of said T. E. Simms tract N 89°45′ E 46.30 chains, S 0°15′ E 56.10 chains to the southeast corner thereof and on the north line of the Augustus Steel Survey, Abstract No. 508; thence with and within the Augustus Steel Survey, passing in line corner 10 of Tract J1–II, East 68.00 chains to corner 11 of said tract; thence with four
(4)lines of Tract J1—II, passing cornel’s 12, 13, and 14 of said tract, 58.00 chains to corner 15 thereof; thence with Tract J1–II S 0°30′ E 21.00 chains to a point west of corner 18 of said tract; thence passing in line corner 18 of Tract J1–II, East 39.50 chains to corner 19 thereof; thence with six
(6)lines of Tract J1–II, passing corners 20 to 24 inclusive, 181.70 chains to corner 25 of said tract; thence easterly 16.50 chains to corner 33 of Tract J1–II; thence with two
(2)lines of Tract J1–II, passing in line corner 34, 50.60 chains to corner 35 of said tract; thence with the south line of the Susan Vince Survey, Abstract No. 50, passing in line corners 36 and 41 of said Tract J1–II, N 89°30′ E 25.00 chains to West Sandy Creek; thence down and with West Sandy Creek easterly 133.00 chains to confluence with the West Fork of San Jacinto River; thence up and with the West Fork of San Jacinto River and Tract J1–I northwesterly 12.00 chains to corner 8 of said tract; thence with Tract J1–I, N 54°45′ E 61.40 chains to corner 9 thereof; thence with the southeast line of the Margaret Talbot Survey, Abstract No. 541, N 55°30′ E 42.26 chains to the beginning corner of said survey and on the southwest line of the James Jordan Survey, Abstract No. 28; thence with the southwest line of the James Jordan Survey, S 35°00′ E 92 chains to McDonald Creek; thence northeasterly up and with McDonald Creek to the west line of the Crittendon Wells Survey, Abstract No. 591; thence with two
(2)lines of the said Crittendon Wells Survey, North 34.00 chains, East 4.21 chains to the beginning corner of said survey and identical with the beginning corner of the W. N. Mock Survey, Abstract No. 401; thence with two
(2)lines of the said W. N. Mock Survey, N 25°00′ E 80.00 chains, S 65°00′ E 80.00 chains to the third corner of said survey; thence with two
(2)lines of Tract J12q N 25°00′ E 3.00 chains to corner 2, N 89°00′ E 39.60 chains to corner 3 of said tract; thence with the William M. Barrett Survey, Abstract No. 77, and the Elihu Davids Survey, supra, passing in line corner 4 of Tract J12q, easterly 216.97 chains to the eleventh corner of the said Elihu Davids Survey on the southwest line of the James Tinsley Survey, Abstract No. 548; thence with two
(2)lines of the James Tinsley Survey N 25°00′ W 84.18 chains, N 65°00′ E 10.00 chains to the third corner of the David Thompson Survey, Abstract No. 551; thence with the David Thompson Survey North 2.00 chains, to corner 5 of Tract J3c; thence S 89°30′ W 58.70 chains to corner 6 of said tract and the point of beginning. The area described above is graphically shown on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 13″ day of October, in the year of our Lord Nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2206 October 14, 1936 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—Arkansas Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1794 Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act—Arkansas October 14, 1936[No. 2206] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION White River Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Ark.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755).[16 U. S. C. §§ 703–711](/us/usc/t16/s703–711).WHEREAS the Acting Secretary of Agriculture has submitted to me for approval the following regulation adopted by him under authority of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755): Regulation Designating Certain Land and Navigable Water Within or Adjacent to White River Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Arkansas, as Closed Area Under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulation designating certain areas as sanctuaries.I, M. L. Wilson, Acting Secretary of Agriculture, by virtue of authority vested in me by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755–757, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 703–711), and in extension of Regulation 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations, do hereby designate as a closed area, in or on which hunting, taking, capturing, or killing, or attempting to hunt, take, capture, or kill, migratory birds is not permitted, all that area of land and navigable water in Monroe, Arkansas, Phillips, and Desha Counties, Arkansas, lying within the meander lines of the White River between its point of entry into Sec. 13, T. 3 S., R. 2 W., and the point where it leaves Sec. 36, T. 7 S., R. 2 W., Fifth Principal Meridian, and all lands and waters in Arkansas County, Arkansas, lying within the meander lines of La Grue Bayou between its point of entry into Sec. 19, T. 6 S., R. 1 W, and the point of its confluence with the White River in Sec. 7, T. 7 S., R. 1 W., Fifth Principal Meridian, and being within or adjacent to White River Migratory Waterfowl Refuge as established by Executive Order No. 7173, dated September 4, 1935. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that approval of the foregoing regulation will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918: Regulation approved and proclaimed.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 14″ day of October, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2207 October 27, 1936 Armistice Day—1936 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1795 Armistice Day—1936 October 27, 1936[No. 2207] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the preamble to Senate Concurrent Resolution 18, Armistice Day, 1938.[44 Stat. 1982](/us/stat/44/1982).Sixty-ninth Congress (44 Stat. 1982), passed June 4, 1926, recites:" “Whereas the 11th of November, 1918, marked the cessation Statutory authorisation.of the most destructive, sanguinary, and far-reaching war in human annals and the resumption by the people of the United States of peaceful relations with other nations, which we hope may never again be severed; and “Whereas it is fitting that the recurring anniversary of this date should be commemorated with thanksgiving and prayer and exercises designed to perpetuate peace through good will and mutual understanding between nations; and “Whereas the legislatures of twenty-seven of our States have already declared November 11 to be a legal holiday:” " AND WHEREAS the said Concurrent Resolution provides:" “That the President of the United States is requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the officials to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on November 11 and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day in schools and churches, or other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies expressive of our gratitude for peace and our desire for the continuance of friendly relations with all other peoples.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Directing display of flag and inviting observance of.of the United States of America, do hereby direct that on November 11, 1936, the eighteenth anniversary of the Armistice, the flag of the United States be displayed on all Government buildings, and do invite the people of the United States to observe the day with appropriate ceremonies in schools and churches, or other suitable places. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 27th day of October in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2208 November 12, 1936 Thanksgiving Day—1936 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Thanksgiving Day—1936 November 12, 1936[No. 2208] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States Thanksgiving Day, 1036.Thursday, November 26, designated as.of America, hereby designate Thursday, the twenty-sixth day of November 1936, as a day of national thanksgiving. The observance of a day of general thanksgiving by all the people is a practice peculiarly our own, hallowed by usage in the days before we were a nation and sanctioned through succeeding years. Having safely passed through troubled waters, it is our right to express our gratitude that Divine Providence has vouchsafed us 1796wisdom and courage to overcome adversity. Our free institutions have been maintained with no abatement of our faith in them. In our relations with other peoples we stand not aloof but make resolute effort to promote international friendship and, by the avoidance of discord, to further world peace, prosperity, and happiness. Coupled with our grateful acknowledgment of the blessings it has been our high privilege to enjoy, we have a deepening sense of our solemn responsibility to assure for ourselves and our descendants a future more abundant in faith and in security. Observance.Let us, therefore, on the day appointed, each in his own way, but together as a whole people, make due expression of our thanksgiving and humbly endeavor to follow in the footsteps of Almighty God. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 12th day of November, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2209 November 16, 1936 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation November 16, 1936[No. 2209] By the President of the United States of America A PROCLAMATION New York World’s Fair. 1939.Preamble.WHEREAS there is to be held at New York City during the year 1939 a World’s Fair which has for its purpose the celebration of the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the inauguration of the first President of the United States of America and of the establishment of the national government in the city of New York; Statutory provision.[49 Stat. 1516](/us/stat/49/1516).WHEREAS a Joint Resolution of Congress approved June 15, 1936, reads in part as follows: " “Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, authorized and respectfully requested by proclamation, or in such manner as he may deem proper, to invite foreign countries and nations to such proposed world’s fair with a request that they participate therein.”; " AND WHEREAS I believe the people of many nations would be pleased to unite with the people of the United States in participating in this World’s Fair: Foreign nations invited to participate.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, in compliance with the aforesaid Joint Resolution of Congress, do invite the participation of the nations in this World’s Fair. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16th day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six [seal], and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2210 November 16, 1936 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1797 By the President of the United States of America November 16, 1936[No. 2210] A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS there is to be held at San Francisco, California, during Golden Gate International Exposition.Preamble.the year 1939 an international exposition which has for its purpose the celebration of the completion of the San Francisco-Oakland Bridge and the Golden Gate Bridge, and which is designed to depict and exhibit the progress and accomplishments of the Pacific area of the United States in science, industry, business, transportation, and culture, and which, because of its world character, will contribute to cordial relations among the nations of the world; WHEREAS a Joint Resolution of Congress approved June 15, 1936, Statutory provisions.[49 Stat. 1518](/us/stat/49/1518).reads in part as follows:" “Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the President of the United States be, and he is hereby, authorized and respectfully requested by proclamation, or in such manner as he may deem proper, to invite foreign countries and nations to such proposed exposition with a request that they participate therein.”; " AND WHEREAS I believe the people of many nations would be pleased to unite with the people of the United States in participating in this exposition, to be known as the Golden Gate International Exposition: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Foreign nations invited to participate.of the United States of America, in compliance with the aforesaid Joint Resolution of Congress, do invite the participation of the nations in this exposition. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16th day of November in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State* 2211 November 27, 1936 Wichita National Forest—Oklahoma Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Wichita National Forest—Oklahoma November 27, 1936[No. 2211] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to Wichita National Forest, Okla.Preamble.[32 Stat. 1973](/us/stat/32/1973); [34 Stat. 3207](/us/stat/34/3207); [36 Stat. 2754](/us/stat/36/2754).revoke the proclamations of July 4, 1901 (32 Stat. 1973), May 29, 1906 (34 Stat. 3207), and October 13, 1910 (36 Stat. 2754), establishing, enlarging, and modifying the Wichita National Forest, Oklahoma: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Designated proclamations establishing, enlarging, etc., revoked.[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 1, 11, 36 (16 U. S. C., sec. 473), and upon the recommendation of the Secretary of Agriculture, do hereby revoke the aforesaid proclamations. This proclamation is not intended to release any lands from the Wichita Mountains Wildlife Refuge not affected.[34 Stat. 3062](/us/stat/34/3062); [49 Stat. 1446](/us/stat/49/1446).game preserve known as the Wichita Mountains Wildlife Refuge, as established, enlarged, and designated by the proclamation of June 2, 1905 (34 Stat. 3062), by the executive order of July 26, 1935 (No. 17987116), and by the provision in the Department of Agriculture Appropriation Act, 1937, approved June 4, 1936. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 27 day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and thirty-six, [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2212 December 23, 1936 Ocmulgee National Monument—Georgia Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Ocmulgee National Monument—Georgia December 23, 1936[No. 2212] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Ocmulgee National Monument, Ga.Preamble.[48 Stat. 958](/us/stat/48/958).[16 U. S. C. §§ 447a–447c](/us/usc/t16/s447a–447c).WHEREAS the act of Congress entitled “An Act To authorize the establishment of the Ocmulgee National Monument in Bibb County, Georgia”, approved June 14, 1934 (48 Stat. 958), provides, in part: Statutory provision.That when title to lands commonly known as the “Old Ocmulgee Fields”, upon which certain Indian mounds of great historical importance are located, comprising approximately two thousand acres, in and around the city of Macon, County of Bibb, State of Georgia, as shall be designated by the Secretary of the Interior, in the exercise of his judgment and discretion as necessary for national-monument purposes, shall have been vested in the United States, said area shall be set aside as a national monument, by proclamation of the President, and shall be known as the “Ocmulgee National Monument”: AND WHEREAS the Secretary of the Interior has designated an area comprising 678.48 acres of such land as necessary for national-monument purposes, title to which is vested in the United States: Establishment proclaimed.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the statutory provisions above set out, do proclaim that the aforesaid area as indicated on the diagram attached hereto and forming a part hereof is hereby set aside as a national monument to be known as the Ocmulgee National Monument. Warning against unlawful acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of [39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided m the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. 1799 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 23d day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State* 2213 December 28, 1936 Superior National. Forest—Minnesota Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Superior National. Forest—Minnesota December 28, 1936[No. 2213] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by proclamation of April 9, 1927 (45 Stat. 2904), there Superior National Forest, Minn.Preamble.[45 Stat. 2904](/us/stat/45/2904).were set apart as the Superior National Forest in the State of Minnesota certain lands which had been, or might thereafter be, acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961 (U. S. C., title [36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 516, 515](/us/usc/t16/s516/515).16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, ch. 348, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), together with certain adjoining public lands; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to modify the boundaries of the said national forest by including therein certain forest lands which have been, or may be, acquired under authority of the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, and certain adjoining public lands: NOW, THEREFORE, I,FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Boundaries modified.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section [30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[l6 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).11 of the said act of March 1, 1911, do proclaim that all lands of the United States within the areas shown as additions on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof are hereby included in and reserved as a part of the Superior National Forest, and that all lands Treatment of acquisitions.within such areas which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall upon acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered as a part of the said Forest. The reservation made by this proclamation shall, as to such of the Terms and conditions.lands as are affected thereby, be subject to the terms and conditions of the act of July 10, 1930, ch. 881, 46 Stat. 1020, and shall as to all [46 Stat. 1020](/us/stat/46/1020).[16 U. S. C. §§ 577–577b](/us/usc/t16/s577–577b).lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Orders No. 5833 of April 8, 1932, and No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, as amended, be subject to, and shall not interfere Prior rights, etc., not affected.with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, nor prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. 1800 IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 28″ day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2214 December 29, 1936 Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Merchandise in Bonded Warehouse December 29, 1936[No. 2214] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Merchandise in bonded warehouse.WHEREAS section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (46 Stat. 696) provides:" Statutory authorisation.[46 Stat. 696](/us/stat/46/696).[19 U. S. C. § 1318](/us/usc/t19/s1318).“Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an emergency to exist by reason of a state of war, or otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act * * *”; " [46 Stat. 744](/us/stat/46/744).[10 U. S. C. § 1657](/us/usc/t10/s1657).AND WHEREAS section 557 of the said Act (46 Stat. 744) provides:" “Any merchandise subject to duty, with the exception of perishable articles and explosive substances other than fire-crackers, may be entered for warehousing and be deposited in a bonded warehouse at the expense and risk of the owner, importer, or consignee. Such merchandise may be withdrawn, at any time within three years (or ten months in the case of grain) from the date of importation, for consumption upon payment of the duties and charges accruing thereon at the rate of duty imposed by law upon such merchandise at the date of withdrawal * * * *Provided*, That the total period of time for which such merchandise may remain in bonded warehouse shall not exceed three years (or ten months in the case of grain) from the date of importation * * *”; " Emergency declared.NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provision of section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930, do by this proclamation declare an emergency to exist. Warehousing period for merchandise further extended.And I do hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, until further notice:
(1)Imports between January 11 and December 31, 1930.[42 Stat. 977](/us/stat/42/977); [46 Stat. 744](/us/stat/46/744). In the case of merchandise imported between January 11 and December 31, 1930 (both dates inclusive), and entered for warehousing under section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1922 (42 Stat. 977) or section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1930, except grain imported on or after June 18, 1930, to extend the warehousing period for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Acts of 1922 and 1930, as extended [47 Stat. 2548](/us/stat/47/2548).for two years under the authority of Proclamation No. 2023, dated December 23, 1932, and further extended for one year under the [49 Stat. 3427, 3491](/us/stat/49/3427/3491).authority of Proclamation No. 2109, dated December 21, 1934, and further extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2154, dated January 11, 1936. 1801
(2)In the case of merchandise (except grain) imported between Imports between January 11 and December 31, 1931.[46 Stat. 744](/us/stat/46/744).January 11 and December 31, 1931 (both dates inclusive), and entered for warehousing under section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the warehousing period for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as extended for one year under the authority [46 Stat. 1726](/us/stat/46/1726); [49 Stat. 3428, 3491](/us/stat/49/3428/3491).of Proclamation No. 2069, dated December 30, 1933, and further ex tended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2110, dated December 21, 1934, and further extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2154, dated January 11, 1936.
(3)In the case of merchandise (except grain) imported between Imports between January 11 and December 31, 1932.January 11 and December 31, 1932 (both dates inclusive), and entered for warehousing under section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the warehousing period for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2111, dated December 22, 1934, and further [49 Stat. 3429, 3491](/us/stat/49/3429/3491).extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2154, dated January 11, 1936.
(4)In the case of merchandise (except grain) imported between Imports between January 11 and December 31, 1933.January 11 and December 31, 1933 (both dates inclusive), and entered for warehousing under section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the warehousing period for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2154, dated January 11, 1936.
(5)In the case of merchandise (except grain) imported during the Imports during 1934.calendar year 1934 and entered for warehousing under section 557 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the warehousing period for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Act of 1930. *Provided, however,* That in each and every case the Secretary of the *Provisos.*Bond required.Treasury shall require that the principal on the warehouse-entry bond, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension granted, shall either furnish to the collector of customs for the district in which the merchandise is warehoused the agreement of the sureties on such bond to remain bound under the terms and provisions of the bond to the same extent as if no extension were granted, or furnish an additional bond with acceptable sureties to cover the period of extension: *And provided further,* Exceptions.That the extensions of one year herein authorized shall not apply to any merchandise imported during the years 1930, 1931, 1932 and 1933 as to which the periods of extension authorized by Proclamation No. 2154, dated January 11, 1936, have expired, or to any merchandise imported during the calendar year 1934 as to which the three-year period prescribed in sections 557 and 559 of the Tariff Act of 1930 has expired. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29 day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty six, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2215 December 29, 1936 Extending the Period for Exportation of Merchandise for Drawback Purposes Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1802 Extending the Period for Exportation of Merchandise for Drawback Purposes December 29, 1936[No. 2215] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Exportation at merchandise for draw back purposes.WHEREAS section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (46 Stat. 696) provides:" Statutory authorization.[46 Stat. 696](/us/stat/46/696).[19 U. S. C. § 1318](/us/usc/t19/s1318).“Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an emergency to exist by reason of a state of war, or otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act * *”; " [46 Stat. 694](/us/stat/46/694).[19 U. S. C. § 1313](/us/usc/t19/s1313).AND WHEREAS section 313
(h)of the Tariff Act of 1930 (46 Stat. 694) provides:" “No drawback shall be allowed under the provisions of this section or of section 6 of the Act entitled ‘An Act temporarily to provide revenue for the Philippine Islands, and for other purposes,’ approved March 8, 1902 (relating to drawback on shipments to the Philippine Islands), unless the completed article is exported, or shipped to the Philippine Islands, within three years after importation of the imported merchandise”; " Emergency declared.NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provision of section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930, do by this proclamation declare an emergency to exist. And I do hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury:
(1)Time extended on exportation of merchandise to the Philippine Islands. In the case of articles manufactured or produced in the United States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for draw-back purposes where the imported merchandise involved was imported between June 18 and December 31, 1930 (both dates inclusive), to extend the period for exportation, or shipment to the Philippine Islands, of the completed article for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said section 313 (h), as extended for two years under the authority of [47 Stat. 2548](/us/stat/47/2548); [49 Stat. 3442, 3494](/us/stat/49/3442/3494).Proclamation No. 2023, dated December 23, 1932, and further extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2121, dated April 1, 1935, and further extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2156, dated January 18, 1936.
(2)Articles Imported between April 1 and December 31, 1931. In the case of articles manufactured or produced in the United States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for draw-back purposes where the imported merchandise involved was imported between April 1 and December 31, 1931 (both dates inclusive), to extend the period for exportation, or shipment to the Philippine Islands, of the completed article for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said section 313 (h), as extended for one year under the authority of [48 Stat. 1726](/us/stat/48/1726).Proclamation No. 2069, dated December 30, 1933, and further extended [49 Stat. 3442](/us/stat/49/3442).for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2121, dated April 1, 1935, and further extended for one year under the [49 Stat. 3494](/us/stat/49/3494).authority of Proclamation No. 2156, dated January 18, 1936.
(3)Between April 1 and December 31, 1932. In the case of articles manufactured or produced in the United States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for draw-back purposes where the imported merchandise involved was imported between April 1 and December 31, 1932 (both dates inclusive), to extend the period for exportation, or shipment to the Philippine 1803Islands, of the completed article for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said section 313 (h), as extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2121, dated April 1, 1935, and further extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2156, dated January 18, 1936.
(4)In the case of articles manufactured or produced in the United Between January 13 and December 31, 1933.States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for draw-back purposes where the imported merchandise involved was imported between January 18 and December 31, 1933 (both dates inclusive), to extend the period for exportation, or shipment to the Philippine Islands, of the completed article for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said section 313 (h), as extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2156, dated January 18, 1936.
(5)In the case of articles manufactured or produced in the United During 1934.States with the use of imported or substituted merchandise for draw-back purposes where the imported merchandise involved was imported during the calendar year 1934, to extend the period for exportation, or shipment to the Philippine Islands, of the completed article for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said section 313 (h). *Provided, however,* That the extensions of one year herein authorized *Proviso.*Exceptions.shall not apply in any case involving merchandise imported in 1931, 1932 or 1933 where the one-year period of extension authorized in the said Proclamation of January 18, 1936, has expired, or in any case involving merchandise imported in 1934 where the three-year period prescribed in the said section 313
(h)has expired. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 29 day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty six, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2216 December 29, 1936 Chippewa National Forest—Minnesota Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Chippewa National Forest—Minnesota December 29, 1936[No. 2216] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by act of Congress approved May 23, 1908, 35 Stat. Chippewa National Forest, Minn.Preamble.[35 Stat. 268](/us/stat/35/268).268, certain lands in the State of Minnesota were set apart and reserved as the Minnesota National Forest, the name of which was by Executive Order No. 4913 of June 22, 1928, changed to Chippewa National Forest; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to modify the boundaries of the said national forest by including therein certain forest lands which have been, or may be, acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. [36 Stat. 961](/us/stat/36/961); [43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. §§ 615, 516](/us/usc/t16/s615/516).516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, ch. 348, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), and certain adjoining public lands: 1804 Boundaries modified.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911, do proclaim that all lands of the United States within the area shown as an addition on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof are hereby included in and reserved as a part of the Chippewa National Forest, Acquisitions.and that all lands within such area which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall upon acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered as part of the said Forest. Existing rights not affected.The reservation made by this proclamation shall be subject to valid existing rights, and shall as to all lands which are at this date reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Order No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, as amended, be subject to such reservation and shall not prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved so long as such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 29″ day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2217 December 30, 1936 Extending the Period for Furnishing Proof of Use in Manufacture of Bonded Wool and Camel Hair Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Extending the Period for Furnishing Proof of Use in Manufacture of Bonded Wool and Camel Hair December 30, 1936[No. 2217] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Bonded warehouses, etc.WHEREAS section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (46 Stat. 696) provides:" Statutory authorization.[46 Stat. 696](/us/stat/46/696).[19 U. S. C. § 1318](/us/usc/t19/s1318).“Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an emergency to exist by reason of a state of war, or otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act * * *”; " [42 Stat. 904](/us/stat/42/904).WHEREAS paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1922 (42 Stat. 904) provides that wools of certain kinds " “* * * may be imported under bond in an amount to be fixed by the Secretary of the Treasury and under such regulations as he shall prescribe; and if within three years from the date of importation or withdrawal from bonded warehouse satisfactory proof is furnished that the wools have been used in the manufacture of rugs, carpets, or any other floor coverings, the duties, shall be remitted or refunded * * *”; " 1805 AND WHEREAS paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (46 [46 Stat. 646](/us/stat/46/646).Stat. 646) provides that wools of certain kinds and hair of the camel " “* * * may be imported under bond in an amount to be fixed by the Secretary of the Treasury and under such regulations as he shall prescribe; and if within three years from the date of importation or withdrawal from bonded warehouse satisfactory proof is furnished that the wools or hair have been used in the manufacture of yarns which have been used in the manufacture of press cloth, camel’s hair belting, rugs, carpets, or any other floor covering, or in the manufacture of knit or felt boots or heavy fulled lumbermen’s socks, the duties shall be remitted or refunded * * *”; " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Emergency declared.of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provision of section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930, do by this proclamation declare an emergency to exist. And I do hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury, until further notice:
(1)In the case of wools imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse Wools and camel hair imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse during 1930.Time extended for furnishing proof of use.between January 18 and June 17, 1930 (both dates inclusive), under bond, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1922, and wools or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse during the calendar year 1930, under bond, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the period during which proof of use in manufacture may be furnished for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said paragraphs as extended for two years under the authority of Proclamation No. 2023, dated [47 Stat. 2549](/us/stat/47/2549).December 23, 1932, and further extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2113, dated January 7, 1935, and further [49 Stat. 3432, 3492](/us/stat/49/3432/3492).extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2155, dated January 18, 1936.
(2)In the case of wools or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn Imports or withdrawals, between January 18 and December 31, 1931.from bonded warehouse between January 18 and December 31, 1931 (both dates inclusive), under bond, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the period during which proof of use in manufacture may be furnished for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said paragraph as extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2069, dated December 30, 1933, and further extended [48 Stat. 1726](/us/stat/48/1726).for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2113, dated [49 Stat. 3432](/us/stat/49/3432).January 7, 1935, and further extended for one year under the authority [49 Stat. 3492](/us/stat/49/3492).of Proclamation No. 2155, dated January 18, 1936.
(3)In the case of wools or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn Imports or withdrawals between January 18 and December 31, 1932.from bonded warehouse between January 18 and December 31, 1932 (both dates inclusive), under bond, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the period during which proof of use in manufacture may be furnished for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said paragraph as extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation No. 2113, dated January 7, 1935, and [49 Stat. 3432](/us/stat/49/3432).further extended for one year under the authority of Proclamation [49 Stat. 3492](/us/stat/49/3492).No. 2155, dated January 18, 1936.
(4)In the case of wools or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn Imports or withdrawals between January 18 and December 31, 1933.from bonded warehouse between January 18 and December 31, 1933 (both dates inclusive), under bond, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the period during 1806which proof of use in manufacture may be furnished for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed in the said paragraph as extended for one year under the [49 Stat. 3492](/us/stat/49/3492).authority of Proclamation No. 2155, dated January 18, 1936.
(5)During 1934. In the case of wools or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse during the calendar year 1934, under bond, under the provisions of paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930, to extend the period during which proof of use in manufacture may be furnished for not more than one year from and after the expiration of the three-year period prescribed, in the said paragraph. *Provisos.*Bond. *Provided, however,* That in each and every case the Secretary of the Treasury shall require that the principal on the bond, in order to obtain the benefits under the extension granted, shall either furnish to the collector of customs for the district in which the bond was given the agreement of the sureties on such bond to remain bound under the terms and provisions of the bond to the same extent, as if no extension were granted, or furnish an additional bond with acceptable sureties Exceptions.to cover the period of extension: *And provided further,* That the extensions of one year herein authorized shall not apply to any wools or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse under bond during the calendar years 1930, 1931, 1932 and 1933, on which the one-year period of extension authorized in the aforesaid proclamation of January 18, 1936, has expired, or to any wools or hair of the camel imported or withdrawn from bonded warehouse under bond during the calendar year 1934 on which the three-year period prescribed in paragraph 1101 of the Tariff Act of 1930 has expired. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 30 day of December in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty six, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State* 2218 December 31, 1936 Chequamegon National Forest—Wisconsin Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Chequamegon National Forest—Wisconsin December 31, 1936[No. 2218] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Chenuaraegon National Forest, Wis.Preamble.[48 Stat. 1716](/us/stat/48/1716).WHEREAS by proclamation of November 13, 1933 (48 Stat. 1716), there were set apart and reserved as the Chequamegon National Forest in the State of Wisconsin certain lands which had been, or might thereafter be, acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911, ch. 186, [36 Stat. 961](/us/stat/36/961); [43 Stat. 663](/us/stat/43/663).[16 U. S. C. §§ 516, 515](/us/usc/t16/s516/515).36 Stat. 961 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, ch. 348, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), together with certain adjoining public lands; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to modify the boundaries of the said national forest by including therein certain forest lands which have been, or may be, acquired under authority of the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, and certain adjoining public lands, and by transferring to the said national forest the Mondeaux Division of the Nicolet National Forest: 1807 NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Boundaries modified.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).Lands Included.1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911, do proclaim
(1)that all lands of the United States within the areas shown as additions on the diagrams attached hereto and made a part hereof are hereby included in and reserved as a part of the Chequamegon National Forest,
(2)that all Administration.lands within such areas which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall upon acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered as a part of the said Forest, and
(3)that there is hereby transferred to the Mondeaux Division of Nicolet National Forest transferred to.said Forest the Mondeaux Division of the Nicolet National Forest. This proclamation and that modifying the boundaries of the Nicolet National Forest, which I have signed this same day, are made, and are intended to be and shall be considered, as one act and they shall become effective simultaneously. The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands Rights, etc., reserved.which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 31st day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2219 December 31, 1936 Nicolet National Forest—Wisconsin Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Nicolet National Forest—Wisconsin December 31, 1936[No. 2219] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by proclamation of November 13, 1933 (48 Stat. 1715), Nicolet National Forest, Wis.Preamble.[48 Stat. 1715](/us/stat/48/1715).there were set apart and reserved as the Nicolet National Forest in the State of Wisconsin certain lands which had been or might thereafterbe acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961 (U. S. C., [36 Stat. 961](/us/stat/36/961); [43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. §§ 516, 515](/us/usc/t16/s516/515).title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, ch. 348, 43 Stat 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), together with certain adjoining public lands; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to modify the boundaries of the said national forest by including therein certain forest lands which have been, or may be, acquired under authority of the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, and certain adjoining public lands, and by transferring the Mondeaux Division of the said national forest to the Chequamegon National Forest: 1808 Boundaries modified.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of [30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).Lands included.June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911, do proclaim
(1)that all lands of the United States within the area shown as an addition on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof are hereby included Administration.in and reserved as a part of the Nicolet National Forest, and
(2)that all lands within such area which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall upon acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered Mondeaux Division transferred to Chequamegon National Forest.*Ante,* p. 1806.as a part of said Forest, and
(3)that the aforesaid Mondeaux Division is hereby transferred to the Chequamegon National Forest. This proclamation and that modifying the boundaries of the Chequamegon National Forest, which I have signed this same day, are made, and are intended to be and shall be considered, as one act and they shall become effective simultaneously. Rights, etc., reserved.The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than classification, be subject to and shall not interfere with or defeat legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 31st day of December, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2220 January 11, 1937 Ottawa National Forest—Michigan Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Ottawa National Forest—Michigan January 11, 1937[No. 2220] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Ottawa National Forest, Mich.Preamble.[46 Stat. 3044](/us/stat/46/3044).WHEREAS by proclamation of january 27, 1931 (46 Stat. 3044), there were set apart and reserved as the Ottawa National Forest in the State of Michigan certain lands which had been, or might there-after be, acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961 [36 Stat. 961](/us/stat/36/961); [43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515](/us/usc/t16/s515).(U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, ch. 348, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515), together with certain adjoining public lands; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to modify the boundaries of the said national forest by including therein certain other forest lands which have been, or may be, acquired under authority of the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, and the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935, approved April 8, 1935 [49 Stat. 115](/us/stat/49/115).(49 Stat. 115), and certain adjoining public lands: 1809 NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Boundaries modified.[26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U, S. C., title 16, sec. 473), section 11 [30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).[49 Stat. 118](/us/stat/49/118).of the said act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 963 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 521), and section 5 of the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 do proclaim that all lands of the United States within the areas shown as additions on the diagram attached hereto and made a part hereof are hereby included in and reserved as a part of the Ottawa National Forest, and that all lands within such areas Administration.which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, and the said Emergency Relief Appropriation Act of 1935 shall upon acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered as a part of the said Forest. The reservation made by this proclamation shall as to all lands Rights, etc., reserved.which are at this date legally appropriated under the public-land laws or reserved for any public purpose other than for classification under Executive Orders No. 4430 of April 23, 1926, as modified, and No. 6964 of February 5, 1935, as amended, be subject to, and shall not interfere with or defeat, legal rights under such appropriation, or prevent the use for such public purpose of lands so reserved, so long as such appropriation is legally maintained or such reservation remains in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 11″ day of January in the year of our Lord nineteen hunched and thirty-seven and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: R. Walton Moore *Acting Secretary of State*. 2221 January 22, 1937 Zion National Monument—Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Zion National Monument—Utah January 22, 1937[No. 2221] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain public lands in the State of Utah contain Zion National Monument, Utah.Preamble.volcanic phenomena of unusual scientific value, and have situated thereon various other objects of geological and scientific interest; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be to the public interest to reserve such lands as a national monument, to be known as the Zion National Monument: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Reserving site for national monument.[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of Juno 8, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Utah are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land law’s and set apart as the Zion National Monument: Salt Lake Meridian Description. T. 39 S., R. 10 W., sec. 31, lots 4 to 14, and 19 to 30, inclusive. T. 40 S., R. 10½ W., sec. 1 and unsurveyed fractional sec. 2. T. 38 S., R. 11 W., secs. 31, 32 and 331810 T. 39 S., R. 11 W., secs. 4 to 9, and 16 to 21, inclusive, partly unsurveyed; sec. 24, NE¼ and S½; secs. 25 to 29, and 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 40 S., R. 11 W., secs. 2, 3, 4, 9, 10, 15, 16, 21, 22, 27, 28, 33 and 34. T. 41 S., R. 11 W., sec. 4; sec. 5, E½; sec. 8, NE¼; secs. 9, 16 and 21. T. 38 S., R. 12 W., sec. 10, lots 3 to 10, inclusive; sec. 11, S½; sec. 12, S½; secs. 13, 14 and 15; sec. 21 E½; secs. 22 to 28, inclusive; sec. 29, lot 1 and lots 3 to 8, inclusive. secs. 33 to 36, inclusive. T. 39 S., R. 12 W., secs. 1 to 4, and 9 to 15, inclusive, partly unsurveyed; sec. 16, E½; secs. 22, 23 and 24, partly unsurveyed, containing approximately 49,150 acres. Warning against unauthorised acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress [39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. Designated Executive Orders superseded.The reservation made by this proclamation supersedes as to any of the above-described lands affected thereby the temporary withdrawals for classification and other purposes made by Executive Orders No. 5573 of March 7, 1931, and No. 6910 of November 26, 1934, as amended, and Executive Order of April 17, 1926, creating Public Water Reserve No. 107. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 22d day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2222 January 23, 1937 Contributions to American Red Cross for Flood Relief Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Contributions to American Red Cross for Flood Relief January 23, 1937[No. 2222] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION American Bed Cross.Disastrous floods in the Ohio and Mississippi River valleys already have driven 270,000 men, women and children from their homes. 1811There is every likelihood that until the crest of the flood waters is reached, this number of homeless refugees will be largely increased. Snow, sleet and freezing weather have added to the suffering and made more hazardous the work of rescue. The victims of this grave disaster are dependent upon the American Red Cross for food, shelter, fuel, medical care and warm clothing. I have instructed the various agencies of the Federal Government to cooperate to the fullest extent with the Red Cross authorities. In order that the Red Cross may meet these immediate emergency needs and continue to care for these unfortunates until the waters have receded and they can be returned to their homes, it is imperative that a minimum relief fund of two million dollars be raised as speedily as possible. We are looking to this great national relief agency to act as our representative in this emergency. As President of the United States and as President of the American Contributions to, for flood relief, requested.Red Cross, I am, therefore, urging all of our people to contribute promptly and most generously to this relief fund so that adequate relief may be made instantly available for these thousands of our homeless and suffering fellow citizens. I am confident the response everywhere will be immediate and generous. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 23rd day of January, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2223 February 1, 1937 Emergency Due to Flood Conditions—Free Importation of Food, Clothing, and Medical, Surgical and Other Supplies For Use in Emergency Work Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Emergency Due to Flood Conditions—Free Importation of Food, Clothing, and Medical, Surgical and Other Supplies For Use in Emergency Work February 1, 1937[No. 2223] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS there have recently occurred and are occurring disastrous Flood relief.Preamble.floods in various localities in the valleys of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers and tributaries thereof, resulting in great loss of life and property and causing much sickness, suffering, and privation among the residents of the stricken localities, making it necessary for charitable, philanthropic, relief, and other organizations to extend aid on a largo scale to the flood sufferers; AND WHEREAS section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (46 Stat. [46 Stat. 696](/us/stat/46/696).[19 U. S. C. § 1318](/us/usc/t19/s1318).696) provides: " “Whenever the President shall by proclamation declare an Statutory authorization.emergency to exist by reason of a state of war, or otherwise, he may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to extend during the continuance of such emergency the time herein prescribed for the performance of any act, and may authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to permit, under such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, the importation free of duty of food, clothing, and medical, surgical, and other supplies for use in emergency relief work. * * *”; " 1812 Emergency declared.NOW, THEREFORE, I, Franklin D. Roosevelt, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the foregoing provisions of section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930, do by this proclamation declare an emergency to exist, Certain importations during, permitted duty free.*Post* p. 1838.and I do hereby authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to permit, during the continuance of such emergency (the termination of which will be determined by the President and declared by his Proclamation), within such limits and subject to such conditions as he may deem necessary to meet the emergency, the importation free of duty of such food, clothing, and medical, surgical, and other supplies as he may designate and under such regulations as he may prescribe, when imported for use in such emergency relief work. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 1st day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2224 February 8, 1937 Emergency Board, Chicago Great Western Railroad (Patrick H. Joyce and Luther M. Walter, Trustees)—Employees Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Emergency Board, Chicago Great Western Railroad (Patrick H. Joyce and Luther M. Walter, Trustees)—Employees February 8, 1937[No. 2224] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor dispute, Chicago Great Western Railroad and certain of its employees.Preamble.WHEREAS, the President, having been duly notified by the National Mediation Board that a dispute between the Chicago Great Western Railroad (Patrick II. Joyce and Luther M. Walter, Trustees), a earner, and certain of its employees represented by Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers, Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen, Order of Railway Conductors, Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, Switchmen’s Union of North America, which dispute has not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, amended, now threatens substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the States of Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri and Kansas, to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.[44 Stat. 586](/us/stat/44/586).[45 U. S. C. § 160](/us/usc/t45/s160).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, amended, do hereby create a board to be composed of three persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employees or any carrier, to investigate and report their findings to me within thirty days from this date. Compensation, etc.The members of this Board shall be compensated for and on account of such duties in the sum of seventy-five dollars for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to such board. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses for themselves and of 1813the board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with Traveling, etc., expenses.[47 Stat. 405](/us/stat/47/405).[5 U. S. C. § 823](/us/usc/t5/s823).Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a. m., not to exceed five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of Expenditures of the board.the appropriation “Emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1937” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 8th day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2225 February 8, 1937 Green Mountain National Forest—Vermont Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Green Mountain National Forest—Vermont February 8, 1937[No. 2225] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS by proclamation of April 25, 1932 (47 Stat, 2509), Green Mountain National Forest, Vt.Preamble.[47 Stat. 2509](/us/stat/47/2509).[36 Stat. 961](/us/stat/36/961); [43 Stat. 653](/us/stat/43/653).[16 U. S. C. §§ 316, 515](/us/usc/t16/s316/515).there were set apart as the Green Mountain National Forest, in the State of Vermont, certain forest lands which had been, or might thereafter be, acquired by the United States of America under authority of the act of Congress approved March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat, 961 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 516), as amended by the act of June 7, 1924, ch. 348, 43 Stat. 653 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 515); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to modify the boundaries of the said National Forest by including therein certain other forest lands which have been, or may be, acquired under authority of the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Boundaries modified.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power in me vested by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[19 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t19/s471).[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).Lands Included.Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2, 30 Stat. 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911, do proclaim that all lands of the United States in the State of Vermont within the areas herein-after described, are hereby included in and reserved as a part of the Green Mountain National Forest, and that all lands within such areas which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under the said acts of March 1, 1911, and June 7, 1924, shall upon acquisition of title thereto be reserved and administered as a part of the said National Forest: Northern Division Beginning in the Village of Mendon at the point where the Northern Division.East Pittsford Road intersects U. S. Highway 4; thence with the East Pittsford Road to the intersection with the Chittenden Road; thence with the, Chittenden Road to the intersection with the Old Dugway Road; thence with the Old Dugway Road to the intersection with the River Road; thence with the River Road to 1814the North Chittenden Road in Chittenden Village; thence with the North Chittenden Road to its intersection with the River Road in North Chittenden Village; thence northerly with the River Road about 2 miles to the crossing of Furnace Brook; thence up Furnace Brook to a point where a small drain enters from the west; thence westerly up said small drain to its intersection with the Middle Road; thence with the Middle Road to the intersection with State Highway 115 and the North Road at Goshen Four Corners; thence leaving State Highway 115 with the North Road in northerly and southwesterly directions to its reintersection with State Highway 115 approximately 1½ miles west of Goshen Four Corners; thence with State Highway 115 to the intersection with the School House Hill Road m Forestdale Village; thence with the School House Hill Road to the intersection with State Highway 53; thence with State Highway 53 to the intersection with the Fern Lake Road; thence with the Fem Lake Road to the south end of Fem Lake; thence with the easterly shore of Fern Lake to a northeasterly cove in Fern Lake; thence N 26° E, true meridian, approximately 20 chains to a south-easterly cove of Lake Dunmore; thence with the easterly shore of Lake Dunmore to a cove south of Keewaydin Camps where State Highway 53 borders the east shore of Lake Dunmore; thence with State Highway 53 to the intersection with the East Middlebury Road; thence with the East Middlebury Road to the intersection with the Ripton Road; thence with the Ripton Road to intersection with the old Pratt Hill Road: thence with the old Pratt Hill Road to the intersection with the East Middle-bury Road; thence with the East Middlebury Road to the intersection with Middlebury River; thence up Middlebury River to the East Middlebury-Hancock Road; thence westerly with the East Middlebury-Hancock Road to the intersection with School Street in East Middlebury Village; thence northerly with School Street and School Street extended to Fay’s Comer; thence westerly with an east and west road from Fay’s Comer to the intersection with State Highway 116; thence with State Highway 116 to the intersection with the Little Notch Road; thence with the Little Notch Road to the intersection with a north and south road, also known as the Little Notch Road, and which is the most easterly road at the foot of the mountains; thence with this most easterly road to the intersection with River Street in Bristol Village; thence with River Street to River Street Bridge over the New Haven River; thence with the New Haven River to the Gove Hill Road Bridge in West Lincoln; thence with the Gove Hill Road to the intersection with the West Hill Road; thence with the West Hill Road to the intersection with the Ripton-Lincoln Road; thence with the Ripton-Lincoln Road to the intersection with the most southerly road to South Lincoln; thence with the most southerly South Lincoln Road to the intersection with the Lincoln-South Lincoln Road; thence with the Lincoln-South Lincoln Road to the intersection with a north and south cross road from South Lincoln Village to Lincoln-Warren Road; thence with said cross road to its intersection with the Lincoln-Warren Road; thence with the Lincoln-Warren Road to its intersection with the Old Downingville Road; thence with the old Downingville Road to its intersection at Downingville with the Jerusalem Road; thence with the Jerusalem Road to its intersection with the north line of the Town of Lincoln : thence easterly with the north line of the Town of Lincoln and the north line of the Town of Warren to the intersection with the German Flats Road; thence with German Flats Road and the Grand Hollow Road to 1815the intersection of the Grand Hollow Road with State Highway 100; thence with State Highway 100 to the crossing of Mad River in Warren Village; thence up Mad River to its intersection with the WarrenGranville Town Line, which is also the Washington-Addison County Line and the north boundary of the Granville Gulf State Forest; thence with the north, wrest and south boundaries of said State Forest to the intersection with State Highway 100; thence with State Highway 100 to the intersection with Alder Meadow Brook in Granville Village; thence down Alder Meadow Brook to its junction with White River; thence with White River and State Highway 100, whichever is the most westerly, to the intersection of White River with State Highway 115; thence with State Highway 115 to the intersection with Calkin’s Road; thence with Calkin’s Road to the intersection with White River; thence with White River to the intersection with State Highway 100; thence with State Highway 100 to the intersection in Pittsfield Village with the Upper Michigan Road; thence with the Upper Michigan Road to the intersection with a short cross road; thence with said cross road to the intersection with the Lower Michigan Road; thence with the Lower Michigan Road to the intersection with State Highway 100; thence with State Highway 100 to the intersection with U. S. Highway 4; thence with U. S. Highway 4 to place of BEGINNING. Southern Division Beginning at the point where U. S. Highway 7 crosses the Vermont-Massachusetts Southern Division.State Line; thence with U. S. Highway 7 to the intersection with the Old County Road in Pownal: thence with the Old County Road to the intersection with U. S. Highway 7 in Pownal Center; thence with U. S. Highway 7 to the intersection with the Barber Pond Road in Pownal Center; thence with the Barber Pond Road to the intersection with the Stamford and East Roads; thence with the East Road, which is the most easterly through road along the base of the mountain, to the intersection with the Gore Road at the Blair Farm; thence with the Gore Road to the intersection with the Burgess Fair Ground Road; thence with the Burgess Fair Ground Road to the intersection with the Barney Road; thence with the Barney Road to the intersection with State Route 9; thence with State Route 9 to Furnace Bridge over Walloomsac Brook; thence with the Walloomsac Brook to the intersection with Branch Street in the Village of Bennington; thence with Branch Street extended in the Brooklyn Section of Bennington, and with East Road beyond the village limits of Bennington to the intersection near the Wait Farm, with a more westerly road also known as East Road; thence with the East Road to the intersection with the Straight Road; thence with the Straight Road to the intersection with East Road at Snow School; thence with the East Road to the intersection with the East Arlington Road; thence with the East Arlington Road to the intersection with Church Street in East Arlington; thence with Church Street to the intersection with Kelly Stand Road; thence with Kelly Stand Road to the intersection with North Road near Roaring Branch Bridge at East Kansas; thence with North Road to the intersection with River Street and the Old Stage Road in Sunderland; thence with the Old Stage Road to the intersection with the Sunderland-Richfield Road in Sunderland; thence with the Sunderland-Richfield Road to intersection with the Rutland Railway; thence with the Rutland Railway to the intersection with the Richfield Road; thence with the 1816Richfield Road to the intersection with an unnamed street in Richfield which borders on Bushee Farm; thence in part with the unnamed street and in part with an abandoned road to the intersection with C. F. Bartlett Road; thence with C. F. Bartlett Road to the intersection with State Route 30; thence with State Route 30 to the intersection with the Rutland Railway near Manchester Depot; thence with the Rutland Railway and U. S. Highway 7, whichever is more easterly, to the intersection with the Hartsboro Road; thence with the Hartsboro Road to the intersection with the Ice-bed Road; thence with the Ice-bed Road to the intersection with State Highway 103A; thence with State Highway 103A to the intersection with State Highway 103; thence with State Highway 103 to the intersection with State Highway 8; thence with State Highway 8 to the intersection with the Back Road; thence with the Back Road, west of and parallel to State Highway 8, to the forks of the road near Benson’s Mill; thence with an old road on the west side of West River to the intersection with the Weston-Peru Road; thence with the Weston-Peru Road to the intersection with the Landgrove Road; thence with the Landgrove Road to the first fork of the road south of North Landgrove (locally known as Clarksville); thence with the more easterly road to its fork; thence with the more westerly road to the intersection with State Highway 11; thence south 4 degrees west approximately 1,9 miles to the Winhall Hollow Road at its junction approximately 1.6 miles north-west of South Londonderry Village, with an old settlement road leading to State Highway 11; thence with the Winhall Hollow Road to the intersection with the Bondville Road; thence with the Bondville Road to the intersection with State Route 30 in Bondville; thence with State Route 30 to the intersection with the Winhall Station Road in Rawsonville; thence with the Winhall Station Road to the intersection with the abandoned Central Vermont Railway at Winhall Station; thence with the Central Vermont Railway to the intersection with Station Street in Jamaica Village; thence with Station Street to the intersection with Brook Street; thence with Brook Street to the intersection with State Route 30; thence with State Route 30 to the intersection with River Road at French Bridge over West River; thence with the River Road to intersection with State Route 8 at East Jamaica; thence with State Route 8 to the intersection with the South Wardsboro Road in Wardsboro; thence with the South Wardsboro Road to the intersection with the South Wardsboro School Road in South Wardsboro; thence with the South Wardsboro School Road about 0.6 miles to the intersection with an old road at a barway; thence with the old road which is in part abandoned but rock willed and in part a farm road to the intersection with the Rock River and West Dover Roads; thence with the West Dover Road about one-half mile to the intersection with a back road; thence with the back road to the intersection with the West Dover Road; thence with the West Dover Road to the intersection with State Route 8 in West Dover; thence with State Route 8 to the intersection with the Handle Road near the headwaters of Blue Brook; thence with the Handle Road to intersection with the Perley Symester Farm Road; thence with the Perley Symester Farm Road to the intersection with the Ray Hill Road; thence with the Ray Hill Road to the intersection with State Route 9; thence with State Route 9 to a point on said route north of the intersection of Deerfield River with the flow fine of Whitingham Lake; thence south to the intersection of Deerfield River with the flow line of Whitingham Lake; thence with the 1817flow line around the west side of Whitingham Lake to the intersection with State Route 8 near the village of Whitingham; thence with State Route 8 to the intersection with the most westerly road to Rowe, Massachusetts; thence with the most westerly road to Rowe to the intersection with a logging road about three tenths of a mile beyond the first farmhouse on the left; thence with the logging road to the Vermont-Massachusetts State line; thence with the Vermont Massachusetts State Line to the BEGINNING. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this eighth day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven [seal] and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2226 February 23, 1937 Enlarging the Montezuma Castle National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging the Montezuma Castle National Monument—Arizona February 23, 1937[No. 2226] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the area in the State of Arizona established as the Montezuma Castle National Monument, Ariz.Preamble.[34 Stat. 3265](/us/stat/34/3265).Montezuma Castle National Monument by Proclamation of December 8, 1906, has situated thereon prehistoric ruins and ancient cliff dwellings which are of great interest to the public; and WHEREAS it appeal’s that there are certain government-owned lands reserved by Proclamation of September 29, 1919, as a part of [41 Stat. 1770](/us/stat/41/1770).Coconino National Forest, adjacent to the boundaries of the said monument, which are required for the proper care, management, and protection of the said prehistoric ruins and ancient cliff dwellings: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President Area enlarged.of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of the act of June 4, 1897, ch, 2, [30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431)..30 Stat. 11, ,36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described Portion of Coconino National Forest transferred to.lands in Arizona are hereby excluded from the Coconino National Forest and reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and added to and made a part of the Montezuma Castle National Monument: Gila and Salt River Meridian Description. T. 14 N., R. 5 E., sec. 8, S½SE¼, S½NW¼SE¼, SE¼SW¼, S½ NE¼SW¼; sec. 16, E½NW¼, SE¼SW¼NW¼, N½SW¼NW¼; sec. 17, N½SE¼NE¼, N½SW¼NE¼, SW¼S¼ NE¼, SE¼NW¼, containing 360 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not Warning against unauthorized acts.to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction Supervision.of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, 1818and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress [39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 23, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory *Proviso*.Withdrawal for Salt River Irrigation Project, Aria.thereof: *Provided,* that the administration of the monument shall be subject to the withdrawal for the Salt River Irrigation project, Arizona. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 23d day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2227 February 23, 1937 Cumberland National Forest—Kentucky Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Cumberland National Forest—Kentucky February 23, 1937[No. 2227] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Cumberland National Forest, Ky.Preamble,Statutory authorization.[36 Stat. 962](/us/stat/36/962).[16 U. S. C. §§ 515, 516](/us/usc/t16/s515/516).WHEREAS certain forest lands within the State of Kentucky have been or may hereafter be acquired by the United States of America under the authority of sections 6 and 7 of the act of March 1, 1911, ch. 186, 36 Stat. 961, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sections 515, 516); and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve and designate such lands as the Cumberland National Forest: Reserving, etc., designated lands for national forest.[26 Stat 1103](/us/stat/26/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 471](/us/usc/t16/s471).[36 Stat. 963](/us/stat/36/963).[16 U. S. C. § 521](/us/usc/t16/s521).NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 24 of the act of March 3, 1891, ch. 561, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, section 471), and by section 11 of the said act of March 1, 1911 (U. S. C., title 16, section 521), do proclaim that there are hereby reserved and set apart as the Cumberland National Forest all lands of the United States within the following-described area, and that all lands therein which may hereafter be acquired by the United States under authority of said act of March 1, 1911, as amended, shall upon their acquisition be reserved and administered as a part of the Cumberland National Forest: Description.Beginning at a point where the Southern Railroad crosses the Kentucky-Tennessee State line at Jellico, Tennessee; thence with the Kentucky-Tennessee State line in a westerly direction to where the Little South Fork of the Cumberland River crosses said line; thence down little South Fork to the South Fork; thence down South Fork to the mouth of Cain Branch on the north side of the Martin Bend; thence up said Branch to a point in road about one-fourth of a mile southeast of Grace Hill Church; thence along road passing Grace Hill Church to United States Highway-No. 27; thence easterly along said highway to Sugar Tree Road; thence along said road to Sugar Tree Hollow; thence down said Hollow to Cumberland River; thence up said River to the mouth of Baker Spring Creek; thence up said Creek to point in Dixie-Haynes Road near Dixie School; thence along said road to Ford across Cumberland River at a point between Dixie and Haynes Bends; thence up said River to the mouth of Buck Creek; thence 1819up said Creek to the mouth of Whetstone Creek; thence up Whetstone Creek to a point in Whetstone road near head of said Creek and about one-half of a mile south of Acorn, Kentucky; thence along said road to Mount Victory-Acorn road; thence along last named road passing Acorn, Kentucky, to State High-way No. 80; thence along said highway in a northeasterly direction about two and one-half miles to Conrard-Squibb road; thence along said road to Conrard, Kentucky; thence along a road leading northerly, crossing Line Creek, to and up Buffalo Creek, and crossing West Fork of Skagg Creek to the East Fork of Skagg Creek at a point in road about one-half mile above its junction with the West Fork thereof; thence along road up said East Fork about three and three-fourth miles to junction of roads at forks of said Creek; thence along road northeasterly to U. S. Highway No. 25 at Pine Hill, Kentucky; thence along said High-way to the Brush Creek road which leads to Orlando, Kentucky; thence along said road to the Louisville & Nashville Railroad at the junction of Brush and Roundstone Creeks; thence along said railroad to Langford road a point about one-fourth of a mile north of Langford, Kentucky; thence along said road to Clear Creek road; thence along said road to Lowman Hill road a point about one-fourth of a mile north of Disputanta, Kentucky; thence along Lowman Hill road to Climax-Three Links Road; thence along said road to Old Jackson Road; thence along said road to Pine Grove road; thence along said road to Clover Bottom road; thence along said road to State Highway No. 21; thence along said State Highway to Dry Fork road; thence along said road to Brazil-Kerby Knob road; thence along said road to Kerby Knob, Kentucky; thence with a road leading northwesterly to the headwaters of Rock Lick Creek, and northeasterly to the head-waters of Shirley Branch, to the road paralleling Red Lick Creek; thence along said road, to the second crossing of Nellie Henderson Branch near its mouth; thence along the foot of the hill on the southeast side of Red Lick Creek to bend in a road about one-fourth mile south of the mouth of Red Lick Creek; thence along said road, crossing Middle Fork of Station Camp Creek, to a point in curve of road about one-eighth of a mile southwest of where said road crosses Station Camp Creek; thence along the foot of the hill on the west side of Station Camp Creek to a point opposite and about one-half mile west of the mouth of Searcy Creek; thence a straight line to a point where Station Camp Creek road crosses Searcy Creek near its mouth; thence along said road, crossing Jones Branch to River Road a point near South Irvine School; thence along said road, crossing Little and Big Doe Creeks, to the Kentucky River; thence northeasterly along a road crossing Kentucky River near the mouth of Buck Creek, to Pryce, Kentucky; thence along Pryce Road crossing Miller Creek to State Highway No. 52; thence along said highway about three-fourths of a mile to a road leading southwesterly; thence along said road, passing Millers Creek, Kentucky, to Cow Creek near its mouth; thence up Cow Creek to State Highway No. 52; thence along said highway in a northeasterly direction about one-half mile to Old Cow Creek Road; thence along said road, crossing Cow Creek, Cottage Fork and Campbell Fork to the corporate limits of Irvine, Kentucky; thence with the corporate limits thereof to brow of mountain; thence along brow of mountain overlooking Irvine, Kentucky, and around head of Sweet Lick Branch to a point opposite and northeast of the junction of Sweet Lick Branch and White Oak Creek; thence along divide between said streams to a point on State Highway No. 89; thence along 1820said highway to road up White Oak Creek; thence along road, up White Oak Creek, down Little Hardwich Creek, and up Hardwick Creek to Estill Furnace, Kentucky; thence northerly along road down Cat Creek to State Highway No. 15 near mouth of Cat Creek; thence along said highway to Middle Fork Road about one-fourth of a mile east of Cow Creek; thence along said road, crossing South Fork of Red River, to a road near the Louisville and Nashville Railroad; thence along said road and up Red River to a point opposite the mouth of Dunwoody Branch; thence along the foot of the hill on the south side of Red River to a point opposite the mouth of Spaas Creek; thence a straight line to a point where road crosses Spaas Creek near its mouth; thence along said road down Red River, crossing Short Creek, Dunwoody Branch and Cane Creek to forks of load on west side of Cane Creek; thence along Cane Creek road to forks of road; thence along Right Fork of Cane Creek road to Hawkins Branch; thence easterly along a road up Hawkins Branch to Fagan, Kentucky; thence along a road down Leatherwood Fork to Leatherwood School; thence along Indian Creek road passing Tabor, Kentucky, to State Highway No. 40, about one and one-fourth miles west of Frenchburg, Kentucky; thence along said highway about two and one-half miles to Old State road leading westerly; thence along said road to Slate Fork; thence along a road up Slate Fork, crossing East Fork, to head of and down Mill Creek and up hill to forks of road on divide between Mill Creek and Blue Bank Creek; thence along road to Blue Bank Creek; thence down Blue Bank Creek passing the mouth of Pond Lick Branch, to a branch coming into said creek from the southeast about one mile south of the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad; thence along the height of land, crossing the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad about one and one-eighth miles west of Olympia, Kentucky, and crossing State Highway No. 36 about one mile northwest of Olympia, Kentucky, to the forks of Rose Run; thence down said rim about one-half mile to a bend in same; thence along the height of land of Flood Mountain to U. S. Highway No. 60 about one and one-fourth miles northwest of Salt Lick, Kentucky; thence along said high-way to Salt Lick Creek; thence up Salt Lick Creek to the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad; thence along said railroad to Midland, Kentucky; thence along Midland-Yale road up Licking River to a point about one-fourth of a mile west of Hog Hollow; thence a straight line north, crossing Licking River, to a point in road at Carey School; thence northerly along said road to U. S. Highway No. 60 at Farmers, Kentucky; thence along said highway, crossing East Fork of Triplett Creek to Bluestone, Kentucky; thence along the North Fork Triplett road to State Highway No. 32; thence crossing said highway northeasterly along the old North Fork Triplett road to Kiser Branch; thence crossing said branch and along the Martins Branch road to the North Fork Triplett road; thence along said road to Old Johnson road; thence along said road to Johnson Branch; thence along the lower slope east of Big Brushy Creek to Humphrey Branch about one-fourth of a mile above its mouth; thence a straight line to Big Brushy road at the mouth of Colt Branch; thence along said road to Brushy-Cane Creek road; thence with said road to the Fleming-Rowan County line a point near U. S. G. S. Triangulation Station Sand; thence along the Rowan-Fleming, Rowan-Lewis and Rowan-Carter County lines to a point on Rowan-Carter County line between the heads of Holly Fork and Hays Branch; thence along the divide between Holly Fork and Hays Branch, and Little Perry Branch and Hays Branch, to East Fork of Triplett Creek 1821about one-half mile west of Hayes, Kentucky; thence up East Fork of Triplett Creek to the mouth of Buffalo Branch; thence along road, up Buffalo Branch and down Patties Lick Branch to State Highway No. 32; thence along said highway to Vale, Kentucky; thence along road up Walker Branch to ridge and along ridge to Crix Ridge road; thence along said road to Wagoner road; thence along said road to Minor-Poplar Grove road; thence along said road crossing Minor Creek to State Highway No. 173; thence southerly with said highway to Blairs Mills Road a point on the Rowan-Elliott County lino at the head of Devils Creek; thence along said road to Blairs Mills Station (Leisure P. O.) Kentucky; thence along a road crossing North Fork of Licking River to Yocum Creek road at Blaize, Kentucky; thence along said road to Caudill Ridge road at Zag, Kentucky; thence along said road to Licking River; thence along a road crossing Licking River at Blackwater Ford to Dan Ridge Road at Dan, Kentucky; thence along said road to State Highway No. 40 at Wellington, Kentucky; thence along said highway to a road leading southerly along Lothan Branch; thence along road down and east of Lothan Branch to Mill Fork Branch; thence down Mill Fork Branch to the cliffs; thence along cliffs east of Mill Fork Branch, around Goss Fork and east of Hiram Brown Branch to a road near the head of Hiram Brown Branch; thence along said road on divide to forks of road near head of Osborne Branch; thence along road to cliffs near the head of Osborne Branch; thence along cliffs east of Osborne Branch and north of Clifty Creek to a point about one-fourth of a mile southwest of liney Branch; thence crossing Clifty Creek and along the cliffs to the south thereof to a point in road near the head of Solomon Branch; thence along road to the Tut Ford (across Red River); thence crossing Red River and along Calaboose road, passing Calaboose School to Swift Camp Creek about one and one-half miles north of Campton, Kentucky; thence southerlv along a road crossing Page Branch about one-half mile to Duff Ridge Road; thence with said road to a point on State Highway No. 15 about two and one-half miles northwest of Campton, Kentucky; thence along said highway to its intersection with State Highway No. 11 near Pine Ridge, Kentucky; thence along Highway No. 11 to a point over the tunnel of the Louisville and Nashville Railroad at Torrent, Kentucky; thence along the Louisville and Nashville Railroad to Fincastle, Kentucky; thence along Fincastle road, passing Shumaker School and crossing Hell Creek to State Highway No. 11; thence along said highway to its junction with State Highway No. 52 at Beattyville, Kentucky; thence along Highway No. 52 about one mile to road down a hollow; thence along said road to Kentucky River; thence up said River to Kentucky State Highway No. 11 at forks of River; thence along said highway to Heidelberg road leading to Idamay, Kentucky; thence along said road, passing Idamay, and down Duck Fork to Sturgeon Creek; thence up Sturgeon Creek to a point about one-fourth of a mile above the mouth of Travis Creek; thence along the divide between Travis Creek on the north and Grassy Creek on the south to a point in Brushy Mountain road along north and south divide; thence along said road to point in intersection of Old Jack Branch road about three-fourths of a mile south of Nantz Triangulation Station; thence along said road crossing Warfork Creek and passing Smith School to State High w ay No. 21 near Bradshaw, Kentucky; thence along said highway, passing Gray Hawk, Kentucky, to Old Gray Hawk-Annville road; thence along said road to Gray Hawk-Vicker’s road; thence southwesterly along said road to McKee-Annville 1822road; thence along said road to Letter Box road a point near Dabolt, Kentucky; thence along said road to crossroads at Parrott, Kentucky; thence westerly along road down Black Lick to South Fork of Rockcastle River; thence down said South Fork to its junction with the Middle Fork of Rockcastle River; thence down Rockcastle River to old State road a point on the Old Crewe’s Ferry Crossing; thence along said road to Mershons, Kentucky a point on U. S. Highway No. 25; thence southerly along said highway to Old Livingston road; thence westerly about one and one-half miles along said road to a road leading south; thence southerly with said road to Arthur Ridge road a point near Hazelpatch Creek; thence along said road crossing Hazelpatch Creek to Jonson Ridge road; thence along said road to Crab Orchard road; thence along said road to Gillis Branch road; thence along said road to Camper road; thence along said road to State Highway No. 80 at Bernstadt, Kentucky; thence easterly along said highway to Highmore road a point near Dees Store; thence along said road to Sinking Creek road; thence along said road to Abutment road a point near Pine Top School; thence along said road to Sublimity road a point near Benges Store; thence along said road to a point where the center of said road crosses the Castle Craig Coal Company Tract 1520–II on the line between comers 4 and 5 at 0.45 chains S 40°30’ E of corner 4 of said tract; thence with the eastern boundary of tract 1520–II and meanders thereof S 40°30’E 3.32 chains to comer 5; thence S 31° 00’ W 14.18 chains to comer 6; thence S 22°00’ W 6.52 chains to comer 1 which is also comer 1 of the Castle Craig Coal Company tract 1520–I; thence with part of the boundary of said tract and meanders thereof S 57°30’ E 1.15 chains to comer 2; thence S 27°15’ W 4.67 chains to comer 3; thence S 51°00’ W 3.96 chains to corner 4; thence N 40°45’ W 0.54 chains to center of Sublimity road; thence along said road to Corbin-Somerset road; thence along said road to Old Sinking-Woodbine (old Burton road) road; thence with said road passing Bartons Mill to Scuflletown road; thence with said road to State Highway No. 90; thence along said highway to Old Cumberland Falls road; thence along said road to Devils Creek road; thence along said road to Henry Young road; thence along said road to State Highway No. 90; thence easterly along said highway about one-eighth of a mile to Red-bird Lane; thence along Rodbird Lane to Redbird Bridge across Cumberland River; thence along Redbird Road to a point in forks of road about one-half mile northwest of Williamsburg, Kentucky; thence along road to State Highway No. 92; thence along said highway to spur railroad leading to Bon Jellico, Kentucky; thence along said railroad to the Louisville and Nashville railroad about one and one-fourth miles south of Williamsburg, Kentucky; thence along the Louisville and Nashville railroad to the Southern railroad; thence along the Southern railroad to the BEGINNING. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington, this 23d day of February in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2228 March 26, 1937 Enlarging the Death Valley National Monument—California and Nevada Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1823 Enlarging the Death Valley National Monument—California and Nevada March 26, 1937[No. 2228] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain public lands contiguous to the Death ValleyDeath Valley National Monument, Calif, and Nev.Preamble.[47 Stat. 2554](/us/stat/47/2554). National Monument, established by the Proclamation of February 11, 1933 (47 Stat. 2554), have situated thereon various objects of historic and scientific interest, and are necessary for the proper care, management and protection of unusual features of scientific interest within the said monument; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as an addition to the Death Valley National Monument: NOW, THEREFORE, T, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentArea enlarged. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225; U. S. C. title 16 sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to the[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).[48 Stat. 139](/us/stat/48/139).[16 U. S. C. § 447](/us/usc/t16/s447). provisions of the Act of Congress approved June 13, 1933 (48 Stat. 139), and to all valid existing rights, the following described lands hi California and Nevada be, and the same are hereby added to and made a part of the Death Valley National Monument: Description. mount diablo meridian—california T. 18 S., R. 44 E., that part southwest of former west boundary of Monument (unsurveyed). T. 19 S., R. 44 E., that part southwest of former west boundary of Monument (unsurveyed). T. 19 S., R. 45 E., that part southwest of former west boundary of Monument. T. 20 S., R. 45 E., that part southwest of former west boundary of Monument. san bernardino meridian—california T. 25 N., R. 3 E., those parts of secs. 5, 8, 16 and 17 lying southwest of a line parallel to and 500 ft. northeasterly from the center line of Dante’s View highway. T. 18 N., R. 4 E., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive; N½ sec. 13 ; N½ sec. 14; N½ sec. 15; N½ sec. 16; N½ sec. 17; N½ sec. 18 (partly unsurveyed). Tps. 19, 20 and 21 N., R. 4 E. (partly unsurveyed). T. 22 N., R. 4 E., secs. 31 to 36, inclusive (partly unsurveved). T. 18 N., R. 5 E., secs. 1 to 12, inclusive; N½ sec. 13; N½ sec. 14; N½ sec. 15; N½ sec. 16; N½ sec. 17, N½ sec. 18 (partly unsurveyed). T. 19 N., R. 5 E., (partly unsurveyed). T. 20 N., R. 5 E., secs. 25 to 36, inclusive (unsurveyed).1824 T. 18 N., R. 6 E., W½ sec. 5; secs. 6 and 7; W½ sec. 8; NW¼ sec. 17, N½sec. 18 (partly unsurveyed). T. 19 N., R. 6 E., W½ sec. 5; secs. 6 and 7; W½ sec. 8; W½ sec. 17; secs. 18 and 19; W½ sec. 20; W½ sec. 29; secs. 30 and 31; W½sec. 32 (unsurveyed). T. 20 N., R. 6 E., W½ sec. 29; secs. 30 and 31; W½ sec. 32 (unsurveyed). mount diablo meridian—nevada T. 11 S., R. 42 E., (unsurveyed). Tps. 11 and 12 S., R. 43 E. (unsurveyed). Tps. 11, 12 and 13 S., R. 44 E. (unsurveyed). Tps. 11, 12, 13 and 14 S., R. 45 E. (partly unsurveyed), containing approximately 305,920 acres. Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535, U. S. C. title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. Certain Executivo orders superseded.The reservation made by this proclamation supersedes as to any of the above-described lands affected thereby the withdrawal made by Executive Order No. 6910 of November 26, 1934, as amended, and Executive Order of December 1, 1913, creating Public Water Reserve No. 13. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26th day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT The President, Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2229 March 29, 1937 Army Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Army Day March 29, 1937[No. 2229] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Army Day.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 1108.WHEREAS Senate Concurrent Resolution 5, 75th Congress, 1st Session, provides:" Annual recognition provided for.“That April 6 of each year be recognized by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America as Army Day, and that the President of the United States be requested, as Commander in Chief, to order military units throughout the United States to assist civic bodies in appropriate celebration to such extent as he may deem advisable; 1825 to issue a proclamation each year declaring April 6 as Army Day, and in such proclamations to invite the Governors of the various States to issue Army Day proclamations: *Provided,* That in the event April 6 falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as Anny Day.” " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentApril 6, 1937, to be observed as. of the United States of America, pursuant to the above Concurrent Resolution, do hereby declare April 6, 1937, Army Day, and I invite the Governors of the several States to issue Anny Day proclamations; and, acting under the authority vested in me as Commander in Chief, I order military units throughout the United States, its Territories and possessions, to assist civic bodies in the appropriate observance of that day. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 29th day of March, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* 2230 April 1, 1937 Enlarging the Tonto National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Enlarging the Tonto National Monument—Arizona April 1, 1937[No. 2230] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the area in the State of Arizona established as theTonto Nations’ Monument, Ariz.Preamble.[35 Stat. 2168](/us/stat/35/2168). Tonto National Monument by Proclamation of December 19, 1907, has situated thereon prehistoric ruins and ancient cliff dwellings which are of great ethnologic, scientific, and educational interest to the public; and WHEREAS it appears that there are certain government-owned lands reserved by Proclamation of January 13, 1908, as a part of the[36 Stat. 2176](/us/stat/36/2176). Tonto National Forest, adjacent to the boundaries of the said monu-ment, which are required for the proper care, management, and protection of the said historic ruins and ancient cliff dwellings: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentArea enlarged. of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority[30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473). vested in me by section 1 of the act of June 4, 1897, ch. 2. 30 Stat. 11, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 473), and section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906,[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431). ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands inLands excluded Iront Tonto Notional Forest. Arizona are hereby excluded from the Tonto National Forest and reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and added to and made a part of the Tonto National Monument: gila and salt river meridianGila and Salt River Meridian.Description. T. 4 N., R. 12 E., sec. 26, SW¼; sec. 27, SE¼ sec. 35, NW¼ (unsurveyed), containing approximately 480 acres. 1826 Warning against unauthorized acts.Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof: *Provided,* that the administration of the monument shall be*Proviso*.Withdrawal for Salt River irrigation project. subject to the withdrawal for the Salt River Irrigation project, Arizona. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this first day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hun-dred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *The Secretary of State*. 2231 April 9, 1937 Child Health Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Child Health Day April 9, 1937[No. 2231] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Child Health Day.Preamble.[45 Stat. 617](/us/stat/45/617).WHEREAS the Congress by joint resolution of May 18, 1928 (45 Stat. 617), has authorized and requested the President of the United States to issue annually a proclamation setting apart May 1 as Child Health Day; and WHEREAS safeguarding the health of children is protecting the vitality of the Nation; and WHEREAS during the past year the Federal Government has been cooperating with the State and local governments in extending and improving child-health services: Designating May 1, 1937, as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, on the twenty-fifth anniversary of the founding of the Children’s Bureau of the United States Department of Labor, do hereby designate the fust day of May of this year as Child Health Day, and do call upon the people of the United States on that day to consider and appraise child-health conditions and the community organization for child health, and to plan for health protection for every child during the coming year; and I call upon the children to celebrate the gains they have made in health during the year and to lend their aid to the community in its year-round effort to promote the health of the Nation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this ninth day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2232 April 13, 1937 Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1827 Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument—Arizona April 13, 1937[No. 2232] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain public lands in the State of Arizona containOrgan Pipe Cactus National Monument, Ariz.Preamble. historic landmarks, and have situated thereon various objects of historic and scientific interest; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as a national monument, to be known as the Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentReserving certain lands for national monument.[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431). of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225; U. S. C. title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to existing rights, the following-described lands in Arizona are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and set apart as the Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument: gila and salt river meridian Beginning at a point on the southern boundary of the Papago Indian Reservation which is the point for the corner of secs. 5, 6, 31, and 32, Tps. 17 and 18 S., R. 3 W.; thence south approximately five and one-half miles to the International Boundary ; thence northwesterly along the International Boundary to the intersection with the position for the third meridional section line through unsurveyed T. 17 S., R. 8 W.; thence north on the third meridional section line through Tps. 17, 16, 15 and 14 S., R. 8 W. (unsurveyed), to the point for the corner of secs. 15, 16, 21 and 22; thence east on the third latitudinal section line through T. 14 S., Rs. 8, 7, 6 and 5 W., to the corner of sections 13, 18, 19 and 24, T. 14 S., Rs. 4 and 5 W., on the west boundary of the Papago Indian Reservation ; thence southerly and easterly along the west boundary of the Papago Indian Reservation to the point for the corner of secs. 5, 6, 31, and 32, Tps. 17 and 18 S., R. 3 W., which is the point of beginning, containing approximately 330,690 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized person’s notWarning against un-authorized acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535; U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof; *Provided,* that the administration of the monument shall be*Proviso*.Rights reserved. subject to:
(1)Right of the Indians of the Papago Reservation to pick the fruits of the organ pipe cactus and other cacti, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Interior;
(2)Proclamation of May 27, 1907 (35 Stat. 2136);
(3)Executive[35 Stat. 2136](/us/stat/35/2136). Order No. 5462 of October 14, 1930; and
(4)Executive Order of November 21, 1923, reserving a 40-acre tract as a public water reserve. The reservation made by this proclamation supersedes as to anyExecutive Order 6010 superseded. of the above-described lands affected thereby the temporary withdrawal for classification and other purposes made by Executive Order No. 6910 of November 26, 1934, as amended. 1828 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this 13 day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2233 April 14, 1937 Emergency Board, Southern Pacific Company (Pacific Lines) and Northwestern Pacific Railroad Company—Employes Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Emergency Board, Southern Pacific Company (Pacific Lines) and Northwestern Pacific Railroad Company—Employes April 14, 1937[No. 2233] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor disputes, Southern Pacific Company and the Northwestern Pacific Railroad Company and their employees.Preamble.WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the National Mediation Board that disputes between the Southern Pacific Company (Pacific Lines) and the Northwestern Pacific Railroad Company, carriers, and certain of their employes represented byBrotherhood of Locomotive Engineers; Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen; Order of Railway Conductors; Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen; which disputes have not been heretofore adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, amended, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the states of California, Oregon, Nevada, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of[44 Stat. 586](/us/stat/44/586).[45 U. S. C. § 160](/us/usc/t45/s160). the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, amended, do hereby create a board to be composed of three persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employes or any carrier, to investigate the aforementioned disputes and report its findings to me within thirty days from this date. Compensation, etc.The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account of such duties in the sum of seventy-five dollars for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to suchExpenditures. board. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses for themselves and of[47 Stat. 405](/us/stat/47/405).[5 U. S. C. § 823](/us/usc/t5/s823). the board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No. 212, 72d Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a. m., not to exceed five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. Funds available for expenditures.[49 Stat. 1177](/us/stat/49/1177).All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of the appropriation “Emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1937” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. 1829 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 14th day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2234 April 22, 1937 National Maritime Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation National Maritime Day April 22, 1937[No. 2234] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS May 22 of each year has been designated as NationalNational Maritime Day.Preamble.[48 Stat. 73](/us/stat/48/73).[36 U. S. C. § 145](/us/usc/t36/s145). Maritime Day by Public Resolution 7, Seventy-third Congress, approved May 20, 1933, reading as follows:" “Whereas on May 22, 1819, the steamship The Savannah set sail from Savannah, Georgia, on the first successful transoceanic voyage under steam propulsion, thus making a material contribution to the advancement of ocean transportation: Therefore be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That May 22 of each year shall hereafter be designated and known as National Maritime Day, and the President is authorized and requested annually to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such National Maritime Day by displaying the flag at their homes or other suitable places and Government officials to display the flag on all Government buildings on May 22 of each year.”: " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentInviting observance of May 22, 1937, as. of the United States of America, do hereby call upon the people of the United States to observe May 22, 1937, as National Maritime Day by displaying the flag at their homes or other suitable places, and do direct Government officials to display the flag on all Government buildings on that day. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 22nd day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2235 April 26, 1937 Emergency Board, Pennsylvania; Long Island; Baltimore and Ohio; Reading; Central Railroad of New Jersey; Lehigh Valley; New York Central; New York, New Haven & Hartford; Delaware, Lackawanna and Western; and Erie Railroads—Employes Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1830 Emergency Board, Pennsylvania; Long Island; Baltimore and Ohio; Reading; Central Railroad of New Jersey; Lehigh Valley; New York Central; New York, New Haven & Hartford; Delaware, Lackawanna and Western; and Erie Railroads—Employes April 26, 1937[No. 2228] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Labor disputes, Pennsylvania Railroad et al., and their employees.Preamble.WHEREAS the President, having been duly notified by the National Mediation Board that disputes between the Pennsylvania; Long Island; Baltimore and Ohio; Reading; Central Railroad of New Jersey; Lehigh Valley; New York Central; New York, New Haven & Hartford; Delaware, Lackawanna & Western; and Erie Railroads, carriers, and certain of their employees represented by Brotherhood of Railway and Steamship Clerks, Freight Handlers, Express and Station Employees; International Longshoremen’s Association; which disputes have not heretofore been adjusted under the provisions of the Railway Labor Act, amended, now threaten substantially to interrupt interstate commerce within the state of New York and other states in the eastern part of the country to a degree such as to deprive that section of the country of essential transportation service; Emergency board created to investigate and report thereon.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, by virtue of[44 Stat. 586](/us/stat/44/586).[45 U. S. C. § 160](/us/usc/t45/s160). the power vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States, and by virtue of and under the authority in me vested by Section 10 of the Railway Labor Act, amended, do hereby create a board to be composed of three persons not pecuniarily or otherwise interested in any organization of railway employes or any carrier, to investigate the aforementioned disputes and report its findings to me within thirty days from this date. Compensation, etc.The members of this board shall be compensated for and on account of such duties in the sum of seventy-five dollars for every day actually employed with or upon account of travel and duties incident to suchExpenditures. board. The members will be reimbursed for and they are hereby authorized to make expenditures for expenses for themselves and of the Board, including traveling expenses and in conformity with Public No.[47 Stat. 405](/us/stat/47/405).[5 U. S. C. § 823](/us/usc/t5/s823). 212, 72nd Congress, Approved June 30, 1932, 11:30 a. m., not to exceed five ($5.00) dollars per diem for expenses incurred for subsistence. Funds available for expenditures.[49 Stat. 1177](/us/stat/49/1177).All expenditures of the board shall be allowed and paid for out of the appropriation “Emergency Boards, Railway Labor Act, May 20, 1926, 1937” on the presentation of itemized vouchers properly approved by the chairman of the board hereby created. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26th day of April in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty first FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President. Cordell Hull *Secretary of State* 2236 May 1, 1937 Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to Spain Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1831 Export of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War to Spain May 1, 1937[No. 2236] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS section 1 of the joint resolution of Congress approvedExport of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to Spain.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 121. May 1, 1937, amending the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution providing for the prohibition of the export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to belligerent countries; the prohibition of the transportation of arms, ammunition, and implements of war by vessels of the United States for the use of belligerent states ; for the registration and licensing of persons engaged in the business of manufacturing, exporting, or importing arms, ammunition, or implements of war; and restricting travel by American citizens on belligerent ships during war”, approved August 31, 1935, as amended February 29,[49 Stat. 1081, 1152](/us/stat/49/1081/1152).[22 U. S. C., Supp. II, §§ 245a–245i](/us/usc/t22/s245a–245i). 1936, provides in part as follows:" “Whenever the President shall find that a state of civilStatutory provisions. strife exists in a foreign state and that such civil strife is of a magnitude or is being conducted under such conditions that the export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war from the United States to such foreign state would threaten or endanger the peace of the United States, the President shall proclaim such fact, and it shall thereafter be unlawful to export, or attempt to export, or cause to be exported, arms, ammunition, or implements of war from any place in the United States to such foreign state, or to any neutral state for transshipment to, or for the use of, such foreign state.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that" “The President shall, from time to time by proclamation, definitely enumerate the arms, ammunition, and implements of war, the export of which is prohibited by this section. The arms, ammunition, and implements of war so enumerated shall include those enumerated in the President’s proclamation Numbered 2163, of April 10, 1936, but shall not include raw[49 Stat. 3503](/us/stat/49/3503). materials or any other articles or materials not of the same general character as those enumerated in the said proclamation, and in the Convention for the Supervision of the International Trade in Arms and Ammunition and in Implements of War, signed at Geneva June 17, 1925.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that" “Whoever, in violation of any of the provisions of this Act, shall export, or attempt to export, or cause to be exported, arms, ammunition, or implements of war from the United States shall be fined not more than $10,000, or imprisoned not more than five years, or both, and the property, vessel, or vehicle containing the same shall be subject to the provisions of sections 1 to 8, inclusive, title 6, chapter 30, of the Act approved June 15, 1917 (40 Stat. 223–225; U. S. C., 1934 ed.,[40 Stat. 223–225](/us/stat/40/223–225).[22 U. S. C. 238–245](/us/usc/t22/s238–245). title 22, secs. 238–245).” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 1 of the said joint resolution that " “In the case of the forfeiture of any arms, ammunition, or implements of war by reason of a violation of this Act, no public or private sale shall be required; but such arms, ammuni1832tion, or implements of war shall be delivered to the Secretary of War for such use or disposal thereof as shall be approved by the President of the United States.” " AND WHEREAS it is further provided by section 11 of the said joint resolution that“The President may, from time to time, promulgate such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law, as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of the provisions of this Act; and he may exercise any power or authority conferred on him by this Act through such officer or officers, or agency or agencies, as he shall direct,” Existence of civil strife in Spain proclaimed.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D, ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, do hereby proclaim that a state of civil strife unhappily exists in Spain and that such civil strife is of a magnitude and is being conducted under such conditions that the export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war from the United States to Spain would threaten and endangerCitizens, residents, etc., admonished to abstain from law violations. the peace of the United States, and I do hereby admonish all citizens of the United States, or any of its possessions, and all persons residing or being within the territory or jurisdiction of the United States, or its possessions, to abstain from every violation of the provisions of the joint resolution above set forth, hereby made effective and applicable to the export of arms, ammunition, or implements of war from any place in the United States to Spain or to any other state for transshipment to, or for the use of, Spain. Articles to be considered arms, etc.And I do hereby declare and proclaim that the articles listed below shall be considered arms, ammunition, and implements of war for the purposes of section 1 of the said joint resolution of Congress: *Category I*Categories.
(1)Rifles and carbines using ammunition in excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those weapons;
(2)Machine guns, automatic or autoloading rifles, and machine pistols using ammunition in excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those weapons;
(3)Guns, howitzers, and mortars of all calibers, their mountings and barrels;
(4)Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for the arms enumerated under
(1)and
(2)above, and cartridge cases or bullets for such ammunition; filled and unfilled projectiles for the arms enumerated under
(3)above;
(5)Grenades, bombs, torpedoes, mines and depth charges, filled or unfilled, and apparatus for their use or discharge;
(6)Tanks, military armored vehicles, and armored trains. *Category II* Vessels of war of all kinds, including aircraft carriers and submarines, and armor plate for such vessels. *Category III*
(1)Aircraft, unassembled, assembled, or dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air, which are designed, adapted, and intended for aerial combat by the use of machine guns or of artillery or for the carrying and dropping of bombs, or which are equipped with, or which by reason of design or construction are prepared for, any of the appliances referred to in paragraph
(2)below;
(2)Aerial gun mounts and frames, bomb racks, torpedo carriers, and bomb or torpedo release mechanisms. 1833 *Category IV*
(1)Revolvers and automatic pistols using ammunition in excess of caliber .22;
(2)Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for the arms enumerated under
(1)above, and cartridge cases or bullets for such ammunition. *Category V*
(1)Aircraft, unassembled, assembled or dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air, other than those included in Category III;
(2)Propellers or air screws, fuselages, hulls, wings, tail units, and under-carriage units;
(3)Aircraft engines, unassembled, assembled, or dismantled. *Category VI*
(1)Livens projectors and flame throwers;
(2)a. Mustard gas (dichlorethyl sulpiride); b. Lewisite (chlorvinyldichlorarsine and diclilordivinylchlorarsine); c. Methyldichlorarsine; d. Diphenylchlorarsine; e. Diphenylcyanarsinc; f. Diphenylaminechlorarsine; g. Phenyldichlorarsine; h. Ethyldichlorarsine; i. Pbenyldibromarsine; j. Ethyldibromarsine; k. Phosgene; l. Monoclflormethylchlorformate; m. Trichlormethylchlorformate (diphosgene); n. Diclilordimethyl Ether; o. Dibromdimethyl Ether; p. Cyanogen Chloride; q. Ethylbromacetate; r. Ethyliodoacetate; s. Brombenzylcyanide; t. Bromacetone; u. Brommethylethyl ketone. *Category VII*Categories—Continued.
(1)Propellant powders;
(2)High explosives as follows: a. Nitrocellulose having a nitrogen content of more than 12%; b. Trinitrotoluene; c. Trinitroxylene; d. Tetryl (trinitrophenol methyl nitramine or tetranitro methylaniline); e. Picric acid; f. Ammonium picrate; g. Trinitroanisol; h. Trinitronaphthalene; i. Tetranitronaphthalene; j. Hexanitrodiphenylamine; k. Pentaerythritetetranitrate (Penthrite or Pentrite); l. Trimethylenetrinitramine (Hexogen or T4); m. Potassium nitrate powders (bhick saltpeter powder); n. Sodium nitrate powders (black soda powder); 1834 *Category VII*—Categories—Continued.
(2)High explosives—Continued. o. Amatol (mixture of ammonium nitrate and trinitrotoluene); p. Ammonal (mixture of ammonium nitrate, trinitrotoluene, and powdered aluminum, with or without other ingredients); q. Schneiderite (mixture of ammonium nitrate and dinitronaphthalene, with or without other ingredients). Officers to prevent violations.And I do hereby enjoin upon all officers of the United States, charged with the execution of the laws thereof, the utmost diligence in preventing violations of the said joint resolution, and this my proclamation issued thereunder, and in bringing to trial and punishment any offenders against the same. Secretary of State empowered to promulgate rules, etc.And I do hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the power to exercise any powder or authority conferred on me by the said joint resolution, as made effective by this my proclamation issued thereunder, and the power to promulgate such rides and regulations not inconsistent with law as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of its provisions. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this first day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State.* 2237 May 1, 1937 Enumeration of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Enumeration of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War May 1, 1937[No. 2237] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Arms, ammunition, and implements of war.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 121.WHEREAS section 5 of the joint resolution of Congress approved May 1, 1937, amending the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution providing for the prohibition of the export of arms, ammunition, and implements of war to belligerent countries; the prohibition of the transportation of arms, ammunition, and implements of war by vessels of the United States for the use of belligerent states; for the registration and licensing of persons engaged in the business of manufacturing, exporting, or importing arms, ammunition, or implements[49 Stat. 1081, 1152](/us/stat/49/1081/1152).[22 U. S. C., Supp. II, §§ 245a–245i](/us/usc/t22/s245a–245i). of war; and restricting travel by American citizens on belligerent ships during war”, approved August 31, 1935, as amended February 29, 1936, provides in part as follows:" “The President is hereby authorized to proclaim upon recommendation of the Board from time to time a list of articles which shall be considered arms, ammunition, and implements of war for the purposes of this section.” " Declaring designated articles as.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority conferred upon me by the said joint resolution of Con1835gress, and pursuant to the recommendation of the National Munitions Control Board, declare and proclaim that the articles listed below shall, on and after June 1, 1937, be considered arms, ammunition, and implements of war for the purposes of section 5 of the said joint resolution of Congress: *Category I*Categories.
(1)Rifles and carbines using ammunition in excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those weapons;
(2)Machine guns, automatic or autoloading rifles, and machine pistols using ammunition in excess of caliber .22, and barrels for those weapons;
(3)Guns, howitzers, and mortars of all calibers, their mountings and barrels;
(4)Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for the arms enumerated under
(1)and
(2)above, and cartridge cases or bullets for such ammunition; filled and unfilled projectiles for the arms enumerated under
(3)above;
(5)Grenades, bombs, torpedoes, mines and depth charges, filled or unfilled, and apparatus for their use or discharge;
(6)Tanks, military armored vehicles, and armored trains. *Category II* Vessels of war of all kinds, including aircraft carriers and submarines, and armor plate for such vessels. *Category III*
(1)Aircraft, unassembled, assembled, or dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air, which are designed, adapted, and intended for aerial combat by the use of machine guns or of artillery or for the carrying and dropping of bombs, or which are equipped with, or which by reason of design or construction are prepared for, any of the appliances referred to in paragraph
(2)below;
(2)Aerial gun mounts and frames, bomb racks, torpedo carriers, and bomb or torpedo release mechanisms. *Category IV*
(1)Revolvers and automatic pistols using ammunition in excess of caliber .22;
(2)Ammunition in excess of caliber .22 for the arms enumerated under
(1)above, and cartridge cases or bullets for such ammunition. *Category V*
(1)Aircraft, unassembled, assembled or dismantled, both heavier and lighter than air, other than those included in Category III;
(2)Propellers or air screws, fuselages, hulls, wings, tail units, and under-carriage units;
(3)Aircraft engines, unassembled, assembled, or dismantled. *Category VI*
(1)Livens projectors and flame throwers;
(2)a. Mustard gas (dichlorethyl sulphide); b. Lewisite (chlorvinyldichlorarsine and dichlordivinylchlorarsine); c. Methyldichlorarsine; d. Diphenylchlorarsine; e. Diphenylcyanarsine; f. Diphenylaminechlorarsine; g. Phenyldichlorarsine; 1836 *Category VI*—Continued.Categories—Continued. h. Ethyldichlorarsine; i. Phenyldibromarsine; j. Ethyldibromarsine; k. Phosgene; l. Monochlormethylchlorformate; m. Trichlormethylchlorformate (diphosgene); n. Dichlordimethyl Ether; o. Dibromdimethyl Ether; p. Cyanogen Chloride; q. Ethylbromacetate; r. Ethyliodoacetate; s. Brombenzylcyanide; t. Bromacetone; u. Brommethylethyl ketone. *Category VII*
(1)Propellant powders;
(2)High explosives as follows: a. Nitrocellulose having a nitrogen content of more than 12%; b. Trinitrotoluene; c. Trinitroxylene; d. Tetryl (trinitrophenol methyl nitramine or tetranitro methylaniline); e. Picric acid; f. Ammonium picrate; g. Trinitroanisol; h. Trinitronaphthalene; i. Tetranitronaphthalene; j. Hexanitrodiphenylamine; k. Pentaerythritetetranitrate (Penthrite or Pentrite); l. Trimethylenetrinitramine (Hexogen or T4); m. Potassium nitrate powders (black saltpeter powder); n. Sodium nitrate powders (black soda powder); o. Amatol (mixture of ammonium nitrate and trinitrotoluene); p. Ammonal (mixture of ammonium nitrate, trinitrotoluene, and powdered aluminum, with or without other ingredients); q. Schneiderite (mixture of ammonium nitrate and dinitronaphthalene, with or without other ingredients). Former proclamation superseded.[49 Stat. 3503](/us/stat/49/3503).This proclamation shall supersede the proclamation of April 10, 1936, entitled “Enumeration of Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War”, on June 1, 1937. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the city of Washington this first day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2238 March 26, 1937 National Aviation Day Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation 1837 National Aviation Day March 26, 1937[No. 2238] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the people of the United States may justly claim toNational Aviation Day.Preamble. have taken a leading part in the development of the science of aeronautics and to enjoy today an outstanding position among the nations of the world in the use of air transport; and WHEREAS Public Resolution No. 32 Seventy-fifth Congress,Statutory provisions.*Ante*, p. 202. first session, approved May 25, 1937, provides in part: " “That the President of the United States is authorized to designate May 28, 1937, as National Aviation Day, and to issue a proclamation calling upon officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on that day, and inviting the people of the United States to observe the day with appropriate exercises to further and stimulate interest in aviation in the United States.”: " NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentObservance invited, May 28, 1937. of the United States of America, acting in accord with the purposes of the Congress to stimulate interest in aviation with a view to the further advancement of the science of aeronautics, do hereby call upon the people of the United States to observe May 28, 1937, as National Aviation Day with appropriate exercises, and do direct Government officials to display the flag on all Government buildings on that day. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26″ day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2239 May 27, 1937 Tercentenary of Birth of Pere Marquette Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Tercentenary of Birth of Pere Marquette May 27, 1937[No. 2239] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the preamble to Public Resolution No. 33, Seventy-fifthTercentenary of birth of Pere Marquette.Preamble.Statutory provisions.Ante, p. 207. Congress, first session, approved May 27, 1937, requesting the President to proclaim the tercentenary of the birth of Pere Jacques Marquette, recites: " “Whereas the 1st day of June 1937 marks the three-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Pere Jacques Marquette, the first white man to explore the upper Mississippi Valley; and 1838 “Whereas it is eminently fitting that the tercentenary of the birth of this zealous missionary and fearless explorer should be. commemorated by suitable patriotic, religious, and public exercises dining such year:” " AND WHEREAS the text of the said Public Resolution provides:" “That the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon all officials of the Government to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on June 1, 1937, and inviting all people of the United States to observe the day and the anniversary year in schools, churches, and other suitable places, with appropriate ceremonies commemorating the tercentenary of the birth of Pere Jacques Marquette.”: " Observance invited, June 1, 1937.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States, do hereby direct all Government officials to display the flag of the United States on all Government buildings on the first day of June 1937, and I invite all people of the United States to observe that day and anniversary year in schools, churches, and other suitable places with appropriate ceremonies commemorating the tercentenary of the birth of Pere Jacques Marquette. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 27″ day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2240 March 26, 1937 Revocation of Proclamation No. 2223 of February 1, 1937, Authorizing Free Entry of Supplies Imported for Use in Emergency Flood Relief Work Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Revocation of Proclamation No. 2223 of February 1, 1937, Authorizing Free Entry of Supplies Imported for Use in Emergency Flood Relief Work May 27, 1937[No. 2240] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Emergency flood relief.Preamble.*Ante*, p. 1811.[46 Stat. 696](/us/stat/46/696).[19 U. S. C. § 1318](/us/usc/t19/s1318).WHEREAS by Proclamation No. 2223 of February 1, 1937, issued under the authority of section 318 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (46 Stat. 696), an emergency was declared to exist on account of disastrous floods then occurring in the valleys of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers and tributaries thereof, making it necessary to extend aid on a large scale to the flood sufferers; and WHEREAS by the said proclamation the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to permit during the continuance of the emergency, and within such limits and subject to such conditions as he might deem necessary, the importation free of duty of such food, clothing, and medical, surgical, and other supplies as he might designate, when imported for use in such emergency relief work ; and 1839 WHEREAS the said proclamation provides that the termination of the emergency shall be determined by the President and declared by his proclamation: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentProclamation authorizing free entry of supplies, etc., revolted.*Ante*, p. 1811. of the United States of America, have determined, and do hereby declare and proclaim, that the emergency on which Proclamation No. 2223 of February 1, 1937, was based no longer exists, and I do hereby revoke the said proclamation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 27″ day of May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Sumner Welles *Acting Secretary of State*. 2241 June 16, 1937 Conveying to the People of Puerto Rico Certain Land Heretofore Reserved for Purposes of the United States Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation Conveying to the People of Puerto Rico Certain Land Heretofore Reserved for Purposes of the United States June 16, 1937[No. 2241] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS the President of the United States, under an act ofPuerto Rico.Preamble.[39 Stat. 954](/us/stat/39/954). Congress approved March 2, 1917 (39 Stat. 951–968), entitled “AN ACT To provide a civil government for Porto Rico, and for other purposes,” is authorized to convey to the people of Puerto Rico from time to time, in his discretion, such lands, buildings, or interests in land or other property now owned by the United States and within the territorial limits of Puerto Rico as in his opinion are no longer needed for purposes of the United States; and WHEREAS the island within the territorial limits of Puerto Rico known as Desecheo Island, heretofore reserved by Executive Order No. 1669 of December 19, 1912, as a preserve and breeding ground for native birds, is no longer needed for purposes of the United States; and WHEREAS this island is desired by the Insular Government of Puerto Rico for use as a forest reserve and as a preserve and breeding ground for native birds, and may be advantageously used by the people of Puerto Rico; NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentDesecheo Island transferred to people of Puerto Rico. of the United States, by virtue of the authority in me vested, do hereby proclaim and make known that Desecheo Island, located in Mona Passage, Puerto Rico, approximately in latitude eighteen degrees twenty-three minutes north, longitude sixty-seven degrees twenty-nine minutes west from Greenwich, as indicated upon the diagram hereto attached and made a part hereof, is hereby transferred and conveyed, subject to the reservations and conditions hereafter mentioned, to the people of Puerto Rico to be used for forest reserve and native bird preserve purposes only. 1840 Rights reserved.There is reserved to the United States the right to occupy such areas of Desecheo Island as may be needed for the establishment of aids to navigation, together with rights for landing and ingress and egress to the areas so occupied by the United States. Reversionary provision.In the event that Desecheo Island shall cease to be used for forest reserve and native bird preserve purposes, or be devoted to any other than forest reserve and native bird preserve purposes, the same shall revert to the United States. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 16″ day of June, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-first. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2242 July 4, 1937 One Hundred and Fiftieth Anniversary of the Constitution Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America A Proclamation One Hundred and Fiftieth Anniversary of the Constitution July 4, 1937[No. 2242] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION One hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the Constitution and Inauguration of the first President.WHEREAS the Constitution of the United States was signed on September 17, 1787, and had by June 21, 1788, been ratified by the necessary number of States; and WHEREAS George Washington was inaugurated as the first President of the United States on April 30, 1789: Setting apart period for commenoration of.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, hereby designate the period from September 17, 1937, to April 30, 1939, as one of commemoration of the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the signing and the ratification of the Constitution and of the inauguration of the first President under that Constitution. In commemorating this period we shall affirm our debt to those who ordained and established the Constitution “in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity”. We shall recognize that the Constitution is an enduring instrument fit for the governing of a far-flung population of more than one hundred and thirty million engaged in diverse and varied pursuits, even as it was fit for the governing of a small agrarian nation of less than four million. It is therefore appropriate that in the period herein set apart we shall think afresh of the founding of our Government under the Constitution, how it has served us in the past and how in the days to come its principles will guide the nation ever forward. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this fourth day of July, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2243 July 9, 1937 Enlarging the Wupatki National Monument—Arizona Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation 1841 Enlarging the Wupatki National Monument—Arizona July 9, 1937[No. 2343] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS certain land contiguous to the Wupatki National Wupatki National Monument, Ariz.Preamble.[43 Stat. 1977](/us/stat/43/1977).Monument, established by Proclamation of December 9, 1924 (43 Stat. 1977), have situated thereon prehistoric and archaeological ruins of historic and scientific interest; and WHEREAS there are other lands contiguous to the said Monument which are necessary for the proper care, management, and protection of the prehistoric ruins situated on the lands now included in the aforesaid Monument and on the additional lands above referred to; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as an addition to the Wupatki National Monument: NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, PresidentArea enlarged.[34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431). of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the authority[48 Stat. 960](/us/stat/48/960). vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 8, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to the withdrawal made by order of the Secretary of the Interior of July 9, 1934, in aid of the consolidations authorized by the act of June 14, 1934, ch. 521, 48 Stat. 960, and subject to all valid existing rights, the followingLands added. described lands in Arizona are hereby reserved and added to and made a part of the Wupatki National Monument: Gila and Salt River MeridianDescription. T. 25 N., R. 8 E., sec. 1, N½ and SW¼; secs. 2 and 11; sec. 12, W½ and SE¼; secs. 13 and 14; All those parts of secs. 3, 10 and 15 lying east of the east line of the right of way of U. S. Highway No. 89; T. 25 N., R. 9 E., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; sec. 5, E½; sec. 7, S½; secs. 8 to 18, inclusive; T. 26 N., R. 9 E., sec. 32, N½; T. 25 N., R. 10 E., sec. 1, lots 1 to 4, inclusive, W½ SW¼ and SE¼ SW¼; sec. 2, lots 1 to 5, inclusive, S½ NW¼ and S½; secs. 3 to 12, and 14 to 22, inclusive; secs. 28 and 29; sec. 30, S; secs. 31 and 32; T. 26 N., R. 10 E., sec. 16, SW¼; sec. 17, SE¼; sec. 20; sec. 21, NW¼; secs. 29 and 32, containing 33,631.20 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons not to Warning against unauthorized acts, etc.appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this Monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. 1842 Supervision.The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction of the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of the Monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other [39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2).purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 9″ day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2244 July 12, 1937 Enlarging Harney National Forest—South Dakota and Wyoming Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Enlarging Harney National Forest—South Dakota and Wyoming July 12, 1937[No. 2244] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to add certain Harney National Forest, S. Dak. and Wyo.Preamble.hereinafter-described lands to the Harney National Forest in South Dakota and Wyoming: Area enlarged.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the power vested in me by section [26 Stat. 1103](/us/stat/1103).[16 U. S. C. § 5471](/us/usc/t16/s5471).24 of the act of March 3, 1891, 26 Stat. 1095, 1103, as amended (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 471), and the act of June 4, 1897, 30 Stat. 11, 34, 36 (U. S. C., title 16, [30 Stat. 36](/us/stat/30/36).[16 U. S. C. § 473](/us/usc/t16/s473).sec. 473), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, all lands of the United. States within the following-described areas are hereby included in and reserved as a part of the Harney National Forest, and that all lands within such areas which may hereafter be acquired by the United States for forestry purposes shall upon acquisition be reserved and administered as part of such Forest: Description.Black Hills Meridian T. 8 S., R. 3 E., secs. 1, 12, 13, 24, 25 and 36; sec. 35, S½¼SE¼NW¼, NE¼SW¼, S¼SW¼ and SE½; T. 6 S., R. 4 E., sec. 1, SW¼NE¼, NW¼ and S½ secs. 2, 11, 12, 13, secs. 20 to 29, and 33 to 36, inclusive; T. 7 S., R. 4 E., secs. 1, 2, 3, 10, 11, 12, secs. 25 to 29, and 31 to 36, inclusive; T. 8 S., R. 4 E., secs. 1 to 33, inclusive, all of secs. 34 and 35 lying north and west of the Cheyenne River, all sec. 36 lying north of said river;1843 T. 9 S., R. 4E., all sec. 2 lying west of said river, sec. 3, all of E½ and N½NW¼ lying north and west and of S½S W¼ lying south and west of said river, all sec. 4 lying west of said river, sec. 5, E½, sec. 6, E½NE¼, sec. 9, all sec. 10 lying west of said river; T. 6 S., R. 5 E., all of secs. 5 and 6 not part of the national forest, sec. 7, sec. 8, NE¼ and W½, sec. 9, S½NW¼ and SW¼, sec. 16, W½, sec. 17, NW¼NE¼ and N½NW¼, sec. 18, N½NE¼, SW¼NE¼, W½ and W½SE¼; sec. 19, W½NE¼, NW¼ and S½, sec. 20, E½NE¼, NW¼SW¼, S½SW¼, NE¼SE¼ and S½SE¼, sec. 21, NE¼NE¼, S½NE¼, NW¼NW¼, S½NW¼ and S½, secs. 22, and 27 to 34, inclusive; T. 7 S., R. 5 E., secs. 3 to 10, inclusive, secs. 15, 16, 21, 22, and secs. 25 to 36, inclusive; T. 8 S., R. 5 E., secs. 1 to 30, inclusive, all of secs. 31 and 32 lying north and east of the Cheyenne River, and secs. 33, 34, 35 and 36; T. S., R. 5 E., all of secs. 1 and 2 lying north of said river, secs. 3 and 4, all sec. 5 lying east of said river, all of secs. 8 to 12, inclusive, lying north of said river; T. 7 S., R. 6 E., all of secs. 30, 32 and 33 lying south and west of Fall River, and sec. 31; T. 8 S., R. 6 E., all sec. 4 lying west of the Cheyenne and Fall Rivers, secs. 5, 6 and 7, all of secs. 8, 9, 10 and 17 lying north and west of the Cheyenne River, secs. 18, 19, 30 and 31, and all of secs. 20, 28, 29, 32 and 33 lying west of said river; T. 9 S., R. 6 E., sec. 4, all of N½ lying south and west and all of S½ lying north and west of said river, all of secs. 5, 7 and 8 lying north and west of said river, and sec. 6. The reservation made by this proclamation supersedes as to anyRights, etc., not affected. of the above-described lands affected thereby the temporary withdrawals for classification and other purposes made by Executive Orders No. 6888 of October 29, 1934, and No. 6909 of November 21, 1934. 1844 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 12″ day of July in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and of the [seal] Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2245 July 30, 1937 Regulations Relating to Migratory Birds and Certain Game Mammals Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Regulations Relating to Migratory Birds and Certain Game Mammals July 30, 1937[No. 2245] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Regulations relating to migratory birds and certain game mammals.Preamble.[40 Stat. 755](/us/stat/40/755); [49 Stat. 1555](/us/stat/49/1555).[16 U. S. C. §§ 704, 705; Supp. II, §§ 704, 705](/us/usc/t16/s704/705).WHEREAS the Acting Secretary of Agriculture, pursuant to sections 3 and 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (40 Stat. 755), as amended June 20, 1936 (49 Stat. 1555), has adopted and submitted to me regulations which he has determined to be suitable regulations permitting and governing
(1)hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation and importation of migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof, Terms of Convention with Great Britain.[39 Stat. 1702](/us/stat/39/1702).Convention with United Mexican States.included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds concluded August sixteenth, nineteen hundred and sixteen and the Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals concluded February seventh, nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and
(2)exportation and importation to and from Mexico of game mammals, parts and products thereof, included in the aforesaid Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States, which said regulations are as follows: Regulatiod Adopted By The Secretary Of Agriculture Pursuant To The Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations adopted by Secretary of Agriculture.Pursuant to the authority and direction contained in sections 3 and 4 of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act of July 3, 1918 (40 Stat. 755), as amended by the Act of June 20, 1936 (49 Stat. 1555), I, M. L. Wilson Acting Secretary of Agriculture, having due regard to the zones of temperature and to the distribution, abundance, economic value, breeding habits and times and lines of migratory flight of migratory birds and parts, nests, eggs thereof included in the terms of the Convention between the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds, concluded August sixteenth, nineteen hundred and sixteen, and the Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals concluded February seventh, nineteen hundred and thirty-six, and having due regard to the laws of the United Mexican States relating to the exportation and importation of game mammals, and parts and products thereof, included in the terms of the said Convention between the United States and the United Mexican States and to the laws of the States and Territories and of the District of Columbia from and into which such mammals, parts and products thereof, may be proposed to be exported or imported, and to the laws of the United States forbidding1845 importation of certain live mammals injurious to the interests of agriculture and horticulture, have determined when, to what extent, and by what means it is compatible with the terms of said Conventions and Act to allow hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation and importation of such birds and parts thereof and their nests and eggs, and exportation and importation of such mammals to and from Mexico, and, in accordance with such determinations, do hereby adopt the following regulations as suitable regulations permitting and governing hunting, taking, capture, killing, possession, sale, purchase, shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation and importation of said migratory birds and parts, nests, and eggs thereof, and the exportation and importation of game mammals, parts, and products thereof to and from Mexico: Regulation 1.—DEFINITIONS OF MIGRATORY BIRDS AND GAME MAMMALS Migratory birds included in the terms of the conventions betweenDefinitions. the United States and Great Britain for the protection of migratory birds, and between the United States and United Mexican States for the protection of migratory birds and game mammals, concluded, respectively, August 16, 1916 and February 7, 1936, are as follows: 1. Migratory game birds:Migratory game birds.
(a)Anatidae, or waterfowl, including brant, wild ducks, geese, and swans.
(b)Gruidae, or cranes, including little brown, sandhill, and whooping cranes.
(c)Rallidae, or rails, including coots, gallinules, and sora and other rails.
(d)Limicolae (Charadrii), or shore birds, including avocats, curlews, dowitchers, godwits, knots, oyster-catchers, phalaropes, plovers, sandpipers, snipe, stilts, surf birds, turn-stones, willet, woodcock, and yellowlegs.
(e)Columbidae, or pigeons, including doves and wild pigeons. 2. (Migratory insectivorous and other migratory nongame birds:Migratory insectivorous, etc., non-game birds. Cuckoos, flickers and other woodpeckers; nighthawks, or bullbats, chuck-wills-widows, poor-wills, and whip-poor-wills; swifts; hummingbirds; kingbirds, phoebes, and other flycatchers; horned larks, bobolinks, cowbirds, blackbirds, grackles, meadowlarks, and orioles; grosbeaks, finches, sparrows, and buntings; tanagers; martins and other swallows; waxwings; phainopeplas; shrikes; vireos; warblers; pipits; catbirds, mockingbirds, and thrashers; wrens; brown creepers; nuthatches; chickadees and titmice; kinglets and gnatcatchers; robins and other thrushes; all other perching birds which feed entirely or chiefly on insects; and auks, auklets, bitterns, fulmars, gannets, grebes, guillemots, gulls, herons, jaegers, loons, murres, petrels, puffins, shearwaters, and terns. Game mammals under the terms of the aforesaid convention between Game mammals.the United States and the United Mexican States include: Antelope, mountain sheep, deer, bears, peccaries, squirrels, rabbits, and hares. Regulation 2.—DEFINITIONS OF TERMS. For the purposes of these regulations the following terms shall beTerms defined. construed, respectively, to mean and to include— Secretary.—The Secretary of Agriculture of the United States. Chief of the Bureau.—The Chief of the Bureau of Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture. 1846 Person.—The plural or the singular, as the case demands, individuals, clubs, associations, partnerships, and corporations, unless the context otherwise requires. Take.—Hunt, kill, or capture, or attempt to hunt, kill, or capture. Open season.—The time during which migratory birds may be taken. Transport.—Ship, transport, carry, export, import, and receive or deliver for shipment, transportation, carriage, exportation, or importation. Regulation 3.—MEANS BY WHICH MIGRATORY GAME BIRDS MAY BE TAKEN Means for taking birds.The migratory game birds for which open seasons are specified in regulation 4 of these regulations may be taken during such respective open seasons with a shotgun only, not larger than no. 10 gage, fired from the shoulder, except as specifically permitted by regulations Post, p. 1850.7, 8, 9, and 10 of these regulations, but they shall not be taken with or by means of any automatic-loading or hand-operated repeating shotgun capable of holding more than three shells, the magazine of which has not been cut off or plugged with a one-piece metal or wooden filler incapable of removal through the loading end thereof, so as to reduce the capacity of said gun to not more than three shells at one time in the magazine and chamber combined; they may be taken during the open season from land or water, with the aid of a dog, and from a blind, boat, or floating craft except sinkbox (battery), power-boat, sailboat, any boat under sail, and any craft or device of any kind towed by powerboat or sailboat; but nothing herein shall permit the taking of migratory game birds from or by means, aid, or use of an automobile or aircraft of any kind. Waterfowl.Waterfowl (except for propagation, scientific, or banding purposes Post, p. 1850.under permit pursuant to regulations 8 and 9 of these regulations) and mourning doves and white-winged doves are not permitted to be taken by means, aid, or use, directly or indirectly, of corn, wheat, oats, or other grain or products thereof, salt, or any kind of feed whatsoever, placed, deposited, distributed, scattered, or otherwise put out whereby such waterfowl or doves are lured, attracted, or enticed, regardless of the distance intervening between any such grain, salt, or feed and the position of the taker; and in the taking of waterfowl, the use, directly or indirectly, of live duck or goose decoys is not permitted, regardless of the distance intervening between any such live decoys and the position of the taker; nor shall anything in these regulations be deemed to permit the use of aircraft of any kind, or of a powerboat, sailboat, or other floating craft or device of any kind, for the purpose of concentrating, driving, rallying, or stirring up water-fowl. Hunting stamps.A person over 16 years of age is not permitted to take migratory waterfowl unless at the time of such taking he has on his person an unexpired Federal migratory bird hunting stamp, validated by his signature written across the face thereof in ink. Persons not over 16 years of age are permitted to take migratory waterfowl without such stamp. Regulation 4.—Open seasons on and possession of certain migratory game birds.OPEN SEASONS ON AND POSSESSION OF CERTAIN MIGRATORY GAME BIRDS Time prescribed.Waterfowl.Waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, canvasback duck, redhead duck, ruddy duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), and coot, may be taken each day from 7 a. m. to 4 p. m., and rails and gallinules (other than coot), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe,1847 woodcock, mourning doves, white-winged doves, and band-tailed pigeons from 7 a. m., to sunset each day during the open seasons prescribed therefor in this regulation, and they may be taken by the means and in the numbers permitted by regulations 3 and 5 of these regulations, respectively, and when so taken may be possessed in the numbers permitted by regulation 5 any day in any State or Territory, or in the District of Columbia, during the period constituting the open season where taken and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season, but no such bird shall be possessed in a State or Territory, or in the District of Columbia at a time when such State, Territory, or District prohibits the possession thereof. Nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of migratory birds on any reservation or sanctuary established under the Migratory Bird Conservation[45 Stat. 1222](/us/stat/45/1222). Act of February 18, 1929 (45 Stat. 1222), nor on any area of the United States set aside under any other law, proclamation, or Executive order for use as a bird, game, or other wildlife reservation, breeding grounds, or refuge except insofar as may be permitted by the Secretary of Agriculture under existing law, nor on any area adjacent to any such refuge when such area is designated as a closed area under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Waterfowl, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot.—The open seasons for waterfowl (except snow geese and brant in Florida and all States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, Ross’s goose, wood duck, ruddy duck, canvasback duck, redhead duck, bufflehead duck, and swans), Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, and coot, in the several States and Alaska, shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: In Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Marne, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New York (except Long Island), North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Vermont, Wisconsin, and Wyoming, October 9 to November 7. In Connecticut, Delaware, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Missouri, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, that portion of New York known as Long Island, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Utah, Washington and West Virginia, November 1 to November 30. In Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Virginia, November 27 to December 26. In Alaska north of the Alaska Range and the Ahklun Mountains, September 1 to September 30; south of the Alaska Range and the Ahklun Mountains west of the one hundred and forty-first meridian and east of False Pass at the tip of the Alaska Peninsula, September 16 to October 15; southeastern Alaska from the one hundred and forty-first meridian to Dixons Entrance, October 1 to October 30; and Islands of Unimak, Unalaska, Akutan, and Akun west of Unimak pass in the Aleutian Island group, November 1 to November 30. Rails and gallinules (except coot).—The open season for rails andRails and gallinules gallinules (except coot) shall be from September 1 to November 30, both dates inclusive, except as follows: Washington and Massachusetts, October 1 to November 30. New York (except Long Island), October 9 to November 7. That portion of New York known as Long Island, November 1 to November 30. Wisconsin, October 9 to November 7. Alabama, November 20 to January 31. Louisiana, November 1 to January 31. District of Columbia, no open season. Woodcock.—The open seasons for woodcock shall be as follows,Woodcock. both dates inclusive: Wisconsin, October 17 to October 31. 1848 That portion of New York lying north of the tracks of the main line of the New York Central Railroad extending from Buffalo to Albany, and north of the tracks of the main line of the Boston and Albany Railroad extending from Albany to the Massachusetts State line, and in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Pennsylvania, Michigan, and North Dakota, October 1 to October 31. That portion of New York lying south of the line above described, and in Delaware, New Jersey, Ohio, Indiana, and Iowa, October 15 to November 14. That portion of New York known as Long Island, November 1 to November 30. Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, October 21 to November 20. Missouri, November 10 to December 10. Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Oklahoma, November 15 to December 15. North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana, December 1 to December 31. Mourning doves.Mourning doves.—The open seasons for mourning doves shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Arizona, Arkansas, California, Idaho, Illinois, Kansas, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico, Nebraska, Nevada, Oklahoma, Oregon, Tennessee, Utah, and Virginia, September 1 to November 15. Delaware, September 15 to November 1 and November 15 to December 15. Maryland, September 1 to September 30 and November 15 to December 31. Florida (except in Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties), November 20 to January 31. That portion of Florida comprising Dade, Broward, and Monroe Counties, October 1 to November 15. Louisiana and Mississippi, September 15 to October 1 and November 20 to January 15. North Carolina, September 15 to October 15 and December 20 to January 31. Alabama, in the counties of Pickens, Tuscaloosa, Jefferson, Shelby, Talladega, Clay, Randolph, and all counties north thereof; Georgia, in the counties of Troup, Meriwether, Pike, Lamar, Monroe, Jones, Baldwin, Washington, Jefferson, Burke, and all counties north thereof; and South Carolina, in the counties of Aiken, Saluda, Newberry, Fairfield, Lancaster, Chesterfield, and all counties north thereof, September 15 to October 15 and December 20 to January 31. Alabama, Georgia, and South Carolina, in the counties other than those aforesaid, November 20 to January 31. Texas, in the counties of Yoakum, Terry, Lynn, Garza, Kent, Stonewall, King, Cottle, Childress, and all counties north and west thereof, September 1 to October 31. Texas, south and east of the above described boundaries, September 15 to November 15. White-winged doves.White-winged doves.—The open seasons for white-winged doves shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: Arizona, August 5 to September 3. Texas, in the counties of Yoakum, Terry, Lynn, Garza, Kent, Stonewall, King, Cottle, Childress, and all counties north and west thereof, September 1 to October 31. Texas, south and east of the above described boundaries, September 15 to November 15. Band-tailed pigeons.Band-tailed pigeons.—The open seasons for band-tailed pigeons shall be as follows, both dates inclusive: 1849 California, December 1 to December 15. Arizona, and Oregon, October 16 to October 30. New Mexico, October 1 to October 15. Washington, September 16 to September 30. Regulation 5.—DAILY BAG AND POSSESSION LIMITS ON CERTAIN MIGRATORY GAME BIRDS A person may take in any one day during the open seasons preDaily bag limits.scribed therefor in regulation 4 of these regulations not to exceed the*Ante,* p. 1846. following numbers of migratory game birds, which numbers shall include all birds taken by any other person who for hire accompanies or assists him in taking such birds; and when so taken these may be possessed in the numbers specified as follows: Ducks (except wood duck, canvasback duck, redhead duck, ruddyDucks. duck, and bufflehead duck).—Ten in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 10 ducks in the aggregate of all kinds. Geese and brant (except snow geese and brant in Florida and allGeese and brant. States north thereof bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, and Ross’s goose).—Five in the aggregate of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 5 geese and brant in the aggregate of all kinds. Rails and gallinules (except sora and coot).—Fifteen in the aggregateRails and gallinulas. of all kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15 in the aggregate of all kinds. Sora.—Fifteen, and any person at any one time may possess notSora. more than 15. Coot.—Twenty-five, and any person at any one time may possessCoot. not more than 25. Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe.—Fifteen, and any person at any oneWilson’s snipe or jacksnipe. time may possess not more than 15. Woodcock.—Four, and any person at any one time may possess notWoodcock. more than 4. Mourning doves and white-winged doves.—Fifteen in the aggregateMourning doves and white-winged doves. of both kinds, and any person at any one time may possess not more than 15 in the aggregate of both kinds. Band-tailed pigeons.—Ten, and any person at any one time mayBand-tailed pigeons. possess not more than 10. The possession limits hereinbefore prescribed shall apply as well to ducks, geese, brant, rails, including coot and gallinules, Wilson’s snipe or jacksnipe, woodcock, mourning doves, white-winged doves, and band-tailed pigeons taken in Canada, Mexico, or other foreign country and brought into the United States, as to those taken in the United States. Regulation 6.—SHIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, AND POSSESSION OF CERTAIN MIGRATORY GAME BIRDS Migratory game birds of a species for which open seasons areShipment, transportation. and possession restrictions. prescribed by regulation 4 of these regulations, legally taken, and parts thereof, may be transported in any manner in or out of the State where taken during the respective open seasons in that State, and when legally taken in and exported from Canada or Mexico, and if from Mexico are accompanied by a Mexican export permit, may be transported into the United States during the open season in the Province, State, or District where killed, but not more than the number thereof that may be taken in 1 day by one person under these regulations shall be transported by one person in 1 calendar week out of1850 the State where taken or from Canada or Mexico into the United States; any such birds or parts thereof in transit during the open season may continue in transit such additional time immediately succeeding such open season, not to exceed 5 days, necessary to deliver the same to their destination, and may be possessed in any State, Territory, or District during the period constituting the open season where taken, and for an additional period of 10 days next succeeding said open season; and any package in which such birds or parts thereof are transported shall have the name and address of the shipper and of the consignee and an accurate statement of the numbers and kinds of birds or parts thereof contained therein clearly and conspicuously marked on the outside thereof; but no such birds or parts thereof shall be transported from any State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, to or through another State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, or to or through Canada or Mexico contrary to the laws of the State or Territory, or the District of Columbia in which they were taken or from which they are transported; nor shall any such birds or parts thereof be transported into any State or Territory, or the District of Columbia from another State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, or from Canada or Mexico, or from any State or Territory, or the District of Columbia into any Province of the Dominion of Canada or into Mexico at a time when any such State, Territoiy, District, or Province, or Mexico, into which they are transported, prohibits the possession or transportation thereof. Importations other titan from Canada and Mexico.Ante, p. 1846.Migratory game birds imported from countries other than Canada and Mexico.—Migratory game birds of a species for which open seasons are prescribed by regulation 4 of these regulations, legally taken in and exported from a foreign country (other than Canada and Mexico, for which provision is hereinbefore made), may be transported to and possessed in any State or Territory, during the open season prescribed by said regulation 4 in such State or Territory for that species and for a period of 10 days immediately succeeding such open season, and in the District of Columbia during the open season so prescribed for Maryland and 10 days thereafter, in numbers in any 1 calendar week not exceeding those permitted to be taken in 1 day by regulation 5 of these regulations, if transportation and possession of such birds is not prohibited by the laws of such State, Territory, or District and if trans-ported in packages marked as hereinbefore provided. Regulation 7.—TAKING OF CERTAIN MIGRATORY NONGAME BIRDS BY ESKIMOS AND INDIANS IN ALASKA Taking of certain birds by Eskimos and Indians in Alaska.In Alaska Eskimos and Indians may take, in any manner and at any time, and may possess and transport, auks, auklets, guillemots, murres, and puffins and their eggs and skins for the use of themselves and their immediate families for food and clothing. Regulation 8—PERMITS TO PROPAGATE MIGRATORY WATERFOWL 1.Permits to propspite migratory water-fowl A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to him by a State, on its part, authorizing him to take therein migratory waterfowl or their eggs for propagating purposes, may take such birds or their eggs in such State for such purposes when authorized, by a permit issued to him by the Secretary, which permit may limit the species and numbers of birds or eggs that may be taken and the period during which and the locality where they may be taken. Both permits shall be carried on the person of the permittee when he is1851 taking migratory waterfowl or their eggs and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see them. Waterfowl and their eggs so taken may be possessed by the permittee and may be sold and transported by him for propagating purposes to any person holding a permit issued by the Secretary in accordance with the provisions of this regulation. 2. A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to himUse of. by a State, on its part, authorizing him to possess, purchase, sell, and transport migratory waterfowl and their increase and eggs for propagating purposes, may possess, purchase, sell, and transport such waterfowl and then’ increase and eggs for such purposes when authorized by a permit issued to him by the Secretary ; but may not purchase or sell to any person not authorized by these regulations or by a permit issued thereunder to sell or purchase such waterfowl and their eggs ; and migratory waterfowl, except the birds taken under paragraph 1 of this regulation, so possessed may be killed by him at any time and in any maimer (except that they may be killed by shooting only during the open season for waterfowl in the State where killed), and the carcasses, with heads and feet attached thereto, may be sold and trans-ported by him to any person for actual consumption, or to the keeper of a hotel, restaurant, or boarding house, a retail dealer in meat or game, or a club, for sale or service to their patrons, who may possess such carcasses for actual consumption without a permit, but no such birds that have been killed shall be bartered, sold, or purchased unless each bird before attaining the age of 4 weeks shall have had removed from the web of one foot a portion thereof in the form of a V huge enough to make a permanent, well-defined mark, which shall be sufficient to identify it as a bird raised in domestication under a permit. 3. Applications for permits shall be addressed to the Secretary ofApplications for permits. Agriculture, Washington, D. C., and must state the name and address of the applicant; the place where the propagating project is to be carried on; the area to be used in the project; the facilities the applicant has for properly caring for the waterfowl; the number of each species of waterfowl in his possession, and how, when, and where they were acquired; and, if the application is for a permit to take migratory waterfowl or their eggs, the species and number of each species or eggs of each species proposed to be taken, and the specific locality where it is proposed to take them. 4. Every permittee shall keep books and records that shall correctlyPermittee to keep records. set forth the number of each species of waterfowl and their eggs taken by him, if he holds a permit to take waterfowl, the number of each species of waterfowl and their eggs possessed on the date of application for a permit, the number of each species reared and killed, the number of each species and their eggs sold and transported, the manner in which they were transported, the name and address of each person from or to whom waterfowl and eggs were purchased or sold, the number and species so purchased or otherwise acquired or sold and whether sold alive or dead, and the date of each transaction. Whenever requested by the Chief of the Bureau, the permittee shallReports. submit to him such report of his operations under the permit as may be called for, and in any event shall file with the Secretary, on a form provided therefor, on or before January 10, a full report of his operations during the preceding calendar year. Failure to make the reports therein provided for will be cause for revocation of the permit. 5. A permittee shall at all reasonable hours allow any authorizedInspections. employee of the United States Department of Agriculture to enter and inspect the premises where operations are being carried on under this regulation and to inspect the books and records relating thereto. 1852 6.State permits. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the taking, possession, sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of migratory waterfowl or their eggs unless the permittee has in his possession while exercising any such privilege a valid, subsisting permit of equivalent tenor issued to him by the State in which he proposes to operate. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the transportation of migratory waterfowl or their eggs from Mexico into the United States unless such waterfowl or eggs are accompanied by a Mexican export permit. Permits are not transferable and are revocable at any time in the discretion of the Secretary. A permit revoked by the Secretary shall be surrendered to him by the person to whom it was issued on demand of any employee of the United States Department of Agriculture authorized to enforce the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. 7.Possession, etc., for personal use without permit. A person may possess and transport, subject to the provisions of paragraph 8 of this regulation, for his own use, without a permit, live migratory waterfowl now legally possessed or hereafter legally acquired by him, but he may not purchase or sell such waterfowl without a permit. A State or municipal game farm or city park may possess, purchase, sell, and transport live migratory waterfowl without a permit, but no such waterfowl shall be purchased from or sold to a person (other than such State or municipal game farm or Feathers.city park) unless he has a permit. Feathers of wild ducks and wild geese legally killed, and feathers of such birds seized and condemned by Federal or State game authorities, may be possessed, purchased, sold, and transported for use in making fishing flies, bed pillows, and mattresses, and for such similar commercial purposes, but not for millinery or ornamental purposes. 8.Marking, etc., packages. Every package in which migratory waterfowl or parts or eggs thereof are shipped wholly within a State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, or in which such waterfowl, parts, or eggs are transported by any means whatever from one State, Territory, or the District of Columbia to, into, or through another State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, or to a foreign country, shall be plainly and clearly marked, labeled, or tagged on the outside thereof to show the name and address of the consignor and consignee, the contents of the package, the number of the permit under authority of which it is shipped or transported and the purpose for which the waterfowl or eggs are being shipped or transported. Regulation 9.—PERMITS TO COLLECT MIGRATORY BIRDS FOR SCIENTIFIC PURPOSES 1.Scientific collections. A person in possession of a valid, subsisting permit issued to him by a State, on its part, authorizing him to take therein migratory birds or their nests or eggs for scientific purposes may take such birds or their nests or eggs in such State for such purposes when authorized by a permit issued to him by the Secretary. Both permits shall be carried on his person when he is collecting migratory birds thereunder, and shall be exhibited to any person requesting to see them ; but nothing herein shall be deemed to permit the taking of any migratory game bird during the open season therefor in any manner or by any means or at any time of the day not permitted by regulations 3 and 4 of these regulations. 2.Applications. Applications for permits shall be addressed to the Secretary of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., and must state the name and address of the applicant, his age, the State or Territory in which migratory birds or their nests or eggs are proposed to be taken, the purpose for which they are intended, information sufficient to show that such birds, nests or eggs permitted to be taken will be devoted to scientific1853 purposes, and the names and addresses of at least two well-known ornithologists, principals or superintendents of educational or zoological institutions, officials or members of zoological or natural history organizations, or instructors in zoology in high schools, colleges, or universities, from whom may be obtained information respecting the applicant’s status as a scientific investigator. The applicant must furnish such other information touching his fitness to be entrusted with a permit as may be called for by the Secretary. 3. A permit may limit the number and species of migratory birdsLimitations or their nests or eggs that may be taken thereunder, and the places where, time when, and means by which they may be taken, and may authorize the holder thereof, when possessed of an equivalent State permit, to possess, purchase, sell, exchange, and transport migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes but not to purchase or sell to any person not authorized by these regulations or by a permit issued thereunder to sell or purchase such birds, nests or eggs, or it may limit the holder to one or more of these privileges. Public museums, zoological parks and societies, and public scientific and educational institutions may possess, purchase, sell, exchange, and transport migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes, without a permit, but no such birds, nests, or eggs shall be taken without a permit or purchased from, sold to, or exchanged with a person not authorized by these regulations or by a permit issued thereunder to sell, purchase or exchange them. The plumage and skins of migratory game birds legally taken may be possessed and transported by a person without a permit. 4. A taxidermist, when authorized by a permit issued by thetaxidermists. Secretary, may possess any migratory bird, or nest or egg thereof delivered to him for mounting or other preparation by any person who has legally taken or legally possesses it and may transport such bird, nest or egg in consummation of such purpose when likewise authorized by the State in which such permittee is operating. EveryBooks and records to be kept. such permittee shall keep books and records correctly setting forth the name and address of each person delivering each migratory bird or nest or egg thereof to him, together with the name of each species, the date of delivery, the disposition of each such bird, nest or egg and the date thereof, and such books and records shall be available forInspection. inspection at all reasonable hours on request of any authorized representative of the Department of Agriculture. 5. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the taking, possession,State permits. sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of any migratory bird, or nest or egg thereof, unless the permittee has in his possession while exercising any such privilege a valid, subsisting permit of equivalent tenor issued to him by the State in which he proposes to operate. No permit issued by the Secretary authorizes the transportation of any migratory bird, or part, nest or egg thereof from Mexico into the United States unless such bird, or part, nest, or egg is accompanied by a Mexican export permit. Permits are not transferable and are revocable at any time in the discretion of the Secretary. A permitRevocation. revoked by the Secretary shall be surrendered to him by the person to whom it was issued on demand of any employee of the United States Department of Agriculture authorized to enforce the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Whenever requested by the Chief of the Bureau, theReports. permittee shall submit to him such report of his operations under the permit as may be called for, and in any event shall file with the Secretary, on a form provided therefor, on or before January 10, a full report of his operations during the preceding calendar year. Failure to make the reports herein provided for will be cause for revocation of the permit. 1854 6.Marking packages. Every package in which migratory birds or parts, nests or eggs thereof are shipped wholly within a State or Territory or the District of Columbia, or in which such birds, parts, nests, or eggs are transported by any means whatever from one State, Territory, or the district of Columbia to, into, or through another State, Territory, or the District of Columbia, or to a foreign country, for scientific purposes shall be plainly and clearly marked, labeled, or tagged on the outside thereof to show the name and address of the consignor and consignee, the contents of the package, the number of the permit under authority of which it is transported, and that the specimens contained therein are for scientific purposes. Regulation 10.—PERMITS TO KILL MIGRATORY BIRDS INJURIOUS TO PROPERTYPermits to kill migratory birds injurious to property. Community injury.Community injury.—When information is furnished the Secretary that any species of migratory bird has become, under extraordinary conditions, seriously injurious to agriculture or other interests in any particular community, an investigation will be made to determine the nature anti extent of the injury, whether the birds alleged to be doing the damage should be killed, and, if so, during what times and by what means. Upon his determination an appropriate order will be made. Specific injurySpecific injury.—Upon receipt by the Chief of the Bureau, or the Regional Director of the Bureau of Biological Survey in the region where the injury occurs, of information from the owner, tenant, or share cropper that migratory birds are injuring his crops or other property on the land on which he resides, together with a statement of the location of the land, the nature of the crops or property being injured, the extent of such injury, and the particular species of birds committing the injury, an investigation will be made and if it is determined from such investigation that the injury complained of is substantial and can be abated only by killing the birds, or so many thereof as may be necessary, a permit to kill the birds will be issued by said Chief of the Bureau or Director, in which permit will be specified the time during which, the means and methods by which, and the person or persons by whom the birds may be killed, and the disposition to be made of the birds so killed, and such other restrictions as may be deemed necessary and appropriate in the circumstances *Proviso*.Restriction.of the particular case: *Provided*, *however*, That in every permit issued as aforesaid it shall be specified that no such birds shall be shot at or killed at any time or in any maimer not authorized by the laws of the State in which such permit is effective; and as to migratory waterfowl, that they shall not be shot at or killed
(1)from any blind, sink, pit, or any other device or means of concealment, whether natural or artificial, movable or stationary, or on land or water;
(2)by means of any gun larger than no. 10 gage, or of any gun to which a. silencer has been attached or otherwise affixed; and
(3)by the use of decoys of any description, or of traps or nets of any kind. Records to be keptEvery person exercising any privilege hereinbefore in this regulation provided for shall keep an accurate record of all migratory birds killed by him and whenever requested by the Chief of the Bureau or by the Regional Director shall submit promptly, on a form provided by the Bureau for the purpose, a report correctly stating the species and number of each species of migratory birds killed by him and in any event shall submit such report to the Regional Director on or before January 10 of each year. Failure to submit a report as required by this regulation will be sufficient cause for revocation of any permit or withdrawal of any privilege accorded any person failing to make the report. 1855 Regulation 11.—STATE LAWS FOR THE PROTECTION OF MIGRATORY BIRDS Nothing in these regulations or in any permit issued thereunderState laws for protection of migratory birds. shall be construed to permit the taking, possession, sale, purchase, or transportation of migratory birds, or parts, nests, or eggs thereof contrary to the laws and regulations of any State or Territory, or the District of Columbia, made for the purpose of giving further protection to migratory birds, their nests, and eggs when such laws and regulations are not inconsistent with the conventions between the United States and any other country for the protection of migratory birds or with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and do not extend the open seasons for such birds beyond the dates prescribed by these regulations. Regulation 12—TRANSPORTATION OF GAME MAMMALS TO AND FROM MEXICO Game mammals, parts or products thereof, taken in and transportedTransportation of game mammals to and from Mexico. from a State, Territory, or the District of Columbia may be transported to Mexico, if the importation thereof is not prohibited by law or regulation of that country, upon presentation to the Collector of customs at the port of exit of the certificate of an official, warden, or other officer of the game department of such State, Territory, or District, that such game mammals, or parts or products thereof, which must be listed in the certificate, were taken or acquired and are being transported in compliance with the laws and regulations of such State, Territory, or District. Live game mammals authorized by a special permit issued by theSpecial permits. Secretary of Agriculture, pursuant to Section 241 of the Penal Code,18 U. S. C. § 891. to be imported, and the dead bodies, parts or products of game mammals, proceeding from Mexico, if accompanied by a Mexican export permit, may be transported into the United States, but their possession in any State, Territory, or the District of Columbia will be subject to the laws of such State, Territory, or District. The Migratory Bird Treaty Act Regulations approved July 31,Former regulations revoked.[40 Stat. 1812](/us/stat/40/1812). 1918 (40 Stat. 1912) and all amendments thereof are hereby revoked, but all regulations heretofore adopted and approved pursuant to said Act closing areas of land and water or of land or water adjacent to migratory bird sanctuaries, refuges, reservations, and breeding and feeding grounds to the taking of migratory birds, and all orders and permits of the Secretary of Agriculture heretofore made or issued pursuant to said Act and now in force authorizing the killing or other disposition of certain species of migratory birds when injurious to crops and other property and interests and the taking, possession, sale, purchase, exchange, or transportation of migratory birds and their nests and eggs for scientific purposes, and migratory waterfowl for propagating purposes, are hereby continued and extended in full force and effect as regulations, orders, and permits adopted and approved or made or issued hereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the United States Department of Agriculture to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 26th day of July, 1937 [seal] (Signed) M. L. Wilson *Acting Secretary of Agriculture*. AND WHEREAS upon consideration it appears that approval of the foregoing regulations will tend to effectuate the purposes of the aforesaid Migratory Bird Treaty Act and result in reducing the annual kill of migratory game birds: 1856 Approval and proclamation.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, do hereby approve and proclaim the foregoing regulations. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this thirtieth day of July, in the year of our Lord Nineteen hundred and thirty-seven, and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. 2246 August 2, 1937 Capitol Reef National Monument—Utah Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america A Proclamation Capitol Reef National Monument—Utah August 2, 1937[No. 2246] by the president of the united states of america A PROCLAMATION Capitol Reef National Monument. Utah.Preamble.WHEREAS certain public lands in the State of Utah contain narrow canyons displaying evidence of ancient sand dune deposits of unusual scientific value, and have situated thereon various other objects of geological and scientific interest; and WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve such lands as a national monument, to be known as the Capitol Reef National Monument: National monument set apart.NOW, THEREFORE, I, FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, President of the United States of America, under and by virtue of the [34 Stat. 225](/us/stat/34/225).[16 U. S. C. § 431](/us/usc/t16/s431).authority vested in me by section 2 of the act of June 9, 1906, ch. 3060, 34 Stat. 225 (U. S. C., title 16, sec. 431), do proclaim that, subject to all valid existing rights, the following-described lands in Utah are hereby reserved from all forms of appropriation under the public-land laws and set apart as the Capitol Reef National Monument: Description.Salt Lake Meridian T. 28 S., R. 5 E., All of sec. 34 north of the right-of-way of State Hwy. No. 24; secs. 35 and 36. T. 28 S., R. 6 E., sec. 31 and the west half of sec. 32. T. 29 S., R. 5 E., All of secs. 1 and 2 north of the right-of-way of State Hwy. No. 24. T. 29 S., R. 6 E., secs. 1 to 4, inclusive; All secs. 5, 6, 8 and 9 north of the right-of-way of State Hwy. No. 24; secs. 10 to 15, inclusive; All of sec. 16 north of the right-of-way of State Hwy. No. 24; secs. 22 to 25, inclusive; sec. 26, E½ and N½NW¼; sec. 27, N½N½; sec. 35, NE¼; sec. 36.1857 T. 30 S., R. 6 E., sec. 1; sec. 12, E½ T. 29 S., R. 7 E., secs. 5 to 8, 17 to 20 and 29 to 32, incl. T. 30 S., R. 7 E., secs. 4 to 9 and 15 to 17, incl.; sec. 18, E½ and NW¼; sec. 19, NE¼ and N½SE¼; sec. 20, N½ and N½SW¼; secs. 21 to 23, and 26 to 28 incl.; sec. 29, E¼E¼; secs. 33 to 35, inclusive, containing approximately 37,060 acres. Warning is hereby expressly given to all unauthorized persons notWarning against unauthorised acts. to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof. The Director of the National Park Service, under the direction ofSupervision. the Secretary of the Interior, shall have the supervision, management, and control of this monument as provided in the act of Congress entitled “An Act To establish a National Park Service, and for other[39 Stat. 535](/us/stat/39/535).[16 U. S. C. §§ 1, 2](/us/usc/t16/s1/2). purposes,” approved August 25, 1916 (ch. 408, 39 Stat. 535, U. S. C., title 16, secs. 1 and 2), and acts supplementary thereto or amendatory thereof. Nothing herein shall prevent the movement of livestock across theLivestock drive-ways. lands included in this monument under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Interior and upon driveways to be specially designated by said Secretary. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. DONE at the City of Washington this 2d day of August, in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirty-seven and [seal] of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixty-second. FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT By the President: Cordell Hull *Secretary of State*. I INDEX **A** Page **Abbett, Harry J. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Abner, Louis (Mrs.),** payment to 1008 **Ackerman, Jacob G.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 983 **Adams, W. G.,** payment to 1075 **Adjournment of Congress,** ordered for Aug. 21, 1937; signing enrolled bills, etc., after 1113 **Agreements.** *See* International Agreements Other Than Treaties. **Alabama:** Conecuh National Forest, lands set apart 1754 Talladega National Forest, lands set apart 1755 **Alaska,** preparation of plan for developing resources of 1113 **Aiderman, R. H.,** payment to 1096 **Alexander, Laura E.,** payment to 1023 **Alford, T. Brooks,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1002 **Allen, Arthur L.,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Allen, G. F.,** credit allowed in accounts 942, 1017, 1029, 1102 **Allen, Jack C.,** payment to 1062 **Allport, James H.,** payment to 1103 **A. Mateos and Sons,** claim submitted to district court 973 **American Education Week, 1936,** designation of 1773 **American Red Cross,** contributions to, requested for flood relief 1810 **Amory, A. F.,** claim submitted to district court 1058 **Anderson, Walter G.,** payment to 1068 **Angelina National Forest, Tex.,** lands set apart 1780 **Anthony, Lois H.,** credit allowed in accounts 1102 **Antonio, Spironello,** payment to 1059 **Arizona:** Montezuma Castle National Monument, area enlarged 1817 Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, lands set apart 1827 Tonto National Monument, area enlarged 1825 Wupatki National Monument, area enlarged 1841 **Arkansas:** Migratory Bird Treaty Act, closed area 1794 Ouachita National Forest, area enlarged 1777 **Armistice Day, 1936,** observance invited 1795 **Arms, Ammunition, and Implements of War:** Enumeration of 1834 Spain, prohibition on exportation of, to 1831 **Armstrong, John T.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1086 **Army Day:** April 6 of each year recognized as 1108 1937, observance invited 1824 **Arthur, Fields B.,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Ashe, Martha B.** *See* Rogers, Martha B. **Associated Indemnity Corporation,** payment to 932 **Atkins, Hilliard B.,** conveyance of land to 1098 **Austin, Kenneth,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Aviation Day, National, 1937,** observance invited 1837 **Ayer, Lucy Jane,** payment to 1012 **B** **Bach, Joshua L.,** payment to 995 **Bahamas,** parcel post agreement with 1472 **Bahnweg, Ludwig,** payment to 1055 **Bailey, Earl LeRoy (Lt. Comdr.),** credit allowed in accounts of 963 **Bailey, Miles E.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1019 **Baker, Alden H.,** payment to 1095 **Baker-Whiteley Coal Company,** adjustment of claim authorized 933 **Barbee, Bigelow B. (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Barker, Charles H.,** payment to 931 **Barney, J. P. (Col.),** payment to 990 **Bartlett, C. J. (Col.),** payment to estate of 1062 **Baske, Alice V. (Mrs.),** payment to 1081II **Bastedo, Paul H. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Baxter, Marjorie L.,** payment to 1058 **Baxter, Miles C.,** payment to 980 **Bayley, Margaret Scott,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 955 **Baylor Hospital, Dallas, Tex.,** payment to 979 **Beacon Island Military Reservation,** release of purchasers from further payment under contract of sale 1098 **Beadle, William Henry Harrison (Gen.),** acceptance of statue of, and thanks of Congress to South Dakota 1112 **Beard, Stephen R. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Belknap, James Andrew,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Belton, Frederick (1st Sgt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Bennett, Ray Earl,** payment to 1100 **Benton, Charles W.,** claim submitted to district court 1012 **Bettio, Arturo,** payment to 1059 **Biery, Donald H.,** credit allowed in accounts 1102 **Birmingham, W. A.,** credit allowed in accounts 1019 **Birt, Ed (Dr.),** payment to 954 **Biscaro, Carlo,** payment to 1059 **Biscaro, Guideo,** payment to 1059 **Bituminous Coal Act of 1937,** correction in enrollment directed 1109 **Blake, Eugene, Jr. (Capt.),** payment of court judgment against, authorized 943 **Blakely, William,** payment to 947 **Blanchard, J. Harvey,** payment to 1004 **Blanchard, John D. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Blazevich, Martin J.,** payment to 1011 **Bloedorn, May Howard,** payment to 977 **Bolger, David,** retired list, Navy 1078 **Bolin, John W.,** relief of 981 **Bonded Warehouses,** time extended for withdrawing imported merchandise 1800 **Bonded Wool and Camel Hair,** time extended for furnishing proof of use in manufacture 1804 **Bonn, Clifford L.,** payment to 1066 **Bookwaiter, Donald L.,** payment to 975 **Borney, Frank Lee,** payment to 1083 **Bosley, Carl Gene,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Bower, Gordon S. (Lt. Comdr.),** credit in accounts of 963 **Bowers Southern Dredging Company.** *See* Clark Dredging Company. **Boykin, Eliza,** payment to 981 **Bozman, Luther E.,** payment to 954 **Bradford, Carson,** payment to 1056 **Branchicella, Salvatore,** deportation proceedings canceled 958 **Brandon, Park B.,** payment to 1075 **Brazil:** Agreements with, concerning— Military mission 1457 Naval mission 1403 **Brennan, John,** payment to 1021 **Brennan, Luke Francis,** naval record corrected 1094 **Brennan, W. P.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Brent, George W. (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Brook House, Ltd.,** payment to 928 **Brooks, John N.,** payment to 1061 **Brown, Preston,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Brown, Robert O. (Mr. and Mrs.),** payment to 962 **Brown, William H.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Brown, William H. (Dr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Broy, Charles C.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Bryan, William Jennings,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed; thanks of Congress presented to Nebraska 1110 **Buckey, John L.,** payment to 1029 **Buechner, William H. (Capt.),** payment to 925 **Burgess, Matt,** payment to 948 **Burka, Samuel M. (Dr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Burke, Agnes L.,** payment to 1029 **Burnett, Charles (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Burnett, Harry,** payment to 1049 **Busch, Owen,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1052 **C** **Cabot, John M.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Cacace, Charles M.,** release from liability of court judgment 996 **Cacace, Joseph M.,** release from liability of court judgment 996 **California:** Death Valley National Monument, area enlarged 1823 Joshua Tree National Monument, lands set apart 1760 **Callahan, Edna M.,** payment to 927 **Callaway, John E.,** payment to estate of 1010 **Cameron, Cecile C.,** payment to 1056 **Campbell, Marshall,** claim of estate of, submitted to district court 1060III **Canada:** Halibut fishery of Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, convention with, for preservation of 1351 Income taxation, convention concerning 1399 Sockeye salmon fisheries, convention concerning 1355 **Canal Dredging Company,** jurisdiction conferred upon Court of Claims to hear claim of 952 **Capitol Reef National Monument, Utah,** lands set apart 1856 **Caramagno, Anthony,** claim referred to district court 1097 **Caress, Orba,** payment to 1092 **Carillo, Ciriado (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Carne, William C. (Capt.),** refund to 1044 **Carney, Peter J.,** payment to 1020 **Carpenter, Frank W.,** annuity payment granted to 985 **Carr, Henry H.,** jurisdiction conferred upon district court to hear claim of 965 **Carriere, H. G.,** payment to 990 **Carter, D. B.,** payment to 976 **Cason, William Randolph,** payment to 980 **Cattaneo, Angelo,** deportation order canceled 1013 **Cattaneo, Auro,** deportation order canceled 1013 **Causey, William I. (Comdr.),** payment to 962 **Cave, Richard L. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Cavey, Mary E.,** payment to 957 **Charles T. Miller Hospital, Inc.,** payment to 1030 **Chattahoochee National Forest, Ga.,** lands set apart 1739 **Cheadle, Henry B. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Chequamegon National Forest, Wis.,** boundaries modified 1806 **Cherokee National Forest, Tenn.,** lands set apart 1735 **Chicago Great Western Railroad,** labor dispute board created 1812 **Chicco, Vincent,** release of liability as surety on bond 1054 **Child Health Day, 1937,** designation of 1826 **Chippewa National Forest, Minn.,** boundaries modified 1803 **Clagett, Joseph M., Jr.,** payment to 1037 **Clark, Augustus D. (Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Clark, Austin H.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 986 **Clark Dredging Company,** designated payee in Act for relief of Bowers Southern Dredging Co 1004 **Clark, John E. T.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 1098 **Clark, Lewis,** payment to 926 **Clark, Reed Paige,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Claypool, George O.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1055 **Clibourne, Mary E.,** release from liability of court judgment 996 **Coast Fir and Cedar Products Company, Inc.,** payment to 1003 **Coates, Robert,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1066 **Cockran, Anse,** payment to 980 **Collie, J. R. and Eleanor Y.,** payment to 1041 **Collins, Willard,** payment to 1057 **Colorado Culvert and Flume Company,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Columbus Day, 1936,** designation of 1772 **Comegys, E. T. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts 1044 **Commercial Relations,** agreements concerning, with Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 1433, 1619 **Concurrent Resolutions:** Alaska, preparation of plan for developing resources of 1113 Army Day, April 6 of each year recognized as 1108 Beadle, Gen William Henry Harrison, acceptance of statue of, and thanks of Congress to South Dakota 1112 Bituminous Coal Act of 1937, correction in enrollment directed 1109 Bryan, William Jennings, proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed; thanks of Congress presented to Nebraska 1110 Congress— Adjournment 1113 Signing enrolled bills, etc., after 1113 Electoral votes, proceedings for counting of 1107 Joint meeting of two Houses 1107 Foreign decorations, etc., return of bill respecting acceptance of certain, requested; correction in reenrollment 1109 Hawaii, Joint Committee on, establishment; investigation and study of subject of statehood, etc 1112 Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1938, correction in enrollment 1110, 1111 Judicial branch of the Government, reorganization of, additional copies of hearings on, ordered printed 1109 Report, additional copies ordered printed 1111IV Morton, J. Sterling, proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed; thanks of Congress presented to Nebraska 1110 Perkins, Charles M., return of bill concerning, requested 1108 Correction in reenrollment 1109 Revenue Act of 1936, additional copies ordered printed 1108 Star-route contracts, Postal Service, correction in enrollment of bill concerning 1111 *Taxing Power of the Federal and State Governments,* The, additional copies ordered printed 1108 *Technological Trends and National Policy, Including the Social Implications of the New Inventions,* additional copies ordered printed 1112 Virginia Dare, appointment of joint committee to represent Congress at 350th anniversary celebration 1111 **Conecuh National Forest, Ala.,** lands set apart 1754 **Congress:** Adjournment 1113 Signing enrolled bills, etc., after 1113 Electoral votes, proceedings for counting 1107 Joint meeting of two Houses to receive communications from President 1107 **Conroy, E. P.,** payment to 961 **Conroy, Graham,** payment to guardian of 961 **Consolidated Aircraft Corporation,** payment to 1050 **Constitution,** period set apart for commemoration of 150th anniversary of 1840 **Conventions.** *See* Treaties. **Cook, James O.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1066 **Coolidge, Grace G.,** pension granted to 923 **Cooper, Dexter P.,** payment to 1059 **Cordle, Otis,** payment to guardian of 1007 **Cornett, Sam,** payment to 980 **Corr, Amelia,** payment to 936 **Costa Rica,** reciprocal trade agreement with 1582 **Cotner, Wayne M.,** disability claim to be considered 1067 **Coulter, Charles Ray,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Country Hospital, Shanghai, China,** payment to 954 **Coyle, James Philip,** naval record corrected 1014 **Crane, John A. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Cripps, Samuel,** payment to 994 **Croatan National Forest, N. C.,** lands set apart 1759 **Cubero, Frank,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 982 **Cumberland National Forest, Ky.,** lands set apart 1818 **Cunningham, Edwin,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Cunningham, Edwin S.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Cuno, R. G. (1st Lt.),** payment to 988 **Curteman, Claude,** payment to 1006 **Curtis, Charles B.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Customs Frauds,** agreement with France for suppression of 1468 **D** **Dabney, Walter D. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Daley, Genevieve E.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1076 **Daley, Mary,** payment to 932 **Damsted, C. H.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Danenhower, William W.,** payment to estate of 1103 **Danielson, Clarence H. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of decoration from foreign government authorized 948 **Dare, Virginia.** *See* Virginia Dare. **Dauwe, Frank,** payment to 961 **Davis, Celia E.,** payment to 1029 **Davis, W. D.,** authorization for filing damage suit in district court 1028 **Davy Crockett National Forest, Tex.,** lands set apart 1782 **Death Valley National Monument, Calif, and Nev.,** area enlarged 1823 **de Back, Minnie C.,** suit permitted against United States 1094 **Degen, C. J.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Deichman, Carl F.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Delahanty, F. P. (Lt. Comdr.),** credit allowed in accounts 1073 **Delaware Bay Shipbuilding Company, Inc.,** claim referred to district court 1079 **Del Pilar, Cesaria,** payment to 937 **Del Valle, Pedro A. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Denmark,** extradition treaty with 1308 **Derby Oil Company,** payment to 1090 **Desecheo Island,** conveyance of, to people of Puerto Rico 1839 **Devine, William A.,** payment to 1087 **De Wolfe, Robert R. (Lt., Jr. Gr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948V **Dexter, Dwight H. (Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 959 **Dickie, J. H. (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts 1044 **Dickinson, S. T.,** payment to 990 **Didier, Frederick W. (Dr.),** license to practice healing art granted to 1047 **Dinkel, R.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Dolan, Henry F.,** payment to 1020 **Dopico, Aurora Albert (Mrs.),** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Dorst, James A. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Double Nationality,** multilateral protocol concerning military obligations in certain cases of 1317 **Dowd, Cecil J.,** payment to 1029 **Drinkard, Mary Lou,** payment to 1086 **Driscoll, Agnes M.,** payment to 1046 **Duncan, Grear A. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Dunford, Ernest and Lottie,** payment to 944 **Dunlop, Walter A.,** payment to 932 **Dupouy, R.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Durham, Goldie,** payment to 1005 **Dutton, Benjamin, Jr. (Capt.),** credit in accounts of 963 **E** **Eastman, C. O.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 1024 **Education Week, American, 1936,** designation of 1773 **Edwards, Richard T.,** payment to 1018 **Eells, Stillman W.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Eggert Coal Company,** payment to 932 **Eichelberger, Robert L. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 Electoral Votes, proceedings for counting 1107 **Elliott, Marion L.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Elliott, Milton A.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Ellis, Peyton L.,** jurisdiction conferred upon district court to hear claim of 966 **Ellis, Richard T.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Ellis, Stanley Wise,** jurisdiction conferred upon district court to hear claim of 966 **El Salvador,** reciprocal trade agreement with 1564 **Ely, E. F. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts 1044 **Ensor, John A.,** payment to 1035 **Esparza, Alberto,** payment to 961 **Evans, Frank E. (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Everest, P. S.,** payment to 1100 **Everson, Hans,** payment to 1079 **Executive Agreements.** *See* International Agreements Other Than Treaties. **Exportation of Merchandise for Drawback Purposes,** time extended for shipment to Philippine Islands 1802 **Extradition:** Treaties with— Denmark 1308 France 1117 Liechtenstein 1337 Rumania 1349 **F** **Farmers’ Storage and Fertilizer Company,** statutes of limitation waived 1065 **Farran, Clive B.,** retired list, Navy 1078 **Farrell, L. L.,** payment to 932 **Felix, Anne E.,** payment of contested-election expenses 1083 **Ferren, James Albert,** payment to estate of 1053 **Ferren, May Elizabeth,** payment to 1053 **Fike, Charles L. (Capt.),** payment to 1081 **Finland,** reciprocal trade agreement with 1436 **Finley, Charles R. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Finn, Francis H.,** payment to 932 **Fire Prevention Week, 1936,** designation of 1770 **First National Bank and Trust Company, Vicksburg, Miss.,** payment to 1104 **Fisher,** Frank, military record corrected 984 **Fisher, M. K.,** payment to 942 **Flagg, John A.,** military record corrected 1086 **Fleming, Larry W.,** claim of estate referred to district court 1097 **Flood Relief,** certain articles admitted free for use in emergency work 1811 Revocation of proclamation 1838 **Flowers, Luvenia,** payment to 975 **Foley, Catherine,** payment to 1030 **Ford, Vincent,** payment to 1089 **Foreign Decorations,** return of bill respecting acceptance of certain, requested; correction in reenrollment 1109 **Foster, H. G. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts 1044 **Foster, Norman W.,** payment to 932 **Fowlkes, Adele,** payment to 1028 **Fox, James A.,** payment to 985 **Fox, Warren J.,** payment to 968 **France:** Customs frauds, agreement with, for suppression of 1468 Extradition treaty with 1117 **Francis Marion National Forest, S. C.,** lands set apart 1744VI **Francis, Paul J.,** payment to 1015 **Frank, Bertha L.,** payment to 1093 **Frazier-Davis Construction Company,** payment to 1043 **Fuchs, W. R.,** credit allowed in accounts 1026 **G** **Galleguillo, R.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Gallup’s, Inc.,** payment to 1099 **Ganong, Joseph A.,** payment to 937 **Garcia, Edward Y. and Aurelia,** payment to 941 **Gardiner, Henry,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Garfield, Harry A.,** payment to 1103 **Garnsey, Cyrus, Jr.,** payment to 1103 **Garrison, E. W.,** payment to 1014 **Gaskins, Ruth,** payment to 1073 **Gauntes, Ishmael J.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Gayler, Ernest R. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **General Pulaski Memorial Day, 1936,** designation of 1772 **Gentry, Elbert,** payment to 966 **George, Clifford R. and Mabel D.,** payment to 1015 **Georgia:** Chattahoochee National Forest, lands set apart 1739 Ocmulgee National Monument, establishment 1798 **Gibraltar,** parcel post agreement with 1488 **Gibson, Henry Clay,** payment to 1080 **Gidden, Culver,** payment to 1001 **Gift, J. Edgar,** credit in accounts 958 **Gilbert, F. M. (Dr.),** payment to 979 **Gilbert, T. C. (Dr.),** payment to 979 **Gill, Charles C. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Gillespie, Sallie,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 968 **Gilmette, Marcellino,** payment to estate of 1053 **Gilmor, Albert (Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Glinn, Lillian J.,** homestead entry validated 1030 **Gockeler, Edward L.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 963 **Goldenberg Furniture Company,** payment to 1035 **Golden Gate International Exposition,** foreign nations invited to participate 1797 **Golding, Robert N.,** payment to 1040 **Gold Star Mother’s Day, 1936,** designation of 1771 **Grace, Margaret,** payment to 992 **Graham, William E.,** payment to 966 **Gray, E. B.,** payment to 945 **Great Northern Railway Company,** payment to 980 **Greeley, W. B.,** payment to 987 **Green Mountain National Forest, Vt.,** lands set apart 1813 **Gregg, LaVergne L.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Gresham, Maude P.,** payment to 1046 **Grier-Lowrance Construction Company, Inc.,** claim of, referred to Court of Claims 955 **Griffith, C. E.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Grigsby, F. G.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Grimstead, Montrose,** payment to 1004 **Gross, F. A.,** credit allowed in accounts 1102 **Groves, Albert and Della Workman,** payment to 1100 **Guerini, Adelaide,** conveyance of certain real estate to 1052 **Gunn Realty Trust,** conveyance of certain lands to 969 **H** **Halbert, Fred P.,** issue of land patent to 1070 **Halibut Fishery, Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea,** convention with Canada for preservation of 1351 **Haller, Glen,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Hamlet, Harry G. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 959 **Hampton, A. D.,** payment to 935 **Hanna, George W. and Bertha M.,** payment to 959 **Hansen, Harold D. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Hardy, George A.,** payment to 941 **Harkness, Frank E.,** payment to 1103 **Harmon, H. G.,** payment to 1034 **Harmon, John,** payment to 1096 **Harney National Forest, S. Dak and Wyo.,** area enlarged 1842 **Harper, John B. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Harris, Bertha M.,** payment to 930 **Harris, Ernest L.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Harrison, Elbert Grover, Jr.,** payment to 1100 **Harrison, Nina B.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1019 **Hartley, James Lincoln,** entry for permanent residence legalized 1030 **Haven, Mary Lucia,** payment to 1070VII **Hawaii, Joint Committee on,** establishment; investigation and study of subject of statehood, etc 1112 **Hawk, Wade,** payment to 932 **Hayes, William,** payment to 999 **Hefner, Howard,** payment to 989 **Heintzlemen, P. S.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Heizer, Oscar S.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Helmick, Doris Ruth,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Hemrick, John S.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 944 **Heppenstall, George T.,** payment to 973 **Heraty, Francis J.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Herring, Dan W.,** payment to 1029 **Herrmann, Edgar T. (Dr.),** payment to 1030 **Hess, Louie,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1052 **Hesterly, Louie (Mrs.),** payment to 980 **Hewitt, Henry K. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Hickey, Patrick Daniel and Nora Helena Grace,** payment to 1100 **Higley, Harvey D. (Lt. Col.),** payment 1057 **Higuera, J. A.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Hildebrand, Norman,** payment to 938 **Hill, Earl,** payment to 1077 **Hill, Harry J. (Rev.),** payment to 1010 **Hines, Minnie D.,** payment to 986 **Hintz, Martha,** payment to 1082 **Hintz, William,** payment to 1082 **Hitchcock, Hazel Marie,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Hitchcock, Patricia Lea,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Hodge, Mary B.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 929 **Hoffman, A. B.,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Hoge, Oliver Z.,** payment to 1091 **Hohenthal, William D. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Holderness, Stephen Walsh (2d Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Holland.** *See* Netherlands. **Hollister, William (Dr.),** license to practice healing art granted to 971 **Holloman, Farley J.,** disability claim to be considered 982 **Holmes, F. M. (Lt. Col.),** credit allowed in accounts 1044 **Holmes, Frederick S. (Lt. Comdr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Holmes, Maurice G. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Holmes, William H.,** payment to 1020 **Homochitto National Forest, Miss.,** lands set apart 1758 **Hood, Lilian A.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Hooper, Vivian E.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Hord, Paul W. (Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Horne, Norman C.,** payment to 932 **Howard, Jerome H.,** payment to 1092 **Hunt, William H.,** appropriation authorized for relief of 999 **Hunter, Asa J.,** payment to 1041 **Hutcheson, Horace,** payment to guardian of 978 **Hutton, Welton B.,** examination for optometry license authorized 1046 **Hyland, Annie E.,** payment to 958 **I** **Ijams, George E.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 997 **Income Taxation,** convention with Canada concerning 1399 **Independent Offices Appropriation Act, 1938,** correction in enrollment directed 1110, 1111 **International Agreements Other Than Treaties.** *See also* Treaties. Commercial relations, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 1433, 1619 Customs frauds, suppression of, France 1468 Military mission, Brazil 1457 Money orders, Postal Union of the Americas and Spain 1708 Naval mission, Brazil 1403 Parcel post— Bahamas 1472 Gibraltar 1488 Postal Union of the Americas and Spain 1696 Rumania 1630 Perpetual leaseholds, Japan 1611 Postal convention, Postal Union of the Americas and Spain 1657 Publications, exchange of, Peru 1601 Reciprocal trade— Costa Rica 1582 El Salvador 1564 Finland 1436 Netherlands 1504 Nicaragua 1413 Ship measurement certificates, Panama 1626 **International Young Men’s Christian Association College,** conveyance of certain lands to 969VIII **Irwin, Ralph C.,** postal service record corrected 923 **Isenhart, Harry Robert,** payment to guardian of 1100 **J** **Jackson Casket and Manufacturing Company,** original declared value defined in determining capital stock tax 1014 **Jackson, John W.,** payment to 1029 **Jacobs, Henrietta,** payment to 950 **Jacobson, L.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Japan,** agreement with, concerning perpetual leaseholds 1611 **Jarrell, Elbert Arnold,** payment to 1007 **Jenkins, William L.,** payment to 928 **Jensen, R. C.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Jimenez-Gil, Emilio,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Johnson, A. B.,** payment to 1077 **Johnson, Albion W.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Johnson, C. C.,** claim for overtime labor 964 **Johnson, James,** retired list, Navy 1078 **Johnson, John B.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Johnson, John Monroe,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1030 **Johnson, K. H.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Johnson, Paul,** payment to legal guardian of 1077 **Johnson, V. P.,** payment to 967 **Johnson, Walter B. (Mr. and Mrs.),** payment to 998 **Jones, C. A.,** payment to 966 **Jones, Edward D. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 959 **Jones, J. W.,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Jordan, Edith,** payment to 1069 **Jordan, W. M.,** payment to 1074 **Joshua Tree National Monument, Calif.,** lands set apart 1760 **Judicial Branch of the Government,** additional copies of hearings on bill for reorganization of, ordered printed 1109 Report, additional copies ordered printed 1111 **K** **Karacostas, Evangelos,** payment to 946 **Karampelis, Peter,** payment to 944 **Karshner, Anna M.,** payment to 1038 **Karshner, Katherine,** payment to 1038 **Karshner, Walter T.,** payment to 1038 **Kean, Jefferson,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 102 **Kehoe, Ruth,** payment to 1030 **Kelley, John,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 991 **Kelley, M.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Kelly, Alexander F.,** payment to 1029 **Kenner, Frank T. (Lt. Comdr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 959 **Kentucky, Cumberland National Forest,** lands set apart 1818 **Keppler, C. H. J. (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 963 **Kiechle, Mang B.,** payment to 941 **Killip, Ellsworth P.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 986 **Kimball, James H.,** foreign decoration 1025 **Kinney, Joseph C.,** credit in accounts 957 **King, Harry,** payment to 935 **Kirkendall, E. T. (Dr.),** payment to 971 **Kirkland, Weymouth,** payment to 1040 **Knaack, John,** payment to 1008 **Knott, J. H.,** payment to 1054 **Knox, Arthur C.,** payment to 951 **Knull, M.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Kovner, Alexander E.,** payment to 1032 **Kraus, Dewey Jack,** payment to guardian of 1043 **Krick, Dorothy,** payment to 1053 **Krick, Ernest,** payment to 1053 **Kuehl, Melba,** payment to 965 **L** **Labor Dispute Boards.** *See* Railroads. **Lake Denmark, N. J.,** payment of claim for damages at 1004 **Lamb, Richard W.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1019 **Landtiser, Mada,** payment to 1077 **La Prad, Venice,** payment to guardian 1039 **Larson, Margaret,** payment to guardian of 1051 **LaRue, Jesse A.,** payment to 1069 **Lassly, R. F.,** credit allowed in accounts 1088 **Lassweli, Lloyd,** adjustment of claim authorized 927 **Latham, John,** payment to 990 **Laub, Elmer W.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 993 **Leavitt, Albert J. (Capt.),** payment to 925 **Lederer, C.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Ledford, Lonnie O.,** payment to 1016 **Lee, Carnes B. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Lee, Richard (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925IX **Lee, Robert Edwin,** payment to estate 974 **Lehrs, John A.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Lenneville, W. H.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 1067 **Lester, James A. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Levine, Leah,** payment to 1009 **Lewis, Charles (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Lewis, E. P.,** payment to 1016 **Lewis, Frank A.,** credit allowed in accounts 1029 **Lewis, Helen Marie,** redemption of mutilated Liberty bond 972 **Liechtenstein,** extradition treaty with 1337 **Ligon, S. W.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Lind, Wallace L. (Comdr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Livingston, Charles E.,** payment to 990 **Loeffler, F. M.,** payment to 1006 **Lon D. Worsham Company,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1098 **Long, Clifford Y.,** payment to 995 **Long, Rufus C.,** payment to 960 **Long, William,** payment to 932 **Lord, Ethel B.,** payment to guardian of 1055 **Lott, C. McL. (Capt.),** payment to 926 **Lough, Ethel Rollyson,** payment to 1100 **Lovell, George (Mrs.),** payment to 980 **Luker, James, Sr.,** payment to 923 **Lyman, Charles H. (Maj Gen.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Lyons, James A.,** payment to 1087 **Lyons, Kate Carter,** payment to 946 **M** **Macgowan, David B.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Mack, John,** payment to 967 **Mahoney, David J.,** advancement on retired list, Navy 1078 **Maldonado, Carolina,** payment to 1084 **Malik, Marian,** payment to 1068 **Mallery, Alfred L.,** payment to 1024 **Mansfield, Brook S. (Lt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Mansfield, Walter H.,** credit in postal accounts 929 **Marine Barracks, Quantico, Ya.,** reimbursement of certain enlisted men, etc., for personal property losses at 938 **Maritime Day, National, 1937,** observance invited 1829 **Markowitz, Eva,** monthly payments to 1036 **Marks, Ellis,** payment to 1013 **Marrero, Angel Rafael,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Marrero, Pedro A.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Marshburn, Herbert E. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Martin, Elbert W. (Capt.),** payment to 925 **Marvin, Charles F.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Mason, Freda,** payment to 926 **Mast, Malinda J.,** payment to 934 **Mast, William Lee,** payment to 934 **Mateos and Sons, A.,** claim submitted to district court 973 **Matteson, W. J. (1st Lt.),** credit allowed in accounts 1045 **Mayfield, Harry Marion,** payment to 1081 **McBride, Harry A.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1002 **McCarthy, Timothy Joseph,** naval record corrected 1016 **McCaw, William W. (Maj.),** payment to 1096 **McClure, Lucille,** consideration of claim 1072 **McCool, Emory M.,** service record corrected 1039 **McCourt, Dorothy,** payment to 1021 **McCubbin, Letha F.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 929 **McCullough, Halle D.,** credit allowed in accounts 1033 **McDaniel, Ethel Smith,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1045 **McGirr, Rose,** payment to 1072 **McGlothlin, Marion,** payment to 979 **McGregor, William W.,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1052 **McIntire, Ross T. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **McIntosh, Harry D.,** payment to 959 **McKinley, James F.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **McLachlan, R. L.,** payment to 1045 **McLain, Florida O.,** payment to 1092 **McLain, Thomas H.,** payment to 1064 **McLarren, Edmund W. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts 925 **McLeod, John C.,** payment to 941 **McMahan, William A.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 978 **McMurray, Clarence M. (Lt. Col.),** allowance for shipment of property 1044 **McNab, Alexander J., Jr.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **McNair, Laurence N. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **McShane, James E. (Mrs.),** payment to 1038 **Medina, Victor E.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000X **Meekins, Theodore S.,** conveyance of land to 1098 **Melton, Sue F.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1075 **Merchants National Bank and Trust Company, Vicksburg, Miss.,** payment to 1104 **Merriam, J. H. (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 931 **Mexico:** Conventions with, concerning— Migratory game birds, protection of 1311 Stolen vehicles, recovery and return of 1333 **Michigan, Ottawa National Forest,** boundaries modified 1808 **Mick, Everett French,** payment to 1100 **Midgett, J. E.,** payment to 954 **Migratory Bird Treaty Act:** Closed areas— Arkansas 1794 Montana 1774 **Migratory Game Birds:** Protection of, convention with Mexico 1311 Regulations concerning, 1762 1844 **Military Mission,** agreement with Brazil concerning 1457 **Military Obligations in Certain Cases of Double Nationality,** multilateral protocol concerning 1317 **Miller, Alice W.,** credit allowed in accounts of 935 **Miller, Elmer E.,** claim submitted to Court of Claims 994 **Miller, Troup (Col.),** payment to 1057 **Miller, Ursula H.,** payment to 1020 **Minnesota:** Chippewa National Forest, boundaries modified 1803 Superior National Forest, boundaries modified 1799 **Mississippi, Homochitto National Forest,** lands set apart 1758 **Moeller, Harry M.,** payment to 1020 **Money Orders,** agreement with Postal Union of the Americas and Spain concerning 1708 **Montana, Migratory Bird Treaty Act,** closed area 1774 **Montezuma Castle National Monument, Ariz.,** area enlarged 1817 **Montgomery, H. A.,** payment to 1095 **Moore, Grace M.,** adjustment of postal accounts 965 **Moore, L. K.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Moore, Mildred,** payment to 1031 **Morgan, Rees,** payment to estate of 1006 **Morton, J. Sterling,** proceedings on acceptance of statue of, ordered printed; thanks of Congress presented to Nebraska 1110 **Moses, Andrew (Maj Gen.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Mouchou, A. J.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Mullins, Alda Duffield and Harry Bryan,** payment to 1100 **Munroe, John,** payment to 929 **Murphy, Charles B.,** payment to 1024 **Muzio, Frank (Mr. and Mrs.),** payment to 1027 **Myers, Harry D.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **N** **Names, Charles E.,** payment to 1091 **Nantahala National Forest, N. C.,** lands set apart 1742 **Natelsky, Etta,** payment to 953 **National Aviation Day, 1937,** observance invited 1837 **National Maritime Day, 1937,** observance invited 1829 **Naval Air Station, Hampton Roads, Va.,** reimbursement of employees for personal property losses 1050 **Naval Armament,** multilateral treaty for limitation of 1363 **Naval Mission,** agreement with Brazil concerning 1403 **Naval Operating Base, Hampton Roads, Va.,** reimbursement of certain personnel for personal property losses 940, 950 **Naval Radio Station, Eureka, Calif.,** reimbursement of certain enlisted men, etc., for personal property losses 939 **Naval Radio Station, Libugon, Guam,** reimbursement of certain enlisted men, etc., for personal property losses 939 **Navy:** Reimbursement of certain personnel for property losses— Marine Barracks, Quantico, Va 938 Naval Air Station, Hampton Roads, Va 1050 Naval Operating Base, Hampton Roads, Va 940, 950 Naval Radio Station, Eureka, Calif 939 Naval Radio Station, Libugon, Guam 939 Navy Yard, Washington, D. C 940 Ohio River Valley flood, 1937 1071 Radio Direction Finder Station, North Truro, Mass 936 Samoa, hurricane, January 1931 1081XI **Navy Yard, Washington, D. C.,** reimbursement of certain enlisted men for personal property losses at 940 **Nelson, N. C.,** remission of liquidated damages 1041 **Nesser, Clyde J. (Lt., Jr. Gr.),** advancement on retired list, Navy 1031 **Netherlands,** reciprocal trade agreement with 1504 **Netterville, A. R., Sr.,** payment to 1003 **Neutrality Act:** Arms, ammunition, and implements of war— Enumeration of 1834 Spain, prohibition on exportation of, to 1831 **Nevada, Death Valley National Monument,** area enlarged 1823 **New York World’s Fair, 1939,** invitation to foreign nations to participate 1796 **Nicaragua,** reciprocal trade agreement with 1413 **Nicolet National Forest, Wis.,** boundaries modified 1807 **Niehaus, Helen,** payment to 1085 **Nolan, W. J.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Nolan, W. L.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Norboe, Paul H.,** payment to 1082 **Norris, Lucretia,** payment to 950 **North Carolina:** Croatan National Forest, lands set apart 1759 Nantahala National Forest, lands set apart 1742 Pisgah National Forest, lands set apart 1745 **Northwestern Ohio Mutual Rodded Fire Insurance Company,** payment to 1023 **Northwestern Pacific Railroad Company,** labor dispute board created 1828 **O** **Ocmulgee National Monument, Ga.,** establishment 1798 **Odendahl, A. C.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Odom, B. B. and Lilia,** payment to 976 **Ohio,** establishment of Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument 1734 **Ohio Valley Flood, 1937,** reimbursement of naval enlisted men for property losses 1071 **Oklahoma:** Ouachita National Forest, area enlarged 1777 Wichita National Forest, revocation of certain proclamations establishing, etc 1797 **Olds, William Justin (Dr.),** license to practice healing art granted to_1047 **O’Neal, Raymond,** claim of estate of, submitted to district court 1060 **Ordmann, Max D.,** payment to 1089 **Oregon State Highway Commission,** payment to 932 **Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, Ariz.,** lands set apart 1827 **Ottawa National Forest, Mich.,** boundaries modified 1808 **Ott, Robert M.,** appropriation authorized for payment to estate of 1001 **Ouachita National Forest, Ark.-Okla.,** area enlarged 1777 **P** **Padgett, Carl E.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1074 **Pair, Clarence Q. (Dr.),** license to practice healing art granted to 924 **Palmer, A. Kenny C.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Palmer, Henry L.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Palmer, Sarah E.,** payment to 1012 **Panama,** agreement with, concerning ship measurement certificates 1626 **Parcel Post Agreements:** Bahamas 1472 Gibraltar 1488 Postal Union of the Americas and Spain 1696 Rumania 1630 **Pardo, Dominga,** payment to 1026 **Parker, Frank E. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts of 926 **Parks, Gordy Z.,** payment to 954 **Parsons, Archibald L. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Paxton, Edward C.,** payment to 964 **Payne, Raymond E. and Anna R.,** payment to 1022 **Peake, Chester B. (Lt. Comdr.),** credit allowed in accounts of 962 **Pemberton, Russell V. (Dr.),** license to practice chiropractic granted to 1047 **Pendleton, Irvin,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 993 **Pennsylvania; Long Island; Baltimore and Ohio; Reading; Central Railroad of New Jersey; Lehigh Valley; New York Central; New York, New Haven & Hartford; Delaware, Lackawanna and Western; and Erie Railroads,** labor dispute board created 1830 **Perdue, George,** claim referred to district court 1097XII **Pere Marquette,** observance of tercentenary of birth invited 1837 **Perkins, Charles M.:** Credit allowed in postal accounts 947 Return of bill concerning, requested 1108 Correction in reenrollment 1109 **Perkins, Louis W. (Lt. Comdr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 959 **Perpetual Leaseholds,** agreement with Japan concerning 1611 **Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument, Ohio,** establishment 1734 **Peru,** agreement with, for exchange of publications 1601 **Perwein, Alexander H. (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 926 **Philippine Islands,** time extended for exportation of merchandise for drawback purposes 1802 **Phillips, Marion Shober,** payment to 1042 **Pike, Sadie N. and Edward W.,** payment to 1084 **Pisgah National Forest, N. C.,** lands set apart 1745 **Pledger, Fay,** payment to 951 **Points, J. Frank,** appropriation authorized for payment to estate of 999 **Polin, Giovanni,** payment to 1059 **Polygraphic Company of America,** payment to 956 **Porter, J. C. (Mr. and Mrs.),** payment to 1022 **Porter, Mary Jane,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Postal Convention,** Postal Union of the Americas and Spain 1657 **Postal Union of the Americas and Spain:** Money order agreement 1708 Parcel post agreement 1696 Postal convention 1657 **Potts, Clark F.,** payment to 931 **Powell, Thomas M.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1002 **Pratt, Charles,** payment to estate of 1048 **Proclamations:** American Education Week, 1936 1773 American Red Cross, contributions to, requested for flood relief 1810 Angelina National Forest, Tex., lands set apart 1780 Armistice Day, 1936 1795 Arms, ammunition, and implements of war— Enumeration of 1834 Spain, prohibition on exportation of, to 1831 Army Day, 1937 1824 Bonded wool and camel hair, time extended for furnishing proof of use in manufacture 1804 Capitol Reef National Monument, Utah, lands set apart 1856 Chattahoochee National Forest, Ga., lands set apart 1739 Chequamegon National Forest, Wis., boundaries modified 1806 Cherokee National Forest, Tenn., lands set apart 1735 Chicago Great Western Railroad, labor dispute board created 1812 Child Health Day, 1937 1826 Chippewa National Forest, Minn., boundaries modified 1803 Columbus Day, 1936 1772 Conecuh National Forest, Ala., lands set apart 1754 Constitution, period set apart for commemoration of 150th anniversary of 1840 Croatan National Forest, N. C., lands set apart 1759 Cumberland National Forest, Ky., lands set apart 1818 Davy Crockett National Forest, Tex., lands set apart 1782 Death Valley National Monument, Calif, and Nev., area enlarged 1823 Desecheo Island, conveyance of, to people of Puerto Rico 1839 Fire Prevention Week, 1936 1770 Flood relief, certain articles admitted free for use in emergency work 1811 Revocation 1838 Francis Marion National Forest, S. C., lands set apart 1744 General Pulaski Memorial Day, 1936 1772 Golden Gate International Exposition, foreign nations invited to participate 1797 Gold Star Mother’s Day, 1936 1771 Green Mountain National Forest, Vt., lands set apart 1813 Harney National Forest, S. Dak and Wyo., area enlarged 1842 Homochitto National Forest, Miss., lands set apart 1758 Joshua Tree National Monument, Calif., lands set apart 1760 Merchandise in bonded warehouses, time extended for withdrawing imports 1800 Migratory birds, etc., regulations concerning 1762, 1844 Migratory Bird Treaty Act, closed area: Arkansas 1794 Montana 1774XIII Montezuma Castle National Monument, Ari z., area enlarged 1817 Nantahala National Forest, N. C., lands set apart 1742 National Aviation Day, 1937 1837 National Maritime Day, 1937 1829 Neutrality Act— Arms, ammunition, and implements of war— Enumeration of 1834 Spain, prohibition on exportation of, to 1831 New York World’s Fair, invitation to foreign nations to participate 1796 Nicolet National Forest, Wis., boundaries modified 1807 Northwestern Pacific Railroad Company, labor dispute board created 1828 Ocmulgee National Monument, Ga., establishment 1798 Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, Ariz., lands set apart 1827 Ottawa National Forest, Mich., boundaries modified 1808 Ouachita National Forest, Ark.-Okla., area enlarged 1777 Pennsylvania; Long Island; Baltimore and Ohio; Reading; Central Railroad of New Jersey; Lehigh Valley; New York Central; New York, New Haven & Hartford; Delaware, Lackawanna and Western; and Erie Railroads, labor dispute board created 1830 Pere Marquette, observance of tercentenary of birth invited 1837 Perry’s Victory and International Peace Memorial National Monument, Ohio, establishment 1734 Philippine Islands, exportation of merchandise for drawback purposes, time extended for 1802 Pisgah National Forest, N. C., lands set apart 1745 Puerto Rico, Desecheo Island conveyed to 1839 Pulaski Memorial Day, 1936 1772 Sabine National Forest, Tex., lands set apart 1787 Sam Houston National Forest, Tex., lands set apart 1789 San Francisco Bay Exposition. *See* Golden Gate International Exposition, this title. Slide fasteners, increase in rate of duty 1733 Southern Pacific Company (Pacific Lines), labor dispute board created 1828 Spain, prohibition on exportation of arms, etc., to 1831 Sumter National Forest, S. C., lands set apart 1750 Superior National Forest, Minn., boundaries modified 1799 Talladega National Forest, Ala., lands set apart 1755 Thanksgiving Day, 1936 1795 Tonto National Monument, Ariz., area enlarged 1825 Wichita National Forest, Okla., revocation of certain proclamations establishing, etc 1797 Wupatki National Monument, Ariz., area enlarged 1841 Zion National Monument, Utah, lands set apart 1809 **Protocols.** *See* Treaties. **Pruett, Edward J. (Mr. and Mrs.),** payment to 991 **Publications,** agreement with Peru for exchange of 1601 **Puerto Rico,** Desecheo Island conveyed to. 1839 **Puget Sound Bridge and Dredging Company,** payment to 1095 **Pulaski Memorial Day, 1936,** designation of 1772 **Puleston, William D. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Purcell, R. R.,** payment to 984 **Putman, Robert L.,** payment to 1020 **Putnam, George R.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **R** **Radio Direction Finder Station, North Truro, Mass.,** reimbursement of certain enlisted men, etc., for personal property losses 936 **Ragsdale and Knauss,** payment to 1085 **Railroads:** Labor dispute boards created— Chicago Great Western, etc 1812 Pennsylvania, etc 1830 Southern Pacific Company (Pacific Lines), etc 1828 **Rainer, R. E.,** payment to 1096 **Ramirez, Bernard,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Rankin, Allie,** payment to 1026 **Reciprocal Trade Agreements:** Costa Rica 1582 El Salvador 1564 Finland 1436 Netherlands 1504 Nicaragua 1413 **Red Cross, American,** contributions to, requested for flood relief 1810 **Redding Creamery, Redding, Calif.,** payment to 932XIV **Reedsville Experimental Community,** adjustment of construction, etc., claims 945 **Reisler, Ralph,** payment to 1067 **Retellatto, Albert,** payment to guardian of 1011 **Revenue Act of 1936,** additional copies ordered printed 1108 **Rice, Leah P.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 1076 **Richards, J. H.,** payment to 934 **Richardson, Eleanora S.,** payment to 998 **Rittenberg, Maxwell A.** *See* Sereiskis, A. Roberts, Jordan, payment to 987 **Robles, Luz Elena,** payment to 942 **Roche, Jean A.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Roderick, M. J.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Rogers, Martha B.,** commission of John Baptiste Ashe to be delivered to 984 **Romack, Sam,** payment to 1060 **Roosevelt, James (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Rose, Rosalie,** payment to 1002 **Ross, O. B.,** claim referred to district court 1097 **Ross, Thomas A.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 959 **Rowesville Oil Company,** adjustment of claim 1069 **Rudy, Joseph A.,** disability claim to be determined 1040 **Ruiz C, Victor M.,** payment to 942 **Rumania:** Extradition treaty with 1349 Parcel post agreement with 1630 **Russia.** *See* Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. **Ryan, John P.,** payment to 1050 **S** **Sabine National Forest, Tex.,** lands set apart 1787 **Sackville, William (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Safety of Life at Sea,** multilateral convention 1121 **Salmon.** *See* Sockeye Salmon Fisheries. **Salvador.** *See* El Salvador. **Sam Houston National Forest, Tex.,** lands set apart 1789 **Sammons, J. E.,** payment to 1033 **Samoa,** hurricane, Jan. 15, 1931, payment to enlisted men, Navy, for property losses 1081 **Sandage, John E.,** disability claim to be considered 982 **Sanderford, Alvan C. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **San Francisco Bay Exposition.** *See* Golden Gate International Exposition. **San Joaquin Light and Power Corporation,** payment to 932 **Schommer, J. B.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1019 **Scott, Anna,** payment to 927 **Scott, Dean,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 994 **Scott, Harold,** payment to 1013 **Scott, Josephine M.,** payment to 1044 **Seay, Thomas W.,** payment to 1048 **Selvey, William H.,** payment to 1029 **Sereiskis, A. (Maxwell A. Rittenberg),** order of deportation canceled 957 **Shaner, Maurice P.,** payment to 1029 **Sharp, Frederick D.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Sharp, Henry T.,** conveyance of land to 1098 **Shay, Albert J. E.,** judgments canceled 1102 **Sheehy Drilling Company,** payment to 1034 **Sheridan, Everett P.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 998 **Sherman, Norman E.,** payment to 1079 **Sherwood, Owen B.,** payment to 1029 **Shilton, Perry,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1052 **Ship Measurement Certificates,** agreement with Panama concerning 1626 **Shipp, William E. (Maj.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Shockley, George E.,** payment to 1031 **Shriner, Alice,** payment to 992 **Shuey, Elva T.,** release of liability by reason of dual employment 1104 **Shwamberg, M. N. (Mrs.),** payment to 954 **Sibert, Edwin L. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Siebert, C. F.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Simonsen, Henry,** payment to 932 **Sipe, Alban C.,** cancelation of charge against accounts of 965 **Skinner, Robert P.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Slate, George R.,** military record corrected 1101 **Slemons, S. W.,** payment to 933 **Slide Fasteners,** increase in rate of duty 1733 **Slover, Robert,** Navy Cross awarded to 997 **Smith, Banks W.,** payment to 1079 **Smith, Frank A.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1018 **Smith, George and Ketha,** payment to 1051 **Smith, James H.,** payment to 1036 **Smith, Leighton N. (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Smith, Rodney H. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Smith, Sarah L.,** payment to 1008XV **Snell, Harold W.,** release of responsibility for lost funds 954 **Snider, Cliff (Mrs.),** payment to 1074 **Snipes, Lamar,** payment to 1078 **Snipes, Luther S.,** payment to 1078 **Sockeye Salmon Fisheries,** convention with Canada concerning 1355 **Somogi, Charles, Jr.,** payment to 971 **South Carolina:** Francis Marion National Forest, lands set apart 1744 Sumter National Forest, lands set apart 1750 **South Dakota, Harney National Forest,** area enlarged 1842 **Southern Overall Company,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1070 **Southern Pacific Company (Pacific Lines) and Western Pacific Railroad Company,** labor dispute board created 1828 **Spain,** prohibition on exportation of arms, etc., to 1831 **Spamer, Carl O.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1001 **Spence, Lake,** payment to 1063 **Sperry, William,** payment to 1063 **Sphar, A. H.,** payment to 1061 **Spooner, Noah,** payment to 1037 **Stahl, George H.,** military record corrected 1101 **Standley, William H. (Rear Admiral),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948, 1025 **Stanley, Graynell,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Stanley, Imogene,** payment to guardian of 1100 **Stapler, John T. G. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Star-Route Contracts,** correction in enrollment of bill concerning 1111 **Stehn, Hedwig Grassman,** payment to 979 **Sterling Bronze Company,** settlement of claim authorized 949 **Stevens, John,** payment to 1093 **Stolen Vehicles,** convention with Mexico for recovery and return of 1333 **Stoppel, David (Mr. and Mrs.),** payment to 1039 **Stuart, Ralph Charles (Dr.),** license to practice healing art granted to 924 **Sulem, William,** payment to 1038 **Sullivan, Michael E.,** credit allowed in postal accounts 929 **Sullivan, William,** payment to 1065 **Summers, Iverson B. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Summers, John L.,** credit allowed in accounts 1017 **Summers, Robert L.,** reenlistment in Army authorized 1076 **Sumter National Forest, S. C.,** lands set apart 1750 **Superior National Forest, Minn.,** boundaries modified 1799 **Sutton, Grace,** payment to 1086 **Sutton, Lula G.,** payment to 1086 **Sutton, R. E.,** payment to 1086 **Sweeney, Charlotte,** payment to guardian of 1082 **Sweeney, Howard,** payment to guardian of 1082 **Sweinhart, D. E.,** payment to 1064 **Swift, Merritt,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **T** **Tabit, Charles,** payment to 1060 **Taft, Helen H.,** pension granted to 973 **Talladega National Forest, Ala.,** lands set apart 1755 **Tariff Act of 1930:** Bonded wool and camel hair, time extended for furnishing proof of use in manufacture 1804 Flood relief, certain articles admitted free for use in emergency work 1811 Revocation of proclamation 1838 Merchandise in bonded warehouses, time extended for withdrawing imports 1800 Philippine Islands, time extended for exportation of merchandise for drawback purposes 1802 Slide fasteners, increase in rate of duty 1733 **Tarlton, G. L.,** payment to 1042 **Tate, H. T.,** credit allowed in accounts 1017 **“Taxing Power of the Federal and State Governments, The,”** additional copies ordered printed 1108 **Taylor, C. R.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Taylor, Ellen,** payment to 1032 **Taylor, John Grinwood,** deportation order canceled 1085 **Teague, R. N. and Minnie,** payment to 1009 **“Technological Trends and National Policy, Including the Social Implications of the New Inventions”,** additional copies ordered printed 1112 **Teer, Robert G.,** payment to 1075 **Tennessee,** Cherokee National Forest 1735 **Terkelson, Hans,** retired list, Navy 1078 **Texas:** Angelina National Forest, lands set apart 1780 Davy Crockett National Forest, lands set apart 1782 Sabine National Forest, lands set apart 1787 Sam Houston National Forest, lands set apart 1789XVI **Thanksgiving Day, 1936,** designation of 1795 **Thebaud, Leo H. (Comdr.),** credit allowed in accounts of 963 **Thomas, Earl W.,** payment to 993 **Thomas, Orson,** payment to 1047 **Thomason, John W. (Maj.),** Navy Cross awarded to 997 **Thompson, Acors Rathbun,** award of decoration authorized 1071 **Thompson, Paul Dean,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1002 **Tolbert, Hattie,** payment to 1088 **Tonto National Monument, Ariz.,** area enlarged 1825 **Torres, Mikael (Pvt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Towers, Lem A.,** credit allowed in accounts 1102 **Trade Agreements.** *See* Reciprocal Trade Agreements. **Traglio, Paul,** payment to 933 **Treaties.** *See also* International Agreements Other Than Treaties. Canada— Halibut fishery of the Northern Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, preservation of 1351 Income taxation 1399 Sockeye salmon fisheries 1355 Denmark, extradition 1308 France, extradition 1117 Liechtenstein, extradition 1337 Mexico— Protection of migratory birds 1311 Recovery and return of stolen vehicles, etc 1333 Multilateral— Military obligations in certain cases of double nationality 1317 Naval armament, limitation on 1363 Safety of life at sea 1121 Rumania, extradition 1349 **Trotter, G. A.,** credit allowed in accounts of 943 **Tucker, Bert,** payment to 933 **Twichel, M. M.,** payment to 1102 **U** **Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,** agreements with, concerning commercial relations 1433, 1619 **Union Shipping and Trading Company, Ltd.,** claim submitted to district court 974 **Utah:** Capitol Reef National Monument, lands set apart 1856 Zion National Monument, lands set apart 1809 **V** **Valdes, Basilio J. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Van Buren Light and Power District,** payment to 949 **Van den Hende, Frank,** payment to 961 **Van der Poorten, Germain,** payment to 961 **Van Dewerker, Stella,** payment to 1071 **Vannin, Antonio,** payment to 1059 **Van Overbenborger, Cesar,** payment to 961 **Van Schaick, Louis J.,** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 1025 **Van Volkenburgh, Robert H. (Lt. Col.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Vargas, Chester C.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1019 **Vehicles,** convention with Mexico for recovery and return of stolen 1333 **Veltman, Mack C.,** payment to 1081 **Vermont, Green Mountain National Forest,** lands set apart 1813 **Vicksburg Infirmary, Vicksburg, Miss.,** payment to 1104 **Virginia-Carolina Chemical Company,** payment to 933 **Virginia Dare,** appointment of joint committee to represent Congress at 350th anniversary celebration 1111 **Voorhees, Margaret,** payment to guardian of 1099 **W** **Wade, Jack,** claim referred to Court of Claims 1052 **Walker, Frank S.,** payment to 1025 **Walsh, Arthur O. (Maj.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Warden, Pauline M.,** provisions of disability Acts extended to 1049 **Warner, Charles T. (Mrs.),** consideration of claim directed 1073 **Warner, John J.,** payment to 956 **Warner, W. B.,** payment to 956 **Warren, Edmond G.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 955 **Washington, Sadie,** claim referred to district court 1097 **Webster, Willard,** payment to 1027 **Weeks, J. T.,** claim for overtime labor submitted to Court of Claims 964 **Wenger, Joseph N. (Lt.),** settlement of claim directed 983 **West, Miller L.,** payment to 1029 **Wheeler, Albert,** payment to 977 **White, Carol M. (Mrs.),** payment to 1005 **White, Charles,** payment to estate of 988 **White, Charles A.,** payment to 1005XVII **White, Dorothy,** payment to 1005 **White, Edith Lewis,** payment to 997 **White, Frank,** credit allowed in accounts 1017 **White, John Edgar,** payment to guardian of 930 **Whitt, Hugh (Capt.),** credit allowed in accounts of 925 **Wichita National Forest, Okla.,** revocation of certain proclamations establishing, etc 1797 **Wilkinson, Janies C.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 953 **Williamson, Grace W.,** appropriation authorized for payment to 1000 **Willis, E. C.,** payment to 933 **Wingard, H. E.,** release of liability on court judgment 1017 **Winter, James M.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 972 **Winward, B. W.,** payment to 960 **Wisconsin:** Chequamegon National Forest, boundaries modified 1806 Nicolet National Forest, boundaries modified 1807 **Wise, Flora A.,** jurisdiction conferred upon district court to hear claim of 966 **Wise, Hilory,** jurisdiction conferred upon district court to hear claim of 966 **Wise, Robert E.,** jurisdiction conferred upon district court to hear claim of 966 **Wood, C. A.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1019 **Woods, W. O.,** credit allowed in accounts of 1017 **Workman, Adelaide W.,** payment to 1054 **Workman, J. Roy,** payment to 1054 **Workman, J. Roy, Jr.,** payment to guardian of 1054 **Workman, Luther Jennings,** payment to guardian of 1064 **Worley, Arthur T.,** provisions of Employees’ Compensation Act extended to 1080 **Wright, Harold,** payment to guardian of 952 **Wupatki National Monument, Ariz.,** area enlarged 1841 **Wyatt, Ben N. (Lt. Comdr.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948 **Wykle, John H.,** payment to 1017 **Wyoming, Harney National Forest,** area enlarged 1842 **Y** **Young, Carter R.,** payment to 989 **Young, C. C.,** payment to 931 **Young, Naomi Lee,** payment to 992 **Young, William M. and Ato Norman,** payment to 1100 **Z** **Zamito, Maria,** payment to 1090 **Zamito, Rosolino,** payment to 1090 **Zarnick, John,** payment to 986 **Zimmer, Earl W.,** payment to 941 **Zion National Monument, Utah,** lands set apart 1809 **Zogbaum, Rufus F. (Capt.),** acceptance of foreign decoration authorized 948, 1025
Connections4 cite this · traces to 59
Cited by 4 sections · top 3
Traces to 59 documents
statutes-at-large
U.S. Code
153 references not yet in our index
  • 49 Stat. 1648
  • 44 USC 133
  • 50 Stat. 1117
  • 37 Stat. 1526
  • 37 Stat. 1529
  • 46 Stat. 2276
  • 45 Stat. 2871
  • 45 Stat. 2760
  • 45 Stat. 2878
  • 37 Stat. 1664
  • 38 Stat. 1165
  • 46 USC 597
  • 252 U.S. 348
  • 50 Stat. 1308
  • 32 Stat. 1908
  • 34 Stat. 2888
  • 50 Stat. 1311
  • 50 Stat. 1317
  • 36 Stat. 2199
  • 50 Stat. 1333
  • 50 Stat. 1337
  • 50 Stat. 1349
  • 44 Stat. 2020
  • 44 Stat. 2024
  • 50 Stat. 1351
  • 47 Stat. 1872
  • 43 Stat. 1841
  • 50 Stat. 1355
  • 50 Stat. 1363
  • 43 Stat. 1655
  • 50 Stat. 1399
  • 50 Stat. 1403
  • 50 Stat. 1413
  • 48 Stat. 943
  • 46 Stat. 708
  • 46 Stat. 693
  • 46 Stat. 703
  • 50 Stat. 1433
  • 49 Stat. 3805
  • 50 Stat. 1436
+ 113 more
Citation graph
cites case law
Private Law 407
Stat.×4
Stat.Private Law 407
Stat.Chapter 2284
Stat.Chapter XI
Stat.Chapter 153
Stat.Public Law 629
Stat.Chapter 335
Stat.Public Law 67
U.S.C.§ 1351
Stat.Public Law 333
SCOTUS252 U.S. 348
Stat.49 Stat. 1648
Cite44 USC 133
Cites 212 · showing 12Cited by 4 across 1 source
★   the supreme law of the land   ★
Don't Tread on Me
E Pluribus Unum — out of many, one

"If you don't know your rights, you don't have any."

Marginalia · a citizen's law index
A research desk, not legal advice. Always read the cited source before relying on a summary.
Questions or an issue? support@self-law.org
disclaimerMarginalia is a research index, not a law firm. Nothing on this site is legal, tax, or financial advice and no attorney–client relationship is formed by using it. Statutes, regulations, and case law change; summaries, search results, AI output, and member posts may be incomplete, out of date, or wrong. Any interpretation drawn from material on this site should be validated by a licensed attorney in your jurisdiction before you act on it.